The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit M96-0154 - KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN}�1►� COOtST9 DELI YY\fRbpoLr1P4 City of Tukwila Permit No: M96 -0154 Type: B -MECH Category: NRES Address: 12000 EAST MARGINAL WY S Location: Parcel #: 734060 -0421 Contractor License No: MAGNOCI132DF Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 MECHANICAL PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 Status: ISSUED Issued: 12/04/1996 Expires: 06/02/1997 TENANT KING COUNTY DEPT OF METROPOLITAN 12100 EAST MARGINAL WY S, TUKWILA, WA OWNER METRO ACCOUNTS PAYABLE SO.BASE 5432- 50706D50304, 821 2ND AVE, SEATTLE WA 98104 CONTRACTOR MAGNOLIA CONTRACTORS, INC. Phone: 206 - 284 -4600 4211 24TH AV W, SEATTLE WA 98199 CONTACT CLOYD JACKSON Phone: 206 684 -1706 801 SECOND AVENUE, SEATTLE, WA 98104 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: INSTALL NEW AIR HANDLERS AND DUCTWORK. UMC Edition: 1994 Valuation: 700,000.00 Total Permit Fee: 268.69 ********************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Perm t Center Authorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or he performar},ce of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this bu ],din • / /-r ,i Signature: Date: �Z _ 94; Print N ame: j! 5 Ced_ C-. .ta g2faiere_ Title: 5;1/ _ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 12000 EAST MARGINAL WY S Suite: Tenant: KING COUNTY DEPT OF METROPOLITAN Type: B -MECH Parcel #: 734060 -0421 Permit No: M96 -0154 Status: ISSUED Applied: 11/14/1996 Issued: 12/04/1996 • kk• kkk•k•k*****"k**************** k********* k*******k k.*•k *"k *k"k•k•kk•k* *"kkk•k***k**k*k Permit Conditions: 1. No change_ will be made to the plans unless approved by the Architect or Engineer and the Tukwila.,Building Division. 2. All permits, inspection records, and approved plans :hall be available at the job site prior to the start of any con - struction. These da"cuments are to be maintained and avail- able until final inspec tion approval is granted. 3. All construction to be done in conformance' with approved plans and requ i rem"ents of the Uniform B u i l d i n g Code (1994 Edition).".as'"amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1994. Edition), and Washington 'State En "ergy Code (1994 Edition) . 4. Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State.- :Division of :Labor and Industries and all electrical work"will.be inspected by " that agency (248- 6630). • 5. Air moving:systems supplying air in excess of 2000 cfm to enclosed .races within buildings shall be equipped with :an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished bv the power, source of the air - moving equipment upon detect ion of smoke i n the "main supply -air duct served by: °$uch ".equipment. Smoi ;e ,"detecto shalt be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be ins - tall;ed in acordance -with the manufacturer's installation in ::,;ruction, Where .fire detection or alarm systems areprovide.d for th"e" building, the smoke detectors required by .this section shall be supervised by such system. UMC,.`aection 608. • 6. When;; More than one heating, cooling, ventilating or refrig- erating. system is installed on the roof of a building. it steal 1. be permanently identified as to the .area or space served by, the equ i pment . UMC 304.5 7. Equipment(regu,l,ated by the UMC) requiring "electrical connec- tions of more than 50 volts.shall have a positive means of disconnect "adjacent to and in sight from the equipment ser- ved. A 120�volt receptacleshall'be located within 25 feet of the equ i pmen t. : .for service and maintenance purposes. UMC Section 309.1 H. L. MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION.,INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRED ON SITE FOR THE BUILDING INSPECTORS :REVIEW: 9. Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health. Plumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296- 4722) . 10. A separate building permit is required for the installation of the new suspended ceiling sytems. 11. Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be con- strued to be .a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the b u i l d i n g bode or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction, No permit presuming to . give authority to violate .or cancel the provisions 'of this code shall be valid. Project Name/Tenant: Soyrrtt i3f45e- on/ Val a of Construction: 1l , 90 000 —. . Site Address: City State/Zip: 21 AO e4 r « / w _ I : Tax Parcel Number: 7 • . d -d z Property Owner: 14k4 CA DePo4tt- rrn6Qr o f /rj&7724Poc.,T744 s69 Phone: 6)84 - - ) 7 66 Street Address: City State /Zip: a 2c E S a' — wA- 'Ao Fax #: .� - . Contact Person: m C LOyP TR-c- K -Gdrte( Phone: ALf - i i D() Street Address: _ State /Zip: gal 2`- 3 1 1 E sc—.R}T.i .W A-. Q 1 %1 0(4 Fax #: (, B 9- 137? Contractor: PIA6Naul Co Ai r /NC Phone: a.8ita{igoo Fax #: 018 Street Address: City State /Zip: 4 1074 .4VE, V. Sei4rtU AJ#. `79194 Architect: K C f 1 NC. Phone: LI LI- 3 -- S © © Street Address: City State/Zip: Fax #: 3 S r7 s f -- r,i W ' • : d Engineer: ILL( C-7 OEL..L_EuJ Phone: L-H3 - 5 0D Street Address: City State /Zip: 19 I r1 I Sr� AtiG— 5�PrTr{ t ,� C g`I i Fax #: LI `-� 3 ..5 Z MISCELLANEOUS PERMIT REVIEW AND APPROVAL REQUESTED: (TO BE FILLED OUT BY APPLICANT) Description of work to be done: r 1>J5T1i-LL IJC -.W r) H-Ps iDL&QS Duc r wo (Z.1e- Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardou's material in the building? ❑ yes I: no Attach list of materials and stora • e location on se •crate 8 1/2 X 11 'e'er Indicatin. • uantitles & Material Safet Data Sheets ■ Above Ground Tanks ■ Antennas /Satellite Dishes • Bulkhead /Docks ■ Commercial Reroof ❑ Demolition ❑ Fence 1 Mechanical ❑ Manufactured Housing - Replacement only ❑ Parking Lots ❑ Retaining Walls ❑ Temporary Pedestrian Protection/Exit Systems ❑ Temporary Facilities ❑ Tree Cutting MONTHLY SERVICE: BILLINGS'TO: Name: /VOA/ (— I Phone: Address: City /State /Zip: 0 Water 0 Sewer 0 Metro 0 Standby Miscellaneous Permit Application AP.PL'ICANT.REQUEST.FOR MISCELLANEOUS PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Water Meter /Exempt # ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # ❑ Water Meter Temp # ❑ Miscellaneous ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering: 0 Cut cubic yards 0 Fill cubic yards 0 sq. ft.grading/clearing ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public 0 Deduct 0 Water Only Size(s): Size(s): Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: DI Moving Oversized Load/Hauling WATER METER DEPOSIT /REFUND BILLING: Name: Address: /JON Date application accepted: MISCPMT,DOC 7/11/96 CITY OF T UKWILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 - OD Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Date application expires: Phone: City /State /Zip: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Application taJCe by: (initials) g HOOR ' BUILDING OW ER OR AUTHOR D AGENT: Signature: .(44/1 ��1 ��/ /j1 fJ�Na! -I /4 CavT INC. Date: C O L �L �'I Print nam g as Gleall_12 Phone : 4til 643c_ Fax #: p 09LA -- Address: /0 e/4si nl C /1(0_ WI S . City /State /Zip: 7114W11.11 W ►i. ALL MISCELLANEOUS PE': APPLICATIONS MUST BE SUBMI D WITH THE FOLLOWING: ➢ ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN ➢ BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED ➢ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS REQUIRE STAMP BY WASHINGTON LICENSED ARCHITECT ➢ STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS REQUIRE STAMP BY WASHINGTON LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ➢ CIVIUSITE PLAN DRAWINGS REQUIRE STAMP BY WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER (P.E.) SUBMIT APPLICATION AND REQUIRED CHECKLISTS FOR PERMIT REVIEW Above Ground. Tanks /Water Tanks Supported directly upon grade'. exceeding 5,000 gallons and a ratio of height to diameter or . width ; which exceeds 2:1 ❑ Antennas /SatelliteMishes ❑ Awnings/Canopies:- No'signage ❑ Bulkhead/Dock CommerciaReroof. Demolition ❑ Fences - Over 6 feet.in Height ❑ Land Altering/Grading/Preloads ❑ Loading ❑ Mechanical (Residential & Commercial) ❑ : Miscellaneous Pu blic :Works ;Permits ❑ M ❑ Moving:Oversized;Load/Hauiing ❑ Parking Lots Residential Reroof : Exempt'; with following exception :if roof:structure, to be.repalred:or replaced. Retaining Walls - : Over : 4 feet in height i n Temporary: Facilities in Temporary Pedestrian 'Protection /Exit: Tree Cutting. :. Submit, checklist :No:. M -9 ::.. Submit checklist ' :fNO: Commercial?Tenant Improvement. :Permit Siibmit:checkiist No::M-10 "Submit checklist' :. No: M -6 -1 :. Submit.cheokiist Submit checklist No: M-9 Submit checklist . No: M -2 Commercial Tenant Improvement Permit: Submit checklist.No : H -17 • Submit checklist :: / No..: M -8 ResidentlaIonly -- H-6, H-16, Submit checklist' No; H =9 Submit checklist :. No: M -5 Submit checklist No: M -5 Submit checklist No: M -4 Residential Building Permit Submit checklist. No:. M -6 Submit checklist No :. M -1 Submit checklist . ,No: M -7 . Submit,checklist... Submit checklist No: M-2 ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If not available at the time of application, a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued, unless the homeowner will be the builder OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Ltsc # C . fil NOC 1 3 . D F -20G i8`1 y /oo Building.Owner /Authorized Agent if the applicant is other:than tlio owner,. registered 'architect /engineer,.or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property. owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT i HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. MiSCPMT.DOC 7/11/96 40(kk *tii4**11 *114*,t*4*hsF*• k*h **h• *k- krr***A. kit * ** **k* ***** *h * ** c* *** CX:TY OF TUKWILA. ,WA v{ 1 TRANSMIT * *k **** * * * *k * * *h«4 * * *h *,4 *k *s * *h** * **** ***k* **kk* ** **k *A*** TRANSMIT Number: 89600516 Amaunt: . 26 3.69 12.104/96 10:06 Payment. Method: CHECK Notation: MAGNOLIA CONTRAC !nit: SMC Permit. NO; M96 -0154 Type: U•-MECH MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel Na: 734060- •0421 Site Addresei 12000 EAST MARGINAL WY 5 Total Fees: 260.69 This Payment 2603.69 Total ALL Pints: 260.69 Balance: .00, * * ** h* ** *•k * *** * *k * * *k• her******** k** **** ** *k *•k** **kk* **k** *k*kk* Account Code Description Amount: 000/345.030 PLAN .CHECK •- NONRES 53.74 000/322.100 MECHANICAL NONRES 214.95 7151: 12/04 9617 TOTAL 268.69 j Project: Pro /f G / d�? �J � .�i�? Io: �-- 7 yp e of ins � n /`te Date called: � Addr 400 . f fri , Spec a instructions: Date wanted: ! (�j( ; } 7 (13 Requester: Phone No.: SIMIMallirnialsear INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes, COMMENTS: Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Date: 7 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. $42.00 EINSPECTION ` EE REQUIRED, Prior to inspection, fe: must be paid at 6300 Southcent: r Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspectlon. I Receipt No.: 11 Date: !Y i ' T3Lcs FAFA Ty er',4f,( ,ctiSk ' .o w N o i l i56 : 0‘5 . 1 .. Augevati, to Date called: ' , Q ... 97 Special istrucctions: V�i ' g� � � � .r �rt�, ted: ^ , \ - q � .tni p.m. Requester: p cl6T-eaN 012 C ,..)ct =71 7 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable`codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. PA 102 P 55 ;411u )v 54.190 - PiNcts A-,-EA 191 yes r ei ,. /0(9 - p khk /07 S Apt 10L4- MrSS C /02— - PASS --B c Receipt No.: SA //, d i6m,tt4 *seer pamaIllOWINO... PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Irispector;/ f ) Date: g 7V $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE • REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter BIvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: yotjt ) ,.. z .ii i 5 "& Eii1/44AL 01s wy s Date called: ./ 2 t _9-7 Special instructions: EAF-1-4 P.M . Pt,i4SE. Date wanted: L i _ 1 _ a —7 ; 1 Requester: 1 6-1 S 0 i 1 t RA Phone No.: --. '''C5i3 e— j smacumraa INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. g Corrections required korto approval. COMME S: A /e.e...." 3 50 „f /-) 0 L. ae, Inspector: I I e I 1 2- 2-0 Date: - 0 Ma-015(i PERMIT NO. 206) 431-3670 $42,00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection, Receipt No.: Date: w. Pro ct: .. c ri 0 Type of inspect lo� . 7f t �'�' 1 Ad re,s ./00 ,� jDatecaIIed: Special instructions: r Date wanted: ?In— i 1 r 4 Requester: h _ 1 1D11el,r_ Phone No.:9 01 . � INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 I Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Date: PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. - g Corrections required prior to approval, $42,00" REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd„ Suite 100. Call to schedule relnspection. 5 COMMENTS: 0,,, sp i/1/aJ 4 - )r , w1niQ n1P► - pan - p)cc .6 067; —AQC 0 e.4-1 .. s al.. - .►: , - , • ur— c 7ti r.1 C rrra A. Pi i-.+wm- __r f- ,. v„► _snik -� g 1�F' t_±_ r1 - - - s .D?) rtrrr " Ga N ct-71-L- ' - p c> re - 2 d/t � O - A&- IN ) 11t C.-el L i X14 77 Le' . 7W-ve, 2(ts blot/ 0,,, sp i/1/aJ (d7ssb �Q iV1arg G' Vi 07.3 L.1 [ )ate a call f / z 7 (/, Date want ,d , / 9 7 ->, a.m Special Instructions: _ 1 . 54 0 070 / . Re t :/ I PAn fl e i N o.: c / a - 04,64 Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD *4-O/541 Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 U ito (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes, ( Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: //2y $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd„ Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Projet;t: / Type of inspecti Address: Oa ' # Date called: �� Date wanted: / `9'? 7 a.m. c. Special instructions: 0 b lr l, ,/ G ` " Z Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy witI Rertni k PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -36 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 OMMENTS: • Inspec Receipt No:: Date; Date: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. AM We AlLor $42.11. REINSPEC ON FEE EQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must ;p be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Projecti _ Type of inspection: . alb n n 1 n ( ( QDate called: l - 1 ,,) Date Special instructions: wanted: Z k I3 Requester: Phone No.: 1(''1 (54 Approved per applicable codes. required 1 Corrections_ prior to approval. COMMENTS ::. . _, i ., rrat.3 G'' ‘2. _______‘.) Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd,, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Date: l PERMIT NO. m aid (206) 431 -3670 pi $42.00. REINSPECTIO r E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.:, Date: Oe . : .o.�•.11.: n' lietit L T , •: of in.pectio A . dress: -- • t ' i ,i. , 1 l . Date called • ► Z- Special instructions: /S /4164 � �. N k �� P. i.C.A /A.., • Date wants • �. 7c J % a . R equ er : ' Phone No.:g 01 3 INSPECTION•NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 • II INSPECTION RECORD ' Retain a copy with permit COMMENTS: irs .�h b 7 G� jam- ei(91 /a� 4, fr'1$9 4:45 ‘,(Q (206) 431 -3670 Approved''per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Al -:-.146/ -411 A Inspector: I /1-41/1411 Date: r $42.00 REINSPECTION - REQUIRED. Prior to Inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: COMMENTS: t. &crtiont N s 3 u, t 1. f t1�... _ N Duct" 11,1 i / + � wTta; t A PFhi . (44— `R) 11� u X .. 1 A PE O!' V' ^rS ,AA f ► j 40._ I t1 LAO a+A hIA -L4-0 °' vvfA .S (0- P • hv*''c'rti -a f 14,.0,% 04- 13'►1 .s iiNesq ai.) ArM Pt31 1tt Then-- - 11104; : , GT t,J I u.., 1 r .SP i f `IQe� \ ( G.1'* oN F- 'M+,AnJGC . 14.6 bQ - vv`r -., T OW 4■01 (SG IMAA FzutF \ pj,-+r- PzA.1 po AG` 1 N 3 .4-p i nl A c rNw 1.4141.k-- 1411 -t c.N 4.4 8F ,Ar ((cc.. SOP. (....1A-tx- . I ( 114-0 1 S SNCN A. WA-Lt T - SE - S Ha Invp hE t t /S-r. e " DA- ,,,AzT tS , fro . , .. ■ ' 1 or,- , r o 1� - SE" wA,t -U..5 1 anl C` 6a-.1 M M )' ( (Vert.1.bc .Th 1 14 S, lSrivC M / C/N N_ Z ...-1, t ,1 t► C l • • O - S 45 Va T V V O 1 kvici !Address: I l l i s Date cart 1 I a' 9 6 eainstructions: 3 GCIS U.) 11 I be, (�1 ` l't `j Date waltq�l. ]' (� �� a_,10, . G- / �p.�m� Re _ f , ' fir nS [ c one N [g _ _ f INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 Pi I ss u- Inspector: G , Approved per applicable codes. Receipt No.: 7 ( i a6;roisq PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: Date: / 2. /t1 /c?( $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule relnspection. City of Tukwila Fire Department TURWILA.FIRE DEPARTMENT . FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name 1( 1. Gv� . C ) 0. v 50A `Jr, y Address \ Z I C;t.) � f'1'\ r « L Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Authorized Signature John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief X11 c( - C ,1 r 4 ✓ Permit No. :c1) v3 ',"1 FINALAPP.FRM T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 fl\ \ Date Suite # Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 •Fax (206) 5754439 • D -19 -96 THU 10:26 METRO King County (. Department of Transportation Transit Division, Design and Construction Services 821 Second Avenue M/S SC Seattle, WA 98104 -1593 NOTES: GL G v Phone No. FAX COVER LETTER SENT TO: Re i .GILt. SENT FROM: J 11N. 4t' ., South Satellite Construction Office Phone Number: (206) 62.4.- 2837 TOTAL PAGES SENT ! FROM FAX NO. (206) 62(4. 2„7S f 2239516 DATE: I2.119114 6 B ,CE %V EB DEC 1.9 1996 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT e-wrret.2 i ` I rrv��i � Por. Oure Oh W V G ,�,�,u, . c i 00e, P.01 • 6 THU 10:26 METRO FOR METRO TRANSIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. T3B74 -13 SOUTH OPERATING BASE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS OCTOBER 1976 UMTA GRANT NO. WA- 03.0016 2239516 r MUNICIPALITY OF METROPOLITAN SEATTLE KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON DeLEUW, CATHER AND COMPANY, CONSULTING ENGINEERS NARAMORE BAIN BRADY AND JOHANSON, ARCHITECTS N2 _.26 S�3 ENU THIS COPY PROPERTY OF RING RECORDS USE. E, P.02 ►; • DEC -19 -96 THU 10:27 Naramora Bain Brady & Johanson Architecture Planning Economics Seattle,, Washington GE_1`I�RP�L. f�10T'�S bU I LPI NG COPE. i. mga z ar`i 2. t2wciS. FOR FIR ' ?LAtZM ttelxe. � . Z. N4. ff,U11-401NC-1 • GfROUF' GY.GUPAHCj • TYPE 1 c.4 - igUcTl ©M ✓' • A1pr A PKI N KL. P - �r,�- E�. ME�f•i. G•& reg 4 GrM.R.i r,' S bUlLi7INCa : • c7K0UP 1= 2 P hH • TYPE 1''1 riaN CoM -al i5 rh FLaf✓L 4 b`lr��.�F-t t3UILpIH • tarot= F I 42 4C- -41"Ar C.Y • "TYPr. I `/ 1%-1/)hi- 1`5TguGTIDN • • Job "a 204914G01 0t. °_ 74 Chia DEC -19 -96 THU 10:29 METRO e- rl'i G .i /1- 0u,4.` wort. `� Ta, ate. 2 63c- l»TL % 11. ,eGIB, 1 underctvrd that tho Plan Check cppr�v cro st:'ajset to errors and omissions and cp,:r-v=J of plaits does not authorize the violation of cny ac' Dptod codo o • nano& Receipt of S acts copy of app • = • ' By Dato Permit No. _ Oaa ----- Z FILE COPY SUBJECT • STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS for South and East Base Transit Operating Facilities HVAC Rehabilitation by KCM, Inc 7 First Avenue ashington 98101 -1027 CONTENTS ROOF MODIFICATIONS Maint. Bldg Double Tees Maint. Bldg Main Girder Operations Bldg Deck & Steel Beams Roof Penetration Patch AC UNIT ATTACHMENT (Seismic & Wind) LPG TANK BEARING MECHANICAL SUPPORT ANCHORAGE PAGES 1 -1 THRU 1 -19 2 -1 THRU 2 -6 3 -1 THRU 3 -8 4 -1 THRU 4 -11 5 -1 6 -1 THRU 6 -3 7 -1 8 -1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER MALI �I I* �� 'CLIENT: PROJECT: \r'1 SUBJECT: ` }` 1 1 ... 1 , _ Y.• ; . _ . �� , n , y ...._. -• .. 20 a ...._22.__________________________ :zv s 2-07 / 2oZ, • _.. �- . _ _ t .. Vu r- . :: • _ .- "7-__-X .- .._.)C 2.7_.: Tl a x • ZS _x 7z x z X . G "/0/4. ..i..• : /8000. -_- _!.l¢ . !d X 9 _ _ . _ ._ 32' CC,O .. • /EB 4UCD i3 00a .. . • .._y .. .... ._,__... C _.._ _.. .. ..._. _. _ _.._..__ _ ... _..__... ... � ... _... .. ...r.__ _. ___.• -, r_ ,.. .. _ T ^_._.._ _- . .. _. . _ _._ , _ .. ._. .._....- . _ . _ _.— _•__.. .... ._. _._ - .... ��_ r .... _._ ... ..: ....... ..... _ ._ _ - . _ ._.. ...._ � M _ ._. ....�__._.. . -. . 1 . _.__... _ .._.. .,...�._ _. ,. .._....._.___ .. .. _:_....._..- _ _ ..�._• ._. .. H... 111 «.,�__ . _ .�_.... ....._ ,- .._ —�' - • ! ' 1 __.._._ .•..... _.._ ; _._..... _. .... _ _.... . _ . •. KCM JOB N0, BY DATE SHEET NO. tlsk9';weiTa,m row CAD SCWLOULf wtL 7N,C474$3 row 14642,Koslwecoroomoloys CAR' 4'4t0v0 ,.0••! r.f•*I.o! Wc.4 tAA.:1A r.WN' A'r0 ,.• 1 , ..3 f .., -•0 10:2777 -..i, 'S25V7r�o J. .,•'2 2 ° - 1 ,s !'.l 1 ,...s. 2'i Cry 0 • 2. 3. • f, GENERAL ,• LOCATION 1ST FLOOR • MEZZ. OR IND 'LOOK .00F • AC'NO 2' AIL Rf IV Of T.w09t.Sfto ' /Ght r Ctc.NLLL ALL LIVE LOADS AND LATERAL LOADS CONFC "" TO THE REQUIRE- MENTS OF ARTICLE 23 OF THE 1913 UNIFO =•C 3JILQING COOE. DEAD LOADS ARE BASED UPON THE ACTUAL DI VISIONED VOLUME OF THE MATERIAL AND ARE CONSIDERED 45 ":',I:'UM OM A TRI- BUTARY BASIS. THE UNIT HEIGHT Of MATED :ALS ARE AS FOL- L0N5: REINFORCED STONE REINFORCED LIGHT SOLID REINFORCED STEEL . ASPHALT ROOF (3 PLY) 'SOIL ACTIVE. PASSIVE AND ALLONAOLC FOOTING 50:LS PRESSURES ARE RASED UPON THE FINAL FOUNDATION.EXPL :RATION REFERRED TO IN ITEM 11 -1 OF THE GENERAL NOTES, II. • VERTICAL LOAD (LIVE LOAD, SUPERIMPOSED, SOIL) 1. SUMMARY OF SPECIFIC LOADING CONDITIONS. ' MAINTENANCE BUILDING , H"10 SIGN' WAY OR 175 P.S.F. 100 P,3.F. ASSEMBLY 200 P,S.F. STORAGE . 25 P,S.F, SNOW MECH'L 10 P.S.F. SUSPENDED FROM • ROOF • MECH'L ACTUAL ELEC. WEIGHT EQUIP- ACTUAL FENT WEIGHT + • REACTION OR LOAD , FOOTING 6,000 DL + LL P,S.P,• FOOTING 10.610 . DL • LL P.S :F, + EORW ' r ,,,„„K• • • 01I 00 r>i' W.V • DES[G1 LOADS UNIT' WEIGHT CONCRETE 150 P.C.F.. WEIGHT CONCRETE 120.P.C.F. MASONRY 140 P.C.F. 192 P.C.F. 6 P.S.F. 110 P.C.F.(A.V.) OPERATIONS BUILDING 50 P.S.F* OFFICE 100 ►.3.F. ASSEMBLY SO P.S.P. OFFICE 100 P.S.F. ASSEMBLY 25 P.r.F. ' SNOW ACTUAL WEIGHT 6.000 P.S,F,• e,000 P.S.F.• FUEL S WASH BUILDING H-20 H(G1uAY OR 175 P,S.F, t S P•,S.F. SNOW '10 P.S.F. ACTUAL WEIGHT 6,000 P,S.F. 6,000 P.S.F. TYPICAL WALL OETA/L RE/AYUAICINO AI CA.'N[RS ANO/NriRSefr,GVS . etrc v!- • 1 • VEHICLE SHED H-20 HIGHWAY is P.S.F. SNOW 6, P.S.F. 8,000 P.S.F, • •t AA..S• 11 IN t!r .1.0 !KW ,Sraf •J arcs .O'•ll 'SMUT ..L 2!KAI We 0.01( I IVO MALLS WIN S CwrArN (J' Ol','! ...0.'r QARS 2•'01 ArC ,4(0 2 -.1470(.4'4.1 r.C! /Nr(RN !KC '/.'. AAA l4:.1 r•O'ac MAt. • !ACM , AV O'NOOif AI!MOS. • 1C4 R 10 L ND 6•rC- 6u 1 11614 I rCC W I N /N INOr llfft CL. tas�:l / • 111.' LATERAL'LOADS (WIRD, SEISMIC, SOIL) • "omen IC COAL .1LAQP.C! 2. REDUCTIONS, CONCENTRATIONS, REVERSALS. UNBALANCES, EX^ PANSION AND CONTRACTIONS PER 1913 UNIFOR'S BUILDING CODE FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES ADOPTED 3r A,A.S,II,O • 3. 'SOILS PRESSURES ARE 'NET' VALUES (MITHOUT FOOTING MEIGHT). , 2. AND /OR THE 1917 EDITION OF THE STANDARD sPEcIFIcAllons yINO (ALL BUILDINGS) - HEIGHT ZONE •30', H "•20 P.S.F. (ALL DIRECTIONS) SEISMIC - THE BASE SHEAR, V, SMALL BE DETERMINED FROM V • 28CW WHERE: Z ■ 1.00 FOR IONS 3 R • 1.3) FOR THE MAINTENANCE L FUEL AND MASH BUILDINGS • ■ 1.00 FOR THE OPERATIONS BUILDING AND VEHICLE SHED .05 C • 1 OR OR T W ' D.L. (PLUS .PORTIONS OF WHERE: • p+•r row moo AW/LLn 10 Jtm,cruait Srrre NCNOgR I+NLRt 1701 0 / OPIrAC ,S wine?" I•CV• 1rRuCIURAL 3Ilit N(NC(R .10 FOR ALL ONE AND TWO STORY BUILDINGS .05 A. 250 STORAGE LOAD) THE BUILDINGS SHALL CONFORM TO Y ` C C ■ 0.20.FOR WALLS ■ 1.04 APPENDAGES ■ 0.50•EOUIPME1T • 2.00 PRECAST corm tors 301/3 - ACTIVE PRESSURE - (i.3. ■ 1.0) PASSIVE PRESSURE (F.3. 2.0) M ,Aa31 !14:.:•!ti BRACED 30 P,C.F,'OR 105 P.C.F. BELOW HATER) FLEXIBLE S P.C.F, OR IS P.C.FY• LOM WATER) ' - UNDISTURBED '.' ))2S P.C•F. 0R 155 P t c, F , (8EL0W WATER) , - COMPACTED l0 P.C.F. OR 135 P.C.F. E1.0N WATER) F ICTI0N - UNDISTURBED .• 0.56 • ) COMPACTED ■ 0.50 SURCHARGE - .25 TIMES SUPERIMPOSED UNIT PRESSURES row ems let SCwl:..4F .0.171.0 ALS SKES TYPICAL WALL OPENING LSErA,L, ryr •ur C1Uo ALL .WO43 • ' • �.'Y'r, F 0,•44 Al • S.YV,CW AL .:Alit ! I CA rw[ A0/f0 -4 ONE 3C1401.14 1440.4.4 ANO :Anti At u:•! : • eatiw •00.f .i tt� A. LLIT-AIFR tp) , • • • • • : .7. •-• .• v • • • • r '1;r tt..,.; 0 00 "NAILER STRIP "ft ASIAN& "ROOTING TILT * INSTIL MON * CANT S TRIO' " NAILER STRIP "T tASIIING — "ROOT ING TELT * INSULATION — *CANT STRIP MPS UNIT GASKET 1 CURB MMOTH SUPPLIED • ADAPT-AIRE UNIT TYPAL L ENO RAILS 1 YP ALL INNER RAIL 5 fCNIRAC FOR •WPT. IID JOB NAME 4' 1 MAMMOTH • SUPPLIED REPRESENTATIVE A GASKET %ma CURB S' NOTE. — 1401C-G*5IlCT ro BE INSTALLED OH CURD JUSr PRIOR TO SET TING Of UNIT GA SKr f IS SNIPPED WIT/1 Inc UNIT If UNIT IS MULTI PIECE SHIPMENT, LUBRICATE TIIE GASKET 1077 E ASE Of PULLING SEC !IONS TOG( THEN INNER RAILS TO BE MOUNTED WITH HOLES NEAREST TO JOIN T SEAMS AS POSSIBLE WI THOU! INTERFERING WITH DUCT SERVICE LOCA MI SUBMIT TAL DRAWING FOR OPENINGS, ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY SIDE RAIL 8 INNER RAIL OUANTITIES WILL MOS T LIKELY DE DIFFEREN 15tE BILL 01 MAT ERIAL WITH CURBING/ INSTALL CURB WITH THE ADJUSTABLE LENGTH ON THE RETURN AM END OF UNIT. CURB MUST BE LEVEL IF CURB 15 TO BE USED AS A RETURN PLENUM. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS ARL REOUIREP CITY TAG NO S 0 NO we min. S MIE 1 TEM j, (.1) -• T YPALL JOINER PLATES 510f HAIL 5 3 TYPICAL OF ALL NUTS AND BOLTS • r YP ADJUSTABLE SEC TONS 114 Cl 14"PERIME TER CURBING iTEM QTY PATH 4' ,.... ., .. . . 2 ENO AA 50530 i l m tIl i i . i , 5 , " 77? 3 fig p,... ,,,12,,c,Q,.... 50530;, rat. - r -C 4P C D - --- t _ s141420" _ P ii. I. I XT D . ,, , ,,..„, 5 " .... , .. t, 0il.j, j...... !. .7:: . '' 7 --- 11 1/1tri411141[1:?7,107i ..... BAIL A A R 505308 INNE ?n 60 '. PAIL MI i.i.. ___ • 7 10 _• —• 12 13 •___ 15 16 SOD-001-387 CURB SUCIIOIl 11SEL)011 ! 0• , Ulf. - • ^ • M. • - • _ • • • GASKET 250038 ct 11111ING 57,-4 • CLIENT: fr Al SUBJECT: N A /1.)1- fir, 6 .D L( J= 1�- Cep S tA Y': %k • ; .T 1 p - 0 J-f- x 3d _ 750 1� - ... • P/C, g( x3o = x,580 'f'' \ . I ,12 4 4 • x.0 6 .....c :0 ', ' `3o , c ` ! Y ■ i W Ri 3 ' ti �, 791 4 t). M fro-x ' X0.5 (oc;) _ 4, 6 01= y m m (w/ rn -,... k. L, I% s -0 J 9)1. /4- so - 3 S o vor �.. _. ?-5-0 V, No 1 (6 qa Gl,wcl a- A J s E4 6 (E D , AE -8-078 (s)3' } -2 (- \ ∎60 (30)) 1000 6 • 668s) (2 66) = 45s >C\1 2 i : 61=1) = 77 (DIc. KCM JOB NO. PROJECT: kV NC, BY DATE 1 -A SHEET NO. -Is ' '0N .03HS --/o Lk') O co' j7 '� '' ►��,j/ bS c) 'a • r 31V0 S6 -91 -11 • AEI --� S • W 1 `31\ :103ro8d Sb ON e0r ,S -71 osb'S = 00 X 71-)k, — 7 ' r L373.7 (ti J772 E ) (26E) h MAO czi PH J :19r+ /1 S' Z > � _ (,5)s5& '/ 2102 - 'V 9-71 s C c LZ! 9' .: ( Q LZ )/5110- j . -t) o _ SJ 9S ' SS i t) S ti r -I` S1' _ v'woV - ate S ?`l+�,� �� - D \� L L I / rNN c C.) c;• ;1/4 Z Ix oSo$ W) :103rens ?J,_1.- -- V\f :1N311Q ALLOWABLE — SUPERIMPOSED LOAD in pounds per square foot Number of 1/2" Strands per Tee SIMPLE SPAN in feet 40 44 48 52 56 60 sa 68 72 : 76 . 80 84 88 92 96 8 (Straight) 8 (Harped) 10 (Straight) 10 (Harped) 12 (Straight) 12 (Harped) 14 (Straight) 14 (Harped) 16 (Harped) 18 (Harped) 20 (Harped) 22 (Harped) 24 (Harped) 26 (Harped) 28 (Harped) 30 (Harped) 148 108 77 53 33 18 214 155 111 . 76 • 49 27 ;•, • • . • • 197 148 110 81 58 37 17 270 201: 150 •109 •:77..52 30 _ . •'.:`. � .., : ',,�:.. , �,: ' , •. , ': fi,' . ';' , .._.. 241 184 141 107 80 54 32 324 247 188 142 105 '178 . ' <:52 '32 4 'Y1^ ;.: ' :,: s::,.:7. •eA ..' 1; 281 217 169 131 97 69 45 26 377 290 224 v7 132 :.99 X72 ; 50 ^:it ' f t ' r ; "' ,:,.i.1 4 428 333 260 203 158 122 93 68 47 30 478 374 294 233 144 112 85 63 t4 27 .' 526 413 328 261 208 166 131 102 77 57 4.9 24 572 451 360 288 232 186 149 1 - 70 , 51. 616 487 390 314 254 205 166 133 105 82 62 .45 30 657 522 419 339 275 224 182 147 ,118 93 p 54..381.25 . 696 554 446 362 295 241 197 161 130 104 82 6 3 46 32 733 585 472 384 314 258 212 173 141 114 91 71 54 39 26 fi t CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION I W 36" DOUBLE TEE COMPOSITE E WITH CONCRETE CO TOPPING pala SPAN -LOAD TABLE COMPOSITE SECTION PROPERTIES: A = 982 in Z t = 9836 in Z b = 4117 in w = 105 psf I = 111728 in Y = 11,36 in Y = 27,14 in NOTES: 1) Superimposed Toad values for tees with harped strands are based on single vertical row of strands harped at mid - point. Additional load capacity may be obtained with double row of harped strands (see page 10). 2) Values below and to the left of the heavy line represent conditions where shear reinforcement is required (see page 2). c40 RAANII IC Ar`TI IDCDC r1C DDCCTDCCCG11 rrIAI(`DCTC TAr 1A /ACLJIKIr'_Tr1nl 9 9 USL t S . A IQ ( (D.YTON F -42) ' :QFCI�I.E 1OOP'LN5ERT5 =Q 1. . _kL:L 51TEM5' . . T . t C .•l\J. • „ 1 r . ' ' I f7:f.4k2iialga .Yy A A•4 ii tis • AT G" o IrtD.TA L (iS ) (14.) % "4. 270 STRA}4 EfiC H..STEMt.' (BEE.. E LEV. ABOVE) • , •t • .t. ; f • 14 • t • t : • • ' \• `.. � �` �' p. �'• i '� r+:�'�'r • .`', try ,.. � rt `'w' �` , ., I • f' • • i�� 1 tf • `t k {., p .1 "I 4 . 441 t • • • ■ tSs a—ck 11�t.r11L�J i•d:M 41 Ju r i� � r�[' ' �� <f . r• fl r ' .. �1!TC: 4 i•'•■' • f�Y • S P E C I F I C A T I O N S• . CEMENT TYPE . // 7 /y, O , REBAR SPECS. ;• .6RAD., .�0 ',,0sNoyio STRENGTH AT 28 DAY'S �`f'0'd. R FINISH :, �ifrr�GY: 1 1 ) • — STRENGTH AT RELEASE 4j�(70 1 MESH TPE;CS.', : , •• , it •••• ADMIXES pL.A5T.. OR. POLL. • •• • A ‘ MESH F1IA1SH . ,' —' 3 - WATERPROOF µDry MISC. 1!101`1 SPECS'. R " NTRAINED AIR_ 5'74. . MISC.. 1ROm, FINISH : bt;,.,a _, • • r • • t . • ... PR ESTR!SS :STR'AitID 'A 1 . K i • •A BLDG. PERMIT t .. ,, C 0 L ; O R N O. i. ' • ; , , + r , , . • ; . : .., ;' •, • ;t. ,'. , • •: • , • . . 1 .,, / .tit , ,,, •,,, . * s:., 4:• .1. :1, 4 9 USL t S . A IQ ( (D.YTON F -42) ' :QFCI�I.E 1OOP'LN5ERT5 =Q 1. . _kL:L 51TEM5' . . T . t C .•l\J. • „ 1 r . ' ' I f7:f.4k2iialga .Yy A A•4 ii tis • AT G" o IrtD.TA L (iS ) (14.) % "4. 270 STRA}4 EfiC H..STEMt.' (BEE.. E LEV. ABOVE) • , •t • .t. ; f • 14 • t • t : • • ' \• `.. � �` �' p. �'• i '� r+:�'�'r • .`', try ,.. � rt `'w' �` , ., I • f' • • i�� 1 tf • `t k {., p .1 "I 4 . 441 t • • • ■ tSs a—ck 11�t.r11L�J i•d:M 41 Ju r i� � r�[' ' �� <f . r• fl r ' .. �1!TC: 4 i•'•■' • f�Y • CUENT: 'NINA 11--) = ' SUBJECT: E Oor`- i r r E Jam. KCM 1/4-..J GS PS� co' - co C- -)voo cu (.2,) JOB NO. PROJECT: L,4 iLT -L ' r. -1).3 I No (7- C0.5 PSF Z�svt,A nom L.c) r -sue pow, Tess 7o PSr ( 2,c," D , 80') L t •l_ C iDJ e -S 14V - 5 N10 b G = So 41 1 ov eL-,o /. 1 Z Co L L L c l% c `-\ Lo l `32 Lk lA. = 1. 2000 _ 41aD t 1.4 x \oono = 141)7, lJ� = n,S %r G�2sx`�Z= 12.gxOiIS= \7` /Ft x1r7 _ ' ` /Fr : 20.8 /Fr .r '•�, •1 �.' ... '.� V •" • 'ter IG i 1 \P)-Z-( ‘1 DATE SHEET NO. • CLIENT: SUBJECT: 2 KCM , 5.`3Yre ♦S rr • i2• .1 ?:07_,L. • J JOB NO. • PROJECT: � � T (1 145 stj��,ttJc ■ + 4 ;k C a S + 1t∎D 1 t•-) z' A = -*--10 = 5.1 -i✓ e ►U= 2• ( 1 ., DATE SHEET NO. 'CLIENT: •` SUBJECT: , r V C{ C i- c S\- `tom► -• KCM JOB NO. • PROJECT: 4 J� ( Ic ls' L 20 �� ` x Cc O 3 ,25-.) g2 4. Gs" M= �xLo(l °)x.032 4 . ( A)- - e IA 5 412 I C m \\AO - 1W'7. 0.1Z- 0 r Vt A I ►J C/ rDI�'.1 \S c» CJ /O �(J� S S h (_-1 oATE \ - ► SHEET NO. 6 6 QI (s r1 L.; 3 r ir,leej f Al I ,... pi Of CLIENT: SUBJECT: C '\' 11-..) JOB NO. PROJECT: 4 'r 2 /v . \Zt i \c' �—` . S2 C - 1� c5r I� n � lg 1 c (6c)000)5 v heA4 in p /Ca ee. ol . s-i- rrwrs - 6 e a- -$ f 1 - is = (26 ).4 (,Se. 2- L3)t•6x /2 V "o /-} -NCl 01<, 0 BY DATE I - ►Z SHEET NO. ? t J [o 1. 1 n 1 I ` U':) 01_I •) i 1 PLAN • A • 16 = 1, -0" ;. / • I A • Mcfb-019.I 51 LA) GI 13 r LO 6.11T 1 00 ' qR CAGY CY'L4 Wet a P i rne.ta 7 � p opte.witat4:5 . Dersnsti SttO W OMB Wt.) s rem/5 11 3 - 5 -v ?ef2� . 11 3 1l6• 1b(a 291020 ❑ 11 O. LI q 2 1 -o t 34ri704---"" ❑ 1'-4 1 E 0 QV' 1 211 t. 21 r2ittGC -107 _ ant mab•o15N • ROOF PLAN _ SCAI_E:1 /1 = t , • l':: SCHEDULE.. ' :: Nj �':, _._..........„.....4::_...-1-...-----..--_--.... �ztit '�'Q 4.8 PD • 31.13 • • 4:47f , 4•f 5-.E .9/0 9N .9N 4.1 S •J 31.6 , ,G•E' G. 7 7•e 7•1' • . 5'or 6.A 7.4 , • • G.f.. • .7r1 1. 7N .. . = •wdr 44/,,n • W /•2'0 wl x/7 ...._ Wex17 . Nax31 - -- - a/dx./ ... ‘ W.5 x31 44,07 ?--. ' 43,54 /41 SE - • • ' , --, /63.54 1G3.5.1 /45,54. 54 743. ' /6l.SF /z, If IZ /42:S4 / 354. 176.ff /74.el 170.ft245..4 i . 9CA Ix 1A7 7d *Kxl gx /pia d`x4D.7 i 3X,( 4 i`t1tN• 74'449 ;2'4x9IA14x7 T2'• ;.7 -/ / . 7•L .7.1,• 7.1 '7.3 74.. 7.3 7.4 .7.3 W /ty..A 25. Y 1•1/0/C15 VW Or' • of • • COL t,<M t•E t.< 4.6 ; �XI ;'I . 7• - • /C,V • WE J ' 22: G',4UGE •• 4 3 F�' H /a i ' /NG PAN. • , Gut • WO x N4 TYP 3G 4 goo... 4 /F7 • • / / /Fl 1 • 57EEL l.ECK S1 BE 45 SNC :vN ANO •' SHALL NAVE 77/5 F01-Law/Na PROPER7YEs PER FOOT .A. • •5EC M001.144/.S _ O. 439 in • MOMENT OF /NER7/A': O. 73/ in GAL C UL.47th /N AcCO11,34 V • ivi711 THE A.J. S. '. SPEGrf /c4T/o,vs Foe L/ /17 ' ' GAymE M6TAL . . ... : • .• • , .10'N7V 9•1A1.. L G.a • I Lave a 21.0" ENO YM ,SHALL 14441 NSW.. Z' 444.1 ° AID SHALL 6E WE.4 j D St/P 7� 6•'tf WLL'OS. P1c1+ RUTE_ , • • W 21 • ., • h 0. • 3 • h • . t, r ; eCoGbMN , V ■ 4 .• ' sq 1 i- •'TYPE " 7 =1 ;• . ' ' f c0[OMN h � /• L. .. ? � O� ► • • 3 "�' 'Oj• • • fog OPEN /N6 AETAKS• Sea CM". 535. • W/O n21 wroA2 • • ' 1 ' •�, J n GU; 1 Slab Depth I adAi loop SDI Max. Unshored C ear -Span Superimposed Live Load P.S.F. Clear Span (ft -in.) 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 7 -0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 9-6 10-0 10.6 11-0 11.6 12-0 12.6 13 -0 13-6 14-0 2.14 22 8-8 9-11 10-3 216 195 176 161 120 109 .99 _ 90 • 83 7.6.70. X64• ' .3159= .^ 55' ' 5" 21 9-6 10-8 11-0 230 206 187 170 156 144 106 - 9 - 6 . 1.019 :81 ' 74 ' -'681 '563'. . 58• 4;50 20 10.2 11-2 11-7 241 216 196 178 163 150 139 101 93 85 ''78 72: '466, 57.4 (t =2 ") 19 11-6 12-1 12-6 266 238 214 195 178 163 151 140 131 122 86 79 3. to CO tzf,' 6 18 12-6 12.11 13-4 289 261 238 218 201 186 173 161 151 142 134 127 •2 :.' 44 PSF 17 13.4 13-8 14-2 309 278 253 231 212 196 182 170 159 150 141 133 126 91 . 16 13-8 14.4 14.10 327 294 266 243 223 206 191 178 167 156 147 139 132 125 89 22 8.3 9.6 9.9 247 222 201 152 137 124 .113 103' •.94 ...87 ';73= h, 6B- 9 2.t'5 ig 51/2" 21 9-1 10.2 10-6 262 235 213 194 178 133 121 110 1o1 • 92 4'85 ''78' :',72% '.6T' 781n 20 9-8 10-9 11-1 275 247 223 203 186 172 127 116 106 97'' 289 t2;82 '`i :470 0= 2 1 19 10-11 11-7 12 -0 303 271 244 222 203 186 172 160 117 107 98 91= ' ..,841',i4771 )4 18 1 1.1 1 12-4 12-9 330 298 271 248 229 212 197 184 173 162 121 112 105 - -98 50 PSF 17 12-9 13-1 13-6 352 317 288 263 242 224 208 194 182 171 161 152 111 194 gA9.4'. 16 13-3 13-9 14-3 373 335 304 277 255 235 218 203 190 178 168 158 150 109 102• 22 7-11 9.1 9-4 277 249 191 171 154 1.40 ; 1 . 27. 1.06 . 97.'..90 :132..1,76 ; 6" 21 8.8 9-9 10-1 294 264 239 218 165 149 136 '124 113 104 '- 95' '. 88' .''811 4175 ';1'69 20 9-3 10-3 10-7 309 277 251 228 209 157 143 130 't 109 100- . '. 85? (t =3 ") 19 10.5 11.2 11-6 340 304 274 249 227 209 193 143 131 TO 111 .102..;94. to. p7t7i 0. co `11 1 8 1 1 . 4 11-10 12-3 370 334 304 279 257 238 221 207 194 14° life I' 57 PSF 17 12-3 12-7 13-0 395 356 323 296 272 251 233 218 204 192 181 134 125, :1.17-{109s.. 16 12-10 13.3 13-8 • 376 341 311 286 264 245 228 2.13 200 188 178 132 123 13'57 22 7.8 8.9 9.0 307 277 312 190 171 155 .141,. :129 1.18 108 ' ,92'. ' =,,78' ` 61/2" 21 8-4 9.5 9-9 326 293 266 203 183 166 '150' 137 126 115 '106' ! 98' ' '83 .'s :Ti 20 8-11 9-11 10-3 343 307 278 253 193 174 158 144 132 .121' ..111- 103 : «95:; .t88 _!0e 0= 31/2") 19 10-0 10-9 11-1 377 337 304 277 252 232 214 159 146 134: 123 113:104. - 96:';•8915 18 10-11 11-5 11-9 • 371 338 309 285 264 246 229 175 162 151 140 131 123 115' 63 PSF 17 11-9 12-1 12-6 • 395 359 328 302 279 259 242 226 213 160 . 139:. 130 121> 16 12-5 12-9 13-2 • • 378 345 317 293 272 253 23,7 222 . 149_ 209 157 146 . 137.128; 22 7.5 8-5 8-8 338 261 233 209 188 X155 •142; 130 119. 109 .104 ; 93: 86. '479 :; 7'' 21 8-1 9-1 9-4 359 322 292 223 201 . 17 . 1 . 1 182 165 151' 138 127: •116' 107' '!99 'al './4842 20 8-7 9-7 9 -10 377 338 305 278 212 192 174 145 •133 123 113* "• 96. 89' (t =4 ") 19 9-8 10-4 10-8 • 371 334 304 277 255 192 .159 175 160 147 .135 .124:115 . 106 98' 18 10-6 11-0 11-4 • 5 371 340 313 290 270 252 192 178 168 154. '144 .135 126 69 PSF 17 11-3 11-8 12-1 • 394 360 331 306 285 265 249 189 176 153.143434. ;134 16 12-0 12-3 12-9 • • • 379 348 322 298 278 260 244 • 164: 230 172. 1611; .150 :1Y4.t;, 22 7.2 8-2 8-5 368 285 254 228 205 186 169 154 141 130 119 110' 101' '93 ,`,86' 71" 21 7.9 8.9 9-1 391 351 271 243 219 198 180 165 151 138 127 117: 108 100 92 8.3 9.3 9.7 • • • 368 332 256 231 209 190 173 158 145 134 123 114 105 97 (1 =41/2") 19 9.4 10-0 10-4 • 364 331 302 231 209 191 175 160 147 136 125 116 107 18 10-2 10-8 11-0 • • 370 341 316 294 227 210 195 181 168 157 147 138 75 PSF 17 10.11 11-4 11.8 • • • 393 361 334 310 289 223 207 192 179 167 156 146 16 11.7 11.11 12-4 • • • • 380 350 325 303 283 266 20'2 188 175 164 153 Type Thick Weight P.S.F. I (In /Ft)(In p /Ft)'(In .445 Sn /Ft1 .464 Ptd. Galv. 22 .0295 1.77 1.87 .762 21 .0329 1.97 2.07 .869 .513 .537 20 .0358 2.14 2.24 .955 .573 .601 19 .0418 2.50 2.60 1.1 1 7 .700 .712 18 .0474 2.84 2.94 1.267 .810 .810 17 .0538 3.22 3.32 1.439 .918 .918 16 .0598 3.58 3.68 1.600 1.019 1.019 ULCRAFT/ 3 VLI,VLJ Maximum Sheet Length 42' -0 Extra Charge For Lengths Under 6' -0 _ J 71/4, I . 'u c `c - r , r;, ,c, '' • VLI ° s0 .UoI I - VU 24" or 36" l u 1 u o° 0 0 Q 0 u • 12" ----� 4 r - t Slab Depth j 0 0 0 �• A P (N =9) NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE (145 P.C.F.) STEEL SECTION PROPERTIES •Indicates live loads in excess of 400 P.S.F. Light blue shading Indicates no shoring required for 2 or more dock spans, simple spans require shoring. Dark blue shading indicates no shoring required for 3 or more deck spans, simple and 2 span conditions require shoring. 10 Gray shading indicates shoring required for all deck span conditions. Always contact Vulcraft when using loads above 200 PSF. Such loads often result from concentrated. dynamic or "long term" load cases for which reductions for bond breakage. concrete creep. etc. should be evaluated. All fire rated assemblies are subject to an upper live load limit of 250 PSF, 4 CLIENT: M SUBJECT: EXIST /200E- (PS f1 0 51.4 6AA/N-4" t1 z /1 Ass ct,r,41. 6(6 paJ� A - 5s 60 ,oa.J e.Am46 wie,s - oYt s O. O (9i `1 v o) _ 6,000* Con c., DL So, S F , sc So esF 55.5 Ps F>c 3,6cDor,s SA O Ll L c. ?s py: x 7.$ X tee-, a-A /e-oof / 2o/ 6?9ofl 6 1/q . %3 if 8 G W I 0 n i S << :, _ ..,2 5 -S r� a d o 0 f )ecir / v tJ 4/6 _ DI 6-C-C 4 /, DL -- = 0 5-,x._ - KCM 3/c6 -4 JOB NO. PROJECT: Fly resq BY ll ama -9S DATE SHEET NO. .CLIENT: M SUBJECT: ��( /S /2 00 FRAM J 1N/6 0 P5 te, ;. 0 & gpe, -- , /a J Cr CAszleA. X5 04. ,co1 o1-7 ro cJ - 0, 0-z" ( = x,1-75 A S 1 0 a4/ re_S ey ( 7s C 7 . 4 ) A -4 e as-td -et.) 42 **X e P zs Fsf) a 4- 73 0 KCM 3/ 00:-' 6- JOB NO. PROJECT: /-1- V/*- I2 Cf - � - -1� -I� /%/1 -G. BY DATE 1-►e SHEET NO. • CLIENT: rfe -rizo SUBJECT: TRc,-oT r «tC4' - Des; [ace& V4 tzWA � . p2 06723) 6Accie_ move44, 4 I CAT)c 50° 6sx_0' a im KCM 1I Z)3 .0 tcA JOB NO. I 1 .00, ("?-4-1 z5, (4-e) , 17 OJ C�o� (24) .501 r PROJECT: /'/ - VA - c. If BY a s s cpnnn- k +o 4.1 1 4 " e e,A.Zuf o f 1ess )2) z4 cbc)o DATE ( `1 /g 9 Avct; , i3e -1 /+, 1 S" OG , Z s t oe m In) 6-0 12 r �l l 2" w ii4 o� 5 6 SHEET NO. . CLIENT: KG SUBJECT: C r� !r .t; E /` c• - . ( . TrAC.,QA,^ ►.,r - ' - S z 4 ,77 — K "rTS..."^ W • r P }!/- • t Ps S. 1 /,4 S 144,. \o-2. /o.2Y- 2.,2 S 1\.4S 11h1 Zc>°) ,,$3 • ,osa No 1/4 FT &1),4.1 )J3 2 \,01< A. \2 n, l r (0 ' L,1 . 1\j G \y *04 , #0 no, k?LtIrr 10 4 ' S iS. a. 14- t(j Iuj scan:: {4 \4.A (O Z 10(. -7,5k 11(4 y, 4t,S '?.Sgo 1 ,,5 12,8■5 ;c S8 " - , vy5 /JO L ..i ,_. 107 SLA"_. ►N, 1 O o 1,t■ K 1, ? 4, 5 7.c.. 1 1_4.,%7 12... , 06 1 ' .Oc.01 Is-2 ` v.. 1Oc. I n : W TLS. 1 7 . 2 / . 4 t F..%,-% I✓ t / Se Ec, .7A15 0 LT A2v-T ? 12..7 4)/5". 1] ( �i r /4.1 IM 5 0L-r:, 12f,)V 11J KCM JOB NO. PROJECT: BY DATE 2 - I SHEET NO. CLIENT: SUBJECT: i )Mr (W L. A) ,-r- r .t •� +=a. lu 4 3 No 5Z C *C Z5 � to x i. ■:111/4; Li 1 P1.:4 c SI \w1 M i f s .. lot. t 2. oc7 Zc- 22� 6.04 4 1c.7 .Z. . V\ Z. 03= 21 . o (1) Lo (4 7.10(6 5 . 4 04. 4 \1 . 0"1 .1.7 i.c 1V Co 1%5 it.1iM I2Z.a I°l'L 5,.2k 2341 .1b 2.c.j lc 167 tr P. h v 1 (06 51= rt_ ► cf° ' or-• L / " C (i:> tic 4 Wit, g i f< 3A. - y ' 4 ?(2..c.) GG 1• 1`1 . 'P Pv,c..T 0 T3v`7 Et.Z o K _ IIQs CXna■a Tt.•` 4x Z KCM JOB NO. PROJECT: BY 11\ N G.c DATE Z -Z SHEET NO. ►NCNOO DIAMItL■ 11. MINIMUM OIIIN Of IMIIOMINI 14 4 1 . 2000 111 l 4000 111 1'.. woo ru 4141$4•0 SNtaf Ital. . Swtr I...,.. altJ/ .11N f/. 104S/4, ■.Iltul I/. It{/: .Hw 5 ..lwtt $ 1. 1.. .felt S/. Mfg. ..IttN 31. 14411.. 1 1 1 VA 225 115 3241I 3041 180 Mt/ 435 220 650 1'.% 430 215 380 555 2htl 4.430 72.5 36S 850 2 580 290 3240 780 3911 850 833 420 850 214 645 325 344) 835 • , 424) (450 835 42U 830 1 1:. 515 260 860 590 2115 127U 895 3.50 1550 s; 2 705 355 880 970 483 1270 2110 555 1550 % 3% 785 395 870 1150 575 13.50 1310 653 1550 % 4:i 820 415 870 1200 600 135(1 1310 670 1550 % 2!11. 1050 525 1710 13.80 890 2080 1690 845 2320 !2 24'. .. 1330 665 1710 1800 9uu 202w 2420 1:10 2320 % 4 1670 835 1710 2790 1400 2560 3590 1800 2860 In 6 2070 1040 1710 3070 1540 2360 378U 1890 2860 % 2a.: 1240 620 2.570 16.50 825 2890 1910 955 33.50 51 • 382 1440 720 2.570 2270 1140 2590 2390 1200 3350 ?: 5% 1740 . 870 3070 3550 1780 3850 4990 2500 3880 % 7% 2070 1040 3070 4220 211U 3850 5200 2600 3860 3 1870 935 3050 2530 1270 4270 2710 1360 4510 3 5 2.690 1350• 3050 4110 2060 4270 4390 2200 4510 3 7 3630 1820 3490 5230 2620 4610 5870 2940 52120 9 3880 1840 3490 5830 2930 4610 3900 2950 52 1 4! 3220 1610 6280 4000 2000 6720 5060 2.530 7960 1 8 4040 2020 6280 5860 2930 6720 5860 2930 7960 1 8 4180 2090 6280 5860 • 2930 7640 5860 2930 9070 1 10 4180 2090 6280 5860 2930 7640 5860 2930 9070 14: 5% 4360 2180 8440 4360 2670 8920 6180 3830 11200 1!: 652 4530 2480 8440 4530 3380 8020 7160 4500 11200 111 81/2 4580 2580 8440 .4890 4310 3920 9100 5460 11200 1'+ 101 4630 3075 8440 5570 5090 6990 1 11100 5530 11200 • Page 2 of 3 TABLE NO. 1—KWIK -BOLT ALLOWABLE SHEAR AND TENSION VALUES IN POUNDS' 2 'The tabulated shear and tensile slues are for anchors installed in stone aggregate concrete having the designated ultimate compressive strength at the time of installation. /The tabulated values are for anchors installed a minimum of twelve diameters on center and a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 103 percent anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameters spacing and three diameter edge distance. provided the values are reduced 50 percent. Linea interpolation may be used for intermediate spacings and edge margins. /These tension values ae only applicable when the anchors are installed with special inspection as set forth in Section 306 of the code. 'Thou tension values are applicable when the anchors are installed without special inspection as set forth in Section 306 of the code. Report No.2156 Steel side plates Length of Bolt in Main Member (in.) 3 Diameter of Bolt D Group' 4.25 '3,40 2,83 6,00 4,80 4.00 3,43 6.25 5.00 4.17 . j1 3.57 Projected Area of Bolt, A =lx 1/D D (111. Bolt Design Values for Softwood Glued Laminated 'Timbers" 1,063 1.328 1.594 1.500 • 1.875 2.250 2.625 1.563 • 1.953 2,344 2.734 Douglas • Fir -Larch (dense) Southern Pine (dense) Parallel to grain P• (1b) 1 Perp. to Grain Q (Ib) 1760 710 2380 810 2920 9(10 1060 9711 2860 114 3840 1'20 4700 1390 1860 990 2090 1100 3920 1320 4} . 1450 TABLE 6.21 3 Douglas Fir- Larch (medium grain) Southern Pine (medium grain) Cal, Redwood (close grain) Parallel Perp, to 10 Crain Grain P Q (Ib) (Ih) Ii Douglas Fir South Parallel Perp. to lu Grain Grain (II,) (Ib) 11 11cm -Fir Douglas Fir -Larch (coarse grain) Southern Pine (coarse grain) 12 Western Woods' Parallel Perp, Parallel Perp, Io • to 10 10 Crain Crain Crain Crain P (Ih) (Ib) (Ib) (Ib) 1500 610 1.100 530 1350 390 930 290 2040 690 1930 600 1760 4.10 1100 330 2500 770 2320 670 2120 490 1410 370 1590 860 1660 721) 1520 550 1140 410 2450 970 2.171) 050 2260 620 11100 470 3200 1000 3200 940 2920 690 1980 520 4020 1190 3800 1040 3480 760 2320 570 1590 890 1660 740 1520 570 1140 430 2470 1010 2510 080 2300 650 1650 490 3350 1130 3290 980 3010 720 2050 540 4150 1240 3950 1000 3610 791) 2420 600 5 4 3 I (I' A PT 3X WOOD CURB HYPALON FLASHING _ A-OD '2-Z 1/2" TYf. ALUMINUM FLASHING, FOLD BOTTOM EDGE TO CREATE 1/2" AIR SPACE CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE St PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL CURB BUR LAP OVER EXISTING EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN WALKWAY PAD EXTEND UP THE CANT STRIP, TYP CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING & INSUL w/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE EXIST CONC. ROOF DECK TO INSTALL MCI U ATIrnI P. hI Itf i PT 2x8 R GALV SIMPSON A 34 FRAMING ANCHOR ® 24" O.C. W/ a - 8d x 1 1 /2"..NAILC AL)) PT 4" CANT Z.4.0.1..1 E PC INSULATION, aft 11 EXISTIN EXIST INSULATION TO REMAIN TOP OF CONC DECK SEALANT & BACK UP ROD, lYP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL A SCALE: 3" To G 'C4 Lit \ ?Ill1FKl V Cue AIR HANDLING UNIT 1" THICK INSULATION SECURE TO WOOD C 2X12 STIFFNERS CI USE 2 STIFFNERS 0 S• HVAC UNIT & OR MECH DUCTS & PIPES TO BE REMOVED REMOVE FXIST CIIPR rvrrr„ OF 3X12 ROOF CURB .5T% FF1MC12 I'cx^L© f313 \., rx, .�- 7 V , . - L 4 TC GInI. SAW CUT 1" LARGER HOLE THAN DUCT SIZE r5 tka■?"c Do:( DUCTS, PIPES, AND OR CONDUITS U W . f C i AL•1 Soo �� v�►� X 1 1 ! LTT 1 �t TF I \I ;,► U ILI - -rv\ c .. m jorkNolc--fritAe.e....t-L1101ART.kFiv-L A riii •uuuuiumuan immummumrd 3' -0" 6" TY TYP PT 3X WOOD CURB SAW CUT 1" LARGER HOLE THAN DUCT SIZE ALUMINUM FLASHING, FOLD BOTTOM EDGE TO CREATE 1/2" AIR SPACE CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL CURB BUR LAP OVER EXISTING EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN WALKWAY PAD EXTEND UP 'fHE CANT STRIP, TYP PT 2x8 R GALV SIMPSON A 34 FRAMING ANCHOR ® 24" O.C. W/ 8 — 8d x 1 1/2" NAILS PT 4" CANT INSULATION, • MATCH EXISTING EXIST INSULATION TO REMAIN TOP OF CONC DECK SEALANT & BACK UP ROD, TYP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL SCALE; 3" 1' -0" . , ( .e.- 0(1'. V \ � Diell 5 fff 't eq % ( 1`0 1 =C2 u I. C ,»IIcA( - r c' t i.._ U.. 5 C 6c /((1.= i?.Vl -tom R.1~ `I IS,C:.�..( .. 1 —,, 70\2_ kesp % \-(0.•.((,\ .. t-.e -c. t.t tz.1= riie.i.1-rs, z III • C • AIR HANDLING UNIT 1" THICK INSULATION SECURE TO WOOD CURB 2X12 STIFFNERS ® B' -0" MAX USE 2 STIFFNERS 0 SPLICE OF 3X12 ROOF CURB DUCTS, PIPES, AND OR CONDUITS CLIENT: • 0 SUBJECT: } I S ( . . 11.4 - 7 NS , y ►� C.1.1 O !� Ca- -, et-t- `Tsvcs i •tz," A , T /(e ,,QL a 2. G1 k O G /0.3 (2-hs') OFc. /1577 3 S 0 0 r- 3 u,)e_ 1 S o -41 R ,s (1)-7 z 2 6So 25371 350 KCM z 31cD2.o. -'°Z JOB NO. PROJECT: 44vp\-c, (?5Y- �vt s .L BY / Z - 2 - 95 DATE SHEET NO. • CLIENT: f \ rrrt..4n SUBJECT: J 2 1 a ,6, ,?a.c1 W6- 4e-j (An re.A,-C tor•o t or 4 2 D _ 6o t/4, ve2-rvvo-,-* u ( .�-A. - • 4 �.2 s� - . 3 s I2(k ) - e *Alt.,) es (60) , /. . , _Z4.6 105 MEM goo T Imr KCM JOB NO, PROJECT: '."-/ BY DATE I SHEET NO. FROM 3C.M. HOSKINS CO. 1 V MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc. Manufaclwera of Vibration Control Products 350 Rabro Drive 708 N. Valley Sl. Suite K Nauppaugs, NY 117M Anaheim, CA 92801 518/348 .0282 714/535.2727 FAX 516/348.0279 FAX 714/535.5738 VA) t r: C.1 AYL..Q(.c • 14s/ .48 oVe •w■•=1•1111/011191119/0. .JMINIII1■III _e •111111111•111. s Rag 6olli by b►heri (4 .1„24 . Dlamefer.�.'t. Embedment 'C. M. HOSKINS COMPANY, INC 7383 151h N.W. SEATTLE, WA 98117.5488 .(206) 789.1600 FAX I (206) 789- 1604 " I"" 4. 7x '; jcH" 9/f6 I FORM A -19381 . TO 1 206 8283982 1996.07 -29 07304 #114 P.02/OS 94 L_rs. _ *PLC`, ?4 ' Cam) CERTIFIED FOR ; _ 408 NAME t1 L7?Q0 EAST f S Our-/ (3 A. Car CUSTOMER G `- Iy • ffo.sk.btts C.0 . '— CUSTOMER P.Q. 7 3 PI MASON MI E / 67 DWG Na W F - 62'. REQUIRED I TAG WWQ1•{ - r: 2- ?3 I&( ti INCL./aka • /4 rn n"u 4€710.;:m "e'"°° 2P ; ' b f DWG No. / ` Fr 614_„ PROM t C.M. HOSKINS CO. TO 1 206 9283982 1996,07-29 07104 14114 P. 03/05 _... .... __.. I • ..t• ..d ,«. • MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc. Manufacturm of Vibration Control Products 350 Rabro Drive 705 N. Valley St.. Sults k •Hsuppauger, NY 11755 Anaheim, CA 92501 616/3454252 714/535.2727 FAX 516/346-0275 FAX 714/533.5739 ..Equipment overturning calculations based on seismic load applied at a critical angle. Operating Weight = W Seismic Horizontal Force Fph = Cp *Z *I *W Cp = Horizontal Force Factor 'Z = Zone Factor I = Importance Factor Vertical Uplift Force Fpv = 1/3 *Fph � + IP b Max Length (between anchors) Fp; t 51114"e b = Max Width (between anchors) h = C.G. Height I N = # of anchors ' • i 2 SEISMIC OVERRTURNING CALCULATIONS �o(3: P L- 0 CAST/Soo-7i B DATE 7111/,6' ' . DRAWING No. , w _ 623 �hbing f FPO 4Ni . -•-= w 6 Consider loa applied in any horizontal direction Transverse component = Fbh *Cosit Longitudinal component = F'uh *Sine The net uplift load on anchor 2. . Where Xxx - N *1N + *1 12 *(N -2) IYY - J * b 2 2 • • C. M. HOSKINS COMPANY, INC • 7353 15th N.W. SEATTLE, WA 98117 -5498 (206) 789.1800 FAX N (208) 789 -1604 h Pt = W -Fpv F»h *Cosa *h* (b2/2)' .. Fph *sine *?1* (bi /2) = YY • The net compressive load on anchor 4. Pc = W +Fpv + Fph*Cos9 *h *(b + N Ixx 1 xx F>ah *Sine*h* (b1/2) PROM I HOSKINS CO. a MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc. �� Manu/actw+rs OI V.Dration Catnv/ Prodtx� 3301344m m Dnv a 70e N. Vallay St., Soto K Ha1pp4 o . NY 11768' A/ whom. CA 92801 Ste /348 - 0M 714/533 - 2727 ,. FAX $1e /348 -0279 FAX 7144355734 Maximum shear per anchor PS = Fph /N Tp maximize the values de de Tan(e) _ (I *b e m Tan, - 1((ryy *bl) To combine anchor loads Based on maximum Pt Analysis of bolt T bolt t. Pt /n V' bolt Ps /n Check Dolts T bolt < T allow TO t 206 8283982 1996.07 -29 07t05 #114 P.04/0S .. ° .I SEISMIC OVERTURNING CALCULATIONS i.'fgrI ZD 1.. P6r / Sol1TH eA DATE 7 /1 f" 4 7/,. DRAWING Na. W F-6 2. Li 0 will yield a condition / (X * b2) "t / (Ixx *b2)) and maximum shear Ps. Pt = Tension on Location Ps := Shear on Location n = No. of anchors per Location T Tension per anchor V Shear per anchor and V bolt _ < V allow V allow = Fcl *Fc2 Fcl *sin Fc2 *eos Fcl = parallel to grain Fc2 s .perpendicular to grain C. M. HOSKINS COMPANY, INC 7353 15th N.W, SEATTLE, WA 98117449$ (206) 789.1600 FAX D (206) 709.1804 • .'FROM 1C.M. HOSKINS CO. • t ' 1 A. SOI4 INDUSTRIES, Inc. anufacturers of Vibration Control Products 060 Fiabro Drives 700 N. Valley St. Suite K H • • augi. NY 11786 Anaheim, CA 92801 516/348.0282 714/535.2727 X 518/340.0278 FAX 714/535.5738 J B NAME: METRO EAST / SOUTH BASE C - TOME,: C.M. HOSKINS CO, INC. M 0 E.Q.: 12167 tag NW= CO 7r 1= Se mic Factor= Fph= Fpv= bl= .b2= h.• N= . na Iacx= Iyy= Tan(theta)= theta(rad)= theta(deg)= Pt= Tbolt= Vbolt= A>ichor;embed. Wood Type G= *Tallow= e(paralkl)- Fc(pe # pendicular)= Vallow ' Tcheck= Vchecks Notion Design Spec. Fable .6A & 8.6C "Redoc d 50% per UBC Requirement 000.I1L.3 TO I 206 8283982 1996.07 -29 25693.30 0.75 0,40 1.15 0.35 8864,19 2954.73 381.00 140.00 70.00 18 1 272176.88 88200,00 0.88 0.72 41.41 606.66 2248.15 443.21 0.00 443.21 5/8';4" DOUGLAS FIR 0.51 922.00 740.00 355.00 501.88 0.00 0,88 C, M. HOSKINS COMPANY, INC 7353 15th N.W. SEATTLE. WA .98117.5481 (206) 789-1600 FAX # (206) 789-1604 /1610 DATE 7 FORM W F 615 .1 / Q�ryr COO 7 /7.4/Y 07106 #114 P.06/06 • I l I ...N./ • OVERTURNING DATA 1023 AM • uth Base and as Base T ransit Operating Facilities :Maint enance/Operations Bu ilding HVA Rehabilitation • Pa 1 B'dding Requirements and General Conditions Part Technical Specification Part D .. Addenda SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT PART A — BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS - Vol.1 PART B — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - Vo1.1 PART C — CONTRACT DRAWINGS - Vol. 2 PART D — ADDENDA - Vol.1 MARCH, 1996 KING COUNTY KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON T/M2 -96 FILE COPY I understand that tho Plan Chock approvals cro subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any ad Dptod code or crdInalloe. Receipt of contractor's copy of approved plate acknowledged. By . Date Permit No. — Ol RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 if 1996 PERMIT CENTER 00020 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00100 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PART 2 - MBE /WBE AND EEO BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00120 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR EMPLOYMENT 00150 CHECKLIST OF BIDDING FORMS 00300 BID FORM 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 00340 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00410 BID GUARANTY BOND 00420 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION 00510 AGREEMENT 00610 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 00620 PERSONNEL INVENTORY REPORT 00630 AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH KING COUNTY CODE 00640 SWORN STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH KING COUNTY CODE 00650 ADA /504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN 00710 GENERAL CONDITIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01012 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PARAMETERS 01014 CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, SEQUENCE AND CONSTRAINTS 01027 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01035 ASBESTOS AND LEAD INFORMATION 01036 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01062 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS 01063 SAFETY AND HEALTH 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01300 SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS 01380 PHOTOGRAPHS 01400 • QUALITY CONTROL 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01560. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01660 FACILITY INTEGRATION: TESTING, TRAINING, AND COMMISSIONING 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS 01730 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 01740 GUARANTEES T/M2 -96 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART A - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS PART B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS i TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 01750 SPARE PARTS 4 01999 REFERENCE FORMS DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02050 DEMOLITION, EQUIPMENT SALVAGE, CUTTING AND PATCHING 4 02200 EARTHWORK 02237 CONTROL DENSITY FILL 02260 EROSION CONTROL 02513 ASPHALT PAVING, CONCRETE CURBS AND WALKWAYS 02580 PAVEMENT MARKING 02930 SODDING 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE . 03600 GROUT 03650 DOWELING IN CONCRETE DIVISION 3 CONCRETE DIVISION 4 MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 METALS 05050 STRUCTURAL METAL FASTENING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05520 HANDRAILING • 05530 GRATINGS AND STAIR TREADS 05910 HOT-DIP ZINC COATING tt DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS NOT USED DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07410 METAL SIDING 07500 BUILT-UP ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07900 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS NOT USED DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILING 09900 COATING SYSTEMS 09901 FINISHES AND COLORS T/M2-96 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 10 THROUGH DIVISION 13 NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14650 JIB CRANE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15260 PIPING INSTALLATION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION 15300 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15410 PLUMBING AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 15484 PROPANE BACK UP FUEL SYSTEM 15492 PROPANE /AIR MIX PIPING 15510 HYDRONIC PIPING 15515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 15535 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 15540 HVAC PUMPS 15561 FIRE TUBE BOILERS 15575 BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS 15671 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS 15781 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 15786 COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS - UNITARY CEILING 15820 ROOF EXHAUST FANS 15835 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER .UNITS 15840 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK 15855 AIR HANDLING UNITS 15872 CEILING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS AND EXTRACTORS 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15920 SOUND ATTENUATORS 15930 AIR TERMINAL UNflS 15975 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM 15990 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK 16110 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS 16112 BUSWAYS 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLE 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16155 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS - 240/480 VOLTS 16175 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES 16426 SWITCHBOARDS' 16450 GROUNDING SYSTEM 16461 TRANSFORMERS 16470 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16721 FIRE ALARM T/M2 -96 PART C - CONTRACT DRAWINGS PART D - ADDENDA iii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 00020 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received by King County until 10:00 a.m. Seattle time, April 11, 1996, at the Contracts Counter on the 12th Floor, Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98104 for the following: SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE, TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES, MAINTENANCE/OPERATIONS BUILDING, HVAC REHABILITATION, CONTRACT T/M2 -96 Bids received after such time and date will not be considered. Bidders accept all risks of late delivery, regardless of fault. As soon as practicable after said time and date, bids properly received will be publicly opened and read in Conference Room 15A on the 15th Floor of the Exchange Building. Bid results and status of award may be obtained 24 hours a day by calling (206) 684 -1270. The work of this contract generally consists of the following major work elements at each base: 1. Demolition of existing HVAC air handlers, chiller and cooling tower, boilers, steam and condensate piping, some ductwork, exhaust fans and other miscellaneous HVAC related components. 2. Installation of new HVAC equipment including but not limited to: rooftop direct gas fired Air Handlers with heat recovery, indirect gas fired air handlers, air conditioning units, exhaust fans, ductwork, fan terminal units, air and water flow balancing, hot water boiler, pumps, piping, natural gas piping, Propane back -up fuel system, Direct Digital Control (DDC) system, electrical power wiring modifications, removal and replacement of suspended ceilings, and installation of extended fire protection sprinklers. All work will be executed while the transit bases remain in full operation. Significant coordination of work with base operations is required. The location of the work at South Base is 11911 East Marginal Way South, Seattle, Washington; the location of the work at East Base is at 1975 - 124th Avenue NE in Bellevue, Washington. The cost estimate range for this work is $3,800,000 to $4,200,000. A pre -bid conference will be held in the Training Room of the East Base Operations Building located at 1975 - 124th Avenue NE in Bellevue, Washington. The prebid conference will be held on March 22, 1996, at 1000 a. m. The conference will include discussion of the work to be performed, constraints imposed by permits, MBE /WBE and EEO requirements, and bidding forms and procedures. All prospective bidders, subcontractors and suppliers are strongly encouraged to attend. Site Tour. Site tours of the East Base and South Base work sites will be conducted immediately following the conference. Upon completion of the site tour of the East Base, attendees will travel to the South Base work site. King County has established the following minimum utilization goal(s) for this Contract in accordance with Section 00100, Part 2 of this Contract Document: 1. Minority Business Goal (MBG): 17% of Total Bid; and 2. Women Business Goal (WBG): 8 % of Total Bid. Bids which fail to establish certified firm participation at levels which equal or exceed the utilization goal(s) shall be determined non - responsive and shall not be considered for award. Only firms certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises whose participation complies with the requirements of Section 00100, Part 2 will be counted toward meeting the utilization goal(s). Bidders and certified firms are encouraged to carefully read Section 00100, Part 2 before bidding on this Contract. To assist certified firms working on capital- funded projects, King County has created a Technical Assistance Program (TAP). TAP provides technical assistance services to eligible certified firms. Participation in TAP is voluntary, with the requesting firm determining the type of assistance needed. For more information about TAP, please contact the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at (206) 684 -1330. T/M2 -96 00020 -1 ADVERTISEMENT King County has established an apprentice participation goal for this Contract of 15% of the total contract labor hours, excluding offsite vendors and suppliers. Contract Documents may be obtained and are available for review at the Contracts Counter on the 12th Floor from 9:00 a.m.. to 12 noon and 1:30 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. If requested; Contract Documents will be forwarded UPS at requester's expense. Contract Documents may be ordered 24 hours a day by calling (206) 684 -1270. Questions regarding obtaining Contract Documents may be directed to the Contracts Office at (206) 684 -1327. This information is available on request in accessible formats for persons with disabilities by calling (206) 684 -2046 (voice) or (206) 689 -3413 (TDD). Contract Documents are also on file at the plancenters. Updated planholder lists are sent out with all addenda and weekly to all plan centers. An updated planholders list may be obtained via fax by contacting the plan centers, or via U.S. mail from King County. Call (206) 684 -1270 for a list of plan centers, or to have a planholder list mailed. Bids shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions of Part A of the Contract Documents. Bids shall constitute offers to King County which shall be binding for 90 days from the date of opening of bids. King County reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. King County further reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregularities. No bid will be considered unless accompanied by a bid guaranty (certified or cashier's check or prescribed bond) payable to the order of KING COUNTY in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price. If there are questions regarding the bidding requirements and contract general conditions, contact Ms. Janet Quimby, (206) 689 -3735. If there are questions regarding the apprenticeship program, contact Mr. Houston Drayton at (206) 684 -1338. If there are questions about the technical requirements, contact Mr. Cloyd Jackson at (206) 684 -1706. KING COUNTY I'WVI3RTISEMBNT k teie PART 1— GENERAL BIDDING REQUIREMENTS T/M2 -96 SECTION 00100 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 INSPECTION OF WORK SITE A. Bidders shall carefully inspect the site of the work and Contract Documents to satisfy them- selves, by personal examination, physical testing or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the work, the actual physical conditions of the site, surface and subsurface conditions, and conditions ordinarily to be encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work. If, during the course or as a result of such inspection, examination and testing, a bidder finds facts or conditions which appear to the bidder to conflict with the letter or spirit of the Contract Documents, or with any other data or material made available to the bidder relating to the work, the bidder shall promptly notify King Countyin writing and apply to King County for additional information and explanation before submitting a bid. B. The submission of a bid shall constitute the bidder's acknowledgment that, in preparing and submitting a bid, the bidder has relied and is relying solely on the bidder's own knowledge, examination, inspection and testing of (1) the site of the work including surface and subsurface conditions, (2) access to the site, (3) environmental factors and mitigation requirements, (4) all other data, matters and conditions requisite to the fulfillment of the work, (5) conditions ordinarily to be encountered or generally recognized as inherent in the work, (6) requirements imposed by easements and permits, and (7) existing and available services and utilities at and in the vicinity of the site of the work and not on any representation or warranty of King County. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a misunderstanding or lack of knowledge, examination, inspection and /or testing of any of the above items by the bidder. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REGULATIONS Each bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Contract requirements and General Conditions, Technical Specifications, Contract Drawings and Addenda (if any) which constitute the Contract Documents. The submission of the bid shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which King County may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the Contract Documents and has reviewed and inspected all applicable federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations dealing with public health and safety and with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources, any environmental assessments or impact statements which have been prepared relating to the work and all permits which have applied for and /or issued pertaining to the work. The failure or neglect of a bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents, statutes, ordinances, regulations and permits shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligations with respect to the bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge or misunderstanding of any of the Contract Documents, statutes, ordinances, regulations, environmental assessments or impact statements, permit requirements, or other materials referenced or incorporated herein. 1.03 PREVENTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC NATURAL RESOURCES A. The following list represents those federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations pertinent to the preservation of public natural resources that may affect or are affected by the work. Copies of such statutes, ordinances and regulations are available for review and inspection at Contracts Counter on the 12th Floor of the Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington. Bidders shall review such materials and related regulations prior to submitting bids. 1. Federal. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC 4321 et seq.; Executive Order 11514; Clean Water Act, 33 USC 1251 et seq. 00100-1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2. State. Water Pollution Control Act, Chapter 90.48 RCW; State Environmental Policy Act of 1971, Chapter 43.21C RCW; Noise Control Act of 1974, Chapter 70.107 RCW; Washington Clean Air Act, Chapter 70.94 RCW; Shoreline Management Act of 1971, Chapter 90.58 RCW. 3. Regional. Regulations of the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency. 4. King County. Any applicable King County ordinances and regulations. 5. Local. Any applicable City ordinances and regulations. B. The Contractor shall comply with applicable portions of the listed statutes, ordinances and regulations and such other regulatory statutes, ordinances and regulations pertinent to the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources as may be applicable to the work. 1.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the Contract Documents. Requests for an interpretation shall be made in writing and delivered to King County at least ten days before the date announced for submitting bids. Interpretations by King County will be in the form of addenda to the Contract Documents and when issued will be sent as promptly as is practicable to all parties to whom the Contract Documents have been issued. All such addenda upon issuance by King County shall become part of the Contract Documents and any subsequently awarded contract. Bidders shall not rely upon any oral statements or conversations, whether at the pre -bid conference or otherwise, they may have with King County regarding the Contract Documents. 1.05 REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY To provide certified firms the maximum opportunity to participate in this work and to ensure affirmative action in employment, each bidder shall comply with all requirements set forth in Part 2 of this Section 00100. 1.06 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ADDENDA Each bidder shall include on the Bid Form in Section 00300 specific acknowledgment of receipt of all addenda issued during the bidding period. 1.07 WAGES This Contract is subject to Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 RCW, and amendments thereto and regulations issued thereunder, relating to prevailing wages, benefits and other requirements. Bidders shall examine and be familiar with such requirements and paragraph 00710 -1.04. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge or a misunderstanding of any such requirements by the bidder /Contractor or a failure to include in the bidder's bid price adequate increases in such wages during the performance of this Contract. 1.08 TAXES A. King County has determined that the work to be performed under this Contract qualifies as a public road improvement under the State of Washington Department of Revenue published Rule 171 (Reference: Washington Administrative Code 458-20 -171) and that the Contractor's charge to King County is not subject to payment of retail sales tax. However, bidders are advised that they are considered the consumers of all materials including prefabricated and pre -cast items, equipment and supplies used or consumed by them in performing the work and must pay retail sales /use tax to their materialmen and suppliers. If a bidder has questions about the application of Rule 171, the bidder shall contact the Department of Revenue. B. Except as provided in subparagraph C of this paragraph 00100 -1.08, the bidder shall include in the bidder's proposed price(s) all applicable taxes, including retail sales /use taxes as specified above, which the Contractor will be required to pay for the work under this Contract. No adjustment will be made in the amount to be paid by King County under this Contract because of any misunderstanding by or lack of T/M2-96 00100 -2 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS C ■ C. L l knowledge of the bidder /Contractor as to liability for, or the amount of, any taxes for which the bidder /Contractor is liable or responsible by law or under this contract or because of any increases in tax rates imposed by any federal, state or local government. C. Retail sales /use taxes, if any, payable on equipment, materials and other items provided hereunder to the Contractor by King County shall not be included in the bidder's proposed prices. If taxes on such items are required to be paid, King County shall make such payment, either through the Contractor or direct to the Washington State Department of Revenue. 1.09 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Time shall be strictly of the essence for this Contract. Progress and completion of the work shall comply with all requirements herein, including paragraph 00710 -6.02 and intermediate and final completion dates as may be set forth in the Specifications. The submission of a bid shall constitute the bidder's acknowledgment that such progress and completion requirements have been taken into account in formulating a price for this work. 1.10 RELATED WORK Bidders are advised that King County and others may have related projects under construction at or near the site of the work and may have other projects under construction and other contracts awarded concurrently with this Contract or subsequent to it which involve: (1) work which abuts to or connects with the work of this Contract; and (2) work which must be accomplished in the same vicinity of the work under this Contract. It is expected that such other contract work will be carried out concurrently with the work of this Contract. The Contractor shall use its best efforts to cooperate and coordinate its activities with such other contract work. 1.11 TOTAL BID PRICE A. The total bid price shall include everything necessary for the prosecution and completion of the work and fulfillment of the Contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, plant and other facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and services, field design, except as may be provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Prices set forth on the Bidding Schedule will be reviewed by King County for mathematical accuracy. King County reserves the right to correct mathematical errors that are obvious on the face of the Bidding Schedule. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit price and the extended amount for a bid item, the unit price will control. The prices, corrected for mathematical errors, shall be used as the amount of the bid for evaluation and award purposes. C. Estimated quantities, if any, set forth on the Bidding Schedule are estimates only, being given only as a basis for the comparison of bids, and King County does not warrant, expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond to the estimated quantities. King County reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work and to make changes in the work as King County may deem necessary or appropriate. The basis of payment for unit price bid items for which estimated quantities were set forth on the Bidding Schedule shall be the actual number of unit items provided or performed under this Contract. 1. 1.12 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS C A. The following elements, in addition to price, shall be given consideration in evaluating the ( qualifications of and degree of responsibility to be credited to the bidder: (1) the ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the Contract or provide the service required; (2) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, and efficiency of the bidder; (3) whether the bidder has the financial resources and experience to perform the Contract properly and within the times specified; (4) the quality and timeliness of performance by the bidder of previous contracts with King County and with other local governments and state and federal agencies, including but not limited to, the relative costs, burdens, time and effort necessarily expended by King County or such governments and agencies in securing satisfactory performance and T/M2 -96 00100-3 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS P resolving claims; (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws relating to public contracts or services, including, but not limited to, minority and women business enterprise and equal employment opportunity requirements; (6) the history of the bidder in filing claims and litigation on prior projects involving King County or on other public or private projects and, (7) such other information as may be secured having a bearing on the decision to award the Contract. King County's determinations shall be conclusive. B. Each bidder shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of King County that the bidder has sufficient qualifications and financial capability to perform the work under this Contract. The burden to demonstrate such qualifications shall be on the bidder. That a bidder is licensed and registered as a contractor in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington (which is required in order for a bidder to submit a bid hereunder) and provides a bid guaranty as required herein shall not be sufficient, in and of themselves, to demonstrate such qualifications and responsibility. C. Each bidder shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under this Contract. It is the intention of King County to award this Contract to a bidder who furnishes satisfactory evidence of its key personnel's and its proposed subcontractors' requisite experience and ability and of sufficient capital, facilities, and plant to enable prosecution of the work successfully and properly and completion within the Contract Time set forth in the Contract Documents. D. King County considers competent, experienced supervision and continuity of management to be of importance to the successful and timely completion of the work. Key personnel assigned to the work shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the skills required for the timely and proper execution of the Contract and shall remain in full, continuous and personal supervision of the work until its completion. E. King County considers competent, experienced subcontractors to be of importance to the successful and timely completion of the work. Proposed subcontractors shall be thoroughly familiar with the aspects of the work which they will perform. In determining whether subcontractors are so qualified, King County shall be entitled to evaluate subcontractors pursuant to the criteria in paragraph 00100 -1.12A above. F. To determine the degree of responsibility to be credited to the bidder, King County will weigh any evidence, whether submitted by the bidder or obtained otherwise by King County, that the bidder, the bidder's key personnel available for employment in responsible charge of the work, and the bidder's proposed subcontractors have performed satisfactorily other contracts of like nature, magnitude and comparable difficulty and comparable rates of progress. 1.13 PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL OF BIDS A. Bids shall be made on the forms listed in Section 00150 and provided herein. The completed forms constituting the bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope labeled with the Contract Number and Contract Title set forth in Section 00020; the remainder of the Contract Documents do not have to be submitted. Bidders are warned against making erasures or alterations of any kind, and bids which contain omissions, erasures or irregularities of any kind may be rejected. Any qualification, addition, limitation or provision attached to a bid may render the bid non - responsive. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered. B. All bids shall give the price proposed, shall give all other information required herein, and shall be signed by the bidder, or an authorized representative, with the bidder's address. If the bid is made by an individual, the bidder's name, signature and post office address must be shown; if made by a partnership or joint venture, the name and post office address of the partnership or joint venture and the signature of at least one of the general partners or authorized joint venture partners must be shown; if made by a corporation, the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, the name and post office address of the corporation and the title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation must be shown. If the bid is made by a corporation, a certified copy of the bylaws or resolution of the board of directors of the corporation shall be furnished, upon request of King County, showing the authority of the officer signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of the corporation. If the bid is made by a partnership or joint venture, a certified copy of the resolution or agreement empowering such representative to execute the bid and bind the firm, partnership or joint venture shall be furnished upon request of King County. T/M2 -96 00100-4 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS T/M2A6 00100 -5 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS C. A bidder, upon request of King County, shall provide copies of articles of incorporation, partnership or joint venture agreements and any other documents evidencing the legal status of the bidder. 1.14 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS AND CLAIM OF ERROR A. A modification of a bid already received will be considered only if the modification is received prior to the time announced for the submittal of bids. All modifications shall be made in writing, executed and submitted in the same form and manner as the original bid. B. No bidder may withdraw a bid after the time and date established for submitting bids, or before the award and execution of the Contract, unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding 90 days from the date of opening of bids. King County reserves the right to request a bidder or bidders to grant an extension of such effective period. C. No consideration will be given by King County to a claim of error in a bid unless written notice of such claim and supporting evidence for such claim including cost breakdown sheets are delivered to King County within forty-eight hours after the opening of bids. King County reserves the right to require the submittal of other bid records or information as King County may deem necessary to evaluate the claim. Any review by King County of a bid and /or any review of such a claim of bid error (including supporting evidence) creates no duty or liability on King County to discover any other bid error or mistake, and the sole liability for any bid error or mistake rests with the bidder or Contractor. 1.15 BID GUARANTY The bid shall be accompanied by a bid guaranty bond, either the form provided in Section 00410 or a form containing provisions substantially similar to those in Section 00410, duly completed by a guaranty company authorized to carry on business in the state of Washington or, alternatively, by a certified or cashier's check drawn.upon a banking institution with a branch office in the state of Washington, payable to the order of KING COUNTY, in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price. The surety signing the bid guaranty bond shall be registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's name shall appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The amount payable to King County under the bid guaranty bond, or the certified or cashier's check and the amount thereof, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to King County in case of a failure or neglect of the bidder to furnish, execute and deliver to King County the required performance bond and evidences of insurance and to enter into, execute and deliver to King County the agreement on the form provided in the Contract Documents within ten days after being notified in writing by King County that the award has been made to and the agreement is ready for execution by the bidder. 1.16 POSTPONEMENT OF OPENING King County reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening of bids at any time prior to the date and time established herein. 1.17 COLLUSION If King County determines that collusion has occurred among the bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered. King County's determination shall be conclusive. 1.18 REJECTION OF BIDS A. King County reserves the right to reject any bid for any reason including, but not limited to, the following: any bid which contains any omission, erasure or irregularity; any bid which has any qualification, addition, limitation or provision attached to the bid; any bid lacking necessary detail and spedficity; any bid which omits a price on any one or more items on the Bidding Schedule; any bid in which prices are unbalanced in the opinion of King County; any bid accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid guaranty; any bid found non - responsive by King County; any bid from bidders who (in the sole judgment of King County) lack the qualifications and /or responsibility necessary to perform the work properly considering the elements in paragraph 00100 -1.12; any bid which is not approved as being compliant with the requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity; any bid for which a bidder fails or neglects to complete and submit any qualifications information within the time specified by King County and as may be otherwise required herein; and, any bid submitted by a bidder who is not registered or licensed as may be required by the laws of the state of Washington. B. King County further reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. In consideration for King County's review and evaluation of its bid, the bidder waives and releases any claims against King County arising from any rejection of any or all bids. C. King County shall find non - responsive and reject any bid which does not comply with the M /WBE requirements for this Contract. 1.19 BID EVALUATION A. Prior to award, the apparent lowest bidder and any other bidder directed by King County shall attend a bid evaluation conference. The purposes of such conference will be to receive documents and information from the bidder and to have the bidder respond to questions by King County regarding evaluation of bids. King County may also emphasize other items, such as insurance and bonding, that will assist in issuance of a notice to proceed if a contract is awarded to the bidder. B. To assist in considering a bidder's compliance with the M /WBE and EEO Requirements for this Contract, the bidder, at the bid evaluation conference, shall specify what affirmative action the bidder has taken or proposes to take to assure equal employment opportunity throughout all phases of the work. The bidder shall submit verification from each of its proposed subcontractors that the proposed subcontractor has been notified of the Apprenticeship Program requirements, and shall submit a description of the affirmative efforts proposed by the bidder and its proposed subcontractors to implement the Apprenticeship Program requirements. In addition, at the bid evaluation conference, the bidder shall submit letters of intent to each proposed certified firm, except joint venture partners, as required by paragraph 00100 -2.05. The bidder shall also bring to the conference any documents required by King County as necessary for review prior to award. C. By conducting a bid evaluation conference, King County has not thereby waived its right to make determinations regarding responsiveness and responsibility of the bidder. 1.20 AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Bids will be evaluated by King County to determine which bid is the lowest responsive bid by a responsible bidder and which bid, if any, should be accepted in the best interest of King County. King County in its sole discretion reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregu- larities. 1. Responsiveness. King County will consider all the material submitted by the bidder to determine whether the bidder's offering is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Responsibility. King County will consider all material submitted by the bidder, and evidence it may obtain otherwise, to determine whether the bidder, its key personnel, and proposed subcontractors have the qualifications and experience as defined in paragraph 00100 -1.12 to successfully complete contracts of this type. 3. Lowest. King County will determine the "lowest" amount in accordance with Section 00310. B. Within 90 days after the opening of bids, King County will either accept a bid, reject all bids, or take such other action as may be in its best interest. King County reserves the right to request extensions of the bid acceptance period. The acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a written notice of award of contract delivered in person or by certified mail to the bidder whose bid is accepted. T/M2 -96 00100-6 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 121 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND The bidder to whom King County awards this Contract shall furnish a performance and payment bond only on the form provided in Section 00610 in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and completion of the work including the payment of all persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work and all payments arising from the performance of the work due the state of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. Such bond must be executed by a duly licensed surety(ies) which is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's(ies') name shall appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the state of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The scope of the performance and payment bond or the form thereof prescribed in Section 00610 shall in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to King County under paragraph 00710 -5.01. King County may require the surety(ies) to appear and qualify themselves upon the bond. If at anytime King County determines, in its sole judgment, that the surety(ies) are insufficient, King County may require the Contractor to furnish additional surety in form and arrangement satisfactory to King County and in an amount not exceeding that originally required. Payments will not be made on the Contract until sufficient surety as required is furnished. 1.22 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND NOTICE TO PROCEED A. The Agreement form set forth in Section 00510 shall be executed in duplicate and returned, together with the performance and payment bond, and evidences of insurance, within ten days after the bidder receives written notice of the award of contract. After execution by King County, one copy of the signed Contract Documents will be returned to the Contractor. B. King County reserves the right to issue Notice to Proceed at any time up to 60 days following execution of the agreement form by King County. 1.23 RETURN OF BID GUARANTIES As soon as practicable after the bids are opened, King County will return the bid guaranties accompanying the bids which are not to be considered in making the award. All other bid guaranties will be held until the Contract has been fully executed; after which, they will be returned to the respective bidders whose bids they accompany. If King County upholds a bidder's claim of error, the bidder's bid guaranty will be returned with King County's final determination on the claim of error. 1.24 PROTEST PROCEDURES A. Any actual or prospective bidder, including subcontractors and suppliers showing a sub- stantial economic interest in this Contract, who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of this Contract may protest to King County in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Protests based on the Specifications or other terms in this Contract Document, which are apparent prior to the date established for submittal of bids, must be received by King County not later than ten calendar days prior to said date. Protests based on other circumstances must be received by King County within five calendar days after the aggrieved person knows or should have known of the facts and circumstances upon which the protest is based; provided, however, that in no event shall a protest be considered if all bids are rejected or after the award of this Contract. B. In order to be considered, a protest shall be in writing and shall include: (1) the name and address of the aggrieved person; (2) the contract number and contract title under which the protest is submitted; (3) a detailed description of the specific grounds for protest and any supporting documentation; and (4) the specific ruling or relief requested. The written protest shall be addressed to: King County, Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98104, Attention: Supervisor, Professional and Construction Services Division -- M.S. 125, Bid Protest. C. Upon receipt of a timely written protest, the King County Executive will promptly consider the protest and may give notice of the protest and its basis to other persons, including bidders, involved in or affected by the protest; such other persons may be given an opportunity to submit their views and relevant information. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the aggrieved person and King T/M2 -96 00100 -7 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS County, the King County Executive will promptly issue a decision in writing stating the reasons for the action taken and informing the aggrieved person of the right to appeal the decision to King County's Executive Director. A copy of the decision shall be mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested) or otherwise promptly furnished to the aggrieved person and any other interested parties. The decision will be considered final and conclusive unless appealed to the King County Executive. If the decision is appealed, then the subsequent determination of the King County Executive shall be final and conclusive. D. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest untimely or inadequate and may result in rejection thereof by King County. 1.25 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION By way of demonstrating and documenting qualifications, bidders selected by King County, after bids have been opened, shall submit such information as may be required by and pursuant to paragraph 00100 -1.12 herein. King County may direct a bidder or bidders to submit qualifications information including, but not limited to, the items set forth in Section 00420. Upon such direction, the bidder shall promptly prepare, complete and submit such information to King County; provided, such information shall be submitted no later than three days (excluding holidays, Saturdays and Sundays) after notification by King County to the bidder. 1.26 INSURANCE King County has established certain insurance requirements as set forth in paragraph 00710 -5.02 herein. The bidder to whom King County awards this Contract shall file with King County evidences of insurance from insurer(s) certifying to the coverage of all insurance required herein. Any bidder having questions about the insurance requirements should immediately contact Jack Kent, Sr. Claims Officer, (206) 296 -2950. 1.27 SINGLE BID A. If King County receives a single responsive, responsible bid, King County shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to extend the bid acceptance period for an additional 45 days and to conduct a price or cost analysis on such bid. The bidder shall promptly provide all cost or pricing data, documentation and explanation requested by King County to assist in such analysis. By conducting such analysis, King County shall not be obligated to accept the single bid; King County reserves the right to reject such bid or any portion thereof. B. By way of explanation but not as limitation, the terms "price analysis" and "cost analysis" are generally described as follows: (1) "price analysis" means the process of examining and evaluating a proposed price without evaluating its separate cost elements and proposed profit; and (2) "cost analysis" means the review and evaluation of the separate cost elements and proposed profit of (a) the bidder's cost or pricing data, and (b) the judgmental factors applied in projecting from the data to the estimated costs, in order to perform an opinion on the degree to which the proposed costs represent what the contract should cost, assuming reasonable economy and efficiency. C. By submitting a bid, the bidder has thereby agreed to the provisions set forth in this paragraph 00100 -1.27. 1.28 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS In accordance with RCW 39.30.060, each bidder shall list on the form provided in Section 00340 the name of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work in excess of ten percent (10%) of the contract price and a description of the work to be performed. If no subcontractor will perform more than 10% of the work, the bidder shall check the appropriate box. Failure to submit a properly completed Section 00340 shall result in the bid being found non - responsive and the bid shall not be considered for award unless King County can discern from the other portions of the bid, the identity of all such subcontractors. For the purpose of this paragraph, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the Contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only for the performance of work at the work site. T/M2-96 0010048 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS King County reserves the right to require a bidder, after bid opening, to provide a statement of experience t with references for any proposed subcontractor(s). ( PART 2 — MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2.01 POLICY AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. As set forth in King County Ordinance 12026, it is King County's policy that minority and women business enterprises ( "certified firms ") shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts for materials and supplies and in providing construction services for and to King County, and that contractors and subcontractors shall afford equal opportunity in employment while providing materials and supplies and construction services for and to King County. King ( County Ordinance 12026 is by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth. B. In furtherance of this policy and the requirements of King County Ordinance 12026, King County has established certain utilization goals set forth in Section 00020, and submittal requirements set forth in this Section 00100, with which each bidder shall comply to be considered responsive. Failure to comply with the utilization goals or the submittal requirements shall render a bid non - responsive, resulting t in the bid not being considered for award by King County. C. Consistent with the policy cited above, the bidder shall take all necessary and reasonable ( steps to ensure that certified firms have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts hereunder. The bidder shall not discriminate on the basis of religion, race, creed, color, sexual orientation, national origin, age, sex or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical ( disability in the award and performance of such contracts and subcontracts. D. Questions concerning compliance with these utilization goals and submittal requirements shall be immediately directed to King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at (206) 684-1330 or in writing to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at 821 Second Avenue, M.S. 130, Seattle, ( - Washington 98104. If appropriate, such questions may be treated as requests for interpretation and answered 4. by addenda to the Contract Documents. In addition, each bidder is strongly encouraged to attend the pre -bid conference scheduled by King County for this Contract and to ask questions there. 2.02 DEFINITIONS ( Where used in the Contract Documents, the following words and terms shall have the meanings ( indicated. The meanings shall be applicable to the singular, plural, masculine and feminine and neuter of the words and terms. "Certified firms) ": means any firm certified at the date and time of bid by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprise ( "State OMWBE") as a MBE, WBE, MWBE or CBE. This ( means that the State OMWBE has notified a firm that the firm has met all requirements and eligibility criteria under the state law and regulations, and that the State OMWBE has issued a certification registration t. number to such firm. "Classification ": when used in reference to a certified firm means the MBE, WBE, CBE or MWBE ownership classification under which the certified firm was certified. "Combination Business Enterprise" or "CBE ": means a small business concern organized for profit that is fifty percent owned and controlled by one or more minority men or MBEs certified by the state OMWBE and fifty percent owned and controlled by one or more non - minority women or WBEs certified by the state OMWBE. "Commercially useful function ": is the performance of a distinct element of work for King County by a firm which has the skill and expertise as well as the responsibility of actually performing, managing and supervising the work using its own work force and resources. In evaluating whether a certified firm is performing a commercially useful function, factors such as how the scope and price for the work were established, the type and amount of work to be performed, the extent of reliance on any non - certified firm, industry and trade practices, the complexity or special requirements of the work and other relevant factors shall be examined. ( ( T/M2 - 96 00100 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS i "Controlled ": means that the minority or woman owner(s) must possess and exercise management and operational control over the day - to-day affairs of the business. The factors set forth in WAC 326 -20-080 will be used by King County in determining whether the control requirement is met. "Minority business enterprise" or "MBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and controlled by one or more minority individuals or minority business enterprises certified by the state OMWBE. "Minority Business Goal" or "MBG ": a goal which can be met only by utilizing MBEs, or MWBEs counted toward the Minority Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2c, or CBEs counted toward the Minority Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2d, or any combination of the three. "Minority women's business enterprise" or "MWBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and actually controlled by one or more minority women and is certified by the state OMWBE. "M/WBE ": when there is a slash mark between the M and the W, the acronym is referring to the phrase "Minority and Women Business Enterprise" used to describe King County's overall program. It does not refer to an individual business classification. "Utilization goals) ": refers to the one or more minimum utilization goal or goals stated in Section 00020 to be met by the use of certified firm(s). These goals may be stated in any manner deemed appropriate by King County, including but not limited to the following: as a percentage of the Total Bid Price to be filled by any combination of certified firms; as separate Minority Business Goal and Women Business Goal to be filled by certified firms according to their designation in paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2; as a minimum number of certified firms that must be utilized in order to meet other utilization goals. "State OMWBE": means the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises. "Substitute ": for purposes of the M /WBE provisions, means replacing one certified firm for another or increasing the level of utilization of certified firms in order to maintain the level of utilization set forth in the bidder's bid. "Type -of -work category": the category of work the certified firm falls into for purposes of determining how much of the money to be paid to the firm is countable toward the applicable MBG and /or WBG goal (purchaser and installer, supplier, manufacturer, etc.) . "Women's Business Enterprise" or "WBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and actually controlled by one or more women or women's business enterprises certified by the state OMWBE. "Women Business Goal" or "WBG ": a goal which can be met only by utilizing WBEs, or MWBEs counted toward the Women Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2c, or CBEs counted toward the Woman Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2d, or any combination of the three. 2.03 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SUBMITTALS A. The bidder shall submit to King County as a part of its bid all documentation required herein. All materials submitted will be evaluated to determine whether the bidder has satisfied the requirements for M /WBE utilization and King County Ordinance 12026. B. Not later than the time and date established for submittal of bids, the bidder shall complete, execute, have notarized and submit the "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment" set forth in Section 00320. On Attachment A to said Sworn Statement, the bidder shall name certified firms with whom the bidder proposes to contract if the bidder is awarded this Contract, and indicate the dollar value for each named certified firm. Failure to specifically name the certified firms, and to indicate the dollar values for each shall result in a bid being determined non - responsive. If the bidder is a certified firm and proposes to meet the applicable Minority Business Goal or Women Business Goal using its own participation, the bidder shall identify itself on Attachment A, as appropriate. In addition, King County requests that the bidder identify under which type -of -work category each certified firm will be performing, and that the bidder provide a description of the actual work to be performed by each certified firm using its own labor, equipment and resources. T/M2 -96 00100-10 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS C. The bid will be found non - responsive, and rejected if: 1. The bidder does not submit both the sworn statement and Attachment A; or 2. The bidder's sworn statement or Attachment A contains material omissions; or 3. The bidder's sworn statement or Attachment A project utilization of certified firms at levels less than the utilization goals set forth in Section 00020. 2.04 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GOALS A. As one element of responsiveness, the bidder must commit in the bid to utilize certified firms at levels which equal or exceed the utilization goals set forth in Section 00020. Failure to do so will result in the bid being rejected as non - responsive. B. The utilization goals set forth herein shall apply to change orders and amendments adjusting the Contract Price such that actual certified firm utilization achieved during the performance under this Contract is equal to or greater than the utilization goals stated in Section 00020. C. If a bidder's utilization commitment in Attachment A exceeds the minimum utilization goals stated in Section 00020, and King County determines that it will not count all or a portion of the participation of a given certified firm(s), the bidder will not be required to substitute another certified firm or firms for the disallowed firm provided the bidder's utilization commitment continues to meet or exceed the minimum stated utilization goals once the commitment to the disallowed certified firm(s) is deducted from the total commitment. D. The utilization goals are based on an examination of the subcontracting opportunities contained in this Contract, the availability of certified firms to perform such subcontracting work, and other factors relevant to achieving the purposes of King County Ordinance 12026. If a bidder is having difficulty identifying subcontracting opportunities, obtaining participation from certified firms, or is experiencing other problems related to meeting these goals, the bidder may contact King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office immediately. King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office will provide assistance to bidders when requested. However, it is the bidder's responsibility to evaluate subcontractors and to secure and commit to the utilization goals as set forth in this Contract. 2.05 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS A. The information on the "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment ", including Attachment A thereto, shall be reviewed and verified by King County to determine whether a bidder has complied with the utilization goals and these requirements. B. After bids are opened, King County may, at its discretion, undertake any of the following verification practices: 1. Conduct interviews with any certified firms. 2. Request supplemental information from any named certified firm pertaining to the certified firm's scope of work, certification status, and verifying the certified firm's performance of a commercially useful function. 3. In the event the certified firm expects to share the resources of a non - certified business enterprise, King County may require information describing the extent to which facilities, financial assistance, equipment or personnel are to be shared. 4. Convene a bid evaluation conference at which attendance by both the bidder and the certified firm may be required. 5. Conduct a reference and financial check of the certified firm to verify the firm has the expertise, financial resources and other resources to perform the scope of work identified. 6. Such other verification practices as is deemed necessary. C. Certified firms shall be prepared to provide the following information to King County upon request: 1. If the certified firm provided a lump sum, unit price or quote other than a time and materials quote, the certified firm shall provide to King County: a) the certified firm's understanding of the scope of work; b) the take -off sheets, estimates or other documentation demonstrating that the certified firm T/M2 -96 00100.11 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS calculated its own bid prior to the bidder's bid submittal to King County; c) the certified firm's understanding of the equipment, materials and other resources they will need to carry out the work, including the purchase, ownership, lease or rental arrangements, origin and location of such equipment, materials and other resources. 2. If the certified firm provided a time and materials quote, the certified firm shall provide to King County the following: a) the certified firm's understanding of the projected scope of work; b) the certified firm's unit prices and other information provided to the bidder regarding the limits and exclusions contained in the certified firm's quote; c) the certified firm's understanding of the projected dollar amount, magnitude and duration of the work; d) the certified firm's understanding of the equipment, material and resources needed to perform the work based on prior projects, including the purchase, ownership, lease or rental arrangements, origin and location of such equipment, materials and other resources; and evidence that the certified firm's quote was provided to the bidder prior to the submittal of the bidder's bid to King County. 3. Failure of the certified firm to provide this information in a complete and accurate form may result in a finding that the firm is not performing a commercially useful function. 2.06 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ELIGIBILITY A. For purposes of meeting the MBG and WBG goals and demonstrating compliance with these Requirements, bidders shall use ONLY certified firms which are certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprise, (hereinafter the "State OMWBE") at the time bids are submitted. B. It is the bidder's responsibility to ensure that all firms projected for use to meet the M /WBE goals are certified by the State OMWBE at the time bids are submitted. Firms which have not been certified by the State OMWBE by the bid submittal date and time shall not be considered by King County in determining•whether the bidder has met the goals and complied with these requirements. To determine whether a firm has in fact been certified by the State OMWBE a bidder shall contact the State OMWBE at (360) 753 -9693, or utilize the OMWBE Directory of Certified Minority, Women and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in effect on the date bids are due. 1. In the event of a discrepancy between the classification (as an MBE, WBE, CBE or MWBE) of a firm in the OMWBE Directory, and the classification verbally given by the OMWBE, the classification in the OMWBE Directory will control. 2. If a business listed by the bidder in Attachment A to its Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment form is not certified and does not appear in the OMWBE Directory, the utilization of said business will not be counted toward the fulfillment of any utilization goal, and the bidder shall not substitute another firm. 3. If a business listed by the bidder in Attachment A to its Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment form has been de- certified after the printing of the OMWBE Directory, the bidder will be required to substitute a certified firm(s) for the de-certified firm(s) at no additional cost to King County in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.11. C. A certified firm shall demonstrate that it has previously done business or has attempted to do business in King County, Washington. After bids are opened, King County may, at its discretion, request from the named certified firms supplemental information pertaining to their business activity in King County. This information may include, but is not limited to, submission of affidavits attesting to their business activity in King County. In the event a certified firm is determined by King County not to have previously done business or have attempted to do business within King County, the bidder shall substitute such certified firm in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.11, PROVIDED that the ineligible firm is not the bidder. In the event that the ineligible certified firm is the bidder, the bid shall not be considered for award of this Contract by King County unless the utilization of other remaining certified firms listed by the bidder meet or exceed the established goal for this Contract. T/M2 -96 00100 -12 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 5 2.07 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SOLICITATION AND UTILIZATION PROCEDURES A. Utilization of minority and women's business enterprises may be accomplished through contracting, subcontracting, joint ventures, procurement of supplies, materials or equipment, or by such other methods as may be approved by King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. B. CONTRACTING (BIDDER) METHOD If the bidder is a certified firm, it may count its own participation toward meeting the utilization goals, in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.08. C. SUBCONTRACTING METHOD The bidder may utilize certified firms on the basis of competitive bids and /or negotiated subcontracts. The bidder shall submit at the bid evaluation conference, or upon request, copies of letters of intent signed by the bidder and counter - signed by the certified firm. Such letters of intent shall set forth the scope and dollar value of the work to be performed by the certified firms, consistent with the bidder's projected use of the certified firm in the bid document. D. JOINT VENTURE METHOD A joint venture (either as a bidder or proposed subcontractor) between a non - certified firm and one or more certified firms may be used to meet the utilization goals, if the certified partner(s) is /are certified by the State OMWBE and the certified partner(s) is /are responsible for a dearly defined portion of the work which is detailed separately from the work to be performed by the non - certified joint venture partner. Only the work to be performed by the certified partner(s) shall be counted toward the applicable utilization goals. Such agreement shall identify the extent to which each joint venture partner shares in the ownership, control, management, risks and profits of the joint venture. The certified partner's portion of the work shall be assigned a commercially reasonable dollar value if that portion is intended to meet a dollar level based utilization goal for this Contract. The burden of persuasion shall be on the joint venture partners to demonstrate to the satisfaction of King County that the certified partners will perform a commercially useful function, as defined herein, under the joint venture agreement. Any such joint venture will be subjected to close scrutiny by King County. Even though a proposed joint venture agreement may be consistent with legal principles of contracting and with normal industry practices, that, in and of itself, does not mean that King County will determine that the joint venture will satisfy the utilization goals set forth herein. Bidders or subcontractors intending to use a joint venture to meet utilization goals should submit the joint venture agreement to King County two weeks before bids are due so that King County can determine whether the joint venture can be counted toward the utilization goals. The bidder assumes the risk that the joint venture will not be counted by failing to submit said joint venture agreement to King County for prior determination. 2.08 DETERMINING WHICH GOAL TO COUNT A CERTIFIED FIRM'S UTILIZATION TOWARDS A. Participation by certified firms, regardless of tier, which will perform commercially useful functions shall be counted toward meeting the utilization goals set forth herein as follows: 1. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, a bidder may count toward a dollar based utilization goal ONLY the dollar value which will actually be paid to the certified firm. 2. Whether a certified firm's utilization will be counted towards an MBG and /or WBG is determined by the certified firm's classification as an MBE, WBE, MWBE or CBE. The following classifications shall be counted toward the following goals: a. Participation by an MBE will be counted only toward the MBG. b. Participation by an WBE will be counted only toward the WBG. c. Participation by an MWBE will be counted towards either the MBG or the WBG, but not to both; the bidder shall designate the goal to which the dollar value is applied. d. Participation by a CBE shall be counted by dividing the total dollar value of the contract or portion of the contract performed by the CBE by two. One -half of the dollar value will be counted towards the MBG goal and one -half will be counted towards the WBG. 3. Joint Ventures will be counted in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 00100 - 2.07.0., and 00100- 2.08.A.2. T/M2 -96 00100-13 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2.09 DETERMINING COUNTABLE DOLLAR VALUE OF UTILIZATION A. The dollar value of the participation by a certified firm that will be counted towards dollar value based utilization goals (such as percentage goals) depends upon the type of work category(ies) the certified firm's work falls under. A certified firm's scope of work must fall within one or more of the following type -of -work categories in order to be counted. Except as provided in subparagraphs B through E of this paragraph 00100 -2.09, the dollar value of the participation shall be counted as indicated in paragraph 00100 -2.08. 1. MANUFACTURER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value which will be paid to a manufacturer that is a certified firm (i.e. a firm that produces goods from raw materials or substantially alters them before resale). 2. REGULAR DEALER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value that will be paid to a certified firm which is a regular dealer of materials or supplies required under this Contract. A regular dealer is a firm which: a) owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the performance of the Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold in the usual course of business; and b) engages in, as its principal business, and in its own name, the purchase and sale of the materials or supplies in question; and c) has the actual and contractual responsibility to purchase and deliver the materials or supplies in question; and d) is not dependent upon the bidder or another firm that is involved with this Contract to identify or obtain supply sources, or otherwise fulfill the contract. A regular dealer in such bulk items as steel, cement, gravel, stone and petroleum products need not keep such products in stock, if it: a) owns or operates distribution equipment; and b) independently procures and delivers such bulk items (i.e. the firm must directly handle and be responsible for the product at some point in the process.) 3. PURCHASER AND INSTALLER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value which will be paid to a certified firm who is not a manufacturer or regular dealer, but who purchases and installs goods, materials or equipment. A certified firm purchaser and installer will be considered to be performing a commercially useful function when the certified firm: a) by its installation activity adds substantive value to the goods, materials or equipment installed; and b) has the actual and contractual responsibility to purchase and install the goods, materials or equipment, and c) where the goods, materials or equipment require more than one trade to install, or the installed item needs to be tested or commissioned, the certified firm shall have the responsibility to coordinate, direct and participate in the installation - related services provided by other trades, and in the testing and commissioning. 4. SUPPLIER: A bidder shall count ONLY twenty percent (20%) of the dollar value which will be paid to a certified firm which is a supplier who is not a manufacturer or regular dealer. A certified firm supplier will be considered performing a commercially useful function in the supply process when the function or service is one which is customarily performed as a distinct and necessary part of the supply process and when the certified firm supplier: a. Assumes the actual and contractual responsibility for furnishing the materials; and b. Delivers the materials. 5. INSTALLER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value (including but not limited to the cost of labor, materials and supplies, and markups) of the work to be performed by a firm that will install equipment and goods that will be furnished to it by another firm. The bidder shall not count the cost of the equipment and goods supplied by the other firm unless that firm is a certified firm, in which case the other firm's utilization will be counted separately under the appropriate type of work category. B. 1. The cost of concrete pumping services (not including the cost of the ready -mixed or wet concrete pumped, which is provided for in subparagraph B.2 below), may be counted toward meeting the utilization goals only if each of the following conditions is met: a. The certified firm will perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.02. b. The certified firm owns the concrete pumping equipment or leases such equipment from a source that sells or leases such equipment as its principal business activity, and seller or leasing firm is not otherwise engaged in providing concrete pumping services. c. The certified firm will use employees normally employed by and under the control of the certified firm to operate the concrete pumping equipment, or will obtain personnel to operate T/M2 -96 00100 -14 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS g such equipment from a source which provides such personnel as its principal business activity and does not provide concrete pumping services. 2. If concrete pumping services are counted as meeting the conditions of paragraphs 00100 -2.02 and 2.09, the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete may only be counted as a part of providing concrete pumping services if the certified firm is the manufacturer of the concrete, or the certified firm purchases the concrete from another certified firm that is the manufacturer of the concrete. C. As a part of a purchase and install scope of work, the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete may be counted toward meeting the utilization goals only if each of the following conditions is met: 1. The certified firm will perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.02; and 2. The certified firm's scope of work will include, at a minimum, the actual and ( contractual responsibility for purchasing, forming, placing and finishing the concrete. The certified firm may subcontract portions of the scope of work to other certified firms. D. If the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete is not counted because the conditions set forth in subparagraph 00100-2.09C.2 are not met, the cost of labor and other costs associated with the installation tasks performed by the certified firm will be counted if the certified firm will perform a commercially useful function. E. Questions regarding whether a certified firm will be considered a manufacturer, regular dealer, purchaser and installer, supplier, or installer should be directed to King County's M /WBE and ( Contract Compliance Office prior to submittal of a bid for this Contract. (. 2.10 REASONS FOR NOT COUNTING PARTICIPATION BY A CERT1kitiD FIRM A. Participation by certified firms will not be counted toward the fulfillment of utilization goals in circumstances which would contradict or tend to defeat the purposes and policies of King County Ordinance 12026, such as, but not limited to, the following: 1. If, prior to bid submittal, the proposed certified firm did not submit a bid or L proposal or otherwise commit to perform work under this Contract with the bidder; or 2. If the proposed certified firm will not perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.02 and as specifically defined for individual type -of -work categories in paragraph 00100 -2.09. Participation by certified firms whereby the certified firm will act only as a broker (unless such is consistent with normal industry practice) or as a passive conduit to provide goods or services ( shall not be considered as commercially useful functions for purposes of meeting these requirements; or 3. If the proposed certified firm acts or operates in a manner inconsistent with the requisite ownership and control by the minority or women business owner(s); or 4. If it is apparent to King County that the certified firm does not understand the work it is identified to perform as demonstrated by a lack of knowledge of the following items: the scope and duration of the work, labor, equipment, materials and other resources necessary to perform the work; ( magnitude and duration of the work; interrelationship of the work to other aspects of the project; contents or methods of computing its bid price. B. SUBCONTRACTS TO NON - CERTIFIED FIRMS: The dollar value of any portions of the work (excluding the procurement of materials and supplies) that a certified firm will contract to other than another certified firm, regardless of tier, will not be counted toward the applicable MBG or WBG goal. C. RELIANCE ON OTHER FIRMS: A certified firm that relies to a significant extent on a non- ( certified firm or contracts a significantly greater portion of the work than would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice will be presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function. The certified firm may present to King County evidence to rebut this presumption. D. SALES AND MARKETING CONTRACTS: Contracts with sales, marketing and similar types of representatives shall not be considered a commercially useful function and will not be counted toward the utilization goals. C T/M2 96 00100 -15 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS t r 2.11 SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS A. The bidder shall substitute certified firms at no additional cost to King County, for certified firms excluded by King County for reasons outside of the knowledge or control of the bidder as stated below, when the remaining certified firms listed by the bidder do not meet or exceed the utilization goals. If this occurs, the bidder will substitute certified firms so that the utilization of certified firms continues to meet or exceed all of the utilization goals set forth in this contract. By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees that the failure of the bidder to substitute certified firms as directed by King County will result in the forfeiture of the bidder's bid bond. The following circumstances shall be considered to be outside the knowledge and control of the bidder: 1. In the event such bidder proposed to use a certified firm which met the eligibility criteria listed in this Contract Document prior to bid submittal but which is determined by King County, prior to award of this Contract, to no longer meet the eligibility criteria of King County as provided under the Contract Documents, or which firm was listed in the OMWBE Directory in effect at the time of bid opening but is no longer certified by the State OMWBE; or 2. In the event such bidder reasonably and justifiably relied on substantive assurances by a certified firm projected to participate hereunder relating to that firm's performance of a commercially useful function but such assurances were false, incomplete or in error and the certified firm is determined by King County prior to award of this Contract not to be performing a commercially useful function as defined herein. What constitutes a "substantive assurance" will be determined by King County on a case by case basis, but may include assurances related to qualifications, supply arrangements or other statements of specific abilities designed to lead the bidder into believing the firm will perform a commercially useful function. Generic statements such as "I can do it" do not constitute a substantive assurance which the bidder may rely upon.; or 3. In the event such bidder proposed to use a certified firm which, subsequent to bid submittal and for reasons other than those within the control of the bidder, is unable or unwilling to perform as projected; or 4. In the event such bidder reasonably and justifiably relied upon the assurances of a proposed certified firm that the portion of work to be counted toward the MBG or WBG goal would not be further subcontracted to non - certified businesses, but prior to the award of this contract, King County determines that the certified firm will further subcontract a portion of the work to a non - certified firm; or 5. If none of the conditions in paragraph 00100 -2.11B apply. B. The bidder will not be required by king county or permitted upon bidder's request to substitute certified firms for certified firms excluded by King County for reasons within the knowledge or control of the bidder as stated below. The following circumstances shall be considered to be within the knowledge or control of the bidder: 1. The bidder participates in a plan designed to give the certified firm the appearance of performing a commercially useful function when the certified firm does not have the actual responsibility for that function; or 2. The bidder performs activities or obtains sources for the certified firm that the certified firm would typically perform or obtain. Example 1: the bidder supplies the certified firm with the only take -offs and estimates the certified firm is utilizing as the basis of its bid. Example 2: the bidder obtains subcontractors or suppliers for the certified firm; or 3. The bidder fails to inquire as to the certified firm's qualifications, experience or abilities to perform the work prior to listing the firm and the certified firm is not capable of performing the work; or 4. The bidder does not provide the certified firm with a commercially useful function; 5. The bidder fails to inform a certified firm prior to bid submittal that the bidder's union agreements require the bidder's subcontractors to have their own union agreements and the certified firm is unable to perform because it does not have a union agreement; or 6. The bidder fails to inform a certified firm prior to bid submittal of bonding requirements that the bidder will impose on its subcontractors, and the certified firm is unable to perform because it cannot meet the bidder's bonding requirements; or or T/M2 -96 00100 -16 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS C C C • 6•.e "t•.i1.al;Yir�c).t(!,"3'��F 4iN .sAhradwn•wK.�,n...,....,.... 7. The actions of the bidder, or of others at the direction of the bidder, or of others with the bidder's knowledge demonstrate a disregard for King County's M /WBE policies and goals; or 8. Such other situations King County determines to be within the bidder's knowledge or control which indicate practices or circumstances which would contradict or tend to defeat the purposes and policies of King County Ordinance 12026. 2.12 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY GOALS AND BIDDING REQUIREMENTS ' A. The bidder shall comply with the Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements set forth in King County Ordinance 11992, which Ordinance is incorporated herein by this reference. B. In furtherance of King County's equal employment opportunity policies, King County has established certain requirements and goals which bidders, contractors and subcontractors shall make every reasonable effort to meet. The employment goals established by King County are: (1) 13.48 percent for minorities; (2) 15.41 percent for women; and (3) 7.08 for persons with disabilities. These goals are applicable to the total number of hours of employment at all levels under this Contract. The evaluation of the C Contractor's performance in meeting these goals shall be based on total hours of employment of minorities.women, and persons with disabilities employed in all levels of employment. A minority woman Is counted toward either the minority or the women's goal, but not both; the bidder may choose the goal. For the purpose of determining compliance by the Contractor on this Contract, owners will not be counted ( towards meeting the EEO goals for minorities and women. C. The bidder shall complete the "Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity" set forth in Section 00330 and shall submit such completed Sworn Statement as part of its bid not later than the time and date established for submittal of bids. D. The Sworn Statement shall be completed, signed and notarized, and shall constitute the bidder's plan of affirmative action to ensure that equal opportunity in employment is afforded in the event a C. contract is awarded to the bidder. If the bidder fails to submit the Sworn Statement as required, the bid will be considered non - responsive and will not be considered for award. (, 2.13 APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS A. In furtherance of the King County equal employment opportunity policies, it is King County's determination that apprenticeship programs registered with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council ( "SAC ") provide the best training opportunity for minorities and women, and that the C equal opportunity goals and requirements under state law for program sponsors participating in SAC- registered apprenticeship programs provide a basis for affording equal employment opportunity in the performance of construction services for andlo King County. B. King County has established an apprentice participation goal for this Contract of 15% of the total contract labor hours, excluding offsite vendors and suppliers. The bidder shall commit to use its best (, efforts to meet the Apprenticeship Program requirements set forth in these Contract Documents. The bidder shall notify each firm with whom the bidder proposes to contract if awarded this Contract of the Apprenticeship Program requirements. t C C C C C C C C END OF SECTION C T/M25 -95 0010047 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS r 1.01 POLICY . A. It is the finding and declaration of the King County Council that practices of employment discrimination against any person on the basis of race, color, age, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, religion, ancestry, national origin or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability in an otherwise qualified disabled person constitute matters of local concern and are contrary to the public welfare, health, peace and safety of the residents of King County. B. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of religion, color, race, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability, nor tolerate harassment based on any of these categories, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants and employees are treated without regard to their creed, color, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, or the presence of such disability. Such affirmative action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeships. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. C. The Contractor will, prior to commencement and during the term of this Contract, furnish the County upon request and on such forms as may be provided by the County, a report of the affirmative action taken by the Contractor in implementing the terms of this paragraph, and will permit access by the Manager of the Minority and Women's Business Enterprise and Contract Compliance Division to. the Contractor's records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms, other pertinent data and records related to the Contract for the purpose of monitoring and investigation to determine compliance with this paragraph. D. The Contractor will implement and carry out the obligations contained in its Affidavit and Certificate of Compliance regarding equal employment opportunity. Failure to implement and carry out such obligations in good faith may be considered by the County as a material breach of this Contract and grounds for withholding payment and /or termination of the Contract and dismissal of the Contractor 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS By submitting a bid, the bidder. agrees to comply with the requirements of King County Code, Chapter 12.16 (relating to discrimination, affirmative action and contract compliance goals in employment) and Chapter 12.18 (relating to fair employment practices), which requirements are incorporated in this Section. 1.03 COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973, AS AMENDED As required by King County Code Chapter 12.16, all contractors entering into contracts with King County shall provide the County with assurance of their compliance with the provisions of Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. The Contractor shall complete and maintain in its office a Section 504 self evaluation and corrective action plan. T/M2-96 SECTION 00120 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR EMPLOYMENT 00120 -1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS submitted to the County before the Contract will be signed by the County. 1.04 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. The successful bidder must submit all of the following submittals before the Contract will be signed by the County. female and disabled employment data); 1.05 SUBCONTRACTORS T /M246 END OF SECTION An assurance of compliance, contained in the corrective action plan, must be signed, notarized and 4 • 1. Personnel Inventory Report Form set forth in Section 00620 (providing minority, 2. Affidavit and Certificate of Compliance set forth in Section 00630 (stating a commitment to the requirements of King County Code, Chapter 12.16); 3. Sworn Statement of Compliance with King County Code, Chapter 12.16 set forth in Section 00640 (from a union orr employee referral agency evidencing compliance); 4. ADA /504 Disability Assurance of Compliance and Corrective Action Plan set forth in Section 00650. B. Assistance with the requirements of this Section and copies of Chapters 12.16 and 12.18 are available from the Minority and Women's Business Enterprise and Contract Compliance Division, phone (206) 684-1330. i The Contractor shall submit Personnel Inventory Reports, Affidavits and Certificates of Compliance and Sworn Statements of Compliance from their subcontractors in the same manner as required of the Contractor. 0 r f� 1 0 00120-2 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00150 CHECKLIST OF BIDDING FORMS This checklist is provided only as a convenience for bidders. Bidders are advised to read carefully all portions of the Contract Documents and to comply with all requirements therein. SECTION FORM 00300 BID FORM 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 00340 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00410 BID GUARANTY BOND (unless a certified or cashier's check is provided) SECTION 00300 BID FORM The undersigned, as bidder, declares that we have examined all of the Contract Documents herein contained and that we will contract with King County on the agreement form provided herewith and at the prices and on the terms and conditions contained herein to do everything necessary for fulfillment of: SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE, TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES, MAINTENANCE/OPERATIONS BUILDING, HVAC REHABILITATION, CONTRACT T/M2 -96. In addition to this Bid Form, we agree that the following shall form a part of this Bid: Bidding Schedule; Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment; Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity; and Proposed Subcontractors. Attached is a bid guaranty bond completed by a guaranty company authorized to carry on business in the state of Washington in the amount of at least five percent (5%) of our Total Bid Price or, alternately, there is attached a certified or cashier's check payable to King County drawn upon a banking institution with a branch office in the state of Washington, in the amount of at least five percent (5 %) of our Total Bid Price. We agree that our Bid constitutes an offer to King County which shall be binding for 90 days from the date of opening of bids. If our Bid is accepted, we agree to sign the Agreement form and to furnish the Performance and Payment Bond only on the form contained herein and evidences of insurance required herein within ten days after receipt from King County of written Notice of Award of Contract. L We certify that we are, at the time of submitting this Bid and shall remain throughout the period of the Contract, registered and licensed by the state of Washington to perform the type of work required under the Contract Documents. We further certify that we are skilled and regularly engaged in the general lass and type of work called for in the Contract Documents. We further agree, if our Bid is accepted and a contract is awarded by King County, to plan and prosecute the work with such diligence that the work and portions thereof shall be completed and ready for use within the period set forth in the Specifications. We acknowledge that addenda numbers through _ have been delivered to us and have been taken into account as part of our Bid. SIGNED this day of ,19 Firm: Address: City/Zip: Telephone: Fax No.: State of Contractor's. Incorporation: License No: (� By: (� Signature Print Name Title: State of: County of: r I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: Signature of notary public (Stamp or Seal) Title My appointment expires: END OF SECTION t T/M2 -96 001 BID FORM C SECTION 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE The Bidding Schedule includes Bid Items la through 2b. The work of each Bid Item is specified or shown in the Contract Document. The bidder shall offer a lump sum for each Bid Item on the Bidding Schedule. Failure to do so shall render the bid non - responsive. Each price shall be shown in figures. The bidder shall set forth a Total Bid Price which shall be the sum of the lump sum amounts for all Bid Items on the Bidding Schedule. Metro reserves the right to correct obvious mathematical errors on the Bidding Schedule and to correct the extended amounts and Total Bid Price accordingly. We, the bidder, propose to perform the work under the terms and conditions contained herein for the prices set forth below: EAST BASE la To provide and install HVAC systems in the Operations and Maintenance Buildings, for the lump sum price of: $ lb To provide and install the fire sprinkler system in the Operations Building, for the lump sum price of $ SOUTH BASE 2a To provide and install HVAC systems in the Operations and Maintenance Buildings, for the lump sum price of: $ 2b To provide and install the fire sprinkler system in the Operations Building, for the lump sum price of: $ TOTAL BID PRICE (sum of the lump sums for Bid Items la through 2b) We acknowledge that, in accordance with paragraph 00100 -1.08 and Washington State Department of Revenue Rule 171, state and local sales taxes have been included in the price and that the waiver of industrial insurance immunity in paragraph 00710 -5.01 was made pursuant to RCW 4.24.115. BID EVALUATION AND CONTRACT AWARD In accordance with the provisions of these Contract Documents, bids will be evaluated to determine the lowest Total Bid Price offered by a responsive, responsible bidder. A contract will be awarded, if at all, based on the lowest Total Bid Price proposed by a responsive, responsible bidder. Signature of Bidder King County reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. King County further reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregularities. T/M2-96 END OF SECTION 00310 -1 BIDDING SCHEDULE M/WBE AND EEO CHECKLIST Bidders are not required to submit this checklist with their bid. 0 Has the bidder completed, signed, notarized and submitted with the bid the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment? (See paragraph 00100 -2.03 B and C) O Does the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment display projected utilization of certified firms at the percentage levels which equal or exceed the established goal for this contract? (See Section 00020) Note: The participation of a certified firm as a bidder for this Contract may count toward meeting the applicable MBG or WBG subcontracting goal established for this Contract. (See paragraph 00100- 2.03 B) O Are the percentage levels displayed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment based upon the Total Bid Price? (See Section 00020) O Has Attachment A to the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment been completed and submitted with the bid? (See Section 00320) O Is each business listed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment and Attachment A to that Sworn Statement certified by the State OMWBE? (See paragraph 00100 -2.06 A and B) Cl Prior to the submittal of this bid, have each of the proposed certified firms submitted a bid or committed to perform the work under this contract with the bidder? (See paragraph 00100 -2.10 A) Cl Will any proposed certified firm contract any of the work hereunder to non - certified businesses? If yes, has that amount been deducted from the dollar value of the amount counted towards the applicable utilization goal? (See paragraph 00100 -2.10 B) Cl Will each of the certified firms listed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment perform a commercially useful function? (See paragraph 00100 -2.02) Cl Is the bidder counting expenditures for materials and supplies toward meeting the utilization goals? If yes, has the bidder counted only (20 %) twenty percent of the expenditures to certified firm suppliers which are not manufacturers? (See paragraph 00100-2.09 A.4) Cl Does the bidder propose to use a joint venture to meet the utilization goals? (See paragraph 00100- 2.07 D) Note: A joint venture may be utilized; however, only the participation of the certified firm joint venture partner shall be counted toward the goal. (See paragraph 00100 -2.07 D) Cl Has the Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity been completed, signed, notarized and submitted with the bid? (See Section 00330) Contact King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office if there are any questions regarding the M /WBE and EEO Requirements for this contract. C SECTION 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT Pursuant to paragraph 00100 -2.03, the bidder shall complete the following form: I C State of ss. County of The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states to King County on behalf of the Bidder as follows: A. This Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment constitutes the Bidder's statement of its efforts to solicit and obtain firms certified as minority and women business enterprises by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises. In �.. addition, this Sworn Statement constitutes the Bidder's commitment, if awarded this Contract by King County, to utilize qualified certified firms at least to the percentage and dollar levels set forth in this Sworn Statement, subject to revision in accordance with Part 2 of Section 00100. Name: Title: B. The Bidder hereby designates: as the person who has been charged by the Bidder with the responsibility for carrying out and reporting the Bidder's compliance with King County's Requirements for Minority and Women Business Enterprise. C. The Bidder hereby affirms that the Bidder has complied with the requirements set forth in Part 2 of Section 00100 of the Contract Documents for providing certified firms the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of the work and that all documentation submitted herewith to demonstrate such compliance is true and accurate. D. As demonstration of the Bidder's compliance and efforts, the Bidder has completed the MBE /WBE Contractor /Supplier Contact - Utilization Report (Attachment A to this Sworn Statement) of which this Report is incorporated herein by this reference. The Bidder has identified herein those certified firms with whom the Bidder will subcontract if awarded this Contract. E. The Bidder agrees that its level of commitment to utilize certified firms shall be determined by calculating the sum of the amounts listed and apportioned to those certified firms identified on Attachment A to this Sworn Statement.. The Bidder further acknowledges that King County reserves the right to correct obvious mathematical errors on Attachment A and to correct the totals accordingly. F. The Bidder, if a certified firm, and proposing to count its own participation toward meeting 6. the applicable utilization goal, states that it has included its participation in the following Utilization Report 6. and has included itself on Attachment A, as appropriate. L T/M2 -96 00320-1 MBE/WBE SWORN STATEMENT n.'0:1t.i.a.:0700,./Sar04.4ine..074%42.M.4010.1414:04014....,(0.4./.00.41.0004.0..004.00.1.00ron Pon.0 C. C. G. The Bidder acknowledges that the information provided on said Report and such other information as may be obtained by King County will be used by King County to determine whether the Bidder's commitment to utilize certified firms complies with all requirements of Section 00020 and Part 2 of Section 00100 of the Contract Documents. By: Title: Name of Bidder State of: County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title C C C. C. C. C C C T/M2-96 003202 MBIE/WIBB SWORN STATEMENT My appointment expires: ATTACHMENT A MBE/WBE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER CONTACT - UTILIZATION REPORT Name of Firm: Address /City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture • ❑ Subcontract ❑ Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * ❑ Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer ❑ Installer Only Name of Firm: Address /City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture Cl Subcontract Cl Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * Cl Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer ❑ Installer Only Name of Firm: Address /City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Subcontract ❑ Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * ❑ Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer Cl Installer Only TOTAL MBG AND WBG DOLLAR COMMITMENT TOTAL MBG AND WBG PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL BID PRICE MBG MBG WBG WBG MBG MBG WBG WBG *(Pursuant to paragraph 00100- 2.09.A.4, a bidder may count only twenty percent (20%) of the expenditures to certified firm suppliers who are NOT manufacturers or regular dealers.) (Make additional copies of form if necessary.) T/M2 -96 END OF SECTION 00320-3 ATTACHMENT A SECTION 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Pursuant to paragraph 00100 -2.12, the bidder shall complete the following form: State of ) )ss. County of ) The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states to King County on behalf of the Bidder as follows: A. This Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity constitutes the Bidder's plan of affirmative action to be followed in the event a contract is awarded to the Bidder to ensure that equal opportunity in employment is afforded by the Bidder and the Bidder's subcontractors while providing specific materials and supplies or consulting or construction services for King County. B. The Bidder agrees that submission of this Sworn Statement constitutes an acknowledgment of King County's equal employment opportunity requirements as set forth in King County Ordinance 11992, which ordinance is incorporated herein by this reference. C. The Bidder hereby designates: Name: Title: as the person who has been charged by the Bidder with the responsibility for carrying out and reporting the Bidder's compliance with this plan of affirmative action. D. The Bidder gives assurance that the total work force under this Contract will include substantial percentages of minorities, women, and persons with disabilities. The Bidder will proceed in good faith and make every reasonable effort to meet the following equal employment opportunity goals which are applicable to the total number of hours of employment at all levels under this Contract Minorities — 13.48%; Women — 15.41; and Persons with Disabilities — 7.08%. E. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will correct deficiencies of under - represented persons at all levels of the work force, including management, by considering under - represented persons to fill new positions and vacancies. F. The Bidder gives assurance that this plan of affirmative action will be communicated to supervisors and other employees of the Bidder, prior to the commencement of the work on this Contract. G. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will make continuing efforts to recruit minority women, and persons with disabilities as employees, to advertise employment opportunities in ways which will effectively reach minorities, women, and persons with disabilities, and to include in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Bidder, a statement that the Bidder is an "Equal Opportunity Employer ". T/M2 -96 00330-1 EEO SWORN STATEMENT H. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will provide opportunity for training and advancement for minorities and women in pre - apprentice, apprentice, journeyworkers and all other positions, whether with the Bidder or subcontractors, employed on the work. I. The Bidder gives assurance that it will use its best efforts to achieve the Apprenticeship Program goal of achieving participation by apprentices from apprenticeship programs registered with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council ( "SAC ") to perform at least fifteen percent of the total contract labor hours, excluding offsite vendors and suppliers, and to achieve apprenticeship participation within each technical discipline or trade and at each tier. J. The Bidder will maintain records in an easily retrievable and understandable form that will document any and all openings and opportunities for advancement that occur, the Bidder's efforts to train, recruit and promote minorities and women, and the results of those efforts. K. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will communicate the affirmative action obligations under this Sworn Statement to its subcontractors, labor unions or representatives of workers with which the Bidder has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract. L. The Bidder acknowledges that neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Bidder has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women, shall excuse the Bidder's obligation under this Sworn Statement and any contract awarded to the Bidder. Name of Bidder By: Title: State of County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that ate/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: T/M2 -96 (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title My appointment expires: END OF SECTION 003302 EEO SWORN STATEMENT SECTION 00340 . PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS Pursuant to paragraph 00100 -1.28, the following is a list of the subcontractors to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work in excess of ten percent (10 %) of the total amount of its bid and a description of the work to be performed. If no subcontractors will perform more than 10% of the work, check the box below. Failure to properly complete and submit this form when your bid exceeds $100,000, shall result in the bid being determined non - responsive, and the bid shall not be considered for award unless King County can discern from the other portions of the bid the identity of all such subcontractors. For the purpose of this Section, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the Contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only for the performance of work at the work site. ❑ No subcontractor will perform more than 10% of the work. Name of Firm: Description of work to be performed: Name of Firm: Description of work to be performed: Name of Firm: Description of work to be performed: Additional pages may be attached to this page; each page shall be headed SECTION 00340, PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS. T/M2 -96 END OF SECTION 00340-1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS • ... .:. a .x *��.t�r'(;i�:e::Y {L�l4CT.r:i r'F 6,4 SECTION 00410 . BID GUARANTY BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,as Principal, and , as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto King County, hereinafter called the Obligee, each in the penal sum of five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid Price of the Principal for the work, this sum not to exceed DOLLARS (S ) of lawful money of the United States, for the payment whereof unto the Obligee, the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind themselves forever firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal is herewith submitting its offer for the fulfillment of SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE, TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES, MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING, HVAC REHABILITATION, CONTRACT T/M2 -96. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal is awarded the Contract, and if the Principal, within the time specified, fulfills all of the requirements of the Contract Documents which are conditions precedent to the execution of the Agreement, enters into, executes and delivers to the Obligee an agreement on the form provided herein complete with evidences of insurance, and if the Principal, within the time specified, gives to the Obligee the performance and payment bond on the form provided herein, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the total amount of the bid of the Principal and the amount for which, the Obligee legally contracts with another party to fulfill the Contract if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall the Surety's liability exceed the penal sum hereof. AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED AND AGREED that the Surety shall be liable under this obligation as Principal, and that nothing of any kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal shall operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety. IT IS HEREBY FURTHER DECLARED AND AGREED that this obligation shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. SIGNED this day of ,19 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City/Zip: City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this bid guaranty bond. T/M2-96 END OF SECTION 00410.1 BID GUARANTY BOND SECTION 00420 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION As required in paragraphs 00100 -1.12 and 00100 -1.25, the bidder shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of King County that the bidder is qualified to perform the work under this Contract. To assist King County in the review of the bidder's qualifications, the bidder, if directed by King County, shall provide the information required by each item set forth below. If the bidder has been in business for less than the time period set forth in any item, the bidder shall submit such information for the time it has been in business. If the bidder is a joint venture, the bidder shall submit information for each member of the joint venture. King County reserves the right to inspect records, reports and other information which may be maintained by or for the bidder to the extent necessary, as determined by King County, to verify, clarify or otherwise consider the information provided by the bidder. 1. List the name and provide a brief description of experience for the key personnel the bidder will assign to this Contract. "Key personnel" means management and supervisory personnel to be so assigned. 2. List the name and business address, and provide a description of the scope of work and a statement of experience with references, for all subcontractors, including M /WBEs identified in Section 00320, to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work. 3. Submit a construction schedule consisting of the major milestones that confirm the HVAC systems (Ref. Sections 01012 and 010114, Drawings M11, M12, M21 and M22) will be completed within the milestones and Contract Time, specifically fabrication and shipment of the HVAC equipment (Ref. paragraph 01014- 1.08B.) 4. Submit a sworn statement signed by the Bidder and the HVAC systems supplier stating that the HVAC equipment fabrication schedule will comply with the milestones set forth in paragraph 01014 - 1.08B. 5. To assist in considering the bidder's compliance with King County's EEO Requirements for this Contract, the bidder shall provide a response to the following. a. Does the bidder's current work force meet King County's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Goals? Yes No b. How many employees of the Bidder's current work force are projected to work on this Contract? Total Minority Women Persons with Disabilities c. How many women, minority, and employees with disabilities does the Bidder intend to hire for work on this Contract in order to meet the EEO goals? Minorities Women Persons with Disabilities 6. Identify all construction contracts (whether completed or in progress) entered into or performed by the bidder within the past five years for projects similar in scope, time and complexity to the work called for under this Contract; include the names of the contracts, the contract prices, and the names of the owners. In addition, identify all construction contracts with King County entered into or performed by the bidder within the past five years. 7. Submit proof of adequate financial resources which would be available to the bidder for the prosecution and completion of the work hereunder. Such information shall include: (a) documentation of an open letter of credit or other arrangement with an established bank under which financing would be available for prosecution and completion of the work called for hereunder; and (b) certification by the principal financial officer of or an independent accountant for the bidder stating that the bidder has adequate financial resources for the prosecution and completion of the work called for hereunder. 8. Submit the following information related to capability to use CPM for management of construction projects: (a) identify and briefly describe at least two construction projects, valued at least half the bid price hereunder, which were successfully controlled by the bidder or a CPM consultant to the bidder throughout the duration by means of periodic systematic reviews of CPM schedules; and, (b) identify the T/M2 -96 d. What is the total number of employees projected to work on this Contract? 00420 -1 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION 9. Identify for the past five years any construction contracts in which the bidder has been involved in bond forfeiture by the bidder or litigation or a major claim between the bidder and the owner; include a brief, concise and accurate explanation of the reasons or basis for such forfeiture, litigation or major claim. For purposes of this item, "major claim" shall mean any claim or aggregate of claims which exceed ten percent of the price of such contract. 10: State the periods within the past five years that the bidder has a. Not been an active contractor; b. Been in bankruptcy, reorganization and /or receivership; c. Not been registered and licensed as a construction contractor; and d. Been disqualified by any federal, state or local agency from being awarded and /or participating in public contracts. 11. Identify all criminal convictions, including pleas of nolo contendere, of the bidder and any officers of the bidder. 12. Submit the bidder's accident /injury experience factor from the Department of Labor and Industries or other appropriate organization. 13. Provide any other explanation or information which would assist King County in evaluating the qualifications of the bidder, the bidder's key personnel and proposed subcontractors. T/M2-96 END OF SECTION 00420.2 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION { t r� SECTION 00510 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , 19_ by and between King County, Seattle, Washington, hereinafter called "King County" and hereinafter called the "Contractor ". WHEREAS, King County has caused Contract Documents for SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE, TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES, MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING, HVAC REHABILITATION, CONTRACT T/M2 -96 to be prepared for certain work as described therein; and WHEREAS, the Contractor has offered to perform the proposed work in accordance with the terms of said Contract Documents; and WHEREAS, King County has accepted the Contractor's offer at a price of $ NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained and to be performed, the Contractor hereby agrees to complete the work at the price and on the terms and conditions herein contained, and to assume and perform all of the covenants and conditions herein required of the Contractor, and King County agrees to pay the Contractor the Contract Price provided herein for the fulfillment of the work and the performance of the covenants set forth herein. IT IS FURTHER AGREED that the terms, conditions and covenants of the Contract are set forth in the following exhibit parts, each of which is attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof: Part A Bidding Requirements and General Conditions; Part B Technical Specifications; Part C Contract Drawings; and Part D Addenda. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed in duplicate as of the day and year first above written. KING COUNTY APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: Director Deputy Prosecuting Attorney King County Prosecuting Attorney's Office b. Name of Contractor By: Title: State of: County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: Signature of notary public (Stamp or Seal) Title My Appointment Expires: C. C END OF SECTION C. T/M2 -96 00510-1 AGREEMENT i.:i iF ;IT44" f;Wif '.0 ifAV.,i7. *1ivnbYr.vAeuau ,,,,,..,..,,, SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal, and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto King County pursuant to Chapter 39.08 RCW in the full sum of DOLLARS ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the faithful performance of the Agreement referenced below, and for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the conditions of this obligation are such that the Principal has entered into an Agreement in writing with King County for: SOUTH BASE AND EAST BASE, TRANSIT OPERATING FACILITIES, MAINTENANCE/OPERATIONS BUILDING, HVAC REHABILITATION, CONTRACT T/M2 -96, according to the terms, conditions and covenants specified in said Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents, as amended and modified, therein referred to which are hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and completely as though set forth in detail herein; NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall faithfully perform all the provisions and requirements of the Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents, according to the terms and conditions thereof and shall hold King County harmless from any loss or damage to any person or property by reason of any conduct on the part of the Principal or of any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on of such work, and shall pay the state of Washington all amounts due said State pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 of the Revised Code of Washington, and shall further indemnify and save harmless King County from any defect or defects in any of the workmanship or materials entering into any part of the work as defined in the Agreement which shall develop or be discovered within 365 days after acceptance of such work, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, and King County shall have the right to sue on this bond for any breach of the Contract or this bond. IT IS FURTHER DECLARED AND AGREED that nothing of any kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal shall operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety, any law, rule of equity or usage relating to the liability of sureties to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Surety waives notice of any alteration, or extension of time, made by King County and agrees that it, the Surety, shall be bound in all ways to King County for any such alterations or extensions of time as if it had received notice of the same. SIGNED this day of ,19 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City/Zip: City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this performance and payment bond. T/M2 -96 END OF SECTION PERFORMANCE AND 00610-1 PAYMENT BOND Emplo ment Data 1" y Whites Blacks Asians Native Americans Hispanics p Hano:ca I p ivfinority Sub -Total 1 Handicap Sub-Total Job Categories M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F I Managerial I I Professional • Technical Clerical • I I Sales i I I Service Labor 1 ::n•Job Trainees I Apprentice I I 'Skilled Craft I Suo•Total • I . C C. C C C C C Y L C. C C C C, C, t C C C King County' Department of Executive Administration pur_hasing I..oeney 620 Kin? County Ao. :ini =ration Building 500rounn Avenue • Sea:sle. % ashing on 98104 SECTION 00620 PERSONNEL INVENTORY REPORT •Personnel lnuentory Report Revised 3/86 Legal Name of Business Telephone No. Also Doing Business as (DEA) Address City State Zip DO ANY OF YOUR EMPLOYEES BELONG TO A UNION AND /OR DO.YOU USE AN EMPLOYEE REFERRAL AGENCY? Y =S NO . If yes, list, the unions and/or employee referral agencies with whom you have agreements: If you expect to do more than S10.000 worth•of business with King County, the unions or employee referral agencies must submit a statement of compliance with King County Code Chapter 1216. DO YOU HAVE ANY EMPLOYES? YES NO If yes, list on the Employment Data Chart below the total number of employees for all businesses located in (1) King County. If none, list the total number of employees for all businesses located in (2) Washington State. If none, list the total number of employees for all businesses located in the (3) United States. Indicate which locale (1, 2. 3) report covers: .:curney worker: List by classification on reverse, e.g., carpenter, plumber, etc. �tal number of Employees Reported Above: (If no employees, write ( "0'D.) :;is report covers Business Locations) in (circle one): (King Court,; Washington State. Other States] for the Payroll Period :nding (MONTH/DAYMEAR): =S Employer Identification Number: ..ubrnit!ed Bye Title: Dal* . name (win: or :me) Do not write below this line APP DAT! I C7 I CC I VENDOR IC n FIED STAMP I CS I SM I SF ! SH ! PS I 7CC F ?S Employment Data Whites Blacks • Asians • Americans Hispanics Handicap Minority Sub -Total Handicap Sub-Total Job Categories M F M F M F M F M F. M F M F M F • • King County Department of Executive Administration Purchasing Agency 620 Kin County ADrninisiration Building 500 Fourth Avenue ' Beanie, Washington 98104 Supplemental Form Legal Name of Business Telephone No. ATTACH SUPPLEMENTAL FORMS AS NECESSARY TO REPORT THE TOTAL WORK FORCE. • Submitted By Name The ..�...... »....,.., ».,.w..... x,., x�. n... n, i. nK. wc: rS.Y..:i!„rruG,•@'F�le ^tKX�Aa :� �' TAY.' �' fSa: 3.• ttm. b... mur4 .:...,........_......._�__..» W_........ Personnel Inventory Report • Revised 3138. Contact the King County Purchasing Agency at (206) 296 -4210 or the King County Contract Compliance Office at (206) 296-7652 if you have any questions concerning completion of this form. SECTION 00630 - AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Affidavit and Certif of Compliance With King County Code Chapter 12.16, Discrimination and Affirmative Action in Employment by Contractors, Subcontractors and Vendors. Company Name: STATE OF WASHINGTON SS COUNTY OF IUNG The u ndersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states on behalf of the Contractor as follows: • Definitions: "Contractor" shall mean any contractor, vendor or con- sultant who supplies goods and/or services. "Contract" shall mean any contract, purchase order or agreement'with King County Govern- ment, hereinafter called the County. A. Contractor recognizes that discrimination in employment is pro- hibited by federal, state and local laws. Contractor recognizes that in addition to retraining from ciscrimination, affirmative action is required to provide equal employment opportunity. Contractor further recognizes that this affidavit establishes minimum requirements for affirmative action and fair employment practices and implements the basic nondiscrimination provisions of the general contract specifica- tions as applied to service. consultant, vendor or construction con- tracts exceeding S10.000.•Contractor herein agrees that this affidavit is incorporated as an addendum to its general contract, and recognizes that failure to comply with these requirements may con- stitute grounds for application of sanctions as set forth in the general specifications. King County Code Chapter 12.16 and this affidavit. PROVIDED FURTHER, that in lieu of the affidavit. the Executive may accept a statement pledging adherence to an existing contractor at- firrr alive action plan where the provisions of the plan are found by the Executive to substantially fulfill the requirements of this chapter. B. Contractor shall give notice to their supervisors and employees of the requirements for affirmative action to be undertaken prior to the commencement of work. C. This person has been designated to represent the Contractor and :o be responsible for securing compliance with and for reporting on the affirmative actions taken: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REPRESENTATIVE NAME D. Contractor will cooperate fully with the Compliance Unit and ap- oropriate County agents while making every reasonable "good faith" effort to comply with the affirmative action and nondiscrimination re- ouirements set forth in this sworn statement and in King County Code Chapter 12.16. E. Reports. The Contractor agrees to complete and submit with this affidavit such acditionai reports and records that may be necessary to determine compliance with the affidavit and to canter with the Coun- ty Compliance Officer at such times as the County shall deem necessary. The information required by this chapter includes but is not limited to the following reports and records: 1. Personnel Inventory Report: This report shall include a oreakdown of the employer workforce showing race, sex and han- dicapped and other minority data. 2. Monthly Utilization Report: This report snail apply to construc- :ton contractors and subcontractors and shall provide the number of hours of employment for minority, women and handicapped employees by craft and category. Z Statement from Union cr Worker Referral Agency: This statement affirms that tne signee's organization has no practices and policies which discriminate on tne basis of race color, creed. religion, sex. age. mental status. sexual orientation. nationality or the presence of any The information required in this section shall be submitted on forms provided by the County unless otherwise specified. F. Subcontractors: For projects and contracts over one hundred thousand dollars (S100,000) the prime contractor shall be required to submit to the County. along with its qualifying documents under this chapter, employment profiles. Affidavits of Compliance, Reports and Unibn Statements from its subcontractors in the same manner as these are required of the prime contractor Reporting requirements of the prime contractor during the contract period will apply equally to all subcontractors. G. Employment Goals for Minorities and Women: Employment goals shall be established for two industry categories. i.e, construc- tion contractors anc vencor /service contractors. using a multi- factor availability analysis. . 1. Construction contractor and subcontractor performance: Goal attainment is based on the total hours of employment as determined by the monthly utilization reports. 2. Consultant and vendor /service contractor performance: Goal attainment is based on the total nurnoer of employees as determin- • ed by Personnel Inventory Reports. . H. Employment Goals for Handicapped Persons: Employment goals for handicapped persons shall be . established using the methodology deemed most relevant and the statistical data deemed the most current and representative of the availability of handicapped persons by the Office of Civil Rignts and Compliance anc shall, to the extent possible. be consistent with the methodology used to establish employment goals for the handicapped for the County's in- ternal workforce. I. Alternative Goal Option: Contractors may establish goats in- dependently if they believe the King County goals are not applicable to their specific situation. Contractors wno secure King County's as- sent in pursuing this ootion must use a multi - factor analysis with methodology anc cata sources approver by the County. J. Unoerrepresentation of Minorities, Women and Handicap- ped Persons: Underrepresentation of minorities. women and han- dicapped persons will not be deemed a per se violation cf King County Code Chapter 12.16 where a contractors employment statistics demonstrate that minorities, women and handicapped per- sons are underrepresented in its workforce in relationstio to the county employment goals. The burden will be on the contractor to show that the minimum affirmative action reduirements set forth below have been met and that a reasonable "good faith" affirmative action plan in compliance with this cnapter has been pursued. K. Minimum Affirmative Action Measures: Contractor agrees that failure to implement and/or maintain reasonable "good faith" efforts to achieve the county employment goals will constitute a breach of this agreement The evaluation of a contractor's compliance with this chapter shall be baseo upon the contractor's effort to achieve max- imum results from its affirmative action program. The contractor shall document these efforts and snail implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the followe;ng: 1. Policy Dissemination: Internal and external dissemination of the contractor's equal emcloyment opportunity policy, posing of n„nciscc'-imirattcn policies arc of the requirements of his crater on bulletin boards clearly vtsibie to all employed noca.:� torn to each srJxcn uz=t lacor union or rearesenwave G wwcncefs wwhtn which there is collective bargaining agreement or ome- commitments under this chaptee inclusion of the equal oppor- tunity policy in advertising in the news media and elsewhere. 2. Recruiting: Adoption of recruitment procedures designed to increase the representation of women, minorities and handi- capped persons in the pool of applicants for employment: in- Cuding, but not limited to establishing and maintaining a current fist of minority, women and handicapped recruitment sources, providing these sources written notification of 'employment opportunities and advertising vacant positions in newspapers and periodicals which have minority, female and/or handicap- . ped readership. 3. Self - ,assessment and Test Validation: Review of all employment policies and procedures, including review of tesa, hiring and training practices and policies, performing evalua- lions, seniority policies and practices, job classifications and job assignments, to assure that they do not discriminate against. or have a discriminatory impact on, minorities, women and handicapped persons: validation of all tests and other selec- tion requirements where there is an obligation to do so under sate or federal law 4. Record Referrals: Maintain a current file of application of each minority, woman and handicapped applicant or referral for employment indicating what action was taken with respect to each such individual and the reasons therefore Contact these people when an opening exists for which they may be qualified. Names may be removed from the file after twelve months have elapsed from their last application or referral... S. Notice to Unions: Pr ide notice to labor unions of the con- tractor's nondiscrimination and affirmative action obligations pursuant to fling County,Code Chapter 12.16. Contractors shall also notify the }ling County Executive if labor,unions tail to corn- ply with the nondiscrimination or affirmative provisions 6. Supervisor: Ensure that all supervisory personnel under - sand and are directed to adhere to and implement the non - discrimination and affrr.ative action obligations of the contract for under this chapter. Such direction shall include, but not be limited to, adherence to, and achievement of, affirmative action policies in performance appraisals of supervisory personnel. 7. Training: Develop on- the -job training opportunities which expressly include minorities, women and handicapped P?r'son& NAT ED COM"RACtOFt: Canary Myne )R1i =D SIGNS: Saes 'RISE!) AND SWORN TD before me 7pe tr Pmt day 19 . Maury Pinup n at iar me Stye al at Where a contractor's employment statistics demonstrate that minorities, women and handicapped persons are under- represented, failure to follow any of the requirements of Paragraph K (1-7) shall be prima facie evidence of non- compliance with this agreement. L Contractor agrees in all its employment policies and practices to refrain from discrimination against any person on the basis of race, color. creed. religion. nationality, sex age, marital status, sexual orien- . tation, or the presence of any mental, physical or sensory handicap, including but not limited to hiring, firing, lay -off, promotion or demo- tion, job assignment, ■rages, and other terms and conditions of state and local rules, laws or ordinances and regulations regarding any, such discrimination. M. Contractor agrees to provide reasonable access upon request to•the premises of all places of business and employment, relative to work undertaken in this contract, and to records, files, information and employees in connection therewith, to the Compliance Unit or agent for purposes of reviewing compliance with the provisicns of this affidavit and agrees to cooperate in any compliance review. • • N. Should the Compliance Unit find, upon complaint, investigation or review, the Contractor not to be in good faith compliance with the provisions contained in this affidavit, it shall notity the County and con- tractor in writing of the 'finding fully describing the basis of non- compliance Contractor may request withdrawal of such notice of • noncompliance at such time as the compliance office has notified in 'writing the contractor and the County that the noncompliance has been resolved. . 0. The contractor agrees that any violation of the specific provisions* of this chapter and of any term of the affidavit of compliance required herein, including reporting requirements, shall be deemed a viola- tion of King County Code Chapter 12.16. Any such violation shr3 be further deemed a breach of a material provision of the contract bet- ween the County and the contractor. Such breach shall be grounds for implementation of any sanctions provided for in this chapter, in- cluding but not limited to, cancellation, termination or suspension, in whole or in pan, of the contractor by the County, liquidated damages ,or disqualification of the contractor PROVIDED, that the implemen- tation of any sanctions is subject to the notice and hearing provisions of King County Code Chapter 12.16.110. • R Contra=r recognizes that it is bound by all provisions d King Carey Code Chapter 12.16 and acknowledges receipt of a copy thereof. . f.=VIEWW BY:' roe PHONE: Xing Limy Due C. • a E- E, I I, • L L I C C C. L C C. C' C C C C C. t C C. C C C I C' ..........._........,.M..... .............. w.. M. �r..,,, y,,..•,,...,.. .�,,...,,,. »._.._..,........... Authorized Union Representative hone Numter By: 11tle WP:(BP)06 Rev. 10/89 SECTION 00640 SWORN STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH KING COUNTY CODE . SWORN STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH KING COUNTY CODE, CHAPTER 12.16 (Union or Employee Referral Agency Statement) The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states as follows: A. That I am the authorized officer of and am signing this statement on behalf of the union. B. That the organization recognizes that King County Code, Chapter 12.16 prohibits discrimination in both employment and referrals for employment on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, age, nationality, marital status or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical handicap except where such sensory, mental or physical handicap hinders job performance. C. That the organization agrees to adhere to a policy of nondiscrimination and agrees to affirmatively cooperate in the implementation of the poli- cies and provisions of King County Code, Chapter 12.16. The organization further agrees that recruitment, employment, and the terms and conditions of employment under all contracts with King County shall be in accordance . with the purposes and provisions of King County Code, Chapter 12.16. This statement' shall be valid for a period of one (11 year. Union /Empioyee eferra Agency Address Signature 'City, tate, 1p ode Subscribed and Sworn To Before me this day of 1 NOTARY PUBLIC in anti for the State of Washington, residing at TO: FROM: Your written response is required in this office on or before Your cooperation in this matter 1s greatly appreciated. Authorized Signer Date NP:(SP)D6 * * alt * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * following letter explains the requirements of King County Code, Chapter * 12.16. Complete the address blocks below and forward to your union(s) or * * employee referral agency. A sworn statement of compliance with King County * * Code, Chapter 12.16 which is suitable for submission to King County appears * * on the reverse of this explanatory letter. 'Note: The sworn statement must * * be signed by an authorized union /referral agency representative and sworn * * before a notary to be valid. • * * ****** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * *Note: See reverse of this form for a compliance statement suitable to meet the requirements of King County Code, Chapter 12.16. t RE: .Compliance with King County Code, Chapter 12.16 King County Code, Chapter 12.16 and the supporting Affidavit and Certificate of Compliance require that all suppliers /contractors doing business with King County in an'aggragate amount of $10,000 or more per year submit a statement of compliance from their union /employee referral agency. �} The statement of compliance is to assure that the union / employee referral agency is in.compliance••with King County Code, Chapter 12.16 and does not °discriminate against any person on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, age, nationality, marital status or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical handicapu in �Pt{ employment or referral for employment. In an effort to comply with King County Code, Chapter 12.16 on the reverse of ";sa this letter is a form for signature by an authorized. officer of your union /employee referral agency. In the 'event that you refuse to sign this statement of compliance, our Compliance Report shall so certify, and shall set forth what efforts have been made to secure the signing of this agreement. Once this agreement has been signed and returned to us for submission to King County it will be valid for a period of one year, and applicable to all County 7 contracts for a period of one year. I 4 SECTION 00650 ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PLANT Instruction for completing the ADA/504 Self- Evaluation Questionnaire and Corrective 4 • • Action Plan for King County Contractors 7 First of all, Don't Panic!. This is not as difficult as you may think. Remember, Q the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, (504) require your programs and services to be accessible, not necessarily your physical facilities. 2. All organizations contracting with King County must fill out the ADA/504 Self - Evaluation Questionnaire and complete a Corrective Action Plan, if appropriate, except: Schools, universities, public entities, or contractors supplying tangible goods only 3. Complete the ADA/504 Self - Evaluation Questionnaire. This stays in your office. This does not get returned with your contract. 4. If appropriate, complete the Corrective Action Plan. Keep a copy of this plan in your office, the original is returned with your contract. 5. Sign the ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE in front of a notary, make a copy for your files and send the original back with your contract. Once this form is signed by a representative of King County it can be used for one year from the date of the representative's signature. ( 6. If you are a construction company the "Quick Look" Barriers Checklist only pertains to your main office. Not your construction sites. L. 7. If you are an independent consultant or a firm that provides services outside your office you do need to write a Corrective Action Plan for physical (, accessibility as long as your services are provided in an accessible location for persons with disabilities who can not access your office. Physical access must be reviewed in light of hiring an individual with a disability or accommodating a present employee who becomes disabled. 8. If a question does not apply to your business answering not applicable is acceptable. If you are not sure if a question is applicable, call the County project manager or the ADA/504 Disability Compliance Specialist. 10. If you have any questions regarding this document contact your contracting County department or the ADA/504 Disability Compliance Specialist at (206)296- ` 7705 or (206)296 -7596 V/TDD. 9. Attached for your information is a list of disability resources. revised 1/95 ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 2 General Information ADA/504 SELF EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE FOR KING COUNTY CONTRACTORS Federal, State and local laws prohibit discrimination based on disability. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, (504) require that King County and all organizations and firms contracting with King County, except schools, universities, public entities and those providing tangible goods, must comply with the ADA and 504 accessibility requirements. ADA and 504 define disability as anyone who has, has a history of, or is perceived as having a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities. Disabilities include, but are not limited to: mobility, visual, hearing, or speech impairments; mental illness, epilepsy, learning disability, brain injury, HIV /AIDS; arthritis, cerebral palsy, developmental disability, multiple sclerosis, and alcohol and/or drug addiction. The ADA/504 Self - Evaluation Questionnaire for King County Contractors will assist you in evaluating your organization or firm's services and activities to ensure they are accessible to persons with disabilities. If your organization or firm is out of compliance with any of the ADA/504 requirements, you must develop a Corrective Action Plan indicating the corrective actions which will be taken to bring you into compliance and the date by which these actions will be completed. Corrective action plans must be detailed on the ADA/504 Corrective Action Plan form. Once you have completed your organization or firm's ADA/504 Self - Evaluation Questionnaire and Corrective Action Plan, return the signed and notarized ADA/504 Assurance of Compliance and Corrective Action Plan to the contracting County department. Please keep your completed ADA/504 Self - Evaluation Questionnaire and a copy of the ADA/504 Assurance of Compliance and Corrective Action Plan for King County Contractors on file in your office for use during on -site reviews. You will be notified by King County's Office of Civil Rights and Compliance (OCRC) at least one week in advance of any scheduled review. If you have any questions regarding this process or need the ADA/504 Self- Evaluation Questionnaire and Corrective Action Plan for .King County Contractors in large print, audio cassette tape, or braille, please contact OCRC's ADA/504 Disability Compliance Specialist at (206)296 -7705 or (206)296 -7596 VITDD. • ADA/504 .CONTRACTORS PAGE 3 Contractor's Name: Contact Person: n! oy w.ix ca.�w.,r.ar. ADA/504 SELF - EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE Type of Service Provided: Human Services + Construction ArchitecturaV Engineering Number of Employees: Location of Business: Brief Description of Business: Contracting County Department: There are four major areas to consider when evaluating program and service accessibility: 1) General Requirements; 2) Program Access; 3) Equal Employment Opportunity; and 4) Physical Accessibility. In the following questions, "you ", "your organization or firm ", and "the Contractor" refer to the Contractor unless otherwise noted. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Phone T: Consultant w Purchased Services Concessions Other (explain) Please circle the appropriate answers. This questionnaire is kept in your files except for pages 8 - 11 which are the only pages returned with your contract. 1. If your organization or firm employs 15 or more employees do you have a designated ADA/504 coordinator.? YES • NO N/A If so, who? Name: Title: • Phone #: 2. Do you have an internal grievance procedure which incorporates due process standards and allows for quick and prompt solutions for any complaints based on noncompliance with ADA and 504? 'YES NO N/A ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 4 YES NO N/A 4. Has your organization or firm notified these individuals of your nondiscrimination policy? YES NO N/A 5. Does your organization or firm provide ongoing staff training to ensure that staff fully understand your policy of nondiscrimination on the basis of disability and can take all appropriate steps to facilitate the participation of individuals with disabilities in agency programs and activities, i.e. providing disability awareness training on an ongoing basis? YES NO N/A 3. Does your organization or firm have a policy that provides for taking initial continuing steps to notify participants, beneficiaries, applicants, and employees, including those with vision and hearing impairments and unions and professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements that your organization or firm does not discriminate on the basis of disability? . _.«_.«. .......N..rw.rm,mu,w.xm�'.r.tJ `.'tiN�'.B:'i•74'3i4k'S;; iflhS":. Nxtf&.'.- `;&�Ni'P.$�7iR'ff;Gi Nnea. awu..,,.. ............. ...�.....,......,.........w�e.: . Program Access 1. Does your organization or firm notify the public and other interested parties that agency meetings, board of director meetings, hearings, conferences, public appearances by elected officials, interviews, will be held in accessible locations and that auxiliary aids (sign language interpreters, readers) will be provided, upon request, to participants with disabilities? YES NO N/A 2. Does your organization or firm have a Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) or do you use the Washington Telecommunications Relay Service to facilitate communication with individuals who use TDDs for communication purposes? YES NO N/A 'YES ' NO N/A . 3. Does your organization or firm provide ongoing training to familiarize appropriate staff with the operation of TDD's and other effective means of communicating over the telephone with persons with disabilities. YES NO N/A 4. Does your organization or firm make available, upon request, written material in alternate formats for persons who are print - disabled? Examples include, but are not limited to: braille, audio cassette tapes, and large print: C C (;. C• C C. C. 1 . L . L L L s3' 3 ':. t d7' a� ?'i'l,`r5a" :asty:;,•sr.no, -� ADA/504 CONTRACTORS - PAGE 5 5. Are printed posters, announcements, and printed materials, including graphics, clearly legible and placed in physically accessible locations where small print can be read from a wheelchair? YES NO N/A Do you have different disability groups on your mailing list for the purposes of information dissemination? YES NO N/A 7. Is your TDD number and procedures for accessing your services printed on all material distributed to the public? YES NO N/A 8. Do you have a policy and procedure for safely evacuating persons with disabilities from your facility(s) during an emergency? YES NO N/A Employment and Reasonable Accommodation 1. When gathering affirmative action data regarding disabilities do you make it clear that; 1) the information requested is intended for use solely in connection with reporting requirements; 2) the information is voluntary; 3) the information will be kept confidential; and 4) refusal to provide or providing the information will not subject the applicant or employee to any adverse treatment? YES NO N/A 2. Does your organization or firm make' pre - employment inquiries or conduct pre - employment medical examinations? YES NO N/A 3. If so, is the inquiry related to the applicant's ability to perform the job? YES NO N/A 4. Does your organization or firm condition offers of employment on results of these examinations? YES NO N/A 5. Does your organization or firm require this examination for all employees in this job classification? YES NO N/A 6. Are all applicants in the same job classification asked the same medical and/or interview questions? YES NO N/A ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 6 7. Information obtained concerning the medical condition or history of an applicant must be keptseparate from personnel records and may be shared in only three ways: 1) supervisors and managers may be informed of restrictions on the work or duties of individuals with disabilities and informed of necessary accommodation(s); 2) first aid and safety personnel may be informed if the condition might require emergency treatment; *and 3) government officials investigating compliance with the ADA and 504 shall be provided with relevant information upon request. Does your organization or firm have a written policy stating the above? YES . NO N/A Physical Accessibility 8. Does your organization or firm make reasonable accommodation(s) to the known physical or mental limitations of otherwise qualified applicants or employees with disabilities? YES NO N/A After completing the "Quick Look" Barriers Checklist answer the following questions: t 1. Is the building(s) where your business located barrier free? YES NO N/A 2. If you checked no to any of the items on the checklist would these areas prevent a person from accessing your program(s) or service(s)? 3. If yes, describe on the Corrective Action Plan what steps will be taken to eliminate these barrier(s). If there are extenuating circumstances which would make barrier removal a financial or administrative burden please explain in the Corrective Action Plan. YES NO N/A 4 4 •...�.. •.�c. +r., ..,.i v, r F!.].. IYN. f.) JSfG x4•:. w: �f: Z .W:Fr*�L3Ld..::A:'Y.?r.'1: �r �...r.e�.w«�........... ."QUICK LOOK" BARRIERS CHECKLIST This checklist is designed to give businesses a quick appraisal of potential problem areas for accessibility. For detailed review standards contact the Access Board at 1- 800 -872 -2253 V/TDD and /or obtain a copy of the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG) for current specifications. ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 7 ITEM TO BE PERFORMED YES NO Building Access 1. Are 96" wide parking spaces designated with a 60" access aisle? 2. Are parking spaces near main building entrance? 3. Is there a "drop off" zone at building entrance? 4. Is the gradient from parking to building entrance 1:12 or less? 5. Is the entrance doorway at least 32 inches? 6. Is door handle easy to grasp? 7. Is door easy to open (less than 8Ibs. pressure)? 8. Are other than revolving doors available? Building Corridors 1. Is path of travel free of obstruction and wide enough for a wheelchair? 2. Is floor surface hard and not slippery? 3. Do obstacles (phones, fountains) protrude no more that four inches? 4. Are elevator controls low enough (48 ") to be reached from a wheelchair? 5. Are elevator marking in Braille for the blind? 6. Does elevator provide audible signals for the blind? 7. Does elevator interior provide a turning area of 51" for wheelchairs? Restrooms 1. Are restrooms near building entrance/personnel office? 2. Do doors have lever handles? 3. Are doors at least 32" wide? 4. Is restroom large enough for wheelchair turnaround (51" minimum)? 5. Are stall doors at lease 32" wide? 6. Are grab bars provided in toilet stalls? 7. Are sinks at least 30" high with room for a wheelchair to roll under? 8. Are sink handles easily reached and used? 9. Are soap dispensers, towels, no more than 48" from floor? Personnel Office 1. Are doors at least 32" wide? ., 2. Is the door easy to open? 3. Is the threshold no more than 1/2" high? 4. Is the path of travel between desk, tables wide enough for wheelchairs? 4 . h ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 8 ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE and CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN Complying with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, two federal laws which prohibit discrimination against qualified persons with disabilities. DEFINITIONS "CONTRACTOR" shall mean any contractor with King County Government, except for schools, universities, public entities, or those contractors supplying tangible goods and supplies. "CONTRACT" shall mean any contract, purchase order, or agreement, except for those contractors supplying tangible goods with King County Government, hereinafter called the County. "REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION" shall mean all efforts made too modify, change, or eliminate existing barriers denying persons with disabilities equal opportunity to benefit from the Contractor's programs, services or activities, except where to do so would cause an undue hardship or burden. "UNDUE HARDSHIP OR BURDEN" is determined on a case by case basis using the following criteria: (1) size of the Contractor's program(s) with respect to the number of employees, number and type(s) of facilities and the size of the budget; (2) the type of operation, including the composition and structure of the work force; and (3) the nature and cost of the accommodation(s) needed. "DISABILITY" is defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, (504) as anyone who has, has a history of, or is perceived as having a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. This can include, but is not limited to: mobility, visual, hearing, or speech impairments; mental illness, epilepsy, learning disability, brain injury, HIV /AIDS; arthritis, cerebral palsy, developmental disability, multiple sclerosis and alcohol and drug addiction. A. The undersigned Contractor understands that discrimination in public accommodation and employment based solely on disability is prohibited by federal, state and .local laws. In addition, the Contractor recognizes that Section 504 requires recipients of federal funds, be it direct or through subcontracting with a governmental entity receiving federal funds, to make their programs, services and activities, when viewed in their entirety, accessible to qualified and/or eligible persons with disabilities. The Contractor also recognizes that the ADA prohibits discrimination in public accommodation and employment based solely on disability regacdless of the funding source. The undersigned Contractor agrees that it and all subcontractors will comply with the ADA and 504 requirements. B. The undersigned Contractor has completed the ADA/504 SELF - EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE to determine if it is discriminating against persons with disabilities in the areas of program services; facility access, employment policies and procedures, outreach efforts, or the provision of reasonable accommodations) to qualified/eligible persons with disabilities. Reasonable accommodation is required in both program services and employment, except where to do so would cause an undue hardship or burden. ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE9 C. The undersigned Contractor has developed a CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN for ail areas that • are not in compliance with Section 504 and the ADA. D. The undersigned Contractor agrees to cooperate in any compliance review and to provide reasonable access to the premises of all places of business and employment, and to records, files, information and employees therein to King County's OCRC for reviewing compliance with Section 504 and ADA requirements. E. The undersigned Contractor agrees that any violation of the specific provisions and terms of the ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE and/or CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN required herein and Section 504 and the ADA, shall be deemed a breach of a material provision of the contract between the County and the Contractor. Such a breach shall be grounds for cancellation, termination or suspension, in whole or in part, of the contract by the County or disqualification of the Contractor in future contracts. F. According to my responses to the questions in the ADA/504 SELF - EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE (company name) is in compliance with the ADA and 504 . YES NO G. If no, the following corrective actions will be taken: Corrective Action Plan General Requirements: Actions to be taken: Completion Date Program Access: Actions to be taken: Completion Date asp+ s; ra�iif4t:.?. F, �1 ^.`u�iJifti>'ci#$#'Y1k,1��E�S' ,' P ' ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 10 Employment and Reasonable Accommodation: Actions to be taken: Physical Accessibility: Actions to be taken: Completion Date Prepared by: Title: Date: Contractor Name: Address: City State Completion Date Contract #: Zip Address: Contractor: ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 11 I Declare Under Penalty of Perjury Under the Laws of theitate of Washington that the Foregoing is True and Correct. Street City State Zip Contact Person: Phone: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: Name: Title: SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO before me this day of King County Notary Public in and for,the State of Company /Organization Name 19 residing at RECEIVED by: Date Phone • Phone: ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 12 DISABILITY RESOURCE LIST This.resource list is included for information ourooses. King. County does not endorse one ag.encv over the other. This list is also not inclusive of all the disability resources available. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Northwest Disability Business Technical Assistance Center (information ADA) Washington Coalition of Citizens with disAbilities (WCCD) (information /referral, employment, physical access reviews) Barrier Free Design Assistance Easter Seal Society (physical access reviews, housing referral) Washington Coalition of Citizens with disAbilities (WCCD) (information /referral, employment, physical access reviews) Blind/Visually Disabled Washington Talking Book and Braille Library (braille services and talking books) Community Services for the Blind and Partially Sighted (Information /referral, adaptive equipment store) Department of Services for the Blind (information /referral, employment services) Deaf /Hard of Hearing Interpreter Referral Service (schedules sign language interpreters) Community Services for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing (information /referral, advocacy and independent living services) Hearing, Speech and Deafness Center (information /referral, adaptive equipment store) Washington Telecommunications Relay Service Disability Parking —How to obtain application Local Department of Licensing Offices King County Licensing and Regulatory Services Division State Department of Licensing Employment Agencies Department of Services for the Blind (employment services for persons who have a vision disability) Division of Vocational Rehabilitation (employment services, training) Washington Coalition of Citizens with disAbilities (WCCD) (information/referral, employment; physical access reviews) Resource Center for the Handicapped (employment services, training programs) r 1- 800 -435 -7232 ( V/TDD) 206 461-4550 (V/TDD) 206 -5700 V/TDD) 206 - 461 -4550 ( V/TDD) 206 -464 -6930 (V/TDD) 206 - 525 -5556 (V) 206 - 721 -4422 ( V/TDD) 206 - 322 -5551 ( V/TDD) 206 - 322 -4996 ( V/TD 206 - 323 -5770 ( V/TDD) 1- 800 - 833 -6388 (TDD) 1-800- 833 -6384 (V) 206 - 296 -4001 1-800- 642 -517= 206 -721 -4422 (V/TD D) 206 - 720 -3200 ( V/TDD) 206 - 461 -4550 (V/TDD) 206 - 362 -2273 (V/TDD) ADA/504 CONTRACTORS PAGE 13 Accessible Transportation Rich's Northwest Mobility Services (van modifications, hand controls) Mobility Systems (van modifications, hand controls) Housing Housing and Urban Development Easter Seal Society (physical access reviews, housing referral) Information and Referral Washington Coalition of Citizens with disAbilities (NA/CCD)' (information /referral, employment, physical access reviews) dellaVomts\seifeval.que revised 1/95 206. 481 -6546 (V) 206 - 863 -4744 (V) 1-800 -795 -7915 (V) 1800- 927 -9275 (V/TDD) 206 -3700 (V/TDD) 206- 461 -4550 (V/TDD) ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE . and CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN Complying with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, two federal laws which prohibit discrimination against qualified persons with disabilities. DEFINITIONS "CONTRACTOR" shall mean any contractor with King County Government, except those contractors supplying tangible goods and supplies. "CONTRACT' shall mean any contract, purchase order, or agreement, except those for tangible goods and supplies, with King County Government, hereinafter called the County. "REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION' shall mean all efforts made too modify, change, or eliminate existing barriers denying persons with disabilities equal opportunity to benefit from the Contractor's programs, services or activities, except where to do so would cause an undue hardship or burden. 'UNDUE HARDSHIP OR BURDEN' is determined on a case by case basis using the following criteria: (1) size of the Contractor's program(s) with respect to the number of employees, number and type(s) of facilities and the size of the budget, (2) the type of operation. including the composition and structure of the work force, and (3),the nature and cost of the accommodation(s) needed. 'DISABILITY" is defined in Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, (Section 504) and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) as anyone who has, has a history of, or is perceived as having a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits • one or more major life activities. This can include, but is not limited to: mobility, visual, hearing, or speech impairments; mental illness, epilepsy, learning disability, brain injury, HIV /AIDS; arthritis, cerebral palsy, developmental disability, multiple sclerosis and alcohol and drug addiction. A. The undersigned Contractor understands that discrimination in public accommodation and employment based solely on disability is prohibited by federal, state and local laws. In addition, the Contractor recognizes that Section 504 requires recipients of federal funds, be it direct or through subcontracting with a governmental entity receiving federal funds, to make their programs, services and activities, when viewed in their entirety, accessible to qualified and/or eligible persons with disabilities. The Contractor also recognizes that the ADA prohibits discrimination in public accommodation and employment based solely on disability regardless of the funding source. The undersigned Contractor agrees that it and•all subcontractors will comply with Section 504 and the ADA requirements. B. • The undersigned Contractor has completed the ADA/504 SELF EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE to determine if it is discriminating against persons with disabilities in the areas of program services, facility access, employment policies and procedures, outreach efforts, or the provision of reasonable accommodation(s) to qualified/eligible persons with disabilities. Reasonable accommodation is required in both program services and employment, except where to do- so would cause an undue hardship or burden. ' ................. .....- .- ..�......+.+•u.�r.urteaa wri+...�MAYnrJnNMA]R.'4tMYYiYt XNCSI.IM'T'SDf�'d�"i%*1J ADA/504 Disability Assurance of Compliance.. Corrective Action Plan Page 2 YES NO Corrective Action Plan D. The undersigned Contractor agrees to. cooperate in any compliance review and to provide reasonable access to the premises of all places of business and employment, and to records, files, information employees. therein to King County's OCRC for reviewing compliance with , Section 504 and ADA requirements. E. The undersigned Contractor agrees that any violation of the specific provisions and terms of the ADA/504 DISABILITY ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE and/or. CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN herein and Section 504 and the ADA, shall be ' ADA/504 Disability Assurance of Compliance Corrective Action Plan Page 3 Employment and Reasonable Accommodation: Actions to be taken: Physical Accessibility: Completion Date Actions to be taken: Completion Date Prepared by: Title: _ Date: Contractor. Name: Contract #: Address: City State . Zip I Declare Under Penalty of Perjury Under the Laws of the State of Washington that the Foregoing is True and Correct. Contractor: Address: Street City • State Zip Contact Person: Phone: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: Name: • Phone: Type or Print Title: SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO before me this day of 19 Notary Public in and for the State of residing at REVIEWED by King County: Date Phone # Revised 4/92 Company/Organization Name Ms" if 1,4o,tywy 4,4p, t 4.12 WARRANTY OF TITLE 22 PART 5 — LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE 5.01 LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION 22 $ 5.02 INSURANCE 23 5.03 DAMAGE TO WORK 26 5.04 LITIGATION EXPENSES 26 PART 6 — PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 6.01 NOTICE TO PROCEED 26 6.02 CONTRACT TIME 27 6.03 SUSPENSION PROCEDURES 29 6.04 TERMINATION PROCEDURES 29 6.05 POSSESSION AND USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS OF THE WORK 31 PART 7 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7.01 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR 31 4- 7.02 CHANGE ORDERS 34 et,. 7.03 CHARGES TO CONTRACTOR .37 7.04 COMPENSATION TO KING COUNTY FOR TIME EXTENSION 37 7.05 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK .37 7.06 LITIGATION DELAY COSTS 38 PART 8 — SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 4 ' Y 8.01 DAMAGES FOR DELAY 38 �tY 8.02 ABNORMAL WEATHER CONDITIONS 38 4, `" 8.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS AND AUDIT 39 8.04 RECYCLED PRODUCT PROCUREMENT POLICY 40 ,v PART 9 — REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 9.01 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE DURING WORK 40 9.02 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS DURING WORK 41 9.03 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORTS DURING WORK 41 9.04 SANCTIONS FOR NON - COMPLIANCE 42 9.05 APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM 42 ATTACHMENT A PREVAILING MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES ESTABLISHED BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES 44 T/M2 -96 0071041 TABLE OF CONTENTS ri t T/M2 -96 SECTION 00710 C.. GENERAL CONDITIONS C PART 1— GENERAL (L' 1.01 DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS Where used in the Contract Documents, the following words and terms shall have the meanings C. indicated. The meanings shall be applicable to the singular, plural, masculine, feminine and neuter of the words and terms. Acceptance. Formal action of King County in determining that the Contractor's work has been completed in accordance with the Contract. Act of Nature. A cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, such as an earthquake, flood or cyclone. Abnormal weather conditions as described in paragraph 00710 -8.02 will be construed as an act of Nature. Addenda. Written additions, deletions, clarifications, interpretations, modifications or corrections to the C. Contract Documents issued by King County during the bidding period and prior to the date and time established for submittal of bids. Bid. The offer of a bidder submitted on the prescribed Bid Form and including the Bidding Schedule, bid guaranty, M /WBE, EEO and subcontractor statements, qualifications information, and all other forms and documentation required by the Contract Documents. Bidder. Individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or a combination thereof, including joint venturers, submitting a bid to perform the work. (. Bid Price. Offer of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price or prices for the work to be performed. Change Order. Written order issued by King County, with or without notice to sureties, making changes in the work within the scope of this Contract. Completion. Fulfillment of all the terms and conditions of the contract as evidenced by passing final inspection with no defects or omissions noted. Contract Documents or Contract. The writings and drawings embodying the legally binding obligations ( between King County and the Contractor for completion of the work. The Contract or Contract Documents (terms used interchangeably) includes the following parts: Part A — Bidding Requirements and General Conditions Part B — Technical Specifications Part C — Contract Drawings Part D — Addenda C Change Orders Contract Drawings or Drawings. The drawings included in the Contract plus those prepared by King County and the Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Contract. They include: 1. Drawings in Part C of the Contract; 2. Drawings issued by addenda; 3. Drawings submitted by the Contractor to King County during the progress of the work either as attachments to change orders or as non - modifying supplements to drawings in Part C; and, 4. Drawings submitted by King County to the Contractor during the progress of the work either as attachments to change orders or as explanatory supplements to drawings in Part C. C 00710 -1 GENERAL CONDITIONS May. Refers to permissive actions. Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle or Municipality or Owner. Effective January 1, 1994, by operation of law, the Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle was consolidated into King County, a home rule charter county of the state of Washington. Any references in these Contract Documents to "Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle ", "Municipality", "Metro ", or "Owner" refer to King County. Paragraph. For reference or citation purposes, paragraph shall refer to the paragraph, or paragraphs, called out by section number and alphanumeric designator. For example, this definition is found in paragraph 00710 -1.01; permits and licenses are discussed in paragraph 00710 -1.05 B. Person. Includes individuals, associations, firms, companies, corporations, partnerships, and joint ventures. Proposed Work Change or P W C. A written document issued by the Engineer to the Contractor identifying contemplated changes in the work and requesting a price and /or schedule proposal from the Contractor; such a request shall not be interpreted or construed to constitute a change order. Provide. Furnish and install, complete in place, without additional charge. T/M2 -96 00710 -2 GENERAL CONDITIONS 41; Contract Price. Amount payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract based on the lump sum prices, unit prices, or combination thereof, on the Bidding Schedule, with adjustments made in accordance with the Contract. Contract Time. Number of calendar days and /or the intermediate and final completion dates stated in the Contract for the completion of the work. Contracts Manager. Manager of the Professional and Construction Services Division in the King County Department of Finance. Designated by King County to act on behalf of King County for specific matters relating to this Contract. Contractor. The individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or combination thereof, ‘`p including joint venturers, contracting with King County for the performance of the work. Contractor's Plant and Equipment. Equipment, material, supplies, and all other items, except labor, brought onto the site by the Contractor to carry out the work, but not to be incorporated in the work. §. Contractor's Representative. The individual designated in writing by the Contractor to act on its behalf under this Contract. Day. Calendar day, unless otherwise specified. Direct. Action of King County by which the Contractor is ordered to perform or refrain from performing work under the Contract. Directive. Written documentation of the actions of King County in directing the Contractor. Engineer. The employee(s) designated in writing by the Executive Director to act as the Director's representative at the construction site and to perform construction inspection services and administrative functions relating to this Contract. Furnish. To supply and deliver any item, equipment or material to the job site or other specified location. Herein. Refers to the Contract. Install. Placing, erecting, or constructing complete in place any item, equipment, or material. King County. A home rule charter county of the state of Washington. King County Executive. The chief executive officer of King County who has all executive powers not expressly vested by the King County Charter in other elective offices. Other employees of King County may be authorized in writing by the Executive to act on the Executive's behalf for specific matters relating to this Contract. Punch List. List prepared by the Engineer identifying items of work which are incomplete or not in conformance with the Contract. Reference Documents. Reports and drawings, if any, available to bidders for information and reference in preparing bids but not as part of the Contract. RCW. Means the Revised Code of Washington. Shall or Will. Whenever used to stipulate anything, shall or will means mandatory by either the Contractor or King County, as applicable, and means that the Contractor or King County, as applicable, has thereby entered into a covenant with the other party to do or perform the same. Shown. Refers to information presented on the Contract Drawings, with or without reference to such Drawings. Specifications or Technical Specifications. Part B of the Contract consisting of written descriptions of the technical features of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship and installation. Specify. Refers to information described, shown, noted, indicated or presented in any manner in any part of the Contract. Subcontractor. The individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or joint venture entering into an agreement with the Contractor or another subcontractor to perform a specific part of the work covered by this Contract. Submittals. Information which is submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the Technical Specifications. WAC. Means the state of Washington Administrative Code. Work. Refers to the labor, materials, equipment, supplies, services, and other items necessary for the execution, completion and fulfillment of this Contract by the Contractor to the satisfaction of King County. 1.02 JOINT VENTURE CONTRACTOR In the event the Contractor is a joint venture of two or more contractors, the grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, power, privileges and liabilities of the Contract shall be construed and held to be several as well as joint. Any notice, order, direction, request or any communication required to be or that may be given by King County to the Contractor under this Contract, shall be well and suffich ntly given to all persons being the Contractor if given to any one or more of such joint venture contractors. Any notice, request or other communication given by any one of such joint venture contractors to King County under this Contract shall be deemed to have been given by and shall bind all joint venture contractors being the Contractor. In the event of the dissolution of the joint venture Contractor, King County shall have the unqualified right to select which joint venture partner, if any, shall continue with the work under this Contract, and such selected partner shall assume all liabilities, obligations, rights and benefits of the Contractor under this Contract. Such dissolution of the joint venture shall not be effected without prior consultation with King County. In the event of failure or inability of either joint venture partner to continue performance under this Contract, the other joint venture partner shall perform all services and work and assume all liabilities, obligations, rights and benefits to the Contractor under this Contract. Such determination of failure or inability to continue performance shall not be effected without prior consultation with King County. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed or interpreted to limit King County's rights under this Contract or by law to determine whether the Contractor or either joint venture partner thereof has performed within the terms of this Contract. 1.03 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS A. SUCCESSORS' OBLIGATIONS The grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, powers, privileges and liabilities contained in the Contract shall be read and held as made by and with, and granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor and King County and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. A surety under the Performance and Payment Bond electing to complete the work in the event of a default, termination or other failure of the Contractor to perform the work, will comply fully with all Contract requirements. T/M2 -96 00710 - GENERAL CONDITIONS B. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contract shall not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of King County. To the maximum extent permitted by law, involuntary assignment of the Contract caused by the Contractor being adjudged bankrupt, assignment of the Contract for the benefit of Contractor's creditors or appointment of a receiver on account of Contractor's insolvency shall be considered as a failure to comply with the provisions of the Contract and subject to the termination provisions contained herein. C. WAIVER OF RIGHTS BY KING COUNTY Except as herein provided, no action or want of action on the part of King County at any time with respect to the exercise of any rights or remedies conferred upon it under this Contract shall be deemed to be a waiver on the part of King County of any of its rights or remedies. No waiver shall be effective against King County except an express waiver in writing. No waiver of one right or remedy by King County shall act as a waiver of any other right or remedy or as a subsequent waiver of the same right or remedy. D. AMENDMENT OF GENERAL CONDITIONS After award of this Contract, these general conditions may be amended only by change order under paragraph 00710 -7.02. 1.04 LABOR STANDARDS A. WAGES OF EMPLOYEES 1. General. This Contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 RCW (as amended or supplemented). The Contractor, each subcontractor and other person doing any work under this Contract shall pay laborers, workers and mechanics not less than the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state of Washington where such labor is performed. Wages and benefits higher than the minimums required by law may be paid. In the event rates of wages and benefits change while this Contract is in force, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such changes and shall have no claim against King County on account of such changes. 2. Prevailing Rates of Wages. All determinations of the prevailing rate of wage shall be made by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries of the state of Washington. The state schedule of prevailing wage rates applicable to this Contract is set forth in Attachment A to this Section 00710. If employing labor in a class not listed in such schedule, the Contractor shall request the industrial statistician to determine the correct wage rate for that class and locality. 3. Disputes. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the state of Washington and said director's decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 4. Posting Notices. Except as provided otherwise in Chapter 39.12 RCW, the Contractor, each subcontractor and other person required to pay the prevailing rate of wage shall post in a location(s) readily visible to workers at the job site: (1) a copy of the statement of intent to pay prevailing wages approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries under RCW 39.12.040; and (2) the address and telephone number of the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. 5. Apprentices. Apprentice workers employed hereunder for whom an apprenticeship agreement has been registered and approved with the state apprenticeship council pursuant to Chapter 49.04 RCW must be paid at least the prevailing hourly rate for an apprentice for that trade. Any worker for whom an apprenticeship agreement has not been registered and approved by the state apprenticeship council shall be considered to be a fully qualified journeyworker, and, therefore, shall be paid at the prevailing hourly rate for journeyworkers. 6. Required Documents. Pursuant to Chapter 39.12 RCW, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit the following documents to King County: T/M2 -96 00710 -4 GENERAL CONDITIONS L a. Before payment is made by King County, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" which has been approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. b. With each request for payment, the Contractor shall submit a statement that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" filed with King County. c. Following acceptance of the work and before funds retained according to RCW 60.28.010 are released to the Contractor, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit an "Affidavit of Wages Paid" which has been approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. Any fees charged by the Department of Labor and Industries for filing the 'Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and the "Affidavit of Wages Paid" shall be paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor, as applicable; if, for any reason, King County pays such fees, then the Contractor shall be charged the amounts thereof. 7. Audits. King County may inspect or audit the Contractor's wage and payroll records at any time while the Contract is in force and for at least three years after the date of final acceptance. The Contractor shall maintain such records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that wage and payroll records of all its subcontractors and agents shall be open to similar inspection and auditing for the same period of time. King County will give the Contractor reasonable notice of the starting date if an audit will begin more than 60 days after the date of acceptance of work. B. WORKER'S BENEH1S The Contractor shall make all payments required for unemployment compensation under Title 50 RCW and for industrial insurance and medical aid required under Title 51 RCW. The Contractor shall also obey all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations establishing safety standards for the protection of employees. If any payment required by Title 50 or Title 51 is not made when due, King County may retain such payments from any money due the Contractor and pay the same into the appropriate fund. The Public Works Contract Division of the Department of Labor and Industries will provide the Contractor with applicable industrial insurance and medical aid classification and premium rates. Before release of any funds retained according to RCW 60.28.010, the Contractor shall complete a "Request for Release" form and submit such form to the Department of Labor and Industries for approval for the purpose of obtaining a release with respect to the payments of industrial insurance and medical aid premiums. Such approved form shall be submitted to the Engineer. C. HOURS OF LABOR The Contractor shall comply with Chapter 49.28 RCW. Failure of the Contractor to perform the work in accordance with this policy of the state of Washington shall be deemed a failure on its part to comply with the provisions of this Contract within the meaning of paragraph 00710 -6.04. D. SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS, OVERTIME, SHIFT AND TIDE WORK Within ten days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of working hours, including overtime, shift and tide work, to the Engineer for approval. Such schedule shall take into account applicable governmental laws, regulations and permits and shall comply with any other work hour constraints set forth in the Specifications. The schedule approved by the Engineer shall be effective during the performance of work under this Contract. If allowed by such laws, regulations, permits and constraints, the Contractor may work hours other than those on the approved schedule ( "unscheduled hours ") but will be responsible for paying King County's overtime inspection costs unless the Contractor obtains the Engineer's concurrence at least 72 hours prior to working unscheduled hours. If the Contractor works unscheduled hours and /or if the Contractor did not obtain the Engineer's concurrence at least 72 hours prior to the start of unscheduled work, the Contractor shall be liable for the costs of King County's overtime inspection at the rate of $45 for each hour or portion thereof for each person performing such inspection for and on behalf of King County. The Contractor agrees that King County will deduct overtime inspection charges from payments due the Contractor. In the event of a change order requiring the Contractor to work unscheduled hours, the Contractor will not be charged for King County's overtime inspection costs. T/M2 -96 00710-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.05 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS A. GENERAL The Contractor shall perform all work hereunder in full compliance with the terms and Headings to parts, divisions, sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs and forms are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Contract. 1.07 SUBCONTRACTORS Subcontractors to the Contractor will not be recognized as having a direct relationship with King County, nor are subcontractors intended or incidental third -party beneficiaries to this Contract. The persons.engaged in the work, including employees of subcontractors and suppliers, will be considered employees of the Contractor and their work shall be subject to the provisions of the Contract. T/M2 -96 00710- GENERAL CONDITIONS This Contract is between King County and the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for performing all work shown on the Drawings and described in all sections of the Specifications. The Contract Documents have not been written with the intent of, and King County shall not be a party to, defining the division of work between the Contractor and its subcontractors. The Contractor with its own organization shall perform work amounting to at least 33 percent of the original Contract Price. Before computing this percentage, however, the Contractor may subtract from the original Contract Price the costs of portions of the work to be subcontracted work that are designated herein, or approved by the Engineer, as specialty items. No work shall be subcontracted without written consent of the Engineer; provided, written consent shall not be required for subcontractors identified by the Contractor as part of its bid to perform the work under this Contract if King County did not object to such subcontractors; and, provided further, written consent shall not be required for a subcontractor whose subcontract amount is less than three percent of the Contract Price or less than $250,000, whichever is the lesser amount. Each request to subcontract shall be on the form the Engineer provides. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide documentation that the proposed subcontractor is experienced and equipped to do the subcontract work. The subcontractor shall be properly licensed, registered or certified, as applicable to perform the assigned work. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to comply with all provisions of this Contract pertinent to the subcontract work, including minority and women business enterprise participation and affirmative action in employment. Consent to subcontract any portion of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for performance of the Contract. Subcontracting shall create no contract between King County and the subcontractor, nor shall the subcontractor have any rights against King County by reason of its subcontract with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work and material furnished, and no subcontract shall in any case release the Contractor of its obligations or liability under this Contract and the Performance and Payment Bond. Before payment on each monthly partial payment request and the final payment, the Contractor shall submit the affidavits identifying amounts paid to and owed to, as applicable, minority and women business enterprises as required by paragraph 00710 -9.01 herein. If dissatisfied with any part of the subcontracted work, the Engineer may request in writing that the subcontractor be removed. The Contractor shall comply with this request at once, shall not employ the subcontractor for any further work under the Contract, and shall have no claim whatsoever against King County on account of such removal. 1.08 DISRUPTIONS CAUSED BY LABOR OR OTHER DISPUTES The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent all disputes arising from the presence of or the performance of work by the Contractor and any of its subcontractors or suppliers from: (1) disrupting the work under this Contract; (2) interfering with access to King County's property by King County, including its agents, representatives, employees and officials; (3) interfering with access and work by any other contractors engaged in construction activities; and, (4) interfering with access to property by members of the public. If such a dispute disrupts the work under this Contract or interferes in any way with access to King County's property or to the site of the work by any persons, the Contractor shall promptly and expeditiously take all reasonable actions to eliminate or minimize such disruption or interference, including but not limited to: (1) utilizing all reasonable means to prevent all unlawful conduct or picketing, and restricting all lawful picketing or other activities to a single entrance to the property or site of the work; (2) posting notices or signs which advise interested persons and labor organizations that a particular entrance to the property or site of the work is for the employees of "primary" or, as the case may be, "neutral" employers; (3) policing entrances to ensure that only authorized personnel use the entrances; (4) notifying all interested labor organizations of the "primary" or "neutral" status of particular entrances; (5) upon request of King County, altering or rerouting the access to the site; and (6) in the event of any such picketing or activity is unlawful or has a secondary impact upon the employees of neutral employers, promptly and expeditiously taking appropriate action to seek recourse through the appropriate governmental agency or state or federal courts to limit the location of such picketing or activity so as to reduce the impact thereof upon neutral employers. T/M2 -96 00710-7 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.09 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any of the Contract Documents, the conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved upon the governing document. The hierarchy of the documents is listed below, with each document governing over those listed below it: 1. Change Orders 2. Part D — Addenda 3. Part A — Bidding Requirements and General Conditions 4. Part B — Technical Specifications 5. Part C — Contract Drawings 1.10 INTENT OF CONTRACT The intent of the Contract is to prescribe a complete work. The Contractor shall provide, coordinate and supervise all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies and incidentals required to complete all work in compliance with the requirements of the Contract. The Contract Price, whether lump sum or unit prices or a combination thereof, shall be full pay for all work and materials required to fully complete the Contract work. 1.11 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL PRESERVATION The Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements set forth in Chapter 27.53 RCW entitled Archaeological Sites and Resources. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer if any artifacts, skeletal remains or other archaeological resources (as defined under RCW 27.53.040) are unearthed during excavation or otherwise discovered on the site of the work. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any construction activity which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would be in violation of Chapter 27.53 T/M2 -96 00710-8 GENERAL CONDITIONS fr King County will cooperate with the Contractor to accomplish the foregoing actions and will render assistance as may be in the best interests of King County. However, King County shall have the right, without providing additional compensation to the Contractor, to direct the Contractor to modify any of the foregoing actions the Contractor has taken or plans to take or to overrule such actions, to designate the entrances to be used as "primary" or "neutral" entrances, and to take appropriate legal action in order to protect King County's property and interests. Neither the failure of King County to request that the Contractor take a specific action nor �► the exercise by King County of its rights hereunder shall modify or constitute a defense to or waiver of the obligations imposed upon the Contractor in this paragraph. Failure by the Contractor to take the actions described above or to comply with the directives of King County shall be considered a material breach of this Contract and King County shall have all rights provided by law and in this Contract for such breach. In any event, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall be liable for and shall defend, indemnify, save and hold harmless King County and its agents, representatives, employees and officials from: (1) all claims, suits, or actions brought against King County by any third g ga' g ty y y party (including, but not limited to, contractors, licensees and invitees of King County), including the costs of the same and attorney's and k< consultant's fees, which claims, suits, actions, damages or costs are caused in whole or in part by any dispute which disrupts the work hereunder or otherwise interferes with access to King County property; (2) all damages sustained by King County, including but not limited to the costs incurred by King County in relocating or rerouting access to King County property and for taking other actions required to maintain the uninterrupted progress of work under this Contract or other contracts and the uninterrupted operations of King County facilities; and (3) all extra costs incurred by King County in administering this Contract, including attorney's and consultant's fees, arising from such disruptions or interference. The term "dispute" as used in this paragraph 00710 -1.08 includes labor - related and non labor - related disputes, whether or not the person or other entities involved in the dispute have an employment relationship with either the Contractor or King County. Examples of such disputes include, but are not limited to, informational or other picketing, and all other forms of concerted or nonconcerted activity. King County shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor all of the attorney's fees and costs incurred by King County in establishing or enforcing King County's right to indemnity under this paragraph 00710 -1.08. RCW. The suspension of work shall remain in effect until permission to proceed has been obtained by the Engineer from the State Historic Preservation Officer or private landowner, as applicable. 1.12 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW in the performance of this work. By submitting a bid for and entering into this Contract, the Contractor has thereby assured King County that the Contractor has knowledge of, understands and will comply with the provisions and requirements of Chapter 90.48 RCW, including any regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall also perform its work in compliance with water pollution control requirements as may be set forth in this Contract and as may be a part of any permit or other authorization issued or obtained for this Contract. 1.13 RIGHTS OF WAY All rights of way to be provided by King County for use by the Contractor and for the completed work shall be set forth in the Specifications and may be shown on the Drawings. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within the identified rights of way, unless the Contractor makes arrangements for use of additional public and /or private property and complies with this paragraph 00710 -1.13. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements set forth in such rights of way documents and in the Contract applicable to the performance of work hereunder. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer of the dates of commencement and completion of work on each right of way provided by King County. If the Contractor fails to diligently prosecute and complete the work on each such right of way and, as a result of such failure, King County becomes obligated to pay additional amounts for the use of such right of way, the Contractor shall be charged such additional costs in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.03. Upon completion of use of each right of way, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a written release signed by such owner, or authorized agent therefor, stating that the owner has no claims whatsoever against King County on account of the Contractor's use of such right of way. Such release shall be on the form set forth in the Specifications. If the Contractor makes arrangements for use of such additional public and /or private property, the Contractor, prior to using such property, shall provide the Engineer with written permission of the owner, or duly authorized agent of such owner, for such use. Upon completion of use of such property, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a written release signed by such owner or authorized agent therefor stating that the owner has no claims whatsoever against King County on account of the Contractor's use of such property. Such release shall be on the form set forth in the Specifications. The Contractor shall save King County harmless from all suits and legal proceedings of every kind and description that might result from use of or damage to rights of way and public and /or private property by the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, resolutions or directives relating to its use of public rights or way, streets or highways; and its use of same shall not disturb the rights and property of adjacent property owners. 1.14 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION PLAN If and as required in the Specifications, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a plan by which the Contractor and its subcontractors shall ensure all environmental mitigation requirements shall be complied with during performance of the work under this Contract. The plan shall specifically address each such requirement. Failure to submit a complete environmental mitigation plan may result in suspension of work; delays, if any, resulting therefrom shall be considered avoidable delays, and additional costs, if any, resulting therefrom shall be borne by the Contractor. Preparation of such a plan and compliance with all environmental mitigation requirements shall be deemed incidental to the work under this Contract and all costs therefor shall be included in the Contract Price. 1.15 COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS The Engineer will not approve payments for portions of the work not performed in full compliance with provisions of the Contract, laws, ordinances, resolutions, regulations, permits and /or easements and will withhold such payments to the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 00710- 7.01C.2. T/M2 -96 007109 GENERAL CONDTIIONS PART 2 -- KING COUNTY - CONTRACTOR RELATIONS The Contractor shall be responsible, and have no claim whatsoever against King County, for all costs and effects of delays resulting or arising from suspension and /or stop work orders issued by the Engineer and /or any governmental authority as a result of incidents of non - compliance by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors and suppliers. 1.16 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND NON - COMPETITIVE PRACTICES Consistent with King County Code of Ethics, the Contractor agrees as follows: A. CONFLICT OF INTEREST The Contractor, by entering into this Contract with King County to perform or provide work, services or materials, has thereby covenanted that it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest, and that it shall not acquire any such interest, which conflicts in any manner or degree with the work, services or materials required to be performed and /or provided under this Contract and that it shall not employ any person or agent having any such interest. In the event that the Contractor or its agents, employees or representatives acquires such a conflict of interest, it shall immediately disclose such interest to King County and take action immediately to eliminate the conflict or to withdraw from this Contract, as King County may require. B. CONTINGENT FEES AND GRATUITIES The Contractor, by entering into this Contract with King County to perform or provide work, services or materials, has thereby covenanted: 1. That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated agents or representatives of the Contractor has been or will be employed or retained to solicit or secure this Contract with an agreement or understanding that a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee may be paid; and 2. That no gratuities, in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, have been or will be offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or representatives, to any official, member or employee of King County or other governmental agency with a view toward securing this Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending thereof, or the making of any determination with respect to the performance of this Contract. C. PENALTIES Contractors are advised that Section 3.04.060 of King County Code authorizes criminal liability, and civil penalties, including the cancellation of current contracts and disqualification from bidding for a two - year period, for any person who violates Section 3.04.060 of King County Code. 2.01 AUTHORITY OF KING COUNTY A. GENERAL King County, acting through the King County Executive and the Engineer, shall be the sole judge of the work and materials with respect to both quantity and quality as set forth in the Contract. It is expressly stipulated that the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents set forth the requirements as to the nature of the completed work and do not purport to control the means or method of performing work except in those instances where the nature of the completed work is dependent on the method of performance. King County Executive will designate the Engineer and notify the Contractor in writing. B. AUTHORITY OF KING COUNTY EXECUTIVE 1. General. The King County Executive shall act on behalf of King County on change orders, extensions in time, progress payments, contract interpretation and administrative decisions, acceptability of the Contractor's work, early possession, assessment of damages and all other matters related to administration of this Contract. 2. Change Orders. The King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee shall accept or reject change orders. T/M2 -96 00710-10 GENERAL CONDITIONS A 4 3. Progress Payments. The King County Executive shall accept or reject requests for progress payments which have been submitted by the Contractor and recommended by the Engineer. 4. Contract Decisions. Should the Contractor disagree with the Engineer's decision with 4 respect to the Contract, the Contractor may request that the King County Executive review the Engineer's decision and make a determination on behalf of King County in the manner provided under paragraph 00710 - 2.04 G.2. 5. Acceptability of Work. The King County Executive shall make determinations of the acceptability of the work. The King County Executive also shall accept or reject the Engineer's recommendations regarding retention of defective work as provided in paragraph 00710 -4.09. 6. Early Possession. The King County Executive shall determine whether to take early possession in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.05. 7. Assessment of Damages. The King County Executive shall determine amounts to be $. assessed as damages hereunder. C. AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER 1. General. The Engineer is the construction site representative of King County. The King Q, County Executive has delegated the authority to the Engineer to make decisions regarding questions which may arise as to the quality or acceptability of materials and work furnished, the manner of performance and the rate of progress of the work under the Contract. The Engineer interprets the intent and meaning of the Contract and makes decisions with respect to the Contractor's fulfillment of the Contract and the Contractor's entitlement to compensation. The Contractor shall look initially to the Engineer in matters relating to compliance with Contract requirements. The Engineer's decisions are subject to review by the King County Executive in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.2. 2. Inspection of Construction. The Engineer and its designated representative(s) shall have access to the work and to the site of the work and to the places where work is being prepared or where materials, supplies, equipment, machinery and other items are being obtained for the work. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide the assistance necessary for obtaining such access, and shall provide information related to the inspection of construction. Absence of such access or information, as and when needed, will result in the non - acceptance of the work. 3. Change Orders. The Engineer has the authority to initiate and approve change orders, subject to review by the King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee. 4. Progress Payments. The Engineer has the authority to process payment requests (. submitted by the Contractor and recommend payment in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02. 5. Possession. The Engineer has the authority to recommend the taking possession by King County of completed portions of the work, in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.05. D. USE OF CONTRACTOR'S PLANT AND EQUIPMENT King County shall have the right to make use of the Contractor's plant and equipment for the performance of work at the site. King County agrees that such use of plant and equipment will be considered as L extra work and paid for accordingly, unless such use is necessary to protect or preserve the work from damage threatened or caused by acts of Nature or Contractor breach of contract. 2.02 AUTHORITY OF CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor shall in writing notify the Engineer of the name of the Contractor's Representative. The Contractor's Representative shall supervise the work to ensure that the Contractor carries out the provisions of the Contract and provides all necessary supplies, services, materials, equipment, tools and labor without delay. The Contractor's Representative shall have the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters relating to this Contract unless King County is advised in writing of limitations on said authority. The Contractor shall provide full -time supervision whenever its employees, subcontractors or suppliers are performing work under this Contract. C C T/M2 -96 00710-11 GENERAL CONDITIONS C r T/M2 -96 B. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES The Contractor shall actively supervise and direct the work at all times. The Contractor shall the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, except in those instances where the Contract Documents, to define the quality or sequencing of an item of work, specify a means, method, technique, sequence or procedure for construction of that item of work. k ». 2.03 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR A. SUBCONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, timeliness, efficiency and sufficiency of its subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and their employees. References in the Contract, if any, to actions required of subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, or any person other than the Contractor, King County or the Engineer shall be interpreted as requiring that the Contractor shall require such subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or person to perform the specified action. B. CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, timeliness, efficiency and sufficiency of its employees. Workers shall have sufficient knowledge, skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. The Contractor's and its subcontractor's employees shall be properly licensed, registered or certified, as applicable, to perform their assigned work. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide copies of licenses, registrations or certifications held by its employees. In addition, any such employee determined by the Engineer in writing not to be sufficiently qualified to perform assigned work or not to be appropriately cooperative with the Engineer shall be removed by the Contractor from all work under this Contract. C. PAYMENT FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS The Contractor shall pay and require its subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for labor including workers compensation premiums, state unemployment and federal social security payments and other wage and salary deductions required by law. The Contractor also shall pay and cause its subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for services, equipment, and materials used by it and its subcontractors during the performance of work under this Contract. Such accounts shall be paid by the Contractor as they become due and payable. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly furnish proof of payment of such accounts. D. ATTENTION TO WORK The Contractor, acting through its Representative, shall give personal attention to and shall manage the work so that it shall be prosecuted faithfully and completed in accordance with all requirements of the Contract. When the Contractor's Representative is not personally present at the site, its designated alternate shall be available and shall have the authority to act in matters relating to this Contract. E. EMPLOYEE OR OPERATOR SAFETY The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the work site, including safety of all persons and property, during performance of the work. The Contractor shall maintain the work site and perform the work in a manner which meets statutory and common law requirements for the provision of a safe place to work and which does not pose any safety risks to operators of the plant or other employees of King County. This obligation shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. That the Engineer conducts construction review of the Contractor's performance does not and shall not be intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on or near the site of the work. The Contractor shall comply with the safety standards and provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes, and the safety regulations set forth in 'Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards" published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. The Contractor shall maintain at the work site office or other well known place at the work site all materials (e.g., a first aid kit) necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall establish, publish and make known to all employees procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the site. Employees shall not be permitted to work on the site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a 00710 -12 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.: hospital or a doctor's care. If the Contractor's and /or any subcontractors work crew consists of five or more employees, the Contractor shall ensure that at least one of such employees has a valid, effective first aid card. In order to protect the lives and health of employees performing work under this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA), including all revisions, amendments and regulations issued thereunder, and the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety Act of 1973 (WISHA), including all revisions, amendments and regulations issued thereunder by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. The WISHA regulations shall apply (without limitation) to all excavation, trenching and ditching operations. In case of conflict between any such requirements, the more stringent regulation or requirement shall apply. The Contractor shall prepare a written "Safety Program" demonstrating the methods by which all C. applicable safety requirements of this Contract will be met. The Contractor shall ensure its subcontractors have a ( written "Safety Program" or formally adopt the Contractor's "Safety Program ". The Contractor shall designate a Safety Officer who shall be responsible for proper implementation of the "Safety Program ". The Contractor shall submit a copy of its 'Safety Program" to the Engineer as required in the Specifications. The Engineer's review of �. such Program shall not be deemed to constitute approval or acceptance thereof. The Contractor shall conduct a monthly safety meeting with all subcontractors and others on the site performing work hereunder to discuss general and specific safety matters. The Contractor shall provide written notice of each meeting to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a record of each meeting, including a sheet on which each attendee signed in and a list of the matters discussed. t. The Contractor shall conduct weekly safety meetings ( "tool box talk ") with employees of the Contractor and subcontractors. The Contractor shall provide written notice of each meeting to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the sheet on which each attendee signed in and a description of the safety topics discussed at the meeting. There is no acceptable deviation from these safety requirements, regardless of practice in the �. construction industry. Any violation of OSHA, WISHA or other safety requirements applicable to the work shall be considered a breach of this Contract. (, F. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE The Contractor shall conduct its work so as to ensure the least possible obstruction to vehicular traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the work and to ensure the protection of persons, property and natural resources. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with t the permission of the Engineer and the proper governmental authority. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be accessible to fire fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor C to ensure the safe use of sidewalks, private and public driveways and proper functioning of gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches and culverts, irrigation ditches and natural water courses, if any, on the work site. �- G. SANITATION The Contractor shall comply with WAC 296- 155 -140 establishing sanitation standards in the C construction industry. C H. HAZARDOUS WASTE AND MATERIALS 1. The Contractor shall comply with all pertinent federal hazardous waste laws and Washington State Dangerous Waste regulations governing hazardous waste generation, storage, transportation, C treatment and disposal. C 2. The Contractor shall conduct its work to meet the requirements set forth in the Specifications and any applicable laws or regulations related to hazardous materials encountered during t performance of the work. Hazardous materials include asbestos, PCBs, radioactive materials, explosives and other materials deemed as such by regulatory agencies. If the material proves positive as containing asbestos, such material shall be handled in compliance with WAC 296-62 -077 through 296 -62 -07753. The Contractor shall give immediate oral notice, and written notice within three days, to the Engineer upon the discovery of any such hazardous materials and proceed thereafter only as directed by the Engineer or as set forth in the Specifications. In case of any conflict between any such requirements, the more stringent requirement shall apply. TIM2 -96 00710 -13 GENERAL CONDITIONS 2.04 KING COUNTY - CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A. SERVICE OF NOTICE Any notice, order, direction, request or other communication given by the Engineer to the Contractor will be deemed to be well and sufficiently given to the Contractor if left at any office used by the Contractor or delivered to any of its officers, clerks or employees or posted at the site of the work or mailed to any post office addressed to the Contractor at the address given in the Contract or mailed to the Contractor's last known place of business. If mailed, any form of communication will be deemed to have given to and received by the Contractor a day after the day of mailing as evidenced by the postmark date. B. SUGGESTIONS TO CONTRACTOR Any plan or method of work suggested by any representative of King County to the Contractor but not specified or required by the Contract Documents, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor. King County assumes no responsibility therefor and in no way will be held liable for any defects in the work which may result from or be caused by use of such plan or method of work. C. COOPERATION WITH ENGINEER The Contractor, when requested, shall assist the Engineer in obtaining access to work which is to be inspected. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with information requested in connection with the inspection of the work and administration of this Contract. D. COOPERATION OF OTHERS The Contractor agrees to permit entry to the site of the work by the Engineer, other employees of King County, representatives of federal, state or local agencies, or other contractors performing work on behalf of King County. The Contractor shall cooperate with King County, other contractors and their employees and shall arrange its work and dispose of its materials in such a manner as not to interfere with the activities of King County or of others upon the site of the work. The Contractor shall promptly make good any Contractor - caused injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of King County and other agencies. The Contractor shall coordinate its work with that of others and perform its work in proper sequence in relation to that of others. If requested by the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange meetings with other contractors performing work on behalf of King County to plan coordination of construction activities and to keep the Contractor informed of the planned activities of other contractors. The Contractor shall attend such meetings if directed by the Engineer. E. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT The Contractor shall not make an alteration or variation in, addition to, or deviation or omission from the requirements of this Contract without the written consent of the King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee. Unless such written consent expressly so provides, any such alteration, variation, addition, deviation or omission by the Contractor shall not result in any extra compensation or extension of time. The King County Executive shall have the right to treat a deviation as a breach or default, if the King County Executive determines the deviation to jeopardize the integrity or quality of the work. F. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS Except as indicated in this paragraph 00710- 2.04F, the Contractor shall have full responsibility with respect to subsurface conditions at the site. If the Contractor believes that any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indicated in the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any work in connection therewith, notify the Engineer in writing about the inaccuracy or difference. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE MADE WITHIN TEN DAYS OF DISCOVERY OF SUCH CONDITION. NO CLAIMS OF THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH 00710 -2.04 F WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS PROVIDED THE REQUIRED NOTICE. T/M2 -96 00710 -14 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. If the Engineer concurs that an inaccuracy or material difference exists and that such inaccuracy or material difference will cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of or time required for performance of the work, a change order incorporating the necessary revisions shall be prepared in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02 and submitted to the King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee for approval. If the Engineer finds there is no such inaccuracy or material difference, or if no decision is made in writing within 10 days of the written notice by the Contractor (which 10th day shall be deemed the date on which the Engineer denied the claim), the Contractor must submit a claim to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.01 G. G. CLAIMS 1. Determination by Engineer. Questions or claims regarding the meaning and intent of the Contract or arising from this Contract shall be referred by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer for decision within five days of the date in which the Contractor knows or should know of the question or claim. The Engineer will ordinarily respond to the Contractor in writing with its decision, but absent such written response the question or claim shall be deemed denied upon the tenth day following receipt by the Engineer. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's decision or is of the opinion that the decision. requires extra work, the Contractor shall, within five days thereafter, notify the Engineer in writing of the disagreement or of the claimed extra work involved and of the cost of said work. Failure of the Contractor to timely file a claim will operate as a complete waiver of the Contractor's right thereafter to pursue that claim in any forum. 2. Appeals to the King County Executive. In the event the Contractor disagrees with any determination or decision of the Engineer, the Contractor shall, within 15 days of the date of such determination or decision, appeal the determination or decision in writing to the King County Executive. Such written notice of appeal shall include all documents and other information necessary to substantiate the appeal. The King County Executive will review the appeal and will transmit a decision in writing to the Contractor within 30 days from the date of receipt of the appeal, or the appeal will be deemed denied on the 30th day. Failure of the Contractor to appeal the decision or determination of the Engineer within said 15-day period will constitute a waiver of the Contractor's right to thereafter assert any claim resulting from such determination or decision. Appeal to the King County Executive shall be a condition precedent to litigation under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.3. 3. Jurisdiction and Venue. All claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between King County and the Contractor that are not resolved between the King County Executive and the Contractor, or waived, will be decided in the Superior Court of King County, Washington, which shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all matters in question between King County and the Contractor. This Contract shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. 4. Litigation Costs. As a condition precedent to any litigation under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.3, for all claims arising under this Contract or arising out of the work under this Contract, the party asserting a claim against the other must in a written notice state the following: a. the dollar amount of the claim; and b. the specific legal bases and /or contract sections upon which the claim is made. If in any subsequent legal action the claiming party recovers less than ninety percent (90%) of the amount claimed, the claiming party shall pay to the other that other party's attorneys' fees, expert witness and consultant fees and all other litigation costs, in such proportion as the difference between the amount claimed and the principal amount recovered bears to the amount claimed. This paragraph shall not apply to claims relating to defective work (paragraph 00710 -4.09) or guarantees (paragraph 00710- 4.11). 5. No Consequential Damages. No claim for equitable adjustment, extra work or any other claim arising from this Contract will be made by the Contractor or allowed by King County for the recovery of consequential damages, including (without limitation), lost profits, lost opportunities or the like. Pending final decision of a dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with the direction of the Engineer. Failure to comply precisely with the time deadlines under this paragraph 00710 -2.04 G as to any claim shall operate as a waiver and release of that claim and an acknowledgment of prejudice to King County. T/M2 -96 00710-15 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 3 — SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS 3.01 INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS The Specifications and Drawings are intended to be explanatory and supportive of each other. Work specified on such Drawings and not in such Specifications, or vice versa, shall be executed as if specified in both. In the event the work to be done or matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform thereto so far as may be consistent with the terms of the Contract. The Contractor shall refer issues or questions regarding the true meaning of such Specifications or Drawings to the Engineer for decision. The Specifications and Drawings are divided into groups for convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning work or responsibility for work among subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers. The Contractor is responsible for all work shown, specified or described, regardless of location(s) in the Contract. 3.02 DISCREPANCIES IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS If the Contractor, in the course of the work, becomes aware of any errors or omissions in the Contract or in King County's field work, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer in writing. The Engineer will promptly review the matter and if the Engineer finds an error or omission has been made, the Engineer will determine the corrective actions and advise the Contractor accordingly. If the corrective work associated with an error or omission increases or decreases the amount of work called for in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare or request in writing that the Engineer prepare an appropriate change order in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02. After discovery by the Contractor of an error or omission, related work performed by the Contractor shall be done at its own risk unless authorized by the Engineer. B. CONFLICTING PROVISIONS In cases of conflict between the Specifications and Drawings, the Specifications shall govern. Figure dimensions on such Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions and detail drawings shall govern over general drawings. In the event an item of work is described differently in two or more locations on such Drawings or in such Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing and request clarification. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the description upon which the Contractor relied in preparing its bid or laying out the work, excerpts from its bid worksheets and all information supporting the Contractor's claim of reliance. If the Engineer directs the Contractor to perform work in a manner other than that contemplated by the Contractor in preparing its bid or laying out the work, the Contractor will request in writing that the Engineer prepare a change order. In this event, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer such supporting information, including bidding or layout documents, as may reasonably be necessary for the Engineer to determine whether the Contract Price and Contract Time should be increased or decreased or remain unchanged by the change order. 3.03 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES The Contractor shall protect from damage public and private utilities encountered during the work. Utilities and similar facilities and structures shall include, but not be limited to: sewer and storm drain systems; water distribution systems; electrical distribution systems; natural gas distribution systems; telephone, telegraph and CATV systems; fire alarm systems; petroleum pipe lines; steam distribution systems; traffic control systems; powerlines and appurtenances; railroad tracks and appurtenances; and, similar utilities, facilities, systems and structures. Removal, relocation and adjustment of utilities, facilities and structures where necessary to accommodate the work hereunder shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the utility owner. If the Specifications or Drawings do not specifically provide for the payment for such removal, relocation and adjustment by King County, then it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform such removal, relocation and adjustment and to bear all costs associated therewith without additional cost to King County and within the Contract Price. TIM2 -96 00710 -16 GENERAL CONDITIONS 2 The right is reserved to King County and the owners of utilities, facilities and structures, or their authorized agents, to enter upon the site of the work hereunder for the purpose of making changes as are necessary for the rearrangement of their facilities, utilities and structures or for making necessary connections or repairs. The Contractor shall cooperate with work forces engaged in this work and shall conduct its operations in such a manner to avoid . any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the work being performed by other work forces. Wherever necessary, the Contractor's work shall be coordinated with the rearrangement of utilities, facilities and structures, and the Contractor shall make arrangements with the owner of the utility, facility or structure for the coordination of the work. This coordination with others for the purpose of rearranging, relocating, or repairing facilities, structures, or utilities is to be anticipated and planned for by the Contractor and shall not be claimed as unavoidable delay by the Contractor, except as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02 D permitting extensions of time for reasonable delays. The existence and approximate locations of underground utilities, facilities and structures, as determined from available public records, are shown or indicated on the Drawings; however, additional utilities, facilities and structures may be encountered and the locations of the utilities, facilities and structures may vary from the locations shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautionary measures to protect utilities, facilities and structures encountered during the work, whether they are shown or indicated on the Drawings or revealed during the course of the work hereunder. Failure by King County to show or indicate the existence of utilities, facilities or structures on the Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to make an independent review and exploratory investigation of the site of the work to ascertain the existence and location of utilities, facilities and structures, nor relieve the Contractor from all liability for any damages to such utilities, facilities and structures, or to the work, resulting from the Contractor's operations. Any depths of utilities indicated are approximations and for the Contractor's convenience only, and the Contractor's responsibility for damage as specified above shall not be altered due to the actual depth being different or other than that indicated in this Contract. f Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall give proper notification as required by RCW 19.122.030 to the agencies that have utilities in place, and shall cooperate with these agencies in the protection and relocation of underground utilities, facilities and structures. In all cases, and to the maximum extent allowed by law, public and private utilities damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. All costs incurred as the result of the performance of the Contractor's obligations in this paragraph (. 00710 -3.03 shall be considered as incidental to the Contract, and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract L Price. 3.04 SUBMITTALS C Where required by the Specifications, the Contractor shall submit specified information which will enable the Engineer to assess whether the Contractor's proposed materials, equipment or methods of work are in general conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. King County will not be obligated to accept or pay for materials, equipment or work for which submittals are required herein, unless and until all submittals have been (. submitted and reviewed in accordance with the Specifications. When submitting information, the Contractor shall identify and state reasons for each deviation from the Specifications and Drawings. If the Contractor neglects or fails to identify a deviation, the Contractor shall perform the work in compliance with the Specifications and Drawings regardless of any submittal review comments by King County. Neglect or failure to identify each deviation shall prejudice King County. King County's cost of review of submittals for the same proposed materials, equipment or work shall be apportioned as follows: (1) the cost of review of the initial submittal and the first revised submittal shall be borne by King County; and (2) the cost of all additional revised submittals shall be charged to the Contractor. The cost of review shall include, without limitation, administrative, design and engineering activities directly related to L review of submittals. tk. If a submittal requires further engineering or re-design efforts on the part of King County, the cost of such ( efforts shall be charged to the Contractor; provided, the Contractor shall not be charged for such efforts if implementation of the submittal results in savings to King County greater than the cost of such efforts. C T/M2 -96 00710 -17 GENERAL CONDITIONS C 3.05 CONTRACTOR'S COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Engineer will furnish the Contractor within seven days after Notice to Proceed the following: five sets of the Contract Documents, one set of full -size drawings, and one set of full -size sepia reproducible drawings. The Contractor is advised that revisions incorporating changes by addenda will not be incorporated into the drawings furnished under the provisions of this paragraph. Additional copies of the Contract Documents, if required by the Contractor, will be furnished by King County at cost. The Contractor shall keep at the construction site at least one set of Contract Documents and one set of full -size drawings which shall be available to the Engineer. PART 4 -- MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP 4.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide and pay for materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, heat, transportation, supervision, and temporary construction of any nature, and other services and facilities of any nature, whatsoever necessary, to execute, complete and deliver the work within the Contract Time. Construction work shall be executed in conformity with the best modern practice of the trade. Material and equipment shall be new and of a quality equal to or better than that specified. Equipment offered shall be current modifications which have been in successful regular operation under comparable conditions. B. The Contractor shall furnish to King County any guarantee or warranty furnished as a normal trade practice in connection with the purchase by the Contractor or any subcontractor of any equipment, materials, or items required hereunder; provided, such guarantee or warranty shall be in addition to those specific guarantee or warranty requirements for particular equipment and /or work items indicated in the Specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under paragraph 00710 -4.11. 4.02 PRODUCT DATA Data required for constructing, accepting, operating or maintaining parts of the work shall be provided by the Contractor when specified. Unless otherwise specified, such data shall be provided at the time the referenced material or equipment is delivered to the job site. The data shall include (without limitation) such items as concrete reinforcing information, concrete pour joint information and forming details, product compliance certificates, operations manuals, maintenance procedures, parts lists and record drawings. Such data shall be provided as part of the work under this Contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures. Product data will not be reviewed in the same manner as submittals. 4.03 QUALITY IN THE ABSENCE OF DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS Where the Contract requires that materials or equipment be provided or that construction work be performed and detailed specifications of such materials, equipment or construction work are not set forth, the Contractor shall perform the work using materials and equipment of a sound quality, at least comparable to the materials and workmanship specified for the other parts of the work, from firms of established good reputations, and shall follow best practices in the performance of construction work. The work performed shall be in conformity and harmony with the intent to secure the best standard of construction and equipment of work as a whole and in part. 4.04 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED BY NAME A. GENERAL Except as provided in paragraph 000710 -4.04B below, when material or equipment is specified by one or more patents, brand names, or catalog numbers, it shall be understood that this is for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements, and shall be considered as if followed by the words "or equal," whether or not such words appear. Other materials or equipment, of equal or better capacities, quality and function, may be considered by the Engineer in its sole discretion upon the Contractor's request for substitution. Requests for substitution shall be made in accordance with paragraph 00710 -4.05. T/M2 -96 00710 -18 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 4 B. SINGLE SOURCE AND PREQUALIFIED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT If material or equipment is specified as a single source or prequalified, King County will not consider substitutions. 4.05 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION Except as provided in paragraph 00710-4.04B, the Contractor may offer material or equipment of equal or better quality and performance in substitution for those specified. King County will consider offers for substitution only from the Contractor and not from suppliers, distributors, manufacturers or subcontractors. If the offered substitution necessitates changes to or coordination with other portions of the work, the Contractor, as a condition of King County's acceptance of the substitution, shall perform such changes or coordination at no additional cost to King County. The Contractor's offers of substitution shall be made in writing to the Engineer and shall include sufficient data to enable the Engineer to assess the acceptability of the material or equipment for the particular application and requirements. The written offer of substitution shall include all pertinent data describing the proposed product including, but not limited to, a statement on how the proposed product differs (if at all) from the specified product, details and drawings of all other portions of the work affected by the proposed product, a statement regarding the efficiency and appearance of the proposed product, a list of installations where the proposed product has been in successful operation and service, and such other information as may be required by the Engineer. Within 30 days after receipt of the offer of substitution, the Engineer will review the data submitted by the Contractor and advise the Contractor of any objections to the proposed product or of any additional information necessary to complete the review. The cost of review of an initial proposed substitution will be borne by King County; the cost of review, including design and engineering review, of an additional or separate proposed substitution for the same material or equipment covered by an initial proposed substitution shall be charged to the Contractor. In addition, the cost of engineering or re- design efforts incurred by King County as necessary to acceptance of a proposed substitution shall be charged to the Contractor. While the Engineer might not take any objections to the proposed substitution, such action or determination shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the efficiency, sufficiency, quality and performance of the substitute material or equipment, in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment specified by name. The Engineer shall be the judge of whether the offered substitution is acceptable for the work and whether the changes to other portions of the work necessitated by the incorporation of the offered substitution are acceptable. 4.06 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS A. INSPECTION AND TESTING The Contractor is responsible to ensure all materials, equipment and workmanship comply with the Contract terms and conditions. Materials, equipment and workmanship which do not comply shall be corrected by the Contractor or by King County at the Contractor's expense. The burden of proof that the work, whether in progress or completed, complies with the Contract shall be on the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting and testing of the component parts of the work, including its subcontractors' work. The Contractor shall provide inspection and testing reports in the format and at the times requested by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be entitled to have its representatives present at all locations where Contractor or its subcontractors are engaged in the performance of the work, at any and all times, to review and inspect all aspects of their performance of the work and to perform or witness whatever tests are required by the Specifications. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer's review and inspection of Contractor's performance. For inspections or tests to be witnessed by the Engineer or its designate, Contractor shall advise the Engineer of said inspection or test sufficiently in advance (but in any event no later than five (5) days prior to T/M2 -96 00710 -19 GENERAL CONDITIONS the date thereof for inspections and tests in the Metropolitan King County area and thirty (30) days prior to the date thereof if beyond said Metropolitan King County area) to enable Engineer to attend. Inspection or non - inspection, or witnessing or non - witnessing, by the Engineer shall not be construed as acceptance of any'part of the work or an assumption of risks or liability by King County nor as relieving Contractor of its responsibilities for compliance with the Contract. In connection with the specific inspections or tests required by the Engineer pursuant to this Contract, any materials necessary for the safe and efficient performance of such inspections or tests shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to King County. Any other inspections or tests which may be required by the Engineer and are not indicated or referred to in this Contract may be compensated by change order. All tests performed for the Engineer shall be carried out so as not to unnecessarily interfere with the work. If the Contractor closes or covers any part of the work before the required inspection or witnessing has been performed or without agreement by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, open or uncover such work for inspection or witnessing and reclose or recover, all at Contractor's expense. Work rejected by the Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense subject to claim by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 00710-2.04 G. The Contractor shall proceed with the correction to ensure completion of the work in accordance with the intermediate and final completion dates set forth in the Specifications. B. SAMPLES OF MATERIALS In cases where compliance with requirements for materials to be incorporated in the work requires laboratory examination or special testing, the Contractor shall provide samples or specimens to the Engineer. Such samples shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer if so requested. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of the Contractor's schedule prior to all sample taking. Such samples or specimens shall be provided in ample time to permit making proper test analysis and examinations before the time at which it is desired to incorporate the material into the work. Tests of materials shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with the Specifications and at King County's expense. In the absence of a specific test requirement, the Engineer will determine the appropriate standard test to be used. C. CERTIFICATION In cases where compliance of materials or equipment to requirements in the Specifications is not determinable through inspection and tests, the Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, provide properly authenticated documents, certificates or other satisfactory proof of compliance. Such documents, certifications and evidence shall include performance characteristics, materials of construction and the physical and chemical characteristics of materials. All costs associated with obtaining such documents, certifications and evidence shall be paid by the Contractor. D. INSPECTION AT POINT OF MANUFACTURING If inspection and testing of materials or equipment by the Engineer in the vicinity of the work is not practicable, the Specifications may require that such inspection and testing or witnessing of tests take place at the point of manufacture. In this case and also in the event that the remote inspection and testing is not specified herein and is subsequently requested by the Engineer, the required travel, subsistence, and labor expenses of the Engineer will be paid by King County. If the Contractor requests the Engineer to inspect and test material or equipment at the point of manufacture, then the cost to the Engineer for travel, subsistence, and labor expenses shall be paid by the Contractor. E. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF COMPLETED WORK Testing and commissioning of all mechanical, electrical and instrumentation systems and completed portions of the work functioning as a completed system and the entirety of the work functioning as a completed facility, shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications and in the presence of the Engineer. T/M2 -96 00710-20 GENERAL CONDITIONS ,�e 4.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation or as specified in the Specifications, so as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored equipment and materials shall be located so as to facilitate inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of materials and equipment until final acceptance of the work. 4.08 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS Manufactured articles, material and equipment shall be transported, stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, adjusted, tested, operated and maintained as recommended by the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified herein. 4.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. REINSPECTION OF WORK In the event the Engineer determines that a part of the work is defective, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to King County for subsequent reinspection(s) of the defective work. For the purposes of this paragraph 00710 -4.09, the term "defective work" shall mean the work was not complete at the time of inspection or the work failed to comply with the requirements of the Contract. B. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK If the Engineer determines through its inspection procedures that material, equipment or workmanship proposed for or incorporated in the work does not meet the requirements of the Contract, the Engineer will give written notice of the non - compliance to the Contractor. Within five days from the receipt of such notice, the Contractor shall undertake the work necessary to correct the deficiencies and to comply with the Contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's determination and concludes that the corrective work should be covered by a change order, the Contractor shall set forth its claim in accordance with paragraph 00710- 2.04G. C. RETENTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Engineer may retain work which is not in compliance with the Contract if the King County Executive determines that such defective work is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or undesirable. The Engineer also may retain defective work if removal of such work is impractical or will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable. Just and reasonable value for such defective work will be determined by the Engineer and appropriate deductions will be made in the payments due or to become due to the Contractor. Acceptance will not act as a waiver of King County's right to recover from the Contractor an amount representing the deduction for retention of defective work. 4.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY KING COUNTY Materials and equipment, if any, specified in the Specifications to be furnished by King County shall be installed by the Contractor. Furnishing of material and equipment by King County will be considered conclusive evidence of their acceptability for the purpose intended. If the Contractor discovers defects in material or equipment furnished by King County, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. After such discovery, the Contractor shall not proceed with work involving King County- furnished materials and equipment unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted or specifically stated, materials and equipment furnished by King County, which are not of local occurrence, are considered to be "FOB" railroad station or truck terminal nearest to the site of the work. The Contractor shall promptly unload, transport, store and protect such material and equipment from damage. The Contractor shall inspect such King County- furnished material and equipment on receipt and provide the Engineer with written acceptance for the incorporation of said material and equipment into the work. After receipt by the Contractor at the point of delivery, King County- furnished material and equipment shall form part of the work for purposes of the Contract, including risk of loss and damage, as if it had been supplied and stored by the Contractor. ( T/M2 -96 00710-21 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.11 GUARANTEE For a period of 365 days commencing on the date of completion of the work under paragraph 00710 -7.05 or on the date of possession and use under paragraph 00710 -6.05 by King County (but commencing only as to such portions of the work so possessed or used), whichever comes earlier, the Contractor shall, upon the receipt of notice in writing from King County, promptly correct any defective work. If the defective work cannot be corrected, or if the corrected work has been rejected by King County, the Contractor shall promptly remove it from the site and replace it with non - defective work, all at no cost to King County. King County is hereby authorized to make such corrections if, ten days after giving of such notice to the Contractor, the Contractor has failed to make or undertake the corrections or removal /replacement with due diligence. In case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the Engineer, delay could cause serious loss or damage, corrections or replacement may be made prior to or concurrent with notice being sent to the Contractor. All expenses in connection with such corrections or replacement, including costs for professional services, will be charged to the Contractor. For defective work either corrected or replaced, this guarantee shall be extended for a period equal to the time of correction or replacement. For the purpose of this paragraph 00710 -4.11, acceptance of the work shall not extinguish any covenant or agreement on the part of the Contractor to be performed or fulfilled under this Contract which has not, in fact, been performed or fulfilled at the time of such acceptance. All covenants and agreements shall continue to be binding on the Contractor until they have been fulfilled. The guarantee provided in this paragraph 00710 -4.11 shall be in addition to those specific guarantee or warranty requirements for particular equipment and /or work items indicated in the Specifications, and in addition to any other rights or remedies available to King County under this Contract or at law. 4.12 WARRANTY OF TITLE No material, supplies, equipment or items for the work shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or in any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, equipment and items installed or incorporated in the work, and upon completion of all the work shall deliver the same together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by the Contractor to the Engineer free from any claims, liens, or charges. Neither the Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by this Contract shall have any right to lien upon any improvement or appurtenance thereon. Nothing contained in this paragraph 00710 -4.12, however, shall defeat or impair the right of the persons furnishing materials or labor to recover under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of King County. The provisions of this paragraph 00710 -4.12 shall be inserted or referenced in or otherwise made a part of all subcontracts and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. PART 5 -- LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE 5.01 LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and injury which shall be caused to owners of property on or in the vicinity of the work or which shall occur to any person or persons or property whatsoever arising out of the performance of this Contract, whether or not such damage or injury be caused by negligence of the Contractor and whether or not such damage or injury be caused by the inherent nature of the work specified. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold King County and all of its officers, principals, agents and employees harmless from any liability whatsoever for any injuries to persons or property arising out of the performance of this Contract; provided, however, that if (and only if) the provisions of RCW 4.24.115 apply to the work and any such injuries to persons or property arising out of performance of this Contract are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of Contractor or its agents or employees, and King County or its agents or employees, the indemnification applies only to the extent of the negligence of the Contractor, its agents or employees. The Contractor specifically assumes potential liability for actions brought by T/M2 -96 00710.22 GENERAL CONDITIONS the Contractor's own employees against King County and for that purpose the Contractor specifically waives any immunity under the workers compensation act, RCW Title 51; and the Contractor recognizes that this waiver was specifically entered into pursuant to the provisions of RCW 4.24.115 and was the subject of mutual negotiation. In case any suit or legal proceedings shall be brought against King County or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees on account of loss or damage sustained by any person or property as a result of the performance of this Contract, whether or not such injuries or damage be due to the negligence of the Contractor and whether or not such injuries or damage be caused by the inherent nature of the work specified, the Contractor agrees to assume the defense thereof and to pay all expenses connected therewith and all judgments that may be obtained against King County or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees in such suits or legal proceedings. In the event that any lien is placed upon the property of King County or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees as a result of such suits or legal proceedings, the Contractor agrees to at once cause the same to be dissolved and discharged by giving bond or otherwise. Certain kinds of incidents may result in claims which create special problems for King County. Therefore, in addition to the amounts required by Chapter 60.28 RCW to be withheld from the progress payments to the Contractor, if the Contractor or its insurance carrier does not respond in a reasonable time or manner, King County may, in its sole discretion, (1) withhold amounts sufficient to pay the amount of any property damage or bodily injury claim and /or (2) pay any property damage claim of which King County may have knowledge, regardless of the informalities of notice of such claim, arising out of the performance of this Contract. The terms "property damage claim" and "bodily injury claim" shall not include any claim by persons furnishing supplies or materials or performing labor under the Contract. An amount withheld will be held until the Contractor secures a written release from the claimant, obtains a court decision that such claim is without merit, or satisfies any judgment in favor of the claimant on such claim. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse and otherwise be liable for claims costs incurred by King County including without limitation costs for claims adjusting services, attorneys, engineering and administration. 5.02 INSURANCE A. EVIDENCES AND CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE Prior to execution of the Contract and prior to expiration of insurance coverages, the Contractor shall file with King County evidences of insurance from the insurer(s) certifying to the coverage of all insurance required herein. All evidences of insurance must be certified by a properly authorized officer, agent, general agent or qualified representative of the insurer(s) and shall certify the name of the insured, the type and amount of insurance, the location and operations to which the insurance applies, the expiration date, and that the insurer(s) shall give, by registered mail, notice to King County at least 30 days prior to the effective date of any cancellation, lapse or material change in the policy. Any failure to mail such notice shall not relieve the insurance company, its agents or representatives from obligations and /or liability hereunder. The Contractor shall, upon demand of King County, deliver to King County all such policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of premiums thereon; and should the Contractor neglect so to obtain and maintain in force any such insurance or deliver such policies and receipts to King County, then King County shall request that the Contractor deliver a specific action plan to acquire such insurance and /or deliver policies and receipts within three days or before any further performance hereunder, whichever is first. Failure to provide such policies of insurance within a time acceptable to King County shall entitle King County to suspend or terminate the Contractor's work hereunder in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04. Suspension or termination of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from its insurance obligations hereunder. B. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance set forth below. By requiring such minimum insurance, King County shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor under this Contract. The Contractor shall assess its own risks and, if it deems appropriate and /or prudent, maintain greater limits and /or broader coverage. T/M2 -96 0071023 GENERAL CONDITIONS T/M2 -96 1. General Liability. a. Bodily Injury Liability affording limits of liability of $500,000 each occurrence and $500,000 aggregate, for bodily injury or death suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. b. Property Damage Liability affording limits of $500,000 each occurrence and $500,000 aggregate, for damages to property suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. c. If such insurance is written on a Combined Single Limit (CSL) basis, the limit of liability required is $1,000,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate, CSL. 2. Automobile Liability. a. Bodily Injury Liability affording limits of liability of $500,000 each person and $1,000,000 each accident, for bodily injury or death suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. b. Property Damage Liability affording limits of $250,000 each accident, for damages to property suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. c. If such insurance is written on a Combined Single Limit (CSL) basis, the limit of liability required is $1,000,000 per accident, CSL. 3. The liability insurance in paragraph 00710 -5.02 B.1 and B.2 shall indemnify the Contractor, King County and its officers, officials, agents and employees against loss from liability imposed by law upon, or assumed under agreement by the Contractor and /or its subcontractors for damages on account of bodily injury, property damage and /or other damages. Such insurance shall include: (1) personal injury; (2) blanket contractual; (3) broad form property damage; (4) products and completed operations liability; (5) owned and non -owned vehicles and equipment; and (6) Washington stop -gap (Employer's Liability). Such insurance shall not exclude explosion, collapse, or underground hazards (X,C,U). 4. Additional coverages required: a. Whenever the work under this Contract includes "professional services ", the Contractor shall maintain the appropriate Professional Liability, affording limits of liability of $500,000 each claim and $1,000,000 aggregate for damages sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract, whether occurring by reason of acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor. b. Whenever the Contractor has vehicles, equipment or other property of King County in its care, custody or control, the Contractor shall maintain Garage Keepers Legal Liability, or other appropriate legal liability coverage, affording limits of liability equal to the maximum value of all property of King County in the Contractor's care, custody or control or $50,000 per occurrence, whichever is greater. Coverage shall be on an "all risk" form. c. Whenever the work under this Contract involves advertising activities, the Contractor shall maintain Advertisers Professional Liability affording limits of $500,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate. d. Whenever the work under this Contract involves construction on premises of King County, the Contractor shall provide Owners' and Contractors' Protective coverage for limits as stated in subparagraphs 1, 2 and 3 above. e. Whenever the work under this Contract involves the use of watercraft, the Contractor shall: (1) provide Protection & Indemnity coverage affording a liability limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and such insurance shall include coverage for injury to crew (Jones Act); and (2) maintain Pollution Insurance to satisfy U.S. Coast Guard requirements as respects the Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended. f. If applicable (e.g., if work performed is on or about navigable waterways), the Contractor shall also maintain statutory United States Longshoremen & Harborworkers' coverage. g. Whenever the work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment, the Contractor shall provide Pollution Liability insurance affording a limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate, for damages sustained by reason of sudden and accidental pollution. h. Other insurances as may be deemed appropriate by King County. Such insurance shall be maintained through the term of this Contract and, except for automobile liability, for a period of 365 days after the date of substantial completion under paragraph 00710 -6.02 F or 00710-24 GENERAL CONDITIONS Yle completion of the entire project, whichever comes earlier, or the date of termination under paragraph 00710 -6.04. If coverage is on a "claims made" basis, coverage shall be further extended to cover claims made during one additional year beyond said period. All liability insurance policies, except as required in items 4a and 4b above, shall include King County and its officers, officials, agents and employees as additional insureds and shall contain "severability of interest" (cross liability) wording. The Contractor's insurance shall be primary to and not contributing with any insurance or self - insurance which may be carried by King County. Such insurance shall be provided on forms and by insurance companies satisfactory to King County. No provision in this paragraph 00710 -5.02 or in paragraph 00710 -4.11 shall be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor for work not done in accordance with the Contract, or express or implied warranties. The Contractor's liability for the work shall extend as far as the appropriate periods of limitation provided by law. C. WORKER'S COMPENSATION The Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain worker's compensation insurance in the amount and type required by law for all employees employed under this Contract who may come within the protection of worker's compensation laws. The Contractor shall make all payments arising from the performance of this Contract due the state of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. D. BUILDER'S RISK 1. King County will purchase and maintain property damage insurance upon the entire work, including materials and supplies, at the site, storage offsite or while in transit, to the insurable value thereof. The insurance shall include the interests of King County, the Contractor, subcontractors, and sub - subcontractors of all tiers in the work and shall insure against physical loss or damage by perils included under an "All Risk" Builder's Risk policy form. 2. Selection of the deductible amount shall be at the sole option of King County, and may be changed by King County at any time without notice to the Contractor or to any subcontractor or sub - subcontractor. Any uninsured loss resulting from any such deductible shall be borne by King County, except to the extent such loss: (1) is covered by the Contractor's liability insurance; (2) results from negligence or breach of the Contract by the Contractor, subcontractor(s) or sub - subcontractor(s); or (3) is otherwise allocated by the other provisions of the Contract. 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining, at its own cost, insurance necessary to protect against loss or damage to Contractor's equipment which is not or will not become a permanent part of the work, losses sustained by any third party, or resulting from delays to Contractor and its subcontractors and sub - subcontractors. 4. King County assumes no obligation to provide insurance or to assume responsibility for other damages, costs, and expenses to the Contractor and its subcontractors other than as described hereinbefore; however, if the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for property risks related to the work, other than those covered by King County's Builder's Risk insurance or unique direct risks be included in the property insurance policy, King County will, if possible, include such insurance and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor by appropriate change order and the Contractor hereby agrees to reimburse King County for such cost by payment or by credit against moneys owed to the Contractor under the terms of this Contract. 5. Any loss insured under the above referenced Builder's Risk policy shall be adjusted with King County and payments made to King County as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. a. The Contractor shall pay each subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by appropriate written agreement shall require each subcontractor to make payments to its sub - subcontractors in similar manner. T/M2 -96 00710-25 GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.03 DAMAGE TO WORK 6.01 NOTICE TO PROCEED Following execution of the Contract by King County, written Notice to Proceed will be given by the King County Executive to the Contractor in accordance with Section 00100 herein. Unless specifically required in the Contract, the Contractor shall not be obligated to perform work, and King County will not be obligated to accept or pay for work performed by the Contractor, prior to delivery of the Notice to Proceed. PART 6-- PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 6.02 CONTRACT TIME A. GENERAL Time shall be strictly of the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall promptly start the work as soon as possible after the date of the Notice to Proceed and shall prosecute the work so that the various portions of the work shall be complete in accordance with the intermediate and final completion date(s) set forth in the Specifications. During periods when weather or other conditions are unfavorable for construction, the Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the work as will not be damaged thereby; no portions of the work shall be constructed while those conditions exist if acceptable quality or efficiency will be adversely affected. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and King County that the Contract Time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time taking into consideration the weather conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. T/M2 -96 00710 -26 GENERAL CONDITIONS b. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless King County from and against any and all suits or claims against King County by subcontractors and /or their sub - subcontractors, suppliers, agents, and employees for such payments. it 6. King County and the Contractor waive all rights against each other and the 41 subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, suppliers, agents and employees each of the other for the damages caused by g. fire or other perils to the extent covered by the Builder's Risk policy referenced hereinbefore, or any other property insurance applicable maintained by King County or the Contractor, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by King County as trustee. 4 a. The foregoing waiver shall not extend to any other obligation or liability of either King County or the Contractor covered elsewhere in these Contract Documents, including those provisions relating to indemnification of King County by the Contractor. 4 7. Claims made by the Contractor under the Builder's Risk policy shall be submitted to the k Engineer for consideration by King County. 4. t The work shall be under the Contractor's responsible care and charge. The Contractor shall bear all loss and damage whatsoever and from whatsoever cause, except that caused solely by the act of King County, which k, . may occur on or to the work during the fulfillment of the Contract. If any such loss or damage occurs, the Contractor shall immediately make good any such loss or damage, and in the event of the Contractor refusing or neglecting so to do, King County may itself or by the employment of some other person make good such loss or damage, and the cost and expense of so doing shall be charged to the Contractor. k 5.04 LITIGATION EXPENSES Ic' In any legal action arising from the Contractor's obligations under paragraph 00710 -5.01 or asserting k, claims that the Contractor has not met the requirements of the Contract Documents, the prevailing party shall recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and litigation costs; provided, however that this paragraph shall not apply to any legal action (or portion thereof) by the Contractor seeking compensation from King County including (without limitation) actions for delay or extra work. B. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor shall provide progress schedules, cash flow projections and additional reports, as specified in the Specifications, demonstrating the Contractor's logic and sequencing plan for scheduling; equipment submittal, fabrication and delivery schedule for the HVAC equipment, and completing the work within the Contract Time. Contract Time extensions approved by the King County Executive shall be incorporated into updated schedules reflecting their effect at the time of occurrence. Progress payments will not be considered by the Engineer until the Contractor complies with these requirements. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any facts or conditions which would affect the Contractor's ability to meet the intermediate or final completion date(s) for the work. If the Contractor fails to maintain the progress necessary for the completion of the intermediate or final completion date(s) as required under this Contract, King County shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by law and under this Contract. Notwithstanding such rights and remedies, the Contractor shall, upon written notice by the Engineer and at no additional cost to King County, work such hours as allowed by applicable permits and other such constraints, and furnish such additional personnel, equipment and construction plant for such a period of time as necessary to regain and thereafter maintain the progress required by the Contract. If the Contractor fails to comply with the Engineer's notice or fails to regain and thereafter maintain the progress required by the Contract, King County shall have all rights and remedies provided by law and provided by this Contract, including those set forth in paragraph 00710-6.04 A herein. C. DELAYS 1. Notice of Delays. Immediately (but in any event no more than three days) after the Contractor foresees or should foresee a delay in the prosecution of the work or upon the occurrence of a delay which the Contractor regards as unavoidable, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the probability or the occurrence of such delay, the extent of the delay, the specific impacts and effects of the delay on the construction schedule, and its possible cause. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to prevent, if possible, the occurrence or continuance of the delay. If this cannot be done, the Engineer will determine how long the delay will continue and to what extent the prosecution and completion of the work are being or will be delayed thereby. The Engineer will also determine whether the delay is to be considered avoidable or unavoidable and notify the Contractor of the Engineer's determination. The Contractor agrees that no claim shall be made for the delays for which timely written notice to the Engineer is not made. 2. Avoidable Delays. Avoidable delays in the prosecution of the work shall include delays which could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, coordination, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or its suppliers at any tier. In addition, avoidable delays include, but are not limited to: a. Delays which may in themselves be unavoidable but do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of parts of the work or the completion of the whole work within the Contract Time (e.g., fit within the float time shown on the accepted construction schedule). b. Time associated with reasonable interference of King. County or other contractors employed by King County which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole work within the Contract Time. c. Delays which may in themselves be unavoidable, but which do not affect any critical path activity on the accepted construction schedule. 3. Unavoidable Delays. An unavoidable delay means a delay in the prosecution of the work which cannot be regarded as avoidable under paragraph 00710 -6.02 C.2. Unavoidable delays shall include delays which result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, coordination, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor, its subcontractors or its suppliers at any tier. Delays in completion of the work of other contractors employed by King County will be considered unavoidable delays insofar as they interfere with the Contractor's completion of the current controlling item on the accepted construction schedule. Delays due to abnormal weather conditions under paragraph 00710.5.02 will be regarded as unavoidable, but the Contractor agrees to plan its work with prudent allowances for interference by normal weather conditions. Delays caused by acts of Nature, acts of public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes and freight embargoes will be considered as unavoidable delays insofar as they prevent the Contractor from proceeding toward completion of the current controlling item on the accepted construction schedule. T/M2 -96 00710-27 GENERAL CONDITIONS T/M2 -96 D. EXTENSION OF TIME 1. Avoidable Delays. The King County Executive may grant, if requested by the Contractor, an extension of time for avoidable delay, if the King County Executive determines that an extension is in King County's best interest. If the King County Executive grants an extension of time for avoidable delay, the Contractor agrees to pay certain of King County's actual costs resulting therefrom, as specified in paragraph 00710 -7.04, incurred during the extension. 2. Unavoidable Delays. For delays which the Contractor has given notice pursuant to paragraph 00710 -6.02 C.1 and considers to be unavoidable, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer complete written information demonstrating the effect of the delay on the controlling operations on the accepted construction schedule. The submission shall be made within 10 days of the occurrence which is claimed to be responsible for the unavoidable delay. The Engineer will review the Contractor's submission and determine the number of days of unavoidable delay and the effect of such unavoidable delay on such controlling operations. The King County Executive will grant an extension of time to the extent that unavoidable delays necessarily affect controlling operations in the construction schedule. During such extension of time, neither compensation under paragraph 00710 -7.04 nor damages for delay will be charged to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed by the Contractor and King County that time extensions due to unavoidable delays necessarily involve controlling operations which would prevent completion of the work or portion thereof within the Contract Time. To the extent that any such extension of time is caused by act(s) or omission(s) of someone other than King County or persons acting for King County, or to the extent that the extension of time arises from a reasonable delay, the Contractor's sole remedy shall be the extension of time and it may not recover any damages whatsoever arising in any manner from such delay. For purposes of this paragraph, any individual delay of up to the greater of 5 days or one percent of the Contract Time (as extended) shall be deemed reasonable and any individual delay of up to the greater of 10 days or five percent of the Contract Time (as extended) shall be presumed reasonable. E. DAMAGES FOR DELAYS For each and every day that any portion of the work remains incomplete after the Contract Time, including intermediate or final completion dates, specified in the Specifications, as modified by any extension of time granted hereunder, damage will be sustained by King County. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual material loss and disadvantages to King County, it is determined in advance and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractor will pay King County the amount set forth in Part 8 of Section 00710 for each day of delay as representing a reasonable forecast of the actual damages which King County will suffer by the failure of the Contractor to complete such work or portion thereof within said time(s). The execution of this Contract shall constitute acknowledgment by the Contractor that it has ascertained and agrees that King County will actually suffer damages in the amount herein fixed for each and every day during which the completion of the work or portions thereof is avoidably delayed beyond the specified time(s). This paragraph shall provide the Contractor's sole remedy for any and all damages it may suffer for delay. For unavoidable delays which are also unreasonable delays under paragraph 00710 -6.02 D.2, the Contractor must make a complete and timely claim for damages referring to this paragraph. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual losses to the Contractor, it is determined in advance and agreed by the parties hereto that King County will pay the Contractor the amount set forth in Part 8 of Section 00710 for each day of unavoidable, unreasonable delay as representing a reasonable forecast of the actual damages; provided, however, that such liquidated damages will be paid only if any extension of time granted the Contractor does not fairly compensate the Contractor for such unavoidable, unreasonable delay. F. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION When the work under this Contract is completed to the extent that King County has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains to complete the entirety of the work, the Engineer will determine that the work is substantially complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the substantial completion date. For overruns in Contract Time occurring after the substantial completion, damages for delay assessed against the Contractor as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02 E will not apply. For overruns in Contract Time occurring after substantial completion, damages shall be assessed against the Contractor on the basis of direct engineering, inspection, and related costs assignable to this Contract. 00710-28 GENERAL CONDITIONS The Contractor shall complete the remaining work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the remaining work. 6.03 SUSPENSION PROCEDURES The Engineer may, at any time and without cause, suspend all or any part of the work by notice in writing to the Contractor. The Contractor shall resume the work within five days after receiving written notice from the Engineer to do so. The Contractor may submit a claim, as provided in paragraph 00710 -7.02, for an increase in the cost of performing the Contract or an extension of Contract Time, or both, necessarily caused by any suspension; provided, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase for any suspension, delay, or interruption to the extent that performance would have been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or for which an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of this Contract, or if suspension does not affect any critical activity on the accepted construction schedule, or if the suspension is based on non - compliance with requirements under paragraph 00710 -1.15. If the Engineer does not give notice in writing to the Contractor to resume work at a date within 180 days of the date of the notice to suspend, then the Contract shall be assumed to be terminated and the Contractor shall be entitled to compensation in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04 B. 6.04 TERMINATION PROCEDURES A. TERMINATION BY KING COUNTY FOR DEFAULT The King County Executive shall act for and on behalf of King County in all termination actions and determinations. The King County Executive may terminate the Contract upon written notice to the Contractor whenever the Contractor is deemed to be in default or fails to fulfill, in a timely and proper manner, the contract obligations, or is in violation of any provisions or covenants of the Contract. Termination shall be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately discontinue work and take all reasonable steps with its suppliers and subcontractors to minimize cancellation and other costs. The Contractor shall be deemed to be in default and subject to termination upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. If Contractor is insolvent. 2. If Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors. 3. If a trustee or receiver is appointed for Contractor, or for any of Contractor's property. 4. If Contractor without good cause repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors or others for labor, materials, or equipment. 5. If Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public body having jurisdiction. 6. If Contractor disregards the authority of any of King County's representatives or 7. If Contractor violates in any material way the provisions of the Contract Documents by failing, neglecting, or refusing to proceed according to and in full compliance with the provisions and covenants of the Contract Documents. 8. If Contractor fails to provide required insurance or bonds, or proceeds thereof. 9. If Contractor submits false or misleading information to King County. After the termination of the Contract, King County may complete the unfinished work by obtaining the services of another contractor. In doing so, King County will not be obligated to obtain the lowest bid to complete the unfinished work. Further, King County may exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of the work and all of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use them in the completion of the work to the full extent they could be used by the Contractor. Materials and equipment for which King County has paid any amount on to the Contractor may be incorporated in the work regardless of whether they are stored at the site or stored elsewhere. In such cases, the Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until all work is finished. The Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for portions of the work satisfactorily completed prior to termination for default. If the cost to complete the work, including compensation for additional professional services, is in excess of the unpaid balance to the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay the difference to King County. Engineer. T/M2 -96 00710-29 GENERAL CONDITIONS T/M2 -96 Where the Contract has been so terminated by the King County Executive, the termination shall not affect any rights of King County against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due the Contractor by King County will not release the Contractor from liability. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28.010 will be held as provided therein for a period of not less than forty -five days following termination for default. If the King County Executive terminates this Contract for default, and it is thereafter determined that the Contractor had not so failed to perform its obligations or defaulted in any way, the termination shall then be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of King County. In that event, any adjustment of compensation to Contractor shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04 B. B. TERMINATION BY KING COUNTY FOR OTHER THAN DEFAULT The King County Executive may, without prejudice to any other remedy King County may have under law and the provisions of the Contract, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, at any time by giving written notice to the Contractor. Termination will be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately discontinue work and take all reasonable steps with its suppliers and subcontractors to minimize cancellation charges and other costs. If such termination is effected after award hereof but prior to King County issuing Notice to Proceed to the Contractor, King County will pay the reasonable, verifiable and directly attributable costs incurred by the Contractor in the preparation of its bid plus fifteen percent of such costs. If such termination is effected after King County has issued Notice to Proceed and the Contractor has commenced performance hereunder, King County will pay the reasonable, verifiable and directly attributable costs incurred by the Contractor as determined by the physical progress of the work satisfactorily completed to date of such termination evaluated against the approved schedule of values, plus costs of removing equipment and materials and otherwise demobilizing, plus ten percent of the sum of all such costs; provided, said payment shall not in any event exceed the Contract Price hereunder. The payment by King County shall constitute full and complete satisfaction and settlement for the Contractor's overhead, anticipated profits, and all other inconvenience, expenses, damages, costs and lost profits whatsoever. The Contractor will be entitled to no further payments whatsoever for the work. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28.010 will be held as provided therein for a period of not less than 45 days following termination. C. TERMINATION FOR UNAVAILABILITY OF FUNDS D. CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION On receipt of notice of termination under paragraphs 00710 -6.04 A, B or C, the Contractor shall immediately discontinue the work but shall do such extra work as may be ordered by the Engineer to safeguard the work then completed and the materials and equipment then delivered to the site of the work and to leave the work in a safe and useful condition. Payment for this extra work will be made in the manner set forth in paragraph 00710 -7.02 B. E. TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR If any delay in issuance of Notice to Proceed hereunder or in construction following award of this Contract is caused by litigation as set forth in RCW 60.28.080 and such delay exceeds 180 days, the •Contractor may elect to terminate this Contract. In the event of such termination, which would be effective upon ten days 00710-30 GENERAL CONDITIONS law The Schedule of Values shall specify the amount presently available for payment by King County and allotted to this Contract, the items covered and the period of performance it is estimated the allotted amount will cover. The parties contemplate that additional funds will be allotted incrementally up to the full Contract t . Price The Contractor agrees to perform work on the Contract up to the threshold in which the total amount paid and payable by King County approximates but does not exceed the amount currently available for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing whenever it believes that the costs it expects to incur in the next 60 days, when added to all costs previously incurred, including unliquidated claims, will exceed 75% of the total amount presently available for payment. If, after notification, additional funds are not made available during the 60-day period or another agreed -upon date, upon the Contractor's written request King County will terminate this Contract. Compensation for the Contractor's termination costs will be made in accordance with paragraph 00710- 6.04B. Except as set forth in this paragraph, King County is not obligated to reimburse the Contractor for costs incurred in excess of the total amount allotted to this Contract. PART 7 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT T/M2 -96 written notice to King County, King County shall forthwith estimate all of the work done up to the time of such termination and pay the Contractor in proportion to the amount of the work completed, plus the cost of delay under paragraph 00710 -7.06 herein. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28.010 will be held as provided herein for a period of not less than forty-five days following election of the Contractor to terminate. F. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION As of the date of termination, whether effected by King County or the Contractor as provided herein, all the Contractor's right, title, and interest in and to materials ordered by the Contractor prior to the termination, whether or not they have been delivered to the site of the work, shall be vested in King County, and the Contractor shall, upon demand of King County, execute and deliver to King County all requisite bills of sale, assignments, and other documents of transfer that may be necessary to give effect to the intention of the termination procedures set forth above. 6.05 POSSESSION AND USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS OF THE WORK The King County Executive shall have the right to take possession of and use completed or partially completed portions of the work notwithstanding the time for completing such portions may not have expired. Operations and maintenance costs of use of such portions will be borne by King County. Such taking possession and use shall not be deemed as acceptance of the work. If such prior possession or use increases the cost of the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to request extra compensation within five days of each occurrence. The amount of extra compensation, if any, will be determined in accordance with the procedures given herein for determination of change order cost. The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra compensation for possession by King County of portions of the work which are specifically required in the Contract Documents to be placed into use and operation before completion of the entirety of the work. 7.01 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR A. .BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT PRICE The Contractor shall, within the time specified in the Specifications, submit a schedule of values and cash flow projection for the Contract Price, acceptable to the Engineer, showing the value assigned to each activity of the work, including an allowance for profit and overhead. The Contractor warrants that such values are accurate representations of the value of each activity, on which King County may rely. The schedule of values and cash flow projection shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications and shall be sufficiently detailed to permit its use by the Engineer as one of the bases for evaluating requests for payment. Failure to meet the submittal schedule of the schedule of values will delay the processing of progress payments. B. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES Unless specifically provided otherwise on the Bidding Schedule, if there is any change that increases or decreases the actual quantity for any unit price item by more than 30 percent, the unit price will apply for the portion up to the 30 percent increase or decrease, and the adjustment for that portion of the work in excess of the 30 percent increase or decrease shall be as follows: 1. Increases in excess of 30 percent will be determined by agreement of the parties. If the parties are unable to agree, the Engineer will determine the equitable adjustment by using unit bid prices, or by establishing the costs by other means, or by using force account, and will adjust the Contract Time as the Engineer deems appropriate. 2. Decreases in excess of 30 percent will be determined by agreement of the parties. If the parties are unable to agree, the Engineer will determine the adjustment taking into account a redistribution of fixed costs, if any. If the Contractor disagrees with an equitable adjustment determination by the Engineer, the Contractor shall appeal and strictly follow all procedures in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.2. Failure to do so shall constitute the Contractor's acceptance of determinations by the Engineer. 00710-31 GENERAL CONDITIONS When ordered • by the Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the work pending determination of the adjustment in costs or time, as applicable. When King County has entered an amount for any bid item, whether unit or otherwise, solely for the purpose of providing a common bid for all bidders, this paragraph 00710 -7.01 B shall not apply. Any impact due to an increase or decrease in the amount provided for the purpose of obtaining a common bid shall be the sole risk of the Contractor. C. PROGRESS PAYMENTS 1. Payment Request Procedures. a. General: By the 5th day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a partial payment request filled out and signed by the Contractor covering acceptable work performed and materials received during the previous payment period, or since the last partial payment estimate was submitted. Payment periods shall end on the last day of each month. The Contractor's completed affidavit of amounts paid to certified firms as specified in Part 9 of Section 00710, the Contractor's statement regarding payment of prevailing wages as specified in paragraph 00710 -1.04, and the Contractor's current progress schedules, cash flow projections and reports as specified in the Specifications shall be provided with each partial payment estimate. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide such additional data as may be reasonably required to support the payment for materials and labor, including payments to subcontractors and suppliers. The term "materials ", as used herein, shall be considered to include those items which are fabricated and manufactured material and equipment. Only those materials for which the Contractor can transfer clear title to King County will be qualified for partial payment, except as specifically provided below. b. Partial Payment Requests The first partial payment request shall include (1) the value of the work performed, and (2) a percentage (as determined below) of the purchase value of materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, all of which shall have been incurred since the Contractor's receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Every subsequent partial payment request, except the final payment request, shall include (1) the value of the work performed, and (2) a percentage (as determined below) of the purchase value of materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, all of which shall have been incurred since the last partial payment request was submitted. As used in this paragraph 00710 -7.01, "purchase value" shall be the Contractor's actual net cost of such materials. c. Partial Payment for Material Delivered but not Installed: To receive partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, the Contractor shall submit a list with certified invoices of such materials to the Engineer for approval with the Contractor's partial payment estimate. The Contractor's claimed purchase value must be supported by certified invoices of subcontractors or suppliers. Proper storage and protection in accordance with paragraph 00710 -4.07 shall be provided. Partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work will not exceed 75 percent of the purchase value for such materials, except as may be determined otherwise by the Engineer. As a condition precedent to making any such payment, the Engineer may require that the Contractor provide a bond or other form of security to protect the interests of King County. d. Partial Payment Based on Unit Prices If the Bidding Schedule for this Contract included unit price items, then partial payments for such items will be based on the actual quantities performed or provided under such unit price items. For work performed or provided under such unit price items, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment beyond those unit prices, except as may be elsewhere provided herein. e. Other Progress Payment Restrictions: The Contractor's attention is directed to potential progress payment restrictions set forth in the Specifications and Part 9 of Section 00710 which requires submittal of certain M /WBE and EEO forms. The Contractor, after receiving payment from King County, shall make prompt payment to its subcontractors in compliance with state law and regulations pertaining to prompt payment for public works contracts. 2. Review of Payment Request. Within eight days after receipt of the partial payment request, the Engineer will review the request and either indicate approval in writing to the King County Executive or indicate in writing to the Contractor specific reasons why part or all of the payment is being withheld and what remedial actions the Contractor must take to receive the withheld amount. If the Engineer recommends payment and the King County Executive concurs, King County will, within, 30 days of receipt of the Contractor's properly completed invoice or receipt of the goods or services whichever is later, pay the Contractor T/M2 -96 00710-32 GENERAL CONDITIONS k t a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment request. The payments will take into account the retention provisions provided for herein. ( In the event the Engineer does not concur with the request, the Contractor may make the changes necessary to obtain the Engineer's concurrence and resubmit the partial payment request. If the Engineer recommends payment and the King County Executive concurs, King County will, within 30 days after the (. Contractor satisfactorily completes the remedial actions identified in the Engineer's rejection of the payment ti request, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment request. 3. Retainage. Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010, King County will retain five percent of all ( progress payments as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic, ( subcontractor, or materialperson who performs labor upon the contract or work hereunder, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on such work, and the State with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from the Contractor. In ( the event that during the performance of the Contract and prior to the expiration of the claim period as provided in RCW 60.28.011, the amount retained is reduced to an amount below five percent, then King County shall retain t. additional sums from moneys earned by the Contractor so as to maintain at all times a five percent retained trust L fund, unless otherwise reduced or excused by provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW. Moneys reserved under provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW shall, at the option of the Contractor, be: r. a. Retained in a fund by King County with no interest paid thereon to the 't, Contractor; or b. Deposited by King County in an interest -bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until after final acceptance of all work, or a portion thereof, as may be approved by King County; or c. Placed in escrow in a bank or trust company by King County. When the moneys reserved are to be placed in escrow, King County will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved �. payable to the bank or trust company and the Contractor jointly. Such check shall be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by King County, and the bonds and securities held in escrow. Under option b and c above, interest will be paid to the Contractor as the interest accrues. L The Contractor shall designate the option desired on a form as may be provided by King County. This form shall be submitted no later than with the Contractor's first partial payment request. The Contractor in choosing option b or c agrees to assume full responsibility to pay all costs which may accrue from escrow services, brokerage charges, or both, and further agrees to assume all risks in connection with the investment of the retained moneys. D. FINAL PAYMENT King County will make final payment to the Contractor following acceptance of work under paragraph 00710 -7.05, including completion of all Punch List items, release of claims brought to the attention of King County as set forth in paragraph 00710 -5.01, receipt of releases from owners of property affected by the �. Contractor's performance under this Contract, and submittal of a final affidavit of amounts paid to certified firms as required by Part 9 of Section 00710 herein and approved by King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. Final payment shall include the entire sum found to be due hereunder after deducting therefrom such amounts as the terms of this Contract permit. Prior estimates and payments, including those relating to extra work or work omitted, shall be subject to correction by the final payment. Final payment will be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work; and, all materials remaining for which progress payments have been made shall revert to the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be '�. deducted from the final payment for the work. By accepting final payment, the Contractor shall be deemed thereby to have released King County from all claims of and all liability to the Contractor for things done or furnished in connection with the work and for every act and neglect of King County and others relating to or arising out of the work, other than timely written claims identified in detail and stated amounts that were submitted prior to final payment and in strict compliance with the requirements of this Contract. Payment by King County shall not release the t. Contractor or its surety from any obligation under the Contract or under the Performance and Payment Bond. t T/M2 -96 00710-33 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 T/M2 -96 E. RELEASE OF RETAINAGE The retainage will be held and applied by King County as a trust fund as required by Chapter 60.28 RCW. Payment or release of retainage will be made in ordinary course of business 45 days following completion of the work provided the following conditions are met: 1. Certificates approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, Washington State Employment Security Department, and all other departments and agencies having jurisdiction over the activities of the Contractor have been provided to the Engineer. 2. If the Contract Price hereunder exceeds $20,000, a release obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue has been provided to the Engineer. 3. "Affidavits of Wages Paid" for the Contractor and each subcontractor approved by the Industrial Statistician of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries have been provided to the Engineer. 4. No claims or notices of lien, as provided by law, have been filed against the retainage. 5. King County has no claims under this Contract. Notices of claims against the Performance and Payment Bond, or liens against the retainage, are filed with King County through the Engineer. If such taxes have not been discharged or the claims, expenses, and fees have not been paid, King County shall either retain in its fund, or in an interest bearing account, or retain in escrow, at the option of the Contractor, an amount equal to such unpaid taxes and unpaid claims together with a sum sufficient to defray the costs and attorney fees incurred in foreclosing the lien of such claims, and shall pay, or release from escrow, the remainder to the Contractor. 7.02 CHANGE ORDERS A. GENERAL King County may at any time by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the work within the scope of this Contract. Such written orders may be made without notice to any surety(ies); in the Performance and Payment Bond in Section 00610 herein, the surety(ies) waived notice of any alteration or extension of time made by King County and agreed to be bound in all ways to King County for any such alterations or extensions of time as if it(they) had received notice of the same. Any other written order (which includes direction, instruction, interpretation or determination) from King County, which causes any such change, shall be treated as a change order only if the Contractor gives the Engineer written notice within five days of the order stating the date, circumstances, source of the order, and that the Contractor regards the order as a change order. Oral orders will not be binding on King County unless confirmed in writing by the King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee. The Contract Price may be changed only by a change order signed by the King County Executive or the King County Executive's designee. Except as provided herein, no order, statement, or conduct of any representative of King County will be treated as a change hereunder. If any change hereunder causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made consistent with paragraph 00710 -7.02 B and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, the Contractor shall comply with the claims procedure of paragraph 00710 -2.04 G. The Contractor shall provide additional detailed bid, schedule, labor and equipment records, invoices, purchase orders, job records and cost summaries as may be required by the Engineer or the King County Executive to analyze and respond to such claims. B. EXTRA WORK Extra work means the furnishing of materials and equipment and the doing of work not directly or by implication called for by the Contract. If King County requires extra work, it may do the extra work itself or 00710-34 GENERAL CONDITIONS by the employment of others or it may direct the Contractor to do the extra work, in which case the Contractor will be paid for the extra work in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02 A. The value of any work covered by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the Contract Price will be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: 1. Unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents or previously agreed upon in the Contract Price breakdown and schedule of values, as applicable. 2. An agreed lump sum; provided, that the basis for such lump sum shall be determined by negotiations between the Engineer and the Contractor. At least five days prior to the first negotiation meeting, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a detailed cost estimate for the proposed extra work. The detailed cost estimate shall be prepared in the format and detail requested by the Engineer and consistent with construction industry practice. 3. On time and materials basis in accordance with the following provisions: a. The Contractor will be reimbursed for labor and for foreman supervision dedicated solely to the particular operation. The Contractor will not be reimbursed for general superintendents or general foremen. Payment will be computed by the Engineer and will be the sum of the following: (i) Weighted Wage Rate: The agreed basic wage rate for all labor used shall be restricted to the current basic wage the Contractor is obligated to pay and shall reflect the Contractor's actual cost. Fringe benefits will be added to the basic wage rates and will include mandated benefits paid on behalf of labor by the Contractor such -as the following: 1) Federal Insurance Compensation Act (FICA); 2) Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA); and 3) State Unemployment Compensation Act (SUCA). The above items will be combined into a single wage rate for each classification of labor used which shall be designated as the' Weighted Wage Rate" for the identified class of labor. The weighted wage rate shall reflect the Contractor's actual cost and shall not exceed that which is customarily paid comparable labor. The Contractor shall pay not less than the minimum rate as specified in paragraph 00710 -1.04. If overtime is authorized by the Engineer, the weighted wage rate will be established in the same manner as above. (ii) Travel Allowance and /or Subsistence: The Contractor will be reimbursed the actual cost of travel and /or subsistence allowances paid to labor engaged upon the work when travel and /or such allowances are required by labor agreement. (iii) Industrial Insurance and Medical Aid Premiums: The Contractor will be reimbursed for Marine Industrial Insurance, State of Washington Industrial Insurance, and Medical Aid premiums which become an obligation of the Contractor and are chargeable to the work on the basis of time worked. The agreed rate(s) of compensation for the above premiums shall be a composite rate(s) based upon the full premium for Industrial Insurance and one -half the premium for Medical Aid which premiums are prescribed by the regulatory body for the contractor(s) actually performing the time and materials work. This composite rate may be adjusted upon request to conform with adjustments prescribed by the regulatory body. (iv) Overhead and Profit: The Contractor will be reimbursed an amount equal to 20 percent of the sum of the items listed in (i), (ii), and (iii) above for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred m supplying labor. b. The actual net cost to the Contractor for materials and supplies incorporated in, or necessary for, such extra work, excluding materials and supplies necessary to operate and maintain equipment. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 15 percent thereof for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred in supplying such materials and supplies. c. For Contractor -owned operating equipment, excluding small hand tools, the Contractor shall be compensated for each hour that such equipment is in use on such work at the rates in effect on the date such extra work is ordered as set forth in the "Cost Reference Guide for Construction Equipment" published by Equipment Guide -Book Company; for such equipment not included in said Blue Book, compensation shall be at such rates as shall be mutually agreed to in writing by the Contractor and Engineer. For Contractor -owned operating equipment on standby, the Contractor shall be compensated at fifty percent (50 %) of the rate in said Blue Book or mutually agreed rate, as applicable. For rented operating equipment, the Contractor shall be compensated at invoiced rental rates plus reasonable, documented costs for fuel and lube for such operating equipment. T/M2 -96 00710 -35 GENERAL CONDmONS No payment will be made for standby on any piece of equipment which has been used for 8 hours or more of productive work in any 24 -hour period, and payment for a combination of productive work and standby shall not exceed a total of 8 hours in any work day. Weekends and holidays are excluded from standby time. No standby costs will be paid for any equipment idled due to routine maintenance, down time, or late delivery of other equipment. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 15 percent thereof for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred in supplying such equipment. d. For purpose of this paragraph, the term "overhead" shall include, but not be limited to: Engineering, both field and office; Estimating; General superintendence; Purchasing; Quality Control /Quality Assurance; Clerical; Office facilities; Small hand tools; All applicable taxes (except state and local retail sales tax); Bonding and insurance costs; Any other costs of doing business. e. Extra work performed on a time and materials basis by approved subcontractors shall be charged to King County by the Contractor in accordance with subparagraphs a through d above. To the accumulative total (excluding all markups for overhead and profit) shall be added an amount for the Contractor's supervision and overhead support of subcontractors based on the following supplemental markup schedule: (1) a ten percent supplemental markup shall be added for the initial $10,000 accumulated total of all extra work (excluding markups for overhead and profit) performed by subcontractors; (2) a five percent supplemental markup shall be added for all extra work in excess of the initial $10,000 accumulative total (excluding markups for overhead and profit). f. All costs of the Contractor and any subcontractor attributable to extra work are either specifically listed or covered by the multipliers specified in subparagraphs a through e above. g. The Contractor's and subcontractor's labor hours charged to extra work shall be substantiated by detailed timecards or timesheets completed on a daily basis before the close of business each working day and available for inspection thereafter at the Contractor's office. The Contractor's and subcontractor's material used for extra work shall be recorded as the extra work is performed and material costs determined as soon as supplier invoices are rendered; such records shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at the Contractor's office. The Contractor's and subcontractor's equipment hours for extra work shall be recorded on the labor timecards or timesheets as the extra work is performed. h. The Contractor's records pertaining to work paid for on a time and materials basis shall be maintained and retained as required by paragraph 00710 -8.03. Failure to maintain and produce for inspection the required records shall constitute a waiver of the Contractor's claim for costs not documented. C. OMITTED WORK The Engineer may, by written order to the Contractor, omit work, equipment and /or material to be provided under this Contract, and the value of the omitted work, equipment and /or material will be deducted from the Contract Price. The deducted value will be a unit price, or if there is no such unit price, the deducted value will be a lump sum agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Engineer based on the schedule of values and other cost information submitted by the Contractor or obtained otherwise by King County. In the event that no agreement can be reached on a lump sum basis, King County shall be entitled to a deduction based on the value calculated on an estimated time and materials basis as determined by the Engineer, subject to the Contractor's right of claim under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G herein. D. PROPOSED WORK CHANGES The Engineer may from time to time request the Contractor to provide price estimates on Proposed Work Changes (PWCs). The Contractor shall prepare such price estimates within 21 days of receipt of a request for a PWC from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to prepare such price estimates within that time, the Engineer has the right to determine the reasonable price under the PWC and to direct the Contractor to proceed with the PWC at that price; provided, the Contractor may submit a claim in accordance with paragraph 00710- 2.04 G herein. If the Contractor prepares such price estimates within 21 days of receipt of a PWC from the Engineer, the documented reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor in preparing such estimates shall be paid by King County either as part of the accepted PWC overhead markup cost or separately if the PWC is not accepted. T/M2 -96 00710-36 GENERAL CONDITIONS L 1 E L ( 7.04 COMPENSATION TO KING COUNTY FOR TIME EXTENSION In exchange for granting an extension of time for avoidable delay, the Contractor shall compensate King County for the actual costs to King County of engineering, inspection, general supervision, right -of -way costs, permit fees, overhead expenses, and any other specifically ascertainable direct and indirect costs which are directly chargeable to the work and which accrue during the period of such extension. The actual costs will not include charges for final inspection and preparation of the final payment by the King County Executive and Engineer. L. L L L L 1 1 E. EFFECT OF CHANGE ORDERS The payment, additional time, or both payment and additional time specified and agreed to in a change order shall be construed and interpreted to include all claims by the Contractor for any extra payment, extension of time, lost profits and /or other incidental or consequential damages with respect to the work covered by such change order, including, but not limited to, delays to the completion of all work under this Contract and associated costs to the Contractor. F. M /WBE REQUIREMENTS The M /WBE utilization goals established for this Contract shall apply to all change orders and amendments in accordance with paragraph 00710 -9.01 herein. 7.03 CHARGES TO CONTRACTOR Everything charged to the Contractor by King County under the terms of this Contract shall be paid by the Contractor to King County on demand. Such charges may be deducted by the King County Executive from money due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract. King County may recover such charges from the Contractor or from its surety notwithstanding that the work has been accepted under paragraph 00710 -7.05. 7.05 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK When the Contractor has concluded the work, or a designated portion thereof, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing. Upon receipt of the notification, the Engineer will promptly, by personal inspection, determine the actual status of the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. If the Engineer finds materials, equipment, or workmanship which do not meet the terms of the Contract, the Engineer will prepare a Punch List of such items and submit it to the Contractor. Following completion of the corrective work and submittal of all required documents and forms by the Contractor, the Engineer will notify the King County Executive that the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract. Determination of the acceptability and acceptance of the work will be made by the King County Executive. A written notice of acceptance, issued by the King County Executive, shall constitute acceptance of the work. Notice of acceptance shall not constitute acceptance of any unauthorized or defective work or material, nor shall progress payment estimates be construed as acceptance of any work under this Contract. King County shall not be barred from requiring the Contractor to remove, replace, repair or dispose of any unauthorized or defective work or from recovering damages for any such work or material; King County's rights hereunder shall exist and remain to the full extent permitted by law and /or set forth in this Contract. 7.06 LITIGATION DELAY COSTS If any delay in issuance of Notice to Proceed or in constrtiction following award of this Contract is primarily caused by acts or omissions of persons or agencies other than the Contractor, anyone employed by it or any of its subcontractors or suppliers, and a preliminary, special or permanent restraining order of a court of competent jurisdiction is issued pursuant to litigation and King County does not elect to terminate the Contract or order funds reserved as provided by RCW 60.28.010(5) be paid to the Contractor, then the King County Executive will issue a change order to cover reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as a result of such delay. In accordance with RCW 60.28.080, the parties hereto agree that the reasonable costs of such litigation delay shall consist only of the following. T/M2 -96 00710 -37 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Actual and necessary direct costs to the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay for wages, wage taxes and labor costs other than wages; provided, that such costs could not be otherwise avoided by layoffs or employment on other projects during the period of delay. The wage rates shall not exceed those listed on the Contractor's "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contract" as approved by the Industrial Statistician of the State of Washington. B. Additional and necessary direct costs for materials and equipment rentals actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay. C. Equipment standby costs established by paragraph 00710 -7.02 B. D. Additional and necessary direct costs of insurance premiums and bonds actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay. E. Additional and necessary costs for subcontracts actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay; provided, that such additional costs could not be avoided by cancellation or renegotiation of such subcontracts. F. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 10 percent thereof as a reasonable amount for overhead, profit, and all other costs not specifically accounted for above. 8.02 ABNORMAL WEATHER CONDITIONS Precipitation as rain, hail or snow, low temperature, a windstorm, ice, snow and other weather conditions which could reasonably have been anticipated from the National Weather Service historical records of the general locality of the work shall not be construed as abnormal. It is hereby agreed that precipitation greater than the following, temperatures less than the following, and wind velocities greater than the following, cannot be reasonably anticipated: A. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 0.50 inch during a month when the monthly rainfall exceeds the normal monthly average by 15 to 100 percent. B. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 0.20 inch during a month when the monthly rainfall exceeds the normal monthly average by more than 100 percent. C. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 1.0 inch at any time. D. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 20 degrees F during a week when the maximum daily temperature never exceeds 35 degrees F. E. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 25 degrees F during a week when the maximum daily temperature never exceeds 30 degrees F. T/M2 -96 00710 -38 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 Within three days after notice of litigation delay under this paragraph 00710 -7.06, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the Contractor's estimated weekly litigation delay costs as described above; provided, however, that in no event will payment for actual litigation delay costs exceed one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the said estimated costs. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer no later than the fifth day of each month a request for such litigation delay costs incurred during the previous calendar month. The request for payment shall be in a form satisfactory to the Engineer and shall include copies of invoices, correspondence and such other verifiable evidence of delay costs actually and necessarily incurred by the Contractor as the Engineer may require. Payment will be in accordance with paragraph 00710- 7.OIC. This paragraph 00710 -7.06 shall be the Contractor's exclusive remedy for litigation delay costs. PART 8 -- SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 8.01 DAMAGES FOR DELAY 4x Damages for avoidable delay, as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02, shall be in the amount of $1,000.00 per day. In addition, damages for delay in delivery of HVAC equipment within the milestones set forth in the Contract Documents, Sections 010112, 10104 and Drawings M11, M12, M21 and M22, shall be in an amount of $1,000.00 per day. Zit 8.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS AND AUDIT A. ' RETENTION OF RECORDS 1. The Contractor shall maintain books, records and documents ( "Records ") of its performance under this Contract in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and federal regulations if this contract is funded in part by the federal government. The Contractor shall maintain and retain for a period of not less than three years after the date of initial acceptance of contract work: all financial information, data and records (e.g., estimating sheets, takeoffs, calculations, designs, etc.) used to prepare and support the Contractor's bid for this Contract; and all records pertaining to the performance of the work under this Contract, including portions of the work performed under change orders and /or contracts and agreements with subcontractors and suppliers. 2. The Contractor shall ensure each of its subcontractors and suppliers maintains and retains for said period all Records pertaining to the performance of their portion of the work under this Contract. B. AUDIT ACCESS 1. For the purpose of inspection, cost /price analysis, audit or other reasonable purposes related to this Contract, King County and its authorized representatives and designees shall have access to all Records maintained and retained by the Contractor, its subcontractors, and suppliers. King County and its representatives and designees shall have access to Records and be able to copy such Records during the Contractor's normal business hours. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. 2. In addition to audits conducted after the date of acceptance of work, audits may be conducted during or after the Contract Time for purposes of evaluating a claim or payments to the Contractor and for any other reason deemed appropriate and necessary by King County. Audits conducted shall be in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and /or with established procedures and guidelines of King County. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with King County or its auditor(s) during audits and inspections, and provide all requested documentation. 3. If an audit is commenced more than sixty (60) days after the date of acceptance of work, King County will give reasonable notice to the Contractor of the date on which the audit will begin. F. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 15 degrees F at any time. G. Daily maximum wind velocity equal to or greater than 50 mph at any time. Ice, snow and other weather conditions may be considered as abnormal in the sole discretion of the Engineer upon written request by the Contractor. Such written request shall describe in detail the weather condition, identify the specific impacts resulting from the weather condition, and be submitted to the Engineer within five days of the onset of the weather condition. To preclude the difficulties of actual measurement, the parties hereto agree that weather data at the site of the work shall be expressly deemed to be the same as that measured at the Seattle - Tacoma International Airport by the Environmental Data and Information Service of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration ('NOAA ") of the U.S. Department of Commerce. For the purposes of this paragraph 00710 -8.02, a "month" shall mean a calendar month and a "week" shall mean a calendar week of Sunday through Saturday. 8.04 RECYCLED PRODUCT PROCUREMENT POLICY A. It is the policy of King County to use recycled materials whenever practicable. The Contractor is encouraged to supply products containing recycled materials which meet performance requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall use recycled paper for the production of all documents related to the fulfillment of this Contract and shall ensure that, whenever possible, both sides of paper sheets are used for copying and the cover page of each document printed on recycled paper bears an imprint identifying it as recycled paper. If the cost of recycled paper is more than fifteen percent higher than the cost of non - recycled paper, the Contractor may notify the Engineer who may waive the recycled paper requirement. T/M2 -96 00710-39 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 9 — REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 9.01 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE DURING WORK A. In accordance with King County Ordinance No. 12026 the Contractor shall ensure that certified firms certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (hereinafter the "State OMWBE ") shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the work under this Contract. The Contractor shall ensure its subcontractors make affirmative efforts to utilize certified firms in subcontracts. B. The Contractor shall implement and carry out the commitments, as to tasks and dollar amounts, contained in its Section 00320 "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment ", including Attachment A thereto, submitted as part of the bid to perform work under this Contract. In the event any certified firm proposed to be used or actually used by the Contractor hereunder is unable or unwilling to perform any portion of the work for any reason whatsoever, the Contractor shall seek and substitute other certified firms, as the case may be, at no additional cost to King County such that minority and women business participation under this Contract remains at the levels set forth in the Contractor's bid to perform this Contract; provided, that King County may, in its sole discretion, waive or reduce this obligation upon a showing by the Contractor that it has made maximum affirmative effort to obtain such other certified firms. During the performance of the Contract, any substitution for or proposed non -use of the certified firms projected for use under this Contract shall be submitted to King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office for prior approval. C. "Substitution, Substitute" for purposes of this Part 9 of Section 00710 shall mean replacing one certified firm for another, or increasing the level of utilization of certified firms in order to maintain the required level of utilization in accordance with the bidding provisions and commitments made by the Contractor. D. In the event one or more change orders are issued under this Contract, the following provisions shall apply, unless waived or modified in writing by King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office: 1. If a change order increases the Contract Price, the Contractor shall make maximum affirmative efforts to seek and employ certified firms in the performance of the increased work; such participation shall be consistent with the participation goals established for this Contract and shall be counted as provided in paragraph 00100 -2.06 herein. 2. If a change order decreases or deletes any amount of work to be performed by a certified firm under this Contract, the Contractor shall make maximum affirmative efforts to substitute other work of equivalent value to the affected certified firm or to substitute another certified firm, as the case may be, to perform other work of value equivalent to the decreased or deleted work. 3. No modification or waiver of the provisions of this paragraph 00710 -9.01 will be made unless the Contractor provides sufficient documentation of maximum affirmative efforts to seek and employ certified firms in order to maintain at least the participation levels set forth in the Contractor's bid to perform this Contract. E. With each of the Contractor's progress payment requests, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit identifying amounts actually paid to certified firms, including joint venture partners (if any), during the preceding month. Upon completion of all work and as a condition precedent to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final affidavit identifying amounts actually paid and amounts owed to each certified firm, including joint venture partners (if any), for performance under the Contract. Failure to submit such affidavits may result in withholding of payments or the final payment. Affidavit forms will be provided by King County's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. F. During the term of this Contract, King County shall monitor the Contractor's compliance with King County Ordinance No. 12026, and these requirements for utilization of certified firms. King County may at any time visit the site of the work and the Contractor's office to review records related to actual utilization of and payments to certified firms. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient records necessary to enable King County to monitor compliance. The Contractor shall provide every assistance requested by King County during such visits. T/M2 -96 00710 -40 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 9.02 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS DURING WORK A. In accordance with King County Ordinance No. 11992, the Contractor shall not discriminate against, nor tolerate harassment of, any employee or applicant for employment because of religion, color, race, sex, sexual orientation age, national origin, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and employees are treated during employment, without regard to their creed, religion, color, race, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, or the presence of such disability. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following. employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and, selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. B. The Contractor will, prior to commencement and during the term of this Contract, furnish King County, upon request and on such forms as may be provided by King County, a report of the affirmative action taken by the Contractor in implementing the terms of this provision, and will permit access by the Executive King County Executive to the Contractor's records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms, other pertinent data and records for the purpose of investigation to determine compliance with this provision. C. The Contractor shall implement and carry out the obligations contained in its Section 00330 "Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity" submitted as part of the bid to perform the work under this Contract. Failure to implement and carry out such obligations in good faith may be considered by King County as a material breach of this Contract and grounds for withholding payment and /or termination of the Contract and dismissal of the Contractor. The Contractor shall require that Sworn Statements in the form of those required by King County from the Contractor be submitted by its subcontractors and that substantially the foregoing provisions be contained in all such subcontracts. 9.03 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORTS DURING WORK A. The Contractor shall submit a Work Force Profile Report for each subcontractor used during the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall complete the Work Force Profile Report in electronic form as provided by the King County M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. The electronic forms and instructions will be provided to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, completing, and submitting the forms on computer disks to the Engineer five days prior to the date each subcontractor begins work on the Contract. B. With each progress payment request, the Contractor shall submit the Apprenticeship Monthly Report and Equal Employment Opportunity ( "EEO") Monthly Reports of the Contractor's and each subcontractor's actual employment of non - minorities, minorities and women involved on the Contract during that period. Estimates of future employment levels shall not be included on the EEO Monthly Reports. Failure to submit such Monthly Reports may result in withholding of payments. The Contractor shall submit the Work Force Profile Statements, Monthly EEO Reports and Apprenticeship Monthly Report in electronic spreadsheet format. Samples of the printed spreadsheets are shown in Section 01999, REFERENCE FORMS. The King County M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office will provide to the Contractor the instructions and spreadsheet templates on a 3.5 -inch, double- density, floppy disk formatted for MS-DOS or Apple Macintosh. The template files will be in one of the following formats as selected by the Contractor 1) Microsoft Excel for Windows; or 2) Microsoft Excel files, Version 2.2 or later, for Macintosh. The Work Force Profile Statements and Monthly EEO Reports shall be completed and submitted on a 3.5 -inch floppy disks, double- density or high - density. The submitted electronic files shall be in one of the following formats: Microsoft Excel for Windows, Version 3 or later (.XLS); or Microsoft Excel for Macintosh, Version 2.2 or later. (All product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.) C. The Contractor shall ensure each subcontractor completes the EEO Report, shall review the EEO Reports for accuracy and compliance, and shall submit the subcontractors' EEO Reports with the Contractor's EEO Report to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office as required. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by subcontractors with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements. In the event the EEO Reports, whether of the Contractor or subcontractor, show actual employment levels of minorities or women T/M2 -96 00710-41 GENERAL CONDITIONS at a level less than the goals established for this Contract, as set forth in Section 00330, the Contractor shall provide a written explanation therefor and submit such explanation with the EEO Reports. D. In addition to reviewing the EEO Reports, King County may at any time visit the work site(s) to determine the actual employment levels of minorities and women. The Contractor and the subcontractors shall provide every assistance requested by King County during such visits. 9.04 SANCTIONS FOR NON - COMPLIANCE Failure by the Contractor and /or its subcontractors to comply with any requirements of King County Ordinance No. 11992 or this Contract related to equal employment opportunity or utilization of certified firms will be considered a breach of this Contract. In the event the Contractor and /or its subcontractors fail to comply with such requirements, King County may impose sanctions including. (1) suspension of this Contract; (2) withholding of payments; (3) termination of this Contract; and (4) any other sanctions authorized under King County Ordinance No. 11992. Any such failure by the Contractor may be considered by King County in determining whether to award any other contracts to the Contractor. 9.05 APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM A. The Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council (SAC) - registered programs' affirmative action plans and the Apprenticeship Program requirements set forth in these Contract Documents. Failure to implement and carry out the Apprenticeship Program requirements set forth in these Contract Documents shall be a material breach of this Contract and grounds for termination of the Contract. B. During the Initial Construction Planning period, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan for SAC - registered apprentice participation, which plan shall include the following elements: i 1. The Contractor shall estimate total contract labor hours to establish the framework for apprentices enrolled in SAC - registered apprenticeship programs to complete a minimum of fifteen percent (15%) i of the total contract labor hours that are worked by the Contractor and its subcontractors. This fifteen percent shall not include offsite vendors or suppliers. 2. The Draft Construction Schedule specified in Section 01310 shall include the required labor resources by trade, in order to determine the availability of apprentice opportunities, and shall include a fir breakdown by trade of anticipated participation by apprentices. The Construction Schedule and any updates shall iii include the apprentice participation by trade. 3. Apprenticeship participation hours shall be distributed throughout each technical f discipline or trade and each tier expected to be utilized on this Contract, unless modified by King County upon C documentation by the Contractor that participation is not feasible at a tier despite the Contractor's best efforts. 4. First -year apprentices who are minorities and women will perform at least: ‘` a. 20% of the apprentice work hours performed by apprentices from five year k apprenticeship programs; b. 25% of the apprentice work hours performed by apprentices from four year apprenticeship programs; • c. apprenticeship programs; and d. 50% of the apprentice work hours performed by apprentices from two year apprenticeship programs. 5. The specific efforts proposed to be undertaken by the Contractor or its subcontractors if additional efforts are required to implement the Apprenticeship Program goal. C. The Contractor shall submit its draft plan in conjunction with its Draft Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall incorporate King County review comments in its apprenticeship plan and, after King County approval, shall implement its apprenticeship plan. T/M2 - 96 30% of the apprentice work hours performed by apprentices from three year 00710-42 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.. d D. With each progress payment request, the Contractor shall submit an Apprenticeship Monthly Report and a written projection for the following month of apprenticeship hourly participation by trade. The Contractor shall complete the Apprenticeship Monthly Report in electronic form as provided by the King County MAYBE and Contract Compliance Office. A sample of the form is included in Section 01999, REFERENCE FORMS. E. The Apprenticeship Monthly Report shall identify the individual apprentices who participated. F. The Apprenticeship Program participation goal shall apply to all change orders and amendments to the Contract. G. Requests for modification of the requirements of this paragraph 00710 -9.05 shall be submitted to the King County M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. Each request shall include written documentation of affirmative efforts to use SAC - registered apprentices such as copies of the letters from the Contractor to the union locals and responses from union locals stating reasons for not providing labor requested. King County will promptly respond to the Contractor in writing with its decision. T/M2-96 GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT A P REVAILING MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES ESTABLISHED BY THE .SHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES The following pages contain ONLY the state prevailing wage determinations from the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries applicable to this Contract (refer to paragraph 00710 -1.04 herein). The Contractor shall comply with such State determinations. Any questions regarding the state prevailing wa determinations should be addressed to: Department y9 egaz'd� g P g ge, partcnen t of ,Labor and Industries, Prevailing Wage. Section, 925 Plum Street, Olympia, Washington, 98504, or call (360) 902 -5335. • _) �,l:.uwr �; �rt+: t: xwesw�x�cc •nrx.r.n.T..,.....�.n......__, February 1, 1996 STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES PO BOX 44540, OLYMPL4, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 (360) 902 -5335 FAX (360) 902 -5300 TO: ALL INTERESTED PARTIES FROM: JIM P. CHRISTENSEN, INDUSTRIAL STATISTICIAN SUBJECT: REVISED PREVAILING WAGE RATES Attached are revised prevailing wage rates in effect for contracts bid on or after March 2, 1996. Revised rates for Truck Drivers are included in the attached wage sheets. Specific rates for both dump trucks and transit mix trucks are included. These rates are the result of a recent wage and hour survey. I very much appreciate the input many of you provided. BID SPECIFICATIONS OR CONTRACTS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN THE PREVAILING WAGE RATES (ATTACHED) ARE IN VIOLATION OF RCW 39.12.030. TRAVEL TIME REMINDER Washington prevailing wage law applies to all public work, regardless of whether the work is performed at the project site. EXAMPLE: If workers are required under the terms of the contract to report to a remote location and ride a bus to the project site, this would be compensable time under the public works contract. Another example is trucking (which can include hauling excavated materials from the project or delivering materials to the project and ; participating in the incorporation of those materials into the project). ***** r.► Classification State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section • Telephone (360) 902.5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 ***********Or********** *********Or* rfrwrw******+r+w*wrww*w w-*****Vr***wwrww *** **.*►rwwn*r (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over Wage . Fringe Time Holiday Note Rate Benefits Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL 519.51 $4.65 1M 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL 523.57 58.76 1R 5N BRICKLAYERS & MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL 523.09 $5.38 1R 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL 511.71 50.00 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER 522.28 55.81 1M 50 CARPENTER 522.12 55.81 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $22.22 55.81 1M 50 DRYWALL APPLICATOR $22.12 $5.81 1M 50 FLOOR FINISHER $22.25 55.81 1M 50 FLOOR LAYER $22.25 $5.81 1M 50 FLOOR SANDER 522.25 55.81 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS 523.12 $5.81 IM 50 PILEDRIVER 522.12 55.81 1M �SD SAWFILER $22.25 55,81 1M 50 SHINGLER $22.25 55.81 1M 50 STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $22.25 55.81 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS 522.25 55.81 1M 50 CEMENT MASONS CEMENT MASON 521.59 57.27 1N 6E CONCRETE SAW 521.84 57.27 1N 6E CURB & GUTTER, SIDEWALKS $21.59 57.27 1N 6E CURING 521.59 57.27 1N 6E FINISH COLORED CONCRETE 521.84 57.27 1N 6E GUNITE NOZZLE PERSON 521.84 57.27 1N 6E MASTIC, EPDXY, PLASTIC $21.84 57.27 1N 6E PATCHING & PAVING 521.59 57.27 1N 6E POWER TOOLS & GRINDERS 521.84 57.27 1N 6E SANDBLASTING 521.84 57.27 1N 6E SEALING COMPOUND 521.59 57.27 IN 6E TROWEL MACHINE ON COLORED SLABS, COMPOSITION OR KALMAN 523.09 57.27 1N 6E FLOORS TROWELING MACHINE, CURB & GUTTER MACHINE, SCREED & 521.84 57.27 1N 6E RODDING MACHINE TUNNEL WORKERS 521.84 57.27 IN 6E UNDERLAYMENT 521.84 57.27 1N 6E DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER 554.19 55.81 1M 5D BA DIVER TENDER $24.11 . 55.81 1M 50 DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER 521.50 • 56.81 IN 50 8L Page 1 . * ********** ******A *******M** .* Classification KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 ...... w.........-............ w. we•. w. uYnf�1iWtf4 .!w?F9`!;:tN^J„Y.nFAW.v.m..... «.. * * ** * *** * * ** *** **** ** * *** *** *M }M* **IV*** ***** ******Ir** (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over Wage Fringe Time Holiday Note Rate Benefits Code Code Code ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) 521.07 56.81 1N 50 81. BOATMEN 521.50 56.81 1N 5D 81. CRANEMAN 521.55 56.81 IN 5D 81. ENGINEER WELDER 521.55 56.81 IN 50 81. LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC 521.93 56.81 I N 50 8l MAINTENANCE 521,07 56.81 1N 50 81. MATES 521.50 56.81 1N 5D 8L OILER 521.15 56.81 1N 5D 81. DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.45 55.21 1J 5A ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.00 51.37 1J SA ELECTRICIANS • INSIDE CABLE SPLICER 526.74 57.61 1J 6H CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL) 329.41 37.67 1J 6H CERTIFIED WELDER 525.53 37.57 1J 6H CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON 513.37 54.61 1J 6H JOURNEY LEVEL 524.31 57.53 1.1 6H JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL) 526.74 57.61 1J 6H ELECTRICIANS - MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN 313.95 31.42 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL 513.29 51.40 2A 6C ELECTRICIANS • POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER 326.37 56,17 4A 5A 8E CERTIFIED LINE WELDER 523,81 56.08 4A 5A 8E GROUNDPERSON 516.89 54.84 4A SA 8E HEAD GROUNDPERSON 317.97 54.88 4A 5A 8E HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 323.81 56.08 4A 5A 8E JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 517.97 34.88 4A 5A 8E JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON 523.81 36.08 • 4A 5A 8E LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 520.54 $4.97 4A 5A 8E POLE SPRAYER 523.81 56.08 4A 5A BE POWDERPERSON 517.97 34.88 4A' ,5A 8E ELECTRONIC & TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL 512.07 30.00 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS CONSTRUCTOR 317.87 57.65 4A 61 MECHANIC 325.53 58.30 4A 61 MECHANIC IN CHARGE 528.72 38.57 4A 61 PROBATIONARY CONSTRUCTOR 512.77 30.32 4A 61 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS ARCHITECTURAL AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE - All Classifications 59.10 30.00 1 ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Clean -up 513,70 32.73 18 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS - Fabricator 513.95 52.73 18 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS - Gunite 313.95 52.73 18 65 ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Maintenance 514.45 52.74 1B 65 ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Operator 313.95 52.73 1 B 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Rebar • 513,95 $2.73 1B 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Welder 513.70 32.73 18 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Wet Pour 313,70 32.73 1B 6S ALL OTHER CONCRETE PRODUCTS • Yard Patch 31310 32.73 18 6S Page 2 57L "AA ✓ g .fAY1V b'N4,WlYe nNn+ewxeoTUar aw +wwrw.,wwn.. rug n,iunw • wom KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over Wage Fringe Time Holiday Note Rate Benefits Code Code Code Classification FENCE ERECTOR FENCE ERECTOR 513.80 50.00 1 FENCE LABORER 511.60 $0,00 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL 514.83 54.65 1M 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.70 54.61 2E 5G HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC 525.18 54.89 IF 6R HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC 516.04 52.41 1J 5A INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC . 512.86 52.79 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL 57.90 51.17 1 INLAND BOATMEN . DECKHAND 515.19 52.96 1K 5D ENGINEER - DECKHAND 516.81 52.96 1K 5D OPERATOR 517.59 52.96 1K 5D INSPECTION, CLEANING, SEALING OF SEWER & WATER SYSTEMS CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR 58.25 51.48 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR 59.50 51.98 1 HEAD OPERATOR 510.50 52.28 1 TECHNICIAN 56.25 50.00 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR 58.75 51.78 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL 516.58 50.00 1 IRONWORKERS . JOURNEY LEVEL 520.50 59.32 1B 5A LABORERS ASPHALT RAKER 519.99 54.65 1M 51) BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE 519.51 54.65 1M 5D BATCH 1h'EIGHMAN 514.83 54.65 1M 50 CARPENTER TENDER 519.51 54.65 .1M 50 CASSION WORKER 520.35 54.65 1M 5D CEMENT DUMPER /PAVING 519.99 54.65 1M 50 CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 519.51 54.65 1M 50 CHIPPING GUN ' 519.51 54.65 1M 513 CHUCK TENDER 519.51 54,65 1M 50 CLEAN -UP LABORER 519.51 54.65 1M 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER 519.51 54.65 1M 50 CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR 519.99 54.65 1M 5D CRUSHER FEEDER • ' 514.83 54.65 ' 1M 50 CURING CONCRETE • 519.51 $4.65 1M 5D DEMOLITION, WRECKING & MOVING (INCLUDING CHARRED MATERIALS) 519.51 $4.65 .1M 50 DIVER • 520.35 54.65 1M 50 DRILL OPERATOR (HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND, AIR TRAC) 519.99 54.65 1M 50 EPDXY TECHNICIAN 519.51 54.65 1M 50 FALLER /BUCKER, CHAIN SAW 519.99 54.65 1M 5D FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP (i.e., dusting, vacuuming, window cleaning; NOT 512.51 54.65 1M 5D construction debris cleanup) Page 3 Classification KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 Page 4 (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over Wage Fringe Time Holiday Note Rate Benefits Code Code Code GABION BASKET BUILDER $19.51 $4.65 1M 5D GENERAL LABORER 519.51 54,65 1M 50 GRADE CHECKER & TRANSIT MAN 519.99 54.65 1M 50 GRINDERS . $19.51 54,65 1M 50 HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A 520.35 54.65 1M 50 HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B 519.99 54.65 1M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVELS C & D 519.51 54.65 1M 50 HIGH SCALER' 519.99 54.65 1M 50 HOD CARRIER /MORTARMAN 519.99 54.65 1M 5D JACKHAMMER 519.99 54.65 1M 50 MINER 520.35 54.65 1M 50 NOZZLEMAN, CONCRETE PUMP, GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH 519.99 54.65 1M 50 PRESSURE AIR & WATER ON CONCRETE & ROCK, SANDBLAST, GUNITE, SHOTCRETE, WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER 519.99 54,65 1M 5D PILOT CAR 514.83 $4 65 1M 50 PIPE RELINER (NOT INSERT TYPE) 519,99 54 65 1M 50 PIPELAYER & CAULKER 319.99 34.65 1M 5D POT TENDER 519.51 34.65 1M 50 POWDERMAN 520.35 34.65 1M 50 POWDERMAN HELPER 519.51 54.65 1M 50 RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER (POWER) 519.99 54.65 1M 50 RE•TIMBERMAN 520.35 54.55 1M 50 SPREADER (CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) 519.99 54.65 1M 5D SPREADER (CCNCRETE) 519.99 $4.65 1M 50 STAKE HOPPER 519,51 54.65 1M 5D TAMPER & SIMILAR ELECTRIC, AIR & GAS 519.99 34.65 1M 5D TAMPER (MULTIPLE & SELF PROPELLED) 519.99 $4.65 1M 50 TOOLROOM MAN (AT JOB SITE) 519.51 34.65 1M 5D TOPMAN, TAILMAN 519.51 54,65 1M 50 TRACK LINER (POWER) $19.99 34.65 1M 50 TUGGER OPERATOR 519.51 54.65 1M 50 VIBRATING SCREED (AIR, GAS, OR ELECTRIC) 519.51 34.65 1M SD VIBRATOR 519.99 $4.65 1M 5D WELL -POINT MAN 519.99 $4.65 1M 5D LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER GENERAL LABORER 519.51 54.65 1M 50 PIPE LAYER 519.99 54.65 1M 50 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS 511.07 50.00 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS 310.63 50.00 1 LANOSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $8.42 50.00 . 1 LATHERS . JCURNEY LEVEL 522.28 55.81 1J 5A MACHINISTS (HYDROELECTRIC SITE WORK) MACHINIST 516.84 50.00 1 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) FITTER 515.86 30.00 1 LABORER 59.78 $0.00 1 MACHINE OPERATOR 513.04 50.00 1 PAINTER 511.10 50.00 1 to Ito Classification WELDER MODULAR BUILDINGS CABINET ASSEMBLY ELECTRICIAN KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 w **********w*tir •w *tww (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourty Over Wage Fringe Time Holiday Note Rate Benefits Code Code Code 515,48 50.00 1 510.23 51.33 1 $10.23 $1.33 1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE $10.23 51.33 1 PLUMBER $10.23 $1.33 1 PRODUCTION WORKER 57.93 51.33 1 TOOL MAINTENANCE 510.23 51.33 1 UTILITY PERSON 510.23 $1.33 1 WELDER 510.23 51.33 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 519.71 53.44 2B 5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL 521.69 57.25 1R 5A PLAYGROUND & PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL 58.42 50.00 1 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 527,20 59.21 18 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS (OILERS) 519.66 56.81 1N 50 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP 8 UNDER) $21.76 $6.81 1N 50 81. BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) 522.12 $6.81 1N 50 8L BACKHOES, (3 YD 8 UNDER) $22.12 56.81 1N 5D 8L BACKHOES, ( OVER 3 YD AND UNDER 6 YD) 522.56 56.81 1 N 50 8L BACKHOES, (8 YD AND OVER WITH ATTACHMENTS) 523.06 56.81 IN 50 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE 522.12 56.81 IN 5D 81. BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $21.76 $6.81 1 N 50 81. BOBCAT 519.66 56.81 IN 5D 8L BROOMS 519.66 56.81 IN 5D 81. BUMP CUTTER $22.12 $6.81 1N 50 81. CABLEWAYS 522.56 56.81 1N 50 81. CHIPPER $22.12 56.81 1 N 50 81. COMPRESSORS 519.66 $6.81 1N 50 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT 522.12• 56.81 IN 50 81. CONCRETE PUMPS 521.76 56.81 1N 50 81. CONVEYORS . $21.76 56.81 1N 50 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, W1TH ATTACHMENTS 521.76 56.81 1 N 50 8L CRANES. 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS 522.12 56.81 1 N 50 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OP BOOM (INCLUDING JIB 522.56 $6.81 1 N 5D 8L WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING MB $23.06 56.81 IN 5D 81. WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS & OVER, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING MB WITH 323.56 56.81 IN 50 8L ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $19.66 56.81 IN 50 81. CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON 521.76 56.81 I N 50 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) 522.12 56.81 1 N 50 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE ( 45 - 99 TONS) $22.56 56.81 IN 50 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) 523.06 56.81 IN 5D 81. CRANES, TOWER CRANE 523.06 56.81 IN 5D . 8L CRUSHERS 522.12 56.81 IN 50 81. Page 5 **** **** * **** ******** KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 Page 6 **** ******** (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over Wage Fringe Time Holiday . Note Classification Rate Benefits Code Code Code DECK ENGINEER /DECK WINCHES (POWER) 522.12 $6.81 1 N 5D 8L DERRICK, BUILDING 522.56 56.81 1N 5D 8L DOZERS, D -98 UNDER 321.76 $6.81 IN 50 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT 521.76 56.81 1N 50 8L DRILLING MACHINE 522.12 56.81 IN 50 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT -TYPE 519.66 56.81 1 N 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) 521.76 56.81 1N 50 8L FINISHING MACHINE /CURB EXTRUDER 522.12 56.81 1N 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) 321.76 56.81 1N 50 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 :BS) 519.66 56.81 1N 50 8L GRADE ENGINEER 521.76 56.81 1N 50 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $19.66 $6.81 1N 50 8L HOISTS, AIR TUGGERS $21.76 $6.81 1N 50 8L HYDRALIFTSIBOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) 519.66 36.81 1N 50 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $21.76 $6.81 1N 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD ( UNDER 6YD) 522.12 56.81 1N 50 8L. LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) 522.56 56.81 1N 50 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) 523.06 56.81 1N 5D BL LOCOMOTIVES, ALL 322.12 56.81 1N 50 8L MECHANICS, ALL (WELDERS) 522,12 36,81 1N 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT 522.12 56,81 1N 50 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) 522.12 56.81 1N 50 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON - FINISHING) 521.76 $6.81 1N 50 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $22.56 $6,81 1N 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING 519.66 56.81 1N 50 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER 519,66 $6.81 1N 50 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) 522.12 36,81 1N 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT CRUSHER) (21.76 56.81 1N 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL S19,66 $6.81 .1N 50 8L POWER PLANT $19.66 56.81 1N 50 8L PUMPS, WATER 519.66 36,81 1N 50 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD-41 522.56 36.81 1N 50 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR 522.56 56.81 1N 50 8L ROLLAGON S22.56 36.81 IN 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX 519.66 56.81 1N 50 8L ROLLERS. PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS (COMPOSITION 321.76 , 36,81 1N 50 8L MATERIALS) ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER 522.12 56.81 IN 50 8L SAWS, CONCRETE 521.76 56.81 1N 50 8L SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL 521.76 36.81 1N 50 8L SCRAPERS, SELF - PROPELLED ( UNDER 45 YD) 322.12 56 61 1 N 5D 8L SCRAPERS, SELF - PROPELLED (45 YD AND OVER) 322.56 56.81 1N 50 8L SCREED MAN 522.12 56.81 1N 50 ' 8L SHOTCRETEGUNITE 519.66 36.81 IN 5D 8L SHOVELS, (3 YD & UNDER) 322.12 56.81 1N 50 8L SHOVELS, ( OVER 3 YD AND UNDER 6YD) 522.56 56.81 1 N' 50 8L SHOVELS, (6 YD AND OVER WITH ATTACHMENTS) 523.06 56.81 1N ,50 ' 81. • SLIPFORMPAVERS • S22,56 36.81 IN SD 81. SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX 321,76 56.81 1N 50 81. SUBGRADE TRIMMER 322.12 36.81 1N 50 81. ....... ... . ...:id r, " ii {';:r` «'.,iti."+¢:' slit'. �rl? ifa8?,.bt;+l. +as."r'.:fs.��miw• KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 * ****-**w****f•*l**************** 1,4-r * Ma************ ***** *******N****** *** ********* ** (See Benefit Code Key) Hourly Hourly Over . Wage Fringe Time Holiday Note Classification Rate Benefits Code Code Code TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) 321.76 56.81 1N 50 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) 522.12 36.81 1N 51) 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE 322.56 36.81 1N 50 8L TRENCHING MACHINES 321,76 36.81 1N 50 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) 321.76 36.81 1N 50 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) 322.12 $6.81 1N 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE 319.66 36.81 1N 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER 522.12 36.81 1N 5D 8L • POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE 320.10 35.05 4A 5A LINE CLEARANCE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 319.12 34.32 4A SA SPRAY PERSON 318.79 34.30 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER 517.35 54.96 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GRO'UNDPERSON /CHIPPER OPERATOR 512.17 34.08 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC 526.57 $8.04 1A 5A RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 511.85 33.50 • 1 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.15 $0.00 1 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL 515.21 $0.00 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $11.87 50.00 1 RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL 311.00 32.96 1 RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.96 50.00 1 RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 514.66 .$0.00 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 317.00 34.12 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS JOURNEY LEVEL $18.68 $426 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL 513.55 $2.70 1 RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL 519.89 30.00 1 RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $15.37 50.00 1 ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL 521.40 34.90 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 524.40 $4.90 1R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL 525.52 57.24 1J 5A SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (ELECTRICAL) • JOURNEY LEVEL 317.29 52.00 1 STOCK PERSON 58,65 51.74 1 Page 7 KING COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -96 ♦....**www...►.►vw ***M******** r** ANM*Nr *rM***************M *MYMMser**** *M *AMA N *MY *M *4***** (See Benefit Code Key) Over Time Holiday Note Code Code Classification SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (NON•ELECTRICAL) CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION "8" PRODUCTION SILK SCREENER SHOP PERSON SIGN HANGER SIGN PAINTER SILK SCREENER SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON INSTRUMENT PERSON PARTY CHIEF TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCT1ON • OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER HOLE JIGGER /GROUND PERSON INSTALLER (REPAIRER) JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON POLE SPRAYER SPECIAL. APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) TELEVISION GROUND PERSON TELEVISION LINEPERSON TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN TELEVISION TECHNICIAN TREE TRIMMER TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL TRUCK DRIVERS DUMP TRUCK DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER OTHER' TRUCKS TRANSIT MIXER WELL. DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER OILER WELL DRILLER Page 8 Hourly Hourly Wage Fnnge Rate Benefits Code 515.63 52.42 1 57.91 52.42 1 57,82 52.42 1 54.99 52.42 1 515.63 52.42 1 $18,39 52.42 1 512.16 52.42 1 520.00 54.61 1 B ' 5A 511.20 51.24 1 5S 525.00 59.30 1B 5C 510.50 52.73 1 59.35 50.00 1 511.40 50,00 1 513.40 50.00 1 518.06 $3.08 2B 5A 58.83 52,53 2B 5A 517 20 53,03 2B 5A $16,60 53,00 213 5A 516.60 53.00 2B 5A 518.06 53.08 2B 5A 517.64 53.06 2B 5A 518.06 53.08 2B 5A 516.60 53.00 2B 5A 58.24 S2.49 28 SA 511.90 52.71 2B 5A 514.72 52.88 28 5A 512.95 52.78 28 5A 516.60 53.00 2B SA 522.27 55.31 1R 5A 517.60 55.06 1R 5A 518.33 54.46 1K 5A 520.64 56.28 1M SD 521.22 $6.28 1M 5D 521.22 56.28 1M 5D 526.46 50.00 1 511.60 50.00 1 59.45 50.00 1 511.60 50.00 1 BL 8L BL 4 1 4 a 1 4 4 tfr 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -96 OVERTIME CODES A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS), SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.' ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY. AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HQURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS.SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS. SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF. TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS' (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. • W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS MAY BE WORKED AS A MAKE -UP DAY AT THE PREVAILING HOURLY RATE OF WAGE (NO OVERTIME) WHEN WORK IS LOST DUE TO ANY REASON BEYOND THE EMPLOYER'S CONTROL. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. E. ALL HOURS.WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN 4 ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. IN ADDITION TO THE,HOLIDAY PAY. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE . HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. 0. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -96 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOIJBLE f6 THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODES h 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEARS DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY �+ AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B: HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE to FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE LAST DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). 1. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. AND (' CHRISTMAS DAY (6). 4, M. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THE H:. FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). A r::; N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY 19) 0. . PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). 2 �aa 4 BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -96 5. S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: SEVEN (7) PAID HOLIDAYS U. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND A DAY OF TIIE EMPLOYEES CHOICE (7). V. PAID HOLIDAYS. SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS • NEW YEAR'S DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY AFTER 2080 HOURS • NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY 18) Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). .6. A. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, MDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY (9). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). F. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9) H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 1. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). M. PAID HOLIDAYS: THANKSGIVING AND CHRISTMAS. UNPAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY AND THE DAY AFTER THANKSGI N. PAID HOLIDAYS: MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY AND THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY, UNPAID HOLIDAY: PRESIDENTS' DAY. R. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY; MARTIN LUTHER KING. JR. DAY; WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY: MEMORIAL DAY: INDEPENDENCE DAY; THANKSGIVING DAY; THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY: AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8), S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVINCJ DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. THE LAST WORKING UAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). • BENEFIT CODE ICY EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -96 6. U. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING) DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY. CHRISTMAS DAY, AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY. AND EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (9), W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY. PRESIDENTS DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. CHRISTMAS DAY. DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY. PRESIDENTS DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY. EMPLOYEES BIRTHDAY (II ). NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS. THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - 51.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - S2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - S5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTF.D FOR 250 FEET B. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - S1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - S2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - S5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' • 51.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150' - 51.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200' - 52.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL 51.00 PER HOUR. E. ALL CLASSIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL APPRENTICES, REPORTING TO AN EMPLOYER'S DESIGNATED JOB HEADQUARTERS AND WORKING A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) HOURS IN ANY ONE (1) DAY SHALL RECEIVF. A PER DIEM ALLOWANCE OF TWENTY -FOUR DOLLARS (S24.00) IN ADDITION TO THE PREVAILING HOURLY RATE OF WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: 50.75, LEVEL B: 50.50 AND LEVEL C: 50.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B: SI 00. LEVELS C cr: D: 50.50. N. R'iORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: SI.00, LEVEL 13: S0.75, LEVEL C: 50.50, AND LEVEL D: 50.25. PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE SECTION 01010 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK SUMMARY OF WORK A. This section describes the project in general, and provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed under this contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in the applicable specification sections and shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, taxes, licenses, permits, inspection fees, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, testing, and completion of the Work under this contract. A. The work described below will be accomplished at Metro's South and East Transit Operating Bases except as noted. In general, the work will consist of, but not be limited to, the listed items. B. Work at the Maintenance Buildings: 1. Remove the steam boilers, auxiliary equipment and steam piping and condensate return system. 2. Provide natural gas piping to new HVAC equipment. 3. Replace existing air handlers (supply fans and return /exhaust fans) with new air handler units with 100% outside air capacity, heat recovery, and gas fired furnaces. 4. Replace miscellaneous exhaust fans. 5. Add to and modify existing ductwork to suit the new equipment. Clean existing ductwork that will be re -used. Seismically brace new and existing ductwork. 6. Replace existing multi -zone air conditioning unit with chilled water coil with a new variable volume air conditioning unit with air cooled condensing unit and direct expansion coil. 7. Provide gas fired hot water boiler, pumps and piping to serve the existing baseboard fin tube radiation and the new coils in the variable air volume (VAV) terminal units. 8. Repair roofing, close all penetrations associated with the HVAC rehabilitation work. Provide walkway pads on the roof. 9. Replace ceilings in room where HVAC - related work occurs. 10. Provide and modify electrical system to accommodate the new HVAC equipment. C. Work at the Operations Buildings: 1. Provide gas -fired hot water boiler, pumps and piping to serve the existing baseboard fin tube radiation and new coils in the VAV terminal units. 2. Replace the existing air conditioning unit with a roof mounted air cooled packaged unit. 3. Remove the existing water chiller, cooling tower, chilled and condenser water piping, pumps and accessories. Remove the steam to hot water heat exchanger and hot water pumps and piping from the Mechanical room. Provide new hot water pumps and piping from new boiler to the existing heating system piping. 4. Provide new variable air volume (VAV) and VAV fan powered terminal units to replace the existing. 5. Replace miscellaneous exhaust fans. 6. Add to and modify existing ductwork to suit the new equipment. Clean existing ductwork that will be re -used. Seismically brace new and existing ductwork. 7. Provide new stairway from the first floor roof to the second floor roof. 8. Repair roofing, close all penetrations associated with the HVAC rehabilitation work. Provide walkway pads on the roof. 01010 -1 T/M2 -96 9. Replace ceilings in rooms where HVAC or sprinkler related work occurs. 10. Provide and modify the electrical system to accommodate the new HVAC equipment. 11. Provide equipment screen at roof, East Base Operations Building only. 12. Provide automatic sprinkler system. D. Work that is common to both the Maintenance and Operations Buildings: 1. Renovate, improve and expand the existing Fire Alarm System. 2. Provide direct digital control (DDC) system for the new HVAC equipment. 3. Provide auxiliary propane storage equipment and pad with chain link security fence and underground gas piping and electrical conduits to building. Provide retaining walls at propane storage equipment pads. 1.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. In general, the locations of existing major utilities, whether aboveground or underground, are indicated on the Drawings. This information has been obtained from utility maps, existing "as- built" drawings, and field surveys. Metro does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and it is to be understood that other aboveground or underground facilities not shown on the Drawings may be encountered during the course of the work. In any case, most minor lines such as water, gas and sewer services, power, and sprinkler irrigation lines are not indicated. B. Existing utilities, whether shown on the Drawings or not, shall be maintained, relocated, rerouted, removed and restored as may be necessary by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to owners and operators of the utilities and to Metro in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710- 3.03. 1.04 SURVEY INFORMATION A. Metro will not establish reference bench marks and base lines. Contractor shall use building lines Identified on the Drawings. From the information provided, the Contractor shall develop and make such additional surveys as are needed for construction, such as control lines, slope stakes, settlement platforms, batter boards, stakes for pipe locations and other working points, lines and elevations. Survey work shall be performed under the supervision of a licensed land surveyor. The Contractor shall re- establish reference bench marks and survey control monuments destroyed by its operations at no additional cost to Metro. Submit control work and cut sheet to Engineer. 1.05 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE A. Portions of the Specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" shall be included by inference where a colon ( :) is used within sentences or phrases. 1. Examples: a. Aggregate: ASTM C33 b. Adhesive: Spread with notched trowel. 1.06 PARTNERING re: 01010 - 2 T/M2-96 B. Partnering: Metro intends to encourage the foundation of a cohesive partnership with the Contractor, and its subcontractors. This partnership will be structured to draw on the strengths of A. The Contractor is invited to participate with Metro in a voluntary partnering program. The purpose of t: the partnering program is to establish project goals, identify conflict management, foster communications, and share problem solving ideas. The culmination of the initial workshop will be a "Partnering Charter," which though not legally binding is signed by all participants and serves as the �:• project mission statement. Thereafter, Metro, and the Contractor, will participate in periodic discussions relating to partnering for the purpose of continuing to foster communications and improve the working groups' effectiveness. r`w; ArAirUsIttraXtrWV ~ PART 2 MATERIALS Not used. Not used. each organization to identify and achieve completion within budget, on schedule, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. This partnership makeup , and participation will ba totally voluntary. An integral aspect of partnering kythemaoo|udonnfdisoutaeinaUmgky , and manner. Alternative di ute resolution methodologies, such as negotiation, mediation or creation of a Dispute Review Board, will be encouraged in place of the more adversarial dispute resolution procedures such as Iltigation. Thls wiU assist in promoting and maintaining an amicable working relationship to preserve the "partnership." PART 3 EXECUTION • END OF SECTION Atf .14 SECTION 01012 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PARAMETERS END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY C A. This Section describes the milestones and construction sequences that the Contractor shall incorporate into the performance of this Contract. 1.02 SCOPE A. The construction schedule parameters are included to assist the Contractor in identifying specific procurement, sequencing, and work activities necessary to meet Metro's requirements and C. milestones indicated in this Section. The use of this information does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for establishing delivery times and construction periods, and preparing construction schedules complying with the requirements of Section 01310. 1.03 CONTRACT TIME L. A. The Contractor shall have construction complete, and the facilities commissioned and ready for possession and use within 178 calendar days (unless otherwise noted below) after the effective date of Notice to Proceed . Failure of the Contractor to finish within the Contract time will result in damages In accordance with Paragraphs 00710 -6.02 and 00710 -8.01 being assessed against the L Contractor. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, SEQUENCE AND CONSTRAINTS 1 A. Construction milestones, sequence and constraints are included in Section 01014. They highlight some of the limitations placed on the Contractor's work due to the specific characteristics of the project and the facility. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct its work in a manner consistent with achieving these purposes, and its construction schedule shall comply with and include the specific sequence milestones and limitations of work specified in this Section. Failure of the Contractor to complete specified work by the milestones will result in damages in accordance with Paragraphs 00710 -6.02 and 00710 -8.01 being assessed against the Contractor. C C PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. 01012.1 • T/M2 -96 1.03 METRO RESPONSIBILITIES SECTION 01014 CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, SEQUENCE AND CONSTRAINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section identifies the requirements for coordinating work performed at existing Metro facilities or on Metro property. 1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: CONTINUITY OF FACILITY OPERATIONS A. The existing facility will remain in operation throughout the performance of this Contract. Schedule and conduct the work to avoid shutdowns and interference with normal facility operations and maintenance. Coordinate all utility shutdowns and Metro workforce interruptions with the Engineer and provide advance notice as specified. B. The facility operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The operating capabilities shall not be disrupted, altered or diverted except under the conditions noted in this Section. There are periods of the day when Metro workforce disruptions cause Tess impact on Metro operations than at other periods of time. Construction shall be scheduled during certain hours of the day and weekends to minimize operational impacts and potentially improve the efficiency of work under this contract. Some other than typical work hours will be mandatory in some areas. Coordinate with the Engineer when and If these time periods shall be instituted. C. It is assumed that existing facilities outside the scope of this Contract are in good repair. Existing damage or defects shall be reported to the Engineer immediately and prior to the start of work. Damages caused by the Contractor shall be repaired and /or replaced to a condition equal to or better than that existing prior to the damage, in accordance with Paragraph 3.09 of the General Conditions, at no additional cost to Metro. D. Obtain written approval from the Engineer seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the time to perform work, or as otherwise specified, to take any utility, system, or process out of service, and any work activity that will affect Metro operations. Contractor cannot request a shutdown until documentation is provided that shows the major system components have been shipped. E. Provide temporary power, heating, ventilation, materials, and equipment necessary to maintain continuous total facility operations except for the systems, processes, or utilities explicitly identified and agreed to in the shut down approval. The integrity of existing facility utilities and operations shall be maintained at all times. A. Operations: Metro's operating personnel will be responsible for operating the existing facility throughout the performance of this Contract. Equipment presently installed in the facility must be available to personnel at all times for use, maintenance and repair. If it is necessary in the course of operating the facility, for the Contractor to move its equipment and materials or material included in the Work, the Contractor shall do so promptly and place such equipment or material in an area which does not interfere with the facility operation. The Contractor shall not adjust or operate Metro's serviceable or functioning equipment or systems except as specifically required by this Contract. Contact between Metro's operational personnel and the Contractor shall be through the Engineer or the Engineer's designated representative. 01014 -1 T/M2-96 1.04 TIME RESTRICTIONS A. Limit the hours of work to occur within the following schedule: Weekdays: 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM, unless noted otherwise. Weekends: As specified and subject to approval by the Engineer. Work in Dispatch areas of the Operations Buildings, as indicated on drawings, shall be limited to hours between 8 :00 PM and 4:00 AM including weekends. Coordinate with the Engineer with at least 72 hours notification. This work shall be identified in the schedule specified in Section 00710- 1.04D. B. Submit a schedule of working hours in accordance with Paragraph 00710- 1.04D. The Contractor shall be liable for the premium costs of Metro's overtime inspection, in accordance with Paragraph 00710- 1.04D. 1.05 APPROVAL OF SCHEDULE A. Submittals for approval of construction schedule shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 01310. 1.06 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION A. In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710- 2.02A, designate a representative to be on the site at all times during the construction. This representative shall be capable of giving direct field orders as the need arises. Official project communication shall be conducted between the Contractor's representative and the Engineer. 1.07 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS A. Take special precautions to protect mechanical equipment, power supply and distribution equipment, instrumentation equipment, furnishings, and surroundings from exposure to weather, dust, debris, dirt, and water during the construction period. B. The Contractor shall take special care to protect the existing roofing material. Contractor, as a minimum, shall temporarily place plywood on the existing roof surface to prevent damage to the roof adjacent and around each HVAC unit to be modified, replaced, demolished or added. Additionally place temporary plywood for a walking surface from the roof access to the work area. Plywood shall be adequately weighted to resist wind forces. All roofs are presently under warrantee with Tremco. Contractor shall provide the Engineer and Tremco Representative Mr. Paul Cassidy at 1- 800 -831- 7408 with a minimum of 72 hours notice before starting work. All roof protection shall be approved by Tremco. C. During construction periods and within areas that are normally occupied by Metro workforce during non - construction time periods, protect office equipment, furnishings, Metro personnel belongings, structure surfaces not being modified by this contract, etc. Protection shall be by sheets of visqueen, plywood, and/or other temporarily placed material that shall be approved by the Engineer. D. In areas so designated by the Engineer, at the end of each construction work daily time period, temporary protection materials shall be removed, the area cleaned, and made ready for Metro's use. 4 01014 -2 T/M2-96 ! 1.08 MILESTONES A. Construction Schedules shall be prepared and submitted as specified in Section 01310. B. HVAC equipment listed in the Equipment Schedules on Drawings M11, M12, M21 and M22 shall be shipped from the supplier within twelve (12) weeks from the date the Contractor receives the reviewed submittal from Metro. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300. Submittals receiving a Review Action of 3, 4, or 5 does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the twelve (12) week allowance specified above. Damages for delay will be assessed for each day beyond the twelve (12) week allowance in accordance with Section 00710 Parts 6 and 8. 1.09 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. At the Contractor's option, construction may be undertaken at each of the bases, i.e. East base or South base, either concurrently or sequentially but total contract time shall not exceed that which is specified in Section 01012. B. Sequence of Construction shall be identified in schedules prepared in accordance with Section 01310. 1.10 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS A. Power outages 1. A site -wide total outage of the East Base Transit Operating Facility will be required to install the addition to the main switchboard in the maintenance building. This outage shall occur between the hours of 11:00 AM on Sunday and be completed no later than 3:45 AM on Monday. All power shall be restored prior to 3:45 AM on Monday. Only one site -wide total outage will be allowed at East Base. Contractor shall schedule the work to conform to this requirement. The Owner shall be notified of the outage requirement a minimum of four weeks in advance. Date of outage shall be at the convenience of the Owner, who will have final approval authority. 2. A total outage of the South Base Maintenance and Operations Buildings will be required in order to install cooling fans on the main transformer in the Maintenance Building. This outage shall occur between the hours of 11:00 AM on Sunday and be completed no later than 3:45 AM on Monday. All power shall be restored prior to 3:45 AM on Monday. The Contractor shall provide a temporary power generator during this period to accommodate total outage of the Maintenance /Operations buildings. Only one total outage of the Maintenance /Operations buildings will be allowed at South Base. Contractor shall schedule the work to conform to this requirement. Date of outage shall be at the convenience of the Owner, who will have final approval authority. 3. Smaller outages may be required by the Contractor on individual panelboards and busducts throughout both the South Base and East Base facilities. A single outage for each panelboard will be allowed, if necessary. Each panelboard outage shall be scheduled a minimum of 4 working days in advance, with a meeting held between the Contractor, the Engineer, and the building operations personnel. This meeting shall be to determine the affected Toads and coordinate impact of loss of power to the panelboard branch circuits. 4. The maximum duration of a single panelboard outage shall be 2 hours. All individual panelboard outages shall be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner, and shall occur: a. Operations Building: Between the hours of 11:00 AM on Sunday and be completed no later than 3:45 AM on Monday. b. Maintenance Building: On weekends (11:00 PM Friday to 10:00 PM Sunday). 5. Outages to Busducts (plug bus) shall be limited to weekends only. 6. Contractor shall provide any and all temporary and construction power required. This includes all power to new equipment required to be energized prior to removal of loads being demolished. 7. Power shall be maintained at all times to all areas not under the sole control of the Contractor. Isolation of power circuits to accommodate construction within areas under the control of the 01014 -3 T/M2 -96 _ ..................................... .,«.,,..,w.m+,»..,.<«n.w.w.we+ Kona. �U+ IkmssyCri: D. U tt8' JfifYAT M: x: a. r. e......««.... o ....«.�......- .«. +u�. t 1. 1 1 1.. 1 ' 4 1. 4 1 1 1 4 kto tr ktv Ice fix+ 4 0 Contractor shall be done at times acceptable to the Owner and shall not disrupt power to areas not under the control of the Contractor. B. Construction and Temporary Power 1. The Contractor shall provide for its own construction and temporary power. Make arrangements for additional power requirements, as needed, with the electrical utility. However, existing permanent 120 volt convenience outlets in the buildings may be utilized during construction for small tool operation. Provide temporary power to energize new HVAC equipment as required to meet temporary HVAC needs. Do not energize new equipment from permanent sources until all existing loads (to be demolished) have been removed. C. Temporary Lighting 1. Permanent building lighting may be used during construction. Provide either existing or temporary (or a combination of existing /temporary) lighting systems to maintain the current level of illumination. Where existing light fixtures are located in suspended ceilings, and the suspended ceilings are either temporarily removed or are replaced, illumination levels shall be maintained during Metro use of the affected spaces. D. Permanent Lighting Changes 1. Where suspended ceilings are revised as part of this contract to accommodate HVAC system changes, the Contractor shall relocate (as required) the lighting fixtures to match the new locations shown on the reflected ceiling plans. E. DC Power Systems 1. When working in the vicinity of overhead DC trolley wire systems (in maintenance bays so equipped), it will be required that Metro's Power Distribution Group be contacted to provide the proper electrical power shutoff, tagging, and clearances required by the Power Distribution Group to provide safe working conditions. When the bay is retumed to Metro for their use, removal of tagging, clearances and reconnection of power shall be performed again only by Metro's Power Distribution Group. Costs incurred by the Power Distribution Group beyond one shutdown at each bay or as agreed with the Engineer, shall be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $1,000 per occurrence at each bay. The Contractor shall be aware that DC systems at both East Base and South Base are powered independently from the building AC power systems. F. Natural Gas Outages 1. One total outage of natural gas will be allowed at each Transit Operating Facility. The outages shall not exceed 8 hours and shall occur between 11:00 PM Friday and 10:00 PM Sunday. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01014-4 T/M2 -96 1.02 SCOPE SECTION 01027 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the criteria for establishing a schedule of values for the work performed under this Contract, and specific conditions for payment against those scheduled values. A. Submit a balanced schedule of values. The total value of the activities shall equal the Contract amount. Overhead and profit shall be prorated into the amounts indicated for the activities. Activity values shall be rounded to the nearest dollar. B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the schedule of values is unbalanced, the Contractor will be required to present documentation substantiating the cost allocations of those activities believed to be unbalanced. C. Scheduled values for construction activities shall meet the requirements and designations indicated in Paragraph 01310-2.01F. D. Scheduled values for non - construction activities shall meet the requirements and designations indicated in Paragraph 01310 -2.01 F. In addition, the following values will be specifically identified: 1. Mobilization: The value allocated to all mobilization activities shall not exceed 5 percent of the original Contract Price. 2. Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports: The value allocated for the contract requirements of Section 01310 shall not be less than 2 percent of the original contract price. 3. Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning: The value allocated for the Contract requirements of Section 01660 shall equal the designated value for the mobilization activity. 4. Section 01720 - Record Drawings: As determined by the percentages indicated in Paragraph 01720 -3.03, a value shall be allocated for record drawings. 5 Section 01730 - O &M Information: The value allocated for the Contract requirements of Section 01730 shall not be less than 1 percent of the original Contract Price. 6. Section 01750 - Spare Parts: Utilizing the Spare Parts Summary indicated in Paragraph 01750 -3.03, a total value of 3% shall be allocated for the spare parts required of the Contract. 1.03 CHANGE ORDERS A. Per Section 00710, values for items contained within change orders will be incorporated into the project construction and schedule of values, upon approval of the change orders. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 01027 -1 T/M2 -96 NO. PAYMENT ITEM CONDITION FOR PAYMENT PAYMENT AMOUNT ALLOWED 1 Scheduled Value for Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's initial construction schedule and progress report format 20 percent of the value amount 2 Scheduled Value for Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports. The Engineer's receipt of monthly progress reports and construction schedule Final 80% of the value amount shall be paid on a pro -rata basis as determined by the value of the monthly partial payment request approved by the Engineer. 3 Scheduled Value for Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning. The Engineer's approval of Contractor's system test packages, for the scope of work identified as Milestone 1 of Paragraph 01012- 1.04B. 10 percent for the first test package, the remaining amount to be paid in proportion the number of test packages approved for the remaining scopes of work 4 Scheduled Value for Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning. Metro's Acceptance of the scope of work identified as Milestone 1 of Paragraph 01012- 1.04B. 10 percent for the first test package, the remaining amount to be paid in proportion the number of test packages approved for the remaining scopes of work PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL A. The Schedule of Values shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer prior to processing of any Contractor progress payments. B. The Schedule of Values shall be updated to incorporate change orders prior to payment against change order work. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Advance payment against material and equipment invoices, as allowed must be identified against the applicable activity number in the Schedule of Values. B. In the event that the Contractor's scheduling software does not include a schedule of values and an earned value report function, then the schedule of values and Earned Value Report shall be formatted utilizing MS Excel 4.0. A 3.5 -inch floppy disk using MS Excel 4.0 will be made available to the Engineer with the approved schedule of values format, and approved Earned Value Report. 3.03 CONDITIONS FOR PAYMENT A. The following criteria shall be met prior to processing these specific payments: 01027 -2 n.,n o..... m+ m, ». x�t'f:.t.- ;". "r ?.:�t•,.:yY�.':fi T/M2 -96 NO. PAYMENT ITEM CONDITION FOR PAYMENT PAYMENT AMOUNT ALLOWED 5 Scheduled Value for Section 01720 - Record Drawings. The Engineer's receipt of approved record drawings and Specifications. 100 percent of value amount. 6 Scheduled Value for Section 01730 - Operations and Maintenance Information. The Engineer's preliminary approval of all required operations and maintenance information. First 50 percent of value amount. 7 Scheduled Value for Section 01730 - Operations and Maintenance Information. The Engineer's receipt of five (5) final bound operations and maintenance manuals. Final 50 percent of value amount. 8 Scheduled Value for Section 01750 - Spare Parts. The Engineer's acceptance of all spare parts at substantial completion of the project. 100 percent of value amount. END OF SECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 ASBESTOS INSPECTION 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1.05 METRO'S RESPONSIBILITIES SECTION 01035 ASBESTOS AND LEAD INFORMATION A. This Section provides information pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.1101 (k), WAC Chapter 296 -62 -07707 and to all other applicable requirements concerning regulatory reporting on asbestos and lead containing materials. B. The information in this Section is based on the results of a site inspection and assessments of the proposed construction areas therein that will be affected by work under this Contract. C. The site inspection was conducted by qualified, accredited, competent personnel under the direction of an accredited Metro's Inspector. Metro's Inspector, and all personnel involved met the requirements of WAC Chapter 296- 155 -17605 and 40 CFR Part 763 D. The contractor shall notify all employers of employees who work or perform work subject to this section of the of the contents of this section. A. The site inspection to identify asbestos - containing materials was performed in conformance with the requirements of : 1. 40 CFR Part 763 - Subpart E, as applicable to public and commercial buildings, and 2. WAC Chapter 296 -62- 07737. B. Based on the results of the site inspection, Metro's Inspector has determined that the building areas that will be affected by work under this Contract, and materials therein, does not contain asbestos. 1.03 LEAD INSPECTION A. The site inspection to identify lead- containing materials was performed in conformance with the requirements of WAC Chapter 296 - 155 - 17609. B. Based on the results of the site inspection, Metro's Inspector has determined that the proposed construction areas that will be affected by work under this contract therein do not contain lead. C. The contractor shall notify all employers of employees who work or perform work subject to this section of the of the contents of this section. A. Should suspect material be encountered, immediately suspend all work that could disturb said material and notify the Engineer who will implement the proper action. Do not proceed with work that could disturb the material until authorized by the Engineer, in writing, to do so. A. Upon notification by the Contractor of the existence of suspect material, the Engineer will have said material inspected and analyzed for the presence of asbestos or lead, as required. 01035 -1 T/M2 -96 Not Used, Not Used. The inspection and analytical work will meet the requirements specified under either 1.02 or 1.03 above, as may be applicable. If the results of the inspection and analysis confirm the presence of asbestos or lead in the suspect material, Metro will take the necessary actions for compliance with the applicable regulations. After compliance is obtained, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing so that work under this contract can proceed. PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 3 EXECUTION . If the results of the inspection and analysis confirm that the suspect material is free of asbestos and lead, the Engineer will notify the Contractor writing so that work under this contract can proceed. END OF SECTION v PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS A. Metro has referred to reports prepared for the construction of subsequent construction projects. The reports are titled: 1. East Base a. "Final Report, Foundation Exploration, East Operating Base" 1975 by Converse Davis Dixon Associates, Inc. 2. South Base a. "Final Report, Foundation Exploration, South Operating Base" Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle, September 17, 1976 by Converse Davis Dixon Associates, Inc. B. The geotechnical information obtained from these reports is not a part of these Contract Documents; such information is available for review at the Contracts Counter, 12th Floor, Exchange Building, or at Metro's Library located on the 9th Floor, Exchange Building, open 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM, in order that the Contractor (as a bidder) may have the same information as Metro. The geotechnical review is not intended as Metro's representation of geotechnical conditions, except for those conditions at the specific times and locations of the investigations. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. SECTION 01036 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION Metro does not warrant and specifically disclaims responsibility for the interpretation by Contractor of such geotechnical information. The Contractor shall make its own interpretations, deductions and conclusions as to the nature of the materials to be excavated, the difficulties of making and maintaining the required excavations and the difficulties of doing other work affected by geotechnical conditions, and shall accept full responsibility therefore. The Contract Price includes full consideration of all costs of the Contractor based on the Contractor's interpretation of such information. END OF SECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Coordination 2. Preconstruction conference 3. Progress meetings .v a:!tlr apt... x' t( Cf: NMl.".?; a. :YN:'T;t'tYLIY.• ^M,'(e+�i.`kiTn y..t.... o-. nr« n.. rr.... v.,,......-......... .........,.+........•...., -e..n .......nr SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.02 COORDINATION A. Provide adequate daily coordination of all subcontractors to ensure that work is property sequenced. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. C. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing In service operating equipment. Verify that the utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C. Coordinate work of utility companies providing on -site services for the work of this Contract. E. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate sections in preparation for substantial completion. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to beginning construction, a meeting of representatives of the Contractor, Metro and other affected agencies will be held. The purpose of the meetings will be to establish lines of authority and communication and identify duties and responsibilities of the parties. Discussion will cover specific Contract plans, specifications, unusual conditions, schedules of completion, equal employment regulations, civil rights requirements and other pertinent features of the Contract. Written notification of such a pending preconstruction conference will be made by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall bring to the preconstruction meeting the following information: 1. To be determined. C. Failure to bring the requested information to the preconstruction conference will be grounds to delay the start of construction. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Engineer will arrange and the Contractor shall attend weekly project meetings. The Contractor shall arrange for attendance of Contractor's subcontractors as necessary to discuss job progress. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 01040 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION b .�,c•V..+ tt, k; ill± J,' N ;,r, „%.'r?i..}JL":Y {.:ik.•Lfl: wlt4+:ntiY+uxew..�wa+.Ha.rsw: Kxw+s•.wnn.+v...�rewarr n�nnfriFtwawaffirsterh trezacdvOSICMddeog!oodarimem,. +...-..... SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work. 1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced workers to perform cutting and patching work. B. Submit written request 7 days in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects the following: 1. Structural Integrity of the element. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture - resistant elements. 3. Visual qualities of elements exposed to sight. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to complete the Work and to: 1. Fit several parts together, to integrate with other work. 2. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. 3. Restore existing surfaces exposed by removal of work. 4. Uncover work to install or replace ill -timed work. • 5. Remove and replace defective and non - conforming work. D. Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other work, and provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. E. Cut rigid materials in a neat and safe manner using masonry saw or core drill. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids. H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01045 -1 1/M2.96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies regulatory requirements applicable to this project that shall include, but shall not be necessarily limited to, the Department of Labor and Industries, EPA, NESHAP, OSHA, PSAPCA, WISHA, WSDOT and local governmental regulations. B. The abbreviations and acronyms are listed in Section 01090. 1.02 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Applicable standards and regulations: 1. Comply with Safety and Health Standards for Construction, promulgated by the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries under Section 49.17.050 of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973, as set forth in Chapter 49.17 Revised Code of Washington (RCW). 2. Comply with Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as set forth in Title 29, C.F.R. Copies of these regulations may be obtained from Labor Building, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20013. 3. Comply with the provisions of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended. 1.03 INCORPORATED PUBLICATIONS A. General: The latest edition of the following publications are incorporated by reference and shall form part of the Specifications. In case of conflict between the requirements of the publications and the Specifications, the more stringent requirements shall prevail. B. Publishing agencies and publications: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ANSI Z9.2 -79 Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z88.2 -80 Practices of Respiratory Protection 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM E- 849 -92 Safety and Health Requirements Relating to Occupational Exposure to Asbestos 3. Federal Regulations: Occupational Exposure to Asbestos (29 CFR Parts 1910 and 1926) 29 CFR 1910 - 1001 Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA): General Industry Standard Respiratory Protection Standard Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA): Construction Standards Respirators Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Standard for Asbestos Waste Disposal for Demolition and Renovation Operations 4. Washington State - Washington Administrative Code (WAC) WAC 173 -303 Department of Ecology WAC 296 -24 General Safety and Health Standard WAC 296 -62 General Occupational Health Standard WAC 296 -62 -07703 Definitions 29 CFR 1910 -134 29 CFR 1926.58 30 CFR Part 11 40 CFR 61.152 01060 -1 T/M2 -96 1.06 MATERIALS DISPOSAL REGULATIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. WAC 296 -65 Asbestos Removal and Encapsulation WAC 296 -65 -003 Definitions WAC 296 -155 Safety Standards for Construction Work 5. Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) Regulation III, Asbestos Control Standard Article 4 END OF SECTION 1.04 POSTING OF REGULATIONS A. Comply with WISHA and NESHAP posting regulations. B. Post certified person ingress /egress logs and copies of the asbestos workers' certification cards at the entrance of every regulated enclosure. 1.05 REGULATORY NOTIFICATIONS A. Comply with the Department of Labor and Industries and PSAPCA notification requirements and pay fees resulting therefrom. The required forms shall be transmitted to each agency by means of a registered letter. Copies of the notification forms and registered letter shall be submitted to the Engineer at the same time they are mailed to the corresponding agencies. A. Comply with U.S. Department of Transportation, EPA and corresponding waste disposal site regulations governing the transportation and disposal of asbestos- contaminated materials. B. Comply with EPA and WISHA standards for labels and signs. C. Original disposal receipts shall be submitted to the Engineer within 48 hours of disposal. 01060.2 T/M2 -96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PERMITS A. The Building and Mechanical Permits required by the City of Bellevue have been applied for and paid for by Metro and will be provided to the Contractor. All known permit conditions are included in these Contract Documents. All permits required by the City of Bellevue other than the Building and Mechanical Permits shall be obtained by and paid for by the Contractor. B. All permits required by the City of Tukwila shall be obtained by and paid for by the Contractor. 1.02 EASEMENTS A. No easements are required. 1.03 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS OBTAINED AFTER BID SUBMITTAL A. If, after the bid submittal date, Metro obtains permits or easements which require changes to the work hereunder and thereby cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of the work under this Contract, the Contractor shall submit information sufficient for the Engineer to determine the extent of the effects on the Contractor's cost and /or schedule. If the Engineer agrees that the Contractor's cost and /or schedule will be affected by such changes, such effects will be handled in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -7.02A herein. The Engineer will provide a copy of such permits or easements to the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with applicable terms and conditions contained in such permits or easements. 1.04 PERMITS TO BE OBTAINED BY CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall obtain permits required to perform the work as specified above. Prepare and submit to the proper authority information required for the issuance of such permits and pay costs thereof, including agency Inspections unless specifically provided otherwise in these Contract Documents. Provide a copy of each such permit to the Engineer. 1.05 POSTING PERMITS A. Permits shall be posted at the site of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. SECTION 01062 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS END OF SECTION 01062 -1 T/M2-96 l;?7 4.34.. 'AU PA !Kr:'A PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Reference 29 USC 651 et seq. 29 CFR 1910 29 CFR 1926 29 CFR 107 49 CFR 659 RCW 49.17 Chapter 296 -27 WAC Chapter 296 -62 WAC Chapter 296 -24 WAC Chapter 296 -155 WAC Chapter 296 -36 WAC Chapter 496 -44 WAC Chapter 296 -45 WAC SECTION 01063 SAFETY AND HEALTH A. This section specifies special procedures for handling hazardous /dangerous materials and wastes, contaminated water and soils, and complying with all applicable laws and regulations related to safety and health of the worker and the public. It is not the intent of the Metro to develop and /or manage the safety and health programs of contractors or in any way assume the responsibility for the safety and health of their employees. It is required that all contractors (General and subcontractors) adhere to all applicable federal, state and local safety and health standards. The requirements set forth in this specification are not all inclusive, but are intended to direct Contractor's attention toward those requirements that have been found through experience to require special emphasis. B. This section describes the Accident Prevention Program which is a subset of the overall Safety Program which is defined in Paragraph 00710 -2.03E of the General Conditions. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: Contractors and all Subcontractors shall comply with all current applicable local, state and federal Health and Safety Standards including, but not limited to, the following Title Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHA General Health and Safety Standards OSHA Construction Safety and Health Standards Federal Contract Works Hours and Standards DOT Rail Fixed Guideway Systems (Traffic Safety) Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act Recordkeeping and Reporting Washington General Occupational health Standards Washington General Safety and Health Standards Washington Safety Standards for Construction Work Safety Standards - Compressed Air Work Washington Safety Standards for Electrical Construction Work Washington Electrical Workers Safety Rules 01063 -1 T/M2 -96 PSAPCA Regulation 3, Article 4 Removal and Encapsulation of Asbestos Materials B. Comply with the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973, Chapter 49.17 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) C. Comply with the provisions of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended. D. Ensure that all subcontractors receive a copy of this Specification. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with the Accident Prevention Program. E. Coordinate with the Engineer to obtain approval to disconnect or reconnect utilities. a F. Coordinate with the Engineer regarding the shutdown and safety tagout/lockout of pressurized systems, electrical systems and other equipment and utilities. 4 G. Maintain good housekeeping in all work areas in accordance with Chapter 296- 155 -020 WAC. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Hazardous substance: 1. Any substance classified as "dangerous waste" in accordance with WAC 173 -303 or that in sufficient quantities would be classified as "dangerous wastes." 4 2. Any solid waste, or combination of solid wastes, which because of its quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics may: 1. cause or significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or increase in serious, irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness; or 2. pose substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed or otherwise managed. 3. Asbestos material, as defined in Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) f Regulations, Article 10, Removal and Encapsulation of Asbestos Materials. 4. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), explosives, radioactive materials, and other materials designated as hazardous regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such matters. B. Contaminated substance: a 1. Any substance containing materials in sufficient quantities such as hydrocarbons, PCBs, 4 diesel fuels, gasoline, heavy metals, solvents, and other types of fuel oils present in the soil, water or air. 2. Any element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance designated under Section 102 of i CERCLA and /or applicable parts of MTCA. 4 3. Any hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to Section 3001 of Solid Waste Disposal Act (i.e., RCRA) except those suspended by an act of Congress. 41 4. Any toxic pollutant listed under Section 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). 4 5. Any hazardous air pollutant listed under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act 4 6. Any imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which the EPA administrator has taken action pursuant to Section 7 of the Toxic Substance Control Act. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section 01300. 4 B. Accident Prevention Program: Submit a formal accident prevention program for the Contractor and a each of its subcontractors in accordance with WAC 296 -24 -040. This program shall outline the anticipated hazards and safety controls necessary to safeguard Contractor's employees, the public 01063 -2 T/M2 -96 4 1.05 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS and Metro staff. This program shall be specific to the job and site. Submit program to the Engineer. The program shall be reviewed for compliance with the specifications prior to the start of work. C. Revisions: Revise the accident prevention program prior to the start of work to accommodate any changes requested by Metro and /or any regulatory agencies or jurisdiction to protect employees and the public. The revised program shall be implemented and maintained for the duration of the Contract. A copy of the program shall be posted at the Contractor's job site, and each of the subcontractors' offices. D. Health and Safety Supervisor: Provide on site, a qualified health and safety supervisor, with responsibility and full authority to coordinate, implement and enforce the Contractor's accident prevention program for the duration of this contract. The name and telephone number of the safety supervisor shall appear in the accident prevention program. A. This section describes certain minimum precautions the Contractor should consider in developing its Accident Prevention Program. It supplements the regulatory requirements of Paragraph 00710 -2.03 of the General Conditions. Failure to comply with safety and health regulations will result in work suspension until adequate safety and health measures are implemented. 1. Hazard Communication (WAC 296 -62 -054): Provide a written Hazard Communication Program and emergency plan addressing these and other potential hazardous substances on site. Prior to commencing work, provide a list and corresponding Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous chemicals to be used on site. If no hazardous chemicals are used by the Contractor, provide statement to that effect. Provide this information to the Engineer. 2. Confined Space (WAC 296 -62 -145): The nature of work under this contract may expose workers to confined spaces having possible explosive, toxic and oxygen fluctuation conditions. A confined space safety program that meets the requirements 29 CFR 1910.146 and Part M of Chapter 296 -62 -145 through 296 -62 -14529 WAC regulations must be in place prior to execution of any work in confined spaces. 3. Other Site Safety Consideration: Submit to Metro for review prior to commencing work on this contract, a comprehensive written Accident Prevention Program covering the contractor's activities on site. As a minimum, the Program should include: • Accident/Injury Reporting (WAC 296 -27) • Crane Operations, Rigging, and other Overhead Lifts (WAC 296 - 155 -525) • Personal Protective Equipment (WAC 296 - 155 -200) • Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest (WAC 296 - 155- 24501) • Fire Safety and Prevention (WAC 296- 155 -250) • Signs, Signals, and Barricades (WAC 296 - 155 -300) • Material Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal (WAC 296 - 155 -325) • Hand and Power Tools (WAC 296- 155 -350) • Welding and Cutting (WAC 296 - 155 -350) • Electrical (WAC 296 - 155 -426; 296 -24 -956; 296 -44 and 296 -45) • Ladders and Stairways (WAC 296 - 155 -400) • Scaffolding (WAC 296 -155 -481) • Floor Openings, Wall Openings and Stairways (WAC 296 -155 -500) • Vehicles and other Motorized Equipment (WAC 296 - 155 -600) • Tagout/Lockout • Temporary Buildings • Demolition (WAC 296 - 155 -755) • Hearing Conservation (WAC 296 -62. 09015) 01063 -3 T/M2-96 1.06 LATENT WORK SITE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Where in the course of performance of the work, materials reasonably believed or suspected to be asbestos, petroleum, PCBs, lead, or other hazardous substances, are encountered, immediately suspend the work in the area affected and immediately report the condition to the Engineer in writing and in conformance with Paragraph 00710 -2.03 of the General Conditions. B. Do not resume the work in the affected area thereafter except by written notice of the Engineer when the hazardous materials have been removed or rendered harmless. If removal is required, the materials will be removed and disposed of under the direction of metro and in compliance with applicable Federal and State regulations. 1.07 UTILITIES A. Take appropriate precautions in working near or with utilities and dangerous substances during the performance of work in order to protect the health and safety of the worker, the public, property and the environment. B. Such utilities and dangerous substances include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Conductors of: a. Petroleum products. b. Toxic or flammable gas. 2. Natural gas pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch. 3. Electric conductors without concentric neutral conductors or other grounded metal shields or sheaths, either exposed or directly buried, or in duct or conduit. 4. Electric conductors with potential to ground of more than 300 volts. 1.08 CONTAMINATED SUBSTANCES (SOILS, WATER OR DEBRIS) A. Hazardous wastes were not observed in the analysis of soils sampled for the project. B. Notification and suspension: 1. In the event the monitoring program detects the presence of a suspicious substances, immediately notify the Engineer. Following such notification, the Engineer will make a determination and, if necessary, the Engineer will notify the various Metro departments and governmental and regulatory agencies concerned with the presence of potentially dangerous materials. Depending upon the type of substance identified, the Engineer may suspend the work in the affected vicinity under provision of Paragraph 00710 -6.03 of the General Conditions. 2. Following completion of any further testing necessary to determine the nature of the material, the Engineer will decide upon the handling and disposal of the material in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations. Although the actual procedures used in resuming the work depends upon the nature and extent of the questionable material, the following alternate methods of operation are possible. a. Contractor to resume work as before the suspension. b. Contractor to move its operations to another portion of the work site until measures to eliminate any hazardous conditions can be completed. c. Metro to direct the Contractor to dispose of the excavated material at a legal sanitary landfill or other appropriate and approved legal sites. 01063 -4 T/M2 -96 A 4 4 I 4 4 4 L L. 1 L PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY AND HEALTH COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall submit its experience rating factor from the Department of labor and Industries or other applicable organizations to the Engineer. B. Occasionally, Metro shall audit the Contractor's Accident Prevention Program. Metro reserves the right to stop that portion of the Contractor's work that is determined to be a serious health and safety violation. Any on -going work that is considered a safety or health risk shall be corrected immediately. C. Appoint an employee who is trained, qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the Accident Prevention Program. D. Ensure that necessary air monitoring, ventilation equipment, protective clothing, and other supplies and equipment as specified are available to implement the Accident Prevention Program. E. Notify the Engineer immediately of any accidents resulting in an immediate or probable fatality to one or more employees or the public, on which result in hospitalization of two or more employees. 3.02 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROGRAM REVISIONS A. In the event that Metro, regulatory agencies or jurisdictions determine the Accident Prevention Program or associated documents, organizational structure, or comprehensive Work Plan to be inadequate to protect employees and the public: 1. Stop the work in progress until adequate safety measures are implemented. 2. Modify the Program to meet the requirements of said regulatory agencies, jurisdictions, and Metro. 3. Provide the Engineer with the revisions to the Program within 7 days of the notice of deficiency. END OF SECTION T/M2.96 b�j}, i.n ry'.MVO,q}:.tr.rr�,.hxN. J.+i .+NVr..T wow] nu. rn.. nw.. K�. vr.. .MtYOtItLL'.ta':efest<ZXw'lYf {l� GCH'. C}.^ C7, WPy!" r`. l�Y. �l'l ��sN3' 41' It4sNWi .1tXw�nr.Jaww..v.aw.a�r..awwr msrr.ren . ervr�r +VVegrxrry.nvwrfnrepnn'n +s�f5wr s. wa.�r.rm.w.wr..- .�,,,...,.,...� PART1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.02 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or federal standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are required by applicable codes or specified herein. B. Comply with issue of reference standard which is current at date of receipt of bids. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in a reference document. AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 225 Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGA American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 51 East 42nd Street New York, NY 10017 AFBMA Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacture's Association 60 East 42nd Street New York, NY 10017 American Gas Association 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road Cleveland, OH 44131 AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association 1330 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 101 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 150 East 42nd Street New York, NY 10017 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 West Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 01090-1 T/M2 -96 AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA API American Plywood Association 1119 A Street Tacoma, WA 98401 American Petroleum Institute 1801 K Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 ARC Association of Rockery Contractors P.O. Box 1794 Woodinville, WA 98072 ARI Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1814 North Fort Myer Drive Arlington, VA 22209 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange United States of America Standards Institute 10 East 40th Street New York, NY 10016 ASE Code American Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers United Engineering Center 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 S. Walter Reed Drive Arlington, VA 22206 ,.m.,..�,.,v:*.aw.arv�.rass,x«� s cera��r,- � m. r..... �,........ .,.........�...............,ti.. 01090.2 T/M2 -96 .: 4. 3e: i r' i;JWAT7%3t'aiXt*Sit,l5,+,4A14.« 0,1V sxi•:v�.�s:.r.:.<.w.r.. AWPA American Wood Preservers Association 1625 Eye Street Washington, DC 20006 AWS American Welding Society 2501 N.W. 7th Street Miami, FL 33125 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators International 17926 South Halsted Homewood, IL 60430 CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association 2122 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc. (Formerly: Electric Overhead Crane Institute) 1326 Freeport Road Pittsburgh, PA 15238 CRD Corps of Engineers Specification Federal Center South 4735 East Marginal Way South Seattle, WA 98134 (206) 764 -3828 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North La Salle Street Chicago, IL 60601 CSA Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario, M9W IR3, Canada DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturer's Association 122 East 42nd Street New York, NY 10017 EEI Edison Electric Institute 90 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016 EIA Electronic Industries Association 2001 Eye Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association 331 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10017 01090-3 T/M2-96 EPA FEDSPEC Federal Specifications, General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information Distribution Branch Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197 Washington, DC 20407 FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPECS) FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike Norwood, MA 02062 GA HEI H1 ICEA IEEE ISA United States Environmental Protection Agency 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston, IL 60201 Heat Exchange Institute 122 East 42nd Street New York, NY 10017 Hydraulic Institute 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 5032 Alhambra Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90032 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 Insulated Cable Engineers Association P.O. Box P South Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America c/o United Engineering Center 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 Instrument Society of America 400 Stanwix Street Pittsburgh, PA 15222 ....,.. : silk) YY}:° 4<. rrr. rs ..dre.x.,c,....-..,c.<.wv .. ....................„ uu., ,aw.r„wvran N. f : L• 4, MILSPEC Military Specifications Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 MSHA Mine Safety and Health Administration L 117 107th Ave NE Bellevue, WA 98004 (. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 100 South Marion Street Oak Park, IL 60302 ( NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P.O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 NEC National Electric Code (NFPA 70) National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Avenue ( Boston, MA 02210 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 155 East 44th Street New York, NY 10017 c. c C L L t JIC Joint Industrial Council 7901 Westpark Drive McLean, VA 22101 NESC National Electric Safety Code American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 NESHAP National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 NIOSH National Institute of Safety and Health 4676 Columbia Parkway Cincinnati, OH 45226 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Avenue Boston, MA 02210 NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 1515 North Harlem Avenue Suite 200 Oak Park, IL 60302 NFPA National Forest Products Association (Formerly: National Lumber Manufacturers Association) 1619 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 01090.5 T/M2.96 NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association 1400 E. Touhy Avenue, No. G54 Des Plaines, IL 60018 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration San Francisco Regional Office 450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 36017 San Francisco, CA 94102 PSAPCA Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency 200 West Mercer Street Seattle, WA 98119 SAE Society of Automotive Engineers 2 Pennsylvania Plaza New York, NY 10001 Published by ICBO . .- ........�........... „w.�.., +. wow.«.., rrtrra. nW; a, M' FCL? a} r3'. ? 7u+ cnt�smrrvrn. n.... w,..... .,,..._._._..._....�._._....... 01090-6 T/M2-96 SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association 4 One Thomas Circle 4 Washington, DC 20005 SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress, International 1116 Brown-Marx Building Birmingham, AL 35203 4 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 4 8224 Old Court House Road Tysons Corner, Vienna, VA 22180 SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Building News, Inc. 4 3055 Overland Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90034 4 4 STI Steel Tank Institute P.O. Box 4020 4 Northbrook, IL 60065 4 4 TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. Box 326 4 Princeton, NJ 08540 TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association 4 331 Madison Avenue 4 New York, NY 10017 4 UBC Uniform Building Code 4 Published by ICBO UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 4 207 East Ohio Street 4 Chicago, IL 60611 4 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code 4 4 4 4 UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO USBR Bureau of Reclamation, U.S. Department of Interior Engineering and Research Center Denver Federal Center, Building 67 Denver, CO 80225 WAC Washington Administrative Code Washington State Secretary of State Olympia, WA 98504 WISHA Washington Industrial Safety and Health Administration Department of Labor and Industries 300 West Harrison Street, Room 301 Seattle, WA 98119 WSDOT Washington State Dept. of Transportation and American Public Works APWA Association Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1994) Transportation Bldg; KF -01 Olympia, WA 98504 -5201 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (Formerly: West Coast Lumbermen's Association) 1500 Yeon Building Portland, OR 97204 1.03 ACRONYMS A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following acronyms will have the meaning listed: 1. PAT stands for Proficiency Analytical Testing 2. PCM stands for: Phase Contrast Microscopy 3. WAC stands for: Washington Administrative Code PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION t SECTION 01300 t. �( SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE (:. (- PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY („ A. This Section specifies procedures for Contractor submittals. Where required by the Specifications, submit descriptive information which will enable the Engineer to assess whether the Contractor's proposed materials, equipment or methods of work are in general conformance to the design concept and in compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. The information to be submitted shall consist of drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, test results and such other information, all as specifically required in the Specifications. The provisions of this ( Section are supplementary to Paragraph 00710 -3.04. B. For all equipment listed in the Equipment Schedules on Drawings M11, M12, M21 and M22, shop drawings shall be submitted to Metro within two (2) weeks of the effective date of notice to proceed. ( Damages for delay will be assessed for each day beyond the two (2) week allowance in accordance with Section 00710, Parts 6 and 8. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES L A. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. Verify that the material and equipment described in each submittal conforms to the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings prior to transmittal to the Engineer. Ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where C such submittal may affect the work of another contractor or Metro. Ensure coordination of submittals among the related crafts and subcontractors. B. If the Contractor's review determines that the information shows deviations from the Specifications or Drawings, submit a request for substitution in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05. (. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE A. General: 1. Submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompanied by Transmittal Form 01300 -A specified in Section 01999. Equipment numbers shall be listed on Form 01300 -A for items being submitted. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. 2. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying C each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX "; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX -Y "; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and 01300 -1 T/M2 -96 3.02 REVIEW PROCEDURE "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B or C being the 1st, 2nd and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 25. B. Deviation from Contract: Submit a request for substitution for deviations from the Specifications or Drawings. The request shall be in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05 and also include the reason for the deviation and cost differential for the deviation. Deviations from the Contract shall be authorized by change order only. C. Submittal completeness: Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted are not acceptable and will be returned without review. A. For each required submittal, submit the specified information as follows: J 1. One reproducible original of all the submitted information. When individual sheets in the submittal exceed 11 inches x 17 inches, a sepia shall be submitted. 2. Seven additional copies of all the submitted information. B. Unless otherwise specified, within 14 days after receipt of the submittal, the Engineer will review the submittal and return It to the Contractor. The retumed material will consist of 3 marked -up copies of the submittal and the marked -up sepia copy. The returned submittal will indicate one of the following actions: 1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment or work method is in general conformance with the Contract Drawings /Specifications, the submittal copies shall be marked "No Exceptions Taken" and given a Review Action of "1". In this event, the Contractor may begin to incorporate the material /equipment/work method covered in the submittal. 2. If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or that limited corrections are required, the submittal copies shall be marked "Note Markings" and given a Review Action of "2 ". The Contractor may begin to Implement the work method or incorporate materials /comments covered in the submittal in accordance with the corrections /comments noted. Where 4 submittal information is to be incorporated in O &M data, a corrected copy shall be provided; otherwise, no further action is required. 3. If the review is insufficient or contains incorrect data and the comments are of a nature that can be confirmed without a resubmittal, the submittal copies shall be marked "Comments Attached - Confirm" and given a Review Action of "3 ". (In this case, the Contractor shall not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the attached comments have been confirmed by a separate written communication or the submittal has been revised, 4 resubmitted and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 ".) 4. If the review reveals the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data and the comments require revision and resubmittal, the submittal copies shall be marked "Comments Attached - Resubmit" and given a Review Action of "4 ". (In this case, the Contractor shall not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the submittal has been revised, resubmitted and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 ". 5. If the review reveals that the material, equipment or work method is not in general conformance with the design concept or in compliance with the Contract Drawings /Specifications, or if the submittal is incomplete, the submittal copies shall be marked "Rejected" and given a Review Action of "5 ". Submittals containing deviations from Contract Drawings /Specifications which have not been clearly identified and which have not been noted previously in PWC correspondence also shall be rejected. (In this case not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the submittal has been revised, resubmitted 4 and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 "). 4 6 41 01300 -2 T/M2 -96 9. b' 3.03 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Review of drawings, methods of work or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Engineer on behalf of Metro, or by any officer or employee of Metro; and the Contractor shall have no claim under the Contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work, material or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "NOTE MARKINGS" shall mean that Metro has no objection to the Contractor, upon the Contractor's own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. END OF SECTION Y81i .4 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY rt 11, a; SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS A. This Section specifies requirements and procedures for the Contractor in preparing Construction Schedules. The purpose of the Construction Schedule shall be to ensure adequate planning, staffing, coordination and execution of the work by the Contractor, to verify that construction milestones, sequence and constraints have been addressed, to establish the standard against which satisfactory completion of the project shall be judged, to assist the Engineer in monitoring progress and assessing the effect of change orders on the Construction Schedule. B. The scheduling technique known as the Critical Path Method (CPM) shall be used by the Contractor in complying with these Specifications. The Precedence Diagraming Method (PDM) shall be used in preparing the CPM diagrams and calculations. C. Float is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of an activity or chain of activities on the CPM Construction Schedule. Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. D. Show scheduled material and equipment delivery and craft/trade interphase. The construction schedule shall be resource loaded to show staffing, equipment and material availability. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The following submittals shall, as a minimum, be provided in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. 1. Schedules: a. Draft construction schedule: Submit for review at the Preconstruction Meeting. Include material and equipment procurement and construction work. Clearly indicate major milestones and the time(s) for completion which are required to be met under the terms C. of the Contract. Include a network diagram, tabular report and Schedule of Values. b. Construction schedule: Network Diagram, Construction Bar Chart, tabular report, Schedule of Values and cash flow projection shall be submitted 7 days prior to first progress payment request. 2. Monthly progress reports: a. Submit with each Monthly Progress Payment Request. b. Participate in a monthly review of the Construction Schedule. Revisions deemed necessary shall be submitted within 10 calendar days of each monthly review. 3. Weekly progress reports: Provided no later than Wednesday noon and shall contain the latest updated information from the previous week (Saturday through Friday). 4. Submittal schedule: Include required submittals including O &M Manual information. C L PART 2 PRODUCTS c 2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. The network diagram based on the Construction Schedule shall be a CPA, precedence (PDM) network diagram. C 01310 -1 T/M2 -96 1 B. Network diagrams may be hand drafted. 0,14 mr!nel aV : gh. -=,.. C. The Construction Bar Chart shall contain logic ties based on the Construction Schedule. The Construction Bar Chart shall be time scaled. D. Network diagrams shall contain the following information for each activity: 1. Description 2. Duration 3. Total Float 4. Early Start 5. Dedicated Resources E. Activities: Show on network diagram at their early start/finish time period. F. In preparing the Schedule of Values, break up the work into construction activities such that the duration of each activity shall not exceed 15 working days and construction activity values not to exceed $50,000 unless approved by the Engineer. Non - construction activities (submittals, fabrication, etc.) may have durations in excess of 15 working days. All activities requiring time shall be shown on the schedule with logic ties. G. Submittal and procurement activities shall include preparation and submittal of shop drawings, 4 product data, samples, fabrication, delivery, as -built drawings and O &M manuals. H. Dates imposed on the schedule by the Contractor shall not be binding on the Engineer. I. Construction schedules shall include the full duration of the contract period. J. Failure of the Contractor to include any element of work required for the performance of this Contract shall not excuse the Contractor from completing the work as described in the Contract Documents. K. Furnish a written narrative of the Contractor's determination of durations for critical and near critical activities. Such explanation shall include the number of crews, crew composition, number of shifts per day, number of hours in a shift and the number of work days per week, construction equipment, quantities, etc. L. Provide a list of the holidays and non -work days applicable to the schedule. 4 4 M. Include in the Construction Schedule owner operator training, O &M manual, submittal dates and Milestone dates as specified in other sections of the Contract Documents. N. The critical path shall be clearly shown. O. Network diagrams shall be prepared on 11 -inch x 17 -inch sheets. 4 4 P. Construction schedules will be banded by major activity as agreed upon with the Engineer. 2.02 MONTHLY REPORTS 4 A. Monthly reports must be submitted with progress payments. Progress payments will not be processed without applicable schedule update. 4 B. Include an updated network diagram, Construction Schedules, Schedule of Values, Cash Flow Projection and Narrative Summary. 01310 -2 T/M2 -96 r PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL C. The Narrative Summary: Briefly describe the progress of the project. Describe how the project is progressing towards its completion. Identify milestones completed, major equipment deliveries and problems arising during the month. Project the work anticipated during the coming month, including major deliveries and submittals. Identify all issues and activities that have or will affect the Contractor's ability to meet the Construction Schedule. D. Identify changes in logic ties to the CPM Schedule. 2.03 WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT A. Include a 2 week look -ahead schedule showing what work the Contractor anticipates working on. 2.04 CASHFLOW REPORT A. Include a forecast, by month, based on the current schedule, of cash requirements to complete the Contract. A. Provide a statused Construction Schedule, tabular report and Narrative Summary so the Engineer may use them as a basis for determining the Contractor's compliance with the specification requirements regarding progress payments, contract time extensions, change order prices, and impacts and the overall progress of the work. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of this Section will be a cause for delay in the review and acceptance of the progress payment requests. 3.02 UPDATES A. If actual progress on the critical path items is observed to deviate from the Construction Schedule by 1 week behind or 4 weeks ahead, update and submit a revised (updated) Construction Schedule. In the case of the work being behind schedule, submit, along with the revised Construction Schedule, a written plan for completing the work within the milestone and Contract times. B. If the Contractor desires to make changes in the Construction Schedule logic, submit those revisions along with a written statement and rationale to the Engineer for review. The form and methods employed by the Contractor to revise the Construction Schedule shall be the same as for the original schedule. C. Requests for extensions in time resulting from changes issued by the Owner shall be accompanied by a narrative report explaining the impacts and costs associated with the extension. This request shall be submitted in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -7.02. The report shall be submitted with the change order proposal. D. On approval of a change order by Metro, the approved change shall be reflected in both time and value in the next submission of progress reports and schedule updates. Contract time extensions and schedule revisions shall be incorporated into the monthly updated Construction Schedule and Schedule of Values. END OF SECTION 01310 -3 T/M2 -96 «.tit t.; s.%f a•.:•:;, .,.i::Y'?u6Y�i'U'z'x+C�Xxvnrva. :av-.a+s...c. «.a_n -m.x. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies photographs to be provided by the Contractor prior to, during and after construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Photographs shall be taken by a professional photographer and be a minimum of 2 -1/4 -inch format color film. Each photo shall indicate on the front of each print the date, name of work and location where the photograph was taken. Two 8 -inch x 10 -inch glossy prints of each exposure, together with the negatives, shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 days following each set of exposures. Samples of prints of acceptable quality and identification are available in the office of the Engineer for examination. Photographs shall be taken at locations to be designated by the Engineer. The photographer shall be equipped to photograph either interior or exterior exposures, with lenses ranging from wide -angle to telephoto. 2.02 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Category South Base SECTION 01380 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide prior to commencement of work on the site. Provide exposures of the area where the work is to take place. A. Provide during the progress of the work. Take monthly exposures starting after the date of the pre - construction photographs and continuing as long as the work is in progress. 2.04 POSTCONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide upon acceptance of the work. 2.05 REQUIRED NUMBER OF PHOTOGRAPHS A. For the work of this Contract, color photographs shall be provided as listed: East Base Preconstruction 24 24 Construction 8 per month 8 per month Postconstruction 24 24 01380-1 T/M2.96 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Gip PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 Quality assurance /control of installation SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL A. Section includes the following: 1. Quality assurance and control of installation. 2. Field samples. 3. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 4. Manufacturer's field services and reports. A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 1.03 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by the Specification. B. Acceptable samples represent the work's quality level. 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Engineer will inspect work and materials, and may select samples of materials in such number and quantities as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine their qualities. The Engineer will accept or reject the materials in accordance with the results of such tests. Promptly replace rejected materials to comply with the Specifications. B. The Engineer may appoint, employ and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing. C. The Engineer or the independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in the Specification and as required by the Engineer. D. Cooperate with the Engineer and the independent firm; fumish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm a minimum 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services unless specified otherwise in the Specification. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. 01400-1 T/M2 -96 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to provide advise when required by Contractor. Retesting required because of non - conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Price. B. Submit report to the Engineer for review within 7 days of observation, unless specified otherwise. 1 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION z 1 4 1 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 v 4 4 4 i 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 • t ��; T. >�u`. +i!`•.,SY4r:'ti1::sv. +: +e �.aw.rm..«,.r..+,.v,.....v.<,w spar e....Yn+r_r nauMler++an.c.»am..,•oor.prt SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Temporary utilities: electricity, lighting, heating, ventilation, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities. �;. 2. Temporary controls: Barriers, fencing, protection of work, and security. 3. Construction facilities: parking, progress cleaning, project singe, and offices. 4. This section covers site -wide construction facility issues. Specific issues addressed in Section 01014 shall take precedence. 1.02 PARKING Q, A. Only those vehicles required for construction are allowed on site. B. Parking is limited to the Contractor's staging area as shown on the Drawings. Contractor is r, responsible for obtaining on- street parking permits where required by local authorities. 1.03 TEMPORARY POWER t A. Refer to Section 01014. C 1.04 TEMPORARY LIGHTING C. A. Refer to Section 01014 1.05 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide temporary heating of the buildings and enclosures as necessary to protect work and material against damage by dampness and cold and to facilitate completion of the work. Supply the ( fuel, equipment and materials required for temporary heating. B. Maintain minimum ambient air temperature of 50 degrees F in all areas unless indicated otherwise in Specifications. 1.06 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gasses. 1.07 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, for Contractor's own use, telephone service at the construction site office. Radio - telephone ( service is acceptable as a substitute for telephone service. These telephone costs shall be paid by the Contractor. 01500 -1 T/M2 -96 1.08 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE B. Existing sanitary facilities are not available for the Contractor's use. A. Existing water service is available at each transit facility. Provide additional and special connections to the water supply as needed. 1.10 PERMANENT FACILITIES ...r,:r B. Metro will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water. 1.09 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide toilet and wash -up facilities for the work force at the site. Comply with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. A. The Contractor can use permanent facilities, such as heating and ventilation equipment, and permanently installed cranes and hoists only in the construction of the project with the approval of the Engineer. At no time shall the identified capacity of the equipment be exceeded by the Contractor. If the equipment is used by the Contractor, Metro's operation and maintenance shall have full access to use them at any time, upon request. B. The Contractor will be provided storage as determined by the Engineer. 1.11 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities from damage during construction and demolition operations. B. Provide barriers to prevent dust, dirt, and debris from entering space adjacent to work area. 1.12 FENCING A. Maintain, at all times during the construction period, fences which shall, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, enclose the outdoor staging areas of the site. Gates shall be provided at access points where required and these shall be kept locked during off-work hours. A key lock shall be given to the Engineer for the Engineer's use. B. Construction signs: Commercial or advertising signs shall not be allowed on the site. 1.13 CONTRACTOR'S SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect the Work and existing facilities from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.14 PROTECTION OF NEW WORK AND EXISTING PROPERTY A. Protect existing structures, property, cultivated or planted areas and other surface improvements from damage and provide bracing, shoring or other work necessary for such protection. B. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from existing office areas. Prevent penetration of dust and moisture into these areas and prevent damage to finishes and materials. C. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in the Specification. 01500-2 T/M2 -96 • D. Protect finished floors from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic and storage of materials on existing and new roof surfaces. F. Repair or replace damaged structures, work, materials or equipment to a condition equal to or better • than prior to the damage at no additional cost to Metro. G. Provide temporary covers over excavations in driving areas to allow bus traffic to pass through construction areas as required by the Engineer. H. The Contractor shall not use Metro's or Metro's mechanics portable tools in the process of this contract. 1.15 RESTORATION OF ADJACENT SURFACES 6 A. Unless otherwise specified, resurface and bring to original grade and section adjacent surfaces in which the surface is removed, broken or damaged, or in which the ground has caved or settled during the work under this Contract. Clean and repair surfaces used by the Contractor . Before resurfacing material is placed, trim edges of pavements back far enough to provide clean, solid, vertical faces, free of loose material. Resurfacing materials shall match in color and be consistent with adjacent work. 1.16 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Contractor shall conduct its work to interfere as little as possible with travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. B. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct or close driveways and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours or other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, and give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. 1.17 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. 1 C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Clean the exposed surfaces of piping, ductwork or equipment which has become soiled with dirt, mortar, or other materials before covering with insulation, painting, or enclosing in the building structure. E. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site immediately upon such materials becoming unfit for use in the work. In the event that this material is not removed, Metro reserves the right to have the material removed and the expense charged to the Contractor. C F. Prevent dirt and dust from escaping trucks departing the site by covering loads, washing truck tires before leaving the site, or other methods as applicable. 01500 -3 T/M2 -96 1 r G. Provide a legal, off -site debris disposal site. 1.18 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE A. During the performance of this Contract, maintain a suitable office at the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of the Representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions or other communication or articles. B. Communications given to the Representative or delivered at the site office in the Contractor's absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to Contractor. C. Copies of the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents shall be kept at the site office and available for use at all times. 1.19 ENGINEER'S OFFICE PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. A. Provide a separate office area for the sole use of the Engineer at each site, for the duration of work at that site. Each Engineer's office shall have a minimum area of 160 square feet, and shall be provided with 2 desks, 3 chairs, a hanging file, a 2 drawer file cabinet, and adequate environmental controls. This office area may be a partition of the Contractor's site trailer, or may be separate. B. Doors shall be provided with cylinder deadbolt locks keyed separately from the Contractor's offices. Connections to base power shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. Provide telephone service with 2 lines at each site, during work at that site. Pay all fees required, except long distance calls made by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 01500 -4 T/M2 -96 1 1 4 1 4 4 4 4 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies temporary environmental controls required to be maintained during construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY DAMS A. Except in time of emergency, earth dams are not acceptable at catch basin openings, local depressions, or elsewhere. Temporary dams of sand bags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary to protect the work, provided their use does not create a hazard or nuisance to the public. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. 3.02 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, and other contaminants into the atmosphere that violate the regulations of legally constituted authorities. Minimize dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, or other means. The use of water, in amounts which result in mud on public streets, is not acceptable as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. 3.03 NOISE CONTROL A. Construction involving noisy operations shall be restricted to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Noisy operations shall be scheduled to minimize their duration. B. Comply with local controls and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to work performed pursuant to the Contract. C. Each internal combustion engine, used on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. D. Noise levels for scrapers, pavers, graders and trucks shall not exceed 90 dBA and pile drivers shall not exceed 95 dBA at 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operating conditions. For other equipment, noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA at 50 feet. Equipment that cannot meet these levels shall be quieted by use of improved exhaust mufflers or other means. 3.04 WATER CONTROL A. Temporary pumping and drainage: . ..m..,.4..,aw. •....»ti .......... ...-.. .�..�r.... SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01560 -1 T/M2 -96 1. Conform to the regulations and requirements of legally authorized surface water management agencies. An industurial waste permit will be required to allow discharging into Metro sewers. 2. Maintain the buildings and excavation free from water while construction is in progress and keep the buildings dry for the work of trades until the buildings are accepted for use by Metro. Permanent sump pumps shall not be installed and cannot be used for this purpose until the plumbing work is substantially ready for acceptance by the Engineer. At the Engineer's sole discretion, permission may be granted for such use. The Contractor may install temporary pumps in the sump basin until the permanent pumps are installed. 3. Keep trenches and areas other than the building excavation free from water as required to permit continuous progress of, or to prevent damage to the work or the work of others. The Contractor's operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent sediment from L reaching the sewer, storm drains, or surface waters. Temporary settling ponds shall be pro- L vided in the work area as required to trap runoff until the turbidity has settled and the water can be pumped into the sewer. 4. Disturbed areas and spoils piles shall be covered, bermed or otherwise secured when runoff from rain is or would likely cause turbid water to enter local water bodies or storm drains. 5. Extreme care shall be taken to prevent any sediment, petroleum products, fresh cement, lime or concrete, grouting materials, chemicals, or other toxic or deleterious materials from $. entering local water bodies or storm drains. 3.05 OIL SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL A. Prevention, containment and cleanup of oil, fuel and other petroleum products spills is required at no additional cost to Metro. Discharge of oil from equipment or other facilities into state waters or onto L adjacent land is not permitted under state water quality regulations. , B. As a minimum the following measures regarding oil spill prevention, containment and cleanup shall be taken: 1. Fuel hoses, lubrication equipment, hydraulically operated equipment, storage containers and all other equipment and facilities shall be inspected regularly for drips leaks or signs of damage, and shall be maintained and stored to prevent spills. The Engineer may require that leaking equipment or containers be removed from the site immediately at the Contractor's expense. 2. All petroleum and chemical product storage shall be diked and located so as to prevent spills from escaping to the water. Storage area shall be lined with impervious material to prevent oil from seeping into the soil. 3. Any visible floating oils shall be immediately contained with booms, dikes or other appropriate means and removed from the water prior to discharge into state water. All visible oils on land shall be immediately contained using dikes, straw bales, or other appropriate means and removed using sand, ground clay, sawdust, or other absorbent material; which shall then be properly disposed of. Waste materials which must be temporarily stored, shall be placed in drums or other leakproof containers after cleanup and during transport. 4. In the event of any oil or product discharges into public waters, or onto land with a potential for entry into public waters, immediately notify the following agencies at their listed 24 -hour response numbers: WDOE, Northwest Regional Office 206- 867 -7000 U.S. Coast Guard 206 - 286 -5540 4 5. Maintain on the job at each site the following materials (as a minimum): Oil absorbent pads or bulk material, adequate for coverage of 200 square feet of surface area Hay bales Oil dryall, gloves and plastic bags sufficient for dealing with above materials. 01560 -2 T/M2 -96 3.06 CULTURAL RESOURCES A. The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470), 36 CFR 800 and the National Historic Preservation Act of 1977 which provides for the preservation,of potential historical architectural, archaeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter called "cultural resources ") will be complied with. If potential cultural resources are discovered during excavation, the following shall be instituted: 1. Metro will issue a Work Suspension Order directing that all work cease at the location of the potential resource find. 2. The Work Suspension will be effective until a qualified archaeologist can assess the value of the find and make a recommendation to the State Historical Preservation Officer. The Order will contain: a. A description of the work to be suspended; b. Suggestions to the Contractor to minimize costs; c. Estimated duration of the work suspension. C. If the find is determined to be a bona fide cultural resource, at the direction of the State Historical Preservation Officer, Metro shall extend the duration of the Work Suspension Order in writing. D. Adjustment of the contract duration shall be made by adding to the contract the total number of days the work shown on the critical path of the approved construction schedule is suspended. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the requirements for achieving, verifying, and documenting the working condition of the facility, according to its planned function or operation, including the thorough training of operating personnel. This process includes but is not limited to Contractor documentation, installation, preoperational and component testing, system and operational testing, commissioning, and the training and mobilization of Metro's operations and maintenance personnel, applicable to mechanical, electrical and control systems and completed portions of the work, functioning as completed systems, and the complete project, functioning as a completed facility. 1.02 INSTALLATION A. Mechanical, electrical, and control equipment provided under this Contract shall be installed in accordance with the details shown and specified, and with the manufacturer's requirements. Should a manufacturer's installation recommendations conflict with specific requirements of the Contract Document, the Contractor shall bring the matter to the attention of the Engineer. B. Additional costs incurred arising out of changes authorized by the Engineer to accommodate manufacturer's installation recommendations will be considered extra work. Costs incurred by the Contractor due to the Contractor's failure to timely notify the Engineer of a difference between the Contract Documents and manufacturer's installation requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.03 TESTING SECTION 01660 FACILITY INTEGRATION: TESTING, TRAINING, AND COMMISSIONING A. General Requirements: 1. Equipment and partially complete or fully completed portions of the Work included in this Contract shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the Contract requirements. Unless otherwise noted, costs of testing, including temporary facilities and connections, shall be borne by the Contractor. For the purpose of this Section, equipment shall mean mechanical, electrical, controls or other devices with one or more moving parts or devices requiring an electrical connection. Installed leakage tests and other piping tests shall be as specified in Division 15. Installed tests for heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems shall be as specified in Division 15. Installed tests for electrical devices and systems shall be in accordance with Division 16. 2. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such test. 3. Tests and inspection shall encompass the following phases of work: a. Preoperational Pjjase: Factory equipment and delivery acceptance tests and L� inspections. b. Component Test Phase: Installed component tests and inspections. C c. Systems Test Phase: Completed systems tests and evaluations. d. Operational Test Phase: Integrated operations and testing of completed systems. C e. Commissioning: The orientation and assumption of full facility operations by Metro personnel. 4. Tests and inspections, unless otherwise specified or accepted, shall be in accordance with C the recognized standards of the industry. Allow for up to two additional setpoint changes C during testing without additional costs to Metro. ( (. 01660-1 T/M2 -96 ( B. Procedures: 1. Prior to receipt of progress payments as identified in Paragraph 01027- 3.03A -1, submit to the Engineer in quintuplicate details of the installed tests and inspection procedures the Contractor proposes to adopt for testing and start-up of equipment, to be operated singly and together, excepting when such procedures have been covered in the Specifications of this Contract. 2. Testing procedures shall be designed to duplicate, as nearly as possible, conditions of operation and shall be carefully selected to ensure that the equipment is not damaged. Once the testing procedures have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer, they shall be organized by system identification into test packages, and shall include the proper checkout, alignment, adjustment, and calibration signoff forms for each item of equipment and system. The forms shall be used in the field by the Contractor and the Engineer jointly, to ensure that each item of electrical, mechanical, and control equipment has been properly installed and tested. Failure to observe these precautions may place the acceptability of the subject equipment or system in question. C. Scope: 1. Preoperational Phase: Factory Equipment and Delivery Acceptance Tests and Inspections. For equipment specified herein, the following shall be performed at the Contractor's expense: a. Test of items at the place of manufacture during or on completion of manufacture, comprising of electric and control tests, performance and operating tests and inspections. Perform in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry and more particularly as stated in these Specifications. Tests other than those specified shall be in accordance with Section 00710. b. Inspection of items delivered at the site or to an authorized place of storage in order that the Engineer may ascertain that such items are of the specified quality and workmanship, and are in good order and condition at the time of delivery. The Contractor shall remove all coverings, containers, or crates in order to permit the Engineer to conduct the inspection. Should the Engineer find, in his opinion, indication of damage or deficient quality of workmanship, the Contractor shall provide the necessary documentation or conduct such tests determined by the Engineer to demonstrate compliance. Compensation for tests and related work arising out of this requirement shall be in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710- 4.06A. 2. Component Testing Phase: Installed Equipment Tests and Inspections. a. General: Equipment shall be tested by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer before a system is put into operation. The installed tests and inspection procedures shall incorporate requirements of the Specifications and shall proceed in a logical, step -wise sequence to ensure that the installed equipment has been properly assembled, serviced, aligned, adjusted, connected and calibrated prior to operation. Changes, adjustments, or replacements required to make the equipment operate as specified shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the work. b. Component testing procedures shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: 1) Piping system pressure testing and cleaning as specified in Division 15. 2) Testing, adjusting and balancing of air and hydronic systems as specified in Division 15. 3) Electrical system testing as specified in Division 16. 4) Preoperation lubrication. 3. Systems Testing Phase: Complete System Tests and Inspections. a. Once the affected equipment has been subjected to the required Component Testing, and the Engineer has witnessed and has not found deficiencies in that portion of the work, individual systems may be started and operated under simulated operating conditions to determine as nearly as possible whether the equipment and systems meet the requirements of the Specifications. The equipment shall be operated a sufficient period of time to determine machine operating characteristics, including temperatures and vibration; to observe performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of operating controls. When testing requires the availability of auxiliary systems such as 01660 -2 T/M2 -96 electrical power, compressed air, control air, or controls which have not yet been placed in service, provide acceptable substitute sources, capable of meeting the requirements of the machine, device, or system, at no additional cost to Metro. Disposal methods for test media shall be subject to review by the Engineer. b. If, under test, a portion of the work should fail to fulfill the Contract requirements and is adjusted, altered, renewed or replaced, tests on that portion when so adjusted, altered, removed or replaced, together with other portions of the work affected, shall, if so required by the Engineer, be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions. The Contractor shall reimburse Metro for reasonable expenses incurred as a result of repeating such tests. c. Once simulated operations have been completed, machines shall be rechecked for proper alignment, realigned, if necessary, and doweled in place. Equipment shall be checked for loose connections, unusual movement or other indications of improper operating characteristics. Deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Machines or devices which exhibit unusual or unacceptable operating characteristics shall be disassembled and inspected. They shall then be repaired or removed from the site and replaced at no cost to Metro. d. Test results shall be within the tolerances set forth in the Specifications of this Contract Document. If no tolerances have been specified, test results shall conform to tolerances established by recognized industry practice. e. Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactory installed test, doubt, dispute, or difference should arise between the Engineer and the Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or equipment used in the performance of such test, then the Engineer may order the test to be repeated. If the repeat test, using such modified methods or equipment as the Engineer may require substantially confirms the previous test, then costs in connection with the repeat test will be paid by Metro, otherwise the costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Where the results of an installed test fail to comply with the Contract requirements for such test, then such repeat tests as may be necessary to achieve the Contract requirements shall be made by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. f. Unless otherwise specified, provide at no expense to Metro power, fuel, compressed air supplies, labor and all other necessary items and work required to complete the tests and inspections specified herein. Provide, at no expense to Metro, temporary heating, ventilation, and air conditioning for areas requiring it in the case where permanent facilities are not complete and operable at the time of installed tests and inspections. Temporary facilities shall be maintained until permanent systems are in service. 4. Operational Test Phase: Complete facility and integrated contract operational tests and evaluations. a. After completion of system testing and certification by the Engineer that equipment complies with the requirements of the Specifications, the systems shall be operated at various loading conditions, as directed by the Engineer. Should the operational testing period be halted for reasons related to the facilities constructed or the equipment furnished under this Contract, or the Contractor's temporary testing of systems, the operational testing program shall be repeated until the specified continuous period has been accomplished without interruption. c. Costs for water, fuel, power and chemicals required during this plant operational test shall be borne by Metro. Metro will supply operational manpower for testing requiring 24 -hour operations. D. Documentation: 1. The form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of the tests and inspection requirements shall be, at the discretion of the Engineer, either by tests and inspections carried out in his presence or by certificates or reports of tests and inspections carried out by approved persons or organizations. The Contractor shall provide and use such forms which include all test information, including specified operational parameters. The forms used shall be . acceptable In content to the Engineer. Provide for each item of mechanical, electrical, and 01660 -3 T/M2-96 control equipment provided or installed under this Contract. Forms shall accommodate the recording of relevant performance data for the original testing, and not Tess than three retests. Separate sections shall be provided to record values for the preoperational checkouts, initials of representatives of the equipment manufacturers, the Contractor, and the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall develop and maintain the system test packages, which shall contain tests and sign -off forms including, but not limited to, piping, equipment, electrical, and controls. The test packages shall be available to Metro for inspection at any time. 3. Each system test package, as applicable will be formatted in the following manner: a. Identification of the system, with a description of its operating parameters. b. Control diagrams detailing the system. c. Equipment list pertaining to the system, with cross - references to the appropriate Contract Specifications (reference System Equipment Checklist Form 01660 -A). d. Written procedures detailing the Contractor's component, systems, and operational tests to verify equipment compliance with Specifications and operating parameters, as per Paragraph 01660- 1.03A1. e. Documentation for the Preoperational Phase, factory equipment and delivery acceptance tests and inspections. f. Documentation for the Component Testing Phase, installed equipment tests and inspections. g. Documentation for the System Testing Phase, complete system tests and evaluations. h. Documentation for the Operational Testing Phase, system tests and evaluations as relating to other systems, facilities, or contracts. 4. During Commissioning, and prior to substantial completion of the Contract, or upon possession and use of full facility operations by Metro personnel, three compiled volumes (original and two copies) of the system test packages will be transmitted from the Contractor to the Engineer. 5, Reference Section 01999 for examples of acceptable documentation forms. 6. The systems included in this scope of work are identified as follows: a. Gas -fired air handlers b. Gas -fired hot water boiler system c. Propane -air vaporizer /mixer system d. Fan powered terminal units e. Direct digital controls (DDC) 1.03 COMMISSIONING A. After completion of the operational testing and certification by the Engineer that system and operational tests did meet performance requirements, Metro will begin mobilization for possession and use of the facility, by staffing and operating the completed facility during the commissioning period. This commissioning period shall be 30 days. B. During commissioning, Metro will be responsible for normal operational costs and the Contractor shall bear the costs of necessary repairs or replacements, including labor and materials, required to keep the portion of the plant being commissioned operational. C. The Contractor shall be available during the commissioning period to provide immediate assistance in case of failure of a portion of the system being operated. At the end of this period, and when corrections required by the Engineer to assure a reliable and completely operational facility are complete, the Engineer will issue a letter of Substantial Completion. D. Record drawings for the facilities involved must be received by the Engineer prior to Metro's issuance of a letter of Substantial Completion. 01660 -4 T/M2 -96 4 gib 2 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 A N Q 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE �= A. Equipment and apparatus used in testing shall be installed by personnel trained in the trades and professions required to assure first -class workmanship. Where required by detailed specifications, the installation of specific equipment testing items shall be accomplished under the supervision of factory- trained installation specialists furnished by the equipment manufacturers. The Contractor shall be prepared to document the skills and training of workers engaged in the installation of testing equipment furnished either by the Contractor or Metro. 1.05 TRAINING A. No later than 5 working days after the Systems Test Phase, make available experienced factory- trained representatives of the manufacturers of the various pieces of equipment, to train the 1�. Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance thereof. Qualified technical representatives shall train Metro staff in the capabilities, set -up, maintenance and troubleshooting of the DDC system. Training shall be scheduled during periods that will allow all responsible Metro staff to �.. attend during their respective shifts. Notify the Engineer of the time of the training at least 14 days prior to the time of training. B. The contents of the training presentations are specified in Paragraph 01660 -3.03. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Comply with the requirements of this Contract and the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers. B. Provide gages, meters, recorders, and monitors as required by the Engineer to supplement or augment the controls system provided under this Contract to properly demonstrate that equipment fully satisfies the requirements of this Contract. Devices employed for the purpose of measuring the performance of the facility's equipment and systems shall be specifically selected to be consistent with the variables to be monitored. Instruments shall be recently calibrated, and the Contractor shall be prepared to demonstrate, through re- calibration, the accuracy of instruments employed for testing purposes. Calibration procedures shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ASTM, ISA, and IEEE. The adequacy of gages, meters, recorders and monitors shall be subject to review of the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULING A. The construction schedule shall be submitted per the requirements of Section 01310. B. Time frames for the Facility Integration activities identified and developed in this Section shall be identified in the construction schedule. 3.02 OPERATIONAL TEST PHASE 1 A. Testing shall proceed on a step -by -step basis, in accordance with the Contractor's written testing procedures. The Contractor's testing work shall be accomplished under the direction of a coordinator whose sole responsibility shall be the orderly, systematic testing of equipment, systems, structures, and the complete facility as a unit. Each individual step in the procedures shall be witnessed by a representative of the Engineer. i� 01660-5 T/M2 -96 1 .1 s, ys;i., 3.03 TRAINING PRESENTATION CONTENTS B. During the operational testing period, equipment and systems in operation shall be operated to the greatest extent practical, at conditions which represent the full range of operating parameters as defined by the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise noted, a time period of 5 days, Thursday through Monday, shall be allowed for each operational test. Unless otherwise noted, each portion of the facility being operationally tested must perform through its complete design range for a period of 5 consecutive 24 -hour days. Operational testing shall be sequenced in coordination with the criteria specified in Sections 01012 and 01014. A. Training of Metro's personnel (core team) shall be done by manufacturer's representatives. The representatives shall follow the outline presented here: GENERAL OUTLINE FOR MANUFACTURER TRAINING PRESENTATIONS 1. Familiarization a. Show catalog, parts lists, drawings, in the plant files and O &M manuals. b. Provide overview of design intent. b. Review the installation of the specific equipment items. c. Demonstrate the unit's operation. d. Answer questions. 2. Safety a. Point out safety references. b. Discuss safety precautions around equipment. 3. Operation a. Point out reference literature. b. Explain all modes of operation, including emergency. c. Test Metro's personnel on proper use of the equipment, by letting them operate it. 4. Preventive Maintenance (PM) a. Pass out the PM list, including reference material, and daily, monthly, quarterly, semi- annual, and annual PM tasks. b. Demonstrate how to perform PM tasks. c. Identify for Metro personnel indicators of equipment problems. 5. Corrective Maintenance a. List possible problems. b. Discuss repairs, point out special problems. c. Open up the equipment and demonstrate procedures where practical. 6. Parts a. Review spare parts list, and indicate how to use. b. Indicate how to order additional spare parts. c. Provide recommendations for spare parts inventory. 7. Local Representatives a. Provide names, addresses, phone numbers for the ordering of parts. b. Provide names, phone numbers for service representatives. c. Provide names, phone numbers, and procedures for obtaining emergency assistance. d. Review the process to initiate guarantee response. B. Metro will video - record training sessions given by the manufacturers' representatives for on -going 4 training. A training demonstration, separate from the actual hands -on training, shall be provided in a manner suitable for video recording by Metro. This shall be arranged at a time when on -site interruptions will be at a minimum, and prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION 01660-6 T/M2 -96 4 • N ar:rmraru..,nw.rnr....,,....., SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • A. This Section includes the following: 1. Closeout and inspection procedures. • 2. Operation and maintenance data. • 3. Warranties • 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES • A. Upon completion of construction, perform a detailed inspection of the work to confirm completion of all items. B. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. C. Within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor's written notice of confirmation of work completion, the Engineer will perform a detailed inspection and may create a "punchlist" for any remaining 4 omissions and defects. If the number or scope of deficiencies is too great, as determined by the Engineer, then the satisfactory completion of punchlist items shall be followed by a final inspection. Punchlist items shall be satisfactorily completed within 2 weeks of the initial detailed inspection. D. Final inspection of the Work by the Engineer will be made within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor's written request for final inspection. The Work will be deemed complete as of the date of such inspection if, upon such inspection, the Engineer finds no further punchlist work remains to be done. Before acceptance and before final payment will be made, all defects or omissions noted on this inspection must be completed by the Contractor without additional compensation. Refer to Paragraph 00710 -7.05 for Acceptance of Work 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide as specified, in accordance with Section 01730. 1.04 Warranties and Guarantees t A. Provide as specified in Section 01740 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used 01700-1 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION C c L ... .c.,w.rn:Hra� T ,et.MCwrrcNinP:; arrvxxn,,..,. r.,...«........,.. W.........,....,..,...•.... ....................�.r....v... SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for final cleaning of the work performed. B. Clean items installed under this Contract. Leave free of stains, damage or other defects prior to final acceptance. 1. Include washing, sweeping, polishing, or otherwise cleaning of new and existing finished wall surfaces, floors, windows, hardware, mirrors, lighting fixtures and items of equipment. 2. Replace damaged, defaced or marred items at no additional expense to Metro. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire protection: 1. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers. 2. Remove from premises daily. B. Pollution control: 1. Conduct cleanup and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws. 2. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only materials recommended by manufacturers of surfaces to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended bycleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Clean up waste materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from the operations at such frequencies as required by the Engineer. B. Place waste materials, rubbish, and debris in containers. Locate waste containers outside of building in an area designated by the Engineer. Dispose of waste materials at end of each day and whenever container is full. No waste materials are to be left on floor or ground.. C. Place waste materials, rubbish and debris from aboveground floor operations in a chute provided by Contractor. D. Oversee cleaning and ensure that building and grounds are maintained free from accumulations of waste and rubbish. 01710-1 T/M2-96 E. Sprinkle dusty debris with water. F. At reasonable intervals, minimum once a week, clean -up site and access and dispose of debris. G. Remove debris from site. Legally dispose of offsite. H. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces of fixtures, hardware and equipment. I. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. J. Vacuum interior areas when ready for painting. K. Schedule cleaning operations so that contaminants resulting from cleaning do not fall on wet painted surfaces. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. At completion of construction, just prior to acceptance or occupancy, perform final cleaning. C. Remove dirt, stains, labels and foreign materials. D. Repair and touch -up marred areas. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds; vacuum, polish and mop floors. F. Remove snow and ice from access to buildings. G. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. H. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if air conditioning units were operated without filters during construction. I. Clean inside of panels. END OF SECTION 01710-2 TIM2.96 .4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 1 4 4 4 1 4 1 4 4 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies requirements for preparing and furnishing record drawings to the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide the Engineer one neatly and legibly marked set of full -size record drawings accurately showing the final as -built location along with changes made during construction for the items listed in Paragraph 2.02 of this Section. B. The record drawing set shall be kept separate from other construction drawings and shall not be used for other purposes. 2.02 DRAWINGS REQUIRED A. The Contractor is required to submit record drawings for the following: 1. Underground utilities including the location of lines and appurtanances. The actual size and types of material used shall be shown. Locations are to be shown by facility coordinates or dimensioned to permanent surface structures. Minimum requirements for accuracy specified in the following chart. • Description Site /facility pressurized Site /facility gravity piping and ventilation ducts Conduits, cables and duct banks at beginning and end of straight runs CL = Centerline T.O.C. = Top of Concrete Horizontal Location CL +/ -1 ft CL +/ -1 ft CL +/ -1 ft of cover to SECTION 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS Elevation Notes I.E., +/ -0.01 ft nominal depth conduit, final grade or T.O.C. elevations +/ -0.5 ft. CL +/ -0.1 It Includes water lines Recalculate slope if shown. Show actual arrangement cross - sections and encasement width and height for encased duct banks. The actual arrangement and routing of imbedded conduit and piping is relative to its location and proportion to other work. The location does not need to be dimensioned or drawn to. scale. 01720 -1 T/M2 -96 3.03 PAYMENT 3. Electrical schedules and diagrams as follows: a. Conduit and cable schedules listing actual conduit sizes and routing along with the actual cables carried in each. Information is to be based on field cable pulling records. b. Electrical power and lighting panel schedules reflecting actual circuit assignments based on field work and functional verification. c. Electrical schematics and interconnection diagrams for field -wired control circuits, factory-wired equipment that has been field modified and Contractor - designed control systems. The drawings shall be accurate with respect to equipment numbers, connections between devices, cable and terminal numbers, and operational explanations. 4. Contractor prepared fire protection sprinkler and alarm drawings accurately showing the location, size and arrangement of piping, appurtenances and controls. 5. Other drawings as may be required in the Specifications. B. Exposed electrical conduits and cable 1. Location referenced to visible building structure (beam, wall, etc.). 2. Complete with actual conduit and wire size and type. 3. Item 2.02A.3. C. Exposed piping and ventilation duct 1. Location referenced to visible building structure (beam, wall, etc.). 2. Complete with actual pipe and duct size. A. A percentage of applicable line item dollar values in the schedule of values shall be assigned as the value for preparation and submittal of record drawings. For work requiring record drawings per this Section, the line items and their corresponding percentages are as follows: 01720-2 T/M2 -96 z 1 1 4 4 4 a 4 a 4 4 4 4 4 2.03 MARKING 4 4 A. Use water -proof red felt -tip pens to make changes on the drawings. Notations are to be neat, legible, clear and concise. 4 2.04 CAD DRAWINGS A. When Contractor drawings are prepared using computer -aided drafting (CAD) record drawings are 4 to be provided in both electronic format (disk or tape) and on full -size prints. 4 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 4 3.01 PROGRESS 4 A. Record information concurrently with the progress of construction. No work shall be concealed until 4 the required information is recorded. 3.02 RECORDING CHANGES 4 A. The following shall be recorded on the drawings for work listed in this Section: 4 1. Actual dimensions, arrangement and materials used when different than shown on the Drawings. 2. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 3. Changes made by the Contractor. 1 4 4 4 4 1 Reference Paragraph 2.02A 2.02B 2.02C 2.02A Type of Work % of line Value underground utilities 5% electrical conduit and cable 5% piping and ventilation ducts 5% Contractor designed systems 5% (excluding controls) Record drawings must be maintained satisfactorily and the final submittals accepted prior to payment for record drawings. END OF SECTION SECTION 01730 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies operating and maintenance information. 1.02 SCOPE A. Where specified, operating and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.02 and shall consist of the names and addresses of the manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. In addition, the following items of information shall be provided when applicable. Each of these items shall be preceeded with a labeled index tab: 1. Systems Overview: Each system (Air Handling Unit, Boiler, Exhaust Fan, etc.) shall be described in a written document that will provide the Operating Engineer with a clear understanding of the following: a. The purpose of each system. b. Design capacity of each system. c. Conditions that affect the operation and capacity of the system. d. Interaction of the system components. e. Anticipated wear rates of system components and related adjustment procedures. f. Function, calibration, diagnostics and operation of system controls. 2. Lubrication Information: Shall consist of the manufacturer's recommendations regarding the lubricants to be used and lubrication schedule to be followed. 3 Control Diagrams: Shall show internal and connection wiring. 4. Installation and Startup Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommendations for installation, adjustment, calibration, and troubleshooting. 5. Operating Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommended step -by -step procedures for starting, operating, and stopping the equipment under specified modes of operation. 6. Preventive Maintenance Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommended steps and schedules for maintaining the equipment. 7. Overhaul Instructions: Manufacturer's directions for the disassembly, repair and reassembly of the equipment, and any safety precautions that must be observed while performing the work. 8. Parts List: Generic title and identification number of each component part of the equipment. 9. Exploded View or Plan and Section Views: Provided by the manufacturer if available. Detailed plan and section views of equipment shall be provided when exploded views are not available. All views will have detailed part callouts matching those callouts of the Parts List. 10. Specific Information: Where items of information not included in the above list are required, they shall be provided as described in the specification for the equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Binders for final bound manuals shall be 3 -post type, with durable covers with metal piano hinges and locking slide bar assembly, and shall be capable of extending to a maximum 6 -inch thickness. Multiple binders shall be similar and shall be National 98 -3001, Wilson -Jones Catalog Covers 564 -64LH, or approved equal. 01730 -1 T /M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE - PRELIMINARY A. Comply with the submittal requirements of Section 01300 when transmitting operations and maintenance (O &M) information for initial Engineer review and acceptance. B. Engineer - approval of O &M information will be so noted on the submittals when retumed to the Contractor. Only approved O &M information shall be compiled by the Contractor into the final bound sets. C. If manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals are used to describe operating and maintenance procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated. D. Photocopies of manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals will not be approved for the final bound sets. Facsimile paper or photocopies of facsimile information will not be allowed. E. Final O &M manuals must be submitted to Metro prior to the 70% pay request. 3.02 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE - FINAL BOUND SETS A. Provide 5 copies of the approved specified operating and maintenance information. The information shall be organized in the binders in numerical order by the specification sections indicated In the Contract Documents. All brochures and manuals contained therein shall be appropriately labeled with the applicable equipment name and equipment number as it appears in the Contract Documents, and shall also indicate the Specification section. B. Each binder shall Include a table of contents, and shall be provided with tab sheets to permit easy location of the desired sections of the manual. C. Each binder shall contain an index which includes a complete equipment list in alpha - numerical order by the equipment numbers assigned in the Contract Documents'. Each equipment number shall be cross - referenced to the applicable specification section tab located in the manuals. D. Each binder shall include a copy of Paragraph 01750 -3.03 Spare Parts Summary. END OF SECTION 01730-2 T/M2 -96 L 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y 1 1 •; 1 1 1 4 $UC1$a.-.n.,�e.u.1L tC,4 .row,asrrnt n•s.a.�,nw:c..,r PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION B. Owner - Furnished Equipment: None. 3.01 DOCUMENTATION SECTION 01740 GUARANTEES A. This Section defines Contractor responsibilities and procedures to guarantee the equipment and facilities installed under this Contract. Requirements of this Specification do not release the Contractor from fulfilling those requirements as stated in Paragraph 00710 -4.11 of this Contract. Specific guarantees above and beyond the basic one -year guarantee are indicated in the Specification sections. 1.02 DETERMINATION OF GUARANTEE DATES A. Guarantee dates for those portions of the Work made available to Metro for possession and use under the terms and conditions of Paragraph 00710 -6.05 of this Contract shall be established at the time of availability provided that: 1. The possession and use of that portion of the Work has been identified as a contractual milestone in Paragraph 01012 -1.04B of this Contract. 2. The procedures for Facility Integration have been fulfilled for that portion of the Work as required in Section 01660 of this Contract. 3. O &M manuals have been received by the Engineer for that portion of the Work as required in Section 01730 of this Contract. 4. Spare Parts have been turned over to Metro for that portion of the Work as indicated in Paragraph 01750 -3.03 of this Contract. C. Acceptance of the Project: Unless previous portions of the Work have been accepted as indicated in Paragraph 01740- 1.02A, the guarantee dates shall be established as indicated in Paragraph 00710 -4.11 upon acceptance of the Work. A. Guarantee dates and the duration of the guarantee period shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer on the Guarantee Documentation Form 01740 -A as indicated in Section 01999. B. The guarantee information shall be documented by Specification section, in the same order as presented in the operations and maintenance manuals. C. Vendor information including point -of- contact, company name, company address, and company emergency phone number shall be included for applicable equipment and components of the facility. 01740-1 T /M2.96 3.02 GUARANTEE RESPONSE A. The Engineer shall be the point -of- contact for response to guarantee - related problems, during the one year guarantee period. The Engineer shall evaluate the problem, and initiate the guarantee response by the appropriate vendor or contractor. B. For special guarantees extending beyond the one year guarantee period, the Engineer shall contact the appropriate vendor directly, as identified on the Guarantee Documentation Form. C. Upon notification of need for guarantee response, the Contractor shall provide written notification to the Engineer, indicating scheduled time of response, so that Metro maintenance personnel may be scheduled to be on hand to provide assistance, and witness the repair. Guarantee work may only be undertaken on Mondays through Fridays, from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM, unless the Engineer gives express written consent for the performance of the work at other times. D. Items requiring guarantee response within the one year guarantee period, shall have a completely new guarantee period for the repaired or replaced part established from the time of repair. The Contractor shall provide written verification of the newly established guarantee period to the Engineer, upon completion of the repair. END OF SECTION 4 4 .1 W , 1 V V 4 4 d 4 6 g!.41/ Ka1s4s.;.'vWn.rsmuty . nr wNm� PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A This Section summarizes and identifies the individual technical Specification sections requiring spare parts, Divisions 2 through Divisions 16, and the requirements for identifying and transmitting those parts to Metro. More specific information pertaining to types and quantities of parts can be obtained from the individual Specification sections. 1.02 STORAGE SECTION 01750 SPARE PARTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the storage and protection of spare parts and equipment required of this Contract, in accordance with Paragraphs 00710 -4.07 and 00710 -4.08 of this Contract. B. The spare parts shall be stored on pallets or shipping skids, and identified as follows: 1. The pallets or skids shall be sequentially numbered, by Contract number. Each pallet or skid shall have a single, unique numerical designation. (Example): CONTRACT NO. - T/F 36 -86 SPARE PARTS IDENTIFICATION PALLET / SKID # - 003 0 Items or containers on each skid shall be alphabetically ordered and identified by a tag with the following information. The containers or items on each pallet or skid shall always begin with "A ", and proceed in alphabetical order. (Example: If pallet #007 has five items on it, the items would be individually tagged and identified as 007 -A, 007 -B, 007 -C, 007 -D, and 007 -E.) CONTRACT NO. - T/F 36 -86 PALLET / SKID # - 003 CONTAINER OR ITEM # - D SPECIFICATION SECTION - 11320 - 2.06 O EQUIPMENT I.D. - P510, P595 DESCRIPTION - ONE SET PUMP BEARINGS, GASKETS. ONE EACH PACKING SLEEVE. NOSE RING. SUCTION RING, 3. The information, as recorded on the tags, shall be in the same order in which the spare parts are turned over to Metro. Any reorganization of parts or containers on pallets must be 01750-1 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 METRO ACCEPTANCE OF SPARE PARTS PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. reflected in accurate identification tags. Pallets, parts or equipment with inaccurate, incomplete, or missing tags, will not be accepted by Metro. 4. Spare Parts subject to deterioration such as ferrous metal items and electrical components shall be properly protected by lubricants or dessicants and encapsulated in hermetically sealed plastic wrapping. The quality of protection shall be equal to that required for shipment overseas and storage in humid, tropical climates. 5. Those spare parts with individual weights less than 50 pounds and dimensions less than 2' -0" W x 1' -6" H x 3' -0 L shall be stored in a heavy wooden box(es), with a hinged wooden cover. The hinges shall be heavy duty strap types. The box(es) shall be painted and identified with stenciled lettering indicating "Spare Parts ". A neatly typed inventory of the parts contained within shall be taped to the underside of the cover. The box(es) shall be identified as per Paragraph 1.02 -B2 above, and the parts description shall reference the typed inventory list taped to the cover. 6. The Contractor shall provide access to spare parts by Metro personnel, for inspection while in storage, as per the Preoperational Phase Inspections described in Section 01660 - Facility Integration. A. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two weeks written advance notification of intent to turn over ALL spare parts. The written notification shall be accompanied by a completed Spare Parts Release Form 01750 -A, as provided in Section 01999 - Reference Forms. B. The Contractor shall provide for the delivery and off- loading of spare parts at a Metro location, as determined by the Engineer. C. The Contractor and Engineer shall jointly inspect and verify the condition and quantities of the parts and equipment. Mutual agreement and signoff on the Spare Parts Release Form shall constitute Metro's acceptance of the parts. D. The spare parts may be delivered to Metro only upon completion of the operational testing phase of the project, and prior to issuance of Substantial Completion. The only exception shall be the acceptance of parts for that portion of the project accepted for possession and use by Metro prior to the Substantial Completion of the entire facility. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION A. The Contractor shall turn over 5 copies of the Spare Paris Release Form to the Engineer, upon turnover and acceptance of parts by Metro. B, The Spare Parts Release Form shall also be included and noted in the Table of Contents of each final -bound operations and maintenance manual released to the Engineer. 01750 -2 T/M2 -96 3.03 SPARE PARTS SUMMARY A. The following Iist is a summarization of the spare parts requirements for this Contract. Reference the Specifications for detailed technical information concerning the spare parts required. DIVISION Division 9 Division 15 PARAGRAPH 09900 -1.07 15050 -2.04 END OF SECTION 1.02 SCOPE SECTION 01999 REFERENCE FORMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The forms listed below and included in this Section are referenced from other sections of the Contract Documents: Form No. Title 01300 -A Submittal Transmittal Form 01660 -A System Equipment Checklist Form 01740 -A Guarantee Documentation Form 01750 -A Spare Parts Release Form 01999 -A Standard Form Format 11000 -A Manufacturer's Installation Certification Form 11000 -B Manufacturer's Instruction Certification Form 11060 -A Motor Data Form 16000 -A Wire and Cable Resistance Test Data Form 16000 -B Installed Motor Test Data Form 16000 -C Dry Transformer Test Form 16000 -D Motor Control Center Test Form 16000 -E Medium Voltage Starter Test Form 16000 -F Medium Voltage Switchgear Test Form 16000 -G Protective Relay Test Form 16000 -H Low Voltage Switchgear Test Form 16000 -1 Medium Voltage Load Interrupter Switch Test Form 16000 -J Neutral Grounding Resistor Test Form 17000 -A Control Circuit Piping Leak Test Form 17000 -B Miscellaneous Instrument Calibration Test. Data Form A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the documentation forms for tests and evaluations required of the Contract that do not have specific forms identified. B. Contractor - generated forms shall follow the format established on Form 01999A contained herein. C. Completed copies of the appropriate forms shall be included in the applicable system test packages specified in Paragraph 01660- 1.03D. 01999 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 i a 4 t 4 • • 4 1 a 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 • 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 a 4 4 4 4 4 *METRO Submittal/Transmittal Dalo Stamp ' Submittal No Date Contract No. • Subcontractor or Supplier: Resubmillal ❑ Previous Submittal No. This section to be completed by Contractor. This Section To Ile Completed By Metro Item No. P/C Spec, Paragraph Contreolor's Cat. or Dwg. No. Description of Item Coppley 8ubm. Review .4clion Notes • • . • Contractor certifies to Review of Submittal, Verification of Field Measurements and Compliance with Contract Documents. By Dato Legend — Review Action 1 No exceptions takon II 2 Note marking ❑ 3 Comments Attached — Confirm ❑ 4 Comments Attached — Resubmit ❑ • 5 Rejected ❑ P — Parllal Submittal C — Complete Submittal Distribution: By (Print) Date initial Review Completed Romarks: . • _ Engineering Support Group Final Review Returned to Contractor ' ,��; 1110 Flag (I lov. I/91) Review of Contractors information Comments - Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and contract documents: Markings or comments shall not relieve the contractor from compliance with plans and specifications nor any requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and ,for performing his work In a safe manner. Engineer's Review Routing Initial Date No Exceptions Taken ❑ Note Markings ■ • Rejected • Comments Attached ❑ Response Required of Contractor Construction Division Use Only Conlirm ❑ Reviewed Copies To: Date Constr. Division Files Resident Engineer Contractor Pro'. Eng. Resubmit • 1110 dxk 10/001 It ( [ t t t e t t e et er er er m er L er er er a s ar er et s' de s at Mb a kit ,8: 14 BUILDING PROJECT: CONTRACT SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION: % *:i: V REF. a SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT NUMBER: ' 4 " 4 ' ''.,141MPORMOSESDEMENVISEV*10 Equipment IA # CHECKLIST • Equipment Name Spec. Section ,.., P&ID Dtwg 4 Sched. Comp!. Date 'fMntIEWfiMVIA2rftn Test Package Due Test Package Rec'd? Equip. Install. Date Factory Tests Recd? Infitni Component Test Date- OK? M.C7 System Test Date- OK? ARNERIEVE4 Integrated Test Date- OK? Training Date- Rec'd? S'EMOMMEMISE Comm. Date- OK? O&M Manuals Recd? PAGE Comment Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 I 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 COMMENT CODB: COMMENTS: COMMI3NT CODE: COMMENTS: Form 01880 A - System Equipment Checklist . METRO Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 GUARANTEE DOCUMENTATION FORM Contract Number: System, Equip., START END or Area ID: DATE DATE Contact: General Contractor Representative Page of Company: Phone: Metro Super. Res. Engineer (phone #) Date Form 01740 A - Guarantee Documentation 01999-4 T/M2-96 L METRO Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 SPARE PARTS RELEASE FORM Page of Contract Number: Place of Delivery: Pallet / Container / Equip. Skid No. Item No. I.D. No. Description By: By: General Contractor Representative Metro Representative Form 01750 A - Spare Parts Release 01999.5 Date: T/M2 -96 Project: Contract Number: Title: mET RO Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 Date: 4 4 44 r1 44 44 44 44 11000 -B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION FORM: Contract No.: Specification Section: Equipment name: Contractor: Manufacturer of equipment item: The undersigned manufacturer certifies that a service engineer has instructed the transit facility operating personnel in the proper maintenance and operation of the equipment designated herein. Operations Check List (check appropriate spaces) Start -up procedure reviewed Shutdown procedure reviewed Normal operation procedure reviewed Others: Maintenance Check List (check appropriate spaces) Described normal oil changes (frequency) Described special tools required Described normal items to be reviewed for wear Described preventive maintenance instructions Described greasing frequency Others: Date Manufacturer Signature of Authorized Representative Date Signature of Owner's Representative Date Signature of Contractor's Representative 01999 -8 T/M2 -96 11060 -A. MOTOR DATA FORM: Equipment Equipment Name Number(s) Site Location Nameplate Markings Mfr Mfr Model Frame HP Volts Phase Rpm Service Factor FLA LRA Freq Ambient Temp Rating ° C Time Rating Design Letter (NEMA MG1- 10.35) (NEMA MG -1.16) KVA Code Letter Insulation Class The following information is required for explosion -proof motors only: A. Approved by UL for installation in Class , Div B. UL frame temperature code ; Group Atmosphere (NEC Tables 500 -2 and 500 -2(b)) The following information is required for high efficiency motors only: A. Guaranteed minimum efficiency at full Toad or NEMA efficiency index (NEMA MG1- 12.53b) B. Nameplate or nominal efficiency Data Not Necessarily Marked on Nameplate Type of enclosure Enclosure material Temp rise ° C (NEMA MG1- 12.41,42) Space heater included? Yes No; if Yes, watts volts Type of motor winding over temperature protection, If specified: Use the space below to provide additional information on other motor modifications, if specified: 01'999 -9 T/M2 -96 16000 -A. WIRE AND CABLE RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM: Wire or Cable No.: Temperature, ° F Insulation Resistance, Location of Test megohms 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Metro's Representative 1 0.1999. -10 T/M2 -96 1 1 C c, 16000 -B. INSTALLED MOTOR TEST FORM: c c C c Ambient temp Resistance: C • Insulation resistance phase -to- ground megohms: C Current at Full Load: Motor Equipment Number Equipment Driven MCC Location Phase A , Phase B , Phase C Amps Freq Ambient temp rating ° C Date of test Phase Current, amps Phase Current, amps L• Phase Current, amps �. Thermal Overload Device: Manufacturer /catalog # Amperes C Time rating * *Design letter Code letter Insulation class * *Required for 3 -phase squirrel cage induction motors only. Contractor's Representative Metro's Representative Circuit breaker (MCP) setting: Motor Nameplate Markings: Mfr Mfr type Frame HP Volts Phase Rpm * *Service factor (NEMA 1- 10.35) (NEMA MG -1.16) CERTIFIED Date WITNESSED Date 01999-11 T/M2 -96 16000 -C. DRY TRANSFORMER TEST DATA FORM: Equipment No. Temperature Location Winding: Primary Secondary A. Insulation - resistance test: The test shall be made with a megohmmeter at the test voltage for a period of 1 minute. Test results (megohms) Voltage rating Test voltage Phase Phase 0 -600 1000 A -GRD A -B 601 -5000 2500 B -GRD B -C 5000+ 5000 C-GRD C -A Resistance readings less than the manufacturer's recommended value or less than 10 megohms 4 shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. 9 B. Dielectric- absorption test: 4 1 The test shall be made with a megohmmeter at the test voltage for a period of 10 minutes. 4 1. Test results: Phase Phase (Megohms) A -GRD ' A -B B -GRD B -C C-GRD C -A . 1 2. Polarization index: Ten minute reading One minute reading = polarization index (from paragraph "A" above) Phase Phase A -GRD A -B 4 B -GRD B -C C-GRD C-A 9 Polarization index values Tess than 2 shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative 4 WITNESSED Date 4 Metro's Representative 4 4 4 4 01999 -12 T /M2 -96 ( f � r 16000 -D. MOTOR CONTROL CENTER TEST FORM: Equipment No. Ambient room temperature Location t �„. A. Mechanical check: All bolted connections either bus -to -bus or cable -to -bus shall be torqued to the manufacturer's C recommendations. B. Electrical tests: 1. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase and phase to ground for 1 minute using a megohmmeter at 1,000 volts. Test results (megohms) Phase Phase A -GRD A -B B -GRD B -C C -GRD C -A 2. Set the circuit breaker in the starter unit to comply with the requirements of NEC, Article 430 -52 C and Table 430 -152. 3. Motor overload heater elements shall be sized and installed based on the actual nameplate full Toad amperes of the motor connected to the starter. C CERTIFIED Date ( Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Metro's Representative C. C C C 01999 -13 T/M2 -96 16000-E MEDIUM - VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTER TEST FORM: Equipment No. Location Room Temperature The protective devices shall be set in accordance with the Specification before the tests are performed. 1. Measure contact resistance (micro -ohms) Phase: A B C Contacts shall be replaced if resistance exceeds 50 micro -ohms. 2. Perform an insulation resistance test (1,000V DC for 1 minute). Phase A Q Pole -to- ground megohms Across- open -pole megohms Pole -to -pole AB BC CA megohms 3. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on trip and close coils. 4. Motor RTDs shall be tested by using a hot oil bath. The temperature at which the sensor trips shall be recorded for each RTD. 5. The contactor shall be tripped by operation of each protective device. 01999 -14. T/M2 -96 • 16000 -F. MEDIUM- VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR TEST FORM: Equipment No. Location Room Temperature The protective devices shall be set in accordance with the specification before the tests are performed. 1. Measure contact resistance (micro -ohms) Phase: A 2: Perform an insulation resistance test (1,000V DC for 1 minute). Phase Pole -to- ground Across -open -pole Pole -to -pole B. C AB A Contacts shall be replaced if resistance exceeds 50 micro -ohms. S megohms megohms BC CA megohms 3. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on trip and close coils. 4. Verify the instrument transformer ratios. Check the transformer's polarity electrically. 5. The contactor shall be tripped by operation of each protective device. 01999 -15 T/M2 -96 1 16000-G. PROTECTIVE RELAY TEST FORM: Location Switchgear Breaker No. Protective Relay Description The protective relays shall be tested in the following manner: 1. Each protective relay circuit shall have its Insulation resistance tested to ground. 2. Perform the following tests on the specified relay setting: a. Pickup parameters on each operating element. b. Timing test shall be performed at three points on the time dial curve. c. Pickup target and seal -in units. The results shall be recorded and signed. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 16000- 1.05B. 4. t1 4 4 6 1 4 16000 -H. LOW- VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR TEST FORM: Equipment No. Location Room Temperature The protective devices shall be set in accordance with the specification before the tests are performed. 1. Measure contact resistance (micro -ohms) Phase: A B C Contacts shall be replaced if resistance exceeds 50 micro -ohms. 2. Perform an insulation resistance test (1,000V DC for 1 minute). Phase A B C Pole -to- ground megohms Across- open -pole megohms Pole -to -pole AB BC CA megohms 3. Minimum pickup current shall be determined by primary current injection. 4. Long time delay shall be determined by primary injection at 300 percent pickup current. 5. Short time pickup and time delay shall be determined by primary injection of current. 6. Instantaneous pickup current shall be determined by primary injection. 7. Trip unit reset characteristics shall be verified. 8. Auxiliary protective devices, such as ground fault or under voltage relays, shall be activated to insure operation of shunt trip devices. 01999 -17 T/M2-96 16000 -1. MEDIUM - VOLTAGE LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCH TEST FORM: Equipment No. Location Date 1. Measure switch blade resistance (micro- ohms). Phase: A 2. Perform an insulation resistance test (1,000 volts DC for 1 minute). Contacts shall be replaced if resistance exceeds 50 micro -ohms. Phase Pole -to- ground Across - open -pole Pole -to -pole AB B C A a megohms megohms BC CA megohms The results shall be recorded and signed. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 16000 - 2.068. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Metro's Representative 01999 -18 T/M2 -96 16000-J. NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR TEST: Equipment No. Location The pickup and time delay setting on the ground fault relay shall be in accordance with Section 16431. 1. The transformer neutral insulation resistance shall be measured with and without the grounding resistor connected to insure no parallel ground paths exist. 2. The protective relay pickup current shall be determined by injecting test current into the current sensor. The pickup current should be within 10 percent of the dial setting. Record the dial setting and actual pickup tie. 3. The relay timing shall be tested by injecting 150 and 300 percent of pickup current Into the current sensor. The relay timing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published time - current characteristic curves. Record the relay timing at 150 and 300 percent of pickup current. 4. The circuit interrupting device shall be operated by operating the relay. The results shall be recorded and signed by the Contractor and Engineer. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 16000 - 2.0613. Loop No.: A B C D etc. CERTIFIED 17000 -A CONTROL CIRCUIT PIPING LEAK TEST FORM: List tubing associated with loop in table below. Make applicable measurements after isolating any air consuming pilots from circuit. a Convert actual tubing and air motor volume to equivalent 1/4 -Inch copper tubing. b Pressure drop shall not exceed 1 psi per hundred feet 1/4 -inch tubing per 5 seconds. Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Metro's Representative Date 0 -20 T/M2 -96 u Tubing Permitted Measured 41 Tube Equivalent Length . Test Period Pressure Drop Pressure Drop 2 No. of 1/4 -Inch Copper (seconds) (psi) (psi) 4 1 1 4 4 17000 -B. MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT. CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:: (For instruments not covered by any of the preceding test forms, the Contractor shall create:a form containing all necessary information and calibration procedures.) L c C L C. L. ( CERTIFIED Date Contractors Representative L. t L. c C WITNESSED Metro's Representative Date (For instruments not covered by any of the preceding test forms, the Contractor shall create a form containing 1 d 4 1 4 4 1 4 1 4 4 1 4 4 4 17000 -B. MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM: all necessary information and calibration procedures.) CERTIFIED Contractor's Representative Date 4 WITNESSED Date Metro's Representative 01999-22 T/M2 -96 'J 4 4 4 4 J 4 L L PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies demolition, equipment salvage, cutting and patching. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Schedule of work contemplated. 2. Coordination and rescheduling as required to preclude interference with other operations according to Section 01014. 3. Shop drawings when items of matching and repairing require drawings to allow clarification of intent. 4. Certified documents showing the final destination and legal disposition of the removed materials, associated piping and appurtenances. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Contractor and /or subcontractors: firms or individual trades qualified to perform work required under this Section. B. Licensing Requirements: The Contractor and /or subcontractors and Contractor's and /or subcontractor's personnel shall have current, valid licenses as required by DOE, PSAPCA, City of Bellevue, City of Tukwila and other authorities having jurisdiction over the project, to perform the work of this Section. 1.04 SALVAGE DISPOSITION, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Salvage items: Salvage Items designated for Metro's salvage as a unit. Clean, list, tag for storage. Protect from damage and deliver to locations designated. Salvage each item with auxiliary or associated equipment required for operation. B. Delivery: Remove, as a unit, items designated for removal and reuse. Clean, condition, tag, protect from damage, and deliver to locations designated. C. Disposal: Dispose of items or materials not designated for Metro's salvage or reuse. Promptly remove from site. Do not store or sell Contractor salvaged items or materials on site. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION, EQUIPMENT SALVAGE, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Removal of salvaged equipment shall be done in a manner that protects adjacent equipment and piping. If chipping of concrete is required, the work shall be done in a manner that contains and exhausts concrete dust to a bag filter or other means of complete containment and capture. Repair or replace property that is damaged. Obtain approval by the Engineer of Contractor's dust control plan and a typical enclosure required for dust control prior to demolition. B. Obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction for work which affects existing exitways, exit stairs, means of egress, or access to or exit from such areas. Review with and obtain approval of 02050 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 3.02 OPERATION PROCEDURES authorities for temporary construction which affects such areas. Special attention is directed to approvals by fire authorities. C. Contractor to verify all existing field conditions affected by work under this contract, including dimensions, location and condition of items to remain or be reused. Failure to verify will not be considered a differing site condition. A. Notify the Engineer prior to beginning salvage work so that the proper salvage items are identified and the condition of the salvage item and adjacent equipment, piping and structures can be documented. The Engineer may elect to have any items on the salvage list removed and disposed of by the Contractor, rather than being salvaged, at no additional cost to Metro. A. Start and complete work in order or precedence as established by approved schedule. Operational procedures and sequence of work optional with Contractor provided they do not infringe upon or violate schedule. B. Execute work to protect occupants from injury and discomfort. Provide protection to persons and property. Conduct operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, walks, entrances, exits, and other adjacent occupied facilities. C. Where temporary partitions are required in public areas, construct partitions of clean, painted, minimum 1/2 -inch thick, plywood. In interior areas adequately braced 1/4 -inch prefinished paneling may be used. D. Provide covered passageways where necessary to ensure safe passage of persons in or near areas of work. Provide substantial barricades and safety lights as required. Provide temporary dustproof partitions where indicated or necessary to prevent infiltration of dust into occupied areas. Provide temporary weather protection as necessary to prevent damage to existing facilities and discomfort to persons in occupied areas. 3.03 CUTTING AND REMOVAL A. Neatly cut and remove materials, and prepare openings to receive new work. B. Remove masonry or concrete in small sections. C. Provide shoring, bracing, and other supports to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of remaining or adjacent wall areas, structure, or facilities. Arrange shoring, bracing, and supports to prevent overloading of structure. D. Take precautions necessary to prevent damage to existing remaining work or to adjacent facilities. Execute work using methods which will prevent interference with use of remaining and adjacent facilities by Metro. 02050.2 T/M2 -96 At W Salvaged items shall be properly disconnected to retain their full salvage value, removed from their foundations and carefully stored at a location on the site as directed by the Engineer. 3.04 MATCHING AND PATCHING A. Where items are removed from existing walls, ceilings, floors or partitions to remain, repair wall, ceiling, floor or partition disturbed by removal. B. Where walls, ceilings, floors or partitions are removed, repair abutting walls, ceilings or floors disturbed by removal. C. Where existing construction is cut or otherwise disturbed to permit installation of new work, match and patch existing disturbed construction. . Use methods and materials similar in appearance, and equal in quality to areas or surfaces being repaired. E. Methods, materials, and finished work are subject to review by the Engineer. F. Remove areas, surfaces or items which cannot be satisfactorily matched and patched. Replace at no additional expense to Metro. 3.05 CLEANUP A. Remove debris, rubbish, and materials resulting from cutting, demolition or patching operations. B. Transport materials and legally dispose of off site. END OF SECTION T/M2 -96 -.. .1. 'R.1r RvVaUae...Wrureo,nu.i.'G . / .Y.on. »•rc. M +m... PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies earthwork which consists of excavation, backfilling, grading and excess material control associated with utility trenches and retaining walls at propane tank storage pad. Work shall be accomplished in the dry. Fill materials and filter fabric are also included in this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES Reference Title SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. AASHTO T176 Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregates and Soils by Use of the Sand Equivalent Test 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Compaction: The degree of compaction is specified as percent compaction. Maximum or relative densities refer to dry soil densities obtainable at optimum moisture content. B. Excavation slope: Defined as an inclined surface formed by removing material from below existing grade. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Samples of all imported fill materials to be used shall be submitted 30 days in advance of use. Samples shall consist of 0.5 cubic feet of each type of material. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests: 1. The Engineer will take samples and perform moisture content, gradation, compaction, and density tests during placement of backfill materials to check compliance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall remove surface material at locations designated by the Engineer and provide such assistance as necessary for sampling and testing. The ' Engineer may direct the Contractor to construct inspection trenches in compacted or consolidated backfill to determine that the Contractor has complied with the Specifications. Testing by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of its res- ponsibility to determine to its own satisfaction when and if its work meets the Specifications. Payment for inspection trenches shall be as specified in Paragraph 00710 -4.05. 02200-1 T/M2 -96 2. Tests will be made by the Engineer in accordance with the following: PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS Test Standard Procedure Moisture content ASTM D3017 Gradation ASTM C136, D422 Density in -place ASTM D1556 Moisture - density relationships ASTM D1557 A. Type A: 1. Material (pit run) shall be a select granular material free from organic matter and of such size and gradation that the specified compaction can be readily attained. Material shall have a sand equivalent value of not Tess than 20 and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing 3 inches 100 1-1/2 Inches 95 -100 No. 4 35 -80 No. 10 10 -70 No. 40 0 -50 No. 100 0 -30 No. 200 0 -5 (wet sieving) 2. The coefficient of uniformity shall be 3 or greater. 3. The material may be an imported quarry waste, clean natural sand or gravel, select trench excavation or a mixture thereof. B. Type B 1. Material shall be a clean gravel -sand mixture free from organic matter and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing 3 inches 100 1 -1/2 inches 95 -100 No. 4 35 -100 No. 10 10 -100 No. 40 0 -60 No. 100 0 -30 No. 200 0 -10 C. Type C: Material shall be unclassified material, The material shall be free from peat, wood, roots, bark, debris, garbage, rubbish or other extraneous material. The maximum size of stone shall not exceed 6 inches. Material shall be obtained from on -site excavations and from spoils areas as directed by the Engineer. D. Type D: 1. Material shall be crushed rock and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing aer 02200.2 T/M2 - 2.02 FILTER FABRIC 3.01 GENERAL Description Minimum thickness Minimum weight Minimum grab strength Minimum Mullen burst Coefficient of water permeability Equivalent opening size a Using constant rate equipment. 1-1/2 inches 87 -100 3/4 -inch 45 -90 No. 4 20 -50 No. 30 6 -29 No. 200 0 -12 2. Material shall be composed of hard, durable, sound pieces having a specific gravity of not Tess than 2.65. E. Type Control Density Fill (CDF): Material shall conform to specification Section 02237, Control Density Fill. A. The filter fabric shall be a woven polypropylene, monofilament yarn. The fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and shall be resistant to alkalines and acids found in soils. The base plastic shall contain stabilizers and inhibitors to make the fabric resistant to ultraviolet radiation. The filter fabric shall also meet the following physical properties: B. The filter fabric shall be Mirafi 700X, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION Test Result ASTM D1777 ASTM D3776 19 mils 19 oz/sy ASTM D5034/D5035a 500 Ibs x 300 Ibs ASTM D3786 500 psi CFMC GET -2 0.02 cm/second CWO 2215 70 U.S. standard sieve A. Control of water: 1. Keep excavations free from water during construction. The static water level shall be drawn down a minimum of 2 feet below the bottom of excavations. Disposal of water shall be in accordance with Section 01560, 3.04 "Water Control ". Have on hand pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for emergency and shall have workers available for its operation. Dewatering systems shall operate continuously (24 hours per day, 7 days per week) until backfill has been completed to 1 foot above the normal static groundwater. B. Overexcavation: Where the undisturbed condition of natural soils is determined by the Engineer to be inadequate for support of the planned construction, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to overexcavate to adequate supporting soils. The excavated space shall be filled to the specified elevation with backfill. The overexcavated space under footings may be backfilled with Type A or CDF. The quantity and placement of such material will be paid for as extra work. 02200-3 T/M2 -96 3.02 CLASSIFICATION OF FILL C. Excavated material 1. Unless otherwise specified, suitable excess excavated material shall be disposed of in spoil areas as directed by the Engineer. Select structural fill removed for structural excavation or final grading or paving shall be stockpiled outside of the existing structural filled area. Unsuitable excavated materials such as peat shall be legally disposed of off -site unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall satisfy itself that there is sufficient material for the completion of the embankments before disposing of material inside or outside the site. Shortage of material caused by premature disposal of material by the Contractor shall be replaced by the Contractor at its own expense. 3. Surplus excavated material shall be legally disposed of off-site immediately after excavation by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, in accordance with applicable ordinances and environmental requirements. 4. Material shall not be stockpiled on the existing structural filled area. In addition, material shall not be stockpiled to a depth greater than 5 feet above foundation grade, within 25 feet of any excavation or structure. Use construction methods which preserve the stability of the soil adjacent to the excavation. 5. Materials stockpiled for reuse must be protected from wind or rain erosion, by covering with tarps or other effective methods. D. Hauling and traffic pattems: 1. When hauling is done over highways or city streets, the loads shall be trimmed and the vehicle shelf areas shall be cleaned after each loading. The loads shall be watered after trimming to minimize dust. 2. Maintain traffic patterns in the existing structural filled areas which preserve the stability of the soil under all future structural foundations or paved areas. E. Filter fabric: 1. Filter fabric shall be installed at temporary stockpiles. 2. Joints shall be formed at edges and ends of the rolls by overlapping the filter fabric a minimum of 1 -1/2 feet. A. Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers and compacted with power operated tampers; rollers, idlers, or vibratory equipment. Material type, maximum layer depth, relative compaction, and general application are specified in Table A below. Unless otherwise specified, fill classes shall be used where specified in Table A under general application. L, Material Type A B C D CDF Maximum Uncompressed Layer Depth, Inches 8 8 8 6 3.03 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES TABLE A, FILL CLASSIFICATIONS Minimuma Relative Compaction, Percent 95 95 90 General Application Slabs on grade and backfill in all roadways and parking areas. Pipe and conduit bedding. Behind retaining walls. Backfill over pipes in unimproved areas. Site fill. Crushed rock filter drains. An alternative pipe bedding and Type A backfill. a Compaction of layers shall be accomplished in 2 passes of equipment with complete coverage across the width of the field. A. Structure excavation: 1. Except as otherwise shown or specified, any method of excavation within the work limits and easements shown may be used which, in the opinion of the Contractor, is considered best. At those locations where the excavation extends below the static groundwater level or the natural soils are saturated and of low strength, take whatever precautions are necessary to maintain the undisturbed state of the foundation soils at and below the bottom of the excavation. 2. Ground shall not be dug by machinery nearer than 3 inches from finished subgrade. The last 3 inches shall be removed without disturbing the subgrade. 3. The bottom shall not be more than 0.15 -foot above or below the lines and grades specified. If the elevation of structure excavation is not specified, the excavation shall be not more than 0.15 -foot above or below the elevation specified for fill material below the structure. Slopes shall vary no more than 0.5 -foot from specified grade unless the excavation is in rock where the maximum variation shall be 2 feet. 4. Should the excavation be carried below the lines and grades specified on the Drawings or should the bottom of the excavation be disturbed because of the Contractor's operations and require overexcavation and backfill, the Contractor shall refill such excavated space to the proper elevation in accordance with the procedure specified for backfill. 5. Unless otherwise specified, excavations shall extend a sufficient distance from walls and footings to allow for placing and removal of forms, installation of services, and for inspection, except where concrete is specified to be placed directly against excavated surfaces. B. Foundation treatment: Whenever structure excavation is substantially completed to grade, notify the Engineer, who will make an inspection of the foundation. No concrete shall be placed until the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer. C. Structure backfill 1. Unless otherwise specified, placement of fill materials shall be in accordance with Table 02200-5 T /M2 -96 2. After completion of construction below the elevation of the final grade, and prior to backfilling, concrete forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of debris. 3. Structure backfill shall not be placed until the subgrade portions of the structure have been inspected by the Engineer. No backfill material shall be deposited against concrete structures until the concrete has developed a strength of not Tess than 3,000 pounds per square inch in compression, or until the concrete has been in place for 28 days, whichever occurs first. 4. Backfill material shall be placed in uniform layers and shall be brought up uniformly on all sides of the structure. 5. Compaction of structure backfill shall be accomplished by using power- operated tampers, rollers, or vibratory equipment. Compaction within 2 feet of walls shall be performed with hand - operated vibratory compactors. 6. Unless otherwise specified, backfill around and above pipes within the excavation line of any structure shall be the same as that specified for structures. 3.04 EARTHWORK FOR CONDUITS A. Earthwork for conduits is specified in Table A. END OF SECTION 022004 T/M2 -96 ti (i', ta:,8t7•c�'at�+w ,rw :y..�w.ra.,, w. .:,..=....0 „,. w. n,....+....,<......,,.».. ..,,e.,w„a.�vsrvwaa�;,7e;ma°r.: rk67fsxR. e,.: earesn;.:. y�uzr.. ww�ws n ...— ........»..._.....- »....._. PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section covers the use of Controlled Density Fill for backfilling in trenches as shown on the drawings. Controlled Density Fill (CDF) shall be a mixture of portland cement, fly ash, aggregates, water, and admixtures proportioned to provide a nonsegregating, self - consolidating, free - flowing, and excavatable material that will result in a hardened, dense, nonsettling fill. 1.02 REFERENCES Title A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference ACI 301 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 SUBMITTALS SECTION 02237 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL A. Testing: To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for controlled density fill, Metro will provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies with the requirements of ASTM E 329. The testing laboratory shall sample and test control density fill as specified in this Section. The cost of testing laboratory services will be per Section 01400. A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Mix design: Paragraph 2.02, Mix Design. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings A. The CDF shall be composed of portland cement, aggregate, fly ash, and water and shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Types I or 11. 2. Aggregate: Sand with or without fine gravel, maximum size 1 inch. Aggregate shall be free of foreign material or organics and shall have less than 15% finer than the No. 200 sieve, unless clean coarse aggregates added to the mix. 3. Water (potable). 4. Fly ash: Class F ASTM C 618, unless otherwise approved. 02237 -1 T/M2 -96 2.02 MIX DESIGN n....src....t + {; n.�.:'Y•Jn.T'k 4F ^., r >...?�?'b�".^. • ". -,.. „r...... A. CDF shall be proportioned to be a flowable, nonsegregating, self - consolidating, low shrink slurry with an unconfined compressive strength as specified below. B. The Contractor and its supplier shall determine the materials and proportions used to meet the requirements of these Specifications. The Contractor shall make daily checks of the aggregate gradation and adjust the mix design as required to meet these Specifications. The CDF mix shall be modified as necessary to meet the flowability, pumpability, and set time requirements for each individual pour. C. At least 30 days before placing CDF, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a mix design for the CDF to be used. The mix design shall include trial lab and field data, with 6 -inch by 12- inch cylinder breaks performed at 7, 14, and 28 days. D. No CDF shall be placed until the Engineer has approved the mix design. The Engineer's approval of the mix design shall be understood to indicate conditional acceptance. Final acceptance will be based on tests conducted on field samples and conformance with these Specifications. 2.03 CLASS 300 CDF A. Unconfined compressive strength at 28 days shall be 300 psi ( +100 psi, -50 psi). Maximum density 130 pcf. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. CDF shall be discharged from a mixer by any means acceptable to the Engineer into the area to be filled. B. CDF shall be brought up uniformly to the elevations indicated on the Drawings. Placement shall be done in a manner to prevent conduit and pipe from floating or moving during filling of trench. C. CDF shall not be placed on frozen ground. Subgrade on which CDF is placed shall be free of disturbed or softened material and water. Conform to requirements of Section 02200, Earthwork. D. CDF batching, mixing, and placing may be started if weather conditions are favorable, when the air temperature is 34 degrees F and rising. At the time of placement, CDF must have a temperature of a least 40 degrees F. Mixing and placing shall stop when the air temperature is 38 degrees F or Tess and falling. Each filling stage shall be as continuous an operation as is practicable. E. The Contractor shall prevent traffic contact with CDF for at least 24 hours after placement or until CDF is hard enough to prevent rutting by construction equipment or traffic. 02237 -2 T/M2 -96 END OF SECTION 3.04:. . TESTING PROCEDURES A. Control tests: 1. CDF mix proportions shall be determined by laboratory trial mixes in general accordance with ACI 301. 1.02 REFERENCES Y.n.Vl:)5S n3YJ•eM ?iY„ re; NI—L/Aifit tt,,r....z'trtr1N.W . vnw SECTION 02513 ASPHALT PAVING, CONCRETE CURBS AND WALKWAYS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies asphalt use for pavement at utility trench and repair of concrete curbs and walkways that are removed or damaged as a result of construction. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title AASHTO M17 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures WSDOT /APWA Washington State Department of Transportation and American Public Works Association, Washington State Chapter, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 1994. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CLASS B A. Asphalt concrete pavement Class B shall comply with Section 5 -04 of WSDOT /APWA. The asphalt grade shall be AR -4000 W and shall comply with Section 9- 02.1(4) of WSDOT /APWA. 2.02 TACK COAT A. Tack coat shall be cationic emulsified asphalt conforming to Section 9- 02.1(6), Grade CRS -2 of the WSDOT /APWA. 2.03 SEAL COAT A. Fog seal according to WSDOT /APWA. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT A. Joint sealant shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D3581. 2.05 CONCRETE A. Concrete for curbs, gutters and walkways shall be as specified in Section 03300. 2.06 PAVEMENT STRIPING A. Striping shall be as specified in Section 02580. 02513 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Asphalt concrete pavements, curbs and walkways shall conform to the details, dimensions and shall match existing grades. Maximum variations in finished grade of paving shall be plus or minus 0.05 feet. 3.02 SUBGRADE A. Provide CDF as shown on drawings. 3.02 TACK COAT A. A tack coat of asphalt, applied at the rate of 0.02 to 0.08 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt, shall be applied by a mechanical distributor, approved by the Engineer, to all edge surfaces to which any course of asphalt concrete is to be placed. B. Where the new asphalt concrete abuts a curb or gutter, cold pavement joint, trimmed meet line, or any metal surface, a thin tack coat of asphalt shall be applied on the vertical face of the abutting surface by hand painting prior to paving. The application on the contact surfaces shall be thin and uniform in order to avoid an accumulation of excess asphalt in puddles. The Contractor shall not apply the tack coat on vertical contact surfaces above the finished height of the asphalt concrete being placed. 3.03 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Asphalt shall not be placed during rainfall or before any imminent storm that might damage construction. The application of asphalt when the ground temperature is Tess than 50 degrees will not be allowed. B. Hauling: The asphalt concrete mixture shall leave the mixing plant at a temperature between 260 degrees F and 350 degrees F, and when deposited on the road it shall have a temperature not Tess than 250 degrees F. C. Spreading and compacting: 1. The mixture shall be laid upon an approved base, spread and struck off to grade and elevation established. 2. The internal temperature of the mixture shall be not Tess than 185 degrees F upon achieving density requirements in accordance with the applicable specification. Roller shall not be used under any circumstances whenever the internal temperature of the mixture is below 175 degrees F. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the construction of each course of asphalt concrete pavement shall commence at the point farthest away from the mixing plant and progress toward the plant so that no hauling will be done over freshly placed pavement. D Compaction: 1. ' Immediately after the asphalt concrete mixture has been spread, struck off, and surface irregularities adjusted, it shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted. The completed course shall be free from ridges, ruts, humps, depressions, objectionable marks or other irregularities in compliance with the line, grade, and cross section as shown in the plans or as approved by the Engineer. 2. Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking or shoving occurs. All compaction units shall be operated at the speed, within specification limits, that will produce the required compaction. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by mechanical or hand tampers. Any asphalt concrete that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess 02513 -2 T/M2 -96 e O t 1 or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to Metro with fresh hot mix which shall be immediately compacted to comply with the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be at the Contractor's option provided specified densities are attained. Acceptable level of compaction shall. be a minimum compacted density of 92 percent of the maximum density as determined by WSDOT /APWA Test Method 705. 3.04 SEAL COAT A. Provide seal coat prior to opening to vehicles. 3.05 CONCRETE WALKWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS A. General: Curbs and walkways shall be constructed where existing curbs and walkways are damaged or destroyed during the performance of the Work and as shown on the Drawings. Concrete work shall be performed in accordance with Section 03300 of these Specifications and Section 8 -04.3 of WSDOT /APWA for curbs and gutters and Section 8 -14.3 of the WSDOT /APWA for walkways. Curbs and walkways shall conform to existing or original lines and grades with no deviation greater than 1/4 -inch from a 10 -foot straight edge. Gutters shall be continuously and 1(; sufficiently graded to prevent puddling of water. B. Expansion joint installation: Unless otherwise specified, expansion joints shall be provided in (. concrete work at intervals not to exceed 20 feet and against structures abutting concrete curbs and walkways. END OF SECTION c C C C. C C C.. C C C t. 02513.3 T/M2.96 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT STRIPING A. This Section specifies pavement marking for replacing parking striping paint, that is damaged during construction, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications or as directed by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAVEMENT STRIPING MATERIALS A. Acceptable products: "Lead -free" traffic paints listed below or approved equal. 3.01 STRIPING Morton International (503) 364 -2277 Duraline 2000, Rapid -Dry, Lead -Free, water -based Farwest Paint (206) 244 -8844 TTP85 Lead -Free yellow, alkyd and water - based, 1070 Lead -Free White, 1076 Lead Free Red, 1073 Lead -Free Black C &C Paint (current vendor) (206) 783 -8835 C &C's Lead -Free Traffic Paint, yellow only, water -based Rodda paint (current vendor) (206) 762 -1818 Rodda's Lead -Free Traffic Paint, yellow, red, white, black and blue available in alkyd and water -based PART 3 EXECUTION A. General: Parking lines and bus lane shall be painted with traffic paint to match those existing prior to construction. Surfaces are to be free of contaminants that may interfere with adhesion. Thinning and coverage shall be as recommended by the manufacturer, but coverage shall not exceed 80 square feet per gallon. Lines shall be of uniform width with the edges straight and even. Vehicles shall be restricted from the area until the paint has dried. Do not apply in rainy weather. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for handling and application. B. Vertical Curbs: Shall be painted to match existing. END OF SECTION 02580-1 T/M2-96 • B. Soil: Comply with USDA soil textural class. C. Seed: Comply with the standards for "certified" grade seed or better. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protect work and adjacent property, and be responsible for any damage or injury arising from this Contract, due to actions or neglect. 1;` isfs.' iS.; s�_ �? ir;'• 1` C` 5i.: �wrrwrae. r. nx. w. rvsv.• r.:... n:..:. mv... n .,ov »ar..s.owae *.a ».le�.•a+`.: X1dtn4Y�T`t1bsNHabSY Vxl .li'.�R..:zYosr•.:+nare+:..... PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies sodding, which comprises furnishing materials, equipment and labor necessary for finish grading, soil preparation and treatment, placing, maintenance, guarantee and replacement of sod and related items necessary to restore the grass damaged due to construction activities. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fertilizer: Comply with Washington State Department of Agriculture Laws and Federal Specification 0 -F -241 D pertaining to commercial fertilizers. B. Confine work to areas designated. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside of project limit lines. Repair or replace vegetation damaged as a result of Contractor's operation to satisfaction of Engineer at Contractor's expense. C. Provide necessary safeguards, as approved or required by Engineer for the protection of planted areas until provisional inspection /acceptance is accomplished, or for such time as it requires to assure vigorous establishment of the plant material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL PREPARATION MATERIALS SECTION 02930 SODDING A. Additive materials for soil preparation of turf or planted areas shall be as follows: 1. Fertilizer, 10 -20 -20 2. Fertilizer, 6 -2 -4 3. Lime, Dolomite 4. 100 percent Groco, as supplied by Sawdust Supply Company, Inc. No substitutions will be accepted. 2.02 SOD L A. Sod shall be one year old and shall consist of 70 percent "Merlon" Bluegrass and 30 percent Manhattan Perennial Rye, by weight, all on fumigated soil. Sod shall be dense with the grass having been cut 1 inch or less in mowing height prior to its being lifted 02930-1 T/M2 -96 from the field. Sod shall be in a vigorous condition, dark green in color and free from diseases and harmful insects. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INITIAL PREPARATION 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION, TURF AREAS A. Remove existing weeds and wild grass growing in the work area. Rough grade to a smooth finish, eliminating low spots which would cause ponding of surface water. 3.02 FINISH GRADING A. Bring lawn area to smooth finish grades, allowing for future settlement. Depth after completion and settlement shall be 2 inches above subgrade. B. Fine grade planting areas to even finish grade; grade to be 1/2 -inch below the level of the adjacent paved surfaces after settlement, unless otherwise detailed. Correct misleveled or depressed grades. A. Apply 3 inches of Groco, mixed into the top 3 inches of soil. B. Apply to the prepared seedbed, 10 -20 -20 fertilizer at the rate 30 pounds per 1,000 square feet, together with dolomite limestone at the rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet. C. Immediately before sodding, the seedbed should be lightly raked. A footprint depressing of approximately 1/8 inch will indicate proper soil condition. If soil is dry, lightly sprinkle before sodding. 3.04 SODDING A. Sod laying is to be accomplished from wooden strips or platforms placed over newly laid sod for walking or kneeling. B. Sod is to be laid with joints tightly butted to ensure no voids. After installing, sod must be kept watered at all times so that the soil beneath the sod is thoroughly moist until rooting is established. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Perform maintenance of the sodding materials beginning immediately after the sod is laid and extending through the course of the project until the date of acceptance of the work by Metro. B. Keep grass areas watered through the first mowing, at which time the turf shall be fertilized with 33 -1/2 pounds of 6 -2 -4 fertilizer per 1,000 square feet. The mowing and watering shall continue until acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION ur.m...�....- ..,....___. M. 02930-2 T/M2 -96 72A 1 ai.ihif:44W nv . «. rv.,n. +r,nk.a v....11,. Vwit^. mY. ne"%A VMw. r.+>... n. ..w..r. , , ......,........._.�.�. SECTION 02930 SODDING PART 1 GENERAL • : 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies sodding, which comprises furnishing materials, equipment and labor necessary for finish grading, soil preparation and treatment, placing, maintenance, guarantee and replacement of sod and related items necessary to restore the grass damaged due to construction activities. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 1.. A. Fertilizer: Comply with Washington State Department of Agriculture Laws and Federal Specification 0 -F -241 D pertaining to commercial fertilizers. B. Soil: Comply with USDA soil textural class. C. Seed: Comply with the standards for "certified" grade seed or better. dv 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protect work and adjacent property, and be responsible for any damage or injury arising C from this Contract, due to actions or neglect. B. Confine work to areas designated. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside of project limit lines. Repair or replace vegetation damaged as a result of Contractor's operation to satisfaction of Engineer at Contractor's expense. C. Provide necessary safeguards, as approved or required by Engineer for the protection of planted areas until provisional inspection/acceptance is accomplished, or for such time as it requires to assure vigorous establishment of the plant material. PART 2 PRODUCTS (- 2.01 SOIL PREPARATION MATERIALS A. Additive materials for soil preparation of turf or planted areas shall be as follows: 1. Fertilizer, 10 -20 -20 2. Fertilizer, 6 -2 -4 3. Lime, Dolomite 4. 100 percent Groco, as supplied by Sawdust Supply Company, Inc. No t substitutions will be accepted. 2.02 SOD (� A. Sod shall be one year old and shall consist of 70 percent "Merlon" Bluegrass and 30 percent Manhattan Perennial Rye, by weight, all on fumigated soil. Sod shall be dense with the grass having been cut 1 inch or less in mowing height prior to its being lifted C 02930.1 T/M2 -96 from the field. Sod shall be in a vigorous condition, dark green in color and free from diseases and harmful insects. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INITIAL PREPARATION A. Remove existing weeds and wild grass growing in the work area. Rough grade to a smooth finish, eliminating low spots which would cause ponding of surface water. 3.02 FINISH GRADING A. Bring lawn area to smooth finish grades, allowing for future settlement. Depth after completion and settlement shall be 2 inches above subgrade. Z B. Fine grade planting areas to even finish grade; grade to be 1/2 -inch below the level of the adjacent paved surfaces after settlement, unless otherwise detailed. Correct 4 misleveled or depressed grades. 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION, TURF AREAS A. Apply 3 inches of Groco, mixed into the top 3 inches of soil. 4 B. Apply to the prepared seedbed, 10 -20 -20 fertilizer at the rate 30 pounds per 1,000 square feet, together with dolomite limestone at the rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet. C. Immediately before sodding, the seedbed should be lightly raked. A footprint depressing of approximately 1/8 inch will indicate proper soil condition. If soil is dry, lightly sprinkle before sodding. 3 3.04 SODDING A. Sod laying is to be accomplished from wooden strips or platforms placed over newly laid sod for walking or kneeling. 3 B. Sod is to be laid with joints tightly butted to ensure no voids. After installing, sod must be kept watered at all times so that the soil beneath the sod is thoroughly moist until rooting is established. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Perform maintenance of the sodding materials beginning immediately after the sod is laid and extending through the course of the project until the date of acceptance of the work by Metro. B. Keep grass areas watered through the first mowing, at which time the turf shall be fertilized with 33 -1/2 pounds of 6 -2 -4 fertilizer per 1,000 square feet. The mowing and 1 watering shall continue until acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 02930-2 T/M2 -96 4 4 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies formwork, embedded items and form ties for cast -in -place concrete required to produce the finished concrete elements as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All formwork and methods of construction shall conform to the requirements of the Department of Labor and Industry of the State of Washington and OSHA Standards. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. Contractor shall have at least one copy of the current edition of this standard available at the site at all times. 2. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK A. The Contractor shall provide all formwork and those materials required to develop the strength and finishes required of the finished concrete. Except where noted herein, the formwork system used is the Contractors choice, provided it performs in the manner specified. 1. Form materials: Contractor may use any forming materials and methods which will achieve the finish qualities specified in Section 03300, subject to the following limitations. a. Finish Type A and B shall be achieved with unfaced (natural) plywood. Forms shall be overlaid, lined, paper- faced, or constructed of fiberglass or metal, and produce finishes which comply with the requirements of ACI 301, Sections 10.2.2 and 13.3. 2. Form coatings: Provide commercial formulation form- coating compounds that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion or impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. 3. Form ties: Form ties shall be bolts or rods designed so that no metal shall be within the thickness of reinforcement cover of the finished concrete surface, and to provide a void to be grouted to seal opening. The detail used shall be water -tight for concrete in contact with earth or water. 03100 -1 T/M2 -96 2.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS ....._..,.—.........,.-..,..,...,..<.,,- ..................,..-«...,... �r.,. rcwxvn�rvtt�acs ?.im.S�T.trnraax.» W.. A. Anchor bolts for attached items: All bolts shall be stainless steel in accordance with Section 05500. Unless otherwise indicated, anchor bolts shall be 1/2 -inch stainless steel bolts, with 5- inch embedment. Provide projection as required. B. Inserts shall be as required by other trades. Attach securely to forms. Inserts within reinforcement cover thickness shall be hot -dip galvanized, nonferrous or other approved non - rusting material. C. Miscellaneous embedded items: All exposed items permanently embedded in concrete shall be hot -dip galvanized, nonferrous or plastic as approved, to eliminate the possibility of stained or rusty spots. PART EXECUTION 3.01 FORM DESIGN 6 A. Forms shall be designed on the basis of deflection. Forms shall be braced and supported as required. 3.02 FINISH CONCRETE TOLERANCES A. Every reasonable effort shall be made to maintain plumbness and alignment as shown on the 6 Drawings. 1. Allowable variations - maximum a. Tops of walls and curbs exposed to visual alignment ±1/8-inch in 10 feet. b. Cross - section thicknesses of walls ±1/8 -inch. c. Flat surfaces of walls and slabs, ±1/8 -inch in 10 feet. d. Footings: 1) Alignment: ± 2 inches. 4 2) Thickness: Plus - as required. Minus - none. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A. Exposed edges of concrete on the outside of structures and all those in the inside of structures shall be chamfered or beveled at the angle of 45 degrees, such bevel being 3/4 -inch on a side. However, when requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide square edges for any portion of the work. B. Form tie holes: Form tie holes shall be pointed up fully with mortar of 1 part cement to 3 parts sand. 03100 -2 T/M2 -96 a 'c a C. Embedded items 1. Position in forms in location shown. Do not place concrete before receiving approval of placing plan. 2. Provide adequate support to prevent displacement during concreting. Z'r 3. Allow other trades ample time and facilities for placing and installing embedded items. '► 4. Conduits shall have the same cover as required for reinforcing. Do not embed conduits larger than 2 -inch nominal size or any piping unless written approval of Engineer is obtained. 5. No insert shall be permitted with Tess cover than the reinforcement unless corrosion problems are adequately resolved. a r nu' AA:zWIA:a A' 3,04 FORM CLEANING A. All dirt, chips, sawdust, and other foreign matter shall be removed from within the forms before any concrete is deposited therein. Forms previously used shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, mortar and foreign matter before being used. Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection immediately before depositing concrete. 3.05 FORM REMOVAL A. Form bracing and shores shall be kept in place until concrete has reached adequate strength to properly support itself. In no case shall removal commence earlier than the following schedule unless approved by the Engineer. 1. Sides of footings 24 hours 2. Walls not yet supporting load 48 hours B, Forms shall not be stripped from concrete which has been placed at a temperature under 50 degrees F without first determining if the concrete has properly set, without regard to the time element, END OF SECTION r 4• A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 4. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 5. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice L L 1. L r '•rti :,:;•i +_ +i X'f�S: t7: isYxw ,:war>JVr.�...,,,,.:�.<•rn..n _..,.,w.,.,..V,,r ru....,. w.. ..>- „,...- .....+. rs ^ihmn:T17.0..1071u:.« :ra.tsrr,tr:ta.11 ,1.11 - -r.... »..,.. .,....... PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing and installing reinforcing steel and accessories required for cast -in -place concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL AND WIRE REINFORCEMENT 2.02 TIE WIRE A. Use No. 16 gage double annealed iron wire. 2.03 ACCESSORIES SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Mill tests: Furnish certified copies of mill test reports showing compliance with structural drawings and specifications. A. Shop drawings: In accordance with Section 01300, submit six sets of complete shop drawings to the Engineer. Show bending and placing diagrams in accordance with ACI 315. A. Reinforcing steel shall consist of deformed bars of the sizes called for on the Drawings. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615. Grade 60 steel shall be used for all reinforcement unless otherwise noted. A. Bar supports to be detailed and placed according to minimum standards of Chapter 7, ACI 315. Include devices necessary for proper placing, spacing, supporting and fastening steel reinforcement in place. Where bottom surface of concrete is concealed, use standard steel chairs and bolsters, Where exposed, use plastic - protected chairs conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3 (V), "Class 1 - Plastic Protected Bar Supports.” 03200 -1 T/M2 -96 B. In footings and ground slabs, well -cured concrete blocks may be used in lieu of above. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Clean, bend and splice reinforcement in accordance with Uniform Building Code and ACI 315. Hooks shall conform to Table 2 -1 of ACI 315. Do not straighten or rebend Grade 60 reinforcement. All bars shall be bent cold. Welding shall be performed by welders certified by American Welding Society and in accordance with AWS D1.4. 3.02 BENDING SCHEDULES A. Placement drawings and bending schedules shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Reinforcement shall be formed as indicated on the Drawings. Except where specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings, bends for bars shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318, Section 7.1 and 7.2. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel, before being positioned, shall be cleaned of mill rust scale or other coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond. Reinforcement appreciably reduced in section shall be rejected. Prior to placing concrete, the reinforcement shall be reinspected by the Engineer and, when necessary, cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1. Reinforcing steel shall not be bent or straightened. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings shall not be used. Heating or welding of bars will be permitted only when the entire operation is acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Reinforcing steel shall be positioned accurately and secured against displacement by using annealed iron wire or suitable clips at intersections and shall be supported by concrete or metal chairs or spacers, or metal hangers. 3. In slabs, beam, girders and walls subject to lateral pressure, splices of reinforcement shall not be made at points of maximum stress without the express acceptance of the Engineer. Splices where permitted, shall provide sufficient lap to transfer the stress between bars by bond and shear. Adjacent bars shall not be spliced at the same point. Where not otherwise shown, reinforcement shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318. 4. The clear distance between parallel bars shall not be less than the diameter of the bars and, unless specifically authorized, shall in no case be Tess than 1 inch nor less than the maximum size of coarse aggregate specified. When reinforcement in beam or girders is placed in 2 or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall not be Tess than 1 inch, and the bars in the upper layers shall be placed directly above those in the bottom layer. 5. Concrete protection for reinforcement: Unless stated otherwise on the drawings, reinforcement shall have a minimum cover of the following: a. Cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3 inches b. Concrete to be in contact with ground, weather or clean water: No. 6 bars and larger: 2 inches No. 5 bars and smaller: 1 -1/2 inches c. Concrete not to be exposed to ground, weather or water: Slabs and walls: 1 inch 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Fabricating and placing tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 301. END OF SECTION 03200 -2 T/M2 -96 .7 ;n s;"r,.eew.„ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT 2.02 POZZOLAN A. ASTM C 618, Class F. 2.03 AGGREGATES A. Fine and coarse aggregate for concrete shall conform to ASTM C 33. 2.04 WATER 2.05 ADMIXTURES B. Air entraining agent M'i.9..s. 0001.irs4NlrO+ .; laboratory. Such material shall not be used in the Work until test reports are available. If in such tests the materials fail to meet specified requirements, aggregate will be rejected and the expense of testing shall be bome by Contractor. If such tests show the aggregate to be satisfactory, cost of additional testing will be borne by Metro. 4. Admixture test report: Contractor shall submit copies of tests showing conformance with requirements of ASTM C 494 and ASTM C618. 5. Concrete mix design. 6. Manufacturer's Data: a. Curing compound b Epoxy A. Cement, except as otherwise specified, shall conform to ASTM C 150 and shall be Type I1. Only one brand of cement shall be used for exposed concrete throughout one structure or composite element. Insofar as possible, all cement used in the Work shall be taken from stock bins at the place of manufacture, bins in which the cement shall have been tested and found to comply with these Specifications. B. Cement shall be suitably stored and protected from exposure to the atmosphere. In the event the cement shows signs of deterioration, it shall not be used unless additional tests show that it conforms to the requirements stated above. B. Aggregate gradations shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. Coarse aggregate gradations shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33, Size 67. 2. Fine aggregate shall meet the fine aggregate gradation requirements of ASTM C 33. A. Water shall be any potable water, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, and organic materials. A. Water reducing agent: Water reducing (cement dispersing) admixture shall comply with ASTM C 494. Admixture shall be free of calcium chloride. In addition to ASTM requirements, use shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. Contractor shall use the type best suited for job conditions on the approval of Engineer. Water reducing agent shall be Pozzolith 300N or 300R as manufactured by Master Builders; Plastiment, Plastocrete or Sikacrete as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp.; or equal. 03300-2 T/M2 -96 1 L L L L 1 1 1 1. Materials proposed for use as air entraining admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. Air entraining agent added shall result in an entrained air content of 2% ± 1 %. The content in concrete shall be determined by pressure method (ASTM C 231) or gravity method (ASTM C 138). 2. Admixture shall be a sulfonated hydrocarbon type with a cement catalyst. The air entraining admixture shall be added at concrete mixer or batching plant at approximately 3/4 to 3 ounces per sack of cement or in such quantities as to give the above specified air contents. Use Darex AEA as manufactured by Construction Products Division of Grace & Co., MB AE -10 by Masterbuilders, or equal. C. Pozzolan (fly ash) 1. Fly ash Type F in accordance with ASTM C 618; maximum 25 %, minimum 15% of total weight of fly ash plus cement. 2. Maximum 1% - 3% carbon loss. D. Other admixtures shall not be used unless approved by Engineer prior to use. 2.06 EPDXY BONDING COMPOUNDS A. Polysulfide epoxy resin bonding compounds shall be "Concresive No. LPL" as manufactured by Master Builders, "Sikadur 32, Hi -Mod LPL" as manufactured by Sika Chemical, or equal. Application of epoxy bonding compounds shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications or instruction. 2.07 EPDXY ADHESIVE A. Epoxy adhesive shall be "Concresive 1463" as manufactured by Master Builders, "Sikasfix 370 High Mod" as manufactured by Sika Chemical, or equal. Use of epoxy adhesive shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.08 EPDXY MORTAR A. Epoxy mortar shall be a mixture of epoxy adhesive as described in Paragraph 2.07 above and aggregate. The aggregate shall be as recommended by the epoxy adhesive manufacturer. Use of epoxy mortar shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.09 CURING COMPOUND A. Concrete curing compound shall be of a nature and composition not deleterious to concrete and shall be of a standard and uniform quality ready for use as shipped by the manufacturer. The formulation shall be such that concrete surfaces on which it is applied can be sacked or coated with finish materials such as paints. At time of use, the curing compound shall be in a stirred condition. Curing compounds shall not be diluted by addition of solvent or thinners, or be altered in any manner without specific approval of, and in a manner prescribed by, the manufacturer. B. Curing compound shall, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 156, be effective in limiting water loss in the concrete test specimens to 3 -1/2% when applied at the coverage rate recommended by manufacturer. C. Curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309 and shall be clear and not discoloring. Curing compound and coatings where used, shall be verified by Contractor to be compatible prior to application. 03300-3 T/M2-96 2.10 JOINT FILLER, PREFORMED A. Preformed nonextruded resilient material in accordance with ASTM D 1751 unless otherwise shown, shall be 1/2 inch wide, and of depth required to bring surface to within 1/2 inch of slab surface. 2.11 JOINT SEALANT A. See Section 07900 for sealants except for concrete pavement. B. Joint sealant at concrete pavement: 1. Silicone sealant with the following properties: a. Elongation of 1400 percent minimum when tested in accordance with ASTM D 412, Die C Modified. b. Joint modulus of 7 psi maximum at 50 percent elongation, 8 psi maximum at 100 percent elongation, and 9 psi maximum at 150 percent elongation when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3583 (Section 14 modified). c. Adhesion to asphalt/concrete elongation of 600 percent minimum elongation when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3583 (Section 14 modified). d. No failure of product when tested in movement, 10 cycles, +100 percent and -50 percent in accordance with ASTM D 719. e. No cracks, blisters or bond loss under accelerated weathering at 5,000 hours when tested in accordance with ASTM D 793. 2. Deliver each lot or batch of sealing compound to the job site in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch, or lot number, accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this Specification. 3. Acceptable product: Dow Corning 890SL silicone sealant, or approved equal. 2.12 NEOPRENE BEARING PADS A. Bearing pads for LPG tank shall be 100% virgin chloroprene (neoprene) durometer 50, meeting the requirements of AASHTO Specifications Division 11, Section 25 and ASTM standards specified in AASHTO Table 25.2B. 2.13 MIX DESIGN AND CONTROL A. Concrete 1. Quality: Concrete in contact with ground shall be composed of cement, pozzolan, fine ag- gregate, coarse aggregate, water, water reducing agent, and air entraining agent. Concrete shall be designated by class with a required 28 -day strength. Cement/pozzolan ratio, coarse aggregate size, and slump shall be varied as specified below. The exact proportions of materials shall be such as to produce a workable, dense, impermeable concrete of the strength required. Maximum water - cement plus pozzolan ratio shall be 0.45 by weight. 2. Concrete class and strength: Class A concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. Class A concrete shall be used for all concrete unless specified otherwise. a) Minimum cement plus pozzolan content: i) 517 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with 1 -1/2 -inch maximum size aggregate. ii) 540 pounds per cubic yard for 1 -inch maximum size aggregate. iii) 564 pounds per cubic yard for 3/4 -inch maximum size aggregate. iv) Increase cement content or combined cement plus fly ash content, as required to meet strength requirements. 03300.4 T/M2.96 .u.. 3. Consistency: Adequate water and admixtures shall be used to produce the necessary workability for placement. B. Control tests: Characteristics of the concrete shall be controlled as follows: 1. Mix design: Before beginning concrete work, Contractor shall determine proper proportions of materials. Mix shall consist of the exact proportions of cementitious material, aggregates, water, and admixtures proposed for the particular concrete mix. Admixtures shall be proportions recommended by the manufacturer to achieve results herein noted. Mix design shall be prepared at the Contractor's expense, by a recognized inspection and testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer, and shall show the expected strength, corresponding slump, air content, and all ingredient weights, and other physical properties necessary to check each design mix. Where more than one grading of coarse aggregate will be used, tests shall be made for the finest gradation to be used. a. Laboratory tests: Each mix design shall be checked by the laboratory by the preparation of 2 trial batches, one with 2 -inch slump and one with 5 -inch slump, from each of which 6 standard test cylinders shall be cast and cured as specified for the job concrete. Three cylinders from each batch shall be tested at age 7 days, two at age 14 days and 1 at age 28 days. Certified copies of laboratory reports shall be sent to Engineer from the testing laboratory. No concrete placement shall commence prior to approval of the test results by Engineer. Laboratory reports shall state whether the item reported pass specifications and shall include a resume of the qualities of the mixes. b. Field trial mix: After completion of mix design work and prior to concreting operations, Contractor shall establish, based upon the design mixes, field proportions for Class A concrete to be used in the work. Manufacture of the field trial concrete shall be accomplished utilizing the equipment which will be used on the job. Adjustments shall be made in design mixes to provide a dense, homo- geneous, durable concrete with good workability and finishing qualities. Six standard test cylinders shall be obtained from each field trial mix and tested as in mix design. Engineer shall be notified in advance of any field trial mix work and no field trial mix shall be made without representatives of the Engineer and the accepted testing laboratory being present. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BATCHING AND MIXING A. Batching: Concrete batching equipment shall be provided to determine and to control accurately the relative amounts of cement, pozzolan, water, admixtures, sand, and each individual size of `„ coarse aggregate entering the concrete. Cement, pozzolan, sand, and coarse aggregate shall be measured by direct weighing. Water and admixture shall be determined by direct weighing or by volumetric measurement. C 1. Weighing equipment shall conform to requirements of the National Bureau of Standards except that accuracy of 0.4% of scale capacity will be satisfactory. Equipment shall be capable of ready adjustment to compensate for weight of any moisture contained in the aggregates and to effect changes in concrete mix proportions. Batching equipment shall ( be constructed and operated so that the combined inaccuracies in feeding and measuring of materials will not exceed 1 -1/2% for water or weight of cement and 2% for each size of aggregate. Equipment shall be adequate to produce acceptable concrete under normal winter working conditions. Evidence of compliance with these Specifications shall be furnished by Contractor if required. t 03300-5 T/M2.96 • B. Mixing: Concrete shall be in a batch mixer of accepted type which will ensure a uniform distribution of materials throughout the mass so that mixture is uniform in color and is homogeneous. Concrete shall be placed within 1 hour after water is first added to the batch. Mixer shall be equipped with a suitable charging hopper and a water storage and measuring device controlled from a case which can be kept locked. Mixer shall be so constructed that water can be discharged only while the mixer is being charged. The entire contents of the mixing drum shall be discharged before recharging. Volume of mixed materials per batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of mixer. Transit mixed concrete is allowed only with approval of the Engineer. Transit mixed concrete shall comply with applicable portions of this specification and ASTM C 94. C. Delivery: Batch tickets shall be provided with each truckload of concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94 including type and amount of cementitious material, type and amount of admixtures, total water content by producer, and weights of fine and coarse aggregate. No water may be added at job without authorization from Engineer. In no case shall water be added without adequate means for measuring and recording the amount added. 3.02 CONCRETE FOR PUMPING A. Special care shall be taken when concrete is to be transported by pumping. 1. Standards: The following standards shall govern: a. ACI 211.1. b. ACI 304.2R. 2. Pumping: Type of pump to be used shall be approved by the Engineer. a. No aluminum pipe will be allowed in pumping process. b. Minimum bend radius for piping shall be 5 feet. c. During temporary stops in pumping, the hopper shall remain nearly full to prevent segregation. 3. Mix design shall be in strict accordance with the above standards. An average loss of slump of 1/2 to 3/4 inch per 100 feet of pipeline shall be accommodated in the mix design and batching processes. 4. Aggregates: In concrete that is to be pumped, all aggregate shall fall in the middle of ASTM C 33 gradation limits. 5. Admixtures: Any admixtures used to improve pumpability shall strictly follow Paragraph 2.05 Admixtures, and Paragraph 2.13, Mix Design and Control. 3.03 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Protection of concrete surfaces: Surfaces shall be protected against damage. During the first 72 hours after placing concrete, any wheeling, working or walking on concrete shall not be per- mitted. Slabs subject to wear shall be covered with a layer of sand or other suitable material as soon as concrete has set. Sisalcraft paper or other similar tough, waterproof paper may also be used, provided Joints between adjacent strips of paper are carefully sealed. This does not alter requirements for proper curing as specified in Paragraph 3.08, Curing Concrete. B. Protection of Concrete Construction: The structure is designed to resist loads as a completed system. During construction it is the Contractor's responsibility to design and provide shoring that will provide life safety and protect the existing and new construction from damage. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS a 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 ark 4 4 4 4 4 4 S 4 a A. General: Concrete in each unit of construction shall be placed continuously, and Contractor shall not begin work on any part unless his /her facilities and forces are sufficient to complete the unit without interruption. Before new concrete is deposited on or against concrete which has 03300 -6 T/M2 -96 '� L L. C c t C t set, the forms shall be retightened and the surface of the set concrete shall be cleaned of foreign matter. Wetting of concrete surfaces on which concrete is deposited shall be required and all free moisture shall be removed.. B. Construction: A rough surface of exposed concrete aggregates with minimum amplitude of ± 1/8 inch shall be attained at construction joints by using a surface retardant. Retarded surface '�• mortar shall be removed either by high pressure water jetting or stiff brushing or combination of both so as to expose coarse aggregates. A rough surface of exposed aggregate may also be secured by sandblasting followed by high pressure water jetting. Sandblasting or bush hammering, if used, shall remove 1/8 inch of cement and fine aggregate and shall expose coarse aggregate to ensure adequate bond and at construction joints. C C. Locations: Construction joint locations shall be kept to a minimum consistent with sound construction practices. 1. Vertical construction joints shall be grooved at exposed faces. Grooves subject to wetting or weather shall be calked with joint sealer as specified or shown. 2. Adequate keys shall be provided and reinforcing steel shall continue through the joint. D. Where new concrete joins existing concrete, the existing concrete shall be cleaned to remove loose concrete, laitance or other foreign matter and shall be coated with an epoxy bonding compound prior to placing new concrete. 3.05 JOINT PREPARATION AND SEALING AT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Sawed contraction joints: 1. After the pavement is cured, and before opening to traffic, sawed joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of loose material. 2. The ambient temperatures shall be at least 50 degrees F when applying the joint sealant. 3. Sawed contraction joints shall be filled with a joint sealant filler conforming to the requirements of Paragraph 2.11 B. The sawed contraction joint groove shall be dry at the time of installing the sealing compound. Blow free of loose sand with high pressure air line equipped with oil and water traps. Insert the backer rod to the depth shown on the Drawing. The sealant shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and under sufficient pressure to fill the groove from bottom to top and to a point approximately 1/4 -inch below the surface of the concrete. Cover the joint with a strip of non - absorptive paper at least twice as wide as the joint and the paper shall be left in place. 4. Excess sealing materials shall be cleaned off the surface of the pavement before opening to traffic. 3.06 INSERTS AND EMBEDMENTS A. Inserts: Where pipes, castings, or conduits are to pass through walls, Contractor shall place such pipes or castings in the form before pouring concrete. B. Embedments: Contractor shall set accurately and hold in exact position in the form all embedded items while concrete is poured and set. 3.07 DEPOSITING CONCRETE A. Concrete shall not be placed until forms and reinforcement have been accepted by Engineer. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as possible by methods which will prevent separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be deposited in the form as nearly as practicable in its final position so as to maintain a plastic surface approximately 03300 -7 T/M2.96 horizontal. Concrete shall not be dropped more than 6 feet unless a suitable chute or tube is used. Form for walls or other sections of considerable height shall be provided with openings, or other devices which will permit the concrete to be placed in a manner which will avoid accumulations of hardened concrete on form or metal reinforcement. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has partially hardened be deposited in the work. Temporary joints shall not remain exposed for more than 45 minutes before adjacent concrete is placed. B. Immediately after depositing, concrete shall be compacted by means of high- frequency mechanical internal vibrators which shall be 7,000 cycles per minute minimum. The number and type of vibrators shall be acceptable to Engineer and shall include a spare standby unit. Concrete shall be worked around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners of the forms. 3.08 CURING CONCRETE A. Immediately following placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying, hot and cold temperatures, rain, flowing water and mechanical injury. Materials and methods of curing shall be approved by Engineer. Final curing shall continue for not less than 7 days. 1. Approved methods include ponding or continuous fog spray and liquid membrane - forming compounds as described below, except as specified elsewhere in this section. a. Application of liquid membrane - forming compound shall conform to ASTM C 309. 2. Formed surfaces shall be kept moist prior to stripping forms. Immediately following stripping of forms, concrete shall be cured by the curing compound method. 3. Slabs shall be kept wet for 24 hours and then cured by the curing compound method if it is over 65 degrees F. If the temperature is less than 65 degrees F on completion of the pour, apply curing compound as soon as surface will not be marred by the curing compound. 3.09 REPAIR OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION A. Immediately after removal of forms, concrete shall be inspected and porous concrete, rough sections or rock pockets containing loose materials shall be repaired by cutting back to solid concrete and making an opening of such size and shape as will form a 1 -inch key for a cement mortar fill. Before the mortar is applied, the surface of the existing concrete shall be coated with an epoxy bonding compound. Form tie holes and imperfections greater than one - fourth cubic inch shall be filled. Fill for small imperfections and form ties shall bond to concrete and be of an equivalent quality as the surrounding concrete. Fill shall form a dense plug impervious to water. Where the area or volume of defective concrete is large, it may be repaired by reforming the surface and filling the opening with concrete. For such repairs, the concrete surface shall be coated with an epoxy bonding compound. The exposed surface shall be neatly finished to match the surface and texture of adjacent concrete. Patches shall be cured as approved by Engineer. 3.10 MORTAR BUILT -UP SURFACES A. Where surfaces are required to be built up with mortar, such surfaces shall be cleaned by acid etching, then completely dried and coated with epoxy bonding compound prior to application of the required mortar. Immediately following application of the bonding compound apply mortar in bands or strips to form a compact, durable covering of the required thickness and free from lumps and depressions. B. No mortar shall be applied during freezing weather unless adequate protection is provided. 03300-8 T/M2 -96 3.11 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES 3.12 SLAB FINISHES 3.13 SURFACE TOLERANCES 3.14 FIELD TESTING C. Mortar shall be kept continuously wet for not less than 7 days by methods acceptable to the Engineer, or it shall be cured by soaking followed by application of an approved curing compound. A. Finished or formed surfaces shall conform accurately to the shape, alignment, grades and sections as shown on the Drawings. Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing or roughness, and shall present a finished, continuous, hard surface. A. Slab finishes shall be in accordance with ACI 301, Paragraph 11.7, Finishes. 1. Troweled finish shall be applied to interior slabs left exposed and to slabs to receive waterproofing membrane. 2. Broom or belt finish shall be applied to exterior walking surfaces. 3. Match existing concrete pavement finish at utility trench concrete replacement. A. Finishes shall be true planes within 1/8 -inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10 -foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. B. Slopes to drains shall be true to line, evenly graded, 3/16 -inch per foot unless noted otherwise. Slope all exterior and interior work. A. Concrete shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ACI 301 and supplements during the progress of concrete work. Slump and air content tests shall accompany all test cylinders for strength. Engineer shall be notified 48 hours ahead of scheduled pours. Contractor shall notify Engineer 24 hours in advance of any cancellation of pours. 1. Any additional testing required because of apparent failure of concrete to meet specification requirements shall also be paid by Contractor. When there is a question as to quality of the structure because of cylinder strength test failures, strength tests made on specimens secured from the structure and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42 will be required. 2. Samples of concrete will be obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172 and will be transported to a place on the site where air and slump tests can be made and cylinders stored without being disturbed for the first 24 hours. Cylinders for strength tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 94. Contractor shall assemble cylinders in a convenient location each day, after 24 hours cure, for pick -up by the testing laboratory. B. Cylinders shall be made as required by ACI 301 and supplements for strength tests, following applicable ASTM standards. Strength tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C 39. Cylinders shall be cured in the laboratory. If a specimen shows manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, it will be disregarded. C. Slump tests shall be made following the procedure in ASTM C 143. Slump tests shall be made for concrete from any batch from which strength tests are made. D. Air content tests shall be made in accordance with either ASTM C 138 or ASTM C 231. 03300-9 T/M2 -96 If the measured air content falls outside limits specified, a check test will be made immediately on another portion of the same sample. In the event of a second failure, concrete will be considered to have failed to meet requirements of the Specifications and shall be unacceptable. E. Failure of Contractor to perform required tests shall be cause for rejection of the subject work. END OF SECTION 03300-10 T/M2 -96 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 , A SECTION 03600 GROUT C, PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY L. A. This Section specifies grout for uses other than masonry. 1.02 REFERENCES L. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between (• the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title L. CRD- C621 -83 Corps of Engineers Specification for Nonshrink Grout 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: �- 1. Manufacturer's data shall be provided for the following: a. Bonding compounds b. Nonshrink grout c. Retardants 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: To ensure compliance with the specified requirements for grout, Metro will provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory will sample and test grout materials as required in this Section. Costs of testing laboratory services will be borne by the Owner. 1 B. Certified test reports: 1. Before delivery of materials or grout, the Contractor shall submit certified reports of the tests specified herein. Certified reports on previously tested materials shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certified statement that the previously tested material is the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this project. Certified test reports are required for the following: a. Cement b. Aggregates c. Retardants d. Bonding compounds [ e. Grout 2. During the course of construction, the Engineer will take field samples of these materials [ for confirming tests. t 03600 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Portland cement shall be ASTM C150 Type II or Type V, Low Alkali, containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies. B. Aggregate: 1. General: a. Aggregate shall be non - reactive and shall be washed before use. b. When sources of aggregate are changed, test reports shall be provided for the new material. The tests specified shall be performed prior to commencing grout work. 2. Fine aggregate: a. Fine aggregate shall be hard, dense, durable particles of either sand or crushed stone regularly graded from coarse to fine and shall comply with ASTM C33 as modified herein. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, gradation shall be such that 100 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 8 mesh sieve and no less than 45 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 40 mesh sieve. b. Variation from the specified gradations in individual tests will be acceptable if the average of 3 consecutive tests is within the specified limits and the variation is within the permissible variation listed below. U.S. standard sieve size 30 or coarser 50 or finer Permissible variation in jndividual tests. percent 2 0.5 c. Other tests shall be in accordance with the following specifications: Test Test Method Requirements Organic impurities ASTM C40 Color lighter than standard Amount of material passing No. 200 sieve ASTM C117 3 percent maximum by weight Soundness ASTM C88 10 percent maximum Toss with sodium sulfate Reactivity ASTM C289 Innocuous aggregate Sand Equivalent ASTM D2419 Minimum 80 C. Admixtures: 1. General: Admixtures shall be compatible with the grout. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are at permitted. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be added separately to the grout mix. 2. Water reducing, retarding admixture: "Eucon Retarder -75" by the Euclid Chemical Co., "Pozzolith 100 XR" by Master Builders or "Plastiment" by Sika Chemical Corp. The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494 Type D requirements and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 03600.2 T/M2 -96 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 d 4 4 4 4 1 4 g a $ a $ 4r; 3. Lubricant for cement pressure grouting: Lubricant additive for cement pressure grouting shall be Intrusion Prepakt Intrusion Aid, Sika Corporation Intraplast N, or approved equal. D. Water: Water for washing aggregate, for mixing and for curing shall be free from oil and a deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials; shall not contain more than 1,000 mg /I of chlorides as CI, nor more than 1,300 mg /I of sulfates as SO and shall not contain 4 an amount of impurities that may cause a change of more than 25 percent in the setting time of 1 the cement nor a reduction of more than 5 percent in the compressive strength of the grout at 14 days when compared with the result obtained with distilled water. Additionally, water used Q for curing shall not contain an amount of impurities sufficient to discolor the grout. 2.02 GROUT A. Drypack grout: Drypack grout shall be a mixture of approximately 1 part cement, 1 -1/2 to 2 Q. parts sand, water reducing retarder, and sufficient water to make a stiff workable mix. 1 B. Cement grout: Cement grout shall be a mixture of 1 part cement, 2 parts sand, proportioned by volume, admixtures for pressure grouting, and sufficient water to form a workable mix. t C. Nonshrink grout: 1. The metallic non - shrink grout shall be "Hi -Mod Grout" by the Euclid Chemical Co. or "Embeco 636" by Master Builders. The grout shall comply with CRD -C- 621 -83, "Corps of Engineers Specification for Non - Shrink Grout ". 2. The non - metallic non - shrink grout shall be "Euco NS" by the Euclid Chemical Co. or "Masterflow 713 by Master Builders, or "Five -Star Grout" by U.S. Grout Corp. The grout shall comply with CRD -C- 621 -83, "Corps of Engineers Specification for Non - Shrink Grout ". D. Epoxy grout: Epoxy grout shall be a three - component 100 percent- solids compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces, "High- Strength Grout" by the Euclid Chemical Co. or "Sikadur Grout -Pak" by the Sika Chemical Co. (Sika 635) or "Concresive 1380" by Adhesive Engineering. PART 3 EXECUTION t 3.01 GENERAL A. Holes required for grouting shall be blown clean. Horizontal holes for grouting shall be drilled at 4. a slight downward angle to facilitate holding the grout until setting is complete. Bolts or reinforcing steel installed in horizontal grout holes shall be bent slightly accordingly. iE B. The epoxy adhesive specified in Section 03300 shall be used with cementitious -type grout where required by the Engineer. 3.02 DRYPACK GROUT A. Drypack grout shall be used for built -up surfaces, setting miscellaneous metal items and minor 1 repairs. B. Surfaces required to be built up with drypack grout shall be roughened by brushing, cleaned, and coated with the bonding compound specified in Paragraph 03300 -2.06 before the application of the grout. The drypack grout shall be applied immediately following the application of the bonding compound in bands or strips to form a covering of the required 03600-3 T/M2 -96 1 thickness. The covering shall be smooth. Construction joints in the grout shall be sloped and shall be cleaned and wetted before application is resumed. C. Drypack grout shall be cured in accordance with Section 03300. D. Grout shall not be placed during freezing weather unless adequate protection and temperature are provided. 3.03 CEMENT GROUT A. Cement grout shall be used for filling nonbearing portions of equipment pads and pressure grouting. Except for the specialized equipment for pressure grouting, mixing and placing apparatus shall be similar to that normally used for cast -in -place concrete. Grout shall be mixed for a period of at least 1 minute. Diluted grout shall be agitated to keep ingredients mixed. 3.04 NON - SHRINK GROUT A. Equipment bases and other locations noted on the structural drawings shall be grouted with the specified non - shrink grout. B. All rotating equipment weighing 500 pounds or more shall be grouted with the specified non- catalyzed metallic grout. . Grout shall be mixed, placed and cured in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 EPDXY GROUT A. Epoxy grout shall be used for setting reinforcing dowels into holes for grouting. Concrete shall be primed in accordance with the grout manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 03600.4 T/M2 -96 1 SECTION 03650 1 DOWELING IN CONCRETE 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1 A. This section specifies the work necessary to place reinforcing dowels in concrete using a two- component epoxy adhesive or nonshrink grout. 1.02 REFERENCES 1 A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following 1 documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. ICBO Report No. 4398, April 1988, for Adhesive Technology Corp., and ICBO Report No. 4285 for ITW Ramset. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: L 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Furnish technical data for epoxy adhesives, grouts, and bonding agents suggested for the project work including installation instructions, independent laboratory test results, and handling and storage instructions. 2. Samples: Furnish two random samples of each batch of products delivered to project site, for independent testing. 3. Quality Control Submittals: Furnish the following: a. Batch test reports for each batch of product delivered to site. Provide manufacturer's written certification that each batch delivered meets these Specifications, the intended uses on project, including capability to bond to damp or wet concrete surfaces. Certification shall include batch test results for each product. C. b. Manufacture's specific instructions for drilling of holes, installation of anchors and epoxy, and handling of cartridges, nozzles, and equipment. c. Procedures for testing and verifying product meets specified requirements. d. Special Inspection: Provide detailed step -by -step instructions for the special inspection procedure as required by ICBO reports and Section 306 of the Uniform Building Code. e. Provide specific instructions from manufacturer for all products for all phases of installation and handling, including hole size, preparation, placement, and safe handling and safe installation instructions to Contractor staff handling and installing these anchors. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage of Epoxy Components: 1. Store epoxy components on pallets or shelving in a covered storage area with locking door. 2. Control temperature above 60 degrees F and dispose of product if shelf life has expired. 3. If stored at temperatures below 60 degrees F, test components prior to use to determine if they still meet specified requirements. 1. 1 03650 -1 T/M2 -96 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 2.02 NONSHRINK GROUT FOR DOWELING rxax �nKm• -i-; •:.e ws -. n..<7Hr4r.' iYt7;:iv'?•k'7J.1 i; }y. w,�„a� r: A. Like Items of Materials: End products of one manufacturer in order to achieve structural compatibility, singular responsibility, and standardization for maintenance, and replacement. B. Epoxy Adhesive for Doweling: 1. Meet ASTM C 881, Type 1, Grade 3, Class A, B, or C, depending onsite conditions. 2. Two - component, 100 percent solids, nonsag, paste, insensitive to moisture, designed to be used in adverse freeze /thaw environments and gray in color. 3. Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for intended use and environmental conditions. 4. Container Markings: Include manufacturer's name, product name, batch number, mix ratio by volume, product expiration date, ANSI hazard classification, and appropriate ANSI handling precautions. 5. Component "A" Base Resin: a. Modified biphenyl -A type epoxy. b. Viscosity: Light paste, 350 cps maximum prior to mixing to ensure proper wetting of moist concrete surfaces. c. filters: 100 percent solids, fumed silica and selected annular micro silica powders. Do not use micro spheres, fly ash, or asbestos. d. Color: White. 6. Component "B" Hardener or Curing Agent: a. Viscosity: Light paste. b. Fillers: 100 percent solids, fumed silica and selected annular micro silica powders. Do not use micro spheres, fly ash, or asbestos. c. Color: Black. C. Mixed Epoxy Adhesive: 1. Nonsag light paste consistency with ability to remain in a 1 -inch diameter overhead drilled hole without runout, holding the following properties: a. Slant Shear Strength, ASTM C 881/882, No Failure In Bond Line, Dry/Moist Conditions: 5,000 psi. b. Compressive Strength, ASTM D 695: 14,000 psi, minimum. c. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 638: 4,500 psi. d. Heat Deflection Temperature, ASTM D 648: 135 degrees F, minimum. 2. Manufacturer: a. H.S. Peterson Co., 1100 SW 116th Street, Renton, WA 98055, Anchor -It Fastening Systems, HS 200 Epoxy Resin, telephone 1- 800 - 262 -4748. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head, P.O. Box 90, Paris, KY 40361, Epcon Ceramic 6 Epoxy Anchor System. A. Nonshrink grout for reinforcing bar anchorage shall conform to the requirements of Section 03600, GROUT. A. Dispensing, Metering, or Mixing Epoxy Adhesive Components: Use portable, automatic metering and mixing device or machine capable of maintaining prescribed mix ratio within deviation of 5 03650-2 T/M2 -96 percent or less, by volume. Do not use where fire and elevated temperatures can occur, except as specifically shown on the Drawing. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's specific quality control submittal specified hereinbefore. C. Dispense epoxy components through specially designed static mixing nozzle that thoroughly mixes epoxy components and places mixed epoxy at base of predrilled hole. D. Mixing Nozzles: Disposable, manufactured in several sizes to accommodate size of reinforcing dowels. E. Where large meter and mixing pumps are impractical, provide epoxy adhesive packaged as follows: 1. Disposable, self- contained cartridge system capable of dispensing both epoxy components in the proper mixing ratio, and fit into a manually or pneumatically operated caulking gun. 2. Dispense components through a mixing nozzle that thoroughly mixes components and places epoxy at base of predrilled hole. 3. Mixing Nozzles: Disposable, manufactured in several sizes to accommodate sizes of reinforcing dowels. 3.02 TESTING OF AUTOMATIC METERING AND MIXING DEVICES A. Tests for Proper Ratio: 1. Retain small amount of dispensed adhesive for inspection after each time the pump is refilled. 2. Operator shall check these samples for color change. 3. Should change in color occur, operator shall follow manufacturer's service instructions to obtain proper operation. B. Frequency of Tests: Make full ratio check after each 100 gallons of adhesive is dispensed or if color of mixed adhesive becomes noticeably darker or lighter. C. Ratio Check Procedure: 1. Disconnect dispensing head behind ON /OFF valve. 2. Place a 1 -cup volume container and a 2 -cup volume container under the "B" and "A" component hose ends. 3. Actuate the pump until both cups are filled to a proper proportion of 2:1 by volume. 3.03 DOWEL SIZING AND INSTALLATION A. Drilling Equipment: 1. Drilling Hammers For Dowel Holes: Electric or pneumatic rotary type with medium or Tight impact. 2. Hollow drills with flushing air systems are preferred. 3. Where edge distances are less than 2 inches, use lighter impact equipment to prevent microcracking and concrete spalling during drilling process. B. Hole Diameter: As recommended in the manufacturer's quality control submittals and meeting ICBO report requirements. C. Obstructions in Drill Path: 1. When existing reinforcing steel is encountered during drilling and when approved by the Engineer, enlarge the hole by 1/8 -inch, core through the existing reinforcing steel at the larger diameter, and resume drilling at original hole diameter; or redrill hole 1 inch from original 03650-3 T/M2 -96 location, beginning in the same line at the surface, redirecting the drill to miss reinforcing steel. 2. Place dowels in both the misdrilled hole and the new hole. 3. Dowels may be prebent prior to installation to 15 degrees to align with other bars. Do not heat dowels to bend. 4. Bent Bar Dowels:. Where edge distances are critical, and striking reinforcing steel is likely, drill hole at 10- degree angle or less and use prebent reinforcing bars. 5. Conform to details shown. 6. Dowel Embedment Depth: Install to depth and spacings shown. END OF SECTION f ti?7:� 53tw ;4:2�I1'.in✓«Y 1t W u�•. SECTION 05050 r(; STRUCTURAL METAL FASTENING C. 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY L A. This Section specifies structural metals consisting of standard shapes, fasteners, rods and plates that are used in structural supports and connections. �. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title AISC Manual of Steel Construction l.. AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings AWS Welding Procedures and Performance Qualifications AWS Code for Arc Welding in Building Construction A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Detailed shop drawings of steel frame for fabrication of the component parts of structures, including location, type and size of bolts and welds. Welds shall be indicated by standard t welding symbols of the AWS. Member cambers shall be as specified on Drawings. 2. Before delivery of materials or start of fabrication, provide certificates which attest to the materials' compliance with Specifications. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural assemblies and shop and field welding shall meet the requirements of the AISC specifications. B. The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials shall not be permitted. t PART 2 PRODUCTS (, 2.01 MATERIALS A. Standard rolled steel sections: ASTM A36. t 05050 - 1 T/M2 - 96 1.03 SUBMITTALS B. Pipe columns: ASTM A53, Grade B. C. Structural steel tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Structural bars, plates and similar items: ASTM A36 or A283. E. Structural shapes: ASTM A36. F. Stainless steel: ASTM A666, Grade A, Type 304 for flashing clamps as shown in the Drawings. G. Stainless steel bolts, nuts: ASTM A320, Type 304 and washers for securing flashing clamps and for anchorage to concrete as shown in the Drawings. H. Steel bolts (unless otherwise specified on the Drawings): ASTM A307, Grade A (or ASTM A325 where indicated on the Drawings). I. Aluminum: Extrude from 6061 -T6 or 6063 -T6 alloy, conforming to ASTM B308 unless otherwise specified. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabrication shall be in accordance with AISC, S326. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Verify measurements at the job. 2. Punch holes 1/16 -inch larger than the nominal size of bolts, unless otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, subpunch holes and ream or drill. No drifting of bolts nor enlargement of holes will be allowed to correct misalignment. Correct mismatched holes with new material. 3. Protect dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators. Protect aluminum in contact with concrete or grout with a heavy coat of epoxy paint. 4. Metalwork to be embedded in concrete shall be as specified in Section 03300. Place metalwork accurately and hold in correct position while concrete is placed or, if specified, form recesses or blockouts in the concrete after design strength is attained, and grout metalwork in place in accordance with Section 03300. Thoroughly clean surfaces of metalwork in contact with or embedded in concrete. 5. Structural steel completely encased In concrete shall not be galvanized or painted and shall have a clean surface for bonding to concrete. Repair or replace metalwork which is bent, broken or otherwise damaged by the Contractor. B. Welding: Performed by operators who have been qualified by tests as prescribed by AWS to perform the type of work required. The quality of welding shall conform to AWS Code for Arc Welding in Building Construction Section 4, Workmanship. C. Bolted connections: Conform to AISC Framed Beam Connections. Provide bearing type connections with threads excluded from shear planes, unless indicated on Drawings as friction type connection. 05050 -2 T/M2 -96 4 tj 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.02 CLEANING After installation, clean and touch up damaged surfaces of shop primed metals with the same material used for the shop coat. Repair damaged surfaces of galvanized metals as specified in Section 05910. c C • END OF SECTION C C C L. C. C C C tr 1 f t° ea PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS A. This Section specifies fabricated metal items and other miscellaneous metalwork, galvanized or prime painted. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title AISC Manual of Steel Construction AWS D1.1 -83 Structural Welding Code of the American Welding Society 1.03. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Shop and field welding shall conform to the requirements of AISC, Manual of Steel Construction. B. The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials will not be permitted. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Certified test reports: Before delivery of miscellaneous metalwork, provide certificates which attest to their material compliance with the Specifications. 2. Detailed layout or installation shop drawings: PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel items shall be galvanized unless noted otherwise on Drawings or in Specifications. B. Nonstructural steel bars, angles, clips, and similar items: ASTM A36 or ASTM A283. C. Structural steel tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B steel. D. Metal framing channels ASTM A570, Grade 33. E. Seat angles for grating, supports for floor plates, clips for precast panels and brackets for piping: steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication unless otherwise specified. 05500-1 T/M2 -96 : nf:4;.y.Y1.:!'9kNrnf ' w F. Other miscellaneous steel metalwork: embedded and nonembedded steel metalwork, hangers and inserts shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. G. Bolts, nuts, and washers: ASTM A320, Type 304 stainless steel. H. Welding materials: AWS D1.1. I. Shop and touch -up primer: Section 09900 - Coating Systems. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication. E. Punch holes 1/16 -inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, subpunch and ream or drill holes. 2.03 FINISHES A. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the provisions of Section 09900 - Coating Systems. B. For galvanized items, perform fabrication including cutting, drilling, punching, threading and tapping required prior to hot -dip galvanizing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify measurements at the site. B. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. C. Make provisions for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep Work in alignment. D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads and provide temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Fieldwork shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Drilling of bolts or enlargement of holes to correct misalignment will not be allowed. D. Protect encased or embedded dissimilar metals (both metals must be encased or embedded) from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators. 05500.2 T/M2 -96 4 4 4 4 ti 9 4 E. Seat angles, supports and guides: Set seat angles for grating and supports for floor plates so that they are flush with the floor and also maintain the grating and floor plates flush with the floor. 3.03 CLEANING A. After installation, clean and touch up damaged surfaces of shop primed metals with the same material used for the shop coat. END OF SECTION r r YRYX %YYr!!,nn+rt+� irfnt.tut SECTION 05520 HANDRAILING (m PART 1 GENERAL • 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies prefabricated welded steel galvanized handrailing for stairs. 1.02 REFERENCES $ A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference TtI SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council it ADA Americans with Disabilities Act 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 4 A. Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments shall resist a minimum uniform horizontal and vertical load of 50 pounds per linear foot on the top rail, and a concentrated load of 200 pounds. 1.04 SUBMITTALS i A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: d. 1. Certified test reports: Before fabrication of handrailing, provide certificates which attest to their material complying with these Specifications. 2. Layout or installation shop drawings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4. A. Regulatory requirements: Handrailing shall meet the requirements of the standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Division of Industrial Safety and Health of the State of Washington, and the Uniform Building Code. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Cushion wrap complete rails, modules and components to prevent scratching and denting during shipment, storage and installation. Leave wrap intact, insofar as possible, until railing is completely installed. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS 1 A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. 1 1 1 05520-1 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, handrails and guardrails shall be hot -dip galvanized steel after fabrication. B. Provide toeboards at guardrails except where concrete curbs are indicated. C. System shall accommodate field cutting of posts to fit, prior to installation or attachment to base connections. 2.02 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Rails and posts: Steel pipe - ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. 2. Wall Brackets: Malleable iron, round top, galvanized, as manufactured by: a. R & B Wagner, No 1765. b. Julius Blum, No. 1382. B. Finishes: 1. Hot -dip galvanize steel after fabrication and after welding. 2. See Section 09900 - Coating systems for field finishing. 3. Fasteners shall be stainless steel. 2.03 FABRICATION N ,?11VrxF'.rk ;cc. c ^,, .....,,,, A. Fit and assemble components in largest practical sizes, for delivery to the site. B. Pipe cuts shall be clean, straight, square and accurate for minimum joint gap. Perform work in conformance with the handrail manufacturer's instructions. Work shall be free from blemishes, defects, and misfits which can affect durability, strength or appearance. C. Punch holes 1/16 -inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, subpunch and ream or drill holes. Replace pieces with mismatched holes. No drifting of bolts nor enlargement of holes will be allowed to correct misalignment. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt- tight, flush and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small, uniform radius. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify measurements at the site. B. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates. 05520 T/M2 - 96 4 4 4 4 4 4 ..4 C. D Place metal to be embedded in concrete accurately and hold in correct position while the concrete is placed or, if specified. Form recesses or blockouts in the concrete and grout the metalwork in place after concrete has attained its design strength in accordance with Section 03300. Thoroughly clean ' the surfaces of metalwork in contact with or embedded in concrete. t`.. E. No field welding of handrails shall be permitted. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Set posts plumb and aligned to within 1/8 -inch In 12 feet. B. Set rails horizontal or parallel to rake of steps to within 1/8 -inch In 12 feet. C., 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Protect dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators. Protect aluminum in contact with concrete or grout with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. END OF SECTION C- C 1 . 4Y L;9t.% N.srt:r�nn,a;x »vrHKU+.usar :�w r.....,.,...,.. SECTION 05530 GRATINGS AND STAIR TREADS PART 1 GENERAL C. 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies stair grating and stair treads for the new stairs at the Operations Buildings. B. Related sections: C. 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are t part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. ( Reference Title AISC Manual of Steel Construction ASTM A36 Structural Steel ASTM A569 Steel, Carbon (0.15 maximum, percent), Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, Steel NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers C. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Certified test reports: Before fabrication of grating and stair treads, provide certificates which attest to their material complying with these Specifications. 2. Shop drawings: Include a plan layout, appropriate sections, and installation details for each item provided. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS C. A. Design gratings, support angles and their connections to steel channels under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Washington. ( B. Welders' Certificates: Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 01300, certifying welders employed on the work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 1 05530.1 T/M2 -96 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel grating and tread bearing bars and cross bars: Welding quality mild carbon steel. Comply with ASTM A569. B. Steel nosing plates: Structural quality steel. Comply with ASTM A36. C. Accessories: Fasteners and perimeter closure shall match grating material. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate grates and plates to sizes indicated. B. Grind smooth rough weld beads and sharp metal edges on gratings. Welds exposed to view shall be uniform and neat. Sand blast welds to be galvanized prior to galvanizing. C. Perform cutting, drilling, punching, threading and tapping prior to hot -dip galvanizing. D. Grating: Grating, treads and nosing shall be hot -dip galvanized steel conforming to NAAMM Mark W -19 -4 with 1 -inch by 3/16 -inch serrated bearing bars spaced at 1 -3/16 -inch and cross bars spaced at 4 -inch 00. Band all edges of grating. Anchor all grating sections to supports with a minimum of four stainless steel clips. Stair treads shall be welded steel grating treads with rectangular bearing bars and integral non -slip abrasive nosing. 2.03 FINISHES A. Steel shall be galvanized unless Indicated otherwise. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that dimensional tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Fieldwork shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Perform no drilling of bolts or enlargement of holes to correct misalignment. B. Field measured for proper cutouts and proper sizes. 3.03 CLEANING A. After installation, clean and touch up damaged surfaces of shop -primed metals with the same material used for the shop coat. B. Touchup damaged galvanized surfaces with Galvicon, as manufactured by Galvicon Co., or approved equal. END OF SECTION 05530.2 T/M2 -96 a c C E• c C. c c t c C L L. L L: C_. c L L L 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies hot -dip zinc coating. Unless otherwise specified, steel items shall be hot -dip zinc coated. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title MILSPEC DOD -P -21035 Repair of Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The coating material shall be as specified in ASTM A153. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD REPAIR SECTION 05910 HOT -DIP ZINC COATING A. Where zinc coating has been damaged, clean substrate surface and repair with zinc dust -zinc oxide coating in accordance with MILSPEC DOD -P- 21035. Field repair zinc coated surfaces with Z.R.C., as manufactured by Z.R.C. Chemical Products Co.; Galvicon, as manufactured by Galvicon Co.; or approved equal. Apply as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION T/M2 -96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section specifies the work necessary to design, furnish, and install, complete metal siding at the screen wall located on the operations building upper roof, as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.04 SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL SIDING SECTION 07410 METAL SIDING A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings: Prepare complete shop drawings showing complete plan view layout of siding, location of openings, and other information necessary for the erection of the metal siding. Contractor shall obtain shop drawings from all subcontractors, review these shop drawings, coordinate all interrelated work, and prepare a complete combined submittal. Partial submittals subject to return without review with request for complete information. A. Metal siding shall have a commercial grade cold - rolled steel core, conforming to ASTM A 446, ( Grade A, in gauges and formed shapes as shown on the Drawings. Metal siding shall be hot- dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525 Tight commercial coating, G90. All material shall be new and free from defects impairing strength, durability and appearance, and of best C commercial quality for purpose intended. B. Accessories: t 1. Connections: Use #14 stainless steel fasteners with 5/8 -inch washer. Fasteners shall be self- tapping and shall be nylon hex - headed in compatible color. DuPont nylon shall be securely bonded by injection molding to the stainless steel #14 Series threaded shank with a knurled and shaped head designed to firmly grip the color pigmented nylon. A sealing t washer flange shall be provided as an integral part of the nylon head. t t 07410 T/M2 - 96 t wanIM 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS END OF SECTION JVTI A. Materials required to accomplish the work but not specified shall be of best commercial grade, suited for intended use, and as approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MEASUREMENTS A. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions given on the Drawings and shall make such field measurements as are necessary to lay out the work properly. B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for accuracy of all measurements and layout of the work. 3.02 HANDLING AND STORING MATERIALS A. Store material in dry, clean, and safe manner. Replace all damaged material with new material. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF METAL SIDING A. All siding panels shall be made weather tight by the use of sealants, rubber gaskets and composition closures. B. Length shall be sufficient to span full height where building dimension permits. 3.04. REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES A. Repair damaged galvanized surfaces as specified in Section 09900, Coating Systems. 3.05 FINISH PAINTING A. Finish painting of all exposed metal siding shall be as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in Section 09900, Coating Systems. 3,06 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the installation, clean up all waste material and debris resulting from this operation and dispose of such waste material off the site. 07410-2 T/M2 -96 V ti L r. ..•i: ;Ltiv'N.mY...e r. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes reroofing, patching, penetrations and repairs to existing Tremco warranted built -up roof system. Therm 100 hot (modified) built -up- roofing is used at East Base. Burmastic cold process built -up roofing is used at South Base. All roofs are presently under warranty with Tremco. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following document. It is part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. AWPB - American Wood Preservers Bureau. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ♦ +ve. aa.�+ hMwnnnnu* . twi HKi! Pl 4tdt n �ne. •wt..�...•.v�.i'..V::�t.•r..... u....v. «� SECTION 07500 BUILT -UP ROOFING A. Product Data: 1. List of materials proposed for use including roofing materials, insulation, composition flashing, and fasteners. 2. Roofing materials manufacturer's specifications selected for use. 3. Description of complete system, from deck up, proposed for use. B. Shop Drawings 1. Provide installation details for reroofing and curb flashing with local Tremco representative stamped or written approval for each condition. C. Quality Control Submittal: 1. A letter from roofing materials manufacturer stating roofer is approved by manufacturer to apply roof. 2. Manufacturer's certification of compliance that all roofing system materials, with inclusion of asphalt, coatings, felts, and base sheets, have been fabricated in accordance with applicable ASTM or Federal Specification requirements referenced herein. 3. Written notice when roofing installation is ready for final inspection. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Roofing patches, flashings at roof penetrations and repair areas shall be performed by experienced workers employed by a roofing contractor certified by Tremco. Existing roof system shall be kept watertight at all times. B. Perform work in accordance with Tremco's instructions and the Contract Documents. In case of conflict, the more stringent requirements shall apply. C. Inform Tremco representative, Paul Cassidy (1- 800 -831- 7408), a minimum 72 hours before starting ( work. D. Provide Engineer with written certification by Tremco that the work has been completed and meets it the conditions of the original roofing warranty. 1 07500-1 T/M2 -96 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ..., .va.� .. wnnc••< n rv:xF�•cucxrl'9w °r'lii:`.4A•�:. A. Delivery of materials: 1. Deliver materials to job site in new, dry, unopened and well- marked containers showing product and manufacturer's name. 2. Coordinate delivery with Engineer. B. Storage of materials: 1. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored on premises. 2. Store roll goods on ends only. Discard rolls which have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged. Place materials on pallets, exterior plywood, or OSB. 3. Stack insulation on pallets. 4. Store materials marked "keep from freezing" in areas whore temperatures will remain above 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). 5. Neatly stack wood on dunnage. 6. Remove plastic packaging shrouds. Cover top and sides of all stored materials with canvas tarpaulin (not polyethylene). Secure tarpaulin. 7. Rooftop storage: disperse material to avoid concentrated loading. 8. Should the Contractor be required to quickly cover material temporarily, such as during an unanticipated rain shower, all materials shall be stored on a raised platform covered with secured canvas tarpaulin (not polyethylene), top and bottom. C. Material handling: 1. Handle materials to avoid bending, tearing, or other damage during transportation and installation. 2. Material handling equipment shall be selected and operated so as not to damage existing construction or applied roofing. Do not operate or situate material handling equipment in locations that will hinder smooth flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be asbestos -free. B. Flashings: CSPE (hypalon), 45 mil thick, white. C. Mastics, Mesh, Miscellaneous Materials: As recommended by Tremco. D. Walkway pads: Asphalt saturated board not less than 1/2 -inch thick with matching granule surface to existing roofing. Material shall be Tremtread as recommended by Tremco E. Wood blocking and curbs: Wood blocking and curb shall be pressure- treated with chromated copper arsenate to meet AWPB, LP -22, 0.40 retention and marked F. Prefabricated insulated curb: Prefabricated insulated curb shall be box section design, height as shown on the Drawing, 16 -gauge galvanized steel construction, continuous mitered and welded comer seams, integral base plate, pressure - treated nailer, and shall be insulated with 1 -1/2 -inch thick rigid fiberglass board insulation. 07500-2 T/M2-96 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. PROTECTION Protect existing roofing system from damage during the course of the Work utilizing exterior plywood or OSB. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents. 3.03 CLEAN -UP A. Remove all extra material and debris from site. Clean surfaces marred by roofing materials. END OF SECTION • . ...;:'t::,:,'.'; "i� ``r�i.'.}�y dL'dl'�':C..ntstits:xnN e:0- +ru��, C • 1 4, PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY t. A. This Section specifies flashing and sheet metal not specifically described in other sections but required to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. (. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers 2. Section 09900 - Coating Systems 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM documents. They are part of ( this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. C. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform the work In accordance with the following as a minimum standard, and to normal good practice in the area except where in conflict with the Contract Documents, which shall govern. 1. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING (._ A. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL A. Aluminum Sheet: Unless otherwise noted, sheet metal shall be mill standard 3008 alloy aluminum sheet. Sheet metal shall be 0.040 inch, except where noted: B. Shop Primed, Galvanized Steel: ASTM A446, Grade A, G90, 22 -gage core steel. ( 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same material and finish as flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers, or Type 304 stainless steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Underlayment: No. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt. ( C. Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. D. Plastic Cement: Asbestos -free asphaltic base cement. ( ( ( • rran; t ttmv. natcu. r- e..- »+w..n..._..._..._.�._...__... _....-.._.„........_...«. ,...� .............«............ SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-1 T/M2-96 2.03 REGLETS A. Cast in Concrete: 1. ASTM D1784, Type II, extruded PVC. 2. Minimum 0.075 -inch thick. 3. Fry Reglet Corporation, "Fry Springlok Type CO ", or approved equal. B. Surface Mounted: 1. 2- piece, snap -in type system, similar to Fry Reglet Corporation "Fry Springlok Type SM ". 2. Aluminum, .025 coated or anodized. 3. Corner shall be factory made, mitered and sealed. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Form components true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. B. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as flashing, minimum 2 inches wide, interiockable with flashing. C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 -inch. Miter and seam corners. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 -inch and hemmed to form drip edge. D. Form material with standing seam. E. Fabricate corners in one piece, 8 -inch legs, minimum. Seam for rigidity and seal with sealant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces to be covered are smooth, clean, and free from holes. All projecting nails shall be driven flush. Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies have been resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Separate flashings from dissimilar materials by a heavy bitumastic coating on the flashing. B. Expansion: Sheet metal shall be formed, fabricated, and installed to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in the finished work. 1. Suitable water -tight expansion joints shall be provided for all runs of more than 40 feet in steel and 32 feet in aluminum except where closer spacing is indicated on the Drawings or required for proper installation. C. Reglets: Install level and true in forms a minimum of 7 inches above cant strip. Tape cut ends before installation. 1. After roofing is applied install flashing by snapping into reglet without screws. Lap all joints and miter comers. D. Fastening: 1. Whenever possible, secure metal by means of continuous clips or cleats without nailing through the metal. 2. In general, space nails, rivets, and screws not more than 8 inches apart. Where exposed to the weather, use neoprene washers. 3. For nailing into wood, use 11 -gage barbed roofing nails long enough to penetrate 3/4 -inch . 07620 T/M2 - 96 ti 4. For fastening into concrete, use - drilled plugholes and plugs. Penetrate 1 inch. END OF SECTION .. ,,,.,,., ,.., c :..t. r;r ?:•;.rasL,e;u»., .....,o,..n... �.,,.,_..,,. .,...,a +..,.w.�.•............. _.�....,....,. >.a.n�...exxuw.w� SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes joint sealers and joint backing for general construction. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and Federal Specification documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System performance to achieve moisture and air -tight joint seals. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product data demonstrating compliance with the Specifications. 2. Manufacturer's recommendations for storage, handling and application of sealants and primers. 3. Samples: Material proposed for use showing color range available. 4. Quality Control Submittals: a. Applicator Qualification: Documentation showing minimum of 5 years experience installing sealants in projects of similar scope. b. Certificates of Compliance: 1) Proposed materials meet Specification requirements. 5. Contract Closeout Submittals: Guarantee. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Sealed Joints: Against adhesive and cohesive failure of sealant and for watertightness of sealed joined for a period of 5 years after date of final completion of sealants. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 07900-1 T/M2.96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealant for all areas unless specified otherwise: 1. ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 and Federal Specification TT -S- 00230, non - sagging Type II, Class A. 2. Capable of withstanding movement up to 25 percent of joint width. 3. Sikaflex by Sika Chemical Corporation, Vulkem by Mameco International, or approved equal. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by the sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Backer Rod: Backer rod shall be closed -cell round polyethylene foam, cylindrical and oversized a minimum 30 percent larger than joint width, compatible with sealant used, and as recommended by sealant contractor. D. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene or polyurethane with adhesive on one side as recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare, clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply primer only to the surfaces that will be covered by the sealant. B. Mask adjacent surfaces where necessary to maintain neat edge. 3,03 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install joint backing when joints exceed the depth requirements, Insert backing to provide the joint depth specified. Provide full length sections without splices where possible. Minimize number of splices. C. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. D. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. E. Tool joints concave unless Indicated otherwise. 07900-2 T/M2 -96 3.04 POLYURETHANE SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Use polyurethane sealants on expansion joints and construction joints, unless indicated otherwise. 1. Use nonsag polyurethane sealant on vertical exposed joints. 2. Use self - leveling polyurethane sealant on horizontal exposed joints. 3. Use polyurethane sealant at masonry walls, concrete walls and louver frames. Joint dimensions: Unless otherwise specified, construct joints to the following criteria: 1. Width: minimum 1/4 inch and maximum 1 inch. 2. Depth: 1/2 the width of the joint, but in no case less than 1/4 -inch deep. Measure sealant depth at the point of smallest cross section. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of smears or other soiling resulting from sealant application. B. Replace damaged surfaces resulting from sealant application or cleaning. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION t SECTION 09510 tl;� .iR1F4h1. .,n.... .�.,�.. C ACOUSTICAL CEILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY C. A. The work of this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required for removal and installation of acoustical ceiling lay -in panels and support system as shown on Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCES ti. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions to ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. CISCA - Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractor's Association 2. FedSpec SS- S -118B - Sound Controlling (Acoustical) Panels and Tiles 3. UBC - UBC Standard 47 -18 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Contractor's method of removal and installation of ceiling system In writing. B. Provide affidavit stating that ceiling installer is experienced in the trade for at least 5 years. (, C. Provide shop drawings showing ceiling layout and installation method. (. D. Submit two 12 -inch by 12 -inch samples of ceiling material for approval. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, due to Contractor's operations, immediately make all $ repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until dust generating activities have terminated and overhead mechanical work is completed, tested and approved. B. Permit wet work to dry prior to commencement of installation. t PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Acceptable manufacturers for lay -in panels: 1. Armstrong Cork Company. 09510 -1 T/M2-96 4 2. "Or equal" systems by the following manufacturers: a. Celotex Corporation b. Conwed Corporation c. United States Gypsum Company. B. Suspension Systems (ACT -1): 1. Systems shall conform to ASTM C 635, intermediate duty, with all components from one manufacturer. a. Exposed tee system: Exposed tee grid shall be spaced to fit lay -in panels. Use prelude XL intermediate -duty system as manufactured by Armstrong or equal. b. Main and cross members: Double -web construction, 1 -1/2 -inch high with rectangular top bulb and 15/16 -inch bottom. Flange with prefinished steel capping in white color. c. Wall molding: Hemmed angle molding with prefinished exposed flanges in white color. d. Hanger wire: ASTM A 641 minimum 12 -gage, galvanized, soft annealed, mild steel wire. e. Wire ties: ASTM A 641, 18 gage, galvanized, annealed steel wire. C. Suspension system for gypsum wallboard subceiling: 1. Use 1 -1/2 -inch, 16 -gage, C R channels and ASTM C 645 metal furring channel, suspended on 8 -gage wire hanger. Provide wall angle runners, cups, etc. as required to install finish ceiling system. D. Acoustical lay -in panels (ACT -1): 1. Size: Existing panels are 24 -inch by 48 -inch. All new panels shall be 24 -inch by 48 -inch and shall meet Federal Specification SS- S -118B Type III Class A carrying UL, Inc. label, LR Grade 1. Non -fire rated: Minimum 5/8 -inch thick. 2. Noise control: NCR rating 0.50 -0.60 range. 3. Color: Factory- applied washable white matte paint finish. 4. Panel type: Armstrong - white, non - directional, minaboard 755, fissured, non -rated or similar. 5. Tile edges: Square. E. Acoustical ceiling tile (ACT -2): 1. Size shall be 12 -inch by 12 -inch and shall meet ASTM E 1264 Type III Class A UL labeled non -fire rated with a minimum of 1/2 -inch thick beveled edge T &G for staple or glue -up installation over gypsum wallboard subceiling. 2. Noise control: NRC rating shall be between 0.50 to 0.60. 3. Color: Factory applied washable white matte paint finish. 4. Panel type: Armstrong- White, Minatone Fissured 714, non -rated or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF CEILING SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with UBC Standard 47 -18 and ASTM C 636. B. See mechanical drawings for location of piping, ductwork and terminal units. Coordinate removal of existing ceiling system with mechanical work. C. Contractor shall protect and shall maintain functional use of all existing lights, HVAC grilles and speakers that will remain in place. D. All damaged lights, HVAC grilles and speakers due to Contractor's operations shall be replaced with new to match existing. Engineer will solely determine which elements are considered damaged. 09510-2 T/M2 -96 6 i 11 0 length of the tees. E. Install the grid system and ceiling board to line and true level, symmetrical to rooms and spaces. All suspended ceiling system work shall be done according to CISCA. 3.02 SURFACE CONDITIONS a A. Inspection: Prior to work of this Section, the Contractor shall carefully inspect the installed work of 9 all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this work may properly commence. O B. Coordination: Contractor to install ceiling support system to fit around mechanical and electrical systems and equipment as required. Make necessary adjustments in wire hanger locations to accomplish this work. 8 C. Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed in 6 3.03 INSTALLATION EXPOSED GRID SYSTEM A. The exposed grid system shall be directly -hung installed in accordance with ASTM C 636. Deflection of any component shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. B. Install finish surfaces level and true within 1/8 -inch per 12 feet of surfaces in any direction. a C. Hang main tees spaced 24 inches O.C. with hanger wires spaced not over 48 inches along the 1 i. D. Maximum runner rotation from plumb not to exceed 2 degrees. E. Attach cross -tees to main tees at 48 inches O.C. F. Provide perimeter angle moldings at intersection of ceiling panels and all vertical surfaces. a G. Laterally brace ceiling areas exceeding 144 square feet in accordance with UBC Standard 47 -18. H. For other requirements see Paragraph 3.03 below. 3.04 INSTALLATION LAY -IN PANELS 1 A. Layout - Plan each layout to match adjacent existing ceiling. B. Orient each panel in the same direction to produce a uniform direction of pattern. C. Install after major above - ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other $ work. Ensure the layout of hangers are located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which are to be placed after the installation of ceiling grid system. 6 D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest 6 areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. E. Hang independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis or face plane of adjacent members. Hangers shall not pass through mechanical or electrical ductwork. F. Do not support fixtures from or on main runners or cross runners if weight of the fixture causes the total dead load to exceed the deflection capability. In such cases, support fixture loads by 09510 -3 T/M2 -96 supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support the fixtures independently. G. Fit acoustic lay -in panels in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Install lay -in panels level, in uniform plane and free from twist, warp and dents. I. Do not install fixtures so that main runners and cross runners will be eccentrically loaded. Where fixture installation would produce rotation of runners, provide stabilizer bars. . Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system(s) and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD SUBCEILING A. Conform strictly to applicable requirements of the manufacturer's standard specifications. Screw apply board to metal furring. Where ceiling abuts differing wall materials, install approved metal edge trim. B. Taping is not required on gypsum wallboard surfaces that are behind acoustic tile ACT -2. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Completely remove all fingerprints and traces of adhesives or soil and damage from the surfaces of acoustical materials, using only those cleaning materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned. Replace damaged or marred units as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 09510.4 T/M2 -96 rq:rgt h r; SilJku u^ e.+ uwr . :w.+- ».............._.......,. 1 C. SECTION 09900 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY L. A. This Section specifies paint coatings and their surface preparation. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Coating systems include surface description, surface preparation, required dry film thickness, and the number and application procedure of the prime and finish coatings as specified in Part 3.06, Coating System Specification Sheets (COATSPEC). B. Field coating is the application or the completion of application of the coating system after installation of the surface at the site of the work. L COATING SYSTEMS C. Dry film thickness (DFT) is the thickness of one fully cured continuous application of coating. D. Wet film thickness (WFT) is the thickness of one fully wet application of coating. E. Volatile organic content (VOC) is the portion of the coating that is a compound of carbon, is L. photochemically reactive and evaporates during drying or curing, expressed in grams per liter or L pounds per gallon. F. Shop coat is one or more coats applied in a shop or plant prior to shipment to the site of erection or installation where the field or finish coat is applied. G. Lead containing is defined by the Consumer Protection Safety Commission as any coating whose dried film contains greater than 0.06 percent by weight of lead. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of i this Section shall prevail. 1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. 2. WAC - Washington Administrative Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. A list of materials proposed to be used under this Section shall be provided before materials are delivered to the shop and/or the job site. The list of materials shall include blasting material proposed for use under this Section. The Contractor shall submit the recommended range of profile produced by the blasting material. 2, For each primer and finish coating, provide the manufacturer's application instructions which shall include the following: E a. Surface preparation recommendations. 1 09900-1 T/M2 -96 b. Primer type, where required. c. Maximum dry and wet mil thickness per coat. d. Minimum and maximum curing time between coats, including atmospheric conditions for each. e. Curing time before submergence in liquid. f. Thinner to be used with each coating. g. Ventilation requirements. h. Minimum atmospheric conditions during which the coating shall be applied. i. Allowable application methods. j. Maximum allowable moisture content. k. Maximum storage life. I. Material safety data sheets B. Certification that products meet volatile organic compound (V.O.C.) and lead content compliance per Paragraph 1.04.A.2.e. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. For each prime and finish coating, furnish a 12 -inch square sample. These samples shall be applied to surfaces specified in each system. Concrete and masonry samples can be applied to CMU block. A. Standardization: 1. Materials, supplies, and articles provided shall be the standard products of manufacturers. Coatings in a particular system shall be the products of a single manufacturer. 2. The standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is demonstrated to the Engineer that they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness, and convenience for the purpose intended. Requests for substitutions, in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05, will be considered, provided the following minimum conditions are met: a. The proposed coating system shall use an equal or greater number of separate coats to achieve the required dry film thickness. b. The proposed coating system shall use coatings of the same generic type. c. Requests for substitution shall have directions for application and descriptive literature which includes generic type, nonvolatile content by volume , material safety data sheets, VOC's by weight per gallon, and information confirming that the substitution is equal to the specified coating system. d. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory data sheets showing the results of complete spectrographic and durability tests performed on the proposed substitute. Tests shall be as directed by the Engineer. Tests shall be performed by a laboratory which conforms to the provisions of ASTM E329 and which shall be a member of the American Council of Independent Laboratories. Costs incurred in the testing program shall be borne by the Contractor. e. All coating materials shall not exceed 3.5 lbs. per gallon (420 grams per litre) of volatile organic compounds (V.O.C.) or contain greater than 0.06 percent of lead by weight. Coating materials shall not contain benzene or any other substances listed in the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances. B. Safety 1. Comply with all current applicable safety and health regulations including the following: a. General Occupational Safety Requirements in 296 -62 WAC, specifically Parts C - Hazard Communication, E - Respiratory Protection, M - Confined Space, and L - Atmospheres, Ventilation and Emergency Washings. 09900-2 T/M2 -96 •••••■, w. enm. w. u•...++ 4�m.: M: t."J' f. R` C�' A'^'. ^1i.�. ^.•uHiC'/^"M'S.sVixNtu:•. b. General Safety and Health Requirements in 296 -24 WAC, specifically Part A -1, First Aid and Hazardous Materials and Flammable Liquids. c. Requirements in Chapter 173 -303 WAC, Dangerous Waste Regulations, specifically 173 - 303 -145 - Spills and Discharges, 173 - 303 -160 - Containers, 173- 303 -170 - Requirements for the Generation of Hazardous Waste and 173-303-084 - Dangerous Waste Mixtures. At the completion of the job, all hazardous materials and waste are to be removed in accordance with 173 -313 WAC. Z 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING C. A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in their original, unopened containers. Each container shall bear the manufacturer's name brand, batch number, date of manufacture, storage life, and �. special directions. B. Coatings shall be stored in enclosed structures and shall be protected from weather and C. excessive heat or cold. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with state and local codes. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be removed from the site. 1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS �- A. Unless otherwise specified, or required for certain water - thinned coatings, coatings shall be applied only to surfaces that are dry, and only under such combination of humidity and C temperatures of the atmosphere and surfaces to be coated as will cause evaporation rather than condensation. Coating shall not be applied during rainy, misty weather, or to surfaces �- upon which there is frost or moisture condensation. During damp weather, when the c temperature of the surface to be coated is within 10 degrees F of the dew point, the surfaces L shall be heated to prevent moisture condensation thereon. Bare metal surfaces, except those which may be warped by heat, may be dehydrated by flame- heating devices immediately prior to coating application. During coating, and for a period of at least 8 hours after the coating has been applied, the temperature of the surfaces to be coated, the coated surfaces, and the atmosphere in contact shall be maintained at or above 50 degrees F and 5 degrees F above the dew point. Coating, when applied, shall be approximately the same temperature as that of the surface on which it is applied. Fans or heaters shall be used inside enclosed areas where conditions causing condensation are severe. [ 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS 1 A. The Contractor shall provide one unbroken gallon container of each color and type of coating required in the Specification. These spare coating supplies shall be stored as directed by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Coating materials shall not be used until the Engineer has inspected the materials. B. Coating systems: 1. Unless otherwise specified, prime coatings may be shop or field applied. Shop applied primer shall be as specified in each system. Field coating signifies that coating is applied [ in place, after installation of the surface. If the shop coating meets the requirements of i = 09900 -3 T/M2.96 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION this Section, the field coating may consist of touching up the shop prime coat to achieve the film thickness, continuity and coating specified in the COATSPEC. Damaged and poorly applied shop coatings that do not meet the requirements of this Section shall be removed and the surfaces recoated in accordance with the COATSPEC. 2. Surface preparation shall be as specified in each system and in Part 3. Number of coats specified in each system shall be the minimum number of coats applied to provide the required dry film thickness. 3. First prime coats for all systems shall be "White" in color whenever possible. A. General: 1. Surfaces to be coated shall be clean. Before applying coating or surface treatments, oil, grease, dirt, rust, loose mill scale, old weathered coatings and other foreign substances shall be removed . Oil and grease shall be removed before mechanical cleaning is started. Where mechanical cleaning is accomplished by blast cleaning, the abrasive used shall be washed, graded and free of contaminants which might interfere with the adhesion of the coatings. 2. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning. Cleaning and coating shall be scheduled so that dust and spray from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. Hardware, electrical fixtures and similar accessories shall be removed or masked during preparation and coating operations, or shall otherwise be satisfactorily protected. Equipment adjacent to walls shall be disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and coating of equipment and walls and, following coating, shall be replaced and reconnected. 3. Contractor shall demonstrate that field coating is compatible with factory coating by applying small test patches of specified coating over shop coating. B. Metallic surfaces: 1. Metallic surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with applicable portions of surface preparation specifications of the SSPC. Specific applicable standards are specified in each coating system. The solvent in solvent cleaning operations shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Preparation of metallic surfaces shall be based upon comparison with SSPC- Vis -1, and as described herein. To facilitate inspection, the Contractor shall, on the first day of sandblasting operations, sandblast metal panels to the standards specified. Plates of ASTM A36 steel shall measure a minimum of 8 -1/2 inches x 11 inches. Panels meeting the requirements of the Specifications shall be initialed by the Contractor and the Engineer and coated with a clear non - yellowing finish. One of these panels shall be prepared for each type of sandblasting and shall be used as the comparison standard throughout the project. Blasting material shall meet MIL- A- 22262A(SH), "Military Specification, Abrasive Blasting Media Ship Hull Blast Clean ", and shall not be re -used. 3. Profile of blasted surfaces shall be per the manufacturer's recommendation for each coating system but be no less than 2 mils. 4. Surface preparation for galvanized metal shall include a pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 - degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160- degree water 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for coating application by providing a SSPC 5P -7 (Brush off Blast). 5. Surface preparation specified in other sections of this document shall be completed prior to beginning work in Section 09900. 09900-4 T/M2 -96 C. Concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces: 1. Unless otherwise specified, surfaces which are to be coated shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content will be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263, or approved equal. Muriatic acid solution shall not be used. Loose concrete and laitance shall be removed by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300. 2. Plaster surfaces shall be dry and clean and free from grit, loose plaster and surface Irregularities. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with acceptable patching materials, keyed to existing surfaces, and sandpapered smooth. Surfaces to be coated with oil or varnish base coatings shall be tested for the presence of alkali. To test for alkalinity, dampen the surface area to be tested and apply a strip of pH indicator paper. The pH indicator paper shall register a '7', which indicates a neutral surface condition, before coating is applied. If indicator reads above '7', the alkali shall be neutralized . 3. Surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 4. Steam cleaning shall be used to clean wall surfaces of existing process channels and tanks to be coated. Surfaces to be recoated, shall be repaired, cleaned and finished to the standards as specified herein, and in Section 03300. 5. Surface preparation specified in other sections of this document shall be completed prior to beginning work in Section 09900. D. Plastic surfaces: Cleaned with solvent compatible with the specified primer and hand - sanded with a medium grit sandpaper to provide tooth for the coating system. Large areas may be power sanded or brush off blasted provided sufficient controls are employed so the surface is roughened without removing excess material. E. Surfaces not to be painted: Aluminum, copper, brass and stainless steel. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Workmanship: 1. Coated surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps and brush marks. Coats shall be applied so as to produce an even film of uniform thickness completely coating corners and crevices. Coating shall be done in accordance with the requirements of SSPC Paint Application Guide. 2. Coating equipment shall be designed for application of the materials specified. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. Spray equipment shall be equipped with mechanical agitators, pressure gages, pressure regulators, and spray nozzles of the proper sizes and functioning in a manner suitable to perform the work. Sandblasting shall be done only by personnel who are experienced in and familiar with EPA and OSHA methods and standards. 3. Each coat shall be applied evenly and sharply cut to line. Care shall be exercised to avoid overspraying or spattering coating on surfaces not to be coated or on surfaces previously coated. Glass, hardware, floors, roofs and other adjacent areas and installations shall be protected by taping, drop cloths or other suitable measures. B. Coating properties, mixing and thinning: Coating, when applied, shall provide a satisfactory film and smooth even surface, and glossy undercoats shall be lightly sanded to provide a surface suitable for the proper application and adhesion of subsequent coats. Coatings shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application. Coatings consisting of 2 or more components shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where necessary to suit the conditions of the surface, temperature, weather and method of application, the coating may be thinned immediately prior to use by the addition of not 09900-5 T/M2 -96 more than 1 pint per gallon of the proper thinner. Unless otherwise specified, coating shall not be reduced more than necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics. Thinner shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. C. Method of coating application: 1. Where 2 or more coats are required, and if required by the Engineer, alternate coats shall contain sufficient compatible color additive to act as indicator of coverage, or the alternate coats shall be of contrasting colors. Color additives shall not contain lead, or any lead compound as defined by the National Paint and Coatings Association (NPCA). 2. Electrical and mechanical equipment, on which the manufacturer's coating is acceptable, shall be touch -up primed and coated with 2 coats of the specified coating system to match the color scheduled. This does not apply to electrical and instrumentation equipment specified in Division 16. 3. Coating shall not be applied to a surface until it has been prepared as specified. The primer, or first coat, shall be applied by brush to all weld seams, projections (such as nuts and bolts), and crevices. Subsequent coats may be either brush or spray applied. Unless otherwise specified, prime and finish coats shall be applied at the rate recommended by the manufacturer for the service involved. Unless otherwise specified, coats for concrete and masonry shall be brushed or rolled. 4. Unless otherwise specified, finish coats shall not be applied until other work in the area is complete, and until the prime and intermediate coats have been inspected. D. Film thickness and continuity: 1. Coating system thickness is the total thickness of primer and finish coats and does not include sealers or galvanized coatings. 2. The surface area covered per gallon of coating for various types of surfaces shall not exceed those recommended by the manufacturer. The first coat on metal surfaces refers to the first full paint coat and not to conditioning or other pretreatment applications. Coatings shall be applied to the thickness specified, and in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified, no less than 2 coats shall be applied. E. Special requirements: Hangers and supports shall be coated, except for the final coat, prior to installation. Except for those to be filled with grout, the underside of ungalvanized equipment bases and supports shall be coated with at least 2 coats of rust - inhibiting primer to a minimum of 3 mils dry film thickness prior to setting the equipment In place. Bolt and bolt holes in flanges (such as those used with couplings or wafer type valves where holes and bolts as finally installed will be exposed to weather or moisture) shall be coated prior to assembly to prevent rusting of the unprotected metal. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing equipment shall include a magnetic dry film thickness gage as manufactured by Elcometer. Immersion areas shall be checked for pinholes, holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector. This instrument shall be a low voltage wet sponge type such as Model M -I manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, California. Pinholes and holidays shall be repaired and recoated to the required dry film thickness. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of coating work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, protective coverings and accumulated rubbish, and thoroughly clean all surfaces and repair any overspray or other coating - related damage. 09900 - 6 T/M2 - 96 3.05 PROTECTION A. Where protection is provided for coated surfaces, such protection shall be preserved in place until the coating film has properly dried and the removal of the protection is authorized. Items which have been coated shall not be handled, worked on or otherwise disturbed, until the coating is completely dry and hard. After delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, shop- coated metalwork shall be recoated or retouched with specified coating when it is necessary to maintain the integrity of the film. 3.06 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) A. In the following COATSPEC table, the coating system letter (A, B, C, . . .) denotes the generic type of coating; the first number ( -1, -2, -3, etc.) denotes the surface; the second number ( -1 -1, -1 -2, etc.) denotes a special condition such as inside, outside, or different mil thickness. B. Surfaces to be coated, coating systems to be used, and required finishes and colors are specified in Section 09901. The final coat shall be applied only after all other work, including punch list items, has been completed. 3.06 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEET -- COATSPEC Coating System C -1 Identification: Coating Material: Epoxy primer, polyurethane finish, color required. Surface: Metal. Service Condition: Nonimmersed, exposure to moisture and sunlight, color required. Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). Shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated in the work shall be prepared in the field by cleaning all surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP -2 (Hand Tool Cleaning). Damaged shop coating shall be cleaned In accordance with SSPC SP -11 (Power Tool Cleaning to Bright Metal) and recoated with the primer specified. Galvanized Metal, Non - immersed Application: General Pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 - degree water at 2,500 psi. rinse with 160 - degree water at 2,500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Shop or field Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 mils dry film. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Prime coat shall be the epoxy primer specified. 09900-7 T/M2 -96 Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: Coating System Identification: ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: One coat of Devoe's Ba Rust 236 applied at 4 mils dry film. One or more coats of Devoe's Devthane 359 applied at 4 mils dry film. 8 mils dry film. One coat of Dupont's 25P Epoxy applied at 5 mils dry film. One or more coats of Dupont's 333 applied at 2 mils dry film. 7 mils dry film. C -1 (continued) One coat Porter's 7300 Prime applied at 4 mils dry film. One or more coats of Porter's 8700 applied at 4 mils dry film, 8 mils dry film. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Recoatable Epoxy at 4 mils dry film. Finish: One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Hi- Solids B65W301/B60V30 applied at 3 mils dry film. System Thickness: 7 mils dry film. 09900-8 Primer B67A5 applied Polyurethene One coat of Tnemec's 66 Hi -Build Epoxy applied at 4 mils dry film. One or more coats of Tnemec's Series 74 applied at 4 mils dry film. 8 mils dry film. T/M2 -96 a 3.06 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEET -- COATSPEC Coating System J -1 Identification: Coating Material: Semi -gloss alkyd enamel Surfaces: Concrete or masonry Service Condition: Interior /Exterior Surface Preparation: Concrete: Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content shall be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263, or approved equal. Loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and laitance shall be removed from surfaces by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300, Finish "B ". Masonry: System Thickness: .17 VA 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Sealer shall be applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer Application: 1. Field 2. Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to application of prime coat. 3. Prime coat shall be thinned and applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 5 mils dry film, minimum. Primer coat shall be 4 mils wet film. Finish coat shall be 3.5 mils wet film each coat. 09900 -9 T/M2 -96 Coating System J -1 (continued) Identification: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: One coat of Columbia's 00- 028 -PP, Alkali- resistant Primer. Two coats of Columbia's 03 -241 Series Alkyd Enamel. One coat of Porter's #767 Latex Primer Sealer. Two coats of Porter's #8200 Semi - Gloss. One coat of Preservative's 93 -99 Prime One LatexPrimer Sealer. Two coats of Preservative's 4 Series Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Pro Mar Masonry Conditioner B46WZ100. Two coats of Sherwin Williams' Industrial Enamel B54Z VOC. One coat of Tnemec's Series #88 Primer. Two coats of Tnemec's #23 Enduratone. 09900.10 ti T/M2 -96 ti iifey' j i' kiT: iri�i'? L. FTI} k'{,/ 5. 11iF'J. Wd'. ti. a: 4rhiurniiw+' uwv w... wnnucrkuwluMklYr /RRYN4NLRVwalr.awaY?vm 3.06 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEET -- COATSPEC Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: Galvanized Metal: Application: General: Ferrous, Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: System Thickness: J -2 Semi -gloss alkyd enamel. 1. All exposed surfaces of cast iron and steel piping inside buildings or tunnels and above grade outdoors, including valves, fittings, flanges, bolts, supports and accessories therefore, and including galvanized surfaces after proper priming. 2. All exposed surfaces of electrical conduit inside buildings (except banks of conduits in layers hung from ceilings), including fittings, boxes, supports, and accessories therefor, after proper priming. Interior /Exterior 1. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). 2. All shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated into the work shall be inspected in the field by the Engineer prior to all surface preparation. Damaged shop coating and ferrous metal with bleeding surfaces shall receive a SSPC SP -7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning) and recoated with specified primer prior to the application of finish coats. Galvanized metal, nonimmersed, pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Shop or field. Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 dry mils. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. Prime coat shall be the primers specified. 5 mils dry film, minimum. 09900 -11 T/M2 -96 Coating System Identification: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer Finish ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: J -2 (continued) One coat of Dupont's 681 -FD Alkyd Primer. One or more coats of Dupont's Dulux 31 P Alkyd Semi - Gloss. One coat of Porter's #280 HS Universal. One or more coats of Porter's #8200 Semi -Gloss Enamel. One coat of Preservative's 28 -91 LCF Primer. One or more coats of Preservative's 4 Series Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer. One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Industrial Enamel VOC B54Z Series. One coat of Tnemec's Series 88 Primer. One or more coats of Tnemec's #23 Enduratone. END OF SECTION 09900 -12 T/M2 -96 1.03 PAINTING SCHEDULE Not used. 1. All exterior metal, including duct work, mechanical equip- ment, on entire roof including existing equipment to remain, louvers, frames, stairs, metal screen wall site accessories and equipment/parts cabinet 2. Exterior concrete walls and ceilings 3. Miscellaneous exterior exposed, conduit, piping, utilities, etc. 4. Metal siding support system for screen wall 5. Concrete floors 6. Miscellaneous sheet metal flashing 7. Miscellaneous patch work at CMU walls, GWB finishes, concrete walls and ceiling surfaces PART 2 PRODUCTS _. «.....,.............. . ..,.. SECTION 09901 ' FINISHES AND COLORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies finishes and colors for stairs, screen wall rooms, equipment and other items which are to be painted or have other architectural finishes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Wherever a particular manufacturer's number or description (such as for vinyl or ceramic tile) is referenced, it is for the purpose of defining the required color or pattern. A. In the following schedule, the coating system for each specified surface shall comply with those listed in COATSPEC, Section 09900. Coat surfaces indicated on this schedule unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings or in the Specifications. Surfaces Color 09901 - 1 As selected by Engineer to match existing screen wall at East Base and existing mechanical equipment at East Base and South Base. Stair color shall match adjacent wall Metro standard off -white See Section 16110, Paragraph 3.01.A.5.a. As selected by Engineer to match existing screen wall As selected by Engineer to match existing flashing color Paint patches in color to match adjacent surfaces. Color shall be approved by Engineer Paint System C -1 J -1 J -2 C -1 Sealer C -1 . J -1 T/M2 -96 PART '3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION L. SECTION 10990 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the following miscellaneous building specialties: 1. Equipment/Parts cabinet. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300. B. Manufacturer's Literature: prior to ordering, submit manufacturers' descriptions, installation data, and warranties for all items proposed for use. C. Equipment/Parts Cabinet: Prior to fabrication or delivery, submit to the Construction Manager for review and approval large scale details and layout of equipment/parts cabinet fully dimensioned with all materials indicated accurately to scale. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers. B. Handle materials in such a manner as to prevent damage to products or finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT /PARTS CABINET A. Provide prefabricated cabinet with dimensions as shown on the Drawings, as manufactured by Hoffman - Type 3 or equal. Clear inside height shall be 7 feet. Building structure shall be of steel construction. Framework for walls, roofs, and door panels shall be designed to withstand 28 PSF wind load. All metal joints shall be sealed against weather and water intrusion. Fabrication shall be suitable for outdoor application. B. Cabinet shall be provided with two each 3- foot -wide doors as indicated on the Drawings. Door shall be designed for heavy industrial use with heavy gauge continuous hinge and stainless steel pin and hasp and staple for padlocking. L. 2.03 FINISHES A. Equipment/parts cabinet shall receive ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. Field paint exterior in accordance with the provisions of Section 09900 - r Painting. 1 G 1 C 10990-1 T/M2 -96 C PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT /PARTS CABINET A. Install cabinet where indicated on Drawings, securely anchoring unit to equipment curb. Prior to Installation, consult with Engineer so that minor adjustments may be made in location due to cabinet being installed adjacent to equipment. 3.02 CLEANING A. After installation, clean touch up damaged surfaces of shop primed metals with the same material used for the shop coat. END OF SECTION s� L. L . L. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this section consists of furnishing and installing complete jib crane including wire rope and base on maintenance building roofs at East Base and South Base, as shown on the drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS ...w ....................„......,.. u...». vw�.. nrcrxuu�v.. rrnawen+�.u,v�.- n...nau.i..c+..T SECTION 14650 JIB CRANE A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. The following information shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings complete with manufacturer's product data demonstrating compliance with the specifications. 2. Installation and maintenance data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 JIB CRANE A. Materials: 1. Jib crane shall be rated for a 1,500 -pound capacity, be transportable, and have a minimum rotation angle of 240 degrees. At boom extention of 70 inches, load rating shall be at least 600 pounds. 2. Arm with maximum projection in horizontal position shall not be less than 70 inches and must provide 30 inches of horizontal clearance from face of building and 48 inches of vertical clearance from top of parapet to lifting hook. 3. Lift distance measured with boom raised and fully extended shall be at least 22 feet. 4. Jib crane complete with base and wire rope assemblies shall be fumished with galvanized finish. 5. Jib crane shall be equipped with quick disconnect anchor and corrosion resistant parts suitable for year- around outdoor use. The boom shall be telescoping with 240 - degree rotation angle under load, adjustable between horizontal and 45 degrees with load chain to increase lift height and have a hand winch operation similar to model 5334M1 with 534 base by Thern Incorporated, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. 14660.1 T/M2 -96 3.04 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the installation, clean up all waste material and debris resulting from this operation and dispose of such waste material off the site: END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section describes the materials and methods common to more than one section of Division 15. Mechanical materials specified under other sections of Division 15 shall also meet the requirements of this Section. B. The mechanical work in the Mechanical Division shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Hydronic heating equipment and piping system. 2. HVAC equipment and duct system. 3. Direct digital temperature control system. 1.02 GENERAL 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. The Mechanical Drawings are somewhat diagrammatic and do not show complete details of building construction. The Contractor shall check actual conditions and shall refer to Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical, Drawings. Rerouting of pipe and duct from that shown on Drawings will be permitted only after review by the Engineer on submitted shop drawings due to interferences; types of material and equipment submitted that are different from those originally shown on Drawings and specified; Contractor's convenience for construction that does not compromise functional intent. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300. A. Electrical requirements 1. Starters: Except for starters specifically included in Division 16, furnish all starters for motors in this Division. 2. Disconnects: Except for disconnects factory mounted on mechanical equipment, or in combination starters, motor disconnects are specified in Division 16. 3. Power wiring: Except for factory wiring on mechanical, equipment, power wiring is specified in Division 16. Equipment devices and wiring shall comply with NEC. 4. Provide controls, controllers, transformers, and switches required by the work of this Section. 5. Factory-wired assemblies and panels shall be prewired to numbered terminal strips for connection to field wiring. 6. Provide disconnect switch for each control circuit connection to prewired assemblies and control panels. 7. Provide approved wiring diagrams for work in Division 16. 8. Provide weatherproof devices and installations for out of doors or as specified in Division 16. 9. Install wiring as specified in Division 16. B. Fees, certificates, warranties: 1. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required permits, fees, connection charges, taxes, and other miscellaneous charges necessary to execute the work under this Division. 2. The Building and Mechanical permits required by the City of Bellevue have been applied for and paid for by Metro and will be provided to the Contractor. All permits required by the City of Bellevue other than the Building and Mechanical Permits shall be obtained by and paid for by the Contractor. 3. All permits required by the City of Tukwila shall be obtained by and paid for by the Contractor. 15050 -1 T/M2 -96 2. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all certificates of approval issued by the state, county, local or other authorities having jurisdiction over the work performed. Said certificates shall be forwarded promptly when received by the Contractor. 3. Equipment specified under this Division shall be covered by the manufacturer's standard warranty on the new equipment for 1 year from date of issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and as further protected by the manufacturer's standard warranty. If within 12 months from the Date of Substantial Completion any of the equipment herein described is shown to be defective in workmanship or materials, it shall be replaced or repaired free of charge. C. Product Handling: 1. Contractor is responsible for protection of all material, equipment, and apparatus provided under this Division from damage, water, and dust, both in storage and when installed, until final acceptance. 2. Provide temporary storage facilities for material and equipment. 3. Material, equipment, or apparatus damaged because of improper storage or protection will be rejected and replaced at Contractor's expense. D. Special Requirements: 1. Maintain emergency and service entrances usable to pedestrian and vehicle traffic at all times. Where trenches are cut provide adequate bridging for traffic when required by the Engineer. E. Schedule of work: Arrange work to comply with schedule of construction. In scheduling, anticipate means of installing equipment through available openings in structure. F. Coordination of Work: Coordinate all trades whose work is adjacent, in order to avoid field interference and delay in execution of the work of all trades. Furnish detailed advance information regarding all requirements related to work by others. Furnish sizes and accurate data and location of any and all foundations, pits, chases, holes through beams, floors, walls, ceilings and roof, and other special openings required for this Contract work. G. Inserts: Prior to the execution of each step in the general construction work, determine that all chases and holes required for the specified work are properly located and sized and supervise the setting of all sleeves, inserts and other required built -in items. If this preliminary work is not properly performed, and should cutting be required to install the specified work, the Contractor shall bear all expense of cutting and restoring the construction to its original condition. H. Openings for Equipment: Examine the Structural and Architectural Drawings for locations of all openings required and determine those available for the passage of materials and equipment to be installed under this Division. I. Cutting: The work shall be carefully laid out in advance and any cutting of construction shall be done only with the written permission of the Engineer. Cutting shall be carefully done, and any damage to the building, piping, wiring and equipment as a result of the cutting shall be repaired by persons skilled in the particular trade, at no additional cost to Metro. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References in technical sections to a particular organization's standards shall be in accordance with those standards unless more restrictive criteria is indicated in the technical section. B. The Contractor shall comply with all rules and requirements of local utility companies. C. All work and materials shall be in accordance with requirements of all applicable local codes, regulations and ordinances, the National Electrical Code, Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code and Uniform Fire Code, (locally adopted edition), the latest 15050-2 T/M2 -96 standards of the NFPA National Fire Codes, and the rules and regulations of all other authorities having jurisdiction. Nothing in Drawings and Specifications shall be construed to permit work not in conformance with these codes, rules, and regulations. D. Where Drawings or Specifications call for material or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the above - mentioned codes, rules and regulations, the provisions of the Drawings or Specifications shall take precedence over requirements of the codes, rules and regulations. E. The Contractor shall furnish without extra charge any additional material and labor when required for compliance with these codes, rules and regulations, even though the work may not be mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to bid in accordance with the minimum requirements of these codes, rules and regulations. F. All pressure vessels, safety devices, and appurtenances shall comply with standards of and bear stamp of ASME. G. All electrical motors, starters, controls, devices and wiring shall comply with standards of NEC listed and so identified. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic and show the general design, arrangement and extent of the systems. Do not scale Drawings for roughing in measurements, nor use as shop drawings. Make field measurements and prepare shop drawings for submittal. Coordinate work with shop drawings of other Specification divisions. B. Contractor shall investigate the capacity and space requirements of the proposed equipment before submitting shop drawings. C. Where conditions necessitate a rearrangement, prepare and submit to the Engineer, for approval, drawings of the propose rearrangement. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to show all offsets, fittings, and accessories which may be required. Carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions and the work of other trades and arrange work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, valves and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. Additional detailed submittal requirements are given in the individual sections in this Division of the Specifications. Submit all product data and shop drawings in one complete submittal for each individual Specification section with each submittal copy in a binder with index and tabbed dividers. Partial submittals will not be acceptable. Submittals not conforming in physical form and content with the provisions of the Drawings and these Specifications will be rejected without review and a complete resubmittal required. B. Product Data: Submit all catalog data and other descriptive literature to fully substantiate the conformance with Specifications. Mark product data to indicate exactly those items that are to be provided and cross out unrelated or non - applicable items. In addition, submit manufacturer's detailed installation instruction on all equipment and materials submitted. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of all system components. Include fully dimensioned layout of all piping, ductwork and equipment and all connection details. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operating and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01730. 15050-3 T/M2 -96 2.02 GUARDS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS A. Unless otherwise noted, all flanges on equipment and appurtenances provided under this Section shall conform in dimensions and drilling to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. All pipe threads shall conform in dimension and limits of size to ANSI B2.1, Class 2 NPT, Taper Pipe Thread. B. Grooved pipe connections shall be Victaulic, Gruvlok, or approved equal. A. All exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards in accordance with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Guards shall be fabricated of 12 -gage steel and expanded metal screen to provide visual inspection of moving parts without removal of the guard. Guards shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and shall be designed to be readily removable. Provide access openings for lubrication fittings. 2.03 BEARINGS A. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated, ball or roller antifriction type of standard manufacture. Bearings shall be conservatively designed to withstand all stresses of the service specified. Each bearing, except when otherwise noted, shall be rated in accordance with the latest revisions of APBMA Methods of Evaluating Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings for one of the following classes of B -10 rating life: Class M1, 8,000 hours of operation; Class M2, 20,000 hours of operation; Class M3, 50,000 hours of operation; or Class, M4, 100,000 hours of operation. Bearings shall be not less than Class M3 unless otherwise noted. 1. All grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory lubricated for life, shall be fitted with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings. Extension tubes shall be used when necessary. Grease supply fittings shall be the standard hydraulic type. 2. 011 lubricated bearings shall be equipped with either a pressure lubricating system or a separate oil reservoir type system. Each oil lubrication system shall be of sufficient size to safely absorb the heat energy normally generated in the bearing under a maximum ambient, temperature of 40 degrees C and shall be equipped with a filler pipe and an external level gage. 2.04 V -BELT DRIVES AND GUARDS A. Unless otherwise noted V -belt drives shall be Dodge Dyna -V belts with matching Dyna -V sheaves and Dodge Tapper -lock bushes, Woods' Super -V belts with matching Sure -Grip sheaves and Woods' Sure -Grip bushes, or Eaton Hy -T wedge with Eaton High Torque QD sheaves, or approved equal. B. Pulleys and bushes shall be dynamically and statically balanced. Pulleys shall be separately mounted on their bushes by means of three pull -up grub or cap tightening screws. Bushes shall be key seated to the driver shaft. C. Belts shall be selected for not less than 150 percent of rated driver horsepower and, where pulley sizes are specified, shall be capable of operating with either set of pulleys. Belts shall be of the anti - static type where flameproof equipment is specified. D. Each belt- driven unit shall be furnished with a complete set of spare belts. Spare belts shall be properly identified as to design, horsepower, speed, length, pulley size and use and shall be packaged and stored as specified for spare parts storage and marking. Where 2 or more belts are Involved, matched sets of belts shall be provided. E. V -belt drives shall conform to NEMA Standard NGI -3.15. 15050 -4 T/M2 -96 2.05 SHAFT COUPLINGS F. Guards shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.02. G. Fully enclosed belt drive guards shall have trimmed openings at both shafts for tachometer readings, with motor shaft opening slotted to permit adjustment for belt take -up. Fabricate guard large enough to permit installation of 2 -inch larger driven pulleys without alteration to the guard. Secure guards to the driven machines or to the foundations by heavy angle supports and anchor bolts. Do not secure braces or supports to motors. Do not bridge sound and vibration isolators with braces or supports. A. General 1. Shaft couplings for direct connected electric motor - driven equipment 1/2- horsepower or larger shall be Type I or Type II as specified herein. Type I couplings shall be utilized for all reversing drives, positive displacement pumps or high torque loads. Type II couplings shall be employed on all other drives. Where requirements of the equipment dictate specialized features, the manufacturer may substitute the coupling normally supplied for the service. All couplings shall be nonlubricated type, designed for not less than 50,000 hours operating life. 2. Coupling sizes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application, considering horsepower, speed of rotation, and type of service. The use of couplings as specified herein shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for precision alignment of all driver - driven units. B. Type I Couplings: Positive displacement pumps and reversing equipment or equipment where sudden torque reversals may be expected shall be connected to their drivers by flexible couplings which can accommodate angular misalignment, and end float, and which cushions shock loads and dampens torsional vibrations. The flexible member shall consist of a built -up elastic member comprised of synthetic rubber, duck and wire reinforcement with synthetic tension members bonded together in rubber. The flexible member shall be attached to flanges by means of clamping rings and cap screws, and the flanges shall be attached to the stub fit. There shall be no metal -to- metal contact between the driver and driven unit. C. Type II couplings shall be employed on normal torque, non - reversing applications. Type II couplings shall be of the pin and preloaded neoprene cylinder type, designed to accommodate shock loading, vibration, and shaft misalignment or offset. Stub shafts shall be connected through collar or round flanges, firmly keyed to their shafts, to neoprene cylinders held to individual flanges by through pins. Couplings with cylinders pinned to both coupling flanges will not be acceptable. 2.06 ELECTRICAL DEVICES A. All electrical motors, starters, controls and other devices furnished with mechanical systems shall be UL labeled or fumished with other certification satisfactory to the administrative authority. In addition, electrical components shall comply with Division 16 of these Specifications. 2.07 EQUIPMENT PADS A. All floor mounted mechanical equipment shall be installed on a concrete pad with a minimum height above the floor of 3 -1/2 inches unless shown otherwise. Details for a typical concrete pad are included in the Drawings. B. Roof mounted equipment shall be installed on roof curbs as shown on the Drawings. 2.08 PRESSURE GAGES A. General: Provide oil or glycerine damped pressure gages on the suction and discharge side of each pressure producing equipment other than fans and at all other locations shown on the Drawings or as specified in this Division. The range of all gages shall be approximately 2 times the 15050-5 T/M2.96 normal system pressure so that when the system is operating, the pressure gage will read near center scale or as indicated on Drawings. Gages and appurtenances specified herein by Ashcroft, Marsh, or approved equal. Gage connections shall be fitted with a petcock or other isolation valve to allow removal of gage without de- activating fluid system. B. Pressure gages shall be Bourdon Tube, 2 -1/2 -inch minimum face diameter: Trerice D80 series with stainless steel case, 1/4 -inch NPT brass socket, stainless Bourdon tube and movement. Maximum dial pressure shall not exceed 1 -1/2 times system relief valve setting. 2.09 MOTORS AND CONTROLLERS A. Provide under this Division 15 all motors for all equipment specified herein. All controllers shall be provided by Division 16, Electrical Work, except those specifically indicated as being furnished under other sections of division 15. All equipment and wiring shall conform with applicable sections of Division 16, Electrical Work. B. Power wiring for all motors and associated controllers other than wiring for automatic controls will be furnished under Division 16, Electrical Work. Unless otherwise noted, power supply will be 480Y/277 or 208Y/120 volts, 3- phase, 60 hertz for motors 1/2 horsepower and larger; and 120 -volt, single phase, 60 hertz for smaller sizes. Control voltages shall be 120 volts or lower, single phase, 60 hertz, or direct current, 30 volts or Tess. Disconnect switches for roof exhaust fans or other equipment installed remote from its controller shall be furnished as an integral part of the equipment. C. The horsepower ratings of electrical motors shown on the Drawings are based on engineering design calculations and the selection of specific manufacturer's catalog items of mechanical equipment. If the actual equipment to be furnished requires a different motor horsepower, any resulting changes in motor branch circuits and associated circuiting must be included in the original contract bid. It shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the requirements of all equipment manufacturers with the Drawings. D. Alignment of all motors factory- coupled to equipment and all motors field- coupled to equipment shall be rechecked after all connections have been completed and after 48 hours of operation in designated service. E. All motors shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of NEMA Standard MG1 and applicable portions of the NEC. Motors for use in hazardous locations, as defined In NEC Article 500 shall be approved for that classification by a recognized testing laboratory. For this Specification Section, the term "recognized" shall mean, having been listed as acceptable for at least 1 year by the authority having jurisdiction, as defined in the NEC. F. Submittal of motor data for acceptance shall include complete nameplate data in accordance with the applicable NEMA standards . Provide operating and maintenance information specified in Section 01730. G. All equipment shall be designed and built for industrial service and be capable of delivering rated horsepower under the following applicable conditions: 1. 40 degrees C maximum ambient temperature. 2. Voltage variations to ±10 percent of nameplate rating. 3. Frequency variations to +5 percent of nameplate rating. 4. Combined voltage and frequency variations to ±10 percent total, as long as frequency does not exceed ±5 percent. H. Enclosures will be identified as follows: 1. ODP, open drip -proof 2. WP, weather protected 3. TEFC, totally enclosed, fan cooled 15050-6 T/M2 -96 4. TENV, totally enclosed, nonventilated I. Motors located indoors shall be open drip -proof type. Motors located outdoors shall be weather protected, TEFC, or TENV with corrosion - resistant finish. J. Drip -proof motors shall be designed such that particles of solid or liquid material falling at any angle from 0 to 15 degrees downward from the vertical shall not enter the ventilating openings or interfere with successful operation, as defined by NEMA standards. K. Weather - protected motors shall conform to the appropriate NEMA standards for enclosure type WPI. L. TEFC, totally enclosed fan - cooled motors shall conform to the appropriate NEMA standards and shall be provided with drilled and tapped holes to drain all cavities within the motor. Motors with frame sizes 182 and larger shall have cast -in -place frames and end shields. Smaller frames shall be constructed of rolled steel with cast metal end shields. Motors with frames 286T or smaller shall have corrosion- resistant plugs in the drain holes. Motors with frame 324T or larger shall be provided with automatic breather -drain devices 1. General Duty Motor: The TEFC general duty motor shall have Class B insulation with a service factor of 1.15. 2. Severe Duty Motor: The TEFC severe duty motor shall have a Class F insulation with service factor of 1.15. Internal surfaces shall be coated with a corrosive - resistant epoxy paint. Severe duty TEFC motors shall be Reliance Electric, SXT -XT, Westinghouse Mill and Chemical; or approved equal. 3. Energy Efficient Severe Duty Motor: The TEFC energy efficient motor shall be identical to the severe duty motor except that it shall be designed to comply with the minimum nameplate efficiency in Table A. The efficiency shall be as determined by the dynamometer test method. IEEE 112, Method B. Energy efficient, severe duty motors shall be Reliance, Duty- Master, XE; Baldor Super -E; or approved equal. Table A Minimum Nameplate Efficiency Speed. RPM HP Range 1200 1800 3600 1 -2 86 81 81 3-5 89 88 86 7 -25 90 90 89 30 -60 92 93 93 75 -250 94 95 94 4. Explosionproof Motor: The TEFC explosionproof motors shall be UL listed for Class I, Division I, Group D hazardous atmospheres. The motor shall have a Class B insulation with a 1.15 service factor. UL approved breather /drain device shall be provided in the motor drain hole. The motor shall be provided with a frame temperature thermostat which meets the UL frame temperature limit code T2A (280 degree C). The thermostat shall contain an automatically reset, normally closed contact rated 2 amperes at 115 volt AC. The nameplate shall be marked with the temperature limit code. 5. Energy Efficient, Explosionproof Motor: The energy efficient, explosionproof motor shall be identical to the explosionproof motor except that the efficiency shall comply with Table A in Paragraph 2.09L.3 above. M. Electrical requirements for motors shall be as follows: 1. Service factor for single -phase motors shall be 1.0. 2. Service factor for three -phase motors shall be 1.15. 15050-7 T/M2 -96 3. Time rating: All motors covered by this Section shall have continuous time ratings. 4. Torques: Motors shall meet, or exceed, the locked rotor and breakdown torques specified in NEMA Standards for NEMA Design B. 5. Currents: Locked rotor currents shall not exceed the values for NEMA Design B. 6. Protection: Current density and heating characteristics shall be such that the motors will not burn out if subjected to a maximum of 20- second stall at 6 times full -load current. 7. Rating: Motors shall not be required to operate at greater than their nameplate horsepower. Use of the service factor will not be allowed under conditions of rated voltage and frequency. 8. Insulation: All motors shall have insulation systems conforming to the requirements for NEMA Class B or higher. N. Nameplates shall be as follows: 1. Motor nameplates shall be of a noncorrosive metal. Nameplates shall be engraved or stamped and shall be fastened to the motor frame with screws or drive pins of the same material. 2. Nameplates shall indicate clearly all the items of information enumerated in NEMA Standard MG1 -0.37, MG1- 10.38, or MG1- 20.60, as applicable. 3. The Contractor shall coordinate the motor nameplate location so it is readily visible for inspection in the completed machine. O. Mechanical requirements for motors shall be as follows: 1. Frame sizes: Frames shall conform to latest NEMA Standard MG1 -11.31 for "T" frames, and all dimensions shall meet NEMA Standards insofar as they apply. 2. Shafts shall be in accordance with NEMA "T" or "TS" dimensions. Long shafts shall be suitable for belt, chain, or gear drive, within limits established by good industrial practice and documented by NEMA Standards MG1 -14.42 and MG1- 14.07. Short shafts shall be used for direct connection. 3. Connection diagrams shall be permanently attached to the motor, either inside the conduit box or on the motor frame, in a location readable from the conduit box side. 4. External finish: Shall be corrosion resistant for outdoor operation. 5. Hardware: All bolts, screws, and other external hardware shall be treated for resistance to corrosion. P. Insulation Check: Metro may test the insulation resistance of the motor at any time after delivery of the motor to the jobsite or at any time during the warranty period. Tests for acceptability will be made using a 1,000 -volt megohm meter (megger). Interpretations of test results for minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance will be made in accordance with IEEE No. 43. All deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to Metro. Q. Load Testing: Metro may test a motor at any time after delivery of the motor to the jobsite or at any time during the warranty period to determine its ability to operate at nameplate current or less, meet the load test requirements, the Contractor shall replace the motor at no cost to Metro. R. Protective Coating: Before shipment, the shaft extension and any other external bare exposed metal parts of each motor shall be coated with an easily removable rust preventive. S. Packaging: All motors shall be packed In Styrofoam or securely fastened to a hardwood skid or pallet for fork -truck handling and shall be covered for protection against dirt and moisture during transit and for short-time outdoor storage. 2.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Each valve, or group of valves in same pipeline, when not within sight of equipment served, shall have a 1 -1/2 -inch by 2 -inch polished brass tag, with 1/2 -inch numbers and letters, pressed or embossed thereon. There shall be a framed, typewritten valve chart, under transparent plastic showing the use, location and number, of each valve. Submit the chart for approval. Mount as directed. 15050-8 T/M2 -96 Legend 2.11 PIPE AND DUCT HANGERS 2.12 PIPE AND DUCT SEISMIC BRACING B. Piping: Stencil piping, listed below, for identification. Apply stencils at each valve or cock, at each side of each partition or floor through which the pipes pass, at each connection to equipment or mechanical device, and elsewhere at intervals of not more than 25 feet. Stencil in black letters over painted background color as shown below. Minimum length of color field and height of letters shall be as follows: Outside Diameter of Minimum Length of Minimum Height Pipe or Covering Color Field of Letters 3/4" to 1 -1/4" 8" 1/2" 1- 1 /2 " to 3" 8" 1 -1/8" Greater than 3" 12" 2 -1/4" 1. Locate identifying markings so that they are visible from the floor. Background color shall be in accordance with that shown in the legend specified herein. Stenciled letters shall be sharp and clear with no runs or drips. For piping concealed in ceilings, apply stencils as specified above, except do the work before the ceiling is erected. Stencil arrows to indicate direction of flow. 2. Purchased snap -on type pipe markers conforming to ANSI 13.1 may be used if the legend exactly matches those shown below. Symbol Service Background Color G Natural Gas Yellow IA Instrument Air Blue HWS Heating Water Supply Blue HWR Heating Water Return Blue C. Equipment and control devices: All equipment and associated control devices (both local and remote) such as thermostats, motor starters, disconnect switches, etc., shall have plastic black and white lamicord labels permanently affixed. Labels shall have generic name of item to which it is affixed followed by Metro equipment designation number as identified on the equipment list of item or item controlled as applicable. 1. Submit label listing and type for Engineer review. D. Underground tracer tape shall be minimum 6 -inch wide plastic labeled "Caution - Buried Pipe Below" for all buried pipe except under building slabs. Tape shall be 24 inches above top of pipe and continuous along length of pipe. A. General: Pipes and ducts shall be supported from galvanized Unistrut channels. Pipe clamps shall be of size and material appropriate to the pipe or tubing being supported. All metal shall be copper or electro- galvanized galvanized finish. A. General: Pipes and ducts shall be braced for seismic Toads as required for Earthquake Zone 3 as defined by the UBC. B. Bracing for ducts and piping shall be in accordance with Note 4 on Drawing G07 and the Seismic Restraint Manual - Guidelines for Mechanical Systems published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., First Edition. C. Seismic Hazard Level A and Connection Level 3 shall be used. 15050-9 T/M2-96 2.13 VALVES Size A. General: 1. Valves shall be provided at each piece of equipment to provide for isolation of the equipment from its connected system. Valves shall not be placed with stems below horizontal. 2. All ball, gate, globe, and check valves throughout the entire Job shall be of one manufacturer except as otherwise specified. 3. Valve's size, pressure and temperature ratings shall be such that they match or exceed the system in which they are installed. Type of valve shall be as indicated on the Drawing or in other sections of the Specifications. 4. Valve materials including seats and seals shall be suitable for use with the medium with which it is in contact. B. Valves shall be as listed below unless specified otherwise in the following sections. Manufacturer's numbers are listed as a standard; however, equal products of other manufacturers are acceptable. VALVE DESCRIPTION Rate Type (Ibs.) Body Ends Disc /Seat 1/2" to 2 -1/2" Gate -NRS 150 Bronze Thread Bronze Solid Wedge 1/2" to 2 -1/2" Globe 150 Bronze Thread Composition 1/2" to 2-1/2" Swing Check 200 Bronze Thread Bronze - Regrinding 1/4" to 2" Ball Valve 600 Brass Thread Ball - 316 SS Seat -TFE 1/2" to 2 -" Lift Check 1500 Steel Socket Weld 1/4" to 2" Ball 1,500 Steel Socket Weld 2.14 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Wye strainers shall be Crane, Hoffman, or approved equal, as follows: Manufacturers Size Ends Fgure Number 1/2 -inch to 2 -1/2 -inch Screwed Crane 9881/2 3 -inch to 8 -inch Flange Crane 9891/2 N1- alloy -- Replaceable Seal Manufacturer Figure No. Crane 437 Crane 7TF Crane 36 Neles- Jamesbury Clincher Style 21.11 Crane B- 3874KO -W 303 Stainless Worcester Steel Lubetal Miser or Seat Buna -N Keystone Seal B. Flexible Air Hose and Fittings: Goodyear Attic Ortac hose with brass cam and groove couplings. 2.15 VIBRATION ISOLATION A. Isolators shall be provided on all rotating machinery as specified herein. Mason industries, Consolidated Kinetics, or approved equal. 15050-10 T/M2 -96 B. All mechanical equipment shall operate without objectionable noise and vibration. C. All rotating equipment and the interconnected piping and ductwork shall be isolated to eliminate the transmission of objectionable noise and vibration. D. Minimum deflection of isolators under normal operating conditions shall be not less than twice the maximum design deflection of the supporting structure of the building, or as shown on Drawings. E. Isolators shall be of the following types: 1. Single rubber in shear: Use for static deflection up to 1/4 -inch. 2. Double rubber in shear: Use for static deflection 5/16 -inch to 1/2 -inch. 3. Spring isolators: Use for static deflection 1/2 -Inch and above. F. Spring isolators shall be free standing, not damped type with seismic restraint. G. Springs shall be provided with acoustical friction pads at base. H. Support points on equipment shall be as designated and provided by the equipment manufacturer. Structural steel rails, frames, and inertia bases shall be provided. I. Isolator springs shall be of adequate diameter for inherent stability without guide devices. J. Restraining devices shall be provided to prevent lateral movement during seismic events. 2.16 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Buried steel pipe shall have Plexco applied polyethylene coating extruded on outside of pipe except galvanized steel shall be wrapped per Paragraph B below. B. Buried steel fittings and weld joints shall have 10 mil polyethylene Scotchwrap "3M" wrap with adhesive applied to all exposed surfaces. Apply per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Belt- driven equipment: Mount with motors on common steel base with adjustable motor mount. B. Locate and install sleeves, inserts, and supports as required at proper stage of construction. C. Install equipment so nameplates are visible. D. Basis for equipment and material installation is the published recommendations of manufacturer. Submit such recommendations for review. 3.02 TESTING BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least one week prior to testing. Provide tests specified. Provide all test equipment including test pumps, gages, instruments, and other equipment required. Pressure gages used shall be graduated in increments suitable for magnitude of test pressures specified and shall have range of approximately twice test pressure. Use only gages and instruments recently calibrated and provide proof of calibration to Engineer. B. Piping: 1. Remove from systems, during testing, all equipment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace removed equipment after testing. Systems may be tested in sections as 15050-11 T/M2 -96 work progresses; however, any tested portion shall become a part of any later test of composite system. Correct leaks by remaking joints with new material; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test time will be accrued only while full test pressure is applied to system. 2. Do all testing before backfilling, concealing, insulating, or painting. 3. Tolerance shall be no pressure drop, except that due to temperature change or as specified in test procedure. C. Valves: 1. Test valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate valves from closed -to- open -to- closed position while valve Is under piping test pressure. 2. Test automatic valves by actuating from fully open to fully closed. D. Piping Specialties: 1. Test pressure gages for accurate indication. 2. Test all other piping specialties for proper operation. E. Other materials and Equipment: Test other materials and equipment as specified, as recommended by equipment manufacturer, or directed to assure they are complete, operable, and ready for use. 3.03 SECURING AND SUPPORTING OF PIPES AND DUCTWORK A. All piping shall be securely supported by means of pipe hangers. Provision shall be made for expansion of piping. Pipes shall be securely anchored, where necessary, to properly distribute stresses. B. Pipe hangers shall be installed around the outside of insulation with vapor barriers, and insulation shall be protected against crushing by sheet metal jacket of proper area and weight. C. Approved insulating blocking shall be placed between sheet metal jacket and bottom of pipe where jacket alone cannot prevent crushing. Insulation jacket or vapor barrier shall be sealed after installing blocking. D. Saddles shall be provided on insulated piping where insulation does not have a vapor barrier. Saddles shall be designed to remove all Toad from the insulation. E. Where piping connections to pumps are made through flexible vibration isolators, the pipe shall be securely anchored against longitudinal thrust along axis of pipe to remove all stress from flexible - vibration isolators. F. Special pipe and duct, supports shall be as shown on the Drawings. 3.04 CLEANING A. During progress of work, keep premises free of debris, cuttings, and waste material. Upon completion of work, and at other times as directed, remove all such debris from premises. B. Clean equipment and materials. Remove foreign materials including dirt, grease, splashed paint, and plaster. Restore to original condition any damaged finish. C. Clean, by flushing, interior of water piping after pressure testing. Upon completion of flushing, completely drain systems at all low points; remove, clean, and replace all strainer baskets and refill systems. 15050-12 T/M2 -96 1� 3.05. START -UP PROCEDURES A. General 1. Refer to Section 01660 Facility Integration Testing, Training and Commissioning for requirements in startup of equipment, controls, and systems provided under this Contract. 2. Comply strictly with manufacturer's specified procedures in starting up mechanical equipment. Provide such periodic continuing adjustment services as necessary to insure proper functioning of mechanical systems after occupancy of the project, and for a period of one year after Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 15260 PIPING INSULATION A. This section specifies piping insulation, Jackets and accessories for cold water, heating water and refrigerant piping systems. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 or less in accordance with NFPA 255. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. 15260 -1 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER A. Insulation: ASTM C547; rigid molded, noncombustible. 1. 'K' ('ksi') value : ASTM C335, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C). 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F ( -28.9 degrees C). 3. Maximum Service Temperature 850 degrees F (454 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. B. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. ASTM C921, White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inches. 3. Secure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. 4. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. C. Tie Wire: 18 gage stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch (300 mm) centers. D. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive 1. Compatible with insulation. E. Insulating Cement/Mastic 1. ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. F. Fibrous Glass Fabric 1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd (305 g/sq m) weight. 2. Blanket: 1.0 lb/cu ft (16 kg /cu m) density. G. Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish 1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with Insulation, white color. H. Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic 1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, white color. I. Insulating Cement 1. ASTM C449. 2.02 CELLULAR GLASS A. Insulation: ASTM C552. 1. 'K' ('ksi') value: 0.40 at 75 degrees F (at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum Water Vapor Transmission: 0.1 perm. 2.03 CELLULAR FOAM A. Insulation: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular polyethylene foam, molded. 1. 'K' ('ksi') Value: ASTM C177 or C518; 0.24 at 75 degrees F (0.04 at 24 degrees C). 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -110 degrees F ( -79 degrees C). 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 210 degrees F (99 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Absorbtion: ASTM D1056; 0.5 percent (pipe) by volume. 5. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.01 perm inches. 6. Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25. 7. Maximum Smoke Developed: ASTM E84; 50. 8. Connection: Fuse weld butt joints. 9. Direct buried without additional protection. 15260 -2 T/M2 -96 2.04 JACKETS V. C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive 1. Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation in pre -silt longitudinal seam protected with release liner. A. PVC Plastic 1. Jacket: ASTM 0921, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white color. a) Connections: Pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. B. Aluminum jacket: 1. 0.016 inch (0.045 mm) thick sheet (smooth/embossed) finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 2 -inch laps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Insulated dual temperature pipes or cold pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1. Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory applied or field applied. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. 3. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive. 4. PVC fitting covers may be used. 5. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. 6. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. D. For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: 1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory applied or field applied. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. 3. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive. 4. PVC fitting covers may be used. 5. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F (60 degrees C) or Tess, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. 6. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F (60 degrees C), insulate flanges and unions at equipment. E. Inserts and Shields: 1. Application: Piping 2 inches (50 mm) diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 15260 -3 T/M2 -96 Piping Systems Pipe Size Inch Thickness Inch Vapor Barrier Heating Water Supply and Return 1/2 to 4 1 -1/2 N Piping Exposed to Freezing with Heat Tracing All 1 -1/2 N Piping Systems Pipe Size Inch Thickness Inch Vapor Barrier Refrigerant -hot gas, liquid All 1 N 4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches (150 mm) long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. F. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. G. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet (3 meters) above finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers or aluminum jacket. H. For exterior applications, provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. I. For buried piping, provide factory fabricated assembly with inner all-purpose service jacket with self sealing lap, and asphalt impregnated open mesh glass fabric, with one mil (0.025 mm) thick aluminum foil sandwiched between three layers of bituminous compound; outer surface faced with a polyester film. J. For heat traced piping, insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material, thickness, and finish as adjoining pipe. Size large enough to enclose pipe and heat tracer. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. 3.03 TOLERANCE A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated. 3.04 FIBERGLASS INSULATION 3.05 CELLULAR FOAM ENO OF SECTION 15260-4 TIM2.96 SECTION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies ductwork insulation, duct liner, and insulation jackets for HVAC ductwork. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. Incase of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. D. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. E. Chapter 51 -11 WAC - Washington State Energy Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's density and thickness. B. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. 15290 -1 T/M2.96 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Insulation: ASTM C553; Type 1, Class B -2; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K' compressed : ASTM C518, 0.27 at 75 degrees F (0.04 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.20 percent by volume. 4. Density: 0.75 lb/cu ft (12 kg /cu m). 5. Does not breed or sustain mold and fungus growth. B. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. FSK Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.04 perm. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Barrier Tape 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K' ('Ksi') value : ASTM C612, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.033 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.20 percent by volume. 4. Density: 3 lb/cu ft (48 kg /cu m). B. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. FSK Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.04 perm. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Barrier Tape 2.03 GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER flexible A. Insulation: ASTM C1071; flexible blanket, noncombustible with washable acrylic surface coating. 1. 'K' ('Ksi) value : ASTM C518, 0.25 at 75 degrees F (0.36 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). 3. Noise reduction coefficient: 0.65 or higher for 1 -inch thick and 0.95 or higher for 2 -inch thick based on Type A mounting. 4. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 5,000 ft/min. 5. Does not breed or sustain mold and fungus growth. B. Adhesive: UL listed waterproof type. C. Fasteners: Duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened. 15290 -2 T/M2 -96 d C. Attach with stainless steel straps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION L JJa I 2.04 ROUND DUCT LINER A. Insulation: ASTM C427, rigid. j,. 1. 'K' (Ksi) value: ASTM C518, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.033 at 24 degrees C). 2. Noise reduction coefficient of 0.70 as per ASTM C 427 (Type A mounting). C ' 3. Maximum velocity: 4,000 ft/min (20.3 m /sec). 2.05 ALUMINUM JACKET A. Aluminum sheet 0.016 inch (0.45 mm) thick sheet, with smooth or embossed finish, with � longitudinal slip joints and 2 -inch (50 mm) laps. B. Outdoors, jacket seam shall be located on bottom side of horizontal ducts. A. Verify that ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials (see Section 15840). B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. L 3.02 INSTALLATION L A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G B. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature: 1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. L. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. 1 C. Insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature: 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. ` 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. 6 D. For ductwork exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet (3 meters) above finished floor, finish aluminum jacket. 1 E. For exterior applications, provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with calked aluminum Jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal duct section. t• F. External Duct Insulation Application: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. 15290 -3 T/M2 -96 1 Duct Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA Standards for spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.03 TOLERANCE A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated. 3.04 INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Duct insulation shall be as specified in the Washington State Energy Code, latest issue, Table 14 -5. END OF SECTION SECTION 15300 L AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS r PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY L A. Scope: 1, This Section specifies wet pipe fire sprinkler systems for fire protection purposes designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards. 2. Sprinkler systems shall include water supply, specially sized or hydraulically designed piping, complete with fittings and hangers, sprinkler heads, valves, alarms and identification items. Sprinkler systems shall be heat sensitive to activate the discharge of water onto the fire. 3. Provide for modification of the existing wet pipe fire sprinkler system in the Maintenance building as a result of the work associated with the HVAC rehabilitation. 4. Provide new automatic wet pipe system for the Operations Building. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Operating conditions: Sprinkler systems shall be designed for a maximum of 175 -psi pressure. 1. B. Design criteria: Occupancy classifications for sprinkler installations and their water supplies are as follows: l Alga Occupancy classification Operations Building Light Hazard 1 Maintenance Build Existing system - heads spaced per extra hazard. Pipes sized hydraulically sized per ordinary hazard. 1 C. Devices and appurtenances: Only new equipment shall be used in the installation of the automatic sprinkler systems. D. Governing authority: The Fire Department of the Cities of Bellevue and Tukwila, WA, shall be the authority having jurisdiction at the East Base and South Bases respectively. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following ASTM, ASME and 1 documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between 1 the requirements of this Section and of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1 1 B. NFPA 13 National Fire Protection Association: Installation of Sprinkler Systems 1 C. UBC Uniform Building Code 1 1.04 SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver equipment in manufacturer's original packing. Sprinklers shall be handled to prevent damage or exposure to deteriorating elements, especially elevated temperatures. 1 1 1 15300 -1 T/M2.96 1 1.05 SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED • A. Provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Calculations and Shop Drawings showing layout of all piping, valving and sprinklers. 2. Manufacturer's catalog data for sprinkler heads, valves, alarms, pipe hangers, bracing and identification signs. 3. Contractor's Material and Test Certificate(s) as required by the governing authorities. 4. Operation and maintenance information. 5. As built drawings showing modifications to the existing sprinkler systems. 6. Details for pipe supports and seismic bracing including separation assembly. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Equipment shall be Grinnell or approved equal. 2.02 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Sprinkler heads In the Operations Building shall be quick response type. Replacement heads in the maintenance building shall match existing sprinkler heads to type and temperature rating. Quick response heads and standard response sprinklers shall not be intermixed. B. Upright Sprinkler Head: Upright sprinkler heads shall be 1/2 -inch orifice, solder -type fusible link and deflector spray sprinklers. Fusing point temperature range shall be 150 degrees F to 350 degrees F. Finish shall be chrome - plated; sprinkler heads shall be UL- listed and Factory Mutual - approved. C. Pendant Sprinkler Head: Pendant sprinkler heads shall be recessed 1/2 -inch orifice, solder -type fusible link and deflector spray sprinklers. Fusing point temperature range shall be 150 degrees F to 165 degrees F. Finish shall be chrome - plated. Escutcheon plate shall be adjustable for height and shall be provided at finished ceilings. Sprinkler heads shall be UL- listed and Factory Mutual - approved. Sprinkler heads shall have a K value of 5.65. D. Guards: Approved guards shall be provided to protect sprinklers subject to mechanical damage. 2.03 SPRINKLER VALVES A. General: 1. Valves shall not close in Tess than 5 seconds to avoid water hammer damage. 2. Valves shall be rated 175 psi nonshock water working pressure. 3. Valves shall be UL listed and Factory Mutual approved. B. OS &Y valve: OS &Y gate valves shall have cast iron body, per ASTM A 126 Class B, solid wedge disc, bolted bonnet, flanged ends. C. Check valve: Check valves shall have cast iron body per ASTM A 126 Class B, swing disc of cast iron with synthetic rubber for tight closure, flanged edges, with 1/2 inch ball drip tap. Ball drip cast brass 1/2 inch closes at approximately 7 psi. D. Wall indicator post: Straight -type for wall installations, with cast iron body per ASTM A 126 Class B, and handwheel, copper silicon bronze stem. Indicating window with target plates indicating "open" or "shut." with supervisory switch and padlock and chain. Grinnell Model F753 and PCVS -2. 15300 -2 T /M2 -96 t 1 1 E. Supervisory switch: For OS &Y valves designed to mount on the valve so as not to interfere with 1 normal operation of the valve with two single pole single throw switches normally open contact arrangement. Switch to close within two revolutions of the valve control. Switch in tamperproof 1 housing, UL listed and Factory Mutual approved. Grinnell Model OSYSO -2. 1 2.04 ALARM DEVICES 1 1 A. Alarm Check Valve: Alarm check valve shall be water flow alarm check valve which lifts from its seat when water flows. Movement of the check valve clapper shall admit water to the alarm 1 devices. Check valve shall include a retarding chamber for varying water pressure as conditions t require. Grinnell Model F200. B. Pressure sensitive switches shall be provided for use with alarm valves. Switches shall be UL- listed and Factory Mutual- approved. Switches shall be 115V AC, 15 amps with 2 -snap action circuits which open or close an electrical signal circuit on increase in pressure. Wire to fire alarm 1 panel and to alarm bell. C. Water Flow Alarm: Water flow alarm shall include a vane type water flow switch to open or close electrical circuit upon flow of water. Alarm shall include 2 snap- action switches which are L tamperproof. Pneumatic retard device shall be adjustable from 0 to 90 seconds. Grinnell Model VSR -F. 2.05 TEST STATION 1 A. Valve and drain assemblies as approved by the governing authorities shall be provided to test the operation of all alarm devices. B. Test and drain assembly: Consisting of drain valve, dual orifice valve and sight glass assembled with 1 -1/4 -inch piping rated for 175 psi service. C. Dual orifice valve and drain valve shall be quarter turn ball valves, brass with glass reinforced teflon L seals. The dual orifice has a corrosion resistant bronze ball which incorporates a drain orifice and a smooth bore test orifice with a K factor of 5.6. The drain valve ball shall be stainless steel. 1 D. Sight glass shall be self cleaning, nylon flow indicator vibrates under test or drain flow. E. Grinnell Model F350. 2.06 ALARM BELLS A. Alarm bell shall be electric operated located as shown on the Drawings. Bell shall be actuated by pressure switch in alarm valve assembly. 2.07 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; ASTM A 135 Schedule 40, black. 1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded, ASME B16.25, buttweld ends, ASTM A 234, wrought carbon steel and alloy steel, ASME B16.5 steel flanges and fittings. 2. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3 threaded fittings, ASTM A 47. 3. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized r pipe. 4. Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon steel housing with integral pipe stop and 0-ring pocked and 0-ring, uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. f7 ) 15300 -3 T /M2 -96 2.08 SPRINKLER PIPE HANGERS AND BRACING A. General: Pipe hanger system shall be capable of supporting pipe equal to 5 times the weight of the water filled pipe plus 250 pounds at each point of support. Hangers shall be UL- listed. Sway bracing shall be provided to resist lateral and longitudinal loads according to NFPA13. B. Hangers: Hangers shall be rod and ring assembly of U -hooks as specified by NFPA13. C. Fastening devices: Fastening devices shall include approved concrete inserts, expansion shields, studs, screws, bolts, lags, clamps and clips. Minimum sizes shall be as scheduled in NFPA13. 2.09 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Identification signs as required by the governing authorities shall be provided for outside alarm devices. 2.10 SPARE PARTS A. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 6 sprinklers for each sprinkler type required. In addition, Contractor shall provide a red enamel finished, steel cabinet with identification saying "EXTRA FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD ", sized to hold the required number of spare sprinkler heads for each area sprinkled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Sprinkler system locations shown on the Drawings are approximate. Contractor shall field - verify actual conditions. All measurements, obstructions and restrictions in conflict with the Drawings shall be noted on the Drawings. Changes shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication and installation of the sprinkler system. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Sprinkler systems shall be installed throughout Operations Building in accordance with the guidelines of NFPA 13. B. Valves, alarms and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Test stations shall be located so each alarm device may be individually tested. D. Hangers and sway braces shall be located and spaced as required by NFPA 13. 3.03 TESTS A. Refer to Section 01014 for applicable coordination, schedule concerns and construction constraints prior to connecting to or disconnecting the existing sprinkler system. B. Contractor shall give a 1 -week advance notification of acceptance testing to the Engineer and the governing authority. Contractor shall perform acceptance tests as follows: C. Flushing new piping: Flush at flow rates listed in NFPA 13 or at the hydraulically calculated water demand rate of the system, whichever is greater. 153004 T/M2 -96 4 ti END OF SECTION Hydrostatic tests: All new systems and reworked existing sprinkler piping shall be hydrostatically tested at not Tess than 200 psi for 2 hours, or at 50 psi in excess of the maximum pressure, when the maximum pressure to be maintained in the system is in excess of 150 psi. Test of drainage facility: Tests of drainage facilities shall be made while the control valve is wide open. The main drain valve shall be opened and shall remain open until the system pressure stabilizes. 3.04 TEST CERTIFICATES A. Contractor shall complete the Contractor's Material and Test Certificate(s) and shall submit these to Engineer. • . i. <t + «w- , en.,,.e.n .r.»- .R- .w,..,..,,.... x..,14.1, . ..,,, PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 15410 PLUMBING AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. This section specifies pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for domestic water, natural gas, and compressed air. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. Manufacturers Standardization Society Standard Practice. C. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with City of Bellevue and Tukwila standards. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME SEC IX and applicable state labor regulations. D. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME SEC IX NCPWB Standard Procedure Specifications. E. Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, water pressure rating. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform Work in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code and NFPA 54. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products carefully. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 15410 -1 T/M2 -96 B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. C. Submit shop drawings and details for seismic bracing of water, natural gas and compressed air piping. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40, galvanized. 1. Fittings: Malleable iron, grooved end fittings. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings. 2.02 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET (1500 mm) OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: ASME B31.2, welded. 3. Jacket: Polyethylene jacket or double layer, half - lapped 10 mil (0.25 mm) polyethylene tape. 2.03 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, rnalleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: NFPA 54,1 -1/2 inches and under, threaded, or 3 inches and over, welded, per ANSI B31.2. 2.04 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel pipe 2 -1/2 inch and smaller: ASTM A53, Schedule 40 galvanized steel. 1. Fittings: ASTM A47, galvanized malleable iron, 300 pound, threaded. 2. Joints: Threaded. 2.05 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 -1/2 Inches and Under: 1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions. 2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 3 Inch: 1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip -on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water Impervious isolation barrier. 15410 -2 T/M2 -96 4 t 2.06 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Piping Q 1. Conform to ASME B31.9, MSS SP58, MSS SP69, MSS SP89. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1 -1/2 Inch (15 to 40 mm): Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 4 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded supports or spacers and hanger rods. 5. Wail Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches (80 mm): Cast iron hook. 6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches (100 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. �. 8. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 9. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, plastic coated. 2.07 GATE VALVES A. Water up to and including 2 -1/2 inches (64 mm): ® 1. Manufacturer: Crane Fig 438 or equal. 2. MSS SP -80, Class 150, bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, threaded ends. 1 B. Natural gas up to and including 2 inches (500 mm): 1. Manufacturer: Jenkins Fig. 30A or equal. 2. MSS SP -110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, two body, chrome plated brass ball, regular part, Buna N seat, and stuffing box ring, AGA approved and UL listed LPG service, lever handle, threaded ends. 1 2.08 BALL VALVES A. Water and compressed air up to and including 2 inches (500 mm): 1. Manufacturer: Jenkins Fig 900T or equal. 2. MSS SP -110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blow -out proof stem, lever handle with balancing stops, solder or threaded ends with union. 2.09 PLUG VALVES i A. Natural gas up to and including 4 inches: 1. Manufacturer: Tufline 067 or approved equal. B. Class 150, non lubricated, carbon steel iron body and plug with PTFE poiytetrafluoroethylene 0 sleeve, straight -way ports, flanged ends in accordance with ANSI /ASME B16.38. 0 C. Class 125, flanged iron body, basket pattern with 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) stainless steel perforated 0 screen. 2.10 FIRE STOP SYSTEMS A. General Purpose Fire Stopping Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: i 2. Water based, nonslumping, premixed sealant with intumescent properties, rated for 3 hours per ASTM E814 and UL 1479. B. General Purpose Vibration Resistant Fire Stopping Sealant: 15410 -3 T/M2 -96 1. Manufacturers: 2. Silicone based, nonsiumping, premixed sealant with intumescent properties, vibration and moisture resistant, rated for 3 hours per ASTM E814 and UL 1479. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. See Section 01014 for milestones and constraints for requirements in regard to connecting to existing gas, water and compressed air utilities. B. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. C. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. D. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide non - conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. L Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 4 feet (1.02 m) of cover. J. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. Route vent terminations to maintain required separation between gas vents and openings into the building. K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. L. Excavate in accordance with Sections 02200 for work of this Section. M. Backfill in accordance with Section 02200 for work of this Section. N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 15410 -4 T/M2 -96 O. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weather proof hood. Locate so that gas is safety discharged into the outside atmosphere per NFPA 54. P. Install water piping to ASME 831.9. Q. Install natural gas piping to NFPA 54. R. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. S. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9 and MSS SP89. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled in the Drawings. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch (15 mm) space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches (300 mm) of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1 -1/2 inch (40 mm) minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide plastic coated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09900. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 3.04 SEISMIC BRACING A. Provide seismic bracing of all new and existing piping of this section in accordance with Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. B. Bracing requirements shall be in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level A and connection Level 3. C. Seismic bracing and seismic separation assembly shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. 1 0. 3.05 APPLICATION A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C. Install gate or ball valves for shut -off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. D. Install ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. 0 E. Provide plug or approved ball valves in natural gas systems for shut -off service. 3.06 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Slope water piping minimum 0.25 percent and arrange to drain at low points. 0 3.07 PRESSURE TEST A. Pressure test domestic water piping with a hydrostatic pressure in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code. If 15410 -5 T/M2 -96 B . Pressure test natural gas piping with air or nitrogen pressure in accordance with NFPA 54. Maximum working pressure shall be 5 psig. C. Pressure test compressed air piping with air pressure at 1 -1/2 times the working pressure of 200 psig. Pressure shall be maintained for at least 30 minutes and piping shall not leak during the test. END OF SECTION a a a SECTION 15484 a, • PROPANE BACK UP FUEL SYSTEM t, PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Q A. This section specifies equipment, labor, devices, and appurtenances necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation of the propane back up fuel system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are �i- part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1 C. NFPA 58 - Liquefied Petroleum Gases. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product data 1. Provide literature which indicates dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, gages and finishes of materials and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Provide pump data and pump curves with specified point clearly plotted. 3. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring clearly indicating factory- Installed and field - installed wiring. 1 C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept products on site in factory- fabricated protective containers, with factory- installed shipping 0 0 skids and lifting Tugs. Inspect for damage. 0 B. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. . »•ra.n. aLLtalN 1+1@,M•nL {M'Jt tli'�H: "l.W't imuT.u. 15484 -1 T/M2 -96 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment supplied in this Section shall be installed outdoors. All components, piping and equipment shall be painted to protect the system from deterioration. Use epoxy primer with polyurethane per Section 09900, System C -1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROPANE TANK A. Propane storage tank: Horizontal steel cylindrical, above ground stamped ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII for liquid propane storage. B. Tank connections to include fill, relief valve, vent, gauging and suction outlet. C. Tank accessories: Relief valve with vent extension and 3 -inch diameter float gauge. D. Capacity: As schedule on the Drawings. E. Manufacturer: Roy E. Hanson, Jr. or approved equal. 2.02 LIQUID PROPANE TRANSFER PUMP A. Pump to transfer liquid LPG from the storage tank to the vaporizer. 1. Pump shall be sliding vane, positive displacement belt driven type. B. Capacity: Shall be as scheduled on the Drawing. C. Motor: Totally enclosed fan cooled. D. Provide piping, strainer, fittings and two bypass relief valves to accommodate variations in LPG demand. Use an absolute relief valve to adjust downstream discharge pressure. Provide a differential pressure relief valve sensing differential pressure between the pump inlet and pump discharge to protect the pump from over pressure E. Manufacturer: Sam Dick Industries, Stabilaire or approved equal. 2.03 VAPORIZER A. Vaporizer shall be propane fired power burner to heat a water bath containing an immersed multiple pass heat exchanger. B. Meet requirements of NFPA 58. C. Heat exchanger fabricated in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Division 1. D. Forced draft power burner with electronic flame safeguard for safe bumer ignition. With two electrically operated main fuel shut -off valves in gas train. E. Complete with operating/safety controls, liquid and vapor manifolds, ASME stamped relief valve, 250 psig, water level sight gage, float activated high liquid LPG level shutdown switch and water circulating pump. F. Minimum combustion efficiency 81 %. 15484 -2 T/M2 -96 - vYa.n:N M.4. WVm..aYft� a $ r G. Control panel with annunciator display including: 1. Flame failure 2. High liquid LPG level 3. Low water level 4. High water temperature 5. High gas pressure t 6. Power on /reset t.- 7. Two spare contacts for connection to mixing system. $ H. Manufacturer: Sam Dick Industries, Model Aquavaire. 2.04 PROPANE /AIR MIXER a A. Venturi type propane /air proportional mixer to produce a gas mixture with combustion characteristics similar to natural gas to permit use of propane as a standby fuel for natural gas fired equipment. B. Propane /air mixture shall have a heating value of 1400 btu /cubic foot and a specific gravity of 1.287. C. Delivery pressure shall be adjustable between 3 to 5 psig. D. Factory mutual approved and complies with Class 1, Division 1, Group D requirements as specified by NFPA 58 and NFPA 70. E. Solid state sequencer shall control propane vapor into the mixer by monitoring mixed gas pressure a in the surge tank energizing the venturi solenoid valve. F. Surge tank design pressure 50 psig with a capacity as scheduled in the Drawings. a G. With low vapor pressure switch, high mixed gas pressure. Unit completely piped and wired. a H. Manufacturer: Sam Dick Industries Vaporaire, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. 1 B. Fasten equipment to house keeping pads with anchor bolts sized to resist the overturning seismic force equal to 34% of the unit operating weight, acting in all directions. 1 1 C. Seismic restraint shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. 1 3.02 TESTING AND TRAINING 1 A. Testing: After completion of installation the system shall be completely field tested in accordance ! with Section 01660, Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning to show compliance with Specifications and Drawings. B. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration, Testing, Training and Commissioning. 15484-3 T/M2-96 :1 Provide a minimum of 6 hours of hands -on training for the staffs of each base. END OF SECTION ti PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies all labor, material, equipment and incidentals for propane and air mixed piping system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 2. NFPA 54: National Fuel Gas Code. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SECTION 15492 PROPANE/AIR MIX PIPING A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300, "Submittals," 1. Manufacturer's Catalog Data a. Pipe and fittings b. Valves c. Warning and identification tape d. Risers 2. PE pipe and fittings: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions and manufacturer's visual Joint appearance chart. 3. Statements a. PE welder's qualifications. A. PE Welder's Qualifications: Prior to installation, Contractor shall have supervising and installing personnel trained by a PE pipe manufacturer's sponsored course of not less than one week duration, or present proof satisfactory to the Engineer that personnel are qualified in the past year and currently working in the installation of PE gas distribution lines. A. Handle, transport, and store plastic pipe and fittings carefully. Plug or cap pipe ends during transportation or storage to minimize dirt and moisture entry. Do not subject to abrasion or concentrated external loads. Discard PE pipe sections and fittings that have been damaged. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Conform to NFPA 54 and with requirements specified herein. 15492 -1 T/M2 -96 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS . Above ground 1. Pipe: Black steel, seamless, ANSI /ASTM A53, Schedule 40 bevelled ends. 2. Fittings: Butt weld, ANSI B16.11 and ASTM A 234 or flanged Class 150 pound in accordance with ANSI /ASME B16.38. 3. Joints: Welded. 4. Exposed pipe painted per Section 09900, System C -1. 2.03 SHUTOFF VALVE ABOVE GRADE B. Tufline 067 WCB or equal. 2.04 BURIED UTILITY WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install gas piping in accordance with ■FPA 54. A. Underground Polyethylene (PE) 1. PE pipe and fittings are as follows: a. Pipe: PE 34 -08, ASTM D 2513, 100 psig working pressure, Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR), 11 maximum. b. Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2683. c. Butt - Fusion Fittings: ASTM D 2513, molded. B. Risers: Manufacturer's standard riser, transition from plastic to steel pipe with 7 to 12 mil thick epoxy coating. Use swaged gas -tight construction with O -ring seals, metal insert, and protective sleeve. Provide wall- mounted riser supports. C. Transition Fittings 1. Steel to Plastic (PE): As specified for "riser" except designed for steel -to- plastic with tapping tee or sleeve. Coat or wrap exposed steel pipe with heavy plastic coating. A. Plug Valve: Carbon steel body and plug, nonlubricated, with PTFE sleeve, straight way ports Class 150 flange with lockable wrench operator. In accordance with ANSI /ASME B16.38. A. Provide detectable aluminum -foil plastic- backed tape or detectable magnetic plastic tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried piping. Tape shall be detectable by an electronic detection instrument. Provide tape in rolls, 3 -inch minimum width, color -coded yellow for natural gas, with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously and repeatedly over entire tape length. Warning and identification shall be "CAUTION BURIED GAS PIPING BELOW" or similar wording. Use permanent code and letter coloring unaffected by moisture and other substances contained in trench backfill material. B. Excavating and Backfilling: Perform excavating and backfilling of pipe trenches as specified in backfill Section 02200, "Earthwork." Place pipe directly in trench bottom and cover as shown on the Drawings. Coordinate provision of utility warning and identification tape with backfill operation. Bury utility warning and identification tape with printed side up at a depth of 12 inches below the top surface of earth or the top surface of the subgrade under pavements. 15492 - 2 T/M2 - 96 f C. Piping: Cut pipe to actual dimensions and assemble to prevent residual stress 1. Cleanliness: Clean inside of pipe and fittings before installation. Blow lines clear using 80 to 100 psig clean dry compressed air. Cap or plug pipe ends to maintain cleanliness throughout installation. 2. Buried Plastic Lines: Provide total PE piping. Prior to installation, obtain printed instructions and technical assistance in proper installation techniques from pipe manufacturer. a. PE Piping: Prior to installation, Contractor shall have supervising and installing personnel, certified in accordance with paragraph entitled "Quality Assurance." Provide fusion - welded joints except where transitions have been specified. Use electrically heated tools, thermostatically controlled and equipped with temperature indication. b. Laying PE Pipe: Bury pipe to depth as shown on the drawing. Lay in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. Connections to Existing Pipeline: When making connections to live gas mains, use pressure tight installation equipment operated by workmen trained and experienced in making hot taps. For connections to existing underground pipeline or service branch, use transition fittings for dissimilar materials. 4. Wrapping: Where connection to existing steel line is made underground, tape wrap new steel transition fittings and exposed existing pipe having damaged coating. Clean pipe to bare metal. Initial strength first layer of tape to conform to the surface while spirally half- lapping. Apply a second layer, half - lapped and spiraled as the first layer, but with spirals perpendicular to first wrapping. Use 10 mil minimum thick polyethylene tape. In lieu of tape wrap, heat shrinkable 10 mil minimum thick polyethylene sleeve may be used. 5. Valves: Install valves approximately at locations indicated. Orient stems vertically, with operators on top, or horizontally. Provide support for valves to resist operating torque applied to PE pipes. 6. in locations where ground water can cover the pipe, add weights to achieve negative buoyancy to the pipe. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Metal Welding Inspection: Inspect for compliance with NFPA 54. Replace, repair, and then re- inspect defective welds. B. PE Fusion Welding Inspection: Visually inspect butt joints by comparing with, manufacturer's visual joint appearance chart. Inspect fusion joints for proper fused connection. Replace defective joints by cutting out defective joints or replacing fittings. Inspect 100 percent of all joints and reinspect all corrections. Arrange with the pipe manufacturer's representative in the presence of the Engineer to make first time inspection. . C. Pressure Tests: Use test pressure of 1 -1/2 times maximum operating pressure, but in no case less than 50 psig. Do not test until every joint has set and cooled at least 8 hours at temperatures above 50 degrees F. Conduct testing before backfilling; however, place sufficient backfill material between fittings to hold pipe in place during tests. Test system gas tight in accordance with NFPA 54. Use clean dry air or inert gas, such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide, for testing. Systems which may be contaminated by gas shall first be purged as specified. Make tests on entire system or on sections that can be isolated by valves. After pressurization, isolate entire piping system from sources of air during test period. Maintain test pressure for at least 8 hours between times of first and last reading of pressure and temperature. Take first reading at least one hour after test pressure has been applied. Do not take test readings during rapid weather changes. Provide temperature same as actual trench conditions. There shall be no reduction in the applied test pressure other than that due to a change in ambient temperature. Allow for ambient temperature change in accordance with the relationships P + 14.7 = (P, + 14.7) (T + 460)/T, + 460), in which 'T' and "PF" is the calculated final pressure. If "PE" exceeds the measured final pressure (final gage reading) by 1/2 psi or more, isolate sections of the piping system, retest each section individually, and apply a solution of warm soapy water to joints of each section for which a reduction in pressure occurs after allowing for ambient temperature change. 15492 -3 T/M2 -96 . Repair leaking Joints and repeat test until no reduction in pressure occurs. In performing tests, use a test gage calibrated in one psi increments and readable to 1/2 psi. END OF SECTION. SECTION 15510 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies pipe and pipe fittings and valves for the heating water piping system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/ASME B31.9. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. C. Submit shop drawings for seismic bracing of hydronic piping. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. C. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work and isolating parts of completed system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HEATING WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.23 cast brass of ANSI/ASME B16.29 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: ANSI/AWS A5.8 BCuP silver braze.. B. Steel Plpe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40 galvanized. 1. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, or ANSI/ASME B16.3 malleable iron. 2. Joints: Screwed, or grooved mechanical couplings. 15510-1 T/M2-96 2.02 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ANSI /ASME 816.23 cast brass, or ANSI /ASME B16.29 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA. 2.03 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches (50 mm) and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 150 psig forged steel slip -on flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for copper piping; 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick preformed neoprene bonded to asbestos. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; C -shape elastomer composition sealing gasket for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F ( -34 degrees C) to 230 degrees F (110 degrees C); steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. 2.04 GATE VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, single wedge or disc, threaded ends. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS &Y, single wedge, flanged ends. C. Manufacturer: Stockham, Jenkins, Crane or approved equal. 2.05 GLOBE VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and handwheel, inside screw, renewable composition disc, screwed ends, with backseating capacity, repackable under pressure. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS &Y, plug -type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. C. Manufacturer: Stockham, Jenkins, Crane or approved equal. 2.06 BALL VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze one piece body, stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, and balancing stops, threaded ends. B. Manufacturer: Milwaukee, Jenkins, Nibco or approved equal. 2.07 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat for service 250 degrees F (121 degrees C), wafer or lug ends, extended neck, infinite position lever handle with memory stop. B. Manufacturer: Keystone, Mission or approved equal. 2.08 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze 45 degree swing disc, screwed ends. 15510 -2 T/M2 -96 4 B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): Iron body, bronze trim, 22 degree swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. C. Manufacturer: Stockham, Jenkins, Crane or approved equal. 2.09 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, renewable composition disc, screwed, wafer or flanged ends. B. Manufacturer: Mission, Apco, Mueller, or approved equal. 2.10 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. B. Manufacturer: Watts or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. E. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and fittings. F. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. Field repair shall be as specified in Section 05910. I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 15510-3 T/M2.96 K. Refer to Section 01014 for milestones and constraints for requirements in regard to installing hydronic piping. C. Seismic bracing and seismic separation assembly shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice In the state of Washington. END OF SECTION 3.03 APPLICATION A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations. B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. D. Install gate or ball valves for shut -off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. E. Install ball and butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. F. Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. G. Provide 3/4 inch (20 mm) gate drain valves at main shut -off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Pipe to nearest drain. 3.04 PRESSURE TEST A. Pressure test piping with a hydrostatic pressure in accordance with the Uniform Mechanical Code. 3.05 SEISMIC BRACING A. Provide seismic bracing of hydronic piping in accordance with Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. B. Bracing requirements shall be in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level A and Connection Level 3. 15510 -4 T/M2 -96 41 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES 4...01.4. SECTION 15515 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES A. Work consists of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the hydronic heating system. B. Equipment and appurtenances include expansion tanks, air vents, air separators, strainers, pump suction fittings, combination fittings, flow indicators, controls, meters, radiator valves, and relief valves. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI /ASME Boilers and Pressure Vessels Code Section 8D for manufacture of tanks. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. C. Include component sizes, rough -in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description, model and dimensions. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730. B. Include installation instruction, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original packing. B. Store and protect products to prevent damage and exposure to deteriorating elements. 15515 -1 T /M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DIAPHRAGM -TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ANSI /ASME Code; supplied with National Board Form U -1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. D. Manufacturer: Spirotherm - Model Spirovent Senior. 2.04 STRAINERS A. Size 2 inch (50 mm) and Under: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) stainless steel perforated screen. B. Size 2 -1/2 inch (65 mm) to 4 inch (100 mm): Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch (1.2 mm) stainless steel perforated screen. B. Accessories: Pressure gage and air - charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psig. C. Size: 16 inches in diameter, 42 -inch overall length, 33.6 - gallon capacity. D. Manufacturer: Amtrol Model AX -60V. 2.02 AIR VENTS A. Manual Type: Short vertical sections of 2 inch (50 mm) diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 Inch (3 mm) brass needle valve at top of chamber. B. Float Type: Brass or semi -steel body, copper float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. C. Manufacturer: Bell and Gossett or approved equal. 2.03 AIR SEPARATORS A. Dip Tube Fitting: For 125 psig operating pressure; to prevent free air collected in boiler from rising into system. B. Air Elimination Valve: Bronze, float operated, for 125 psig operating pressure. C. Combination Air Separators /Strainers: Steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 8D of ANSI /ASME Code, for 125 psig operating pressure, with galvanized steel integral strainer with 3/16 inch (5 mm) perforations, tangential inlet and outlet connections, and internal stainless steel air collector tube. C. Manufacturer: Sarco or approved equal. D. For all strainers, provide blow -down valve. 2.05 FLOW INDICATORS A. Brass construction, threaded for insertion into piping system, packless, with paddle with removable segments, vapor proof electrical compartment with switches. 15515 -2 T/M2 -96 2.06 FLOW CONTROLS A. Construction: Brass or bronze body with double union for easy removal, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet. B. Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over pressure absorption range of 1 to 14 psi. C. Control Mechanism: Stainless steel piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. D. Accessories: In -line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. E. Manufacturer: Griswold Control or approved equal. 2.07 FLOW METERS A. Calibrated, stainless steel annular primary flow element with precision machined ports, nameplate and safety shut off valves and quick coupling connectors. B. Station shall be weld insert type or nipple section. C. Portable meter consisting of case containing one, 2.3 percent accuracy manometer. Color coded 12 feet long hoses for static and dynamic pressure connections, with master chart for direct reading to gpm. D. Manufacturer: Ellison Annubar or approved equal. 2.08 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, • capacities ASME certified and labeled. B. Manufacturer: Watts or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to permit intended performance. B. Support tanks inside building from building structure. C. Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. D. Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. E. For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. F. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. G. Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. H. Provide radiator valves on water inlet to terminal heating units such as radiation, unit heaters, and fan coil unit. 15515-3 T/M2 -96 I. Provide radiator balancing valves on water outlet from terminal heating units. J.., Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks. Select system relief valve capacity so that it is greater than make -up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. M. Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas. END OF SECTION • 1 SECTION 15535 8 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 8 PART1 GENERAL 8 1.01 SUMMARY 8 A. This section specifies piping and specialties for hot gas and liquid refrigerant piping. B. Refrigerant specialties include: moisture and liquid indicators, valves, strainers, check valves;, pressure regulators, pressure relief valves, filter- driers, solenoid valves, expansion valves, and 9 flexible connections. 8 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Where more than one piping system material is specified ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. B. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5 unless indicated otherwise. 8 C. Liquid Indicators: 1. Use line size liquid indicators in main liquid line leaving condenser. 2. If receiver is provided, install in liquid line leaving receiver. 3. Use line size on leaving side of liquid solenoid valves. D. Valves 1. Use service valves on suction and discharge of compressors. 2. Use gage taps at compressor inlet and outlet. 3. Use gage taps at hot gas bypass regulators, inlet and outlet. it 4. Use check valves on compressor discharge. 5. Use check valves on condenser liquid lines on multiple condenser systems. 6. Provide manifold tap on suction side of each compressor and in compressor crankcase. E. Refrigerant Charging (Packed Angle) Valve: Use in liquid line between receiver shut -off valve and expansion valve. i F. Strainers: 1. Use line size strainer upstream of each automatic valve. 2. Where multiple expansion valves with integral strainers are used, use single main liquid line strainer. 0 3. On steel piping systems, use strainer in suction line. 4. Use shut -off valve on each side of strainer. ) G. Pressure Relief Valves: Use on ASME receivers. H. Replaceable Cartridge Filter- Driers: 1 1. Use vertically in liquid line adjacent to receivers. 2. Use filter- driers for each solenoid valve. I. Solenoid Valves: 1. Use in liquid line of systems operating with single pump -out or pump -down compressor control. 2. Use in liquid line of single or multiple evaporator systems. 4 15535 - 1 T/M2 - 96 ,1 3. Use in oil bleeder lines from flooded evaporators to stop flow of oil and refrigerant into the suction line when system shuts down. J. Receivers: 1. Use on systems 5 tons and larger, sized to accommodate pump down charge. 2. Use on systems with long piping runs. K. Flexible Connectors: Utilize at or near compressors where piping configuration does not absorb vibration. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ASME and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. AWS - American Welding Society. C. ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standards. D. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers. E. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. C. Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties, including manufacturers catalogue information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. D. Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing and seismic bracing details. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate support, connection requirements, and isolation for servicing. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for changing cartridges, assembly views, spare parts lists. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Design piping system under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed at in the State of Washington. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL, as suitable for the purpose indicated. 15535 -2 TIM2 -96 `iYi;rV:G «E.. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND protection A. Deliver and store piping and specialties in shipping containers with labeling in place. B. Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation. C. Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment, until connected into system. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of 01730. B. Provide two refrigeration oil test kits each containing everything required to conduct one test. C. Provide two filter -dryer cartridges of each type. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, Type ACR hard drawn or annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver /phosphorus /copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F. B. Copper Tubing to 7/8 inch OD: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper. 2. Joints: Flared. C. Pipe Supports and Anchors: 1. Conform to ASTM F 708. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1 -1/2 Inch: Malleable iron,adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. 4. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 5. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, plastic or neoprene coated. 6. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.02 REFRIGERANT A. Refrigerant: ASHRAE 34; 1. R -22: Monochlorodifluoromethane. 2.03 MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS A. Indicators: Double port type, UL listed, with copper or brass body, flared or solder ends, sight glass, color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig and maximum temperature of 200 degrees F. 2.04 VALVES A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1. UL listed, globe or angle pattem, forged brass body and bonnet, phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms, rising stem and handwheel, stainless steel spring, nylon seat 15535 -3 T/M2 -96 disc, solder or flared ends, with positive backseating; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. B. Packed Angle Valves: 1. Forged brass or nickel plated forged steel, forged brass seal caps with copper gasket, rising stem and seat [with backseating], molded stem packing, solder or flared ends; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. C. Ball Valves: 1. Two piece bolted forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass bonnet and seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F. D. Service Valves: 1. Forged brass body with copper stubs, brass caps, removable valve core, integral ball check valve, flared or solder ends, for maximum pressure of 500 psig. 2.05 STRAINERS A. Straight Line or Angle Line Type: 1. Brass or steel shell, steel cap and flange, and replaceable cartridge, with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass; for maximum working pressure of 430 psig. 2.06 CHECK VALVES A. Globe Type: 1. Cast bronze or forged brass body, forged brass cap with neoprene seal, brass guide and disc holder, phosphor- bronze or stainless steel spring, teflon seat disc; for maximum working pressure of 450 psig and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F. 2.07 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. Brass body, stainless steel diaphragm, direct acting adjustable over 0 to 80 psig range, for maximum working pressure of 450 psig. 2.08 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. Straight Through or Angle Type: Brass body and disc, neoprene seat, factory sealed and stamped with ASME UV and National Board Certification NB; for standard 450 psig settling; selected to ASHRAE 15. 2.09 FILTER- DRIERS A. Permanent Straight Through Type: 1. ARI 710, UL listed, steel shell with molded desiccant filter core, for maximum working pressure of 350 psig. 2. Rating: ARI 730 flow capacity to match cooling coil capacity as scheduled on the Drawings. 2.10 SOLENOID VALVES A. Valve: ARI 760, pilot operated, copper or brass body and internal parts, synthetic seat, stainless steel stem and plunger assembly, integral strainer, with flared, solder, or threaded ends; for maximum working pressure of 450 psig. Stem shall permit manual operation in case of coil failure. B. Coil Assembly: UL 429, UL listed, replaceable with molded electromagnetic coil, moisture and fungus proof, with surge protector and color coded lead wires, integral junction box. 15535 -4 T/M2 -96 2.11 EXPANSION VALVES 2.12 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS ..._,..,.. «,...:,, , .;w. ,. .vo - fnM. n.;. : > t » „%. L „�..,«, C. Electrical Characteristics: 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. A. Angle or Straight Through Type: ARI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, external equalizer, mechanical pressure limit (maximum operating pressure MOP feature), adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb and remote bulb well. B. Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at part load. A. Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braiding, minimum 9 inches long with copper tube ends; for maximum working pressure 500 psig. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. B. Route piping in orderly manner, with plumbing parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. E. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASTM 831.5, ASTM F708 and the Drawings. 2. Support piping as scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 6. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. F. Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping one percent in direction of flow. G. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. H. Provide access to concealed valves and fittings. 15535 -5 T/M2.96 I. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building frame, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K. Prepare unfinished supports and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09900. L. Insulate piping; refer to Section 15260. M. Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant. N. Provide replaceable cartridge filter - driers, with isolation valves and valved bypass. O. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line. P. Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor connected to evaporator. Q. Install flexible connectors at right angles to axial movement of compressor, parallel to crankshaft. R. Test refrigerant piping to hold pressure of twice normal working pressure for a period of 72 hours before refrigerant is added. S. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. T. Provide electrical connection to solenoid valves. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01660. B. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. C. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psig using electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage. END OF SECTION •.15535.6 ti T/M2 -96 �; 1 1 1 1 SECTION 15540 1 HVAC PUMPS 1 1 PART 1 GENERAL a- 1.01 SUMMARY 1 ; A. This section specifies in -line pumps serving the heating water system. 1.02 REFERENCES 1 A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. UL 778 - Motor Operated Water Pumps. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1 B. Submit certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. C. Submit manufacturers installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730. ( B. Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING L A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original packing. 1 B. Store and protect products to prevent damage and to prevent exposure to outdoor elements which 1 deteriorate or contaminate equipment. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Balance: Rotating parts, statically and dynamically. B. Construction: To permit servicing without breaking piping or motor connections. 1 C. Pump Connections: Flanged. 1 2.02 IN -LINE PUMPS 0 A. Type: In -line, single stage, close coupled, for horizontal or vertical in -line mounting, for 175 psig ► maximum working pressure, per UL 778. 15540-1 T/M2 -96 B. Casing: Class 30, cast iron with suction and discharge gage port, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge. C. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed, keyed directly to motor shaft or extension, dynamically balanced. D. Shaft: Stainless steel. Carbon steel with bronze sleeve. E. Seal: Carbon seal ring rotating against a stationary ceramic seat, suitable for continuous operation at 225 degrees F. F. Manufacturer: As manufactured by Bell and Gossett or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. E. Provide line sized shut -off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized soft seat check valve and balancing valve. F. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. G. Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains. H. Lubricate pumps before start -up. END OF SECTION 15540.2 B.. Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum as recommended by manufacturer. C. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non - overloading In parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. D. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. For close coupled or base mounted pumps, provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge Tine sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and over. T/M2 -96 SECTION 15561 FIRE TUBE BOILERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and services for a complete hot water boiler system. B. Services shall include start -up, testing and operating demonstrations and instructions. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASME /ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data indicating general assembly, components, controls, safety controls, and wiring diagrams, and service connections. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit reports indicating specified performance and efficiency is met or exceeded. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730. B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, cleaning procedures, replacement parts list, and maintenance and repair data. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI /AGA Z21.13 Code for construction of boilers. B. Units: AGA certified. C. Conform to applicable code for internal wiring of factory wired equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original packing. B. Store and protect products in a manner to prevent exposure to elements which cause deterioration or contamination. C. Protect boilers from damage by leaving factory Inspection openings and shipping packaging in place until final installation. 15561 -1 • T/M2 -96 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide five -year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01740. B. Warranty: Include coverage of entire package. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Submit maintenance materials under provisions of Section 01730. B. Provide wire brush and one piece handle for tube cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Boiler shall be manufactured by Aerco, Model KC 1000 or approved equal. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Provide factory assembled, factory fire - tested, self- contained, readily transported unit ready for automatic operation except for connection of water, fuel, electrical, and vent services. B. Unit: Mount on integral structural steel frame base and include integral forced draft burner, burner controls, boiler trim, insulation and jacket. Boiler shall be gas fired, condensing fire tube design with a modulating power burner and positive pressure discharge. 2.03 BOILER SHELL A. Construct applicable ANSI /ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code Section W for allowable working pressure of 30 psi water. Solid copper - nickel combustion chamber and tube sheet. Counter flow baffle free helically wound self supporting copper tubes. B. Provide two lifting eyes on top of boiler. C. Top removable. Side mounted water connections, solid copper lined shell. D. Exhaust manifold of cast iron with procelain enamel coating and condensate trap. E. Insulate casing with readily removable, 2 inch (50 mm) thick glass fiber blanket insulation covered by sectional preformed sheet metal jacket. Boiler casing temperature not to exceed ambient room temperature by 18 degrees F (10 degrees C) maximum with surface air velocity of one foot per second (0.304 m /sec). F. Factory paint boiler, base, and other components with hard finish silicone enamel. G. Provide thermometer, 3 -1/2 inch (90 mm) diameter, black letters on white background, bi -metal type. 2.04 HOT WATER BOILER TRIM A. Provide pressure gage and thermometer and ASME rated pressure relief valves. B. Provide low water cut -off with manual reset to automatically prevent burner operation whenever boiler water falls below safe level. 15561 -2 T/M2 -96 ..........++..+rr+..�..+awn.�m v..� aw..: ,» C. Provide operating temperature controller to control burner operation to maintain boiler water temperature. D. Limit temperature controller to control burner to prevent boiler water temperature from exceeding safe system water temperature. E. Provide air vent tapping in boiler shell. 2.05 FUEL BURNING SYSTEM A. General: Forced draft automatic burner integral with front head of boiler designed to natural gas. Burner operation modulating with a fourteen to one turn down ratio. Maintain fuel -air ratios automatically with flue gas temperature minimum 68 degrees F (38 degrees C) above dew point temperature of flue gases at boiler outlet. B. Gas Burner: Forced draft, high radiant annular entry, premix, power burner with gas - electric ignition and gas pressure regulator. C. Blower: Statically and dynamically balanced to supply combustion air. Equipment with inlet silencer and outlet air dampers. Direct connected to motor. D. Natural Gas Bumer Piping: Include on unit complete AGA gas train including pressure regulating valve or valves. 2.06 CONTROL PANEL A. Mount panel on boiler. Hinged metal cabinet with key lock shall contain programming relay, blower motor starter. B. Program relay to control ignition, starting and stopping of burner and provide both pre - combustion purge and post combustion purge. Burner to shut down in event of ignition, pilot, or main flame failure. Interlock to shut down burner upon combustion air pressure drop. C. Manual- automatic selector switch and damper motor positioning switch to permit automatic firing in accordance with load demand, or manual control of firing rate at any desired point between low fire and maximum rating. D. Electronic detector to prevent primary fuel valves from opening until pilot flame is established. E. Panel to include indicating lights to show operating conditions of low water level, flame failure, fuel valve open and Toad demand. Mount indicating lights and switches in hinged drop -panel for wiring to access. 2.07 PERFORMANCE A. Capacity shall be as scheduled on Drawings. Minimum efficiency certified by factory and site tests shall be minimum 86 percent from 37 to 100 percent of full load firing rate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted Instructions, NFPA and local codes. 15561 -3 T/M2-96 B. Fasten equipment to housekeeping pads with anchor bolts sized to resist the overturning seismic force equal to 34% of the unit operating weight, acting on all directions. Seismic restraint shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. Provide for connection to electrical service. Wire low water cut off to burner control circuit with manual reset devices. D. Provide connection of gas service in accordance with ANSI /AGA Z223.1. E. Pipe relief valves to nearest existing floor drain. F. Mount temperature sensor in boiler breeching within 12 inches (300 mm). Sensor to be wired to building control and monitoring system. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide field representative for starting unit and training operator in accordance with Section 01660, Facilities Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning. Provide a minimum of 6 hours training at East and South Bases. B. Field test installation and hydronic system including boiler, pumps, coils, and piping system. Control valves shall be tested with flow to coil position in accordance with Section 01660. C. Provide boiler combustion test and submit report. Test shall include boiler firing rate, overfire draft, gas flow rate, heat input, burner manifold gas pressure, percent carbon monoxide (CO), percent oxygen (0), percent excess air, flue gas temperature at outlet, ambient temperature, net stack temperature, percent stack loss, percent combustion efficiency, and heat output. D. Check each safety control for proper operation. Include safety control check in test report. END OF SECTION 15561 -4 T/M2 -96 1 1 1 i 1 1 0 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 $ 1 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 0 ..f PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES PART TWO - PRODUCTS 2.01 DOUBLE WALL METAL STACKS ..� n.:wm,4,+wasry .4∎57 . .w .s: SECTION 15575 BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS A. This section specifies manufactured double wall chimneys for fuel fired equipment such as the heating water boiler and indirect fired unit heater. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. C. UL 127 - Standard for Factory Built Fireplaces. D. NFPA 211 - Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel- Burning Appliances. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Breeching: Vent Connector. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Factory built vents and chimneys used for venting natural draft appliances shall comply with NFPA 211 and be UL listed and labeled. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data indicating factory built chimneys, including dimensional details of components and flue caps, dimensions and weights. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable ANSI Z223.1 code for installation of fuel gas burning appliances and equipment. A. Provide double wall metal stacks, tested to UL 103 and UL listed, for use with building heating equipment, In compliance with NFPA 211. 15575 -1 T/M2 -96 B. Fabricate with 1 inch (25 mm) minimum air space between walls. Construct inner jacket of 20 gage (0.9 mm) ANSI /ASTM A167 Type 316 stainless steel. Construct outer jacket of aluminum coated steel 24 gage (0.6 mm) for sizes 10 inches to 24 inches. C. Stack for the condensing type boiler B101 and B201 shall be pressure -tight double wall AL294C stainless steel construction, UL listed and as recommended by the boiler manufacturer. D. Manufacturer: Heat -Fab Model Saf -T 01 Vent, or approved equal. PART THREE - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with recommendations of ASHRAE - Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter "Chimney, Gas, Vent, and Fireplace Systems ", and ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54). C. Install breechings with minimum of joints. Align accurately at connections, with internal surfaces smooth. D. Support breechings from building structure, rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors to hold to shape and prevent buckling. Support vertical breechings, chimneys, and stacks at 12 foot (4 m) spacing, to adjacent structural surfaces, or at floor penetrations. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for equivalent duct support configuration and size. E. Install concrete inserts for support of breechings, chimneys, and stacks in coordination with formwork. F. Pitch breechings with positive slope up from fuel -fired equipment to chimney or stack. G. For Type B double wall gas vents, maintain UL listed minimum clearances from combustibles. Assemble pipe and accessories as required for complete installation. H. Assemble and install stack sections in accordance with NFPA 82, industry practices, and in compliance with UL listing. Join sections with acid - resistant joint cement to ANSI /ASTM C105. I. Level and plumb chimney and stacks. J. Clean breechings, chimneys, and stacks during installation, removing dust and debris. K. At appliances, provide slip joints permitting removal of appliances without removal or dismantling of breechings, chimneys, or stacks. END OF SECTION 15575 -2 T/M2 -96 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 15671 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: condensing unit package, charge of refrigerant and oil, controls and control connections., refrigerant piping connections, motor starters and electrical power connections. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. ARI 210/240 - Unitary Air - Conditioning and Air- Source Heat Pump Equipment. C. ASHRAE 14 - Methods of Testing for Rating Positive Displacement Condensing Units. D. ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). F. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. G. UL 207 - Refrigerant- Containing Components and Accessories, Non - Electrical. H. UL 303 - Refrigeration and Air - Conditioning Condensing, and Air - Source Heat Pump Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Include schematic layouts showing condensing units, cooling coils, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for complete system. C. Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights specialties and accessories, vibration isolators, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Design Data: Indicate pipe and equipment sizing. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include start -up instructions, maintenance instructions, parts lists, controls, and accessories. 15671 -1 T/M2 -96 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. B. Protect units on site from physical damage. Protect coils. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigerant compressors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer shall be McQuay or other approved equal. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Units: Self- contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre -wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, integral sub - cooling coil, controls, liquid receiver, and screens. B. Construction and Ratings: In accordance with ARI 210/240 and UL 207 and UL 303. Testing shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 14. C. Performance Ratings: Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) and Coefficient of Performance (COP) not less than prescribed by Washington State Energy Code and the Cities of Bellevue and Tukwila. 2.03 CASING A. House components in welded steel frame with galvanized steel panels with factory applied primer and factory finish painted per Section 09900 System C -1 with color to match color chip supplied by the Engineer. A. Coils: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Provide sub - cooling circuits. Air test under water to 425 psig, and dehydrate. Seal with holding charge of nitrogen. B. Coil Guard: Expanded metal or PVC coat steel wire. 15671 -2 T/M2 -96 ONO B. Mount starters, disconnects, and controls in weatherproof panel provided with full opening access doors. Provide mechanical interlock to disconnect power when door is opened. C. Provide removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners. D. Provide spring -type vibration isolators with seismic restraint for supporting the unit from the roof mounting curbs. Vibration isolators shall have a design static deflection of one inch. Vibration isolators shall be Mason Industries Type SSLFH. 2.04 CONDENSER COILS VIP 2.05 FANS AND MOTORS 2.08 CONTROLS A. Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. Equip with roller or ball bearings with grease fittings extended to outside of casing. B. Weatherproof motors suitable for outdoor use, single phase permanent split capacitor or 3 phase, with permanent lubricated ball bearings and built in current and thermal overload protection. C. Propeller type condenser fans, equipped with roller or ball bearings with grease fittings extended to outside of casing, direct drive with belt guard. D. Motors open dripproof type single phase, 1,140 rpm. 2.06 COMPRESSORS A. Compressor: Semi - hermetic reciprocating or scroll type. B. Mounting: Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts and mount on rubber -in -shear vibration isolators. C. Lubrication System: Reversible, positive displacement oil pump with oil charging valve, oil level sight glass, and magnetic plug or strainer. D. Motor: Constant speed 3,600 rpm suction gas cooled with electronic sensor and winding over temperature protection, designed for across - the -line starting. Per NEMA MG1. Furnish with starter. E. Capacity Reduction Equipment: Suction valve unloaders, with lifting mechanism operated by electrically actuated solenoid valve, with unloaded compressor start; controlled from suction pressure. Provide hot gas bypass valve and piping to maintain capacity control down to 10% capacity. F. Sump Oil Heater: Evaporates refrigerant returning to sump during shut down. Energize heater thermostatically. Heater shall be wired to a separate 110 volt, 1 phase power supply. 2.07 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT A. Provide each unit with two independent refrigerant circuits, factory supplied and piped. B. For each refrigerant circuit, provide: 1. Filter dryer replaceable core type with isolation valves. 2. Liquid line sight glass and moisture indicator. 3. Thermal expansion valve for maximum operating pressure. 4. Insulated suction line. 5. Suction and liquid line service valves and gage ports. 6. Liquid line solenoid valve. 7. Charging valve. 8. Compressor discharge and suction service valve. A. On unit, mount weatherproof steel control panel, NEMA 250, containing power and control wiring, molded case disconnect switch, factory wired with single point three phase and single phase power connection. 15671 -3 T /M2 -96 B. For each compressor, provide across -the -line starter, non - recycling compressor overload, starter relay, and control power transformer or terminal for controls power. Provide manual reset current overload protection. For each condenser fan, provide across - the -line starter with starter relay. C. Provide safety controls arranged so any one will shut down machine: 1. High discharge pressure switch (manual reset) for each compressor. 2. Low suction pressure switch (manual reset) for each compressor. 3. 011 Pressure switch (manual reset). D. Provide the following operating controls: 1. Dry contact closure with signal from building DDC system, activates cylinder unloaders and activates solenoid valves in refrigerant circuit. 2. Five minute off timer prevents compressor from short cycling. 3. Periodic pump -out timer to pump down on high evaporator refrigerant pressure. 4. Low ambient temperature controls. 5. Hot gas bypass sized for minimum compressor loading, bypasses hot refrigerant gas to evaporator. 6. Lead -lag switch to altemate compressor operation. 7. Low ambient thermostat to lock out compressor at low ambient temperatures. E. Provide controls to permit operation down to 0 degrees F ( -18 degrees C) ambient temperature. 1. Thermostat to cycle fan motors in response to outdoor ambient temperature. 2. Head pressure switch to cycle fan motors in response to refrigerant condensing pressure. 3. Solid state control to vary speed of one condenser fan motor in response to refrigerant condensing pressure. 4. Electronic control consisting of mixing damper assembly, controlled to maintain constant refrigerant condensing pressure. F. Gages: Damped pressure gages shall be provided prepiped for suction and discharge refrigerant pressures and oil pressure for each compressor. 2.09 PERFORMANCE A. Performance shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted installation instructions. B. Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Provide for connection to electrical service. D. Fasten vibration isolators to house keeping pads with anchor bolts sized to resist the overturning seismic force equal to 34% of the unit operating weight, acting in all directions. Seismic restraint shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. E. Install units on roof curb as indicated. F. Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators. Refer to Section 15535. Comply with ASHRAE 15. G. Furnish charge of refrigerant and oil. 15671 -4 T/M2 -96 ,' 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system. Replace losses of oil or refrigerant prior to end of correction period. . Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for Teaks after completion of installation. Repair Teaks, put system into operation, and test equipment performance. C. Shut -down system if initial start -up and testing takes place in winter and machines are to remain inoperative. Repeat start -up and testing operation at beginning of first cooling season. D. Provide cooling season start -up, and winter season shut -down for first year of operation. 3.03 TESTING AND TRAINING A. Testing: After completion of installation the system shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning to show compliance with Specifications and Drawings. B. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning. C. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of hands -on training for the staffs of each base. END OF SECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES B. Unit controls. C. Remote panel. D. Roof mounting frame and base. 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 15781 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Packaged roof top unit AC -101 and AC -201 (see Section 15855 for AC -102 and AC -202) including condensing unit CU -101 and CU -201. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. ANSI /NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. C. ARI 210 - Unitary Air- Conditioning Equipment. D. ARI 240 - Air Source Unitary Heat Pump Equipment. E. ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. F. NFPA -70 - National Electrical Code. G. AMCA 300. H. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generator. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. C. Indicate electrical service and duct connections on shop drawings or product data. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. E. Operational test record. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730. 15781 -1 T/M2 -96 B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts fisting. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading and transporting units. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide five -year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01730. B. Warranty: Include coverage of refrigeration compressors and heat exchangers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Packaged roof top air conditioning units shall be manufactured by McQuay or approved equal. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Provide roof - mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. B. Unit shall be self- contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, return fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan. 2.03 CASING C. Discharge plenum with perforated steel liner. 2.04 FANS A. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with alkyd or epoxy primer finish, access doors or removable access panels with quick fasteners screwdriver operated flush cam type. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gage (1.20 mm), with access doors or removable panels of minimum 20 gage (0.90 mm). Finish paint shall bedioi l applied eiigad sysper Section 09900,. �w.7 :•;�� . - . ?'.. C B. Insulation: 2 -inch (50 -mm) thick neoprene coated glass 1 -1/2 pound density fiber on surfaces where conditioned air is handled. Protect edges from erosion. A. Supply and Return Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V -belt drive, adjustable variable pitch motor pulley, and rubber isolated hinge mounted motor Isolate complete fan assembly. B. Supply fans shall be tested for sound power level in an AMCA certified sound testing laboratory in full accordance with AMCA 300 -85. The fan sound power levels (!n dB reference to 1 picowatt) at the design operating point shall not exceed the following octave band values: 15781 -2 T/M2 -96 frlrwnt, ;saw Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K AC101 and AC201 96 95 91 89 86 82 78 74 C. Supply and return fan and motor assembly to be supported from seismically restrained type spring vibration isolators with 1.5 inch static design deflection. 2.05 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS A. Electrical Characteristics: 1. 460 volts, three phase, 60Hz. 2. All electrical components are UL listed and shall comply with Division 16. 3. Wiring is performed to NEC, UL, and ETL standards. 4. Factory wired except control wiring. B. Motor: NEMA MG1 with a service factor not less than 1.15 and power factor of 85% or greater under full Toad conditions. C. Wiring Termination's: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclosed terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. D. Factory Testing: All units are factory tested per ETL prescribed test methods and to ARI standard 210. Units must be run tested with RPM - AMP draw etc. before delivery to jobsite. E. The units must be ETL listed as a complete assembly under ETL Category 22 for direct fired gas make up air heaters with energy recovery and ETL Category 169 for indirect fired gas make up air heaters with energy recovery. An ETL listed electrical control panel only will not be acceptable. 2.06 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE A. Variable frequency drives shall consist of a pulse width modulated (PWM) inverter for use with a Standard NEMA Design B induction motor. B. Variable frequency drive manufacturer shall provide the motor as a package to ensure compatibility with the drive with responsibility for both. C. Variable frequency drive shall have three critical frequency avoidance bands and an input line reactor. D. Provide manual contactor bypass with all the circuitry necessary to safely transfer the motor from the line to the controller or from the controller to the line while the motor is at zero speed. E. Motor with overload protection in both controller and bypass modes. F. Provide two input disconnects: One disconnect to provide a positive disconnect of the incoming AC line. The other disconnect shall provide the ability to safely troubleshoot and test the variable frequency drive both energized and deenergized while operating in the bypass mode. 15781 -3 T/M2-96 2.07 BURNER AND HEAT EXCHANGER A. Gas Burner: Forced draft type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut -off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100 percent shut -off pilot. Modulating, capable of operation from 33% to 100% of rated capacity, controlled for low -fire start. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. C. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. D. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, or adjustable time delay relays with switch for continuous fan operation. E. Heat exchanger combustion chamber and header of 430 stainless steel. Secondary exchanger surface of corrosion resistant aluminized steel or 430 stainless steel tubing with condensate drain. 2.08 FILTERS A. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors from both sides, for side loading. B. Filter Media: UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II, approved by local authorities. C. Prefflters: Arrangement with 2 -inch (50 mm) deep disposable panel filters with 30% average efficiency per ASHRAE Standard 52.1. 1. Pressure drop of clean filter shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. D. Extended Surface Final Filters: Filter with galvanized steel holding frames, extended surface high efficiency media filters with 80% to 85% average efficiency per ASHRAE Standard 52.1. 1. Pressure drop of clean filter shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. E. Filter Gages: 3 -1/2 inch (90 mm) diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case with static pressure tips. Flush mounted on exterior of unit. 2.09 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. Evaporator coil interlaced with dual refrigerant circuits. B. Provide thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circuiting. 2.10 COMPRESSOR A. Provide semi - hermetic compressor, 3600 rev /min maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and removable core filter drier with service valves. B. Five minute timed off circuit shall delay compressor start. C. Provide step capacity control by hot gas by -pass, and cycling. 15781 -4 T/M2 -96 2.11 CONDENSER A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows. B. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. C. Provide refrigerant pressure switches to cycle condenser fans. D. Provide spring type vibration isolators with seismic restraint for supporting the condensing section. Vibration isolators shall be Mason Industries Type SSLFH with one -inch design deflection. 2.12 SUPPLY /RETURN CASING A. Dampers: Provide outside, return, and relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside air damper shall fall to closed position B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets, maximum leakage 5 percent at 2 inches (500 Pa) pressure differential. C. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil, with spring return. D. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position on call for heating and when ambient air temperature exceeds return air temperature. 2.13 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Signals from DDC system as specified in Section 15975 shall be used to control supply and return fan speed, burner operation, compressor and condenser fan, to maintain temperature setting. B. Provide remote readout panels containing signal lights indicating system status, heating system failure, cooling system failure, and dirty filters; check switches proving signal light operations; system on -off switch. Provide contact closures suitable for connection to DDC control system as specified in Section 15975. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Verify that roof curb is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. B. Mount units on roof mounting curb. Provide unit base with factory drilled bolt holes sized and spaced for fasteners to secure the unit to the roof mounting curb. Fasteners shall be sized to resist the seismic overturning force equal to 34% of the operating weight of the unit. Unit base and fasteners shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. 15781 -5 T/M2.96 3.03 TESTING AND TRAINING A. Testing: After completion of installation the system shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning to show compliance with specifications and drawings. B. During the operational test record the following data and submit to Engineer for record. 1. Equipment model number. 2. Compressor model and serial numbers. 3. Liquid and suction line sizes. 4. Double suction riser. 5. Head pressure control: Motormaster, pressure switch, temperature switch. 6. Compressor contactor condition: clean, pitted, discolored, replaced. 7. Acid test results. 8. filter and suction drier part numbers. 9. Start the unit, allow compressor to run one minute fully loaded (unloaders set accordingly). Measure the following: a. Discharge line temperature. b. Compressor contactor voltage. 10. Allow compressor to run for 30 minutes. Measure the following: a. Ambient outdoor temperature. b. Hot gas line temperature. c. Head pressure. d. Suction line temperature. e. Suction pressure. f. Motor barrel temperature at top, side and bottom. g. Underside of cylinder head temperature. h. Crankcase temperature. 1. 011 pressure. j. Liquid line leaving condenser temperature. k. Discharge line temperature and pressure. 1. Liquid line service valve pressure from measured data. 11. Calculate from measured data amount superheat of refrigerant: a. Leaving indoor coil. b. Entering suction line. c. Service value. d. Entering compressor. 12. Calculate from measured data amount of subcooling of refrigerant: a. Leaving condenser coil service valve. b. Entering metering device. C. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration, Testing, Training and Commissioning. D. Provide a minimum of 6 hours of hands -on training for the staffs of each base. END OF SECTION 157814 T/M2 -96 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies the computer room air conditioning units consisting of indoor evaporator fan and coil section and the outdoor air cooled condenser. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers literature and data indicating drain, and electrical rough -in connections. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures required for rigging and making service connections. 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730. B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of Section 01740. B. Warranty: Include coverage of entire unit. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS SECTION 15786 COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS - UNITARY CEILING A. Manufacturer shall be Liebert or approved equal. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Description: Self contained air cooled, factory assembled, pre -wired and pre -piped unit, consisting of cabinet, fan, filters, controls. B. Assembly: For horizontal ceiling mounting to fit 24 x 48 inches (610 x 1220 mm) T -bar ceiling opening. C. Cabinet: 10 -gage (3.3 -mm) welded steel with baked enamel finish, and Tined with 1/2 inch (15 mm) thick acoustic duct liner. D. Evaporator Fan: Forward curved centrifugal, directly driven by two speed motor. 15786-1 T/M2.96 E. Compressor: Hermetic with resilient suspension system, oil strainer, internal motor overload protection, low pressure switch, manual reset high pressure switch. F. Evaporator Coil: Direct expansion cooling coil of seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins, with thermal expansion valve with external equalizer, liquid line filter- drier, service shutoff valves and charging valves. Mount coil assembly in stainless steel drain pan. G. Air Cooled Condenser: Integral copper tube aluminum fin coil sized for rated capacity at 95 degrees F (35 degrees C) with fan driven by double shafted evaporator fan motor remote fan package. H. Filter: One inch (925 mm) thick disposable glass fiber media. I. Provide rubber grommet vibration isolators to isolate the unit from T -bar ceiling. 2.03 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Unit Mounted: Main fan contactor, compressor and condenser fan contactor, compressor start capacitor, controls transformer with circuit breaker, solid state temperature control modules, time delay relay, and high temperature thermostat. B. Controls: Solid state unit mounted with start/stop switch, adjustable temperature setpoint. C. Provide dry contact closures for wiring connection to building control and monitoring system for status (on -off) and unit alarm indication. Signal shall be 4 -20 mA. 2.04 PERFORMANCE A. Cooling Capacity: As specified on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that ceiling system is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. Support unit from structure with suspension rods and rubber. C. Provide adequate drainage connections for condensate. Route drain pipe to nearest floor drain. B. Seismically brace units using slack aircraft cable. Design shall be suitable for a lateral load of 34% of the unit operating weight operating in any direction. Cable connections to unit and structure shall meet requirements of the Seismic Restraint Manual, Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. Installation shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. 15786 -2 T/M2 -96 3.03 TESTING AND TRAINING A. Testing: After completion of installation the system shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 01660 Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning to show compliance with Specifications and Drawings. B. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with 01660 Facility Integration, Testing, Training and Commissioning. . Provide a minimum of four hours of hands -on training for the staffs of each base: END OF SECTION 1 1.03 REFERENCES SECTION 15820 ROOF EXHAUST FANS 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Cy A. Scope: This Section specifies roof mounted exhaust fans including fans, motors, dampers, curbs and accessories required for complete installations. Fans specified under this Section shall be weatherproof, centrifugal, V -belt driven unless indicated otherwise, curb mounted, low profile, L exhaust fans. Fans shall be the upblast type. All fans shall be the low profile type with heavy aluminum hoods, shrouds and bird screens. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance and design requirements: Fans shall be designed for continuous operation and shall bear the AMCA rating seal for sound and air performance. 1. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions to the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. AFBMA - Antifriction Bearing Manufacturers Association Standards on Load Ratings and Fatigue Life C. AMCA - Air Movers and Control Association Test Code and Certified Ratings Program 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1 A. Location: East Base - Bellevue, WA, South Base - Tukwila, WA. 1 B. Indoor temperature and relative humidity: 65 degrees F. 50% RH. 1 C. Elevation above sea level: 200 feet. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. All of the material stipulated herein shall be submitted in one complete submittal. Submittals shall comply with the requirements of Section 01300 and shall include the following: 1 1. Fan performance curves for the specified operation conditions. 2. Bearing ratings for the fan and motor at design conditions. 3. Backdraft damper information. 4. Certification that the units have been tested and rated in accordance with the applicable AMCA Standard Test Code and Certified Ratings Program. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Fans shall be manufactured by Penn, or approved equal. 9 1 15820 -1 T/M2 -96 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fans shall have the following Component Hoods Fan wheels Venturi throat Windband Fan wheel shafts Fan housings Fasteners Curbs Shroud 2.03 CONSTRUCTION materials: Material Aluminum Aluminum Spun aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel Spun aluminum Stainless steel Aluminum Aluminum A. Fans: 1. Exhaust fans shall be of the curb mounted, centrifugal, roof ventilator type, designed for high capacity with low noise characteristics. The housing shall be designed for minimum turbu- lence and smooth airflow and shall also be designed to provide easy access to the motor and fan unit. 2. Fans shall have wheels with backward curved blades, and wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. The fan inlet shall be provided with a venturi throat that is overlapped by the fan wheel for efficient performance. Fan wheel shafts shall be mounted in heavy -duty ball bearing pillow blocks with grease fittings rated for minimum AFBMA Class M3 bearing life of 50,000 hours as specified in Section 15050. 3. Fans shall be furnished with adjustable pitch sheaves and adjustable motor bases suitable for a +5 percent adjustment in operating speed. V -belt drive shall be as specified in Section 15050. 4. Exhaust fan: EF -207 shall be of spark resistant construction in accordance with Type A, AMCA 401 standard. B. Motors: 1. Each fan shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in Section 15050. Motors shall be mounted on vibration isolators and shall be sealed from the exhaust air stream. The entire drive assembly and wheel, as a unit, shall be removable through the support structure without dismantling the fan housing. Motors 1 HP and larger shall be the energy- efficient type. Motors 1/12 HP and smaller shall be the fan manufacturer's standard motors. 2. The motors shall be isolated from the fans' air stream. Each fan housing shall contain a weatherproof motor shutoff switch, a wiring post and watertight conduit penetration. Sealed ball bearing motors shall be provided for the fans. Motors shall be non - overloading at any point on the fans' operating curves. C. Protective coating: Fans shall be provided with a baked epoxy primer and finish for all aluminum components. D. Bird screens: All fans shall be equipped with aluminum bird screens. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Dampers: Fans shall be provided with spring - loaded barometric type backdraft dampers or, motorized dampers, at the fan intake side as indicated. 15820 -2 T/M2 -96 r I I I I e I I, I I I i I 1 a I 1 0 I I I I I 0 i r 1 I I �.3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Each fan and damper shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Securely fasten fan to the roof mounting curb to withstand the seismic load equal to 34% of the operating fan weight. 3.02 TESTING A. After completion of installation, each fan shall be completely field- tested in accordance with Section 01660 to guarantee compliance with these Specifications. B. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01660, Facility Integration, Testing, Training and Commissioning. C. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of hands -on training for the staffs of each base. END OF SECTION ,T/M2-96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies gas fired unit heaters and hot water cabinet unit heaters. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide typical catalog of information including arrangements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate cross sections of cabinets, grilles, bracing and reinforcing, and typical elevations. 2. Submit schedules of equipment and enclosures typically indicating length and number of pieces of element and enclosure, corner pieces, end caps, cap strips, access doors, pilaster covers, and comparison of specified heat required to actual heat output provided. 3. Indicate mechanical and electrical service locations and requirements., 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions and recommendations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER A. Manufacturer: Trane or approved equal. SECTION 15835 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS 15835 -1 T/M2 -96 B. Heat Exchanger: Seam welded 20 gauge aluminized steel tubes and 18 gauge aluminized steel headers. Draft diverter constructed in corrosion resistant aluminized steel. C. Burners: 1. Die formed corrosion resistant aluminized steel with stainless steel port protectors, individually removable for inspection and servicing. 2. Each burner provided with manually rotated air shutter adjustment. D. Casing: 20 gauge galvanized steel with removable bottom panel for servicing burners. E. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected. F. Fan: Belt drive centrifugal type, with adjustable pitch motor sheaves statically and dynamically balanced, with permanently lubricated sleeve bearings; vertical models with grease lubricated ball bearings. G. Motor: Totally enclosed with built -in overloads, permanently lubricated sleeve bearings on horizontal models, grease lubricated ball bearings. H. Control: 1. Factory installed junction box for all power connections. 2. Provided with simple stage automatic gas valve, main operating valve and pilot safety shutoff, pressure regulator, manual main and pilot shutoff valve and adjustable pilot valve. 3. With 24 volt control transformer high limit and fan time delay relay. 4. Provide low voltage room thermostat single stage, suitable for Class I Division I hazardous location. I. Flue Collector: constructed of corrosion - resistant aluminized steel with vent cap J. Capacity: As scheduled on this Drawing. 2.02 HOT WATER UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturer: McQuay or approved equal. B. Coils: Evenly spaced aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes, designed for 100 psi and 220 degrees F (104 degrees C). C. Cabinet: 0.0598 inch (1.5 mm) steel with exposed corners and edges rounded, easily removed panels, glass fiber insulation and integral air outlet and inlet grilles. D. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected on visible surfaces of enclosure or cabinet. E. Fans: Centrifugal forward -curved double -width wheels, statically and dynamically balanced, direct driven. F. Motor: Tap wound multiple speed permanent split capacitor with sleeve bearings, resiliently mounted. G. Control: Multiple speed switch, factory wired, located in cabinet. H. Filter: Easily removed 1 inch (25 mm) thick glass fiber throw -away type, located to filter air before coil. 15835 -2 T/M2 -96 I. Capacity: As Scheduled on the Drawing, based on 65 degree F (18 degree C) entering air temperature, 180 degree F (82 degree C) average water temperature. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. B. Install equipment exposed to finished areas after walls and ceiling are finished and painted. Avoid damage. C. Protection: Provide finished cabinet units with protective covers during balance of construction. D. Unit Heaters: Hang from building structure, with pipe hangers anchored to building, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain greatest headroom unless otherwise Indicated. E. Cabinet Unit Heaters: Install as indicated. Coordinate to assure correct recess size for recessed units. 3.02 CLEANING A. After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets. B. Touch -up marred or scratched surfaces of factory- finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 15840 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK A. This Section specifies sheet metal ductwork for HVAC system, including all labor and materials necessary to complete the HVAC system. Ductwork shall be low-pressure type designed and custom fabricated specifically for the applications shown. B. The work shall include mechanical cleaning of the reused portions of the existing supply air duct systems in the Maintenance and Operations buildings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals, Chapter 32 Duct Design C. ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Systems and Equipment Chapter 16 Duct Construction D. SMACNA - Low-Pressure Duct Construction Standards E. SMACNA - Industrial Duct Construction Standards - Round F. NFPA - Standard 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems G. UBC - Uniform Building Code H. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design criteria and requirements: 1. ure ductwork: Ventilation ductwork for maintenance building shops and supply and return ducts for the air conditioning system in the Operations Building shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) Duct Construction Standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings of ductwork layout at 1/4 inch to 1 foot scale and produc data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings of seismic bracing of ductwork signed by a licensed structural engineer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver fabricated duct sections and fittings in containers or fitted with temporary braces to prevent damage. 15840-1 T/M2-96 B. Provide temporary storage in accordance with Sections 15050 and 01660. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Non - combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1 air duct materials, or UL 181. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A 527 galvanized steel sheet, lock- forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 ounce per square foot for each side in conformance with ASTM A 90. C. Insulated Flexible Ducts: Flexible duct wrapped with flexible glass fiber insulation, enclosed by seamless aluminum pigmented plastic vapor barrier jacket; maximum 0.23 K value at 75 degrees F. D. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. E. Sealant: Non - hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy adhesive. Durkee - Atwood, Permatite Class I or Hardcast 601. F. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. 2.02 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures of 2 inches water gage, positive pressure and 2,500 feet per minute velocity. B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1 -1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide air foil turning vanes. D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. H. Sound lining shall be 2 inch thick 1.5 pounds per cubic feet flexible duct liner of glass fiber bonded with a thermosetting resin with surface exposed to air stream with a mat finish able to withstand high velocity air stream or scuff and abrasion from fastenings or in handling unless otherwise noted. Dimensions of sound lined ductwork refer to the net -free area. The outside duct dimensions shall be increased as necessary to compensate for liner thickness. 15840-2 T/M2 -96 2.03 ACCESS DOORS 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING NEW WORK 3.03 CLEANING - EXISTING DUCTWORK GENERAL A. Provide where shown on Drawings and at locations not specifically shown but are required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Doors shall close with air pressure, with latches and hinges. Provide gasket seal. C. Hardware: Ventlock 220 door handles, ventlock 140 hinges. D. As manufactured by United McGill or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All existing ductwork shall remain unless noted otherwise on the demolition drawings. B. When connecting new work to existing ductwork, verify existing ductwork dimensions prior to fabrication of new work. C. Route ducts tight to roof and between the webs of the roof structural tees. D. Route duct at maximum height. In the Maintenance Building ducts can be routed in the space between the roof structural tees. Where acoustical tiles are in the space where the new duct is routed, remove acoustical tile and return to Metro. Where branch sprinkler pipes are supported from the roof deck with rods in the space where the new duct is routed, provide new supports for the sprinkler piping attached to the bottom of the tees using existing inserts. E. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. F. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. G. The Inside of ducts visible through grilles and registers shall be painted black and exposed ducts on roof shall be painted white. H. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. I. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. A. Clean new duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. A. All existing supply air duct work serving the new air conditioning units or air handling units shall be cleaned prior to reuse. 15840-3 TIM2 -96 B. Similarly, existing return /exhaust ductwork serving the air conditioning unit of the Operations Building shall be cleaned prior to reuse. C. Duct cleaning operations shall be coordinated with the special schedule and constraints specified in Section 01014. All requirements of that section shall be complied with. 3.04 DUCT CLEANING A. Duct cleaning shall be in accordance with the NADCA 01 standard published by the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA). B. Ducts shall be cleaned to "visibly clean" standard and shall be verified by NADCA Vacuum Test. Verification shall be performed at a minimum of five different locations of the Engineer's choosing. C. Repair and seal all access holes. D. Provide clean protective coverings as required to minimize soiling of office furnishings, personal belongings. E. Clean up the work site after each work day or before leaving one area to work at another area. 3.05 SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF EXISTING AND NEW DUCTWORK A. All new ductwork and all existing ductwork in the Maintenance and Operations Building shall be provided with seismic bracing in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level (SHL) C of the Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems dated 1991, as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. B. Seismic bracing shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Washington. END OF SECTION 15840 -4 T/M2 -96 1, PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES B. Variable frequency drive. C. Energy recovery cell. D. Direct gas furnace. E. Indirect gas furnace. F. Filters. 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 15855 AIR HANDLING UNITS A. Custom designed air handling units. AHU 102 through 108, AC 102, AHU 202 through AHU 208 and AC 202. A. This Section Incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. C. AFBMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. D. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook. E. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. F. AMCA 300 - Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices. G. AMCA 301 - Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices. H. ARI 410 - Forced - Circulation Air - Cooling and Air - Heating Coils. I. ARI 430 - Central- Station Air - Handling Units. J. ARI 435 - Application of Central- Station Air - Handling Units. K. ASHRAE Standard 52.1. L. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generators. M. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. N. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. O. UL 900 - Test Performance of Air Filter Units. 15855 -1 T/M2 -96 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, panel construction, door construction, drain pan, fan support details, drain details, field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Product Data: 1. Provide literature which indicates dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, gages and finishes of materials, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Provide data of filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames and holder. 3. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. 4. Submit sound power level data for both fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. 5. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring, clearly Indicating factory- installed and field - installed wiring. 6. Provide data of variable frequency drives. 7. Provide data of vibration Isolation and seismic restraints. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730. B. Include Instructions for rigging, lifting and setting of units. C. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. 1.07 FACTORY VISIT A. Metro reserves the right to visit the factory and observe the fabrication of the units. Visit(s) shall be at Metro's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Units shall be manufactured by Bossaire or approved equal. 15855 -2 T/M2 -96 2.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION B. Performance Base: Sea level conditions. C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99 and ARI 430. D. Performance: As scheduled on the Drawings. E. Refer to Drawings for further details. 2.03 CASING A. Configuration: Fabricate with fans plus accessories, including: 1. Energy recovery cell. 2. Filter section. 3. Face and bypass damper section. 4. Outside and exhaust dampers 5. Direct fired gas furnace. 6. Cooling coil section AC -102 only and AC -202 only. 7. Indirect fired gas furnace AC -102 and AC -202 only. A. Construction: The Unit shall be fabricated with an all welded steel channel base with an integral drain pan and galvanized steel frame. All sections /panels shall be bolted construction 4" on center. Screwed construction will not be acceptable. Extruded or formed aluminum framing will not be allowed. All double wall panels must be 4" continuous welded and/or bolted to the base and frame. The exterior panels must be painted as specified with manufacturer's standard painting system. The interior shall be galvanized steel In areas susceptible to condensation and perforated galvanized in the fan sections. Assemble sections with permanent silicone sealing, gaskets, and bolts. 1. Outside Casing: a. Galvanized Steel: 16 gauge (1.5mm). 2. Inside Casing: a. Galvanized Steel: 20 gauge (0.6mm) perforated liner in fan sections. 3. Floor Plate: a. Galvanized Steel: 3/16 inch (5mm) diamond plate steel. B. Insulation: 4 inch (100mm) thick, 3 lbs. per cu. ft. (48kg per cu. m) density, neoprene coated, glass fiber insulation, "K" value at 75 degrees F maximum 0.26 BTU/inch /sq. ft. /degrees F /hr. ( "ksl" value at 42 degrees C maximum 0.037 W /m/Degree K), applied to internal surfaces with adhesive and weld pins. Coat exposed edges of insulation with adhesive. C. Finish: Epoxy primer and finish paint shall be factory applied per Section 09900 System C -1 with color selected by the Engineer. D. Walk -in Access Doors of double wall insulated galvanized steel she'll be provided for access to all major components and to each quadrant of the energy recovery cell (ERC). They shall be flush mounted, with heavy duty steel hinges, rubber bulb gasket, latch, double compression handle assemblies, and 12 X 12 inch (300 X 300mm) inspection window of 1/4 inch (6mm) thick plexiglass. Door latches shall be industrial quality Ventlock or approved equal. E. Weatherproof Casing Finish: Seal fixed joints with flexible weather tight sealer. Seal removable joints with closed -cell foam gasket. All roof joints shall have standing seams with cap strips over roof flanges. Provide rain caps and gaskets on access doors. The roof shall have a 1 - 12 pitch. F. Roof Mounting Curb: Field fabricated see details on Drawing. 15855 -3 T/M2 -96 G. Lights: Provide in accessible sections suitable for damp locations with wire guards, factory wired to weatherproof switch, pilot light and duplex outlet mounted on casing exterior. H. Drain Pans: Construct from single thickness stainless steel, Type 304, continuously welded with 1.5 inch female pipe thread drain connection. The pan shall be cross broken and pitched to the drain connection. Provide drain pans for all energy recovery cells and for AC 202 unit, provide drain pan under cooling coil. I. Bottom Inlet Units: Provide steel or aluminum walking grate on structural supports over all vertical discharge inlets. J. Strength: Provide structure to brace casings for suction pressure of 20.0 inch wg, with maximum deflection of 1 in 200. K. Provide unit base with factory drilled bolt holes sized and spaced for fasteners to secure the unit to the roof mounting curb. Fasteners and base plate shall be sized to resist the seismic over turning force equal to 34% of the operating weight of the unit. Unit base and fasteners shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the State of Washington. 2.04 FANS A. Type: Backward inclined, air foil, plug type fan. B. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. C. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 and bear the AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. D. Bearings: Self- aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with lubrication fittings extended to exterior of casing with copper tube and grease fitting rigidly attached to casing. E. Mounting: Locate fan and motor internally on welded steel base coated with corrosion resistant paint. Factory mount motor on slide rails. Provide access to motor, drive, and bearings through removable hinged access doors. Mount base on seismically restrained vibration isolators with 2 inch design deflection. F. Flexible Connection: Separate fan and duct connections and furnace sections with flexible connections. G. Supply Fan and Return Fan Performance: Shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. Supply fans serving office areas shall be tested for sound power level in an AMCA certified sound testing laboratory in full accordance with AMCA 300. The fan sound power levels (in dB reference to 1 picowatt) at the design operating point shall not exceed the following octave band values: Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K AC -102 and AC -202 90 91 92 89 84 81 77 75 H. The exhaust fans of AHU 207 and AHU 208 shall be of explosion proof construction with spark resistant construction in accordance with Type A AMCA 401 Standard. 2.05 FAN BEARINGS AND DRIVES A. Bearings: AFBMA 9, L -50 life at 200,000 hours, heavy duty pillow block type, self - aligning, grease lubricated ball bearings, or AFBMA 11, L -50 life at 400,000 hours pillow block type, self - aligning, grease - lubricated roller bearings. 15855.4 T/M2 -96 B. Shafts: Solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key -way, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. C. V -Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves for motors 15hp (11, 2kW) and under selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid - position; fixed sheave for 20hp (15kW) and over, matched belts, and drive rated as recommended by manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times nameplate rating of the motor. D. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Standard; 12 gauge (2.8mm) thick, 3/4 inch (20mm) diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place. 2.06 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS A. Electrical Characteristics: 1. 460 volts, three phase, 60Hz. 2. All electrical components are UL listed and shall comply with Division 16. 3. Wiring is performed to NEC, UL, and ETL standards. 4. Units shall be wired for single point field connection. 5. Factory wired except control wiring. B. Motor: NEMA MG1 with a service factor not less than 1.15 and power factor of 85% or greater under full load conditions. 1. Motors and drives for exhaust fans of AHU 207 and AHU 208 shall be totally enclosed fan cooled type for explosion proof construction. C. Wiring Termination's: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclosed terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. D. Factory Testing: All units are factory tested per ETL prescribed test methods and to ARI standard 210. Units must be run tested with RPM - AMP draw etc. before delivery to jobsite. E. The units must be ETL listed as a complete assembly under ETL Category 22 for direct fired gas make up air heaters with energy recovery and ETL Category 169 for indirect fired gas make up air heaters with energy recovery. An ETL listed electrical control panel only will not be acceptable. 2.07 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE AC -102 and AC -202 A. Variable frequency drives shall consist of a pulse width modulated (PWM) inverter for use with a Standard NEMA Design B induction motor. B. Variable frequency drive manufacturer shall provide the motor as a package to ensure compatibility with the drive with responsibility for both. C. Variable frequency drive shall have three critical frequency avoidance bands and an input line reactor. D. Provide manual contactor bypass with all the circuitry necessary to safely transfer the motor from the line to the controller or from the controller to the line while the motor is at zero speed. E. Motor with overload protection in both controller and bypass modes. F. Provide two input disconnects: One disconnect to provide a positive disconnect of the incoming AC line. The other disconnect shall provide the ability to safely troubleshoot and test the variable frequency drive both energized and deenergized while operating in the bypass mode. 15855 -5 T/M2 -96 2.08 COILS CC -102 and CC -202 A. Casing: Provide access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends fully contained within casing. Slide coils into casing through removable access panels sealed with closed cell gasketing and bolted in place. B. Drain Pans: 24 inch (600mm) downstream of coil and down spouts for cooling coil banks more than one coil high. C. Mist Eliminators: Type 304 stainless steel or PVC, mounted over drain pan. D. Air Coils: Certify capacities, pressure drops, and selection procedures in accordance with ARI 410. E. Fabrication: 1. Tubes: 5/8 inch (16mm) OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints. 2. Fins: Aluminum. 3. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel. F. Refrigerant Coils: 1. Headers: Seamless copper tubes with silver braces joints. 2. Liquid Distributors: Brass or copper venturi type distributor with seamless copper distributor tubes. 3. Configuration: Dual circuit down feed with bottom suction. G. Refrigerant Cooling Coil: Shall be as schedule on the Drawings. 2.09 ENERGY RECOVERY CELL (ERC) A. Air to air, cross flow heat exchanger with continuous formed transfer surface and die formed turbo - boss plate separators. Counterflow and crossflow exchangers with rib separators will not be acceptable. B. The ERC shall be made from hardened .012 inch thick 1100 aluminum alloy with folded and silicone sealed seams and corners. Manufacturer to provide written guarantee that the ERC can be field steam cleaned. C. The ERC corners will be heavy duty extruded aluminum permanently attached to end plates of 14 gauge aluminum. The ERC shall have complete independent structural integrity. D. The ERC is designed to withstand 20 inches water gauge differential pressure with no measurable cross contamination. 2.10 DIRECT GAS FURNACE A. Manufacturer: Midco or approved equal. B. Direct Fired Burner 1. Direct fired burner with a turndown ratio of 25:1, 100% thermal efficiency 2. Gas burner is cast steel with perforated stainless steel side plates and cast iron end plates 3. Pilot is automatically ignited by the spark plug through a standard ignition transformer 4. Externally adjustable damper profile plates and flame observation port C. Gas Train: FM approved as shown on the Drawings. D. Controls (Gas Fired): Furnace controls with air flow switch, high limit safety cut -off set at 160 degrees F, flame relay with ultraviolet scanner, ignition transformer and primary and secondary control circuit fusing. 15855-6 T/M2-96 2.11 INDIRECT GAS FURNACE A. Manufacturer: Midco or approved equal. B. Heat Exchanger 1. 8 -inch collector boxes and 3 -inch tubes 2. Primary heat exchanger constructed of 14 gauge stainless steel 3 Secondary heat exchanger tubes are 16 gauge stainless steel 4. Inspection and relief port C. Electrical Controls: Furnance controls with: 1. Electronic burner safety relay with main and pilot sensing 2. Timer for purging the combustion chamber 3. Automatic electric ignition system 4. Magnetic overload protected starters with manual reset overloads 5. Fuse blocks 6. Fan, limit, draft and combustion air switches D. Burner 1. Gas burner shall be power type with pilot spark ignition and main burner. 2. Provide forced draft fan, main gas electric shut -off valve with linkage to combustion air dampers, pilots, solenoids and control safety devices. 3. Burner shall be fully modulating Factory Mutual, approved. 4. The gas burner section consists of an indirect gas -fired heater with multi -pass drum and tube type heat exchanger together with a forced draft power burner capable of reduced load turndown of 40:1 5. The heat exchanger primary drum shall be constructed of 16 gauge formed and welded Series 300 stainless steel and secondary tubes constructed of Series 400 stainless steel 6. The burner incorporates a primary combustion air blower and Ignition spark transformer with electronic ignition system 7. The gas train complete with all controls includes main gas valve, flame supervision, positive burner safety switch, pilot cock and adjustable main and pilot pressure regulators. 8. The flame safeguard system and the fuel control system is in compliance with Factory Mutual and Industrial Risk Insurers Standards a. The combustion control panel shall be UL listed under UL 508 as a flame control panel b. The modulating control shall accept a 4 -20 mA signal (24 or 120 volt) for control from the building DDC control system. c. The burner is factory fired and adjusted for proper combustion d. Final adjustments shall made in the field during unit start-up by a factory representative or a service organization certified by the unit manufacturer 2.12 FILTERS A. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors from both sides, for side loading. B. Filter Media: UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II, approved by local authorities. C. Prefilters: Arrangement with 2 inch (50mm) deep disposable panel filters with 30% average efficiency per ASHRAE Standard 52.1. 1. Pressure drop of clean filter shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. D. Extended Surface Final Filters: Filter with galvanized steel holding frames, extended surface supported high efficiency media filters with 80- 85% average efficiency per ASHRAE Standard 52.1. 1. Pressure drop of clean filter shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. 15855 -7 T/M2 -96 E. Filter Gauges: 3 -1/2 inch (90mm) diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case with static pressure tips. Flush mounted on exterior of unit. 2.13 DAMPERS A. Supplied by ERC unit manufacturer. B. Damper Leakage: Maximum 2% at 4 inch wg differential pressure when sized for 2000 fpm (10m /sec) face velocity. C. Damper operators shall be provided by the temperature control contractor and factory installed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. Securely fasten unit to roof mounting curb using screws sized for the installation. B. Install in conformance with ARI 435. C. Assemble high pressure units by bolting sections together. 3.02 TESTING AND TRAINING A. Testing: After completion of installation, the system shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 01660 Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning, to show compliance with Specifications and Drawings. B. Training: Provide experienced factory trained representatives to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01660 Facility Integration: Testing, Training and Commissioning. C. Provide a minimum of 6 hours of hands -on training for the staff of each base. END OF SECTION 15855-8 T/M2-96 SECTION 15872 CEILING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS AND EXTRACTORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies all ceiling diffusers, grilles, registers and extractors associated with the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Ceiling diffusers, grilles, registers and extractors shall be the size and capacity indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions to the following documents. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with the provisions of Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product literature which shall include a complete description of the ceiling diffusers, grilles, registers and extractors, and accessories sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide a factory- applied finish. Color shall be as specified in Section 09901. Color for diffusers installed in suspended ceilings shall match ceiling the color. Provide each unit with a felt gasket or seal. 2.02 EXTRACTORS A. The extractor unit shall be aluminum, finished with an air -dried phenolic corrosion resistant coating prior to installation. Extractors shall be furnished by the diffuser manufacturer and shall be operated by a No. 3 key through the grille face or a No. 2 adapter for operation from a knob located at the ceiling or on the duct. 2.03 CEILING DIFFUSERS SD -1 A. Steel construction, square with three adjustable cones. B. Panel mounted in 24 by 24 ceiling module for lay -in tile ceiling Type 3 frame. C. Titus Model TMS or approved equal. 15872 -1 T/M2 -96 2.04 SUPPLY REGISTER SR -1 A. Steel frame 18 gage border construction with 3/4 -inch aluminum blades. B. Two sets of blades with the back blades gauged for pole operation. C. With opposed blade volume control damper. D. Manufacturer: Titus Model JFA -S or approved equal. 2,05 SUPPLY REGISTER SR -2 A. All aluminum construction with two sets of 1 -1/4 -inch solid airfoil blades. B. Core to be removable by releasing stainless trunk latches for cleaning. C. With opposed blade volume control damper. D. Manufacturer: Titus Model IL- 150 -L. 2.06 SUPPLY REGISTER SR -3 A. Steel construction, 3/4 -inch spacing double deflection blades. B. Blades individually adjustable. Front blades parallel to long dimension. C. With opposed blade volume damper. D. Manufacture: Titus Model 300 RL. 2.07 EXHAUST REGISTER ER -1 A. Steel construction with one set of fixed blades. Blades parallel to long dimension, 0 degrees deflection. B. Provide border style to match ceiling. C. With opposed blade volume control damper. D. Manufacturer: Titus Model 350 FL. 2.08 RETURN GRILLES RG -1 A. Aluminum construction eggcrate return grille. B. Aluminum grid to be 1 -inch by 1 -inch by 1 -inch high. C. Manufacturer: Titus Model 50F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Align, connect and install diffusers, grilles, registers and extractors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with SMACNA Standards. Set each unit flat against the finished room surface. 15872 -2 T/M2 -96 3.02 TESTING AND BALANCING • Testing, adjusting and balancing shall be as specified in Section 15990. END OF SECTION SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 11 1.01 SUMMARY 0 A. This section provides for duct work accessories including, volume control dampers, fire dampers, backdraft dampers, air turning devices, flexible duct connections, duct acces doors and duct test holes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. a. B. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. D. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire - Protection Service. E. UL 555 - Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers. I 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data for hardware used. a C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300, for fire dampers. a = PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. r A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. 0 0 B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gage as duct to 24 inches (600 mm) size in either direction, and two gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches (600 mm). 0 C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw. D. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9 -1/2 x 30 inch (240 x 760 mm). 1 E. Fabricate multi -blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch (300 x 1825 mm). Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 15910 -1 T/M2 -96 2.03 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS. A. Gravity backdraft dampers, size 18 x 18 inches (457 x 457mm) or smaller, furnished with air moving equipment, may be air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction. 2.04 AIR TUNING DEVICES 2.06 DUCT ACCESS DOORS D. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 160 degrees F (71 degrees C). Provide adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. B. Review locations prior to fabrication. F. Except in round ductwork 12 inches (300 mm) and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil - impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. G. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. H. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand -off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 2.02 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. B. Fabricate curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream except for low pressure ducts up to 12 inches (300 mm) in height. C. Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers with 16 gage (1.5 mm) galvanized steel frame and blades, oil- impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch (3.2 x 12.7 mm) plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. B. Fabricate multi - blade, parallel action gravity balanced backdraft dampers of 16 gage (1.5 mm) galvanized steel, or extruded aluminum, with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch (150 mm) width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in rattle -free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. A. Multi -blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.05 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. UL listed fire - retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz per sq yd approximately 6 inches (150 mm) wide, crimped into metal edging strip. C. Fabricate rigid and close- fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch (25 mm) thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 15910 -2 T/M2 -96 A D. Access doors smaller than 12 inches (300 mm) square may be secured with sash locks. E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches (450 mm) square, three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24 x 48 inches (600 x 1200 mm). Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes. F. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.07 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist -on metal caps. B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. B. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. C. Provide balancing dampers on medium and high pressure systems where indicated. D. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and whether shown or not as required by the authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. E. Demonstrate re- setting of fire dampers to authorities having jurisdiction and Metro's representative. F. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. G. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. H. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch (200 x 200 mm) size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch (450 x 450 mm) required size for shoulder access. I. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. END OF SECTION 15910 -3 T/M2 -96 SECTION 15920 SOUND ATTENUATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section provides for duct sound attenuators. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide catalog information indicating, materials, dimensional data, pressure losses, and certified test data on acoustical performance. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements which maintain integrity of sound isolation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT SILENCERS A. Description: Duct section with sheet metal outer casing, sound absorbing fill material, and inner casing of perforated sheet metal; incorporating interior baffles of similar construction. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. B. Configuration: Rectangular with lined splitters with radiused nose and contoured tails, modular 24 inches high, 24 inches wide and 60 inches long. Tubular, rounded nose bell mouth entry. C. Materials: 1. Outer Casing: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel stiffened as required, with welded seams, 2 inch (50 mm) long, 11 gage slip joints on both ends. 2. Inner Casing and Splitters: Minimum 24 gage thick perforated galvanized steel. 3. Fill: Glass fiber or mineral wool of minimum 4 lb /cu ft density. D. Rating in accordance with: 1. ASTM E477 for Insertion Loss and Maximum Generated Noise and static pressure loss. 2.02 PERFORMANCE A. Dynamic insertion loss (in dB) for each type of silencer shall meet or exceed the following values in each octave band at the specified face velocity (in ft/min): 15920 -1 T/M2 -96 Face Type Velocity 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K RAST -1000 7 12 19 27 27 14 13 13 SAST +2000 7 13 21 26 34 25 21 6 B. Pressure Drop: The static pressure drop (in inches of water gage) created by the silencer shall not exceed the following values when tested at the following face velocity: 2.03 MANUFACTURER Type Face Velocity Pressure Drop RAST 1,000 ft/min 0.10" w.g. SAST 2,000 ft/min 0.10" w.g. C. Self- generated noise: The self- generated sound power level (in dB re 1 pW for a 4 square foot face area) shall be less than or equal to the following values in each octave band at the specified face velocity (in ft/min): Face Type Velocity 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K RAST -1000 39 37 40 41 44 43 35 25 SAST +1000 42 35 33 32 34 33 27 22 A. Industrial Acoustics Model LFL for rectangular and Model CL for tubular silencers, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's preprinted instructions. B. Support duct silencers rigidly to ductwork. END OF SECTION 15920-2 T/M2•96 SECTION 15930 AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section provides for the air conditioning system, air terminal units including equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the air conditioning system. B. Equipment includes: variable volume terminal units, fan powered terminal units, integral sound attenuator, integral heating coils and Integral damper motor operators. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. C. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. D. ADC 1062 - Air Distribution and Control Device Test Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings indicating configuration, general assembly, and materials used in fabrication. C. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit product data indicating configuration, general assembly, and materials used in fabrication. Include catalog performance ratings which indicate air flow, static pressure, and NC designation. E. Include schedules listing discharge and radiated sound power level for each of second through sixth octave bands at inlet static pressures of one to 4 inch wg. F. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730. B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts lists. C. Include directions for resetting constant volume regulators. 15930 -1 T/M2.96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers shall be Titus, or approved equal. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Ceiling mounted variable air volume and variable volume terminal units, fan powered, supply air control terminals for connection to central air systems, electric, variable volume controls, hot water heating coils. b. Identify each airflow unit with clearly marked identification label and airflow indicator. Label shall include unit nominal air flow, maximum factory set air flow, minimum factory set air flow, and coil type. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Casings: Minimum 20 -gage (0.9 -mm) galvanized steel. B. Lining: Minimum one -inch (25 -mm) thick neoprene or vinyl coated fibrous glass insulation, 1.5 lb/cu ft (24 g /L) density, meeting NFPA 90A requirements and UL 181 erosion requirements. Line attenuator sections with 2 inch (50 mm) thick insulation. C. Assembly: Air volume damper, fans, and controls in single cabinet. D. Plenum Air Inlets: Round stub connections, S and drive connections for duct attachment. E. Plenum Air Outlets: S and drive connections. F. Mixing Sections: Multiple deflection baffles designed for mixing air with minimum pressure loss. 2.04 VOLUME DAMPER A. Locate air volume damper and automatic flow control assembly inside unit casing. Construct from extruded aluminum or 20 gage (0.9 mm) galvanized steel components. Key damper blades into shaft with nylon fitted pivot points. B. Automatic flow control assembly shall combine spring rates matched for each volume regulator size with machined dashpot for stable operation. C. Mount manually operated damper quadrant or automatic damper operator, and automatic flow control assembly externally. D. Air volume control damper shall be factory calibrated assembly consisting of damper and damper shaft extension for connection to externally mounted control actuator. E. Externally mounted electric actuator shall position damper normally open as indicated. 2.05 HEATING COILS A. Hot Water Heating Coil: 1/2 inch (13 mm) copper tube mechanically expanded into aluminum plate fins, leak tested under water to 200 psig pressure, factory installed. B. Capacity: As scheduled on the Drawings. 15930 -2 T/M2 -96 2.06 FAN ASSEMBLY • A. Forward curved centrifugal type fan with direct drive permanent split capacitor type, thermally protected motor. B. Provide infinitely adjustable speed control with electric /pneumatic and electronic controls. C. Internally suspend and isolate fan /motor assembly from casing on rubber isolators. 2.07 WIRING A. Factory mount and wire controls. Mount electrical components in control box with removable cover. Incorporate single point electrical connection to power source. B. Factory mount transformer for control voltage on electric and electronic control units. Provide terminal strip in control box for field wiring of thermostat and power source. C. Factory wire fan to terminal strip. D. Provide fused disconnect. 2.08 CONTROLS A. Controls shall be as specified in Section 15975. B. Electronic Controls: Contain in NEMA -1 enclosure with access panel sealed from air flow and mounted on side of unit. Factory mount terminal equipment controllers supplied by Section 15975. 2.09 TESTS A. Provide testing of units under provisions of Section 01660. B. Test run fan /motor combinations, volume dampers and controls. Check sequence of operation and air flow limits corrected for project altitude at factory prior to shipment. C. Base performance on tests conducted in accordance with ADC 1062. D. Automatic flow controller shall be capable of maintaining air flow to within 5 percent of set point with inlet static pressure variations up to 2 inches. E. Maximum Casing Leakage: 2 percent of design air flow at rated inlet static pressure. F. Maximum Damper Leakage: 2 percent of design air flow at one inch inlet static pressure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide ceiling access doors or locate units above easily removable ceiling components. C. Support units Individually from structure. Do not support from adjacent ductwork. Provide seismic bracing per UMC. D. Connect to ductwork with flexible duct and flexible connection in accordance with the Drawings. 15930 -3 T/M2.96 Provide lined ductwork downstream of units as shown on the Drawings. Provide seismic bracing of each terminal unit with slack cables to withstand a seismic load of 34% of the operating weight of the unit acting in any direction. Cable and connection requirements shall be in accordance with Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems published by Sheet. Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, and the installation shall be engineered by a structural engineer licensed in the state of Washington. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 15975 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM A. Work consists of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to completely furnish and install a direct digital control system for the air conditioning, heating, ventilation, and exhaust systems. B. System shall consist of stand -alone DDC panels, sensors, automatic valves, actuators, dampers, operating software, operator training, installation labor, warranty and all other necessary material and labor to provide a complete and workable system. C. All components of the building management and control system must meet applicable local code requirements. D. The system shall be furnished and installed by local office of Landis & Gyr Powers, or approved equal. 1.02 INSTALLATION & QUALITY A. The entire building control system shall be installed by skilled electricians and mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for this work. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with Division 16 of these Specifications. B. Supervision and checkout of the system shall be by local branch engineers and technicians directly employed by the Contractor. The service organization shall be capable of responding to emergencies 24 hours a day. A contracted agency to perform such work will not be acceptable. C. Contractor shall be a manufacturer owned service organization which stocks and has direct factory access to the manufacturers standard parts, and is capable of system inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance, and service to the system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS / DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit, prior to installation, a set of installation drawings and control strategies for review by the Engineer. These drawings shall include the physical location of building control system equipment and system architecture. The complete sequence of operation of the control system shall be provided. B. Upon completion of the installation and final system adjustment the contractor shall provide a full set of as -built drawings of the installation and the control strategies. C. All submittals shall be generated on reproducible AUTOCAD (version 10 or later) schematic diagrams. This Contractor shall utilize this software package and shall upon the Owners request furnish a copy of the submittals on floppy disks at no additional cost. 1.04 SYSTEM TURN -OVER AND SERVICE A. Upon completion of the installation, the contractor shall initiate operation of the control system and perform all necessary testing and perform diagnostics to ensure proper operation. An acceptance 15975 -1 T/M2 -96 test in the presence of the Owner shall be performed. Completed system documentation shall be turned over to the Owner as part of the acceptance test. 1.05 TRAINING /OWNER'S INSTRUCTION A. The contractor shall provide operator's manual according to Section 01730, describing all operating and routine maintenance service procedures to be used with the system. The Contractor shall instruct the Owner in these procedures during the start-up and test period. The instruction period shall be in two separate training sessions, for East Base and South Base personnel. Provide 40 hours of operator training in five 8 -hour sessions at each base. Also provide 8 hours training in the central computer operation at each base. These instructions are to be conducted during normal working hours. The instructions shall consist of both hands -on and classroom training at the jobsites. See Section 01660 for additional requirements for training. 1.06 WARRANTY A. The building control system, including all hardware and software components shall be warranted for a period of one year following the date of final acceptance. Any manufacturing or software defects arising during this period shall be corrected without cost to the owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DDC SYSTEM A. General 1. The Building Management and Control System shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion through the addition of DDC controllers, slave panels, terminal equipment controllers, operator terminals, personal computers and /or a general purpose multi- tasking, multi- operator minicomputer. B. DDC Controller 1. DDC Controllers shall be stand - alone, microprocessor- based, with a minimum word size of 16 bits. They shall be multi- tasking, multi -user, real -time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug -in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power supplies and input/output point modules. Controller size shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list. 2. Each DDC Controller shall have sufficient memory, a minimum of 1 megabyte, to support its operating system and databases, including: a. Control processes b. Energy management applications c. Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages d. Historical /trend data e. Maintenance support applications f. Custom processes g. Operator I/O h. Dial -up communications i. Manual override monitoring 3. Each DDC Controller shall support monitoring and control of the following types of points, without the addition of equipment outside the DDC Controller cabinet: a. Analog inputs: 4 -20 mA 0 -10 Vdc Thermistors 1000 ohm RTDs b. Digital inputs: Dry contact closure Pulse Accumulator Voltage Sensing 15975 -2 T/M2 -96 c. Digital outputs: Contact closure (motor starters, sizes 1 -4) d. Analog outputs: 0 -20 psi 4 -20 mA 0 -10 Vdc 4. Each DDC Controller shall have a minimum of two spares of each point type (analog inputs, digital inputs, analog outputs, digital outputs) and no less than 50% expandability. Provide all processors, power supplies and communication controllers complete so that the implementation of a point only requires the addition of the appropriate point input/output termination module and wiring. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified control sequences and have at least 25% of the memory available for future use. 5. The operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC Controller via local, point discrete, on -board hand /off/auto operator override switches for digital control type points and gradual switches for analog control type points. These override switches shall be operable whether the panel processor is operational or not. Switches shall be mounted either within the DDC Controllers key- accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. DDC Controllers shall monitor the status of all overrides and inform the operator that automatic control has been inhibited. DDC Controllers shall also collect override activity information for reports. 6. DDC Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output for constant, up -to -date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator I/O device. Graduated intensity LEDs or analog indication of value shall also be provided for each analog output. Status indication shall be visible without opening the panel door. 7. DDC Controllers shall provide at least two RS -232C serial data communication ports for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers or terminals. 8. Each DDC Controller shall continuously perform self- diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all panel components. The DDC Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication. 9. The DDC Controllers shall have the ability to perform the following pre- tested control algorithms: a. Two - position control b. Proportional control c. Proportional plus integral control d. Proportional, integral, plus derivative control 10. The DDC Controllers shall have the ability to perform any or all the following energy management routines: a. Time -of -day scheduling b. Calendar -based schedu)ing c. Holiday scheduling d. Temporary schedule overrides e. Start-Stop Time Optimization f. Automatic Daylight Savings Time Switchover g. Night setback control h. Enthalpy switchover (economizer) i. Peak demand limiting j. Temperature- compensated duty cycling k. Fan speed/CFM control I. Heating /cooling interlock m. Cold deck reset n. Hot deck reset o. Hot water reset p. Chilled water reset q. Condenser water reset 15975 -3 T/M2 -96 r. Chiller sequencing The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part of DDC Controllers and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the Sequence of Operations. 11. Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to operator devices. Each DDC Controller shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non - critical alarms, minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC Controllers ability to report alarms be affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation, local I/O device or communications with other panels on the network. 12. A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or automatically sample, store and display system data for points. Each DDC Controller shall have a dedicated RAM -based buffer for trend data and shall be capable of storing a minimum of 10,000 data samples. Trend data shall be stored at the DDC Controllers and uploaded to the workstation when retrieval is desired. Uploads shall occur based upon either user - defined interval, manual command or when the trend buffers are full. C. Application specific controllers 1. General a. Provide application specific controllers (ASC's) as required for each mechanical system or piece of equipment. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor -based direct digital control unit and shall be capable of operating either as a standalone controller or on a multi - drop communications network originating at the DDC Controller. Provide each ASC with sufficient memory to operate in a truly independent manner; that is, each ASC shall support its own inputs and outputs, operating systems, database and programs necessary to perform control sequences and energy management routines. b. Provide the following types of ASC's as necessary: - Central System Controllers - Terminal Equipment Controllers 2. Central System Controllers (CSC's) a. CSC's shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Provide a hand - off- automatic switch for each binary output for manual override capability. Switches shall be mounted within the controller's enclosure. In addition, each switch position shall be supervised in order to inform the system that automatic control has been overridden. As a minimum, 50% of the point inputs and outputs shall be of the universal type, allowing for additional system flexibility. In lieu of universal inputs and outputs, provide a minimum of 50% spare points of each type. b. Each CSC shall support its own real -time operating system. Provide a time clock with battery backup to allow for standalone operation and to insure protection during power outages. Should the controller reside on a DDC Controller network, the clock operation shall be overridden by the DDC Controller clock to insure network continuity. c. All databases and programs shall be stored in non - volatile EEPROM or a minimum of 100 -hour battery back -up shall be provided. All programs shall be field- customized to meet the user's exact control strategy requirements. Controllers utilizing pre - packaged or canned programs shall not be acceptable. d. Local alarming and trending capabilities shall be provided for convenient troubleshooting and system diagnostics. Alarm limits and trend data information shall be user - definable for any point. e. Each CSC shall have connection provisions for a portable laptop or similar programming tool. This tool shall allow the user to display, generate or modify all point databases and operating programs. All new values and problems shall then be restored to EEPROM. 3. Terminal equipment controllers (TEC's) a. Control of terminal units shall be accomplished by a microprocessor based stand -alone controller utilizing direct digital control. The Terminal Equipment Controller(TEC) shall 15975 -4 T/M2 -96 interface to the building control system in a multi -drop communications network originating at the control system field panel. An individual controller shall be provided for each terminal unit. The terminal equipment controller must be listed by Underwriters Laboratory under the following categories UL 916 PAZX and UL 864 UDTZ. b. For VAV boxes, the controls contractor shall furnish the terminal equipment controller (controller, damper motor, flow transducer) to the terminal unit manufacturer, for factory mounting. Costs associated with factory mounting of terminal equipment controller shall be covered by terminal unit manufacturer. The terminal box manufacturer shall provide an averaging air velocity sensor suitable for interfacing with the Terminal Equipment Controller's differential pressure transducer. c. Each TEC shall be accessible for purposes of control and monitoring from a central or remote operator's terminals as specified herein. d. TEC damper actuator shall be of the 24 Vac floating point type. Upon power loss, the actuator maintains its current damper position. Position status is shown in percentage open notation. e. TEC room temperature sensor shall come complete with a terminal jack, setpoint adjustment. The terminal jack shall be used to connect the portable operators terminal to control and monitor all hardware and software points associated with the terminal unit. The setpoint adjustment shall allow modification of the room temperature setpoint. The setpoint adjustment may be locked out, overridden, or limited as to time or temperature in software by an authorized operator at a central or remote operator's terminal. f. TEC differential pressure transducer shall accept an average air flow measurement signal from the terminal box averaging air velocity sensor. The value is converted through a square root function to average air flow by the TEC. g. TEC control valve electronic actuator shall mount on the valve body and provide complete modulating control of the valve. Valve body shall separate from actuator without requiring any special tools or electrical connections. The actuator shall be of the floating control point type. h. TEC wiring terminal bars are to be detachable type allowing quick serviceability of the electronic controller hardware without removing the existing wiring. D. Auto answer /auto -dial modem 1. A telecommunications interface shall be furnished and installed to allow direct connection of DDC Controllers and networks to public and private phonelines. This device shall be microprocessor based and will be capable of both automatic answer and automatic dial methods of call handling. Additionally, manual call initiation shall be done via a man - machine interface command. Phone modem shall be U.S. Robotics Sportster 9600 baud. 2. The telecommunications interface, when operating in an automatic dialing mode, shall be able to perform any of the following functions: a. Retry a single primary number at a fixed interval a finite number of times and quit if unsuccessful. (If the number is busy, retry it until successful). In addition, call a minimum of three additional secondary numbers one time. b. Retry successive numbers arranged in a priority scheme at fixed intervals a finite number of times and quit if unsuccessful. c. Inform the requesting device that a successful connection has been made. (If the numbers are busy, retry until successful). d. Inform the requesting device that a connection cannot be made. e. Detect loss of communication on its network and dial an appropriate device (CPU, Terminal, etc.), and upon successful connection transmit a message identifying a network failure. 3. The telecommunications interface shall also have automatic answer capabilities to allow it to be accessed from a remote central computer or terminal with modem. The interface unit shall allow the person calling to access any information on the network, provided that the standard log -on security screening is met. 15975 -5 T/M2 -96 E. Portable operator interface console 1. The building control system shall permit full operator communication through the use of a portable laptop computer. 2. Provide a Portable Operator's Terminal for operator readout of system variables, override control, servicing, trouble- shooting and adjustment of control parameters. The terminal must be fully equipped to interface with all field panels including the DDC Controllers, ASC's and TEC's. The terminal shall be provided with all necessary software and hardware to allow for back -up and restoration of field panel data base. The terminal should also be capable of supporting other software packages for use by owner i.e. a word processing package. The terminal shall contain, as a minimum, a 56- character ASCII keyboard set and have a minimum display of 25 lines by 80 characters. The terminal shall be available from at least one other manufacturer as a standard product, usable without modification. The terminal shall be able to access the system through an integral plug -in type jack either at the TEC's or at the associated thermostat. The terminal shall also be capable of accessing the system through each field interface device. The terminal shall contain as a minimum: a. MSDOS 3.3 (on disk) b. 1 MB RAM memory c. 3 -1/2" floppy drive (1.44 MB) d. Sidelit, supertwist LCD display e. Rechargeable, removable battery pack f. Protective carrying case g. Toshiba T1000LE or equal 2.02 CENTRAL OPERATOR INTERFACE CONSOLE A. Software: Provide personal computer -based software that shall provide, as a minimum, the following functionality: 1. Graphical viewing and control of environment 2. Scheduling and override of building operations 3. Collection and analysis of historical data 4. Definition and construction of dynamic color graphics 5. Editing, programming, storage and downloading of controller databases B. Provide a graphical user interface through which system operations may be performed using a mouse or similar pointing device. The interface shall allow for all system operations and applications to be quickly and easily selected using the mouse in conjunction with groups of drop - down menus, lists, graphics and icons. Provide functionality such that all operations can also be performed using the keyboard as a back -up interface device. Provide additional capability that allows at least ten (10) special function keys to perform often -used operations. The system shall include both Microsoft Word and Excel software. System operator shall be able to enter either Microsoft Word or Excel software on -line without having to exit the graphical interface package through Microsoft Windows menu selection. C. The software shall provide a multi- tasking environment that allows the user to run several applications simultaneously. The mouse shall be used to quickly select and switch between multiple applications. This shall be accomplished through the use of Microsoft Windows version 3.1 supporting concurrent viewing and controlling of systems operations. Provide functionality such that any of the following may be performed simultaneously, and in any combination, via user -sized windows: 1. Dynamic color graphics and graphic control 2. Alarm reporting and acknowledging 3. Time -of -day scheduling 4. Trend data definition and presentation 5. Graphic definition 6. Graphic construction 15975 -6 T/M2 -96 VOW ti oq D. Graphic displays shall be high - resolution, multi - colored presentations of actual building data and parameters. Graphic displays may be quickly and easily viewed via any or all of the following methods as a minimum: 1. Graphic links 2. Drop -down menus 3. Special function keys 4. Points in alarm E. Provide static and dynamic graphic display capabilities. Static displays such as site plans, building layouts, floor plans and schematics shall provide the user with maps to allow for quick and easy access to any building information. F. Dynamic graphic displays may represent any real time system information. Any system point or group of points may reside on a dynamic display. Dynamic displays such as schematics of any mechanical system or piece of equipment shall allow the user to monitor and control actual building operating parameters. G. Point values such as temperature, humidity and flow, and point status such as on /off, normal and alarm shall automatically and continually update to indicate current operating conditions. As a minimum, symbols, text and colors shall be dynamic in nature. H. Provide functionality to allow for any analog point value to be displayed as an individual dynamic display window for use as a convenient control and diagnostic tool. I. All values shall be displayed in both text and symbolic form, such as an analog bar, gauge or other standard measurement device. Setpoint values shall be changed by simply moving a pointer to the desired setting on the measurement device. J. Provide the capability to control any point from a dynamic graphic display. K. Provide alarm annunciation capabilities, such that alarm status shall be displayed automatically on the screen regardless of system operation or application modes. The quantity of current alarms shall be displayed via a flashing icon or similar symbol. In addition, provide an audible signal to indicate the occurrence of new alarms. L. Provide a graphical spreadsheet -type format for simplification of time -of -day scheduling and overrides of building operations. Provide the following spreadsheet graphic types as a minimum: 1. Weekly schedules 2. Zone schedules 3. Monthly calendars M. Monthly calendars for a 24 -month period shall be provided which allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user selected with the pointing device and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules. N. Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve records of system activity over an extended period of time. Any system point may be trended automatically at time - based intervals or changes of value, both of which shall be user - definable. Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and reporting. O. Trend data report graphics shall be provided to allow the user to view all trended point data. Reports may be customized to include individual points or pre- defined groups of at least six points. Provide additional functionality to allow any trended data to be transferred easily to Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software. Data transfer shall be accomplished without exiting the graphical interface software package. This shall allow the user to perform custom calculations such as energy usage, 15975 -7 T/M2 -96 equipment efficiency and energy costs and shall allow for generation of these reports on high quality plots, graphs and charts. P. Provide a general purpose graphics package such as Micrografx Designer which allows the user to �I quickly and easily define or construct color graphic displays. In addition, provide a library of standard HVAC equipment and symbols such as air handling units, chillers, cooling towers and boilers and standard electrical symbols that shall aid the user in definition of standard or custom graphics. Q. Provide the capability to backup and store all system databases on the PC hard disk. In addition, all ' database changes may be performed while the PC is on -line without disrupting other system operations. Changes shall be automatically recorded and downloaded to the appropriate DDC Controller. Similarly, changes made at the DDC Controller shall be automatically uploaded to the PC, ensuring system continuity. The user shall also have the option to selectively download changes as desired. R. Multiple user security levels shall be provided to allow for various degrees of system access and control. Provide a minimum of four levels of access, with each increasing level allowing control of additional system operations and applications. A minimum of twelve unique passwords, including user initials, shall be provided. The system shall automatically generate a report of log -on /log -off time and system activity for each user. Provide automatic log -off capability to prevent unauthorized system use. 2.03 SYSTEM CONSOLE HARDWARE CONFIGURATION A. Contractor to provide a complete central system operators station including the following minimum hardware configuration. 1. Contractor to provide a Compaq Prolinea 5120 full profile personal computer with the following minimum configuration: a. 120 MHz Pentium microprocessor b. DOS 3.3 or greater and Windows c. 3.5" (1.44 MB) diskette drive d. 16 MB Ram e. 1.08 GB IDE Hard D f. Mouse pointing device g. NEC 17" SVGA NEC 6FGE with graphic card monitor h. 2 serial and 1 parallel port i. Surge protector j. Quad speed CD ROM drive 2. In addition to items specified, Contractor is to provide all necessary hardware to allow for future system expansion and /or enhancements to include full upward and downward compatibility to all levels of proposed system software options. 3. Contractor to supply a Hewlett Packard color Laser Jet HP 1200C printer for direct interface with personal computer described above. 2.04 FIELD DEVICES A. Temperature sensors 1. All temperature sensors shall be solid state electronic, employing a resistance type output. Room and zone temperature sensors may be thermistor type. All duct sensors shall be rigid or flexible probe, averaging RTD -type sensors. All duct mixed air sensors shall be flexible averaging RTD -type sensors with sensor element length suitable for complete duct coverage. Pipe sensors shall be RTD -type. All sensors shall have a minimum accuracy of ± .5 degrees F. 15975-8 T/M2 -96 B. Control dampers 1. Provide low leakage control dampers. Dampers shall have blade seals and stops, equal to Ruskin CD36. Leakage shall be no greater than 10 CFM per square foot at 4 in. W.C. with 20 in. -lbs. torque applied regardless of size. C. Damper and valve actuators 1. Electric actuators to be supplied. Provide in sufficient size, quantity and type matched to application. Proportional or 3 point floating as required. Provide one actuator for every 20 square feet of damper. Actuators shall be spring return as indicated by Normally Closed or Normally Open designation on drawings or in sequence of operation. D. Control valves 1. Up to 2 inches (50 mm): Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, screwed ends with back seating capacity repackabie under pressure. 2. Over 2 inches (50 mm): Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug -type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. 3. Hydronic systems: a. Rate for service pressure of 125 psig at 250 degrees F (860 kPa at 121 degrees C). b. Replaceable plugs and seats of stainless steel. c. Size for 3 psig (20 kPa) maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. d. Two -way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics, three -way valves, linear characteristics. Size two -way valve operators to close valves against pump shutoff head. E. Low temperature detection thermostats 1. Provide low temperature control thermostat, electric type manual reset, non - averaging 20 feet long sensing elements that switch whenever any 6 inch section or more of any portion senses a temperature as low as the thermostat setpoint as specified in sequences. Provide with two sets of contacts, one for hardwired fan shutdown and one for remote monitoring. F. Differential pressure switches 1. Provide air and liquid differential pressure switches for status of pumps and fans as called out in sequences and input/output summary. Liquid switch shall be PENN P74 or equal. Air flow switch shall be Powers SW141 or equal. G. Current sensing relays 1. Provide current sensing relays for status of fans or pumps as called out in sequences or input/output summary. Provide with field adjustable current setpoint range. Nielsen- Kuljian or Sentry 250/SC250. H. Interposing relays 1. Track mounted SPDT relays (or as required) for all interposing applications. IDEC or approved equal. I. Smoke detectors 1. See Division 16. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .,.w +.r. A. General 1. All setpoints, limits, etc. shall be adjustable through the central CPU or the laptop computer connected to the system. 15975 -9 T/M2 -96 A. HOA override /status panel 1. Provide HOA/status panel including the following for all mechanical equipment control excluding terminal controllers. a. Hand Off Auto selector switch for each binary output. b. Hand Auto variable positioner for each analog output. c. Feedback to central panel for annunciation of hand position. d. LED status for each binary output and input. e. Variable intensity LED status for each analog output. f. Lock cover to prevent unauthorized access to switches. g. Cover to include clear tamperproof front for viewing switch position and LED indication. C. Air Handling Units South and East Base: 1. AHU supply and exhaust fan motors shall be started and stopped from DDC controllers on a programmed 7 -day cycle. a. On unit shutdown, outside air and exhaust air dampers shall close. b. On unit startup, outside air and exhaust air dampers open. 2. Discharge temperature and space temperature transmitters shall provide temperature indication to the DDC controllers. a. Discharge temperature controller to modulate the gas burner gas valve to maintain unit discharge temperature. b. Space temperature transmitter resets discharge temperature and provides indication. 3. Temperature sensor sensing exhaust air temperature downstream of the energy recovery cell closes face damper and opens bypass damper to prevent freezing in the energy recovery cell. 4. Manual reset type freeze protection thermostat in the discharge of the supply fan shall initiate the following on detection of 35 degrees discharge air: a. Shut down gas burner controls closing gas burner valve. b. Shut down supply and exhaust fans after an adjustable (program) 3- minute time delay. Outside air damper and exhaust air dampers close upon fan shutdown. c. Manual resetting of the freeze protection thermostat shall allow the unit to resume its scheduled operation. 5. On fan shutdown or control system failure, outside air and exhaust air dampers shall close. 6. Provide dry contact closure, wiring and connections to the existing vehicle door "open" position switch. Provide software routine to prevent operation of the AHU burner if doors to shop served by the AHU are "open" for longer than 5 to 20 minutes (adjustable). For shops with multiple doors, any one door open shall inhibit burner operation. Fans shall continue to operate. Provide program override by manual operator input at the Operator Interface Console. When doors are closed, normal system operation shall be automatically resumed without operator input. 7. Signal from Division 16 fire alarm - DDC interface panel shall cause DDC controller(s) to stop the appropriate supply and exhaust fans. 8. DDC controller shall automatically start supply and exhaust fan when fire alarm signal is cleared by way of the fire alarm -DDC interface panel. 9. Provide dry contact closure wiring and connection to fire alarm panel for fire alarm signal. On fire alarm, all AHUs shall be stopped. Fans may be started by manual input at the Operator Interface Console. 10. South Base only: AHU -101 through AHU -108 and AC -102: a. "Generator Running" contact closure signal from Division 16 Fire Alarm - DDC interface panel shall initiate software routines in the DDC system to accomplish the following: (1) On loss of normal power, all AHUs shall stop. (2) All room sensor set points shall be reset to 40 degrees F "on" 45 degrees F "off." (3) On a call for heat, the unit serving that space shall operate until "off" temperature is reached. (4) Controller shall sequence units calling for heat one at a time based on room with the lowest temperature. Controller shall ensure that only one AHU or AC -102 can operate at any one time. b. Controls shall revert to normal schedule on return to normal power. w w 15975 -10 T/M2 -96 D. AHU -105 and AHU -205 1. Steam clean unit sequence of operations shall be the same as other air handling units except that the supply /exhaust fans have two -speed motors. 2. During normal operation, the supply /exhaust fans operate at the low speed. A local switch in the steam clean shop, when actuated, shall cause fans to operate at high speed. Switch shall be provided with adjustable timer switch of 1 -hour duration. 3. This switch shall also start the roof mounted exhaust fans EF -103 and EF -204. 4. The AHU speed switch shall be wall mounted, water proof construction. E. Air Conditioning Units AC -101, AC -201, CU -101, CU -201 1. Air conditioning unit, supply and return /exhaust fan motors shall be started and stopped from the DDC controllers on a programmable schedule. 2. On air conditioning unit shutdown, outside air and exhaust dampers shall close, recirculation dampers shall open. 3. On startup, outside air and exhaust air dampers shall open. 4. Discharge temperature and space temperature transmitters shall provide temperature indication to the DDC controllers. a. Discharge temperatue controller to modulate the gas burner gas valve to maintain discharge temperature when heating required. b. Discharge temperature controller starts condensing unit and cycles refrigeration compressors to maintain discharge temperature when cooling required. 5. Duct differential static pressure transmitter shall provide differential pressure (between duct and first floor dispatch room) indication to the DDC controllers. a. The fan speed controller shall modulate fan speed through the variable -speed drive assembly to maintain a constant differential pressure. 6. Freeze protection thermostat in the discharge of the supply fan shall initiate the following on detection of 35- degree discharge air: a. Shut down gas burner controls closing gas burner valve. b. Shut down supply and exhaust air dampers close upon fan shutdown. c. Manual resetting of the freeze protection thermostat shall allow the unit to resume its scheduled operation. 7. On fan shutdown or control system failure, outside air and exhaust air dampers shall close. 8. Signal from Division 16 fire alarm - DDC interface panel shall cuase DDC controller(s) to stop the appropriate supply and exhaust fans. DDC controller shall automatically start supply and exhaust fan when fire alarm signal is cleared by way of the fire alarm -DDC interface panel. 9. In South Base only: AC- 101 /CU -101: a. On loss of normal electrical power AC -101 and CU -101 shall stop. b. On receipt of "Generator Running" signal from Division 16 Fire Alarm, DDC interface panel shall cause DDC controller to: (1) Start fans and modulate variable- frequency drive to operate fans at half of full speed. (2) Discharge temperature controller to modulate the gas bumer gas valve to maintain discharge temperature. (3) Condensing unit shall remain off. DDC controller shall open outside air dampers fully on call for cooling. c. On restoration of normal electrical power, controls shall be automatically reset to resume scheduled operation. F. Boiler B -101 and B -201 1. Boilers shall be started from the DDC controller, based on outside air temperature. 2. The signal from the DDC controller initiates the factory supplied controls to maintain supply water temperature. 3. The supply water temperature shall be reset from the DDC controls to the lowest water temperature required to satisfy the zone requiring the most heat. 4. Boiler shall be automatically stopped by the unit controls Including low water, high temperature, flame failure and ignition failure. 15975 -11 T/M2 -96 G. Heating water pumps P -101, -102, -201, -202 1. Pumps shall be interlocked to automatically operate whenever the boilers are "on." 2. Normally only one pump operates. The second pump is on standby and shall be started by the DDC system, if lead pump fails to operate. DDC shall alternate lead /lag pumps based on programmable or elapsed time schedule. H. Unit heater UH -102 through UH -105 and -202 through -204 1. Unit heaters shall be started and stopped through DDC control of unit's self- contained controls. 2. UH -101 and UH -201 shall be controlled with pneumatic room thermostat. Connect thermostat to existing control air supply. If electronic or electric thermostat is used, all wiring and room sensors shall be suitable for NFPA 70, Class 1, Division 1, hazardous location. I. Computer room A/C unit CRU- 201 /CU -203 1. Computer room AC unit and associated remote condensing unit shall operate continuously. 2. Unit controls maintain room temperature through the action of the room thermostat. J. Fan terminal units: 1. First stage heating room sensor shall provide temperature indication to the terminal equipment controller. a. Terminal equipment controller shall modulate primary air volume damper open on call for cooling. b. On call for heating, the terminal equipment controller shall modulate the primary air volume damper to the closed position. When the damper reaches the 90 percent closed position, the fan terminal unit fan shall start. On increased call for heating, the terminal equipment controller shall modulate the valve of the hot water heating coil open to maintain room temperature. K. Fin tube radiation 1. In those rooms with fan terminal units and fin tube radiation, the second stage heating room sensor shall modulate the hot water valve to the fin tube radiation to maintain desired set points. 2. First stage heating room sensor shall be wall mounted. Second stage heating room sensor shall be located under the window in a position to sense air temperature into the fin tube enclosure. First and second stage sensor heating set points shall be set by operators input in response to the occupants. L. Variable air volume terminal units 1. Terminal equipment controller shall modulate the primary air volume damper in the variable air volume box to maintain space temperature. M. Exhaust fans 1. Exhaust fans shall be started /stopped as shown on the Drawings. 2. Variable speed controls provided with certain fans shall be used for adjusting air flow and balancing room pressurization. Speed controls shall be secured when balancing is complete. N. Portable fans A. Portable fans in the steam clean rooms shall be started /stopped by manually operating switch on the fans. O. Propane back -up fuel system A. Propane /air mixer shall be started and stopped and operated manually. B. Vaporizer shall be started and stopped manually. Unit controls shall modulate control burner. C. Liquid propane transfer pump shall be interlocked with the vaporizer. When the vaporizer is started or stopped the liquid propane transfer pump shall be started or stopped. 15975 -12 T/M2.96 3.02 INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY A. See table at end of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Control Wiring 1. All line voltage wiring and low voltage wiring in exposed areas shall be run in EMT, conduit or wiremold. Wiring exposed in finished areas shall be in wiremold. 2. Wiring shall be in accordance with of these specifications, and all applicable codes. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to study the mechanical and electrical Drawings and Specifications and provide all wiring relating to the control system. Wiring within ceiling spaces may be plenum rated cable. B. Labels and Identification 1. Identify all equipment and panels. Identification shall be with labels describing equipment and panel use and function. 2. Labels shall be engraved with contrasting text using bakelite, plastic or metal material. Labels shall be permanently glued or mechanically fastened with stainless steel fasteners. 3. All wires and cables shall be identified with permanent markers at each end. The wire designator shall match those on the shop and installation drawings. C. General 1. Provide and install devices, relays, switches, thermostats, sensors, dampers, conduit, wiring, and tubing to provide a complete temperature regulation and control operation system. All wiring shall be run in concealed areas where possible. Where necessary to be exposed it shall be in a workmanlike manner. 2. Contractor is responsible for providing a complete and operational system as called out in the sequence of operation and /or in the input/output summary and/or the mechanical/electrical Drawings. Any item referenced in one part of the system documentation but not listed elsewhere shall be covered under Contractor's pricing (I.e. damper called out in sequence but not indicated on Drawings). D. Commissioning 1. Provide signed off control drawings, as -built documents or electronic media. Signoff to be by Contractor's installation foreman, field engineer and design engineer. 2. Provide Witness Test signoff to Engineer during commissioning. 3. The Contractor and Metro shall develop testing sequences attempting to simulate real use (i.e., false load areas and systems). The Contractor shall then perform testing of these sequences. 15975-13 T/M2 -96 cri Description Digital Digital Analog Analog Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs Remarks AHU- 202 - 204, 206-206, 102 104, 106.108 (Typical of 12) Supply fan start/stop 1 Supply tan proof 1 Freeze protection thermostat 1 Discharge air temperature Burner control panel Burner status Gas high pressure Gas low pressure Outside air temperature Outside air leaving ERC temperature Filter differential pressure switch Outside air dampers Exhaust fan start/stop Exhaust fan proof Exhaust air damper Exhaust air leaving ERC temperature Exhaust air inlet temperature Heat exchanger dampers Heat exchanger bypass dampers Filter differential pressure switch Room sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 1 Yes Note 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 1 1 Yes Note 1 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes Current sensing relay 2 contacts /wire to fan starter & DDC controller Contacts provided with burner control Contacts provided with burner control Pressure switch in gas train Pressure switch in gas train Supply air filters Current sensing relay Exhaust section filter INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY • • • • • • • • • Description Digital Digital Analog Analog Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs Remarks AHU -205 & 105 (Typical of 2) Supply fan low speed Supply fan high speed Supply fan proof Freeze protection thermnostat Discharge air temperature Burner control panel Burner status Gas high pressure Gas low pressure Outside air temperature Outside air leaving ERC temperature Filter differential pressure switch Outside air dampers Exhaust fan start/stop Exhaust fan proof Exhaust air damper Exhaust air leaving ERC temperature Exhaust air inlet temperature Heat exchanger dampers Heat exchanger bypass dampers Filter differential pressure switch Room sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Yes 0 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes Two speed fan Two speed fan Current sensing relay 2 contacts /wire to fan starter & EMS Contacts provided with burner control Contacts provided with burner contr I Press switch in gas train Pressu switch in gas train Supply air9uality measuring Supply air filter Current sensing relay Exhaust section filter Hot Water Boiler B -201 and 101 (Typical of 2) Boiler start/stop 1 Boiler alarm Outside air temperature Loop hot water return temperature Loop hot water supply temperature Hot water supply flow System pressure System pressure after the pump Vent temperature Primary pump stop /status Primary pump status Secondary pump stop /status Secondary pump status Propane Back -up Fuel System (Typical of 2) Vaporizer status Vaporizer alarm propane transfer pump status Propane air mixer status Propane air mixer alarm Propane air mixture flow Propane pressure Liquid level switch Digital Digital Analog Analog Description Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY (continued) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • ( I e' . e 1 /' 5' es A'. It s•. ir.. .r.• ,r. .r. ,f. -. st. 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes Yes 1 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes It .mr Remarks Contacts provided with burner control Contacts provided with burner control Current sensing relay Current sensing relay Contacts provided with unit control Low vapor pressure current sensing relay Contacts provided with unit control Contacts provided with burner Level switch provided with tank Us g r a V • * • * * * * * * • Digital Digital Analog Analog Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs Remarks Description Exhaust Fans EF -201 through 207 and 101 through 107 (Typical of 14) EF start/stop 1 Room sensor on EF -206 and 108 Wall switch on EF -204 and 205 2 Wall switch on EF -204 and 205 2 Fire Alarm System Interface Contacts from fire alarm panel See Division 16 AC -201 and 101 (Typical of 2) Supply fan stop /start Supply fan VFD speed Supply fan proof Freeze protection thermostat Discharge air temperature Duct static pressure Burner control panel Burner status Gas high pressure Gas low pressure Condensing unit start/stop DX cooling stage 1 DX cooling stage 2 Filter differential pressure switch Outside air dampers Outside air temperature 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 1 Yes Yes Note 2 Current sensing relay Contacts provided with burner controls Contacts provided with burner controls Pressure switch in gas train Pressure switch in gas train Contacts provided with DX controls Contacts provided with DX controls Supply air section INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY (continued) Description Digital Digital Analog Analog Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs Remarks Exhaust fan start/stop Exhaust fan proof Exhaust air damper Mixed air temperature Mixing dampers Room sensor Discharge pressure Discharge air temperature Duct status pressure Burner control panel Burner status Gas high pressure Gas low pressure DX cooling stage 1 DX coiling stage 2 ERC dampers ERC bypass dampers Filter differential pressure switch Outside air dampers Outside air temperature Outside air leaving temperature 1 Air Conditioning Units AC -202 and 102 (Typical of 2) Supply fan start/stop 1 Supply fan VFD speed Supply fan proof 1 Freeze protection thermostat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes Current sensing relay Current sensing relay 2 contacts /wire to fan starter & DDC 2/3 way down the ductwork Contacts provided with burner controller Contacts provided with burner controller Pessure switch in gas train Pessure switch in gas train Contacts provided with DX controls Contacts provided with DX controls Outside air section • m CO INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY (continued) Description Digital Digital Analog Analog Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Alarms Graphics Programs Remarks Exhaust fan start/stop Exhaust fan proof Exhaust air damper Exhaust air leaving temperature Filter differential pressure switch Exhaust air inlet temperature Room sensor Fan Terminal Units FTU-101-125 and 201.225 (Typical of 50) Space temperature sensor DI override on room sensor 1 Supply air temperature sensor Supply fan start/stop 1 Damper control Heating coil valve CFM VAV-201-213 and 101 -113 (Typical of 26) Space temperature sensor DI override on room sensor Heating coil valve CFM Fin Tube Raidiation Space temperature sensor DI override on room sensor Heating coil valve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 1 Yes 1 Yes 0 Yes Current sensing relay Exhaust section NOTE 1. Prepare program to calculate heat exchanger efficiency and trend log results, NOTE 2. Program for "Generator Running" control mode for AHUs and AC102 - South Base only. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES 1.04 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15990 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A. This Section specifies the labor and services necessary to test, adjust, and balance under actual operating conditions air and hydronic systems design flow rates. Nothing herein shall be construed as relieving the Contractor of its overall responsibility of this portion of the Work. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions to the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. B. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems C. AABC - National Standards for Total System Balance D. ASHRAE 70 - Standards -- Methods of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: The Contractor shall procure the services of an Independent air and hydronic balancing and testing agency, belonging to the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), to perform air and hydronic balancing, testing and adjustment of systems. The Contractor shall submit a copy of the National Project Certification Performance Guaranty, issued to the testing agency by the AABC, as a part of the balancing report specified in Paragraph 15990 -2.01. B. Codes and Standards: The Contractor shall comply with applicable procedures and standards of the certification sponsoring association: 1. "National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation, Total Systems Balance, Air Distribution - Hydronics Systems," AABC 2. "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems ", NEBB 3. "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets ", ASHRAE C. Calibration and maintenance of instruments and accuracy of measurements shall comply with the requirements of the standards. A. Tests and adjustments shall include the complete testing and balancing of hydronic systems and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and necessary adjustments to the heating, air conditioning, and ventilating equipment to accomplish the specified design flow rates. B. Should any apparatus, material or work fail to meet the specified requirements in these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and retest the apparatus, material, or work at no additional cost to the Owner. 15990-1 T/M2 -96 1.05 BALANCING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BALANCING REPORT C. Refer to Section 01014 for schedule alid special constraints. The contractor shall coordinate and schedule his work to comply with the constraints. A. General: The Contractor shall review Drawings and Specifications prior to testing and balancing the air and hydronic systems. The Contractor shall submit a proposed approach and schedule for approval prior to the start of testing and balancing work. Characteristics to be tested and adjusted to conform to the values specified include the following: 1. Total airflow rates delivered by fans and air - handling units. 2. Flow rates at grilles, registers, diffusers, supply and exhaust and return ducts. 3. Distribution patterns at air outlets. 4. Total water flow rates at each heating and cooling coil, control valve, and pump. 5. Capacity and temperature rise or drop across each heating and cooling coil. 6. Operation and modulation of each control valve. B. Airflow Rate Measurements: 1. Airflow rates shall be obtained by adjustment of the fan speeds, dampers, or registers. Flow rates shall be measured with supply, return, and exhaust systems operating with heating and cooling coils wet, with filter bank resistance midway between the design values specified for clean and dirty filters, with auxiliary systems in operation and with doors and windows closed. 2. Flow rates at grilles, registers, branch ductwork and air distribution patterns shall be tested in strict accordance with ASHRAE Standard -70. C. Water Flow Rate Measurement: Total water flow rates shall be measured at each heating coil, cooling coil, unit heater, heat recovery coil, control valve and pump. Water flow rates shall be obtained by adjustment of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Flow rates shall be measured with control valves 100 percent open. Pump capacities shall be determined by differential pressure measure. Temperature shall be measured across the hat transfer elements in the system. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. The following Information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Sample copy of each of the NEBB or AABC report forms. 2. Proposed approach and schedule of testing and balancing work as specified in Paragraph 15990 -1.04 A. 3. A description of each air and hydronic system including equipment to be balanced. 4. A copy of this Specification Section with addenda updates, and referenced sections with addenda updates, with each paragraph check marked to show Specification compliance or marked to show deviations. A. Report Data: The final certified balancing report shall include the following actual field- verified data: 1. Equipment data a. Manufacturer and model, size, arrangement, class, location, and equipment number. b. Motor horsepower, voltage, phase, and full load amperage. c. Fan cfm, static pressure, rpm, and operating motor BHP. d. Pump gpm, discharge pressure, suction pressure, pressure change across pump, total discharge head, gpm at major equipment and operating motor BHP. 2. Duct size, supply or exhaust recorded cfm, velocity, pressure measurements, location of measurements. 3. Pipe size, recorded gpm, velocity, pressure measurements, balancing valve size and model, location of measurements. 15990 -2 T/M2 -96 4. Terminal units a. Manufacturer and model, supply or exhaust, location, and identification number. b. Recorded and design cfm. c. Recorded and design noise levels and velocities, where specified. B. Report Requirements: 1. Each individual final reporting form must bear the signature of the person who recorded the data and that of the supervisor of the reporting organization. 2. One certified organization shall perform the testing and balancing services. 3. Instruments which were used shall be listed and identified including the last date each was calibrated. C. Final Report: Final report shall be submitted prior to Contractor's request for final inspection. In addition to providing specified data and information on applicable reporting forms, report shall include the following: 1. A schedule for testing and balancing parts of the systems which must be delayed due to seasonal, climatic, occupancy, or other conditions beyond control of the Contractor. Delayed work shall be completed as early as the proper conditions will allow, after consultation with the Engineer. 2. Due to delayed testing, reports shall be submitted after execution of those services. 3. A total balance report shall include the following components: a. General Information and Summary b. Instrument Calibration c. Air Systems d. Hydronic Systems e. Temperature Control Systems f. Special Systems g. Sound and Vibration Systems h. Record drawings with specified and measured flow rates 2.02 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION A. At completion of testing and balancing, Contractor shall submit a Certificate of Compliance stating that each apparatus, device, outlet, and system has been tested, adjusted, and balanced so that it is operating in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and with the specified conditions. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA A. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300: 1. The balancing report specified in Paragraph 15990 -2.01. 2. Documentation to confirm compliance with codes and standards. 3. NEBB or AABC certification PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The balancing agency shall conduct the above field tests in the presence of the Engineer. B. Following completion of testing and balancing the system shall be left in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. 15990 -3 T/M2-96 3.02 PERFORMANCE OF WORK 3.03 FINAL INSPECTION B. Selections for recheck shall not exceed 25 percent of the total tabulated in the report. A. Air Systems: 1 General: Testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be performed after the system installation is complete but prior to acceptance of the project. 2. Measurements: The Contractor shall perform the following: a. Measure and adjust air supply and exhaust units to deliver at least 100 percent of the design air volume at 100 percent cooling. b. Measure static air pressure conditions on fans, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. c. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives within drive limitations, for required air volume. Set a speed to provide air volume farthest distance from the fan without excess static pressure. Check draw amps of fans on initial start-up. If running amps exceed nameplate, shut off motor immediately, notify Engineer, and make necessary drive changes as directed. d. Evaluate building and room pressure conditions to determine adequate supply and return air conditions. e. For air handling units AHU -204, AHU -206, air conditioning units AC -201 and AC -202 which are specified with an initial and a future capacity, measure and adjust these units to show compliance with both future and initial capacities. Use the temporary openings and balancing dampers to accommodate the excess supply and return air of the future condition. On completion of measurements the system shall be adjusted and balanced to the initial design capacities. Cap and seal the temporary test openings. 3. Airflow rates shall be measured with supply, return, and exhaust systems operating with heating and cooling coils wet, with filter bank resistance midway between design values specified for clean and dirty filters, with auxiliary systems in operation. The deflection pattern of supply outlets shall be adjusted to ensure uniform air distribution throughout the space served. 4. Airflow rates supplied, exhausted, or returned shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of the design values specified. B. Hydronic Systems: 1. General: Testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be performed after the system installation is complete and prior to acceptance of the project. 2. Measurements: The Contractor shall perform the following: a. Measure and adjust pumps to deliver at least 100 percent of the design water flow. Check draw amps of running pumps. If in excess of nameplate, shut off immediately and notify Engineer. Proceed as directed by the Engineer. b. Measure and adjust water flow at coils for design conditions, plus or minus 10 percent. Check conditions at coils for required performance at design conditions. c. Measure and adjust total water flow rates at each control valve. 3. At the East Base, perform test for future as well as initial water flow to verify pump and system capacity. A. Following completion of testing and balancing, but prior to submitting the balancing report, the Contractor shall recheck, in the presence of the Engineer, random selections of data water and air quantities, air motion, and sound levels recorded in the report. Points and areas for recheck shall be as selected by the Engineer. Measurement and test procedures shall be as approved for work forming basis of the report. 15990 -4 T/M2 -96 In the event the report is rejected, systems shall be readjusted and tested, new data recorded, new reports submitted, and new inspection test made. Following acceptance of the reports by the Engineer, the Contractor shall permanently mark damper positions, circuit balancing valves, and balancing valves so that they can be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time. If a balancing device is provided with a memory stop, it shall be set and locked. Devices shall not be marked until after final inspection. END OF SECTION $ e r a a d a.. SECTION 16050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Q A. This Section specifies general requirements for electrical work. Detailed requirements for specific electrical items are specified in other sections but are subject to the general requirements of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of the listed documents shall prevail. i, Reference Title B CSA Canadian Standards Association 5. ETL Electrical Testing Lab FEDSPEC 26314 Federal Specifications 5. JIC Joint Industry Council NEC National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc. I UBC Uniform Building Code WAC 296 -46 Washington State Administrative Code I WAC 51 -21 Washington State Energy Code 1.03 LISTING AND LABELING 0 A. Electrical equipment and material shall be listed and labeled for the purpose for which it is used by Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, CSA, ETL, or equivalent nationally recognized testing 0 laboratory. 1.04 SUBMITTALS i1 A. Where specified under individual Specification sections, submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300. The submittals shall be identified by the specified equipment number and Specification section. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. Elementary, connection and interconnection drawings shall be prepared on 22 -inch x 34 -inch drafting media. Smaller sized drawings may be combined on one full -size drawing. Media shall be 16050-1 T/M2 -96 vellum, linen or mylar. Drawings shall have borders and title blocks identifying the scope of the drawing. B. Elementary drawings are detailed schematics diagrams of each device. Connection drawings show how a packaged component is connected to other unit components or systems. Interconnection drawings show systems or units connected to each other. In each case, every conductor and terminal shall be identified. 1.06 ELECTRICAL NUMBERING SYSTEMS A. Each raceway, conductor and cable shall be identified by a unique number. The numbering system shall match existing numbering systems in each respective facility and shall be submitted for approval prior to ordering numbering tags. Provide a conduit and cable schedule showing the details of all cables, conductors and raceways used and the contents therein. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment shall be stored. Equipment and materials to be located outdoors may be stored outdoors if protected against moisture condensation. Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors and sealed with plastic film wrap. B. Equipment shall be stored at least 6 inches above ground. Temporary power shall be provided to energize space heaters or other heat sources for control of moisture condensation. Space heaters or other heat sources shall be energized without disturbing the sealed enclosure. 1.08 SAME MANUFACTURER A. Items of any one classification shall be the product(s) of one manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE MARKERS A. Each power and control conductor shall be identified at each terminal to which it is connected. Conductors size No. 10 AWG or smaller shall have identification sleeves. The letters and numbers that identify each wire shall be machine printed on sleeves with permanent black ink. The figures shall be 1/8 -inch high. Sleeves shall be yellow or white tubing, sized to fit the conductor insulation. The sleeves shall be shrunk to fit the conductor with hot air after installation. They shall be TMS Thermofit Marker System by Raychem Co., sleeve style wire marking system by Floy Tag and Mfg. Co., W. H. Brady Co., or approved equal. Adhesive strips are not acceptable. Conductors No. 3 AWG and larger shall use cable markers of the locking tab type. Tabs shall be white plastic with conductor identification number permanently embossed. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates shall be placed on all electrical devices and include all lights, pushbuttons, selector switches, disconnects, etc. shall be made from 1/16 -inch thick laminated phenolic plastic. The nominal size of the nameplates shall be 3/4 -inch high x 2 inches long. Nameplates shall have black backgrounds with machine - engraved, 3/16 -inch white letters. Equipment titles shall be completely spelled out on the nameplates. If abbreviations are required because of space limitations, abbre- viations shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to manufacture. Nameplates shall be fastened using self- tapping stainless steel screws. The use of adhesives will not be permitted on the outside of enclosures. 16050-2 T/M2 -96 2.03 TERMINAL BLOCKS 2.04 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS 2.05 PRODUCT DATA PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be screw terminal, heavy duty, rated at 20 amperes minimum, 600V AC. Terminals shall be provided with integral marking strips which shall be permanently identified with the connecting wire numbers as shown on the Drawings. Each terminal block shall be uniquely identified. A. Electrical equipment shall be internally braced and connected to floors or walls for Seismic Zone 3 as defined by the 1991 Uniform Building Code. Submit equipment anchoring details for review and approval. For electrical equipment weighing over 100 pounds, the anchor details shall bear the seal of a professional structural engineer registered in the state of Washington. A. When specified under individual Specification sections, information shall be provided. Information to be provided shall be identified by the specified identification number. B. Extraneous material on the pages or drawings provided shall be crossed out, and the equipment or material to be supplied shall be clearly marked. C. In addition to the information specified under individual Specification sections, the following material shall be provided within the time period specified. 1. Interconnection diagrams: Interconnection diagrams shall be drawn similar to the typical interconnection diagram shown on the drawings. The interconnection diagrams shall indicate wiring between panels, terminal boxes, remotely mounted devices, and motor control centers. The diagrams shall interface with the manufacturer's internal connection diagrams for panels. The diagrams shall indicate the terminations to terminal blocks of field devices at each end of the cable, the number of conductors in the cable, the size of wire, and the number of spare conductors. For each termination, the diagrams shall indicate the terminal number, wire color, and wire number as it appears on the wire marker. All terminal blocks, including spares, shall be indicated on the diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be provided to the Engineer prior to final testing. 2. Test results: The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a copy of the test results for motors and electrical systems on the forms specified in the individual sections of Division 16 and contained in Section 01999. A file of the original test results shall be maintained by the Contractor. Prior to acceptance of work, the test result file shall be provided to the Engineer. 3. Functional checkout procedures: Functional checkout procedures specified under Paragraph 16050 -3.03C shall be provided to the Engineer prior to performing tests. A. Construction: The work under Division 16 shall be performed in accordance with NEC and in accordance with these Specifications. 1. Unless otherwise detailed or dimensioned, electrical layout drawings are diagrammatic. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of electrical material or equipment with the work. Minor changes in location of electrical material or equipment shall be made at no cost to Metro. 2. All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Metro reserves the right to require minor changes in location of outlets or equipment, prior to roughing in, without incurring any additional costs or charges. 3. The Contractor shall install electrical equipment or devices together with all required interconnections as shown on the Drawings. 16050-3 T/M2 -96 4. All proposed labels and tags by the Contractor shall be submitted to Metro for approval prior to fabrication. 5. Electrical work shall be performed in cooperation with all other trades in order to secure the best arrangement of the work as a whole. No changes in the work shall be made without the written permission of the Engineer. 6. Where details of installations are not shown on the Drawings, new installations shall be similar to existing installations. 7. Conduit rising through a slab or into any floor areas shall be protected by a dry pack concrete pad approximately 6 inches in diameter and 3 inches high above the finished floor, or alterna- tively, the conduit shall be brought up through a raised equipment pad or curb. Top finish must slope away from conduit to drain away any surface water. B. Housekeeping: 1. Electrical equipment shall be protected from dust. Busway shall be wiped free of dust and dirt on the outside and shall be vacuumed on the inside within 30 days of acceptance of the work. 2. Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall repair by spray painting, after properly preparing the surface, all scratches or defects in the finish of the equipment. Only identical paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer shall be used for such purposes. C. New equipment: 1. Care shall be exercised in the installation of all equipment to avoid damage or disfigurement of any kind. All equipment shall be protected from dust and moisture prior to and after installation. The equipment shall be covered with a heavy polyethylene plastic sheet, or laminated kraft paper having a moisture barrier, during all stages of construction. 2. Any equipment whose designation (job site) is more than 25 miles from the factory shall be carefully protected for shipping. All openings shall be protected by plywood securely fastened to the framework of the equipment. Equipment shall be adequately covered during local delivery. 3. Equipment which is stored in unheated or open areas on the job shall be provided with thermostatically controlled heating units of sufficient size to keep the temperature of the equipment above the dew point. Strip heaters specified in panels shall be connected to an adequately protected temporary power source and operated during all the time the equipment is stored or on the job site. 4. Failure of the Contractor to protect the equipment as outlined herein shall be grounds for rejection of the equipment. D. Existing equipment: Some of the equipment is existing. The Contractor shall relocate, modify and repair existing equipment as required to produce a complete and operable system subject to the acceptance of the Engineer. As a minimum, relocations, modifications and repairs of existing equipment shall conform to the original standards of construction for the existing equipment. This includes, but is not limited to, extending, relocating and modifying existing conduit and wire runs. Splicing of wires is not acceptable. New wire shall be installed if wiring is to be extended. E. Maintaining continuity of service: Several areas of the Contract involve power, control and other services essential to reliable operation of the fans. Where transfer of these services from old equipment to new equipment is required, the Contractor shall provide Metro with a complete and detailed plan for such transfer of service. Such plan shall be subject to approval by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall not proceed with work in areas of essential services until the Contractor has provided a plan to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.02 PHASE CONNECTIONS A. Phase connections for equipment shall be A, B, C, counting from front to back, top to bottom, and left to right as viewed from the operating mechanism side. 16050 -4 T/M2 -96 3.03 TESTING A. General: 1. Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, the following tests shall be performed. Unless otherwise specified, a 1,000V megohmmeter shall be used for resistance measurements. 2. The measurements of the tests shall be recorded on the specified forms and provided to the Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.C.2. B. Insulation resistance measurements: 1. General: General insulation resistance measurements shall be made on conductors and energized parts of electrical equipment. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance shall be in accordance with the applicable ICEA, NEMA or ANSI standards for the equipment or material being tested, unless otherwise specified. The ambient temperature at which insulation resistance is measured shall be recorded on the test form. 2. Conductor and cable tests: a. The phase -to- ground insulation resistance shall be measured for all circuits 120 volts and above except lighting circuits. Measurements may be made with motors and other equipment connected. b. Insulation resistance measurements shall be recorded in a format similar to Form 16000 -A, contained in Section 01999. Insulation with resistance of less than 10 megohms is not acceptable. 3. Motor tests: a. The Installed Motor Test Form, 16000 -B, contained in Section 01999, shall be completed for each motor after installation. All motors shall have their insulation resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and larger shall have their insulation resistance measured at the time of delivery as well as when they are connected. Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable. b. The Contractor shall verify that motors are connected to rotate in the correct direction. Verification may be accomplished by momentarily energizing the motor, provided the Contractor confirms that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by reverse operation. c. The full load current on each phase shall be measured with the motor running. C. Functional checkout: 1. Protective devices shall be adjusted and operative during the testing period. Prior to start-up of each piece of equipment or system, the Contractor shall perform a functional checkout on control circuits. The checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control, alarm, or malfunction device, and each interlock in turn to verify that the specified action occurs. This may be performed with the motor connected or disconnected. 2. The Contractor shall prepare detailed descriptive procedures used to test each drive or system. The functional checkout procedures shall be provided to the Engineer for approval before the checkout is performed. After the checkout has been performed, a signed and dated copy of the test results shall be provided to the Engineer. END OF SECTION 16050 -5 T/M2 -96 I t t I I Q a PART 1 GENERAL ( 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS A. This Section specifies raceways, fittings and supports for electrical conductors to be provided for power, control, instrumentation, grounding and signal systems. ( 1.02 REFERENCES ( A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM, ANSI and the following ( documents. They are part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of ( conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. $ Reference Title ( ASME ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code a ( FEDSPEC Conduit, Metal, Rigid and Coupling, WW -C -581 E Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit; Zinc Coated JIC EMP -1 Electrical Standards for Mass Production Equipment i ( NEMA TC2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC 40 and EPC 80) 0 NEMA VE1 Cable Tray Systems ( ( NFPA -130 Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit Systems ) NEC National Electrical Code UL 1242 Intermediate Metal Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: ) 1. Manufacturer's literature. ) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY A. Steel conduit: 1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRS): Rigid steel conduit shall comply with ANSI C80.1 with smooth finished surfaces. Conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized. Unless otherwise specified, minimum size shall be 3/4 -inch exposed and 1 -inch embedded. 2. Fittings: a. Locknuts shall be extra heavy electrogalvanized steel for sizes through 2 inches. Locknuts larger than 2 Inches shall be electrogalvanized malleable iron. Bushings shall 16110-1 T/M2 -96 be extra heavy electrogalvanized steel for sizes through 2 inches. Locknuts larger than 2 inches shall be electrogalvanized malleable iron. Bushings shall be electrogalvanized malleable iron with insulating collar. Grounding bushings shall be locking type and shall be provided with a feed - through compression lug for securing the ground cables. Unions shall be electrogalvanized ferrous alloy type Appleton UNF or UNY, Crouse -Hinds UNF or UNY, or approved equal. Threadless fittings are not acceptable. Conduit bodies shall be ferrous alloy type with screw taps for fastening covers. Gaskets shall be made of neoprene. b. Expansion fittings in embedded runs shall be watertight and shall be provided with an internal bonding jumper. The expansion material shall be neoprene and shall allow for 3/4 -inch movement in any direction. B. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit (FLEX): Liquidtight flexible steel conduit shall be formed from spirally wound galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely interlocked and jacketed with liquidtight plastic cover. Minimum size shall be 1/2 -inch. Fittings for liquidtight conduit shall have cadmium - plated malleable iron body and gland nut with cast -in lug, brass grounding ferrule threaded to engage conduit spiral and 0 -ring seals around the conduit and box connection and insulated throat. Forty -five and 90- degree fittings shall be used where applicable. C. Explosionproof flexible conduit: Explosionproof flexible conduit shall be suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D hazardous areas as specified in NEC and shall be watertight. D. Wireways: Wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be JIC EMP -1 sectional flanged oiltight type with hinged covers and shall be 8 inches x 8 inches in cross section unless otherwise specified. E. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) 1. Intermediate steel conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized inside and out, and UL listed. 2. Approved manufacturers are Republic Steel, Triangle, Allied, Western, National or approved equal. Minimum size shall be 3/4 inch. 3. Fittings for IMC conduit shall be the same as for GRS conduit. F. PVC Schedule 80 conduit (PVC) 1. Conduit shall be UL listed and comply with NEMA TC 2, rigid polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 80. Approved manufacturers: Carlon, Western Plastics or approved equal. 2. Fire resistance shall be per NFPA 130, Section 2- 4.1.1. G. Aluminum conduit: Shall not be used. H. EMT conduit (EMT) 1. Conduit shall be zinc coated, UL listed as manufactured by Republic Steel, Triangle, Allied, Western, National or approved equal. Minimum size shall be 3/4 inch. 2. Fittings shall be raintight, steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Steel set screw fittings are acceptable. Indenter, drive -on and pressure cast or die cast type set screw fittings are not acceptable. 2.02 BOXES AND FITTINGS A. General: Junction boxes, device boxes, and conduit fittings shall be of same quality or grade as existing in each respective facility. Exposed boxes and boxes located in indoor wet areas, containing more than 24 cubic inches, shall be cast ferrous alloy or NEMA 3R sheet steel. Boxes and fittings installed in areas where electrical metallic tubing is allowed may be standard UL- approved sheet steel type. B. Cast ferrous alloy boxes: Boxes shall be hot -dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy unless otherwise specified. Integrally cast threaded hubs or bosses shall be provided for conduit entrances and shall provide for full 5- thread contact on tightening. Drilling and threading shall be done before galvanizing. Cover plates shall be of similar hot -dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy material. A 16110 -2 T/M2 -96 full -body neoprene gasket shall be provided with the cover. Type 304 stainless steel screws shall be provided for covers. Device boxes shall be FD boxes as manufactured by Crouse - Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. C. Gang boxes: Outlet and device boxes shall be gang type where 2 or more devices are located together. Device covers shall be suitable for gang boxes with neoprene gaskets to fit the devices and boxes used. Covers shall be hot -dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy unless the particular device requires a cover that is not manufactured in this material. D. Floor boxes: Floor boxes shall be hot -dip galvanized cast boxes with a NEMA 3R rating. Boxes shall be provided with a recessed ring neoprene gasket, hot -dip galvanized steel checker cover plates and Type 304 stainless steel machine screws of not less than 1/4 -inch diameter. The cover screws shall be flat head type of recessed socket head screws with no material projecting above the level of the cover. E. Boxes used indoors: 1. Boxes larger than FD boxes shall be fabricated from welded steel and hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Before finish is applied, a grounding pad drilled for 2 bolted grounding lugs or a grounding stud shall be welded to the inside of the box. Hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Boxes shall, as a minimum, meet NEMA 12 and JIC EMP -1 requirements. 2. Electrogalvanized sheet steel boxes may be used where electrical metallic tubing is specified. Boxes shall be a minimum of 4 -inch square. Covers shall have raised edges to be flush with walls and ceiling surfaces. F. Boxes outdoors: Boxes and fittings located in outdoor areas shall be NEMA 3R. G. Hubs: Threaded hubs for connection of conduit to junction, device or terminal boxes shall be made of cast ferrous alloy, electroplated with zinc and shall have insulated liner and insulating bushings. The hubs shall utilize a neoprene 0-ring and shall provide a watertight connection. 2.03 RACEWAY SUPPORTS A. Conduit supports: Hot -dip galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of 3 or more conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be 1 -hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit supports for PVC coated rigid steel and PVC conduit systems shall be 1 -hole PVC coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. B. Ceiling hangers: Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers as specified. Straps or hangers of plumber's perforated tape are not acceptable. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods shall be 1/2 -inch, all- thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code specifications. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and those exposed to weather or moisture shall be stainless steel. C. Structural attachments (racks): Structural attachments shall be constructed from framing channel. D. Match existing work. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA A. The Contractor shall provide catalog cuts for all materials provided under this Section before work is started. The catalog cuts shall be assembled, and each page marked with the item and reference number to the Specifications. 16110 -3 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT A. General: 1. Conduit runs between boxes: The Contractor shall limit the number of directional changes of the conduit to total not more than 270 degrees in any run between pull boxes. Conduit runs shall be limited to 400 feet, less 100 feet for every 90 degrees of change in direction. Bends and offsets shall be avoided where possible but, where necessary, shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine, or shall be factory preformed bends. Turns shall be made with cast metal fittings or conduit bends. Welding, brazing or otherwise heating of conduit is not acceptable. 2. Junction and pull boxes: Where required for ease of pulling and as necessary to meet codes, the Contractor shall install cast junction or pull boxes even though not shown on the Drawings. Turns shall consist of cast -metal fittings or symmetrical bends. Where two (2) or more conduit runs use the same pull box, the conductors shall be separated by suitable barriers. Pull boxes used for multiple conduit runs shall not combine circuits fed from different switchgear. 3. Conduit terminations: a. Conduit entering NEMA 1 type sheet steel boxes or cabinets shall be secured by locknuts on both the interior and exterior of the device and shall have an insulating grounding or bonding bushing fitted over the conduit end. Conduit entering all other boxes shall be terminated with a threaded hub. Surface- mounted cast boxes and nonmetallic enclosures shall have threaded hubs. Joints shall be made with standard couplings or threaded unions. Metal parts of nonmetallic boxes and plastic coated boxes shall be bonded to the conduit system. Running threads shall not be used in lieu of conduit nipples, nor shall excessive thread be used on any conduit. The ends of conduit shall be cut square, reamed, and threaded with straight threads. Rigid steel conduit shall be made up tight and without thread compound. Exposed male threads on rigid steel conduit shall be coated with electrically conductive zinc -rich paint. b. Provide a bushing or bell end on PVC conduits at the cathodic protection junction box. 4. Conduit terminations (alternate): a. All conduit shall terminate in junction boxes, outlet boxes or panels with proper fittings. Conduit feeding free - standing electrical and mechanical equipment having conduit connections shall terminate in clear wiring space and shall be terminated with a grounding bushing. b. All conduit entering sheet -steel boxes or cabinets shall be secured by locknuts on both the interior and exterior of the enclosure and shall have an insulating bushing installed over the conduit end. All conduit entering NEMA 12 or JIC boxes shall be terminated with a raintight hub having an insulating liner. All surface- mounted cast boxes shall have threaded hubs. All joints shall be made with standard couplings or specified unions. Running threads shall not be used in lieu of conduit nipples, excessive threads shall not be used on any conduit. Conduit terminated in NEMA 4X, or other cast boxes shall have 5 full threads of contact. The ends of all conduit shall be cut square, reamed and threaded with straight threads. Conduit joints shall be made up with T &B Kopr - Shield which shall be applied to the male threads only. 5. Matching existing facilities: a. When new conduit and /or boxes are added to areas which are already painted, they shall be painted to match the existing facilities. Where new conduit is used to replace existing conduit, the existing conduit and supports shall be removed, and resulting blemishes shall be patched and repainted to match original conditions. Similarly, if existing conduits are to be reused and rerouted, resulting blemishes shall be corrected in the same manner. Reuse or reroute of existing conduit shall be subject to Engineer approval in the field. b. The Contractor shall exercise the necessary precautions to prevent the lodging of dirt, concrete or trash in the conduit, fittings and boxes during the course of installation. Each conduit and sheathed, jacketed, armored or otherwise grouped assembly of 16110 -4 T/M2-96 Table 1 Location Application /condition Type Above ground to 10 Feet AFF Above Ground 10 Feet AFF and up All Wet Areas Underground Outside Hazardous, Classified areas All raceway applications not specified below On or in walls and ceiling space, where not subject to possible physical abuse Areas that could be subject to constant attack from moisture (i.e., Steam shop and the wash bays). Direct buried, underground Exposed to Weather Ex•osed GRS EMT GRS PVC GRS GRS conductors shall be identified at each end with a permanent nonferrous metal marker. Designation shall be pressure stamped into the tag. Spare conduit shall contain one 3/16 -inch diameter propylene rope. B. Table 1 specifies the type of raceway required for each location and application. Unless otherwise specified in Table 1, conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized, rigid steel, type GRS. C. Conduit support: 1. Exposed rigid steel conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than 8 feet apart and shall be constructed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and ceiling. No conduit shall approach closer than 6 inches to any object operating above the rated temperature of the cable insulation it contains. 2. Steel conduit shall be supported away from the structures using hot -dip galvanized malleable iron straps with nesting backs. Where 3 or more conduits are located in a parallel run, they shall be spaced out from the wall using framing channel. Runs of individual conduit suspended from the ceiling shall be supported with galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Where 3 or more conduits are suspended from the ceiling, steel racks shall be constructed. 3. Conduit rack and tray supports shall be secured to concrete surfaces by means of wedge - stud type anchors. Individual conduit supports may use cast -in -place anchors, die -cast, rustproof alloy expansion shields or cast flush anchors. Wooden plugs, plastic inserts or gunpowder- driven inserts are not acceptable as a base to secure conduit supports. D. Conduit support (ALTERNATE) 1. Exposed conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than 8 feet apart and shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceiling. No conduit shall approach closer than 6 inches to any object operating above the rated temperature of the installation. 2. Conduit supported directly from the concrete structure shall be spaced out at least 3/8 -inch using 1 -hole malleable straps with backs and nesting backs or, if 3 or more conduits are located in a parallel run, they shall be spaced out from the wall approximately 5/8- to 1 -inch by means of framing channel. Runs of individual conduit suspended from the ceiling shall be supported with galvanized wrought steel pipe hangers. Where 3 or more conduits are suspended from the ceiling, suitable steel racks shall be installed subject to loading acceptance by the Engineer. 16110 -5 T/M2.96 3.02 RACEWAY SUPPORT SYSTEM 3.03 RACEWAY NUMBERING SYSTEM 3. Welding, brazing or otherwise heating of the conduit is not allowed. Plumber's perforated hanger iron shall not be used for any purpose. E. Conduit penetrations: 1. Unless otherwise specified, conduit routed perpendicular through floors, walls or other concrete structures shall pass through cast -in -place openings wherever possible. In cases where cast -in -place openings are not possible, appropriate size holes shall be bored through the concrete to accommodate the conduit passage. The size and location of the holes shall not impair the structure's integrity. After completion, use non - shrink grout or calk around con- duit and finish to match existing surroundings. Unless otherwise protected, conduits that rise vertically through the floor shall be protected by a 3 -1/2 -inch high concrete pad with a sloping top. Pads not required in crawl spaces. 2. Wherever conduits penetrate concrete walls to outdoors, the Contractor shall provide a watertight seal as manufactured by O. Z. Gedney Co., or approved equal, whether shown on drawings or not. F. Conduit penetrations (ALTERNATE): Conduit rising through a slab shall be protected by a dry pack concrete pad approximately 6 inches in diameter and 3 inches high above the finished floor, or alternatively, the conduit shall be brought up through a raised equipment pad or curb. All penetrations of existing concrete shall be made in such a manner as not to destroy the structural integrity of the structure. As shown on the Drawings, some of the conduit and equipment is existing. New conduit shall be installed and existing conduit modified as required to produce a neat, coordinated installation as if the entire installation were new. G. Liquidtight flexible conduit: 1. Flexible conduit shall not be used as a general purpose raceway but shall be provided in locations requiring flexibility. Liquidtight flexible conduit shall be used for all motor connec- tions. Where flexibility is required for electrical raceways on equipment, liquidtight conduit shall be used in accordance with JIC standards, these Specifications, and the local inspection agency. The maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 36 inches or 15 times the trade diameter whichever is less, unless otherwise shown, and the terminating fittings and sealing shall be as shown in the motor details. Nonjacketed flexible conduit may be used for connec- tions to lighting fixtures in furred spaces (architecturally treated areas), where part of a listed assembly. A. Raceway support systems are designed with a safety factor of 5. Support systems provided by the Contractor shall meet this requirement. A. General: Each conduit shall be identified by a unique number including spare conduits. B. Conduit Identification: Conduit numbers shall be pressure stamped into a noncorrosive metal tag. A tag with number shall be fixed to each end of each conduit and at each manhole, pull box and handhole with Type 304 stainless steel wire. END OF SECTION 16110-6 T/M2 -96 ty PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 2.03 SHOP DRAWINGS 2.04 O &M Manual BUSWAYS SECTION 16112 A. Provide plug -in units for the existing plug -in busway distribution systems as shown on the Drawings with all necessary termination components, fittings and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer shall be identical to the manufacturer of the existing plug busway. 2.02 PLUG -IN BUSWAY A. Supply plug -in units of the types and rating indicated on the Drawings. B. Plug -in units shall be mechanically interlocked with the busway housing to prevent their installation or removal while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. The enclosure of any plug -in unit shall make positive ground connection to the duct housing before the stabs make contact with the bus bars. A ground stab shall be provided, where required, to engage the busway internal ground bar. C. All plug -in units shall be equipped with a defeatable interlock to prevent the cover from being opened while the circuit breaker is in the "ON" position and to prevent accidental closing of the circuit breaker while the cover is open. The plugs must be provided with a means for padlocking the cover closed and the device in the "OFF" position. The operating handle and mechanism must remain in control of the device at all times. It shall be possible to mount the handle on either the end or the side of the plug -in unit, permitting its easy operation from the floor by means of a hookstick or chain. 1. Ratings: See drawings for amperage. 208 -volt AC, 60 Hertz, 22 KAIC. a. See Drawings for amperage. b. 208 -Volt AC, 60- Hertz. c. 22 -KAIC. A. Submit for approval prior to manufacture factory shop drawings demonstrating conformance with all requirements of these Specifications and the Drawings. These shop drawings shall include catalog cuts of all system components and a completely dimensioned system layout with all components identified by catalog numbers. Indicate conformance with utility requirements where applicable. A. The busway section of the maintenance manual (refer to Section 01730) shall contain copies of the shop drawings described in Paragraph 2.03 above and the manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures, including joint torque inspection intervals. 16112 -1 T/M2.96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3,01 PLUG -IN BUSWAY Install plug -in circuit breaker units per manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 16112.2., T/M2 -96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies conductors and cables rated 600 volts used for power, lighting, receptacle, signal and control circuits. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of ASTM and the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ICEA S -68 -516 Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product data on cables and splicing materials. 2. Cable pulling tension and side pressure calculations per Paragraph 3.04B. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLE A. Cables shall be identified on the overall jacket as to the manufacturer's name, cable size, number of conductors, type of insulation, type of jacket, cable type, and voltage rating. Identifying information shall be printed every 3 feet in a color contrasting with the cable jacket. Refer to the cable schedule for cable sizes. 2.02 600 -VOLT CABLE A. Lighting circuits: 1. Conductor: Conductors shall be 12 -AWG solid or stranded copper, with a 600V, THHW/THWN insulation rating. B. Single conductor cables: 1. Conductor: Cables shall consist of an uncoated, annealed, Class B stranded copper conductor per ICEA S -68 -516, Part 2. 2. Insulation: Insulation shall be Type II, flame- retardant ethylene propylene (EP) per ICEA S -68 -516, Part 3.7. Thickness shall be in accordance with ICEA S -68 -516, Table 3 -1. 3. Identification: All 600V cables used in power circuits shall be color coded in accordance with the following: 16120 -1 T/M2 -96 2.04 PRODUCT DATA Use Cable Color Three - phase, 460V power Phase A Brown or Phase B Orange 480/277V lighting Phase C Yellow Ground Green Neutral Gray Three - phase, 120/208V power Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Single- phase, 120V power Phase A Black Neutral White 4. Type: Finished cable shall be UL- listed as Type THWN/THHN /MTW /AW and VW -1 rated. Cable shall be rated at 600V, 90 degrees C normal operating, 130 degrees C emergency, for use on emergency systems. 5. Tests: Cables shall meet the test requirements of IEEE 383 and UL 1277, with a 70,000 BTU /hour flame. 6. Sources: The Okonite Company, Okonite, Unicon -FREP, Rome, Cablec, or approved equal. C. Multiconductor cable: 25 conductor, #22 AWG cable, with tinned annealed copper per ASTM B 33, Class B stranding per ASTM B 8 with color coded, flame retardant EPR insulation as manufactured by CABLEC Co. or approved equal. 2.03 SPLICING AND TERMINATING MATERIALS A. 600V conductor and cable connectors: 1. Connectors shall be 1 -piece tool applied compression type of required size, UL- listed for the specific application. Connectors shall be tin - plated high conductivity copper. Connectors for wire sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be nylon self - insulated ring tongue or locking -spade terminals. Connectors for wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger shall be 1 -hole lugs up to size No. 3/0 AWG, and 2 -hole or 4 -hole lugs for size No. 4/0 and larger. Mechanical clamp, dimple, screw -type connectors are not acceptable. 2. In -line splices and taps shall be used only where specified. When used, they shall be of the same construction as other connectors. B. Wire markers: According to Section 16050, Paragraph 2.01.A. A. Submit the following: 1. Operating and maintenance material in accordance with Section 01730, Paragraph 1.02.A, Items 2 through 10. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Wire and cable shall not be pulled Into conduits until conduits have been cleaned. Conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned with air or other means. A mandrel correctly sized for 2 Inch and larger conduits shall be pulled through. 16120 -2 T/M2 -96 B. Pulling wire and cable into conduit or trays shall be completed without damaging or putting undue stress on the cable insulation or otherwise abrading them. Soapstone, talc or UL- listed pulling compounds are acceptable lubricants for pulling wire and cable. Grease is not acceptable. Race- way construction shall be complete and protected from the weather before cable is placed. C. Whenever a cable leaves a raceway, a cable support shall be provided. D. When flat bar connections are made with unplated bar, the Contractor shall scratch -brush and lubricate the contact areas with joint compound, Atlantic No. 62, Alcoa No. 2EJC, or approved equal. Bolts and other hardware shall be lubricated with the same contact aid. Bolts shall be torqued to the bus manufacturer's recommendations. Joint compound shall not contain grit or metallic particles. E. Cables crossing hinges shall be made up into groups not exceeding 12 and shall be so arranged that they will be protected from chafing when the hinged member is moved. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE TERMINATION A. Power conductors No. 10 AWG and larger may be terminated directly in box -type lugs without terminals. Insulated terminals of the spade or ring - tongue type shall be used on all stranded control and power conductors No. 12 AWG and smaller. Insulated terminals shall be used also on all stranded instrumentation wiring. Special instrumentation cables shall be terminated in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the equipment and subject to acceptance of the Engineer. B. No splices shall be used in power and control wiring. The wiring shall be continuous from point -to- point, except for approved taps. C. If field conditions so dictate that splices must be used, it shall be at the discretion and approval of the Engineer. If splices are used, they shall be done as follows: All splices shall be taped 2 layers on half lap of vinyl plastic electrical tape for 600V insulation. Terminations of cables at 460V motors shall be made by bolt- connecting the lugged conductors and then using 3 half -lap layers of adhesive varnished cambric tape covered with 2 half -lap layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape. Any other splicing methods shall be submitted to the Engineer. D. Terminals and connectors shall be installed with the compression tool recommended by the terminal manufacturer. Solid wire shall not be lugged, but shall be terminated with full ring eye of the wire under the binding -head screw or saddle of the terminal block. E. All field wiring to pushbutton stations and other isolated control devices shall be labeled at each end with legible, permanently coded wire - marking sleeve showing the complete circuit number. All wiring to other panels, relay compartments of the same panel or interlocking wiring shall have the applicable double identification at each end of the conductors. The Contractor shall provide a schedule for acceptance prior to printing of the sleeves, correlating the wire markings the Contractor proposes to use with each control wire and terminal number. All submittal diagrams referenced shall be provided to the Engineer for checking the wire marking submittal. 3.03 600 -VOLT CONDUCTOR AND CABLE A. Conductors in panels and electrical equipment, No. 6 AWG and smaller, shall be bundled and laced at intervals not greater than 6 inches, spread into trees and connected to their respective terminals. Lacing shall be made up with plastic cable ties. Lacing is not necessary in plastic panel wiring duct. B. Slack shall be provided in junction and pull boxes, handholes and manholes. Slack shall be sufficient to allow cables or conductors to be routed along the walls of the box. C. Raceway fill limitations shall be as defined by NFPA No. 70 and the following: 16120-3 T/M2 -96 1. Conductors operating at different voltages shall be in separate raceways as follows: a. 100 to 600V power and control conductors. b. Below 100V signal conductors. c. Direct current, 125V and below, power conductors. 2. Conductors whose size differs by more than 3 number classes shall not be in the same conduit. 3. 120V receptacle circuits may be in the same conduit in accordance with derating requirements of the NEC. Lighting and 120V receptacle circuits shall not be in conduits with power or control conductors, and shall not be installed in cable trays. D. Solid conductors in receptacle circuits shall terminate on the screw of the receptacle. Solid conductors shall not be terminated with electrical spring connections. E. All conductors and cable shall be tagged. F. Terminations at motors shall be made by bolt- connecting the lugged connectors. The connection shall be wrapped in a minimum of two 2- 1 /2- lapped layers of Scotch No. 33, or approved equal, tape. Connectors having irregular surfaces shall be padded using Scotchf ill brand insulating putty, or approved equal. In -line splices and tees shall be made with tubular compression connectors and insulated as specified for motor terminations, except that conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller may be spliced using self - insulating connectors. Splices and tees in underground handholes or pull boxes shall be insulated using Scotch -cast, or approved equal, epoxy resin splicing kits. Terminations at devices with 120V pigtail leads shall be made using self - insulating tubular compression connectors. G. Splices shall not be made in conductors except at boxes, outlets, devices supplied with pigtails, or cabinets. Splices will not be permitted in conduit bodies. H. Conductor and cable markers shall be provided at splice points. 3.04 TESTING A. General: The Contractor shall test conductors and cable rated 600 volts per NETA acceptance testing specifications. B. Cable pulling calculations: The Contractor shall furnish detailed cable pulling tension and cable pulling side pressure calculations along with the manufacturer's data showing allowable limits for the following instances: 1. All 600V cable runs greater than 200 feet in length or with more than 180 degrees of total direction change. END OF SECTION 16120 -4 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies wiring devices consisting of receptacles, plugs, switches and appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Ilia NEMA WD -1 General Purpose Wiring Devices 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following submittal in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts for all materials provided under this Section. A. Wiring devices shall be UL- listed for the current, voltage and frequency specified and shall comply with NEMA WD -1. Devices shall contain provisions for back wiring and side wiring with captively held metallic binding screws. Devices shall be brown, except those located in finished areas shall be ivory. 2.02 RECEPTACLES AND PLUGS A. General: Receptacles shall be grounding type. B. 120V Receptacles: Receptacles shall be duplex 20 -amp NEMA 5 -20R and shall accept NEMA 5 -15P or 5 -20P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbell 5362, or approved equal. GFI receptacles shall be installed where shown. Outdoor receptacles shall be weatherproof. 2.03 DEVICE PLATES A. Device plates shall be made from Type 302 stainless steel. Device plates for corrosive and outdoor areas shall be impact resistant, marine grade fiberglass. Device plates for instrumentation power supply disconnect switches shall be provided with general purpose switches and shall have a lockoff feature with provision for a single padlock. B. Device plates shall be provided with engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with 1/8 -inch white characters on black background. Nameplates for switches shall identify panel and circuit number and area served. Nameplates for receptacles shall identify circuit and also voltage if other than 120V, single - phase. Indoor nameplates may be secured by epoxy glue. Nameplates outdoors shall be secured by Type 304 stainless steel screws. 16140-1 T/M2 -86 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C. Receptacles located outdoors, or where located indoors with "WP" designations, shall be provided with weatherproof lift covers. A. Boxes shall be independently supported by galvanized brackets, expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or machine or wood screws as appropriate. Wooden or plastic plugs inserted in masonry or concrete shall not be used as a base to secure boxes, nor shall welding or brazing be used for attachment. . Unless otherwise noted, receptacles installed in sheet steel boxes shall be flush mounted. Flush- mounted receptacles shall be located 18 inches above the finished floor. C. Switch boxes shall be mounted 48 inches above the floor. Receptacles installed in cast device boxes shall be located 48 inches above the finished floor. D. Match existing installed height. E. Use side -wired screw to terminate switches and receptacles. END OF SECTION 16140 -2 T/M2-96 w L W 4 SECTION 16155 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS - 240/480 VOLTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies 3 phase, 480V combination motor starters installed in enclosures other than motor control centers. B. Single phase, 120 volt motor starters shall conform to the applicable components of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference, the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ANSI /NEMA ICS Industrial Control and System Section 1.03 SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED A. The Contractor shall provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. 2. Wiring diagrams. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ENCLOSURE A. Each door to a motor starter enclosure shall be interlocked with an externally operated disconnect handle. Disconnect handle shall be arranged to indicate disconnect position. The disconnect operator (handle) shall have provisions to accept up to three 3/8 -inch shackle padlocks to lock the disconnect in the open position. Enclosures shall be NEMA 12 for indoor areas, NEMA 3R for outdoor locations. B. Bussing shall be silver plated copper braced for a minimum of 42,000 AIC, with all connections bolted with Belleville washers over flat washers. C. Enclosure shall be rated NEMA 12 (indoor), NEMA 3R (outdoor). Each enclosure shall have hinged doors, the doors to be interlocked with an externally operated, lockable disconnect handle. Compartments shall be enclosed to isolate any faults. 2.02 MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION A. Fused Disconnect Switches: Fused disconnect switches shall be provided with visible knife blades, shielded line terminals and quick -make, quick -break switch operator. Fuse clips shall be sized for UL Class RK, 1 -time, time- delay fuses. Fuse assembly shall have a minimum short circuit capacity of 50,000 amps symmetrical. Fuse removal shall be accomplished with the use of fuse pullers. 16155 -1 T/M2.96 2.04 TERMINAL BLOCKS B. Molded Case Motor Circuit Protectors: The molded case circuit breaker shall operate on the magnetic principle with a current sensing coil in each of the 3 poles to provide an instantaneous trip for short circuit protection. The trip setting shall be adjustable over a range of 700 to 1,300 percent of the full load current of the motor served and shall be adjustable from the front of the breaker. 2.03 MOTOR STARTERS A. The basic full voltage, non - reversing starter shall consist of a 3 -pole, 600V AC contactor, transient surge suppressor, and 3 overload relays, Size 1 minimum. B. The contactors shall be in compliance with NEMA ICS and NEMA rated for the horsepower as specified. C. Starters shall be equipped with seal -in and auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amperes continuous at 120V AC. As a minimum, each non - reversing starter shall be equipped with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed auxiliary contacts. D. Overload relays shall be bimetallic type with separate heaters for each of the 3 poles. An overload condition shall cause the relay to latch in the open position. Reset shall be accomplished with a reset button located on the unit door exterior. Trip setting shall be adjustable from 85 to 115 percent of rating. E. Handles for disconnect assemblies shall be vertically activated, hand graspable, with a minimum of 4 inches of graspable length. A. Terminal blocks shall be heavy duty, rated at 20 amperes, 600 volts, and shall contain integral marking strips. B. Terminal blocks shall be provided for external control and power wires size No. 10 AWG and smaller. Spare terminals shall be provided as specified. Terminals shall be permanently identified with the numbers specified. 2.05 CONTROL DEVICES A. Unless otherwise specified, the starter shall be provided with a HAND - OFF -AUTO (HOA) control switch. 2.06 CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT - WIRING A. One terminal of operating coils shall be connected to the (grounded) neutral control conductor. No contacts shall be provided between the coil and neutral. Conductors shall be switchboard type and rated for minimum 90 degrees C above ambient temperature. Conductors shall be Identified with tag numbers as specified in Paragraph 16050- 2.01A. 2.07 CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS A. Each combination motor control unit shall be provided with a control circuit transformer rated for 480 -120V, single - phase, 60 -Hz. Unless otherwise specified, transformers shall have a minimum volt- ampere rating as follows: Minimum Starter volt - ampere rating Size 1 100 16155 - 2 T/M2 - 96 ti ) ► • b 0 ► 0 ► 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 i i i p 0 )' .l ;) ) 4 l Lr 2.08 CONTROL CIRCUIT FUSING B. The transformer size shall be increased if the devices applied will cause a control transformer overload or secondary terminal voltage to drop to or below 95 percent of rated secondary control voltage when rated primary voltage is applied. One side of the transformer secondary shall be grounded. Each control transformer shall be mounted within the enclosure along with its associated circuit breaker and starter. A. Two primary fuses, rated to interrupt 200,000 amperes at 600 volts shall be provided on the primary side of all motor starter control power transformers. B. Each control circuit transformer shall be provided with one control circuit secondary fuse. Secondary fuses shall be 1/4 -inch x 1 -1/4 inches. The secondary fuse shall have an interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes at 250V. C. The secondary fuse shall be sized at 125 percent of full load current. Fuses shall have time delay characteristics as required to prevent false tripping due to coil in -rush currents. D. Fuse holders shall be lamp indicating type, for blown fuse indication, and shall contain neon lamp, clear transparent knob, and require cable studs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CALIBRATION A. The Contractor shall size the overload relay heater elements to accommodate the actual full load amperes of the motor connected to the starter. END OF SECTION 16155 -3 T/M2.96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies miscellaneous electrical control and power devices, magnetic contactors, disconnect switches and overcurrent protection. 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 16175 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ANSI /NEMA ICS Industrial Controls and Systems NEMA KS -1 Enclosed Switches 1.03 SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED A. Provide the following in accordance with the provisions of Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's catalog literature. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTROL DEVICES A. Pushbuttons: Pushbuttons shall be flush head, heavy -duty, NEMA 13, oiltight, rated 600V, 10 amperes continuous. The pushbuttons shall be red for stop functions and black for all other functions. The escutcheon legend shall be as specified on the Drawings. Unless otherwise specified, pushbuttons shall be momentary contact type. B. Selector switches: Selector switches shall be heavy -duty, oiltight, rated 600V, 10 amperes continuous. Unless otherwise specified, selector switches shall have maintained position contacts. Switches shall be provided with contact blocks and number of positions as required to perform the specified operations. The escutcheon legend shall be as specified on the Drawings. Selector switches requiring more than 3 contact blocks as standard industrial units shall be rotary switches, General Electric Type SB- I /SBM, or approved equal. C. Indicating lights: AC indicating lights shall be the push -to -test transformer type with 6.3V lamps. They shall be NEMA 13, heavy -duty, oiltight. The escutcheon and lens color shall be as specified. DC indicating lights shall be the full voltage type. DC lamps may be tested as a group using a common lamp test button. Unless otherwise specified, indicating lights shall be equipped with colored lenses in accordance with the following schedule: 16175.1 T/M2 -96 Color Function Example Red Run, open valve Equipment operating, motor running Green Ready, closed valve Equipment ready, end of cycle Amber Automatic Equipment control in automatic position (yellow) D. Control stations: Unless otherwise specified, control stations indoors shall be NEMA 12. Control stations located outdoors shall be NEMA 3R or 4. The pushbuttons shall have protective Hypalon boots with Type 316 stainless steel retaining rings. Control stations located in hazardous areas shall be NEMA 7. When indicating lights are specified, control station shall be sized to accommodate the transformer type lights. The control stations shall be Allen - Bradley 8000T series, or approved equal. E. Emergency stop push button control station: 2 -1/4 -inch diameter mushroom type, red, non - illuminated momentary push button operator with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. contacts. Mushroom button shall be screw -on with security set screw, type NEMA 13, as manufactured by Square D, cat. #KR25RH13 or approved equal. 2.02 RELAYS A. General purpose relays: Relays shall be 120V AC electrically held, machine tool type, with contacts rated 600V, 10 amperes continuous. 1. Control relays (CR): Control relays shall be provided with a minimum of 4 convertible normally open or normally closed contacts. A single relay coil shall operate up to 8 convertible contacts. Control relays shall be Allen- Bradley Bulletin 700, or approved equal. 2. Latching relays: Latching relays shall be held in the "closed" position after momentary energization of the closing coil (CC). Relays shall unlatch after momentary energization of the trip coil (TC). Latching relays shall be Allen- Bradley Bulletin 700, or approved equal. 2.03 MAGNETIC CONTACTORS A. Motor contactors: Motor contactors shall be designed for continuous operation of induction motors at 600V or less at 60 hertz and shall comply with NEMA ICS 2 -321 and NEC 430 -83. Unless otherwise specified, minimum contactor size shall be NEMA size 1. The contactor shall be supplied with a normally open auxiliary contact for use as a hold -in contact as a minimum. Additional contacts shall be provided as specified. The coil voltage, frequency and number of poles shall be as specified. 2.04 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Safety disconnect switches shall be heavy -duty, safety type rated 600V AC complete with current limiting fuses sized to match switch ampere rating. Unless otherwise specified, indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12; in outdoor areas shall be NEMA 3R. Switch enclosures located in classified areas shall be suitable for the specified classification. The operating handle shall be capable of being padlocked in the "off" position. The operator shall be a positive, quick -make, quick -break mechanism. Switch mechanisms shall be provided with one auxiliary contact that opens before the switch blades. This auxiliary contact shall be rated B150, per NEMA ICS, 2 -125. B. Switches shall be horsepower rated for motors and shall comply with NEMA KS -1. Switches shall be provided with defeatable door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the operating handle is in the "on" position. Switches shall have line terminal shields. Switches shall be Westinghouse Type H -600; or approved equal. 16175-2 T/M2 -96 2.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION - CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, molded case type with the ampere rating as specified. Unless otherwise specified, circuit breaker interrupting rating shall be 10,000 amperes symmetrical minimum for service at 240 volts and below and 22,000 amperes symmetrical minimum for service above 240 volts. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA A. The following information shall be provided: 1. Operating and maintenance Items 2 through 9 as specified in Section 01730 Paragraph 1.02A. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 16175.3 T/M2 -96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 16426 SWITCHBOARDS A. Furnish, install, and test complete, an extension to the existing main switchboard in the East Base main electrical room. No switchboard revisions are required at South Base. B. Extend existing concrete housekeeping pad under new switchboard extension /addition. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Same Manufacturer: The switchboard extension shall be manufactured by GE (AV -Line) to match existing equipment. B. Codes and Standards:, Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards and specifications for manufacture and testing, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers' Association) 2. ANSI (American National Standards Institute) 3. NEC National Electrical Code C. Provide switchboards with UL listed components and bearing a UL label. Where used as service equipment, switchboards shall be UL approved for such use and conform to UL 869. D. Fabrication of any materials or equipment shall be from approved shop drawings. E. For equipment dimensions that exceed those indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing 10 days prior to bid date. Contractors may not bid the project unless they properly notify the Engineer and qualify their bid as "Not Conforming To Contract Documents ". Contractor shall base bid only on equipment which fully complies with Contract Documents. Cost of building modifications or switchboard relocations, if permitted, or other additional work required to fit larger size switchboard(s) than shown on Drawings shall be borne totally by the Contractor. F. Dimensions: 1. Width : 40" 2. Depth: 35" 3. Height: 90" 1.04 SUBMITTALS - Submit In Accordance With Section 01300. A. Product Data: 1. Voltage and continuous current rating. 2. Short circuit withstand rating of bus. 3. Protective device frame current rating. 4. Protective device short circuit rating. 5. Protective device trip rating. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Overall outline dimensions. Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of shop drawings. 16426 -1 T/M2 -96 2. Space reserved for conduit entrance. 3. Protective device trip characteristic curves, 11 x 17 transparencies. 4. Protective device coordination: Provide coordination plots showing circuit breaker settings for the existing main and new feeder circuit breakers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. (no substitutions allowed) B. Construction: 1. Dead front, completely metal enclosed, self supporting, adequate lifting means. 2. Minimum 12 gauge steel except front panels and doors may be minimum 14 gauge. 3. Provide side, top, and rear covers with removable captive screw -on plates having formed edges on all sides. 4. Provide front plates that are sectionalized, removable, and fabricated from steel with formed edges on all sides. 5. Provide cable terminations shown for circuits entering or leaving the equipment. 6. Provide all required wiring, fuse blocks, and terminal blocks within the switchboard. Provide terminal blocks for all control wiring leaving the switchboard. Provide front access with all devices accessible from the front. 7. Switchboards are to be furnished with group mounted devices, front accessible per NEMA standards. Wiring gutters on front of switchboard shall be furnished with code gauge steel formed covers bolted to the structure frame. Unused device spaces are to be covered with blank formed covers. C. Finish: Standard GE - Finish to match existing as close as possible D. Susswork: Provide silver - plated copper braced for 50,000 Amperes interrupting current minimum. Size to limit temperature rise above ambient at rated current to 55 degrees C. Provide main horizontal bus with continuous current and short circuit current rating as shown, fully rated in all sections (not tapered). Provide complete bussing for all branch circuit devices and for all devices shown as future requirements. Cable shall not be substituted for bus. 1. Provide fully rated neutral bus. 2. Ground bus: Provide a copper ground bus extending the entire length of the switchboard, and connected to existing ground bus, bolted and bonded to each vertical section, rated 600 amps minimum. E. Feeder circuit breakers: 80 percent rated, minimum interrupting rating, frame size and trip ratings as shown. Fixed group mounting, manually operated, thermal magnetic circuit breaker (molded case circuit breaker). Provide 22,000 amp symmetrical interrupting rating. F. Nameplates: 1. Nameplates shall be installed on all switchboards. Each individual circuit breaker shall be identified with a nameplate adjacent to the circuit breaker, describing the load connected. 2. Provide an engraved label in the switchboard extension indicating: a. Metro Project Number b.. Date of Installation c. Service Voltage & Bus Amperage Rating d. Symmetrical Short Circuit Current Rating 16426 -2 T/M2.96 y PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install switchboards in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturers instructions. B. Secure each free standing section to mounting pad with concrete or masonry anchors set in the structural floor and extending through the housekeeping pads. Determine anchorage based on seismic force requirements of the 1991 Uniform Building Code. For equipment weighing over 100 pounds, anchorage design of equipment connection to building structure shall bear the seal of a professional engineer registered in the State of Washington. C. Secure all wiring within the switchboard with nylon cable ties. D. Provide a 3 inch high housekeeping concrete pad under each switchboard with a minimum 3 inch lip in front and on exposed sides of the switchboard. Concrete shall be smooth finished with 3/4" beveled edges and securely fastened to the floor. E. Relocate and install seismic restraints on end of switchboard. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: Perform operational tests of all instrumentation and protective devices. Test all solid state trip units including ground fault devices, by passing an externally generated current through the current sensor. Provide all required test equipment and the services of a qualified technician to perform the tests. Test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. B. The completed test report shall be delivered to the Engineer for review. Submit three copies. END OF SECTION 16426-3 T/M2-96 1::........n. >. w.« r... w. r. w. .w,.......w..»..,...�✓......�.. PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CABLE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 1.02 SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED we lin.<i%vek+.v.?iM.Meeee4etenre SECTION 16450 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. This Section specifies the system for grounding electrical equipment, exposed non - energized metal surfaces of equipment, and metal structures. A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product data. 2. Ground test results. A. Ground cable shall be annealed bare copper, concentric stranded as specified. If cable sizes are not specified, the minimum sizes shall be as follows: Switchboards 2/0 AWG Exposed metal 2 AWG 2.02 BOLTED CONNECTORS A. Bolted connectors shall be Burndy, or approved equal. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA A. The following shall be submitted: 1. Ground resistance plots. A. Exposed ground connections to equipment shall be made by bolted clamps unless otherwise specified. No solder shall be used in any part of the ground circuits. B. Ground conductors entering enclosures shall be bonded together, to the enclosure if it is metallic, and to metallic raceways within or terminating at the enclosure. Prior to making ground connections or bonds, the metal surface at the point of connection shall be cleaned. C. Compression -type lugs shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Grounding conductor shall not be used as a system neutral. E. Metallic sheaths or shields of shielded power cable shall be terminated by a copper grounding strip provided with cable connection for connection to the grounding system. 16450 -1 T/M2-96 . Grounding system shall be provided in with the NEC. 3.02 RACEWAY GROUND A. Metallic conduits shall be assembled to provide a continuous ground path. Conduits feeding loads shall contain an insulated ground conductor sized in compliance with NEC. Metallic conduits shall be bonded using insulated grounding bushings. Grounding bushings shall be connected to the grounding system using conductors sized in compliance with NEC. All conduits shall contain an insulated ground conductor sized in compliance with the NEC. Conductor shall be connected to each section or fitting using an approved ground clamp. 3.03 EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURE GROUNDS A. Electrical and distribution equipment shall be connected to the grounding system. Cables shall be sized as specified. B. Non - electrical equipment with metallic enclosures shall be connected to the grounding system. 3.04 TESTING A. Perform ground tests per NETA Standards for all transformers installed as "separately derived systems." END OF SECTION SECTION 16461 TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide for the addition of fans to the existing transformer In the South Base main electrical room. No modifications to existing transformers are required at East Base. B. Furnish and install miscellaneous 600 volt class transformers as indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Grounding - Section 16450. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of the transformers shall furnish only equipment and /or materials which have been successfully tested to meet all applicable industry standards. B. The transformers shall be UL listed and comply with applicable NEMA Standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit for review prior to manufacture; include dimensioned front plan and section views, wiring and connection diagrams and bolting template. Contractor shall indicate on the drawings, mounting methods and connection lugs required. Submit data in accordance with Section 16050. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - 600V CLASS A. Tierney B. Square D C. General Electric D. NECO /Hammond 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER - (ADDED COOLING FANS) A. Square D (No substitution allowed) 2.03 ENCLOSURE A. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure. 2.04 WINDINGS A. Separate primary and secondary. Windings shall have Class H insulation and shall be rated for continuous operation at rated KVA with temperature rise of not over 150 degrees C above a 40 degree C ambient, with a maximum hot spot temperature of 220 degrees C. Windings and core and coil assembly shall be treated and built to resist the effects of dirt and moisture. B. Core and coil shall be mounted on rubber isolation mounting pads. 2.05 PRIMARY TAPS A. Four full capacity taps, minimum of two 2 -1/2 percent above and two 2 -1/2 percent below normal (rated) primary voltage. 2.06 CAPACITY A. Transformers shall have continuous rating not less than the size noted on the Drawings. 2.07 CONNECTIONS A. Three phase transformers shall have a 480 volt delta connected primary and 208V three phase, four wire connected secondary. Provisions for external connections shall be made by means of a terminal board employing lugs conforming with Section 16120 which are compatible with the external conductors installed. All connections shall be accessible from front and top of cabinet. 2,08 NOISE LEVEL A. Noise level shall not exceed 45 db for sizes less than 51 KVA, 50 db for 51 -150 KVA, 55 db for 151 -300 and 60 db for greater than 300 KVA as measured by NEMA ST20. 2.09 SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Rubber pad spacers to be fabricated from KINETICS Model NPS and NPD pads. 2.10 FAN COOLING UNIT ADDITION A. Fan cooling units shall be furnished for the existing main transformer in the South Base maintenance building main electrical room. Provide all necessary equipment, hardware, wiring, temperature sensors, control panels, and misc. devices required for a complete, functioning system. B. Provide a Square D Life -Gard Model 85 solid state temperature control system with factory preset, three level switching to maintain winding temperature within the design limits during fan - cooled operation. The system shall consist of three high- accuracy thermistor sensors, one installed directly in the air duct of each transformer coil to continuously monitor the temperature, and provide digital indication. Operation shall be as follows: If temperature rises to the normal, self - cooled (AA) rating, a relay is activated to start the fans. Should the temperature continue to rise to the next pre -set point, a second relay operates to close the circuit for audible alarm and a red warning light. If temperature rises to the maximum rated temperature of the insulation system, a third circuit is activated. It may be used for an emergency shutdown or remote trouble indication. The system control module shall have a membrane front panel with switches to provide system tests, fan mode selection and alarm silencing. Function indicators shall be LED bars; green for "POWER ON ", amber for "FANS ON ", and red for "HIGH TEMPERATURE ". The control panel module shall be a "draw -out" design permitting inspection of the control unit without shutdown of the transformer. 16461 -2 T/M2 -96 p •.i • p f p m , p p p p .N i p i p p Y 0 , •••I . f C. Existing Transformer Data Manufacturer: KVA: Type: HZ: Ser. No: Class: Temp. Rise: cio Impedance: HV: LV: KV BIL: KV BIL: Approx. Wt.: D. Final Transformer Ratings: KVA: E. Provide Revised nameplate from Square D indicating revision to transformer ratings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOUNTING A. Transformers shall be attached to the equipment pad to prevent overturning in the event of an earthquake. All attachment nuts are to have washers and rubber pad spacers under them. Provide Model NPD rubber pad under mounting rails. Transformers shall be mounted on floor, wall or suspended from ceiling as shown on the Drawings. Remove all shipping blocks prior to installation. Provide design and details that resist seismic forces for Zone 3 according to the 1991 Uniform Building Code. Design shall bear the seal of a professional structural engineer registered in the state of Washington. Submit to Metro for review. 3.02 CONNECTIONS Square D 750 SHT 60 135251 AA/FFA 150 5.7 4160 delta 480Y/277 25 (primary) 10 (secondary) 4600 lbs 133% of 750 KVA, or 997.5 INA A. Transformer secondary shall be considered "a separately derived systems" and the neutral shall be grounded per code accordingly. B. Voltage Tap Connections: Connect all transformers at "normal" tap. After facility is completely energized, measure secondary voltages at all transformers and service switchboard. Forward a list to the Engineer for evaluation. Include a copy in the 0 & M manuals. Reconnect taps as subsequently directed. All costs associated with this work shall be included in the base bid. END OF SECTION 16461 -3 T/M2 -96 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 2.02 ARRANGEMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION 16470 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies panelboards for power distribution. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product literature. 2. Schedules for each panelboard to be supplied. 3. Product literature on each component in the panelboards. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title NEMA ICS 6 -1988 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems UL 67 Underwriters Laboratories, Electric Panelboards UL 489 Underwriters Laboratories, Circuit Breakers, Molded Case and Circuit Breaker Enclosures FEDSPEC WP -115 Panel Boards NFPA National Electric Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Panelboards shall be circuit breaker, surface mounted, or as specified with bus bar construction. Panelboard boxes shall be of galvanized short steel construction, without knockouts. Panelboards, switchgear, motor control centers, power transformers and major internal components shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Existing panelboards at East Base are manufactured by General Electric, existing panelboards at South Base are manufactured by Square D. All new panelboards that are installed as part of this project shall match the manufacturer and type as is existing at the Base. This includes all devices added to the existing panels, such as circuit breakers. A. The front of the panel shall have concealed hinges and be of door -in -door construction. The locks shall be flush cylinder tumbler -type with spring loaded door pulls. The fronts shall not be removable with doors in the locked position. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. 16470-1 T/M2-96 2.03 BUS nt 011 B. Gutter space shall be provided on all sides of the breaker assembly to neatly connect and arrange incoming wiring. C. Panelboard shall be composed of individual mounted circuit breakers designed to be removable without disturbing other breakers. D. A directory holder with clear plastic plate and metal frame shall be mounted on the inside of the door. E. Surface mounted panelboards shall be provided with panelboard to floor skirts when specified in the panelboard schedule. A. Bus shall be tin - plated copper, sized in accordance with UL 67. Bus size shall be as shown on the Drawings. Bus and bracing shall be sized for the Interrupting rating of the smallest circuit breaker in the panel. B. Panelboards shall be provided with a separate ground bus and, where specified, with a full capacity neutral bus. 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Circuit breakers shall be molded -case type provided for the current ratings and pole configurations specified. Circuit breakers rated 120/208V alternating current shall have a minimum interruption current rating of 18,000 amperes (symmetrical) at 240V AC or as specified. Circuit breakers rated 277/480V alternating current shall have a minimum interrupting current rating of 25,000 amperes (symmetrical) at 480V AC or as specified. B. Circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type. C. Circuit breakers shall be UL- approved for the service specified. D. Load terminals of circuit breakers shall be solderless connectors. 2.05 FINISH A. Panelboard boxes shall be fabricated from hot -dip galvanized steel. Panelboard fronts, bottoms and sides shall have a gray, baked enamel finish. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA A. Provide the following information: 1. Manufacturer's certification that bus bracing is capable of withstanding the specified short circuit condition. 2. Operating and maintenance information Items 2 through 9 as specified in Section 01730. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall type in the circuit description on the circuit directory as shown on the Drawings or Panel Schedule. Electrical installation shall conform to the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) and to the requirements specified herein. 16470-2 T/M2 -96 B. Equipment installation: The equipment shall be received, unloaded, stored as necessary, installed and connected. Equipment shall be installed level and plumb and anchored on foundations in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions and as indicated. The Contractor shall verify the factory- installed wiring, busing, and related equipment is properly connected, aligned, properly phased and identified. C. Anchor bolts: Anchor bolts embedded in concrete pad shall be not less than 4 for each equipment assembly, and shall anchor the sills to the slab, where sills are specified, and attach to the equipment frame of the unit. D. Installation: Panelboards shall be installed and connected and rigidly fastened to the building structure using steel angles or channels and anchor bolts. E. Seismic attachments: Fasten equipment to building with concrete or masonry anchors that can resist lateral forces for Seismic Zone 3 as defined by the 1991 Uniform Building Code. 3.02 FIELD TESTS A. Equipment and apparatus tests: Additional tests other than those normally made by the manufacturer must be specified. Tests normally made by the manufacturer shall otherwise be considered acceptable for all equipment and apparatus, and the Contractor shall authorize shipment upon receipt of satisfactory evidence of such tests. B. Operating test: After the installation has been completed, the Contractor shall perform an operating test. All control equipment and electrical systems and equipment shall be operated and demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Tests of control equipment and each device subject to manual operation shall include at least 5 operating cycles. Any deficiencies found shall be rectified and work affected by such deficiencies shall be completely retested at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 16470 -3 T/M2.96 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all materials and equipment complete in place, for the lighting system indicated on the roof of the East Base Operations Building. B. Remove, rework, relocate, and reinstall lighting systems in areas of the Operations Building that utilize suspended ceilings and troffer -style fixtures. This work is in support of mechanical ductwork and piping changes required above the ceiling. The planned construction methods require the removal of the suspended ceiling to facilitate the mechanical work. Lighting systems in these areas are integrated with the suspended ceiling. The Contractor shall include in its base bid the following: 1. Remove the lighting systems or temporarily support the lighting systems in the above referenced areas in support of the mechanical work. Quality of lighting system during this period shall be suitable for use by the tenants, when they have access to the space. 2. If the existing lighting system is removed, provide a temporary lighting system in the affected space suitable for use by the existing tenants, when existing tenants are occupying the space. Quality of the temporary lighting system during this period shall be equal to existing system and suitable for use by the tenants when they have access to the space. 3. Upon completion of the mechanical work, remove any temporary lighting and reinstall the existing lighting system. Make minor adjustments in fixture locations as required by the new suspended ceiling system. C. Relocate lighting fixtures in areas other than those indicated in Paragraph 1.01 B as indicated on the Drawings. D. Test all lighting systems modified, replaced, or newly installed to assure that all parts of the system function as specified. 1.02 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. /ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES A. Unless otherwise specified, the complete lighting fixture shall be listed and labeled for the purpose for which it is used by the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED SECTION 16500 LIGHTING A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Catalog information describing fixture make, materials and dimensions. 2. Polar plots on 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch paper providing candlepower versus angle and foot - lamberts (brightness) versus angle for longitudinal and transverse axis. 3. Table of utilization factors for calculation of illumination levels by the zonal cavity method. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHT FIXTURES A. Light fixtures shall be of the type specified on the Drawings (see roof plan and related drawing notes for East Base). 16500-1 T/M2 -96 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL B. High - intensity discharge (HID): Ballasts for HID lamps shall be autotransformer regulator high power factory type with a sound rating of "B" maximum. Starting current shall not exceed normal running current. B. Surface or pendant type: Attach to heavy formed steel straps attached to the outlet box by means of threaded stems with locknuts, or directly to the outlet box where the fixtures is specifically so designed. C. Recessed type: Mount in frames suitable for the ceiling, with the recessed portion of the fixture securely supported from the ceiling framing. 3.02 SUPPORT OF FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Recessed Type: For fixtures supported by the ceiling suspension provide two safety chains secured to structural members above suspended ceiling. B. Surface and pendant mounted type: 1. Where.mounted on accessible ceilings, hang from structural members by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved. 3.03 SUPPORT OF HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMPED FIXTURES A. As indicated on the Drawings, provide access to ballasts in all cases. END OF SECTION 16500 -2 TIM2.96 3 3 3 A. Size and mounting height from finished floor to bottom of fixture as indicated on the Drawings. Verify mounting provisions prior to ordering fixtures. Fixtures shall be UL listed for the location and application in which they are installed. 3 3 3 3 ti 3 t 3, SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the Contract Documents, including the General and Supplementary General Condition and Division 1 - General Requirements shall apply to the work of this section. B. At the time of bid, all exceptions taken to these Specifications, all variances from these Specification and all substitutions of operating capabilities or equipment called for in these Specification shall be listed in writing and forwarded to the Engineer. Any such exception, variances or substitutions which were not listed at the time of bld and are identified in the submittal, shall be grounds for immediate disapproval without comment. C. New System - General 1. Furnish and install a complete, addressable, fire alarm systems to replace the existing systems and accommodate new alarm initiating and signaling devices. Retrofit existing alarm initiating devices, supervisory interface devices, and signaling devices as required to provide alarm and trouble signal notification to /from each unique device. 2. Provide two complete, and separate systems, one for South Base and one for East Base. D. Existing System - South Base 1. The existing fire alarm system dates from the original building construction in the mid 1970's. The system covers the Operations /Maintenance Building, the Traction Power (DC) Rectifier Substation Building, and the Fuel/Wash Building. The system consists of the following: a. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) - Radionics Omegalarm, Model No. D8112G2. This panel coordinates the zone alarms, trouble signals, and supervisory signals for the system devices. The panel outputs include 1) a single alarm horn, 2) remote monitoring via phone lines to METRO's central monitoring facility (12th Floor Exchange Building), and 3) remote monitoring to ADT type central station (as required by City of Tukwila Fire Marshall). The single FACP for all the buildings is located in the Maintenance Building main electrical room. b. Alarm Initiation Devices - The existing alarm initiation devices are non - addressable type devices, consisting of water flow alarm, manual pull stations, smoke detectors, and supervisory switches on water valves. All existing alarm initiation devices are identified as such on the alarm address list. c. Common AlarmiTrouble Signal processing originating at 1) a Halon Gas fire suppression system in the computer room, and 2) monitoring panel at the DC rectifier substation. All existing common alarm/trouble signal devices are identified as such on the alarm address list. d. As- builts of existing wiring are not available, however the following zone information provides some idea of device configuration at the existing FACP: Zone 1 - Alarm -Pull Station- Fuel/Wash Building Zone 2 - Alarm-Sprinkler-Fuel/Wash Building Zone 3 - Alarm -Pull Station - Operations Building Zone 4 - Alarm- Sprinklers(All)- Maintenance Building Zone 5 - Alarm- Computer Room Zone 6 - Trouble- Computer Room Zone 7 - Alarm- Traction Power (DC) Substation Building Zone 8 - Trouble- Traction Power (DC) Substation Building e. Existing device locations are shown on the Drawings. 16721 -1 T/M2.96 E. Existing System - East Base 1. The existing fire alarm system dates from the original building construction in the mid 1970's. The system covers the Operations /Maintenance Building and the Fuel/Wash Building. The system consists of the following: a. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) - Radionics Omegalarm, Model No. D8112G2. This panel coordinates the zone alarms, trouble signals, and supervisory signals for the system devices. The panel outputs include 1) a single alarm horn, 2) remote monitoring via phone lines to METRO's central monitoring facility (12th Floor Exchange Building), and 3) remote monitoring to ADT type central station (as required by City of Bellevue Fire Marshall). The single FACP for both buildings is located in the Maintenance Building main electrical room. b. Alarm Initiation Devices - The existing alarm initiation devices are non - addressable type devices, consisting of water flow alarm, manual pull stations, smoke detectors, and supervisory switches on water valves. All existing alarm initiation devices are identified as such on the alarm address list. c. Common Alarm/Trouble Signal processing originating at 1) a Halon Gas fire suppression system in the computer room, and 2) monitoring panel at the DC rectifier substation. All existing common alarm/trouble signal devices are identified as such on the alarm address list. d. As- builts of existing wiring are not available, however the following zone information provides some idea of device configuration at the existing FACP: Zone 1 - Alarm - Sprinkler - Fuel/Wash Building Zone 2 - Alarm -Pull Stations - Fuel/Wash Building Zone 3 - Alarm- Sprinklers (all)- Maintenance Building Zone 4 - Alarm -Pull Stations Sprinklers(AII)- Maintenance Building Zone 5 - Alarm- Computer Room Zone 6 - No Identification for Zone 6 Zone 7 - Alarm- Rectifier Smoke Detectors Zone 8 - Trouble- Rectifier e. Existing device locations are shown on the drawings. 1.02 SCOPE A. The work covered by this Section of the Specification shall include all labor, equipment, materials and services to furnish and install a complete fire alarm system of the zoned, non -coded [general alarm or two stage] type. It shall be complete with all necessary hardware, software and memory specifically tailored for this installation. It shall be possible to permanently modify the software on site by using a plug -in programmer. The system shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Fire alarm control panel. 2. Conversion of existing smoke detectors to addressable type smoke detectors. 3. Addressable manual pull stations and conversion of conventional manual fire alarm stations to addressable. 4. Addressable analog duct smoke detectors. 5. Conversion of conventional heat detectors to addressable. 6. Existing sprinkler waterflow alarm switches (monitored by new addressable modules). 7. Audible notification appliances; horns. 8. Visual notification appliances; strobes. 9. Central station alarm connection control (compatible with existing Radionics Omegalarm D8112 transmitter /receiver). 10. Air handling systems shutdown control (via signal to DDS). 11. Sprinkler supervisory switches and tamper switch supervision (existing devices to be monitored by new addressable modules). 12. Battery standby. 1.03 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All equipment shall be U.L. listed for it's intended use. 16721 -2 T/M2 -96 1 1 1 B. NFPA Standards 72. C. The National Electric Code. 1 D. All other local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. i 1.04 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. Secure permits and approvals prior to installation. B. Prior to commencement and after completion of work notify Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1 C. Submit letter of approval for installation before requesting acceptance of system. 1.05 RELATED WORK 1 A. The Contractor shall coordinate work in this Section with all related trades. Work and /or equipment provided in other Sections and related to the fire alarm system shall include, but not be limited to: 1 1. Sprinkler waterflow and supervisory switches. 2. Duct smoke detectors: Furnish necessary duct opening to install the duct smoke detectors. 3. Air handling and smoke exhaust system fan control circuits and status contacts. 4. Dry pipe /deluge sprinkler system release valve control circuits and supervision contacts shall 1 be provided. 5. Conduit: Section 16110. 6. Wire and Cables: Section 16120. 1 B. Existing Radionics Communicator needs to be replaced with new using same digital format. 1 1.06 SUBMITTALS 1 1 A. Provide list of all types of equipment and components provided. 4 B. Provide description of operation of the system, similar to that provided in Part 2 of this Section of the 0 Specifications, to include any and all exceptions, variances or substitutions listed at the time of bid. Any such exceptions, variances or substitutions which were not listed at the time of bid and are i identified in the submittal, shall be grounds for immediate disapproval without comment. C. Provide manufacturer's printed product data, catalog cuts and description of any special installation procedures. D. Provide samples of various items when requested. E. Provide shop drawings as follows: 1. Drawing of the fire alarm control panel. 2. Drawing of the remote annunciator. 3. Single line riser diagram showing all equipment and type, number and size of all conductors. 4. Floor plan showing devices, conduit design, and wire fill. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall guarantee the system equipment for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the system. B. The Contractor shall guarantee all wiring and raceways to be free from inherent mechanical or electrical defects for one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the system. 16721 -3 T /M2 -96 C. Upon completion of the installation of fire alarm system equipment, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a signed written statement, substantially in form as follows: "The undersigned, having engaged as the Electrical Contractor on the HVAC Rehabilitation Project confirms that the fire alarm system equipment was installed in accordance with the wiring diagrams, instructions and directions provided to us by the manufacturer." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CIRCUITING GUIDELINES A. Each addressable analog loop shall be circuited to ensure that device loading does not exceed 80% of loop capacity, in order to leave for space for future devices. The loop shall have Class B operation. B Where it is necessary to interface conventional initiating devices, provide intelligent input modules to make existing devices addressable. C. Annunciation at the control panel 1. Each device shall annunciate with its own 40 character descriptor. D. Each of the following types of alarm notification appliances shall be circuited as shown on the Drawings but shall be typically as follows: 1. Audible signals: Provide one (1) notification appliance circuit for each twenty (20) alarm horns, 2. Visual signals: Provide one (1) notification appliance circuit for each 1.5 A of signal load connected direct to the control panel NACs, and 1.7A of signal Toad for each NAC connected to a remote signal module. 2.02 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. The system shall identify any off normal condition and log each condition into the system database as an event. 1. The system shall automatically display on the control panel Liquid Crystal Display the first event of the highest priority by type. The priorities and types shall be alarm, supervisory, trouble, and monitor. 2. The system shall have a Queue operation, and shall not require event acknowledgment by the system operator. The system shall have a labeled color coded indicator for each type of event; alarm - red, supervisory - yellow, trouble - yellow, monitor - green which shall turn on when active events exist. 3 For each event, the display shall include the current time, the total number of events, the type of event, the time the event occurred and up to a 40 character custom user description. 4. The user shall be able to silence the local signal and review each event by simply selecting scrolling keys (up -down) for each event type. 5. New supervisory or trouble events shall sound a silenceable signal at the control panel. B. Operation of any alarm initiating device shall automatically: 1. Update the control /display as described above (B.1.) 2. Sound all alarm signals throughout the building at the evacuation rate. 3. Tum on all strobe lights throughout the building. 4. Turn on a red alarm LED at the fire alarm control panel. 5. Operate the alarm relay contacts to initiate the transmission of an alarm to a central station agency via leased telephone lines. C. Activation of a sprinkler supervisory initiating device shall: 1. Update the control/display as described above (2.02.A.) and tum on the trouble relay. 16721 -4 T/M2 -96 • ti 2. Operate the supervisory relay contacts to initiate the transmission of an alarm to a central station agency via leased telephone lines. D. The entire fire alarm system wiring shall be electrically supervised to automatically detect and report trouble conditions to the fire alarm control panel. Any opens, grounds or disarrangement of system wiring and shorts across alarm bell /strobe wiring shall automatically: 1. Update the control /display as described above (2.02.A.). 2. Operate the supervisory relay contacts to initiate the transmission of an alarm to a central station agency via leased telephone lines. 2.03 SUPPORT FOR INSTALLER AND OWNER MAINTENANCE A. Provide a coded one man walk test feature. Allow audible or silent testing. Signal alarms and troubles during test. Allow receipt of alarms and programmed operations for alarms from areas not under test. B. Provide internal system diagnostics and maintenance user interface controls to display /report the power, communication, and general status of specific panel components, detectors, and modules. C. Provide loop controller diagnostics to identify common alarm, trouble, ground fault, Class A fault, and map faults. Map faults include wire changes, device type changes by location, device additions /deletions and conventional open, short and ground conditions. Ground faults on the circuit wiring of remote module shall be identified by device address. D. Allow the user to display /report the condition of addressable analog detectors. Include device address, device type, percent obscuration, and maintenance indicator. The maintenance indicator shall provide the user with a measure of contamination of a device upon which cleaning decisions can confidently be made. E. Allow the user to report history for alarm, supervisory, monitor, trouble, smoke verification, and restore activity. Include Facility Name, Licensee, Project Program Compilation date, Compiler Version, Project Revision Number, and the time and date of the History Treport. F. Allow the user to disable /enable devices, zones, actions, timers and sequences. Protect the disable function with a password. G. Allow the user to activate /restore outputs, actions, and sequences. H. Allow the service user to enter time and date, reconfigure an external port for download programming, initiate auto programming and change passwords. Protect these functions with a password. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Fire Alarm Control Panel: 1. The fire alarm control panels shall be Edwards Systems Technology (EST) type EST2 series and shall incorporate all control electronics, relays, and necessary modules and components in a surface mounted cabinet. The operating controls shall be located behind locked door with viewing window. All control modules shall be labeled, and all zone locations shall be identified. The cabinet shall be steel, with a gray finish. The assembly shall contain a base panel, system power supply and battery charger with optional modules suitable to meet the requirements of these specifications. 2. System circuits shall be configured as follows: Addressable analog loops Class B; Initiating Device Circuits Class B; Notification Appliance Circuits Class B. 3. The system shall be supervised, site programmable, and of modular design with expansion modules to serve up to 192 detectors and 188 remote modules, and four notification appliance 16721-5 T/M2 -96 circuits (NACs) convertible to power risers to serve remote multiple NAC modules for zoned signal applications. 4. The system shall store all basic system functionality and job specific data in non - volatile memory. The system shall survive a complete power failure intact. 5. The system shall have built -in automatic system programming to automatically address and map all system devices and provide a minimum default single stage alarm system operation with support of alarm silence, trouble silence, drill, lamp test, and reset common controls. 6. The system shall allow down loading of a job specific custom program created by system application software. It shall support programming of any input point to any output point. The system shall support the use of Bar Code readers to assist custom programming functions. It shall allow authorized customization of fundamental system operations using initiating events to start actions, timers, sequences and logical algorithms. 7. The system shall support distributed processor intelligent detectors with the following operational attributes; integral multiple differential sensors, automatic device mapping, electronic addressing, environmental compensation, pre - alarm, dirty detector identification, automatic day /night sensitivity adjustment, dual normal /alarm LEDs, relay bases, and isolator bases. 8. The system shall use full digital communications to supervise all addressable loop devices for placement, correct location, and operation. It shall allow swapping of "same type" devices without the need of addressing and impose the "location" parameters on replacement device. It shall initiate and maintain a trouble if a device is added to a loop and clear the trouble when the new device is mapped and defined into the system. 9. The system shall have a U.L. Listed Detector Sensitivity test feature, which will be a function of the smoke detectors and performed automatically every 4 hours. 10. The system shall support 100% of all remote devices in alarm and provide support for a 100% compliment of detector isolator bases. 11. All panel modules shall be supervised for placement and return trouble if damaged or removed. 12. The system shall have a CPU watchdog circuit to initiate trouble should the CPU fail. 13. The system program shall meet the requirements of this project, current codes and standards, and satisfy the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. 14. Passwords shall protect any changes to system operations. 15. The power supply shall be a high efficiency switch mode type with line monitoring to automatically switch to batteries for power failure or brown out conditions. The automatic battery charger shall have low battery discharge protection. The power supply shall provide internal power and 24 Vdc at 4A continuous for notification appliance circuits. The power supply shall be capable of providing 10A to output circuits for a maximum period of 50 ms. Auxiliary power shall be 24 Vdc at 500 mA. All outputs shall be power limited. The battery shall be sized to support the system for 60 hours of supervisory and trouble signal current plus general alarm for 5 minutes. 16. The LCD Display Module shall be of membrane style construction with a 4 line by 20 character Liquid Crystal Display. The LCD shall use supertwist technology and backlighting for high contrast visual clarity. In the normal mode display the time, the total number of active events and the total number of disable points. In the alarm mode display the total number of events and the type of event on display. Reserve 40 characters of display space for user custom messages. The module shall have visual indicators for the following common control functions; AC Power, alarm, supervisory, monitor, trouble, disable, ground fault, cpu fail, and test. There shall be common control keys and visual indicators for; reset, alarm silence, trouble silence, drill, and one custom programmable key/indicator. Provide four pairs of display control keys for selection of event display by type (alarm, supervisory, monitor and trouble) and forward / backward scrolling through event listings. The operation of these keys shall be integrated with the related common control indicators to flash the indicators when undisplayed events are available for display and turn on steady when all events have been displayed. Allow the first event of the highest priority to capture the LCD for display so that arriving fire fighters can view the first alarm event "hands free ". Provide system function keys; status, reports, enable, disable, activate, restore, program, and test. The module shall have a numeric keypad, zero through nine with delete and enter keys. 16721 -6 T/M2 -96 17. ,The Main Controller Module shall control and monitor all local or remote peripherals. It shall support the LCD Display Module, power supply, remote LCD and zone display annunciators, strip and carriage printers, and support communication interface standard protocol (CSI) devices such as color computer annunciators and color graphic displays. The RS -485 port shall be capable of supporting up to 32 remote annunciators. The MCM shall provide one loop controller circuit, two notification appliance circuits, and common form `C contacts for alarm, supervisory, and trouble. Contact ratings shall be 24Vdc at 1A. 18. The panel shall have: a. A digital communicator module for remote site monitoring to the existing receiver. Transmit common alarm, trouble and supervisory trouble. b. A RS -232 isolator card to isolate grounded peripheral devices (such as printers and CRTs) from the control panel. . B. Signature Series Intelligent Addressable Analog Devices 1. General, All Devices a. Furnish and install where indicated on the Drawings. b. Each remote device shall have a microprocessor with non - volatile memory to support its functionality and serviceability. Each device shall store as required for its functionality the following data: device serial number, device address, device type, personality code, date of manufacture, hours in use, number of alarms and troubles, time and date of last alarm, amount of environmental compensation left/used, last maintenance date, job /project number, current detector sensitivity values, diagnostic information (trouble codes) and algorithms required to process sensor data and perform communications with the loop controller. c. Each device shall be capable of performing its intended function independent of the control panel to lower loop data traffic. Each device shall immediately alert the loop controller of a status change to achieve a loop response time of less than 500 ms. d. Each device shall be capable of electronic addressing, either automatically or application programmed assigned, to support physical /electrical mapping and supervision by location. Setting a device s address by physical means shall not be necessary. 2. Single Sensor Devices shall be: a. SIGA -PS Intelligent Photo Detector shall use a light scattering type photo sensor. The detector shall be suitable for area protection and direct insertion into air ducts up to 3 feet high and 3 feet wide with air velocities up to 5000 ft. /min. without requiring specific duct detector housings or supply tubes. Where ducts are larger than 36 "x36 ", provide additional detectors at no additional cost to the Owner. The detector shall have a ULI Smoke Sensitivity Range 0.67 - 3.77 % Obscuration /ft. The detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at a minimum of 30 foot centers. b. SIGA -HRS Fixed Temperature /Rate -of -Rise Heat Detector shall have a low mass thermistor and operate at a nominal fixed temperature of 135 F and at a temperature rise at or exceeding 15 F per minute. It shall have a minimum linear space rating of 70 foot centers. c. SIGA -HFS Intelligent Fixed Temperature Heat Detector shall have a low mass thermistor and operate at a fixed temperature of 135 F. It shall have a minimum linear space rating of 70 foot centers. 3. Detector Bases a. Detector bases shall mount to North American 1 gang, 3 1/2 " or 4" octagon boxes, and a 4" square box. Removal of the respective detector shall not affect communications with other detectors. Terminal connections shall be made on the room side of the base. All detectors shall be compatible with any base. 1) The SIGA -SB and SIGA -SB4 standard bases shall provide terminals to connect a SIGA -LED Remote Alarm Indicator. 4. Detector Accessories a. SIGA -DMP Duct Detector Mounting Plate shall an assembly suitable for mounting a Signature Series Detector for direct insertion into a duct 3 feet high and 3 feet wide. The mounting plate shall be code gauge steel with corrosion resistant red enamel finish 16721 -7 T/M2 -96 and be compatible with all smoke detectors. Locate per manufacturer's installation drawings. b. SIGA -LED Remote Alarm LED shall have a 180 - degree viewing angle and mount on a standard single gang box. Finish shall be high impact white plastic and clearly marked as an alarm device. c SIGA -CT1 Single Input Module shall be of single gang construction and programmable for personalities for interface to existing pull stations. d. SIGA -WTM Waterflow /Supervisory Input Module shall be of single gang construction and have two factory programmed circuits. Circuit one shall have personality code 2 (delayed waterflow) and circuit two shall have personality code 4 (latching supervisory) for interface to existing circuits. e. SIGA -CC1 Single Input Signal Module shall be of two gang construction and have one signal riser input and one supervised Class `B output circuit rated a 24Vdc 2A. It shall be capable of operating 24Vdc polarized signals. f. SIGA -CR Control Relay Module shall have single gang construction and provide one form 'C dry relay contact rated 24Vdc at 2 amps. to control external appliances or equipment shutdown. g. SIGA -278 Intelligent Double Action Fire Alarm Station shall be of single gang construction and provide double action, single stage, non - coded, breakglass operation. The fire alarm station shall be of lexan construction with an internal toggle switch. Provide a keyed locked test feature. Finish the station in red with white "LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE" and "PULL FOR FIRE" lettering. C. Fire Alarm Notification Appliances 1. General Notification Appliances a. All appliances shall be U.L. Listed for Fire Protective Service. b. All strobe appliances or combination appliances with strobes shall be capable of providing the "Equivalent Facilitation" which is allowed under the Americans with Disabilities Act Access abilities Guidelines (ADA(AG)), and shall be UL 1971, UL 1638, and ULC S526 Listed. 2. Furnish and install where shown on the plans: a. Horns shall be manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 757 Series. In - Out Screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. A sound output level of 103 dBA Peak shall be provided. b. Horn /Strobes shall be manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 757 Series. They shall provide 15/75 cd synchronized flash strobe output, and 100 dBA Peak sound output level from the horn. c. Mini - Horn /Strobes shall be manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 692 Series. They shall provide 15/75 cd strobe output, and 91 dBA Peak sound level output from the horn. d. Strobes shall be manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 202 Series. They shall provide 15/75 cd synchronized flash output. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. The catalog numbers used are those of Edwards Systems Technology (EST), or approved equal. B. If equipment of another manufacturer is to be submitted for approval as equal, the contractor shall, 10 days prior to bid, list all exceptions taken to these Specifications, all variances from these Specification and all substitutions of operating capabilities or equipment called for in these Specifications and forward said list to the Engineer. Any such exceptions, variances or substitutions which were not listed at the time of bid and are identified in the submittal, shall be grounds for immediate disapproval without comment. Final determination of compliance with these Specification shall rest with the Engineer, who, at his discretion, may require proof of performance. 16721 -8 T/M2 -96 2.06 ADDRESS LIST South Base - Fire Alarm System Address List Address Description FW01 Fuel Wash Bay Pull Station - South FW02 Fuel Wash Bay Pull Station- East FW03 Fuel Wash Bay Pull Station- North FW04 Fuel Wash Bay Water Flow FW05 Fuel Wash Bay Tamper Switch OP01 Operations Bldg. Pull Station - North OP02 Operations Bldg. Pull Station - South OP03 Operations Bldg. 1st Fir - Horn /Strobe OPO4 Operations Bldg. 1st FIr - Horn /Strobe OP05 Operations Bldg. 1st FIr- Horn /Strobe OP06 Operations Bldg. 2nd FIr - Horn /Strobe OP07 Operations Bldg. 2ndFlr - Horn /Strobe OP08 Operations Bldg. 2ndFlr - Horn /Strobe OP09 Operations Bldg. 2ndFlr - Door Hold OP10 Operations Bldg. 2ndFlr - Door Hold OP11 Opeations Bldg. - Sprinklers OP12 Operations Bldg. - Water Flow 1st OP13 Operations Bldg. - Tamper SW OP14 Operations Bldg. - Water Flow 2nd OP15 Operations Bldg. - Tamper SW OP17 Operations Bldg. - Horn OP18 AC -101 Duct Detector - Supply OP19 AC -101 Duct Detector - Return OP20 AC -101 Duct Detector - Supply OP21 AC -101 Duct Detector - Return GN01 Generator Bldg. - Heat Detector GNO2 Generator Bldg. - Heat Detector GNO3 Generator Bldg. - Pullstation MA01 Maint. Bldg. Pull Station - North MA02 Maint. Bldg. Pull Station - West MA03 Maint. Bldg. Pull Station - East MA04 Maint. Bldg. Water Flow - NE MA05 Maint. Bldg. Tamper Switch - NE MA06 Maint. Bldg. Water Flow - West MA07 Maint. Bldg. Tamper Switch - West MA08 Maint. Bldg. Water Flow - North MA09 Maint. Bldg. Tamper Switch - North MA10 Alarm Horn /Bell - North Exterior MA11 Maint. Bldg. Computer Room MAl2 Maint. Bldg. Computer Room MA30 AHU -102 Duct Detector- Supply MA31 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Supply MA32 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Return MA33 AHU -104 Duct Detector - Supply MA34 AHU -105 Duct Detector - Supply MA35 AHU -106 Duct Detector - Supply Type Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Door Holder Door Holder Press.SWAIm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Horn /Strobe Alarm Alarm Remote LED Remote LED Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Supervisory Alarm Supervisory Horn/Bell Alarm Trouble Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Notes Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable New New New New New New 16721 -9 T/M2 -96 Address Description MA36 AHU -107 Duct Detector - Supply MA37 AHU -108 Duct Detector - Supply MA38 Not Used MA39 AC -102 Duct Detector - Supply MA40 AHU -102 Duct Detector- Supply MA41 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Supply MA42 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Return MA43 AHU -104 Duct Detector - Supply MA44 AHU -105 Duct Detector - Supply MA45 AHU -106 Duct Detector - Supply MA46 AHU -107 Duct Detector - Supply MA47 AHU -108 Duct Detector - Supply MA48 Not Used MA49 AC -102 Duct Detector - Supply MA50 Horn - Maintenance West MA51 Horn - Maintenance Central MA52 Horn - Maintenance East MA53 Horn - Maintenance West TP01 DC Rectifier Sub. - Smoke Detector TP02 DC Rectifier Sub. - Smoke Detector TP03 DC Rectifier Sub. TPO4 DC Rectifier Sub. - Pull Station East Base - Fire Alarm Address List FW01 Fuel/Wash Pull Station - NW FW02 Fuel/Wash Tamper Switch FW03 Fuel/Wash Water Flow FW04 Fuel/Wash Pull Station - South FW05 Fuel/Wash Pull Station - West MA01 Maintenance - Pull Station - West MA02 Maintenance - Water Flow - SW MA03 Maintenance - Tamper Switch - SW MA04 Maintenance - Pull Station - South MA05 Maintenance - Water Flow - SW MA06 Maintenance - Tamper Switch - SW MA07 Maintenance - Horn /Bell MA08 Maintenance - Rectifier - Smoke Det. MA09 Maintenance - Rectifier - Smoke Det. MA10 Maintenance - Rectifier - Pull Station. MA11 Maintenance - Computer Room - Smoke Detector MAl2 Maintenance - Computer Room - Computer Room Trouble MA13 Pull Station - NW MA14 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Supply MA15 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Return MA16 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Supply MA17 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Return MA18 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Supply MA19 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Return Type Alarm Alarm Alarm Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Remote LED Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe Alarm Alarm Trouble Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Supervisory Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Notes New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable Existing, convert to addressable New New New New New New 16721 -10 T/M2 -96 Address Description Type Notes MA20 AHU -205 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New MA21 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New MA22 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Return Alarm New MA23 AHU -207 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New MA24 AHU -208 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New MA27 AC -202 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New MA34 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA35 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Return Remote LED New MA36 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA37 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Return Remote LED New MA38 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA39 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Return Remote LED New MA40 AHU -205 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA41 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA42 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Return Remote LED New MA43 AHU -207 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA44 AHU -208 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New MA45 AC -201 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New OP01 Operations - Pull Station - North Alarm Existing, convert to addressable OP02 Operations - Pull Station - South Alarm Existing, convert to addressable OP03 Operations - 1st Fir Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe New OPO4 Operations - 1st Fir Hom /Strobe Horn /Strobe New OP05 Operations - 1st Fir Horn /Strobe Hom /Strobe New OP06 Operations - 2nd Fir Pull Station Alarm New OP07 Operations - 2nd Fir Pull Station Alarm New OP08 Operations - 2nd Horn /Strobe Horn /Strobe New OP09 AC -201 Duct Detector - Supply Alarm New OP10 AC -201 Duct Detector - Return Alarm New OP11 AC -201 Duct Detector - Return Remote LED New OP12 AC -202 Duct Detector - Supply Remote LED New OP13 Operations - 2nd Floor Door Holder New OP14 Operations - 2nd Floor Door Holder New OP15 Operations - Sprinklers Press SW Aim New OP16 Operations - Sprinklers Supervisory New OP17 Operations - 1st Floor Supervisory New OP18 Operations - 1st Floor Alarm New OP19 Operations - 2nd Floor Supervisory New OP20 Operations - 2nd Floor Alarm New OP21 Operations - 1st Floor Alarm/Horn New MA46 Horn - West Horn/Strobe New MA47 Horn - Central Hom /Strobe New MA48 Horn - Central Horn/Strobe New MA49 Horn - East Horn/Strobe New 2.07 FIRE ALARM (FA) - DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) INTERFACE PANEL A. Furnish and install two FA -DDC system interface panels (one for South Base and one for East Base) at the location indicated on the Drawings. Each interface panel shall consist on fire alarm system control relay modules (SIGA -CR) that provide one form "C" contact (normally open, close to signal shut down requirement) per module. The form "C" contact shall be used to provide an interface point to the DDC system to initiate shut down of the appropriate mechanical system equipment, as required by Code(s). Form "C" contacts shall be rate 24 volts DC, at 2 amps. Enclosure for panel shall be NEMA 12 rated, and have a hinged front cover with keyed opening 16721 -11 T/M2 -96 2.08 WIRE handle. Provide 4 sets of keys. Contactor Panel shall provide sufficient control relay modules (plus 4 spares) to accommodate the following signals: 1 South Base Panel: Alarm Address Device in Alarm MA30 AHU -102 Duct Detector- Supply MA31 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Supply MA32 AHU -103 Duct Detector - Return MA33 AHU -104 Duct Detector - Supply MA34 AHU -105 Duct Detector - Supply MA35 AHU -106 Duct Detector - Supply MA37 AHU -108 Duct Detector - Supply MA38 Not Used MA39 AC -102 Duct Detector - Supply GNO3 Generator Running OP18 AC -101 Duct Detector - Supply OP19 AC -101 Duct Detector - Return 2. East Base Panel: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Alarm Address Device in Alarm MA14 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Supply MA15 AHU -202 Duct Detector - Return MA16 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Supply MA17 AHU -203 Duct Detector - Return MA18 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Supply MA19 AHU -204 Duct Detector - Return MA20 AHU -205 Duct Detector - Supply MA21 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Supply MA22 AHU -206 Duct Detector - Return MA23 AHU -207 Duct Detector - Supply MA24 AHU -208 Duct Detector - Supply MA27 AC -202 Duct Detector - Supply Signal Purpose to DDC Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Advise DDC of Power Restriction Mode Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Signal Purpose to DDC Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan Shutdown Fan B. Provide all necessary interconnecting wiring, raceways, devices as required between the FA/DDC interface panel and the DDC master work station. A. Wiring shall be UL listed limited energy cable for fire protection signaling. Conductors shall be No. 18 AWG (minimum), solid, color coded. Wiring shall have an overall red - colored jacket. The conductor shall be rate for fire plenum use. A. The entire system shall be installed in a workmanlike manner, in accordance with approved manufacture's wiring diagram. The Contractor shall furnish all conduit, wiring, outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets and similar devices necessary for the complete installation. All wiring shall 16721.12 T/M2 -96 .0 3.02 TESTS • _._. ........,_ ... ........................w...,., .n.,...,..,....�w.......r.....o w»,..... ..�............,..._. nw.Rr„ NETS• %r arACAT.:emMIIIIkitIMAVO.00lo a anw. be of the type recommended by the manufacturer, approved by the local Fire Department, and shall be installed in rigid, threaded conduit throughout. B. All penetration of floor slabs and fire walls shall be fire stopped in accordance with all local fire codes. C. End of Line Resistors: Shall be furnished as required for mounting as directed by the manufacturer. D. All wiring shall be color coded throughout, to National Electrical Code standards. E. The system shall be arranged to receive power from one three wire 120 Vac, 15 A supply. All low voltage operation shall be provided from the fire alarm control panel. F. Field Quality Control: The system shall be installed and fully tested under the supervision of a trained manufacturer's representative. The system shall be demonstrated to perform all of the function as specified. A. Reports of any field testing during Installation shall be forwarded to the Engineer. B Each individual system operation on a circuit by circuit basis shall be tested for its complete operation. The procedure for testing the entire fire alarm system shall be set forth with the consent of the code enforcement official, the Engineer and the manufacturer. 3.03 DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING A. The Contractor shall compile and provide to the Owner three (3) complete manuals on the completed system to include operating and maintenance Instruction, catalog cuts of all equipment and components, as -built wiring diagrams and a manufacturer's suggested spare parts list. B. In addition to the above manuals, the Contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer's trained representative for a period of four (4) hours at each Base to instruct the owners' designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the entire system. An EST2 End -User Training Video shall be included as part of the system documentation. END OF SECTION 16721-13 T/M2-96 DEPARTMENT: COMPLETE COMMENTS ' REVIEWERS INITIAL PLY M ist CO 0 V' a 1140473 PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING c ACTIVITY NUMBER M96-0154 PROJECT NAME KING COUNTY DEPT. OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) NOT COMPLETE El DATE DATE 11/14/96 BUILDING DIVISION IA FIRE PREVENTION PLANNING DIVISION 0 (WY. Q r .-- Hai Icap : ft PUBLIC WORKS 1_ STRUCTURAL PERMIT COORDINATOR 1111 1■) DUE DATE 11/19/96 NOT APPLICABLE El TUES/THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED El ROUTED BY STAFF fl (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) • DUE DATE 12/03/96 APPROVED El APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) El CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED 1 APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE C:ROUTE-F DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Cersificadon of occupancy required. e PLAN REV U - W / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER M96 -0154 PROJECT NAME DEPARTNT: BUILDING DIVISION al PUBLIC WORKS REVIEWERS INITIAL , REVIEWERS INITIAL C:ROUTE -F CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS KING COUNTY DEPT. OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES DATE 11/14/96 FIRE PREVENTION E PLANNING DIVISION STRUCTURAL E PERMIT COORDINATOR 0 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) DUE DATE COMPLETE 21 NOT COMPLETE NOT APPLICABLE ED COMMENTS ' TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED E . ROUTED BY STAFF Ei (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) ° i LAcYCtk GtMI%. - {tort e DATE 11 � � - 1 o V 4W 14 K&"c gaa1'Ll73 • e No apitter5t2 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE 12/03/96 APPROVED APPROVED W/ CONDMONSX NOT APPROVED (attach commen A IZ - 2 - qGP DATE 1 —." n REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE 11/ 19/96 DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Cerdficadoa of occupancy required. ACTIVITY NUMBER M96 -0154 PROJECT NAME DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION ❑ PUBLIC WORKS e PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE ❑ NOT COMPLETE COMMENTS ' TUES /TEURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE � NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ❑ . ROUTED BY STAFF n (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) REVIEWERS INITIAL the 51D CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED ❑ APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED ❑ APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL 440 S REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE C:ROUTE -F e DATE ) 1115{ DATE / /'Q - 96 DUE DATE • KING COUNTY DEPT. OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES DATE 11/14/96 FIRE PREVENTION PLANNING DIVISION ❑ STRUCTURAL ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR ❑ NOT APPLICABLE ❑ 11/19/96 DUE DATE 12/03/96 NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ (Cetdficadon of occupancy required. ) ACTIVITY NUMBER M96-0154 • DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE ED NOT COMPLETE COMMENTS ' t REVIEWERS INITIAL CORRECTION DETERIVINATION: C:ROUTE-F to DATE • PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP NOT APPLICABLE ITt DUE DATE ilEVIEWERSZMIAL DATE DATE 11/14/96 PROJECT NAME RING COUNTY DEPT. OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION El FIRE PREVENTION PLANNING DIVISION PUBLIC WORKS STRUCTURAL El PERMIT COORDINATOR E:1 DUE DATE 11/19196 TUES/THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED gj . ROUTED BY STAFF (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enterSierra.) • REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE /i/Z APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE 12/03/96 APPROVED El APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS Q NOT APPROVED (attach comments) El APPROVED fl APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Cenificadon of occupancy required. PLAN REV[ -;W / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER M96 -0154 PROJECT NAME DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE Ej NOT COMPLETE El COMMENTS ' APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) REVIEWERS INITIAL CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED C:ROUTE -F KING COUNTY DEPT. OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION FIRE PREVENTION a PUBLIC WORKS STRUCTURAL L INIO... 1 TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE E NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED M . ROUTED BY STAFF U (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) APPROVED El APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS C NOT APPROVED (attach comments) DATE voi APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS PLANNING DIVISION PERMIT COORDINATOR 0 DUE DATE NOT APPLICABLE El REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE DATE 11/14/96 11/19/96 DUE DATE 12/03/96 DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Ccrdfiadon of occupancy rcquircd, ) ;r ti`�� ?P'. Y +� n df::l �,: �; f:,'- :`.• ?1Ft•..4:��:4uR� +�:as e^. �`i. �.i � CITY ° T UKWI LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PERMIT INTAKE CHECKLIST MISCELLANEOUS g sets of plans t�l Application It/ Checklist complete Application taken by: NShQJi.Q_ 13cIct-e6 Energy checklist not needed: (Applicant signature) Application Complete PMTINTAK.DOC 7/29/96 Date: 11 1 u - q Permit Number: a(Q O 1-5 '"� Project Number: jrH Plan Review Meeting Date: it 19 -G AD Name: .d-CA Date: tI 1C HY Application Incomplete ❑ Name: Date: SINGLE FAMILY COMMERCIAL ❑ 4 sets of plans ❑ 5 sets of plans ❑ Application ❑ Application ❑ Checklist complete ❑ Checklist complete ;r ti`�� ?P'. Y +� n df::l �,: �; f:,'- :`.• ?1Ft•..4:��:4uR� +�:as e^. �`i. �.i � CITY ° T UKWI LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PERMIT INTAKE CHECKLIST MISCELLANEOUS g sets of plans t�l Application It/ Checklist complete Application taken by: NShQJi.Q_ 13cIct-e6 Energy checklist not needed: (Applicant signature) Application Complete PMTINTAK.DOC 7/29/96 Date: 11 1 u - q Permit Number: a(Q O 1-5 '"� Project Number: jrH Plan Review Meeting Date: it 19 -G AD Name: .d-CA Date: tI 1C HY Application Incomplete ❑ Name: Date: 1 stn, J! ^ Dear Sir: City of Tukwila Fire Department Fire Department Review Control #M96 -0154 (511) lhfh \!a]Jtl f:C!K!MtvNi M +I November 21, 1996 Re: King County Dept, of Metropolitan Services - 12100 East Marginal Way South The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. H.V.A.C. units rated at greater than 2,000 cfm require auto- shutdown devices. These devices shall he separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1742) H.V.A.C. systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 cubic feet per minute to enclosed spaces within buildings shall he equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air - moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply -air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. (UMC 608) 2. Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #1742) Duct smoke detectors shall be capable of being reset from the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #1742) 3. The installation of wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with N.F.P.A. 70, Article 760, Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (NFPA 72 -1- 5.5.4) S h114M 00 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila. Washington 98188 • Phone: 1.206) 5754404 • Fax 12061 575 443D Itti6 nG4.11.i7C i1$"u' itigal d4`uL` i#+'N4e65u. 'Putt ap*Mt : Page number 2 4. When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #1742) Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 (1- 5.2.8.2)) 5. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd City of Tukwila Fire Department John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) .57. 54404 • Fax 1206) 5754439 • ' • t - DETACH TO DISPLAY CERTFICATE -, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES THIS CERTIFIES THAT 111E PERSON NAB HEREON IS REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS A i., +•a� j lfvi l .� "tiT e;r fi� 5.' �•.•• I� s Tses jot � t��./ji -, yt ". }+•.r- l: �''�• � ` t . H i,14.'1 . 414' e. op E 1iA ' Sttls 4 A .'0P4 fiR 42 ill. W , sE A 13•Lfi .Wp.':'.9e199..- • • STATE OF WASWNGTON 4 I� !.- DETACH TO DISPLAY CERTIFICATE J F11254352400 {3-16111 v o 0 — I P LAN '1 6 "= 1' -,0" LJI mq rOI5 1 1 tie CAW '�` �" - o1pt w1,0w C $It 110 1.1 N� l►� ��'ta ,q0-o14 0 Li \ lr h 1 a L - nCp 1 1 + u 30 f3o 2g42?) I N f �'� II 1 ox3D rivrifraDigti plies -I vS 1 - z " fi Z / - 21 -(tst: -11)7 �,A - KW/ 1,1 - r s r -K Al n T..0 C� 1 R00F PLAN SCALE:1 / 16" =1' -p" 5 4 A B ABBREVIATIONS A AF AFF ANN AS AT ATS CB CKT CLF CP CPT CR CRS CS CT CTB CU DISC DC DDC DN EF ELEC ELEV EMT EP ETM F,FU AMMETER, AMPERE AMPERE FRAME ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ANNUNCIATOR AMPERE SENSOR AMPERE TRIP AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMITING FUSE CONTROL PANEL CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CONTROL RELAY PVC COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT CONTROL STATION CURRENT TRANSFORMER COMPUTER TERMINAL BOARD COPPER DIMMER DISCONNECT DIRECT CURRENT DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM DOWN EMPTY EXHAUST FAN ELECTRICAL ELEVATION ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EXPLOSION PROOF ELAPSED TIME METER FUSE GENERAL NOTES: REVISION • FA FACP FC FDR FS FVNR G,GND GA GALV GFI GRS HH HID HP HPS IC KCMIL KV KVA KVAR KW LC LS M MH MS BY INCAND = J,JB = K = KAIC = DATE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FRAMING CHANNEL FEEDER FLOW SWITCH FULL VOLTAGE NON- REVERSING GROUND GAUGE GALVANIZED GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL HANDHOLE HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HORSEPOWER HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM INTERRUPTING CAPACITY INCANDESCENT JUNCTION BOX KEY OPERATOR THOUSAND AMPERE INTERRUPING CAPACITY THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS THOUSAND VOLTS KILOVOLT AMPERE(S) KILOVAR(S) KILOWATT(S) LIGHTING CONTACTOR LIMITS SWITCH MAGNETIC CONTACTOR COIL MANHOLE MOTOR STARTER 1.) ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PATCHED PER 2.) SUBMIT CALCULATIONS, STAMPED BY A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DEMONSTRATING CONFORMANCE TO UBC -1991, CHAPTER 23, FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAJOR CONDUIT SYSTEMS INSTALLED BY CONTRACT TDO1 N,NEUT NC NO NP 0 P,PNL PE PC PCU PH PT PVC RI RPC SD SLP SV SW SWBD TDR TL TTB UG UH V VP WHD WP XFMR C NEUTRAL NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN NAMEPLATE OPEN PANEL PANEL PUSH - BUTTON PHOTOCELL, POWER CABLE POWER CONDITIONING UNIT PHASE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE REMOTE INDICATOR REMOTE POWER CENTER SMOKE DETECTOR STANDBY LIGHTING PANEL SOLENOID VALVE SWITCH SWITCHBOARD THERMOSTAT TIME DELAY RELAY TWISTLOCK TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD UNDERGROUND UNIT HEATER VOLTMETER, VOLT VAPORPROOF WATTHOUR DEMAND METER WEATHERPROOF TRANSFORMER Kem 19 114, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 9810: D POWER PLAN MEI • NONFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, SIZE INDICATED (60 = 60AMPS), 3 60 POLE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE, WP= WEATHERPROOF (NEMA 3R) IE1 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. SIZE INDICATED, (60 = SWITCH RATING, 60/40 40 = FUSE RATING) 3 POLE, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WP = WEATHERPROOF (NEMA 3R) COMBINATION (NON- FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH) MAGNETIC STARTER, 3 PHASE, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SEE CONTROL DIAGRAM TR j// (E) FIRE ALARM PLAN 1 FACP ✓L_J eE 0 0 0 0 0 M 0 0 0 ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGI - CONBILTANIS 15215 526D AVENUE SOUTH, Sl1NE 24 EEATR$ WA611116i1ON 9686 (206) 243-5622 • DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (WP = WATERPROOF) (GFI = GROUND FAULT) ® CONNECTION POINT TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. RACEWAY, CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTION BY DIVISION 16. PANELBOARD PLUG IN CIRCUIT BREAKER UNIT FOR PLUG IN STYLE BUSDUCT, SEE SPECIFICATIONS E' COMBINATION (DISCONNECT SWITCH) MAGNETIC STARTER, SINGLE PHASE NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SEE CONTROL DIAGRAM (E) TT TRANSFORMER MOTOR RATED SWITCH TO BE REMOVED EXISTING FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM ARE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL HORN HORN /STROBE BELL MANUAL PULL STATION PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR, DUCT TYPE PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR, AREA TYPE HEAT DETECTOR, AREA TYPE SYSTEM REMOTE LED FOR DUCT DETECTOR MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER DRY PIPE SYSTEM PRESSURE SWITCH FIRE SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ADDRESS UNIQUE IDENTIFIER BUILDING MA - MAINTENANCE OP - OPERATIONS FW - FUEL /WASH TP - TRACTION POWER (DC) SUBSTATION (RECTIFIER) (;N — CFNFRATfIR RI III fIIN(; DESIGNED: TB /RRB DRAWN: CHECKED: AMH RR RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CONDUIT AND RACEWAY PLAN P2 -G23 -1 HOME RUN, DESTINATION SHOWN, CIRCUIT NUMBERS IN (1,3,5) PARENTHESIS, SEE PANEL SCHEDULE, ARROW DOES NOT ALWAYS POINT TO PANEL 1 1 QJ JUNCTION (J) BOX ONE -LINE AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS -H1 1E-- FUSE �II OR TRANSFORMER, SECONDARY VOLTAGE. PHASE AND 4 RATING INDICATED AS APPLICABLE. 15KVA n 400 SWITCH, CURRENT RATING INDICATED, 3 POLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 400 1 SCALE: 0 T3 0 HAND AUTO AS NOTED CONTRACT N0: T /M2 -96 -) CONDUIT DOWN 0 CONDUIT UP • CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS* NOTE* ALL UNMARKED CONDUIT RUNS CONSIST OF TWO NO. 12 PLUS ONE NO. 12 GROUND CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT. RUNS MARKED WITH CROSSHATCHES INDICATE NUMBER OF NO. 12 THWN WIRE. A CROSSHATCH WITH THE LETTER G INDICATES GROUND WIRE. WHEN SHOWN, THE LONGER CROSSHATCH IS THE NEUTRAL WIRE. CONDUCTORS OTHER THAN NO. 12 ARE INDICATED BY NOTE, CONDUIT SIZE IS 3/4 ", UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CONDUIT STUBBED AND CAPPED AS SHOWN CONDUIT SEALOFF FROM HAZARDOUS AREAS CONDUIT CONTINUED ON REFERENCE DRAWING GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER, TRIP SHOWN, 3 POLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CONNECTOR OR DRAWOUT ASSEMBLY CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN (M DEMOTES RELAY IDENTIFICATION) CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED (M DENOTES RELAY IDENTIFICATION) RELAY (M DENOTES RELAY IDENTIFICATION) TERMINAL BLOCK CONNECTION POINT FOR INTERFACE TC6-NIgPIMMLA WIRING APPROVED MOTOR OVERLOAD HEATER ELEMENT DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING Dl\n5ION MOTOR O O SELECTOR SWITCH O oci PLUG -IN CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR PLUG BUS METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services GENERAL MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND RECEIVED CITY Of TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER 132 811 051E: FEB, 1996 , FILE NO: DRAWING /0 � :N O Q " G8 SHEET NO pF IMMIMMl..nlnuluil 1111) l m m II I Iu % ul l \ 111n1 I 11�nnlnnlnnnnl /11lnllnunnnnnn11mnllllnnln I/m/llful111nun6A n11n11 mm11v .�nun11r,a —. REVISION 1/2" TYP. llnnnnIMMOOMOUII I1111111111111111 ,..11111111 NIS SW of soington MUMBONSUMM1111 In1161nun1111 Ilnn'I�lllUnnl ALUMINUM FLASHING, FOLD BOTTOM EDGE TO CREATE 1/2" AIR SPACE CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL CURB BUR LAP OVER EXISTING EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN WALKWAY PAD EXTEND UP THE CANT STRIP, TYP CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE EXIST CONC. ROOF DECK TO INSTALL INSULATION & BUR LAP BUR OVER EXIST. ALL AROUND, TYP.- EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN — d EXIST INSUL TO REMAIN A B 3' - 0" MIN TYP TYP 6' GALV STEEL PLATE INSUL SEE STRUC DET n MATCH EXISTING TD04 rnqo i4 A 3' -0" SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" PT 2x8 ( GALV SIMPSON A 34 FRAMING ANCHOR 0 24" 0.C. W/ 8 - 8d x 1 1/2" NAILS PT 4" CANT INSULATION, MATCH EXISTING EXIST INSULATION TO REMAIN TOP OF CONC DECK SEALANT & BACK UP ROD, TYP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL BUILT -UP ROOF TO MATCH TYP CURB REMOVAL & ROOF PATCHING DETAIL O SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" KCM C AIR HANDLING UNIT 1" THICK INSULATION SECURE: TO WOOD CURB 2X12 STIFFNERS ® 8' -0" MAX USE 2 STIFFNERS 0 SPLICE OF 3X12 ROOF CURB PT 3X WOOD CURB HYPALON FLASHING HVAC UNIT & OR MECH DUCTS & PIPES TO BE REMOVED REMOVE EXIST CURB SYSTEM �— EXISTING OPENING KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101 SAW CUT 1" LARGER HOLE THAN DUCT SIZE DUCTS, PIPES, AND OR CONDUITS EXISTING 4 D 1 PRECAST CONC PANEL Streeter /Dermanis & Associate) Architects, AIA Seattle, WA EXISTING GRATE TO REMAIN REMOVE & DISPOSE OF EXIST CAP FLASHING WHERE PARPET FLASHING WORK IS REQ'D. INSTALL FLASHING AFTER INSTALLATION OF BUR. PAINT FINISH COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING EXTEND HYPALON FLASHING UP & OVER THE PARAPET REMOVE EXIST CURB 1 1 DETAIL ® PARAPET D SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" CAP FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" iiu NOOMMOMMUMMOUMMOM 111111 1111111111111. PREPARE EXIST ROOF — & LAP OVER EXIST EXISTING ROOFING TO REMAIN EXIST. CONC. FILL ON METAL DECK. GALV STEEL PLATE SEE STRUC DET C..a TD04 EXISTING ROOFING TO REMAIN EXISTING INSUL EXISTING CONCRETE FILL ON METAL DECK CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE EXIST CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL INSUL & BUR MIN DESIGNED: DRAWN AM RECOMMENDED, APPROVED: EXIST CURB TO REMAIN CHECKED: PD FILL W/ ROOF INSULATION 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD SINGLE PIECE AL CAP FLASHING REMOVE EXIST CURB FLASHING 1" THICK RIGID INSULATION rTITT PREPARE EXIST ROOF & LAP OVER EXIST EXIST ROOFING TO REMAIN 3' -0" MIN EXIST INSULATION TO REMAIN INSULATION, MATCH EXISTING TOP OF CONC DECK SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 3" DIA OR SMALLER PIPE OR CONDUIT CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE EXIST CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL INSUL & BUR PRESSURE TREATED 2X6 X 6" SET IN ASPHALT ® 5' -0" 0.C. ATTACH W/ MTL STRAPS AS REQ'D REMOVE ROOFING GRANULE & INSTALL 1/2" THICK WALKWAY PAD EXISTING ROOFING EXISTING INSULATION EXISTING CONCRETE ROOF SLAB PIPE /CONDUIT SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" 1/2" TYP U 1 SEALANT BACKER ROD & SEALANT CUT HOLE 1" LARGER THAN PIPE SIZE PIPE /CONDUIT PENETRATION DETAIL F , RECEIVED CITY EC IVED SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" ) Nov 1 1996 PERMIT CENTER m E T R ® Xing County Dept of lief ropolitan Services TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS • H CONDUIT OR PIPE THRU ROOF SIZES LESS THAN '4' 1" X 16 GA SS CLAMP W/ SS BOLT, NUT & WASHER FLASHING COLLAR 1 LAP AND SEAL AT I JOINT HYPALON FLASHING METAL BASE FLASHING H 13281 DATE: FEB 1996 ME NO: DRAWING NO: - , TD01., SHEET NO: 9 OF pp REMOVE & DISPOSE OF EXIST H CAP FLASHING WHERE PARAPET WORK IS REO'D INSTALL FLASHING AFTER INSTALLATION OF BUR. PAINT COLOR TO MATCH EXIST L. SEE ROOF PLANS FOR LOCATION EXTEND HYPALON FLASHING UP & OVER THE PARAPET 4" CANT HYPALON FLASHING DETERMINED BY CRANE MFR, 12" MIN SMOKE HATCH W/ ONE PIECE CLEAR ACRYLIC DOME IN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM DOME FRAME SIMILAR TO DUR -RED MODEL # SHD ALUMINUM FLASHING CUT EXISTING ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & REMOVE ROOFING, & INSUL TO INSTALL SMOKE HATCH CABLE HOOK & CENTER CABLE FUSE LINK RIGID INSUL ALUM CURB & FRAME BUR HYPALON FLASHING 3/8 DIA EXP BOLT ® 24" O.C. I TOP OF CONC DECK EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE 4' -O" X 4' -0 "" i SAW CUT OPENING IN CONC SLAB CENTER IN EXIST CONC TEES EXISTING ROOFING TO REMAIN PREPARE EXIST RCJFING SURFACE & LAP OVER EXISTING EXIST RIGID INSUL TO REMAIN RIGID INSUL SMOKE VENT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1 -0" JIB CRANE SEALANT ALL AROUND 1" X 16 GA SS CLAMP WI SS BOLT, NUT & WASHER ALUMINUM STORM COLLAR FLASHING, LAP & SEAL @ JOINT ALUMINUM DUCT FLASHING 1 ", RN/ET & SEAL CRANE POST & BASE 2" BITUMEN FILL PROVIDE LEVEL BRG SURFACE W/ NON- SHRINK CEMENT GROUT PLASTIC CEMENT SLOPE TO SHED WATER 22 GAUGE GALV PAN LAP AND SOLDER JOINTS MOP INTO ROOFING EACH WAY 6" TYP TYP 5/8" DIA SS THREADED RODS WI 1/4" X 2" X 2" SS E NUTS & WASHERS NAIL @ 12" O.C. TYP CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL CURB PREPARE EXISTING ROOFING SURFACE & LAP OVER EXISTING EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN CUT EXISTING ROOFING & INSUL WI SHARP KNIFE AND REMOVE ROOFING, & INSULATION UP TO PARAPET EXIST. ROOFING TO REMAIN PREPARE EXIST ROOFING SURFACE AND LAP OVER EXISTING PT 2X6 PT 2X WOOD CURB Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA Ir iii„ r rrrrrrrrrrrlllIm �I� .NrrrrrtOrrr ■ u muunnrarrumnrl BUR, EXTEND UP 2X CURB — HYPALON FLASHING RIGID INSUL TO MATCH EXIST. SEALANT ALL AROUND ALUMINUM STORM COLLAR FLASHING, LAP & SEAL JOINT 1" X 16 GA SS CLAMP W/ SS BOLT, NUT & WASHER ALUMINUM DUCT FLASHING LAP 1 ", RIVET & SEAL 1 1/4" LONG STAINLESS STEEL NEOPRENE WASHERED SCREWS ® 16" O.C., 2 MIN PER SIDE DESIGNED, IJ DRANTI: AM RECOMMENDED: CHECKED. PD SCALE AS NOTED CONSRAC1 NO T/M2 -96 SEALANT ALL AROUND 1" X 16 GA SS CLAMP W/ SS BOLT, NUT & WASHER ALUMINUM STORM COLLAR FLASHING, LAP & SEAL ® JOINT ALUMINUM DUCT FLASHING LAP 1 ", RIVET & SEAL VENT STACK BASE & ANCHORS - 1 1 /4" LONG STAINLESS STEEL NEOPRENE WASHERED • SCREWS ® 16" O.C., 2 MIN PER SIDE I 4 4 Q EXIST CURB TO REMAIN 6" 0 OR LARGER VENT STACK MEM PIPE SUPPORT FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' -0" TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS DISCONNECTION SWITCH SUPPORT r PIPE 1 FOR NOTES ON COLLAR SEE D /TDO2, SIM FOR NOTES ON >;i PITCH PAN SEE A /TD02, SIM WHERE SHOWN IN PLAN SAW CUT EXIST CONC PARAPET BURN REBAR 1" DEEP & PATCH W/ NON - SHRINK GROUT PT 2X_ NAILER ALUMINUM FLASHING FOLD BOTTOM EDGE TO' PROVIDE 1/2" AIR SPACE HYPALON FLASHING, EXTEC OVER THE CURB PREPARE EXIST ROOFING SURFACE & LAP OVER EXISTING REC CITY OF TUKWM o F NOV 1 41996 ERMR CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC..REHABILITATION wane= .. u■i I�ID nei■■ ■ ■ N ■ ■ ■ ■Hi%��1 v■■I DRILL 7/8" 0 HOLE THRU CONC /STL DECK, 3/4" 0 SS BOLT W/ NUT & WASHER 5 GUARDRAIL POST STAIR STRINGER (2) 5/8" SS BOLTS STRINGER 5/8" X 3' X 0' -7" FE GUARDRAIL POST ANCHORAGE 3/16" THICK STEEL FQ TOE BOARD, HEIGHT MATCH TOP OF STRINGERS GUARDRAIL LANDING A SCALE: 2" = 1' -0" �J EXPANSION JOINT W/ 2" SLEEVE SPLICE SECURE TO ONE END W/ BLIND RIVETS 6" STRINGER DETAIL PLAN LANDING SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1 -0" TYP. @ FABRICATED JOINTS SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" L 4" x 3 1/2" x 1/4" x 0' -5" WI SLOTTED HOLE (4 SHORT LEG TOP & SIDES) 1 /4V DETAIL UUUU SCALE: 3" = 1' -0 4 T �� PR O P PROVIDE R AILS ON AN T D INUO STS 1 1/2" DIA PIPE RAIL 6" IR o N . _ l \` 2" IR INSNIIII TYP UNO u A LINE OF RISER STRINGER PLASTIC CEMENT SLOPE TO DRAIN 2" BITUMEN FILL 22 GUAGE GALV PAN LAP & SOLDER JOINTS MOP INTO ROOFING EA WAY A 1 1/2" SECURE TO CONC. MIN. W/ 3/8" SS CONC ANCHOR —\ WALL BRACKET DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1 - -0" LANDING SIDE C12 FRAMING SEE EXPANSION JNT. W/ 2" SLEEVE SPLICE SECURE TO ONE END W/ BLIND RIVETS C12x20.7 STRINGER 1 "x 3/16" GRATED TREAD WITH ABRASIVE NOSING. MATERIAL TO MATCH STRINGER. I 3' -0" r MIN PIPE RAIL CORNER DTL.® LANDING SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1 -0" OUTSIDE CORNER SIMILAR 6' -0" MAX. EQUAL SPACES GUARDRAIL PLAN DETAIL 1 1/2" DIA. GUARDRAIL 1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" TREAD WIDTH 11" U.N.O. CL POST (TYP.) F ; u■■u■ttt. RISER HEIGHT NOTE: STAIR GUARDRAIL NOT SHOWN DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1 -0" CUT EXISTING ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE AND REMOVE ROOFING, & INSULATION UP TO PARAPET EXIST ROOFING TO REMAIN PREPARE EXIST ROOFING SURFACE AND LAP OVER EXISTING INSUL, MATCH EXISTING C EXIST RIGID INSUL TO REMAIN KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 SEE DETAIL H1 1 1/2" DIA PIPE RAIL WALL BRACKETS SEE (1) LANDING 0 • METAL TREAD WALL MOUNTED HANDRAIL LANDING EDGE OF STL, CLOSURE FRAMING PLATE AS REQ'D. STRINGER TOP STAIR RISER EXP JOINT W/ 4" SLEEVE SPLICE SECURE TO ONE END W/ BLIND RIVET TYP. r SCALE: 1" = 1 -0" 4" TYP. C12 & C8 FRAMING SEE DWG TDO5A FOR STRUCT. DETAILS GUARDRAIL POST SEE DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1 -0" Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA GUARDRAIL POST 11 C1 2 - FRAMING SEE DWG TDO5A FOR STRUCT. DETAILS nacto-as4 DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' -0 " w - TOP OF RAIL POST BEYOND \_)!CI PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TOP RAIL AND POSTS db TYP. CAD i `v FABRICATED) JOINTS J THREE RAIL GUARDRAIL SCALE: 1" = 1 -0" Is Reg,stereo ' Architect PAUL RMANIS State of Washington PIPE RAIL WALL BRACKETS WALL SURFACE WALKWAY PAD EXTEND BUR UP THE EXIST CURB HYPALON FLASHING EXIST CURB OR SMOKE VENT - 4" EXIST CANT ALUMINUM FLASHING, FOLD BOTTOM EDGE TO PROVIDE 1/2" AIR SPACE HYPALON FLASHING CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL PREPARE EXIST ROOFING AND LAP BUR OVER EXIST EXIST ROOFING TO REMAIN EXIST INSULATION TO REMAIN INSULATION, MATCH EXISTING TOP OF CONC DECK 2" MAX GALV SIMPSON A 34 FRAMING ANCHOR ® 24" O.0 W/ (8) 8d x 1 1/2" NAILS PT 2X12 ® 16" 0,C. PT 4" CANT PT 2X8 PT 2X6 3' -0" TYP DRAWN AM DESIGNED' I RECOMMENDED APPROVED CURB 6" TYP CHECKED. PD 7 EQUIP /PARTS CABINET CURB DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" ALUMINUM FLASHING CUT EXIST ROOFING & INSUL WI SHARP KNIFE & PREPARE CONC ROOF DECK TO INSTALL CURB PREPARE EXIST ROOFING AND LAP BUR OVER EXISTING — EXIST ROOFING TO REMAIN EXIST INSUL TO REMAIN RE- ROOFING ® EXIST CURB DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 2" MAX CROSS RUNNER 12 GA SPLAY WIRE BRACING IN PLANE OF EACH RUNNER VERTICAL ANGLE 45 DEGREES MAIN RUNNER SCALE. AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 MTL TUBE COMPRESSION STRUT @ 12' -0" OC BOTH DIRECTIONS. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE G H A 3/4" CDX PLYWD PT 3X_ • • GALV SIMPSON A 34 FRAMING ANCHOR @ 24" OC W/ (8) 8d x 1 1/2" NAILS 1/2" EXP, ANCHOR ® 12" O.C. G TOP OF CONC DECK 1 ti CEILING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" THIS DETAIL APPLICABLE IN CONDITIONS WHERE DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 3' -0" 8 GAUGE HANGER WIRE ® 4' -0" OC M - r R o King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS REMOVE INSULATION AS REO'D TO INSTALL 2X6 FILL VOID W/ INSUL TO MATCH EXIST AFTER INSTALLATION OF 2X6 NOTES ON CURB � DETAIL (^ TDO 1 FURRING CLIPS OR 2 STRANDS OF 18 GA TIE WIRE 1 -1 /2 "x 16 GAUGE CHANNELS @ 4' -0" O.C. 5/8" GWB CLG 7/8 "x 20 GAUGE FURRING CHANNELS © 16" 0.C. 1" TYPE " S" DRYWALL SCREW ® 12" O.C. ACT -2 RECEIVED WALL ANLJ5O °A Y ALA NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER H w Z � 00 r z T'z o U ICU S a w w N �Q J In J E 132814 DATE: FEB 1996 FILE NO, DRAWING NO: TDQ3. SHEET N0: 1 . OF 11,2 377 Si2E, L:A. MINIMUM SPLICE LENGTH (INCHES) 1 :2 . . CONCRETE— f'c= 4000 PSI REINF k.NCI SIZE_ BAP SIZEd #4 k t ; #5 # TENSION LAP COMPEL si(JN AE r Ho [ Ln4 ,;N) #3 i_ i4 I 14 , 3/g _ 18 12 #4 5 19 9 ,4 15 #5 '8 _3 _3 T � 30 #6 22 a ! -_ 1 28 3 , 36 4 2 i / "4 :7 -4— y-- #8 I 29 37 I 37 12 1 f#9 I 5_ 42 42 55 ' 34 377 Si2E, L:A. 3/3• 1 :2 . . REINF k.NCI SIZE_ ##3 #4 #5 ; #5 # #5 L -0X GROUT Ho [ Ln4 ,;N) 7/8 1 1 1/8 i i/4 , 3/g _ Ai'V E7 E' (IN) 4 1/ " 7 i/2 9 NON HPINI GROIT1 HOE DiA ON) 7 , 8 I _ 2 1/8 2 i / "4 2 3/8 MIN EMBED I,IN) 12 i5 18 73 30 0 5 4 1 A CORNER TYPICAL SINGLE CURTAIN SINGLE CURTAIN REINFORCING AT WALL INTERSECTIONS DETAIL SCALE- NONE REVISION B 72:.5 1 _ _ CORNER rn qoi5J{ 31 ( DATE KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue K C i'1 Seattle, Washington 93101 EDGE 77 EQUIPMENT ' 'M .X CN f u07, 4 MAX Cz ROOF Y /LAN &. RJLJCHEN INIEF'FACE AI-0' L. (LAI W7' r_7•,X r BONDING COMPOUND ELEVATED SLAB 0 7 SLAB ON- GRADE -- PROCEDURE: EPDX1 GROUT OR NON 'IHRINV T. NOTES: LXI`,TING C7NC EQUIPMENT PAD AT EXIST CONC D E EQUIPMENT PAD AT NEW CONC DETAIL SCALE: NONE REINFORCING F3AR ANCHORAGE NOTES REINFORCING BAR ANCHORAGE DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4 4 EW #4 4' I 2" EA SIDE r EXIST ELEVATED SLAG I [OR SLAB-ON -GRADE J/ \` [PDX 1 (_ROUT (--1 /�- — #40412 "EW r — #4 4 12 VC AT PERIMETER OF PAD DRILL INE: ATED DIAMETER AND DEF- `H HOLE IN EXISTING CONCRETE IF MINIMUM EMBEDMENT PLUS MINIMUM REINFORCING COVER IS GREA THAN ■ IC; AL CONCRETE DEPTH, EMBED PEiNFORCING ONLI is C;tNCPE.TE DEPTH LESS MINIMUM REINFORCING COVER. 7I LEAN #'.SLE THOROUGHLF WITH NIKE BRUSH AND 07 BLAST. DRY HOLE PH OF - T'.? 0 IA 5180 EPDXY GROU 1 AND NON-SHRINE INSTAL L EPDXY GROUT AND NON - SHRINK GROUT IN ACCORDANCE. WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDAFIONS. ,1 AL LC. A/ EPDXY GROUT AND NON-SHRINK GROUT TO CURE BEFORE APPLYING uA FF O✓IDE 1_70>r GPO 15 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. [� GRADE 69 RELINE 11 T .1 +, MIN ET',1Brr 1 TOTAL CC1NC DEPTH - --4 { VARIES, NOT LL I_ ` THAN 5118 RENE COVER XISi •ETE E:LL 4 c NE 3/8"± SS CONC ANCHOR v -' 75 t I EMBED 1 ,4" ;a 12" OC - - - J1- ;I`, _ DETAIL 61i? 6 SCALE EXIS GONE 7EI E 1.-ND METAL DELI' FLOOR C FILL 1/8" STEEL P L A T E L/NCRETE ANC. SIDE. F l. ' EX TOPPING id PLANK EX r'.ONG DE SI,NED DPA: .1771, E 7: : J .,_ RECOMMEND. APPROVED 51)'077 WIFJTH :Cf1L L: i 1/2" "I — 1 :,C H CONCRETE FILL AT OPERATIONS BUILDING DETAIL STEEL PLATE - -EXIST OPENING w / 4 1/8' V EP•)C / ADHESIVE WIDTH = 24"/ BETWEEN PLATE AND CONCRETE EXIST CONCRETE 7009 41:1" OC, EACH Dig OE OPENING 71 /2"■' CONCRETE / ANCHOR 41 2' 01' EMBED 1 /7' 1/4' PATE CONCRETE FILL AT OPERATIONS BUILDING DETAIL �1 6 MAX EXIST HOLE -- N_N IT-NE CRO T X ..1 CONCRETE AN7 METAL DECK 71,0 -- MAX, L X 0FE —FO.'R WIDTH >24" & WIDTH / 60" ADD L 2 1/2,1 1/2x 1/4 '=TIFFENERS C8 12 "00 PLACE virn - LONG LEG VERT & STIFFENER PARALLEL TO SHORT E07E OF , OPNC SHRINK CRONY N CBI 1/2" DEEP 4 PLATE W/ STEEL P, AND CAP AT 80170M TS MATCH HOLE XIS i 8" 07 12" F 7ELSTRESSED, PRECAST 9 :ETE HOLLOW CORE LANE CITY OF TUKWILA C % APPROVED CONCRETE FILL AT MAINTENANCE BUILDING MEZZANINE FLOOR DETAIL 5005: I 1 2 DEC 0 3 1996 AS HDTED BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF 11J WIL NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE TYPICAL DETAILS A.5 NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION %ON TRACT NO'. 1/02 -96 TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS 0 2 132815 DATE: x FEB 1996 FILE NO: DRAWING NO TD04 SHEET N0: i2OFl lZ MINIMUM SPLICE LENGTH (INCHES) CONCRETE— f'c= 4000 PSI BAR SIZE ad at TENSION LAP COMPRESSION LAP CLASS A CLASS B # 12 14 14 18 12 #4 15 19 19 24 15 #5 18 23 23 30 19 #6 22 28 28 36 9 # 25 33 33 42 27 #8 29 37 37 48 30 # 32 42 42 55 34 BOLT SIZE, DIA 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" REINFORCLNG SIZE #3 #4 # #6 #7 # EPDXY GROUT HOLE DIA (IN) 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 MIN EMBED (iN) 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 NON– SHRINK GROUT HI HOLE DIA (IN) 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 MIN EMBED (IN) 12 15 18 23 30 KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 9C101 A H • • CORNER DETAIL SCALE: NONE SINGLE CURTAIN REINFORCING AT WALL INTERSECTIONS TYPICAL SINGLE CURTAIN CORNER (OPTIONAL) 0 CLASS B TENSION LAP SPLICE rn q0-054 EDGE OF EQUIPMENT 5 "MAX © FLOOR, 4 "MAX @ ROOF ELEVATED SLAB OR SLAB –ON –GRADE PROCEDURE: EPDXY GROUT OR NON– SHRINK GROUT, AS NOTED EXISTING CONC 2" CLEAN & ROUGHEN INTERFACE AREA, COAT W/ EPDXY BONDING COMPOUND EQUIPMENT PAD AT EXIST CONC EQUIPMENT PAD AT NEW CONC DETAIL SCALE: NONE REINFORCING BAR ANCHORAGE NOTES #4'@ 12 "EW #4 @ 12" EA SIDE EXIST ELEVATED SLAB OR SLAB –ON– GRADE EPDXY GROUT (-6.. #4 @ 12 "OC AT PERIMETER OF PAD 1.) DRILL INDICATED DIAMETER AND DEPTH HOLE IN EXISTING CONCRETE. IF MINIMUM EMBEDMENT PLUS MINIMUM REINFORCING COVER IS GREATER THAN TOTAL CONCRETE DEPTH, EMBED REINFORCING ONLY TOTAL CONCRETE DEPTH LESS MINIMUM REINFORCING COVER. 2.) CLEAN HOLE THOROUGHLY WITH WIRE BRUSH AND AIR BLAST. DRY HOLE PRIOR TO INSTALLING EPDXY GROUT AND NON– SHRINK GROUT. 3.) INSTALL EPDXY GROUT AND NON– SHRINK GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WI1H MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4.) ALLOW EPDXY GROUT AND NON- SHRINK GROUT TO CURE BEFORE APPLYING LOAD. 5.) PROVIDE EPDXY GROUT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. HOLE DIA GRADE 60 REINF r MIN EMBED TOTAL CONC- DEPTH- ,VARIES, NOT LESS THAN MIN REINF COVER REINFORCING BAR ANCHORAGE DETAIL SCALE: NONE 3/8 "± SS CONC ANCHOR EMBED 1 3/4" @ 12" 0C EXIST 3" CONCRETE FILL @ 8" PLANK 3/16/2 -6 EXIST CONCRETE AND METAL DECK FLOOR C`J CONCRETE FILL 1/4" PLATE EXIST 3 1/2" CONC TOPPING @ 8" PLANK (EXIST 2 1 /2" CONC TOPPING @ 12" PLANK) DESIGNE /� DRAWN HECKED: J Er. J RECOMMENDED: APPROVED 12 /9" 1/8" STEEL PLATE CONCRETE ANCHOR EACH SIDE, EMBED 1 1/2" l'' MAX DETAIL SCALE: 3" =1' -0" EXIST OPENING 30" MAX WIDTH SCALE: 1 1/2' =1' -0" EXIST OPENIN WIDTH 1 24" CONCRETE FILL AT OPERATIONS BUILDING DETAIL. 6 "0 MAX EXIST. HOLE / NON – SHRINK GROUT CONCRETE FILL AT OPERATIONS BUILDING D ETAI L SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" CONTRACT NO T /M2 -96 EXIST CONCRETE f ROOF –EXIST CONCRETE AND METAL DECK FLOOR DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2 –0" 6 "9 MAX / EXIST OPENING 3/16 CONCRETE FILL AT MAINTENANCE BUILDING MEZZANINE FLOOR SCALE - TYPICAL DETAILS 1 /4 "GALV STEEL PLATE W/ 1/8" EPDXY ADHESIVE BETWEEN PLATE AND CONCRETE FOR WIDTH >24 Sc WIDTH < 60" ADD L 2 /2x 1 1/2x 1/4 STIFFENERS © 12 "OC PLACE WITH LONG LEG VERT & STIFFENER PARALLEL TO SHORT EDGE OF OPNG #4 @12"01„ EACH SIDE OF OPENING —1,/ 2 CONCRETE ANCHOR @12 "OC EMBED 3 1/2" NON– SHRINK GROUT SAW –CUT 2 1/2" DEEP 1 /4" PLATE W/ STEEL PIPE AND CAP AT BOTTOM TO MATCH HOLE �- EXIST 8" OR 12" PRESTRESSED, PRECAST CONCRETE HOLLOW CORE PLANK BUILDING DIVISION:;' RECEIVED CT' OF TUKWIIA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER rri R 0 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services.; AS NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION'-: TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS CITY OF TUI(WIIA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED DATE' FEB 199 FILE NT DRAWING' SHEET N DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" =1 ' -0" 12" DIA GUARD POST /BOLLARD DETAIL 4 12" SCALE: NONE SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" B 6" SCHED 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE FILLED WITH CONCRETE. SLAB ON GRADE CAST -IN -PLACE CONC Cl1 RADIUS " R" TO SUIT PROPANE TANK 1/2" THICK x 12 "WIDE NEOPRENE PAD 1 /2 "CONC ANCHOR EMBED 3 1/2 ", C21 (2) EACH RIB #4 ©12 "OC VERT #4 ®12 "OC HORIZ 6" SLAB ON GRADE #4 ©12"OC 4 #4 DATE NON SHRINK GROUT, SLOPE AWAY FROM -s" POST #4 @6 "OC EF 2 - #4 EF LPG TANK CONCRETE SADDLE SLAB -ON- GRADE R 3/4x8x2' -3" m1JoIsL1 1 /4"± 1 /1 POURED JOINT FILLER 1/2 "0 BACKING ROD JOINT FILLER AT EXIST STRUCTURE DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4 -12 3/16 METAL ROOF SCREEN SEE A253 FOR FLASHING EXIST 2 1/2" CONC FILL IN 3" METAL DECK (4) 3/4 "o SS BOLTS SCREEN POST DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2" =1 ' -0" EQ i EQ I 4 3/4 7 1/4" SECTION SCALE: 1 C6 -- 0 Q w C6x8.2 : z 0 N N Iw 3/4 "0 A307 BOLT, TYP —W6 i KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 SECTION -PLAN SCALE: 1 /2" =1 ' -0" -PL 1/4 EXISTING STRUCTURE PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER, FULL DEPTH TOP OF SCREEN LEVEL @ 7' -0" ABOVE HIGH POINT OF ROOF DECK BENT PLATE 1/4 "x2 1/2" W6x12 ® 15' -0"00 5/8 "0 A36 GALV ROD © MIDSPAN DOUBLE NUT It 3/4" x8" x 1' -3" / CP @ WEB N \ AND EACH FLANGE EXIST SLOPED t" ?- ROOF DECK DRILL 1"0 HOLES THRU EXIST DECK 1/4x3x3" GALV WASHER, BEVEL AS REQ'D W6 1 1/2" NON- SHRINK GROUT EXISTING ROOF DECK: 2 1/2" CIP FILL IN 3" 22GA METAL DECK DECK POCKET 1 /4 "t 1/16 POURED JOINT FILLER 1/2 "0 BACKING ROD TOP OF CIP TOPPING @ ROOF NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3/8 PLATE (HEADER FL ) 3 1/2 "x5 1/2" HEADER Fe .! BENT FL , TYP SIDE B BEYOND- 2 "RADIUS @ EA CORNER, TYP. DO NOT OVERCUT a DETAI L SCALE: NONE z DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" =1 ' -0" JOINT FILLER MIN MAX MIN SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' 0" [ GRIND TO RADIUS • r- EXISTING CONCRETE / PAVEMENT 1/2''0 CONC EPDXY 3' -10" R.O. ANCHOR / L- 2" RADIUS W 9" OC, © EA CORNER, EMBED 6" TYP. DO NOT OVERCUT 26" x42" DUCT PENETRATION 4 I SYM OUT ,-3/8" BENT PLATE (SIDE IC ) 2 1/2 "x5 1/2 "x2' -0" r7 W/ NON- SHRINK GROUT 2' -2" 6" 2 1/2" DUCT PENETRATION AT CIP BEAM FOR DUCTS LESS THAN 1'- 6 "x2' -0" V <TACK WELD PRECAST DBL TEE COPE LEG RADIUS, TYP DESIGNED: _� CHECKED: 6 AT CIP BEAM 4- 1/2 "0x6" EMBED CONC ANCHORS ® HEADER ONLY W/ BEVELLED WASHER — {CP \ NON- SHRINK GROUT CONT, TYP AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 NOTE: HOLE FOR POST MAY BE CORE- DRILLED OR FORMED IN PLACE. FENCE POST DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" CUT 1/2 "x1/2" CONT KEYWAY © PERIMETER OF OPNG, MID-THICKNESS OF WALL. CONCRETE WALL PATCH DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2" =1 -0 PRECAST ' DBL TEE WED SCALE: 1/2 =1' -0" �i EXIST CONC WALL #4 ®12 "OC ® MID- THICKNESS OF WALL rTh PRECAST DBL TEE WEB EXIST OPNG 2' -8' x2' -8' OR LESS CONCRETE PATCH TD04 2 " RADIUS EA CORNER, TYP DO NOT OVERCUT MAINTENANCE BLDG SMOKE VENT CUT -OUT AT ROOF DETAIL - PLAN cm Nnv 1 4 1996 ,RM. CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996. AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION NOTE: VERIFY ALL CONC OPENING & LOCATIONS WITH, THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CUTTING. EXIST CONC ROOF DECK 1 1/2" NON- SHRINK GROUT MEC SECTION SCALE: 1" - 1' -0" RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: TS 4x4x1/4 1/4 ,-4- 5/8 "0 ANCHOR BOLTS W/ NUTS & WASHERS 1 1/2" NON - SHRINK GROUT TDO1 • , PIPE SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" C12x20.7 CONT C8x13.75 NOTE: EAST BASE OPP. HAND 8 5' ±1' NTS B -LINE SYSTEMS, INC B3147A -3 GALV PIPE // ANCHOR OR EQUAL, TYP / 3 "0 STD PIPE // FACE OF MECH EQUIP FOR FLASHING & i " 1 SEALANT ® PIPE & BASE SEE TD02 12 1/2x7x7 W /4 - 5/8'0 CONC ANCHORS EMBED 3" ® MAINT BLDG. USE THRU- BOLT @ OPERATIONS BLDG W/ PRE - DRILLED HOLES 1 /4 TYP TYP AT ROOF MOUNTED MECH EQUIP DETAIL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAIR PARTIAL PLAN 0 SOUTH BASE CD SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" C8x13.75 mqm -oi5�f ® EASE LOCATE CONDUITS THRU ROOF BETWEEN STEMS OF PRECAST ROOF BEAMS, ADJACENT TO PIPE STAND. EXIST 6 "THICK PRECAST CONC WALL C8x13.75 CONT W/ CONN TO WALL C12x20.7, PARTIAL LENGTH C 12x20.7 GRATING G rkill , / L \ C12x20.7 GRATING SIM e C i D CONN TO WALL C 5/ 8"0 CONC ANCHOR W/ 4 "EMBED PL 5/16x3" 1 /4" C:. CONT C12 BEYOND KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101 C12 SECTION SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" SIM TYP POST TD03 11 7 5/8 1/4 "CLOSURE PL (WELD CONT TO STRINGERS) CP TYP j r --- WEB & FLANGES C12x20.7 STRINGER TD03 L3x2x5/16x0' -6" W/ 2- 5/8"0 BOLTS 7 5/8 2- 5/8 "0 BOLTS EA END OF C12 TYP C12 STRINGER STAIR ASSEMBLY INCLUDES STEEL GRATING W/ SUPPORT ANGLES ALL AROUND, WELDED TO CHANNELS STEEL TREAD W/ NON -SLIP ABRASIVE NOSING 7 5/8 STRINGER BEYOND SECTION SCALE: 1 " =1 ' -0" 11 NOTE: GRATING AND SUPPORT ANGLE NOT SHOWN 1/4" PL 5/8x4 1/2x0' - 9" W/ 2 5/8"0 BOLTS & BEVELLED WASHERS-" SECTION SCALE: 1 " =1 ' -0" SECTION SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" CONT C12 STRINGER 5/8" DIA BOLTS L3x2 1/2x5/16x0' -6" DESIGNED DRAWN,_ I CHECKED: t� CP TYP WEB & FLANGES TS 4x4 COL, SEE ARCH DWGS FOR LOCATION 111ETRO County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: TYPICAL DETAILS AS NOTED MA1NTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 0 1 1/4" 1/2 "BASE PL x9 "x0' -9" NOTE: SEE T ( D FOR ALTERNATIVE ANCHORAGE THRU DECK SECTION SCALE: 1" =1' -0" RECEIVED cffv OF TUKW NOV 1 4 1996 PERM" CENTER TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS. DRAWING NO; ". TDO5 S0000 t4.i KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 A B 2 "x4 "x1 /8" CLOSURE COLLAR "NEOPRENE GASKET ALL AROUND '(AIR TIGHT) NOTES: 1.) SIMILAR INSTALLATION FOR: BACK TO BACK GRILLE, DUCTWORK ATTACHED TO WALL OPENING, AND SINGLE WALL OPENING. 2.) PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS AND VOLUME DAMPERS WHERE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS. 3.) CLOSURE COLLAR SHALL BE OF SAME MATERIAL AS DUCT. 316SS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ON FRP DUCTS. USE SHEET METAL SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT TO SHEET METAL DUCT OR BOND TO FRP DUCT. WALL MOUNTED GRILLE AND REGISTER DETAIL SCALE: NONE DETAIL SCALE: NONE f REGISTER OR GRILLE AS SHOWN ON DRAWING CLEARANCE ALL AROUND DUCT MAY ATTACH TO SLEEVE OR DAMPER RETAINING ANGLES SLEEVE /RETAINING ANGLE ATTACHMENT SLEEVE —FIRE DAMPER —DAMPER TO SLEEVE ATTACHMENT LISTED. DUCT DIMENSIONS DUCT E WALL FOR DETAILS, REFER TO SMACNA "FIRE SMOKE AND RADIATION DAMPER INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR HVAC SYSTEMS ", FIGURE 2 -1 FIRE DAMPER INSTALLATION CONCRETE WALL BRANCH DUCT SAME SIZE AS PRIMARY AIR DUCT SIZE NOTED ON EQUIP SCHEDULE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED I 3' ±1 FLEXIBLE DUCT - PRIMARY AIR DISPOSABLE FILTER PLENUM AIR SLACK CABLE RESTRAINT 3 SIDES S —HWS— S—HWR ACCESS PANEL KEEP SPACE BELOW CLEAR OF PIPES, LIGHTS, E1'0 rn qb -064 C SHEET METAL SCREW, 10 "00 (TYP) --, NOTE: 1. CLOSURE COLLAR SHALL BE OF SAME MATERIAL AS DUCT. WALL PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE FAN DETAIL SCALE: NONE HEATING /� COIL, SEE / M13 FOR HEATING WATER CONNECTION PLAN ELEVATION F DRY WALL FRAMING, STEEL STUD RUNNER 22 GA SHEET CLOSURE COLLAR L 2 x1/8" CLOSURE COLLAR PRIMARY AIR VALVE OPERATOR 2' SOUND LINING MIN 15' OR 3' CONTROL PANEL DOWNSTREAM OF FLEXIBLE DUCT 1 FIRST 90' ELBOW -- SUPPLY AIR —I / CONC EXPANSION ANCHORS FAN TERMINAL UNIT INSTALLATION PACK OPENING AROUND W/ FIBERGLASS 1/2 "MAX CLEARANCE SUPPLY DUCT SIZE SAME AS FTU DISCHARGE DIMENSION AS NOTED ON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VIBRATION ISOLATOR TYPE 1 1/2" IN DEFLEC AIR FLOW DUCT ADJUSTAELE DAMPER SUPPLY OUTLET GRIDS AND DAMPERS MUST NOT DAMAGE LINERS EQUALIZING GRID ADJUSTABLE DAMPER AIR FLOW DETAIL SCALE: NONE SMOKE BARRIER o TYP SCALE: NONE 1/2 "0 BOLTS INSTALLED IN EXISTING INSERTS. REFER TO DETAIL M, DWG TDO7 TEE BEAM DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE DUCT SMOKE BARRIER PENETRATION DETAIL VINYL ROPE AND CAULK SEAL, TYP SLEEVE WELD TO SMOKE BARRIER RECOMMENDED L 45` CLINCH COLLAR PER FIG2 -8 FAN SUPPORT ALLOWS FAN TO TILT CASTERS W/ BRAKE DEVICE A s VERTICAL SUPPLY DUCT VERTICAL RETURN DUCT TRANSITIONS PER PG 2 -9 SUPPLY — RETURN 10' POWER CORD-- LIGHT STAND SECURED TO FAN SUPPOR AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 WATER PROOF SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LIGHT FIXTURE AND LIGHT STAND (FROM METRO) - 1 VD DETAIL SCALE: NONE FIG 2 -2 TYP 'RE -3 \ BRANCH CONNECTION EIG 2 -8 FOR ROUND MAIN CONNECTION USE CONICAL TEE FOR RECTANGULAR MAIN . CONNECTION USE SPIN IN - .� RECTANGULAR ELBOWS RADIUS CENTERLINE = 3/2 WIDTH REFERENCED FIGURES REFER TO FIGURES IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS TYPICAL SUPPLY OR RETURN DUCT DETAIL SCALE: NONE HAND HOLD DESIGyED_ METRO .,6 _ King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services CHECKED: SCALE: TYPICAL MECHANICAL DETAILS CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIViSWON PORTABLE FAN W/ OSHA FAN GUARD (INLET & OUTLET) CUT EXISTING LIGHT STAND LEG AND MODIFY STAND FOR CONNECTION OF NEW PORTABLE STANE. PORTABLE FAN UNIT PF -101 & PF -201 OF f JK CITY R OR TUKWILA N09 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION FILE DRAWING r -N0;: TDO6 SHEET TABLE A PIPE SIZE DESIGN WEIGHT SUPPORT ROD SIZE BASED ON SINGLE ROD SEE NOTE1 MAXIMUM SPAN, IN FEET, FOR PIPES NOT IN RACKS SEE. NOTE 2 STEEL COPPER PLASTIC SEE NOTE 3 CAST-IRON SEE NOTE .4I . 42,,, - „:". 3/8 "TO 3/4" 275 LBS TENSION LOAD/ ROD N� ^co oo 0 0000� CONTINUOUS 3/8" 1" 275 LBS cV CV c0 r N 1/2" 5 1-1/4" 300 LBS 3/4" 5 - 1 -1/2" 300 LBS 5 - 2" 325 LBS 6 PRESSURE.; 2-1/2" 375 LBS 6 PIPE 12 FT 3" 575 LBS 7 SOIL PIPE -' 4" 600 LBS 7 10 FT.. 6" 750 LBS 9 8" 950 LBS 9 10" 1200 LBS - 12" 1450 LBS - i BOLT AND CAPACITY: 3/8 " PIPE THROUGH 12" PIPE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE SPACING ROD EDGE CENTER DIA MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE TO CENTER TENSION LOAD/ ROD A B 3/8" 295 LBS cV CV c0 r N 1/2" 690 LBS 5/8" 825 LBS 3/4" 1270 LBS 1" 2000 LBS SEISMIC SEE NOTE 5 ADJUSTABLE STEEL MS; USE PLASTIC COATED WITH COPPER PIP SUPPORT ROD - SIZE AS REQUIRED. SEE TABLE "A' JAMB NUT SELECT LARGER SIZE FOR AROUND INSULATION. "J" HANGER - USE NEOPRENE OR PLASTIC COATED HANGER W/ COPPER PIPE SUPPORT ROD, SIZE AS REQUIRED SEE TABLE A. AND NOTE 5 PIPE CLAMP, 1 5/8" WIDE SHIELD MSS TYPE 40 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT A SCALE NONE TYPE II SCALE: NONE k , . 4 17: �S EE TABLE A. JAMB NUT ''1 I \ 1 /2" THROUGH 12" PIPE TYPE I jJ2" THROUGH 4" PIPE TYPE VI SCALE: NONE NUT AND BOLT SIZE AS REQUIRED SCALE: NONE SUPPORT ROD, SIZE AS REQUIRED. ATTACH ID STRUCTURE PER DETAIL /\ 1 /2" THROUGH 4" PIPE TYPE XI JAMB NUT DOUBLE EYE NUTS ROLLED CHANNEL 1 5/8" WIDE, LENGTH AS REQUIRED \-3/8" NUT & BOLT INSULATION WITH CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER 3/8" THROUGH 3 " PIPE C 'J" HANGER USE NEOPRENE COATED HANGER WITH COPPER PVC OR GLASS PIPE B WHEN USED WITH COPPER PIPE, PAD W/ 1/16" THICK NEOPRENE STRIP. ATTACH WITH WATERPROOF ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED 1 /2" THROUGH 12" PIPE ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLL SUPPORT - MSS TYPE 41 JAMB NUT • SCALE: NONE TYPE VIII NONE SUPPORT ROD. SIZE AS REQUIRED SEE TABLE A. _ - ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGER. MSS TYPE 41 FLAT WASHER TOP AND BOTTOM. BUSH HOLE IN HANGER AS REQUIRED SADDLE, MSS TYPE 39. REPLACE SADDLE WITH SHIELD MSS TYPE 40 WHEN USED WITH COPPER PIPE 2 1 /2" THROUGH 12_" PIPE TYPE VII 1" THROUGH TYPE X SC$ E: NONE E.W PIPE AND DUCT RUNS: 1/2 "0 BOLTS @ 36 "OC ALONG LENGTH OF BEAM C D U -BOLT MSS TYPE 24 PLASTIC COATED WHEN USED WITH COPPER PIPE 12 "PIPE 0 PIPE SADDLE MSS TYPE 39, USE SADDLE WITH SHIELD MSS TYPE 40 WITH COPPER PIPE STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED 1/2" TO 3/4"0 BOLTS AND PLATE WASHER 1/4x3x3" 7/8 ID PIPE SLEEVES AS REO'D, FOR ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION ` NO HOLES 014 DRILLED INSERTS ALLOWED REVISION BY DATE K Cji' KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101 N.S. PIPE AND DUCT RUNS: UNISTRUT OR EQUAL @ 6' -0" OC MAX SCALE: NONE EXTENSION PIPE OR RISER CLAMP MSS TYPE 8 INSULATION AS SPECIFIED ROOF SCALE: NONE MASTIC FIRE STOPPING (WHERE APPLICABLE) INTERIOR WALL PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE FILE. NO :'. -: 3 "VTR (MIN) - INCREASER WHERE REQUIRED 0 z 3/4" THROUGH 12 "PIPE DETAIL c $F LL-1 i 1 T- HANGER 4 ROD ADAPTER NOTES: CHANNEL EXISTS ONLY y �\ 1 .) CONTRACTOR MAY USE THE EXISTING UTILITY SUPPORT SYSTEM SHOWN WHERE NEEDED FOR ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION EXISTING UTILTIES SUPPORT SYSTEM UNDER ROOF AT MAINTENANCE E3UILDING DETAIL VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NONE WITHIN THE LOAD LIMIT CAPACITIES DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR'S ENGINEER. CORED HOLE OR PIPE SLEEVE 2 1/2" - ESCUTCHEON ON FINISH SIDE TURN LEAD DOWN INTO STACK SEE ARCH DETAILS FOR FLASHING E EXIST CONCRETE FERRULE INSERTS FOR f - 1/2"0 BOLTS © 36 "00 ON ALL BEAM STEMS m ois4 A CONC TOPPING SLAB STEEL PLATE STRAP OR ROD SCALE: NONE B -La -- CONCRETE ANCHORS--' JAMB NUT SUPPORT ROD OR BOLT SIZE AS REQUIRED STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT TYPE C �K 1 /1 L ROD CONDUIT LT PIPE DETAIL SCALE: 1 1 /2" =1 ' -0" DESIGNED. DRAAW •CHECKED: RECOMMENDED 0 z 0 0 0 0 '-SUSPENDED PIPE HANGER ♦ EXISTING UTILTIES SUPPORT SYSTEM UNDER MEZZANINE FLOOR AT MAINTENANCE BUILDING G H NOTES: (TABLE A) 1. ROD SIZE I5 BASED ON CARRYING SINGLE PIPE. WHEN MORE THAN ONE PIPE IS TO BE SUPPORTED. RODS SHALL BE SIZED USING DESIGN WEIGHTS TO DETERMINE TOTAL LOAD. 2. WHERE MODULARLY SPACED INSERTS ARE REQUIRED SUPPORT PIPES AT INSERT MODULE, NO SPECIAL INSERTS WILL BE ALLOWED FOR INDIVIDUAL PIPE SUPPORTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OR AUTHORIZED BY THE ENGINEER. 3. SPACING BASED ON SCHEDULE 80 PIPE AT 100'F. SCHEDULE 40 PIPE OR '`- HIGHER TEMPERATURE REQUIRE SHORTER SPANS. SEE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. INSTALL AT LEAST ONE HANGER PER PIPE LENGTH. LOCATE AS NEAR -THE JOINT OR FITTING AS POSSIBLE. 5. IN ADDITION TO SUPPORTING DUCTS AND PIPES FOR GRAVITY LOADS, DUCTS AND PIPES SHALL BE SUPPORTED TO RESIST VERTICAL, LATERAL AND LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC FORCES. FORCES ARE TO BE DETERMINED ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 23 OF THE 1991 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. SEISMIC BRACE DESIGN SHALL BE ACCORDING TO THE "SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL GUIDELINES FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS" BY SMACNA, 1991. THE DESIGN FOR SEISMIC SUPPORTS SHALL BE STAMPED AND SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. 6. DESIGN WEIGHTS REFER TO THE PIPE SIZE SHOWN SUPPORTED AT THE SPACING LISTED AND SHALL BE USED FOR DESIGN OF ALL SPECIAL HANGER SYSTEMS. 7 AT LEAST ONE PIPE HANGER OR SUPPORT SHALL BE LOCATED IMMEDIATEL' ADJACENT TO THE JOINT OF ANY CONCENTRATED LOAD OR BEND IN SHE PIPE SUCH AS VALVES, FITTINGS, ETC., IN ADDITION TO THE MAXIMUM" 'I SPANS LISTED ABOVE. 8. SEE GENERAL NOTE 4 ON DRAWING GO7 FOR ATTACHMENTS TO THE MAINTENANCE BUILDING. SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT N0: T/ M2 -96 CITY OF TUKWIlA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING ECEI�'�U CfTV R OFTuKWM NOV 1 1996 PERMIT CENTER ME - r R0 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION TYPICAL MECHANICAL DETAILS C.C. STRANDS AT A B • 208V, 3PH OR 480V, 3PH /7-..... C1 C2 C3 HAND X OFF X AUTO x GRADE - t OL'S NOTE 5 OFF HAND t AUTO n PROVIDE 120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET (WATER- ❑ PROOF) TAP POWER FROM /° ❑ LOAD SIDE OF SWITCH M4(1,5), NOTE 4 1 "C, 4 #10, 1 #10G 18" ROUND x 30" DEEP CONCRETE 01 0 °C2 C3 I ° I T1 T2 DDC NOTE 6 • _A &AJ CPT 480 -120V SCALE: NTS TYPE 1 MOTOR 4 POLE, 30 AMP, NEMA 3R HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH NOTE 2 8" MAX. 20' -O" MIN. CLEARANCE CROUSE -HINDS TYPE EYS SEAL WITHIN 18" OF CONNECTION (TYP) CROUSE -HINDS TYPE GU J -BOX (TYP) 24" MIN. 4 "x4 "x1/4 ", A -36 GALVANIZED ST ANGLE OR CHANNEL EMBEDDED \ A MIN. OF 18" IN CONCRETE r - CONTROL! ER ENCLOSURE MOUNTED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS C TYPICAL FOR 3 PHASE MOTOR LOADS CONTROL DIAGRAM (11 VAP -201 EEL' PROPANE AIR MIXER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NTS = CONTACT REMOTE DDC = DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 1" THREADED GRS CONDUIT, 4 #10, 1 #10G NOTES 3,7 No. REVISION DATE KCM KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 OL'S AT r PAM -201 P -203 1" THREADED GRS CONDUIT, 2 #10, 1 #100 NOTES 3,7 m 'Th ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC - CONBULTANT9 15216 525D AVENUE SOON SUM 24 SEATTLE, WAE NOTON 9889 (206) 243 -5022 D E F G A A A Il NOTE 5 120V, 1PH H T N C 1 C2 C3 HAND x OFF AUTO x DESIGNED: TB /RRB DRAWN: AMH ° C2 C3 f Io �0 Ti T2 DDC J NOTE 6 CHECKED: RR SCALE: NTS TYPE 2 MOTOR SCALE: AS NOTED ]- CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE MOUNTED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TYPICAL FOR SINGLE PHASE MOTOR LOADS CONTROL DIAGRAM (' NOTES: * = CONTACT REMOTE DDC = DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 1.) PROVIDE MOTOR RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH, MUST HAVE LOCKOUT PROVISIONS. 2.) PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE, WITH 1/4" HIGH LETTERS. INSCRIPTION TO READ "PROPANE MIXER POWER SHUTOFF". 3.) SEE PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 4.) EAST BASE EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS SHOWN, SOUTH BASE DESIGNATIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: P -103 - CKT. P1(19) VAP -101 - CKT. P1(21) PAM -101 - CKT. P1(21) 5.) PROVIDE LOCKOUT CAPABILITY. 6.) FOR ROOF MOUNTED MOTOR LOADS PROVIDE 2 #12 WIRES (IN POWER SUPPLY CONDUIT) BETWEEN STARTER AND JUNCTION BOX BELOW ROOF: COIL WIRE AND TAPE ENDS FOR EXTENSION FROM J -BOX TO DDC CONTROLLER • 7.) PAINT DIRECT BURIED GRS CONDUIT WITH BITUMASTIC COMPOUND TO PROVIDE MOISTURE PROTECTION. METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DETAILS RECEIVED crrY OF TUKWICA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER DATE :: FEB FILE NO: DRAWING. NO' TD . SHEET . NO:. CKT POSITION HAND OFF AUTO C1 X 0 0 C2 0 0 X CKT POSITION HIGH LOW 01 0 X C2 X O 3 z A B A LOCATE EQUIPMENT STAND PER EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (SUBJECT TO CODE COMPLIANCE) POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH * 120V POWER DISC SW (WP) 120V RECEPTACLE (WP) RIGID CONDUIT (TYP) CONDUITS THRU ROOF, LOCATE BETWEEN TEES OF PRECAST ROOF BEAMS, ADJACENT TO PIPE STAND RECEPTACLE CKT DDC CKT DDC CONDUIT AND WIRE POWER CKT J —BOX FACE OF MECH EQUIPMENT RGS CONDUIT (TYP) EQUIPMENT STAND, SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS * PROVIDE DEVICES, SWITCHES, AND DDC WIRING WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN DRAWINGS. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL AT ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SECTION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" C n1 \�. NOTE 1 N r---- LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (MAIN AND AUX. POWER AS INDICATED ON PLANS) CONDULET(S), FIELD LOCATE AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (COORD. W /DIVISION 15) No. V BY REVISION DATE K KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 FROM PANEL L1 . —o L2- 0 L3 N ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC B1ca - CONSULTANTS 15215 52t0 AVENUE 80l0IH, SURE 24 SEATTLE, VVAAF NG ON 9 (e E FAN MOTOR 2A A F DESIGNED: TB /RRB DRAWN: AMH A CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE MOUNTED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TWO STAGE THERMOSTAT FOR HIGH AND LOW TEMP. RANGE RESPECTIVELY. (PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16) EXHAUST FAN - EF108 CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS CHECKED: RR SCALE: AS NOTED G NOTES: A HC OL OL OL N 1.) PROVIDE LOCKOUT CAPABILITY. V NOV 1 ' 1996 132821- C _....... ._... _. . .., .. , .:: m E T R O King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services DATE: FEB 1996 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DETAILS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 0 OPEN X CLOSED FlLE NO: z 0 DRAWING N0: TD09 SHEET NO: IB fil`2 4'WIDE GATE W /PADLOCK EXIST CURB BOLLARD WATER FILL A B 1 EXIST 3" ' GAS MAIN 3/4 "9• LIQUID PROPANE AND 2 "0 PROPANE VAPOR (BURY NV/ 3' EARTH OVER - SIM SEE VISITOR PARKING PROPERTY LINE OPERATIONS BUILDING 2 "0 ELEC CONDUIT SCALE: 1" =5' -0" ( 1 3 "0 PROPANE /AIR 3008 PARTIAL PLAN RETENTION POND REMOVE EXISTING BLIND FLANGE AND CONDUIT CAP. CONNECT 3 "PROPANE /AIR PIPE AND 2 "CONDUIT TO EXISTING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT POINT OF CONNECTION 3/4 "0 RETURN Ark NV C EXISTING 3 " PE & 2" ELEC. CONDUIT EXIST 6000 GALLON �/ FUEL OIL TANK TO REMAIN °�— EXISTING GAS PIPING FOR CONTINUATION SEE M111 MAINTENANCE BUILDING 4' WIDE GATE W /PADLOCK, LOCATE BETWEEN BOLLARDS PARTIAL SITE PLAN SCALE 1 " =50' Li w CC 6'HIGH CHAINLINK FENCE [(5'HIGH AT CONC CURB) 4 BOLLARDS EQUALLY SPACED / -CTYP \ --- EXIST I �30�05 LIGHT POLE CONC CURB, 3 SIDES TYP, SEE 1 /3\ t GRAVEL ROAD z REPLAOE EXIST CONC CURB AND GUTTER AS RECi'D AT TRENCH, MATCH EXIST.. — 3 "PROPANE /AIR AND 2 "CONDUIT IN TRENCH. RESTORE PLANTING AND BEDS TO EXISTING CONDITION EMERGENCY POWER: DISCONNECT SWITCI - f .POST & FNDN SEE -EXIST • LIGHT POLE., / „ 1 \ TD08 r T • EXISTING TRANSFORMER PROPERTY LINE D 2" PROPANE VAPOR PAM -101 EXISTING MANHOLE m £1boM34 BY REVISION DATE KC KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 SECTION SCALE: 1" =5' -0" SLOPE DOWN 1/4" PER FT P -103 2" ELEC CONDUIT CONTRACTOR'S/ ENGINEER'S \ OFFICE AREA BOLLARD (TYP) 3005 CONC SLAB EXIST PAVEMENT EXIST CURB EXIST FIRE MAIN "0 PROPANE /AIR TYP E T -101 LPG - STORAGE 6 "CONC SLAB ON GRADE W/ #4 ©16"00, EW, TYP 6 "TYPE A FILL MATERIAL (TYP) CONC SADDLE TYP T005 5- 2- #4 SECTION SCALE: NONE EXIST COMPACTED SUBGRADE EXIST 3 "± CRUSHED ROCK EXIST 4 1/2"± ASPHALT CONC 0 z c z 2"0 ELEC CONDUIT PAM -101, PROPANE AIR MIXER SURGE TANK CONTROL BOX EXPLOSION PROOF CLASS 1 DIV 1 CONTROL RELIEF VALVE 3' -0" TYP ISOLATION VALVE W/ HYDROSTATIC RELIEF (TYP) CD SECTION SEAL COAT 4 1/2" ASPHALT CLASS B IN 2 LIFTS Vf171111711111:21=11=11111=11 6 "TYP SCALE: 1" =5' -0" EXIST CONC CURB AND GUTTER- EXIST GRADE TACK COAT @ EDGES PIPE TRENCH, BRACE AS REQ'D TO PROTECT EXIST SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS CDF FILL BENEATH CONC & ASPHALT DRIVING SURFACES, TYPE A FILL ELSEWHERE NOTE: VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING BELOW GRADE UTILITIES BEFORE BEGINNING TRENCH EXCAVATION. SECTION SCALE: NONE EIWIRES �L • DESIGNED. .L.0. DRA WN: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CHECKED: SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO • T/M2 -96 PARTIAL PLAN SCALE: NONE 1 EXISTING 3" GAS UP CITY UF EI: NOV 1 � 9996 MIT C ENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION SITE PLANS AND SECTIONS FEB 1998 DRAW1N0 Na c 11' 3 "0 PROPANE/ AIR 3/4" PUMP 5 -103 --/ 3/4" DRAIN VALVE EXISTING 3" GAS PIPE RECONNECT EXISTING 3" LOCKING GAS COCK TO 3x3x3 TEE FIN FLR EXISTING 3" PROPANE /AIR BELOW GRADE 3" GAS COCK -- EXISTING 3" GAS COCK IN VERTICAL PIPE BOILER ROOM EXTERIOR WALL G 10' MIN CORE DRILL OR SLEEVE, AND CAULK (TYP) - 3 "PROPANE /AIR TO MAINTENANCE BUILDING SECTION SCALE: NONE EXISTING 3" GAS MAIN RELIEF VALVE W /RAIN CAP - VENT WATER FILL WATER BATH VAPORIZER VAP -101 3/4" LIQUID LINE H PROVIDE SIGNAGE: "MAINTENANCE BUILDING NATURAL GAS AND PROPANE/ AIR FUEL MAIN SHUT OFF VALVES" BOILER ROOM EXTERIOR WALL REMOVE EXISTING 3" ELBOW INSTALL 3 "x3 "x3" TEE 3" LOCKING GAS COCK 3 "" ELBOW EXISTING 3" GAS COCK EXISTING CONC PAD ON GRADE 3" PROPANE /AIR CONNECT TO EXIST GRADE EXIST 3 "GAS PIPING W /FLANGE AND BLIND FLANGE REMOVE EXISTING CAP AND CONNECT 3" PROPANE /AIR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT POINT OF CONNECTION. EXIST 3" GAS MAID OF T11IQBIIA BELOW GRADE gppROVED 3" ELBOW 3 "x3 "x3" TEE CONNECT TEE TO EXISTING HORIZ DEC 03 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE SUPPLY FAN EXHAUST FAN HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY FILTER EXHAUST FILTER FURNACE. COOLING COIL ELEC POINT OF CONNECT MFR/ SELECTION BASED ON MFR MODEL NO. MARK NO. AREA SERVED OPERATION CFM n,zc� r.� WHEEL SIZE (IN) F AN SPEED (RPM) MOTOR CFM a z 3 WHEEL. SIZE (IN) FAN SPEED (RPM) MOTOR, SIZE EFF. ( %) SUPPLY APD (IN WG) EXHAUST APD (IN WG) - PREFILTER FINAL PREFILTER FINAL TYPE OUT- PUT (MBH) AIR TEMP RISE •F ;PD (IN WO) NO. VOLT PH HZ HP RPM HP RPM AREA (FT') APD (IN WG) AREA (FT' APD (IN WG) AREA (FT') APD IN WG). AREA (FT') APD (IN WG) AHU -102 INSPECTION SHOP CONSTANT VOLUME 14800 4 .8 30 1291 15 1725 14800 2.5 .4 33 939 10 1725 723 -48 70 0.98 0.97 36 0.16 24 0.50 24 0.28 24 0.50 DIRECT 1534 96 15 NONE ® 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE BX1 723 48 -DF AHU -103 CHASSIS SHOP CONSTANT VOLUME 27500 4 .8 40 1069 30 1725 27500 2.5 .4 44 777 20 1725 723 -108 71 1.09 1.09 80 0.17 60 0.48 60 0.25 60 0.48 DIRECT 2851 96 15 NONE 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE EX1 -723- 108 DF AHU -104 PARTS 5TOR. GROUND FLR CONSTANT VOLUME 7500 4 .8 27 1412 10 1725 7500 2.5 4 27 1145 7.5 1725 723 -48 73 0.57 0.58 30 0.12 20 0.47 20 0.24 20 0.47 DIRECT 373 46 15 NONE 1® 1® 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE BX1- 723 -48 -DF AHU -105 STEAM CLEAN SHOP ' TWO SPEED 12000 6000 4 .8 33 1132 15 1725 12000 6000 2.5 .4 33 894 10 1725 723-48 71 1.10 1.10 36 0.17 30 0.41 30 0.22 30 0.40 DIRECT 1244 96 15 NONE 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE BX1 723 48 DF -2SPD AHU -106 BRAKE SHOP CONSTANT VOLUME 6000 4 .8 22 1830 7.5 1725 6000 2.5 .4 24 1165 5 1725 483 -48 67 0.55 0.50 20 0.15 16 0.40 16 0.20 16 0.39 DIRECT 622 96 15 NONE 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE gXt 483 48 DF AHIJ -107 TIRE SHOP VO UMENT 6000 4 .8 22 1783 7.5 1725 6000 2.5 .4 22 1450 5 1725 483 -48 67 0.49 0.49 20 0.12 16 0.37 16 0.19 16 0.37 DIRECT 622 96 15 NONE 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE BX1- 483 -48 -DE AHU - 108 . PARTS STOR MEZZANINE CONSTANT VOLUME 7500 4 .8 24 1574 7.5 1725 7500' 2.5 .4 24 1272 5 1725 483 -60 67 0.55 0.55 24 0.15 16 0.49 16 0.27 16 0.49 DIRECT 373 46 .15 NONE ® 120 460 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE BX1- 483 -60 -DF AC -101 OFFICES OPS BLDG VARIABLE VOLUME 14545 4.5 2.60 30 1248 20 1725 10885 2.5 2.0 30 760 10 1725 NONE - - - - - - INDIRECT 800 40 .40 CC -1U1 ® 120 460 1 3 60 McQUAY RPS 050C AC -102 OFFICES MAINT BLDG VARIABLE VOLUME 5510 4.5 .8 24 1681 10 1725 5710 2.5 .4 24 921 5 1 725 483 -48 67 0.50 0.50 20 0.11 16 0.36 16 0.18 16 0.36 INDIRECT 362 40 .15 CC -102 120 4 60 1 3 60 BOSSAIRE gX1 - 483 -48 DF V FD * VARIABLE VOLUME OPERATION WITH VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK NO AREA SERVED TYPE CFM EXT SP (IN WG) FAN SPEED (RPM) MOTOR SELECTION BASED HP VOLTS PH HZ SPEED (RPM) ON MFR /MODEL N0. REMARKS EF -101 OP BLDG TOILET EXHAUST BELT DRIVE 2980 3/4 860 2 460 3 60 1750 PENN DOMEX DX18B EF -102 EXERCISE ROOM DIRECT DRIVE • 400 3/8 950 1/12 120 1 60 1100 PENN DOMEX AT2OL W/ LEK -TROL EF -103 STEAM CLEAN SHOP BELT DRIVE 5000 1/4 600 3/4 460 3 60 1750 PENN DOMEX DX24B EF -104 EMERG GENERATOR ROOM BELT DRIVE 2000 1 / 2 335/ 1 460 3 60 1750 PENN DOMEX DX24B AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK NO. ASSOCIATED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT CAPACITY (TONS) SAT SUCTION TEMP COND EAT °F REFRIG COMPRESSOR CONDENSER FAN MCA SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. NO. HP VOLTS PH HZ REFRIG CIRCUIT NO. HP VOLTS /PH J GU -101 AC -101 50 44 105 R -22 2 25 460 3 60 2 4 1 460/3 138.8 PART OF AC -101 McQUAY RC5050C CU -102 AC -102 24 44 105 R -22 1 25 460 3 60 1 3 1 460/3 55 McQUAY ALP027C COOLING COIL SCHEDULE . CITY OF TUKWILA MARK NO. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT CFM EDB EWB LDB L F B TYPE FACE AREA (SO FT) APD (IN WG) ROW FIN SERIES SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. I CAPACITY TOTAL MBH S SENSIBLE MBH CC -101 AC -101 14545 79 64.5 54.7 DX 40 .53 4 120 SAME AS AC- IO1 481.5 389.4 CC -102 AC -102 5510 78 64.5 54.7 54 DX 20 .50 4 144 BOSSAIRE 142.8 138.7 APPROVED PORTABLE FAN SCHEDULE DEC 031996 AS NOTED MARK NO. AREA SERVED TYPE CFM SP (IN WG) FAN SPEED (Rpm) MOTOR HP VOLTS PH H2 SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. REMARKS BUILDING DIVt ON PF -101 STEAM CLEAN SHOP TUBE AXIAL 8150 0 1140 1/2 120 1 60 in GREENHECK MC- 30- 218 -85 6 1b 016,-1. 2 SPEED MOTOR. SEE DETAIL L /TD07 FOR ASSEMBLY WITH LIGHT STAND ( ILA 396 NOTE: PERMIT CEMER SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO METRO WITHIN TWO (2) WEEKS O;3Ec €i'OR ALL EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, SHOP DRAWINGS d�u EFFECTIVE NOTICE TO PROCEED AND THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHREb WITHIN TWELVE (12) WEEKS OF THE DATE THE CONTRACTOR ft$C1 1 ES THE REVIEWED SUBMITTAL FROM METRO. ON �I ;AT FULL SIZE, IF NOT ONE INCH SCALE ACCORDINGLY PERMIT CENTER 13:2823 : IK M KC'M, Ina 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 AS 7 �q r,� ►3s d� l j„ ��, ` � £ rsTS 4 °` 1 .� �♦ A ' 4 ,, ti p' DESIGN 1111E T R o King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services DATE: FEB 1996 DICHECKED: �p 9� SCALE: NONE SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE/ OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FILE N0: RECGIAMENUED'. DRAN7NG N0: M1 1 ``'FACT NO. T/M2 -96 REVISION BY DATE APPROVED: SHEET NO � A C D E G H H ° TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE ARK `I NO. AREA SERVED LOCATION PRIMARY AIR CFM FAN CFM MOTOR COIL PRIMARY AIR DUCT SIZE (IN) UNIT SIZE SELECTION BAS MFR /MODEL ED ON N0 HP VOLT PH H. MBH ROW GPM ETU-101 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 121 1ST FLOOR 8G0 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 8 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -102 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 121 1ST FLOOR I 800 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 8 3 TITUS DMFV - FTU -103 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 122 1ST FLOOR 200 125 1/10 120 1 60 4 1 .5 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -104 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 123 1ST FLOOR 36C 200 1/10 120 1 60 6.2 1 .62 6 2 TITUS DMFV FW -105 OPS BUILDING, HALL 1 1 1 1ST FLOOR 720 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 8 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -106 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 103 1ST FLOOR 300 350 1 /4 1 20 1 60 1 1 .3 1 1.08 8 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -107 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 104 1ST FLOOR 350 250 1/10 120 1 60 8.1 1 .8 8 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -108 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 105 1ST FLOOR 200 130 1/10 120 1 60 4.2 1 .40 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -109 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 106 1ST FLOOR 310 170 1/10 120 1 60 5.5 1 .52 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -110 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 106A 1ST FLOOR 220 145 :1/10 120 1 60 4.7 1 .45 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -111 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 108 1ST FLOOR 1250 570 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1.75 12 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -112 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 108 1ST FLOOR _ 1250 570 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.75 12 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -113 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 110 1ST FLOOR 700 380 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.17 10 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -114 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 109 1ST FLOOR 330 300 1 /4 120 1 60 8.1 1 .92 8 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -115 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 203A 2ND FLOOR 300 130 1/10 120 1 60 4.1 1 .4 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -116 • OPS BUILDING, ROOM 203B 2ND FLOOR 320 150 1/10 120 1 60 4.7 1 .46 6 2 TITUS DMFV 'FTU =117 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 203 2ND FLOOR 460 200 1/10 120 1 60 8.1 1 .6 8 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -1 18 OPS BUILDING ROOM 202 2ND FLOOR 450 270 1/10 120 1 60 8.7 1 83 8 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -119 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 201 2ND FLOOR 660 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.23 10 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -120 OPS BUILDING. ROOM 201 2ND FLOOR 900 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 10 3 TITUS DMFV ETU -121 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 201 2ND FLOOR 900 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 10 3 TITUS DMFV FTU -122 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 107 FOREMAN 480 240 1/10 120 1 60 8.1 1 .74 8 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -123 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 108 1 FIRST AID 200 130 1/10 120 1 60 4 1 .27 6 . 2 TITUS DMFV ETV-124 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 122B SUPV. OFFICE 230 140 1/10 120 1 60 8.1 1 .92 8 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -125 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 122C SECRETARY 300 I 130 1/4 120 1 60 8.1 1 0.4 6 2 TITUS DMFV FTU -126 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 201B VENDING 820 400 1/4 120 1 60 12.3 1 1.2 8 3 TITUS DMFV I VAV -i01 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 124 1ST FLOOR 165 - - - - - - - - 4 - TITUS DESV VAV -102 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 101 1ST FLOOR 200 5 - TITUS DESV VAV-103 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 102 1ST FLOOR 550 - - - - - - 8 - TITUS DESV VAV -104 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 101 1ST FLOOR 750 - - - - - - - 10 - TITUS DESV VAV -105 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 101 1ST FLOOR 200 5 - TITUS DESV VAV -106 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 112 1ST FLOOR 200 - - - - 5 - TITUS DESV VAV -107 OPS BUILDING, ROOM 201 2ND FLOOR 700 - - - - - - - - 8 - TITUS DESV VAV -108 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 209 WASHROOM 830 - - - - - - - - 4 - TITUS DESV VAV -109 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 204 WEST LOUNGE 560 - - - - - - - 5 TITUS DESV VAV -110 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 202 CORRIDOR 750 10 - TITUS DESV VAV -111 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 210 LOCKER 1000 8 - TITUS DESV VAV -112 MAINT BUILDING. ROOM 112 WOMEN 170 4 - TITUS DESV VAV -113 MAINT BUILDING, ROOM 111 MEN 170 - 4 - TITUS DESV DUCT SILENCER SCHEDULE MARK NO. MAXIMUM GEM SIZE SELECTION BASED ON MER/MODEL NO. HEIGHT WIDTH DUCT LENGTH ST -101 3530 - - 24" 48" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO. /MODEL CL ST -102 3080 - - 22" 44" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO. /MODEL CL ST -103 3245 - - 24" 48" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO /MODEL CL ST -104 2890 - -- 22" 44" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO. /MODEL CL ST -105 1800 - - 1 "8" 36" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO. /MODEL CL ST -106- 108 3930 24" 24" - 60" INDUSTRIAL ACOUSTICS CO. /MODEL 5LFL GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE MARK NO. AREA SERVED CAPACITY (BTUH) CFM MOTOR SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. HP VOLTS /PH (RPM) UH -101 DRUM STORAGE ROOM 57800 945 1/F 120/1 1725 TRANE GCNC -007 PROPANE AIR MIXER SCHEDULE MARK NO. CAPACITY (MBH) DELIVERY PRESS (PSIG) SURGE TANK CAPACITY (GAL) ELECT SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. AMP VOLT PH HZ PAM -101 10.5 5 240 - 120' 1 60 SAM DICK INDUSTRIES VAPORAIRE V10.5 -5 HW BOILER SCHEDULE MARK NO. CAPACITY -MBH WORKING PRESS (PSIG) WATER TEMP NATURAL GAS PRESSURE SELECTION MFR /MODEL N D ON INPUT OUTPUT ENTER (°F) LEAVING (•F) B -101 1000 860 30 165 180 8.5 "WG AERCO MODEL KC 1000 PROPANE STORAGE TANK MARK , NO. CAPACITY (GAL) DIAMETER INCHES LENGTH FEET REMARKS SELECTION BASED ON MER/MODEL NO. T -101 1850 60 18 PER NFPA 58 ROY E. HANSON JR. MFG. NOTES: 1. FAN STATIC PRESSURE, INDUCTION SIDE SHALL BE 0.6 IN. WG. 2. SUPPLY AIR DISCHARGE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 11 "x10" FOR UNIT SIZES 2 & 3. 3. FILTER SIZE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 22 "x14" FOR UNIT SIZES 2 & 3. 4. MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE DROP FOR HEATING COILS SHALL BE 0.04 IN. WG. ® 600 CFM. 5- OUTLET DUCT SIZES FOR ALL VAV- TERMINAL UNITS SHALL BE 12 "x 8" EXCEPT FOR VAV -107 & VAV -110 WHICH SHALL BE 12 "x10 " 6. MAXIMUM WATER PRESSURE DROP FOR HEATING COILS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.10 FT WG. 7. FOR ALL EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO METRO WITHIN TWO (2) WEEKS OF THE EFFECTIVE NOTICE TO PROCEED AND THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHIPPED TO METRO WITHIN TWELVE (12) WEEKS OF THE DATE THE CONTRACTOR RECEIVES THE REVIEWED SUBMITTAL FROM METRO. REVISION BY DATE Mc169-01b KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 MARK NO. P -101 P -102 P -103 MARK NO VAP -101 MARK NO. UH-102 UH -103 UH -104 UH -105 CAPACITY (MBH) 29 HEAT MEDIUM HOT WATER HOT WATER HOT WATER HOT WATER EXPoRES N4(4T GPM 320 SERVICE HEATING WATER HEATING WATER LIQUID PROPANE TRANSFER CFM 660 660 660 1700 GPM HEAD (F) PUMP SCHEDULE EFF ( HP DESIGN PRESSURE (PSIG) 250 EXTERNAL PRESSURE IN WG .10 .10 10 .10 OPERATING TEMP °F 160 CAPACITY BTU /HR 53,400 53,400 53.400 65,000 DESicN�p: APPROVED: 100 100 ENTERING AIR TEMP 70T 70°F 70°F 70T 328 DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: 30 30 50 125 BURNER INPUT MBH GPM 3.6 3.6 3.6 6.5 63.8 63.8 106 EWT 180° F 180° F 180T 180T SCALE: NONE CONTRACT NQ , T/M2 -96 • 3 3 WATER VOLUME(GAL) WATTS HIGH SPEED 265 265 265 93 MOTOR VOLTS /PH HP 460/3 460/3 120/1 WATER BATH VAPORIZER 1/3 VOLTS HOT WATER UNIT HEATER MOTOR VOLTS 120 METRO 120 120 1 120 120 ELECTRICAL SPEED RPM) 1750 BELL & GOSSET SERIES 80 2 1/2x 2 1/2x;7 1750 BELL & GOSSET SERIES 80 2 1/2x 2 1/2x': 1750 SAM DICK INDUSTRIES STABILAIRE BS-1- PH HZ 60 60 60 60 PH 1 HZ 60 HIGH 1400 1400 1400 • RPM MEDIUM 1250 1250 1250 1140 LOW 1000 000 1000 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. SELECTION BASED ON MFR /MODEL NO. SAM DICK INDUSTRIES AQUAVAIRE Q320V SELECTION BASED ON- MFR /MODEL N0. McQUAY TSC 061 McQUAY TSC 061 McQUAY TSC 061 McQUAY UDH- 090VC: CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIV1310N ■ 1 z C7 (n 0 N 0 - 0 0 N] N 4 No. SIDE AIR TEMP FiL" • DIFEERENTJAL \ PRESSURE SWITCH- , OUTSIDE A!R FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH V \ EXHAUST VENT f - EXPANSION TANK NO 4 LOW iri 1 EXHAUST AIR ' FM GAS TRAIN INLET TEMP i SEE NOTE 1 - OUTSIDE AIR LEAVING TEMP AUTC AIR VENT /rAIR SEPARATOR /! REVISION HEAT EXCHANGER - EXHAUST AIR BYPASS � LEAVING TEMP _ HEAT EXCHANGER NC CONTROL SCHEMATIC A SCALE: NONE HWR P -101 MS P- -102 MS DDC CONTROLLER WIRING NOT SHOWN H CO: \'TROL PANEL -i G AGA GAS TRAIN - SEE NOTE 1 EL- 101 HW BOILER CONTROL SCHEMATIC SCALE: NONE DIRECT GAS FIRED FURNACS HOT WATER SYSTEM NT DATE SF TYPICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU -102 THRU AHU -104 AHU -106 THRU AHU -108 \ -- BURNER CONTROL CONTROE PANEL V ✓ /AHU DDC CONTROLLER WIRING NOT SHOWN ,-- EXHAUST DAMPER EXHAUST A — LOW TEMP DISCHARGE AIR TEMP SUPPLr AIR Q ROOM SENOR n DOUR SWITCH TO FAN TERMINAL UNITS AND FIN TUBE RADIATION IN OPERATIONS BUILDING KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 RETURN AIR FAN SUPPLY AIR FROM AC 'UNIT - HWS TEMP SENSOR -STAGE 2 HEAT TO FAN TERMINAL UNITS LJ AND FIN TUBE RADIATION S MAINTENANCE Bi ».LDING RETURN AIR FROM CEILING PLENUM FIN TUBE RADIATION F rI■ rn 0-0154 BDD EA TERMINAL UNIT CONTROL PANEL HWR -- F TYPICAL EXHAUST FAN CONTROL SCHEMATIC (!) SCALE NONE HWR HWS HEATING COIL TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLLER TYPICAL FAN TERMINAL UNIT CONTROL SCHEMATIC STALE: NONE / TO ROOM DIFFUSERS Q ROOM SENSOR -STAGE 1 HEAT - - - - --C) LOCAL SWITCH - TYPICAL FOR EF -103 L DDC - TYPICAL FOR EF- I 0 , EF-102, T L- - - ---Q LOCAL THERMOSTAT - EF -104 EA SF QA :Ma' CU -10 OU SIDE AIR TEFAP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE FILTER SWITCH OUTSIDE AIR NC NO CONDENSER COIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE FILTER SWITCH-1 1/ \ EXHAUST CONTROL PANEL L1i EF DX (SOIL AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AC -101 CONDENSER COIL - COMPRESSOR, T'F P —� CONTROL SCHEMATIC (19 SCALE: NONE EXHAUST AIR L OUTSIDE AIR INLET TEMP LEAVING TEMP r FAN I AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AC -102 CONTROL SCHEMATIC (I) SCALE: NONE DESIGNS DRAWN: (CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: H EAT F EXCHANGER NC CONTRACT N0: T/ M2 -96 <RA INDIRECT GAS FIRED FURNACE W/ CONTROL PANEL �RPMr - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE DUAL REFRIGERANT CIRCUITS COMPRESSOR, TYP IMS EF CONTROL PANEL HIGH LOW — HEAT EXCHANGER EXHAUST AIR BYPASS i LEAVING TEMP EXHAUST DX COIL - INDIRECT CAS FIRED FURNACE / FM GAS TRAIN SEE NOTE 1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIV L BUR CO PAN DDC CONTROLLER WIRING NOT SHOWN SF NOTE: 1 .l FOR AHU AND AC GAC TRAIN DETAIL 5, SEE AND FOR BOILER, SEE M112 M15 2.) FOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 15975 7.P:REs gAa /q? Y ,...E SA F—G FM GAS TRAIN SEE NOTE 1 — ExHAUSI DAMPER DDC CONTROLLER WIRING NOT SHOWN CONTROL SCHEMATICS VENT LOW TEMP DISCHARGE AIR TEMP DUCT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH GAS PRESSURE SWITCH TYP FM GAS TRAINS. O ROOM SENSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE LOW TEMP DISCHARGE AIR TEMP Blo IT DUCT c DIFFERENTIAL i HIGH LOW P U n Q SUPPLY AIR QT ROOM SENSOR rn E T R ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services CITY OF TUKWI A APPROVED DEC 0 3 1995 AS NOTED BUILDING D(11910N CITY OF NOV 1 4. 1995 PERMIT CENTER SCALE. SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION • CC z 0 0 N 0 0 c0 0 0 tO No. A OUTSIDE AIR TEMP - FILTER �� DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH OUTSIDE AIR FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH — /\ EXHAUST PROPANE STORAGE TANK n l -IIGH, ,LOW T V Lr1 ICJ 1- 0 EXHAUST AIR FM GAS TRAIN NLET TEMP SEE NOTE 1, 1 DWG M13 OUTSIDE AIR LEAVING TEMP LIQUID PUMP STEAM CLEAN SHOP AHU -105 CONTROL SCHEMATIC O SCALE: NONE REVISION V HEAT EXCHANGER - EXHAUST AIR BYPASS �-� LEAVNG TEMP HEAT , EXCHANGER NC CONTROL PANEL NOTE 1 I VAPORIZER AIP MIXER CONTROL SCHEMATIC O SCALE NONE 8 C • LSJ — TWO SPEED MOTOR \-- BURNER CONTROL CONTROL PANEL W /.AHU DDC CONTROLLER WIRING NOT SHOWN PROPANE BACK —UP FUEL SYSTEM BY DATE -- EXHAUST DAMPER EXHAUST PROPANE SURGE TANK KCM i —LOW T` - MP Q DISCHARGE AIR TEMP SUPPLY AIR QT ROOM SENSOR QS DOOR SWITCH PROPANE /AIR MIXTURE TO MAINTENANCE BUILDING 7 - - CONTROL PANEL NOTE 1 On &j(3j5Lf KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 D E • • s—G GAS FIRED HEATER FAN NOTE 3 -- CONTROL SCHEMATIC SCALE NONE UPI -101 UNIT CONTROL PANEL GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER CONTROL SCHEMATIC 0 SCALE: NONE ROOM THERMOSTAT NOTE 2 PNEUMATIC OPERATED UH -102, 103, 104 AND 105 QT ROOM SENSOR HOT WATER UNIT HEATER DESIGNED: DR Fri ECRED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CONTRACT N0: T/M2 -96 a/1 (°17 J • G H METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services 1. WIRE ALARM SIGNAL DRY ∎ TONTACT CLOSURE TO NEAREST DDC CONTROL LER ALSO ©& ❑F SIGNALS. 'THERMOSTAT SUPPLIED WITH UNIT 3. FOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 15975. SCALE SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTROL SCHEMATICS RECEIVED CITY OF 1l:KW NOV S a 1996 PERMIT CENTER CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED NOTE: BUILDING DIViSiQN DRAWING N0: M 14: ;' SHEET. NO 2 30E"11'Z FLOW CONTROLLER 5 GPM 1 TO 1.4 'F?S1 DIFFERENTIAL B -101 . O LUNCH ROOM EXIST GAS TO STEAM CLEAN GENERATOR 2 1/2" VENT THROUGH ROOF THERMOMETER DRAINS 2® 5/8 "TO EXIST FLOOR DRAIN AGA GAS TRAIN 1" REL EF VALVE, SET 50 PSI CAPACITY 1250 MBH SUPPLIED W /BOILER TO FLOOR DRAIN IN -LINE PUMP DETAIL SCALE: NONE FTU FTU FTU 124 122 123 EXIST BACKFLOW PREVENTOR AUTOMATIC AIR VENT 2 1/2" AIR SEPARATOR 2 1 / 2" ♦ 100 GPM CAPACITY 1 "DRAIN DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANK BALANCE FITTING 3 -WAY MIXING VALVE — WITH FLOW INDICATOR - 7 PORTABLE INSTRUMENT CONNECTION IN -LINE PUMP TO FAN TERMINAL UNITS AND FIN TUBE RADIATION - 1 1 /2 "HWP, 1 1/2 "HWS REVISION B DATE NOTE: SEE PUMP SCHEDULE ON DRAWING M12 FOR OPERATING CONDITIONS 2 1/2 " a 3/4" CHEMICAL POT FEEDER TYP 2 PLACES BALANCE VALVE HEATING COIL NOTE: DETAIL GIVES REQUIRED SEQUENCE. PIPING ARRANGEMENT MAY VARY TO SUIT HELD REQUIREMENTS SEISMIC SEPARATION ASSEMBLY DETAIL SCALE: NONE KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101`. PORTABLE INSTRUMENT CONNECTION 1/2 "TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE, TYP 1.3 GPM, 3 PSI PRESSURE DROP —, 2ND FLOOR MANUAL AIR VENT, TYP ROOF GATE VALVE, TYP STRAINER WITH VALVE & PLUG, BELOW COIL H HEATING HOT WATER SCHEMATIC 1 0 SCALE: NONE GAS SUPPLY LEGEND AGA GAS TRAIN DETAIL SCALE NONE DESIGNED: NEW PIPING NOTE: RUN ALL GAS Aliii LUBRICATED VENTS THROUGH ROOF GAS COCK OPEN GAS GAS 01111011111M115W1 ' '� VALVE 'I • VALVE ■ GAS PRESSURE BUILDING DIY13t0N REGULATOR DRA ; CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: SCALE LUBRICATED GAS COCK OPEN M ETRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION SCHEMATICS & DETAILS FTU FTU FTU 111 1.-1 113' CITY OF 111141111 APPROVED`. DEC 6'3 1996 AS NOTED A G D E F • 1. MAINTENANCE BUILDING L OPERATIONS BUILDING FLOW CONTROL VALVE 5 GPM ® 1 TO 14 PSI FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FLU FTU 121 119 120 117 118 116 115 FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU FTU 105 101 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 110 112 1ST FLOOR G H UH 103 FLOW RECD[': • • VALVE O • 1. . 1' ' I NOTE: ALL HWS, HWR BRANCHES TO FTU'S SHALL BE 1/2 "EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE PLANS FOR EXTENT OF CONNECTING PIPING. CDS C ; Pff I TO ,14 :rr R NT1AL. PLUG BUS PLUG NO. LOAD CB 1C C18 MEF -2 15A, 3P C30 MEF -1 15A, 3P 1C C42 MP -3 15A, 3P 2B B3 MHV -6 15A, 3P B4 MEF -6 15A, 3P 2B B5 MHV -5 15A, 3P 2B 86 MEF -5 15A, 3P 2B 87 MHV -3 15A, 3P 2B B8 MEF -3 15A, 3P 2B B9 MHV -7 15A, 3P 2B B22 MEF -15 15A, 3P 2B B27 MHV -4 25A, 3P 2B B28 MEF -4 15A, 3P 2B 537 MEF -18 15A, 3P MAINTENANCE BUILDING r LOAD CONTROL/ PANEL _L T STANDBY PANEL1 PANEL CP SA LIGHTING STANDBY PANEL P1 NOTE 2 SAAL 662_ REVISION r L jA /COMPRj 50HP i DiESE_ 1 EMERGENCY MAIN DI�� kON PANEL (EMDP) N�rfll 225A / SOA i 100A 225A ; 225A i 125A STANDBY PANEL SB HVAC NOTE PANE! E k J HICLE HAUST STANDBY PANEL P2 B c SPARE 175A ) 600A ALS 600A 1 P ANEL PANEL 1, 1600AMP 480/277VOLT, 25KAIC MAIN SWITCHBOARD PANEL I PANEL M I K V M l PANEL PANE ) 70A I( 1917 Inc. 1917 First Avenue CM Seattle ,Washington 98101 NOTE 3 225A PANEL J NOTE 3 NOTE 3 OPERATIONS BLDG SPARE 60A ) 400A • PLUG BUS NO. 1C 400 AMP NOTE 1 & 2 r qois + ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS - CONBU.TANTS . 2 5Z AVENUE 80U1Ft EWE 24 SEATTLE, WABNNGTON SBl6 (208) 243 2 UNIT REPAIR BUILDING SUBSTATION B SUBSTATION A, 400A ) 150A PLUG BUS NO. 2B 400 AMP NOTE 1 & 2 A /COMPR 3 50HP / 350 KCMIL, 5KV, CU t 1 150A A /COMPR 2 50HP o P o rY vY1 ( PANEL NOTE 2 PANEL PANEL NOTE 2 ) 200A % 150A r PANEL iN LL 750 KVA Y ,„.,, , 4160V -480V L 1 1600A �GFI ✓ _L PANEL 1 A TO 500KW DC RECTIFIER UNIT SUBSTATION - - -L X r - v-yv� PANEL NOTE 2 DESIGNED: TB DRAWN: AMH SCALE: NONE CONTRACT NO: T /M2 -96 ECENED CITY R OF TUKWILA NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER E T Fl o g County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SEATTLE CITY LIGHT 350 KCM1L, 5KV, CU - -- SUBSTATION NOTES: UTILITY METERING 4160v- 480/277 DELETED PLUG BUS LOADS TABLE NO. 1 I ' 300A L_ WASH /FUEL BUILDING 1.) SEE TABLE 1 FOR LOADS TO BE REMOVED FROM PLUG BUSES: PLUG BUS CIRCUIT BREAKER UNITS SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE AND MARKED "SPARE', IN TEXT WHICH CAN BE READ FROM THE FLOOR. 2.) SEE DWG E101 & E102 FOR CIRCUITS TO BE REMOVED FROM EXISTING PANELS C, D, F, SB & P1 AND PLUG BUSES. 3.) SEE DWG E151 FOR CIRCUITS TO BE REMOVED FROM EXISTINI PANELS 1, P & P2. 4.) PLUG TO REMAIN IN BUS FOR USE BY ADDED CIRCUIT SEE''DWG SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION ONE-LINE“ DIAGRAM UNIT REPAIR BU SUBSTATION B SUBSTATION A MAINTENANCE BUILDING J i! 1000 INA r G �ti J „ ,, NOTE 1 L (-rm., 4160V -480V 1600A GFI ESEL ._ : 600A EMERGENCY MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (EMDP) L ' LOAD CONTROL PANEL SSTANDBY PANE IA /COMPR I PANEL I CP SA LIGHTING L I 50HP STANDBY PANEL P1 NOTE 3 L STANDBY PANEL P2 NOTE 4 STANDBY PANEL SB HVAC GE ) SPARE 175A HOE'S J NOTE 3 PANE PA'JE_ , SC VEHiCL_ EXHAUST DOORS a NE PANE' OL E 600AMP 480/277VOLT, 25KAIC MAIN SWITCHBOARD i 600A 2254 1504 ) 100A %225A 225A 125A , � I Ir J� 1 i i' I I I PANEL m90-o154 SPARE 60A PANEL NOTE 4 c I 4160v 480/277V -X225 3 004 /3P WASH /FUEL BUILDING . METRO King County Dept: of Metropolitan Service! SOUTH BASE =- MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILff ONE -LINE DIAGRAM J I PANEL 70A ) 2254 PANEL NOTE 4 OPERATIONS BLDJ % 400A r - * PLUG BUS PLUG BUS NO. 1 C NO. 2B 400 AMP 400 AMP NOTE 2 & 3 NOTE 2 & 3 REVISION BY %CM; Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington` 98101 DATE v • ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC 13405 RB - CONSULTANTS 5215 5SAD AVBAIESOUTH, SUiE 24 SEATTLE, wA /wfON YBIl6 (200 248-5Pt2 400A ( 2 , 1160,- l� ° 480/277V � — 7 75OKV.A � 2( 750KVA I I . ) 1200A I J 1200A / 1.504 A /COMPH 1 3 50HP A/COMPR 50HP 4160v- PANEL NOTE 3 480/277V ,350 KCMIL, 5KV, CU r - - S ATTLE CITY LIGHT i I 1504 )200A ) 150A PANEL Gam, G am, PANEL NOTE 3 PANEL A i PANEL ♦ 0' 1 TO 500KW DC RECTIFIER UNIT SUBSTATION 350 KCMIL, 5KV, CU PANEL NOTE 3 350 KCMI 5KV. CU SUBSTATION NOTES: 1.) PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COOLING FANS TO BOOST RATING TO 1000 KVA PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 16461. 2.) SEE TABLE 2 FOR LOADS TO BE ADDED TO PLUG BUSES. 3.) SEE DRAWING E103 & E104 FOR CIRCUITS TO BE ADDED TO EXISTING PANELS C, D, F, SB '& P1 AND PLUG BUSES 4.) SEE DRAWING E152 & E153 FOR CIRCUITS TO BE ADDED EXISTING PANELS N, P, & P2. 5.) REUSE EXISTING PLUG. SEE DWG El 1 6.) PROVIDE NEW PANEL Ni. PLUG BUS 1C 2B 28 28 2B 2B 2B 28 PLUG NO. C19 B28, 85 B6 B7 B3 B4 B37 LOAD AHU -103 EF -103 AHU -104 CU -102 AHU -105 AHU -107 AHU -108 EF -104 CB 125A, 3P 15A, 3P 45A, 3P 904, 3P 60A, 3P 30A, 3P 30A, 3P 15A, 3P PLUG BUS LOADS TABLE NO. 2 NI NO 3 .4 A No. CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING AS REOD W/ SHARP KNIFE FOR INSTALLATION OF CURB FOR EQUIP /PARTS CABINET SEE DET (Th TDO3 CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING INSULATION & CURB w/ SHARP KNIFE, TYP SEE OCr TDO1 CUT & REMOVE EXISTIN ROOFING & INSULATION W/ SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT CURB SEE MECH DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION, TYP SEE DET TDO1 SAW CUT OPENINGS IN CONC SLAB SEE NOTE 2, TYP 1OPERATIONS BUILDING REVISION I ® BY DATE CUT & REMOVE EXISTIG ROOFING & INSULATION w/ SHARP KNIFE TO INSTL DISCONNECTION POST & CONDUIT LOCATE POST APPROXIJ4ATELY 5' TO 6 FROM MECH UNIT COORDINATE LOCATION 1 WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MFR SEE DETAIL, (?" SIM4 TYP & ('TYP TDO1 • • TDO2 KC CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING W/ SHARP KNIFE FOR INSTALLATION OF JIB CRANE SEE TDO2 L rnqois r V H- I 7 I 1 4 KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 C C L tt j r L fsI A a DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/16 = 1-0 0 / I30' -0" Ir E-•:I . L L CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING & INSULATIO REMOVE & O EXIST SMIFIKE VENT SEE DET (\\ TOOl SIM T L lw CUT OPENING IN ONC SLABI FOR NEW SMOKE HATC-I, SEE DET ("\ I . AND IAPPROX 7-2' I TDO2 TD95 (CENTER BETWEEN STEMS OF DOU3LE T) VENT TO B REMOVED I I Li J Streeter/Dermanis & Associates Architects, .AIA . Seattle, WA s! SAW CUT QPENINGS IN CONC SLA, SEE ME DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION, SEE NOTE 2, TlP 1 :5 CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING, INSULATION & CURB W/ SHARP KNIFE, TYP SEE DET( TOOT In I. PAUL WERMANIS ®®P P P P —.-- ---- H -P L [1 I LI Li 1 - • ____ I CUT & REtOVE EXIST GOOFING, INSULATION & CURB W/ SHARP KNIFE, TYP SE DET f I TDO CUT & REMOVE EXISTNtG ROOFING W/ SHARP KNIFE FOR IINSTALLATION OF NEW VENT, SEE ET ('\ . TDO1 LI1 I 7 r DESIGNED: IJ AM RECOMMENDED, APPROVED CHECKED PD SCALE AS NOTED CONTRACT NO. T/M2-96 V 2. EXIST WALKWAY PAD TO REMAIN CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING & INSULATION W/ SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT CURB SEE MECH DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION TYP SEE DET TDO1 SAW CUT OPENINGS IN CONC SLAB, SEE NOTE 2, TYP CUT & REMOVE EXIST ROOFING, INSULATION & CURB W/ SHARP KNIFE, TYP SEE DET TDO1 REMOVE EXIST WALKWAY PADS TO ALLOW ROOM FOR NEW ROOFING, TYP NOTES: CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING & INSULATION WI SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL DISCONNECTION POST & CONDUIT LOCATE POST APPROXIMATELY 5' TO 6' FROM MECH UNIT COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MFR SEE DETAIL, SIM, TYP & TDO1 TDO2 1. FOR TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION DURING CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS ON ROOF SEE ROOF PLAN AND NOTE 1 ON DWG A102. PRIOR TO CUTTING ROOF, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF DEMOLITION WORK. SEE TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS FOR CUTTING HOLES IN ROOF SLAB, MECHANICAL DRAWINGS & MANUFACTURER'S EQUITUIJA FOR PRECISE SIZE & LOCATION OF EQUIE85vED 1•11 E 0 King County Dept of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION C C H KEY PLAN DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN DEC 0 3 1996 Cs !TOTED iLDiN GDIVtDER 5- CITY OF TOPA1LA Nov 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER FILE NO: z S 132830 , DOTE FEB 1996 1. DRAVRNG NO A101 SHEET NO OF lIt N NOTES: 8' X 6' X 7' HIGH EQUIPMENT PARTS CABINET W/ (2) 3' WIDE DOORS FOR CURB SEE DET TD03 FOR LIMIT OF REROOFING SEE / , 1/ ° \ TYP TDO1 TDO1 FILL THESE SPACES W/ INSULATION PRIOR TO REROOFING, TYP SEE DET TDO 1 EQUIPMENT CURB (TYP), SEE MECH DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION SEE DET TDO 1 OPERATIONS BUILDING WALKWAY PAD SEE NOTE 3, TYP EXTEND ROOFING UP SMOKE HATCH SEE DET ! M 1 SIM TD03 0 1. ALL EXISTING ROOFING IS PRESENTLY UNDER WARRANTY FOR WATER TIGHTNESS WITH TREMCO. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE ALL RECOMMENDED MEASURES BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER TO PROTECT WATER TIGHTNESS. AS A MIN! IMUM USE 1 /2" THICK PLYWOOD SHEATHING FOR TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION. SHIM AS REQUIRED W/ CUT PARTS OF WALKWAY PADS REQUIRED TO AVOID ROCKING. PROTECT ROOF FROM ROOF ACCESS (STAIRS) TO ALL WORK AREAS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK. ANY DAMAGE TO ROOFING DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 2. AFTER REMOVAL OF MECH EQUIPMENT & DUCT CLEAN AND PATCH AS REQUIRED. 3. LOCATE 5' x 3' WALKWAY PADS 1 /2" APART "SPOT' ADHERE PADS - 1 SPOT OF ADHESIVE AND 1 SPOT OF ADHESIVE IN MIDDLE OF PAD PREPARE ROOF TO RECEIVE PAD BY REMOVING SPOT ADHESIVE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 8" THAN 12" DIA. A INDICATES EXTENT OF NEW ROOFING REVISION ® —� SUPPORT SYSTEM ON EA CORNER EXIST ROOF GRANULE DIA & NOT LARGER 8 BY EXTEND ROOFING JIB CRANE UP THE PARAPET FOR LIMIT OF REROOFING LIMIT OF REROOFING SEE DET �• SEE DET( SIM TDO 1 3' - i 11 INE ammullii r, J 0 k • wallimmisimonsir air MIN 1110111111011 MIMI A Imo CI gal no Ii : 11 ! 11111 . 11 :1101im r ENE Wm�,I} dill 1 Iffign FOR LIMIT OF REROOFING SEE 1 r . TDO1 TDO1i IL WALKWAY PADS ALL AROUND HVAC UNITS,' TYP SEE NOTE 3 THIS SHEET EQUIPMENT CURB (TfP , SEE MECII DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION FOR INSTAL TION SEE DET n • TDO1 I 711 1 L_11 3' -6' TYP FOR CONDUIT SUPPORTS SEE n TYP TDO1 DATE 14 13 92 11 k EQ TD02 L_1 EQ = m1o15q- KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1' - -0' 9' -0' Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA r-- FOR LIMIT OF REROOFING SEE (T 1 TD01 TDO1 O O 4 • EXTEND ROOFING UP L MOKE VEN SEE DET n n 1 � TD03 SMOKE VENT FOR INSTALLATION SEE DE-11 TD02 NEW VENT [FOR INSTALLATION SEE DET IrD02 FOR LIMIT OF REROOFING SEE • ,I T 01 TDO1 DESIGNED: DRAWN AM RECOMMENDED APPROVED CHECKED: PD SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO, T/M2 - 96 TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION SEE NOTE 1 EXIST WALKWAY PADS FILL THESE SPACES W/ INSULATION PRIOR TO REROOFING, TYP SEE DET (liNA TDO1 EXTEND ROOFING UP CURB SEE DET( TDO3 FACE OF EXIST EQUIP EQUIPMENT CURB (TYP), SEE MECH DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION SEE DET TDO 1 LIMIT OF REROOFING, TYP WALKWAY PAD SEE NOTE 3, TYP CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING & INSULATION W/ SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL DISCONNECTION POST & CONDUIT, LOCATE POST APPROXIMATELY 5' TO 6' FROM MECH UNIT COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MFR` SEE DETAIL, ( F 1 SIM, TYP & / E l TYP TDO1 TD02 KEY PLAN METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ROOF PLAN RECEIVED PIN OF TUKWILA F0`4 I # 1996 PERMIT CENTER CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED EEC 0 3 1996 As NOTED BUiLDIN G DMSION 132 0 DATE: FEB 1996 FILE NO DRAWING NO A102 SHEET NO: OF ZB . NZ ` KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ;Washington 98101 NOTE 11 • NOTE 4 P Li NOTES 1,2 0 NOTE 4 NOTE 9 NOTE 8 A nwer AIWA/ 1111%/M k 'mot • PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" NOTE 3 NOTE 11 CAP AS CLOSE AS TRENCH (AT WALL) AS POSSIBLE — NOTE 6 qb-015 NOTE 5 DESIGNED D CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: NOTES: 1 REMOVE BOILERS, ACCESSORIES AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. DRAIN AND CLEAN BOILER, SECURE NOZZLES AND PORTS BY PROVIDING TEMPORARY CLOSURES. USE CARE IN DISMANTLING ACCESSORIES AND PIPING TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO BOILERS. REMOVE BOILERS AND MOUNT ON STEEL CHANNEL SKIDS. BOILER AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE RETURNED TO METRO FOR SALVAGE DISPOSITION. 2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL STEAM, CONDENSATE, FUEL (OIL AND GAS), BLOW DOWN, DRAINS, FEED WATER VENTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS PIPING CONNECTED TO THE BOILERS OR WHICH ARE A PART OF THE STEAM GENERATING OR CONDENSATE; BOILER FEED WATER SYSTEM. REPAIR ALL WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL CONTROL PIPING AND TUBING SERVING THE BOILERS. RETURN SENSORS, CONTROL VALVES AND OTHER APPURTENANCES AND DEVICES WHICH CAN BE RE –USED TO METRO FOR DISPOSITION. 3 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF CONDENSATE RECEIVER, BOILER WATER FEED PUMPS, ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING EXCEPT FOR THE MAKE –UP WATER PIPING WHICH IS RE –USED. REMOVE AND RETURN TO METRO, THE CHEMICAL POT FEEDER WITH FUNNEL, COCKS AND ACCESSORIES. REMOVE CHEMICAL MIXING TANK, PUMP AND RETURN TO METRO FOR DISPOSITION. 4 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF THE BOILER BREECHING FROM BOILER THROUGH THE ROOF AND THE STACK ABOVE THE ROOF. REPAIR ROOF OPENING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 5 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF THE BLOW DOWN TANK, WATER, DRAIN AND BLOW DOWN PIPING FROM ABOVE THE ROOF TO THE FLOOR TRENCH. REPAIR ROOF OPENING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6 REMOVE THE TWO FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS, CONTROL PANEL, HOUSE KEEPING PAD, PIPING VALVES AND ACCESSORIES. REMOVE PIPING AND TUBING. CAP PIPING TO THE STORAGE TANK. DIESEL OIL PIPING TO THE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SHALL REMAIN. PATCH ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS. CITY WATER, NATURAL GAS PIPING, PLUMBING PIPING, COMPRESSED AIR SERVING EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE OF THE BOILER ROOM SHALL BE RETAINED. USE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE PIPING WHICH REMAINS IN PLACE. 7 NOTIFY DESIGNATED METRO BASE PERSONNEL REGARDING ANY PLANNED SHUT DOWN OF WATER, GAS OR THEIR UTILITIES. 8 DIESEL 05 TRANSFER PUMP TO REMAIN. 9 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER AND STORAGE TANK TO REMAIN. 10 SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION WORK. 11 SEE DRAWING M111 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. METRO County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT N0: T; M2 -96 G OPERATIONS BUILDING KEY PLAN • AREA SHOWN MAINTENANCE BUILDING SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN CITY OF 101818A APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS hOi%0 BUILDING DIVISION ECEIVED CRV R OF TUKWILA NOV 1s1996 PERMIT CENTER FILE NO: DRAWING NO: D101 SHEET NO: . g /q. A 8 • REMOVE EXIST ER & 20x8 3 12 REMOVE EXIST 16x10 rs, REMOVE EXIST REMOVE f SR & 20x8 UP —� EXIST FILTER /f CONTROLLER (2 TYP) '-- REMOVE EXIST THERMOSTAT— REMOVE EXIST / SR & 20x8 UP [ — I— REMOVE EXIST THERMOSTAT REMOVE EXIST DUCTWORK REMOVE EXIST PC PUMP MP -2 REMOVE EXIST ER Y 20x8 UP M C D E F G' • _A_ 0 10 O O Q K C ii KCM, Inr . 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 Ti f — I! \,I — II • — REMOVE EXIST ER & 18x8 UP REMOVE EXIST THERMOSTAT REMOVE EXIST! ER & 30x10 UP I i N FIRST FLOOR , PLAN SCALE', 3/32" =1' O'1 REMOVE EXIST 10x16 REMOVE EXIST FITTING REMOVE EXIST 14x10 UP f y / 4 { v / ice /, REMOVE ALL EXIST DUCTWORK AND ' THERMOSTAT AS IINDICATED j ( REMOVE EXIST 30x20 ER & 32x10 DUCT REMOVE EXIST REMOVE EXIST \ THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT DESIGN REMOVE EXIST ER 30x10 UP — REMOVE EXIST ER 30x10 tJP DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED 425 CONTRACT NO: T/ M2 -96. • / i i //:///7'2"H2' I % REMOVE � EXIST 12'9 IN ,—REMOVE EXIST !�'� INSPECTION PIT THERMOSTAT '// & PIPE 12/DUCT 0 U P CHASE I REMOVE EXIST 12x10 IN > INSPECTION PIT ji PIPE /DUCT CHASE & 16x10 UP CITY OF TUK'NILA NOV 1 1 1996 PERMR CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN • REMOVE EXIST SR & 20x8 UP REMOVE EXIST SR & 20x8 UP i CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS 800E0 BUILDING DIVINON DRAWING NO. 132835 FEB 1996 D102 SHEET NO: OF 3 ill. i_`. N of N II 0 fYl 5 4 No. REMOVE EXIST 20x8 REMOVE EXIST 18x18 REMOVE EXIST 14x7 REMOVE EXIST 14x10 REMOVE EXIST FITTING REMOVE EXIST 22x10 REMOVE EXIST 16x18 REMOVE EXIST 20x18 REMOVE EXIST 16,20 UP REMOVE EXIST 16x20 REMOVE EXIST 16x20 REMOVE EXIST FITTING REMOVE EXIST 17x17 UP A REMOVE I EXIST 12xh 2 REMOVE EXIST 16xi 4 _rf REVISION B REMOVE % r x REMOVE EXIST EXIST 12x10 MHV -8 & ME F -17 I REMOVE/// ,/j / � �i / / � // EXIST //' /j/, FITTING REMOVE EXIST 24x1 �I /, REMOVE %(EXIST FITT! REMOVE EX i , 24x 20 2 "S. 0 rj / REMOVE 1 0/1 EXIST 16x10 j 1, REMOVE O 0 `G i L'2 " (REMO REMOVE ` ' 2' L 12x'.2 DN EXIST 1 4x1 2 // /iii //ffff�f s /�,�_ :.: A / / / i 4: / f . . '2' REMOVE i fXiTFiTTINoS /REMOVE EXIST 6. :20x20 /UP . REMOVEv t % EXIST \ i Y /% 17x17 \ UP --- :;FITTING y 1 i REMOVE \ EXIST 1 2x 1 2 B DATE REMOVE EXIST 12x12 DN KCM C 111 (1Q - REMOVE EXIET I 4x7 REMOVE EXIST 16x10-7 / ?EMOVE EXIST 12x12 REMOVE y. EXIST { 1?x12 ' L REMOVE EXIST . 30x18 REMOVE � EXIST MUM-1- KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle, Washington 98101 REM'MVE EXIST 27x26 UP r REMWVE EXIST %,/ % j 18x8. REMOVEr 6 % %EXIST y EXIS E EXIST 18x8 DN i/ REMOVE jj J EXIST /// 12x12 DN"0% : REMOVE F0 7 EXIST MUH -2 • 7 REMOVE EXIST 32x10 UPPER LEVEL PLAN SCALE: 3/32 " =1 —.. REMOVE I EXIST 32x10 REMOVE EXIST 18x16 E J °I C) O REMOVE ALL DUCTWORK & APPURTENANCES, & THERMOSTATS AS INDICATED (REMOVE EXIST 312x18 %Pi I - REMOVE , EXIST 38x16' g 7 REMOVE \EXIST 32x 16 22 -A... Affeffer ffar - .1 IREMOVE \ i EXIST REMOVE 32x10 UP EXIST FITTINGS REMOVE EXIST '3[x22 UP REMOVE REMOVE EXIST 18x10 1 j EXIST IFITTING / EXIST EITTINI / ' //, % / / / / / % % / / / /, % %/ / %i %/ ,// /// /// / / /�% /f /% /, // /////////'//% O E / //- REMOVE EXIST 27x16 i AL i t/ REMOVE EXIST 32x16 I REMOVE EXIST ; FITTING REMOVE EXIST 30x16 REMOVE 1 EXIST 38x16 y / / / . /2 r� REMOVE EXIST ,FITTINGS - REMOVE EXIST i 32x16 REMOVE. NOTE, DESIGN DRA I CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: 1 � APPROVED: G 2 1. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES EQUIPMENT ANP APPURTENANCES TO BE REMOVED. 2. SOME UNITS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH SIMILAR UNITS IN THE SAME' APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. EXISTING ROOF CURBS `2Al BE, REUSED IF APPROPRIATE FOR NEW EQUIPMENT SIZE AND CONFIGURATIONS, AND ARE IN A (CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TOI THE ENGINEER. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW AND EXISTING CURB LOCATIONS, SIZES AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REOUIRED PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOF OPENINGS THAT WILL NOT BE RE -USED. 3. REMOVE EXISTING "0', "C" AND "PC" PIPING AS SHOWN, INCLUDING PIPE HANGERS, FITTINGS, TRAPS (AND INSULATION. 4 REMOVE EXISTING "CS" AND "CR" PIPING AS SHOWN, INCLUDING PIPE, HANGERS, FITTINGS AND INSULATION. � ---- REMOVE „ iv -- REMOVE EXIST 32x10 REMOVE 1 EXIST FITTING j REMOVE t4 EXIST 32x16 —�/ REMOVE 4 EXIST 16x16 6 . 3'- REMOVE 6 /EXIST FITTING F SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT N0: T/M2 - -96 REMOVE EXIST 18x16 REMOVE EXIST 24x16 REMOVE 6 ( EXIST 1 6x 1 6 REMOVE V EXIST FI TINC fI- REMOVE . , EXIT 3- EXIST 24x16 EXIST 18x16 REMOVE EXIST 32x10 REMOVE EXIST 26x14 IJ P \ --REMOVE EXIST 2 UP SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION UPPER LEVEL PLAN REMOVE EXIST 16x12 REMOVE EXIST 20x8 DN REMOVE EXIST 16x16 REMOVE EXIST 16x12 REMOVE EXIST 20x8 DN RECEIVED CRV OF TUKWILA I NO V 1 1996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIV!0N 1.32836:;. DATE: FEB 1996 FILE NO: . ,.,... DRAWING NO: D103 SHEET NO OF s3 _1;11 KCM, /FELC 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 (/) A • 'IQ ED C. 9 COOLING • VENT PLUMBING UNIT —N 1- 7 —T PLUMBING BOILER STACKS i PLUMBING ,, RELOCATE VENTS A EXISTING VPIIT MHV-7 — 1 MEF-6 MHV-6 ;,,i/z4 7• Fr/ vv A04 MEF-19— ' MHV-3 B C A A MEF-16 GRAVITY VENTILATOR I MHV-5 - VENTS H \ 1,1 GR VENTILATOR —( MEF-3 MEF-5 MEF — 10 : 42x24 GRAVITY VENT L - J H, M V-4 m MEF-18 MEE-41 MEF-15 AHU-101 D E • • BOILER BLOWDOWN VENT 24x24 GRAVITY VONTILATOR DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/16" =1' - 0" MEF-13 o c) 7 r7 I mi.dv--2 1 L1 ; — 77 MEE-121 • VEF-101 ,isiwww11/11 7 MEF-1 • VEF— 102 MHV-1 MEF— 11 NOTES: 1_) CROSS HATCHING INDICATES EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. OTHER EQUIPMENT SHOWN BUT NOT CROSS HATCHED IS SHOWN ONLY FOR CLARITY, AND IS TO REMAIN UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 2.) EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED INCLUDES ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS, CURBS, CONDUITS, CONTROLS AND ANY OTHER APPURTENANCES ASSOCIATED WITH EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED TO BE DEMOLISHED. SEE NOTE 3 BELOW FOR EXCEPTIONS. 3.) SOME UNITS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH SIMILAR UNITS IN THE SAME APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS (SEE SHEET M110). EXISTING ROOF CURBS MAY BE REUSED IF APPROPRIATE FOR NEW EQUIPMENT SIZE AND CONFIGURATION, AND ARE IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW AND EXISTING CURB LOCATIONS, SIZES AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED PATCHING OF EXISTING ROOF OPENING NOT USED. DESIGN CI. DRA CHECKED: 14'E RECOMMENDED: , APPROVED: OPERATIONS,. MAIN1ENANCE BUlLDING. BUILDING KEY PLAN cm1STMLA NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABIUTAT10N DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN CONTRACT NO. T/M2-96 1328 FILE NO: DATE: FEB 1996 DRAWING NO: ' SHEET NO ;,44:971qi: RE';!tSION ATE :. AREA A FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1' —0' il I I - 112x12 IN ?INSPECTION PIT II VENN_ N - -- it t jPIPE/DUCT CHASE i 30x40 ER —1 @0' — 6 "AFF 3675 CFM DH 32x18 UP VD @ 8' -0 "AFF MATCH LINE - SEE DWG M102 KCM, Inc.' 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washingt'on. 98101 8x8, (TYP 12) 20x14 UP 18x12 SR -1 X10' -0 "AFF, 1350 CFM VD 0112' -0 "AFF 20x10 UP 18x20 ER —1 ©6' AFF, 1200 CFM VD @12' -0 "AFF 16x48 ER -1 2300 CFM IN PUMP ROOM @0' -6 'AFF 18x'18 IN INSPECTION PIT !PIPE /DUCT CHASE V..[bi. YOS, '32x0 F/ 15T V,,' t:n & DN , DON -� 20x14` UP 18x12 SR -1 @10' 0 "AFF, ,y 1350 CFM ' 1 VD ©12'— O"AFF; - 1 „„. „14x14 IN INSPECTION PIT f l PIPE /DUCT CHASE 20x20 DN TO INSPECTION PIT PIPE /DUCT CHASE M113 -isca- ti APPROVED: METRO SCALE AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 OPERATIONS BUILDING AREA SHOWN MAINTENANCE BUILDIN KEY PLAN REC NEO. CR, OF TUKWM • NOV .1 4199&, PERMIT CENTER King County Dept. of Metropolitan Servile SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION FLOOR PLAN" AREA A CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 31996 AS 'NOTED REVISION. EXi T 20x6 SR, 750 CFM (4 1Y 200 22x24 ER -1 ©10' -0 "AFF 1700 CFM (2TYP) KCM, Ine. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 -- E'/ t T(P,. SR. h.1 Irs OXJOT C)-1 18;115 AREA C FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" =1 ' -0' HOOD & 0715T tEAT E IIri0 01P P 2) - _ DOS r 2 ; /2 " 7 77 00 1 eo UP:: ELF.C112ONICS -�1 1 I' _I ,CHINE MEF - 101 19 ?KIST I' )r' i :MST' \ \ 1 ' f h RR, MS1 10 UN —7 — CONNECT EXIST 10 0 TO 32x18 32x18 UP VD @ 8' -0 "AFF - `. 2.2(1 S � ONAL 4 %/ i. =. x:sl 17 i4 { r DESIGNED METRO SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 OPERATIONS BUILDING AREA SHOWN n r� A MAINTENANCE BUILDING King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION FLOOR PLAN AREA C REVISION, DA FEB T'996; KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 A A O 0 6 C • • MATCH LINE — SEE DWG M101 ;r 20x10 UP 30x40 ER -1 ©0' -6" AFF 3675 CFM AREA B FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1 ' — 0" 32x18 UP VD © 8' -0 "AFF s O 20x14 UP 1 18x20 EtZ 1 ©6' AFF, 1200 CFM 18x12 SR -1 ©10' -0 "AFF, 1 L 1350 CFM VD ©12'' 0 ° AFF 8x8, (TYP2) 8x8 SR-1 300 CFM (TYP 2) 12x12 01 INSPECTION PIT -PIPE /DUCT CHASE D E �_n -1 CrT ; 1 24x24 DN TO ;INSPECTION PIT PIPE /DUCT CHASE 14x14 IN INSPECTION PIT PIPE /DUCT CHASE 12x12 SR -1 '— 16x48 ER -1 800 CFM IN ° 2300 CFM IN PUMP PUMP ROOM = ROOM ©0' -6 "AFF 18x18! IN 'INSPECTION PIT PIPE /DUCT CHASE 20x14 UP 18x12 SR -1 • ©10' -0 "AFF, 1350 CFM J' VD I ©12' -0 "AFF 18x18 DN IN PUMP ROOM M113 1 °. F G CHECKED: DEC, METRO SCALE AS NOTED KEY PLAN CI7Y OF.NKWIW NOV 1 1996 maul* cenEn King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION': FLOOR PLAN AREA B Cf11 OF TUKODIA'' APPROVED` DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION::'' 16x12 UP EXIST 6x EXH PILL, 90 CF -,• - --: 14x18 SR -1 ©8' -0' AFF, 1250 CFM EXIST 16:10 THE 18x10 UP DUCT WAS' "REMOVED. i BLANK OFF DUCT OPENING tXiSl 10,4 i , E. °. 28x12 1 ■ - t 20x29 ER -1 ir 11201CFM 1 (3 MT) 28x16 22x10 ( TYP) i 4 I 8x18 --'1 I ° 1 REVISION 16x10 CONNECT EXIST 16x10 TO 16x10 28x22 1 24x10 12x8 UP W /VD — 14x18 SR -1 ©8' -0 "AFF 1250 CFM — 16x12 UP W /VD , 16x12 UP W /VD 14x18 SR -1 08' -0' AFF, 1250 CFM CONNECT EXIST 116x10 TO 16x10) MATCH LINE — SEE DWG M103 AREA D FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" =1 ' -0 KCM,Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 90101, SPRINKLER MAIN UP SD-1 S —1 230 CFM 1 x x6 lily '17'0 ! iRG 1 1: X30 CFMV 9" 0 T SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER SUPPLY AND FIRE DEPT CONNECTION. SEE SCHEMATIC I DWG M151 WALL INDICATOR VALVE F ; 15 TING ..; RI NI AI ARM HNlR HWS 1— T 12x6 6 x � TYP 4 6x6 I I 1I MI5 PLACES ' RG -1 8' 8"0 . 100 CFM ; 10x8 8x4 RG -1 270 CFM t tOf J FTl22 1 'FTU -124 ,; SD —1 ; 1/2 CFMWi7P. E J d 20b' CFM ' AV -112 I ® 7NOx i / g0 G -1 70 CFM S D - 1 F f I . •T :170 1- 8'� ' ` 5 p 1 t FM I L ' 12x 10 �! VAV -113; 1, . 280 CFM T , RG 1 • _ � f 280 CFM 1 • 16x16= 'EXIST 10 "01 DN TO VEHICLE LIFT PITS,{ 400 CFM UP` SEE SHT M109, RECOMMENDED OPERATIONS BUILDING AINTEN.ANCE BUILDING BUILDING DPttWIO1V 1 CONNECT EXIST 10" 0 TO 32x18 30x40 ER -1 ©0' -6 "AFF 3675 CFM — 32x18 UP VD ®8' -0" AFF DESIGN DRAWN: CHECKED: SCALE: t. 4 AS NOTED APPROVED: METRO CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 AREA SHOWN KEY PLAN SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION FLOOR PLAN AREA D RECEIVED CITV OF TUKWILA NOV 1'11996 PERMIT CENTER. King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services CITY OF TUIWIIA:. APPROVED DEC 0 31995, AS NOTED FILE NO,'?: DRAWING NO SHEET, NO,• 22x22 SR -1 3025 CFM (2 TYP) 38x24 38x38 18x23 1 1 1 1 , , , 1 28x23 113 CONNECT E> IST 14x12 TO 40x28 -t- CONNECT EXIST 18x8 TO 38k24 (2 TYP) 38x24 20x14 1 DN EXIST 20x8 DN —\.. • 18x8 111111111=1 CONNECT EXIST 16x16 TO 18x8 20x14 CONNECT EXIST 16x16 TO 32x16; 20x10 DN /1 18x8 16x16 ER -1 750 CFM (2 TYP) CONNECT EXIST 24x16 TO 34x22 20x14 34x22 20x20 UP, CONNECT TO 40x28 20x20 DN CONNECT EXIST 107,0 TO 20x14 J II I 22x26 ER -1 2000 CFM (2 TYP) 24x16 (2 TYP) B C • CONNECT EXIST 32x16 TO 40x28 YY) 40x28 } 40x28 24x22 13 24 DATE FEB 1996 FILE NO: 32x18 DN 0 I I 28x16 32x24 CONNECT EXIST . 26x16 TO 28x28 28x28 40x28 MATCH LINE - SEE DWG M107 AREA A UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN SCALE. 1 /8" =1 ' -0" REVISION BY DATE KC ' KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 E CONNECT EXIST 16x16 TO 18x8 20x14 DN M113 . l E%P'RES S 17 DE � S . I r G � N p E � D , : _ DRAWN: 757.9 CHECKED: 757.9 re3 _ RECOMMENDED: APPPOVED: SCALE: • 111 C°' T R0 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M 2 - -96 V KEY PLAN RECEIVED CITY OF�TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA A CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 03 1996 AS P10110 BUILDING DIVISION DRAWING NO M 106 SHEET. NO } QF . 4z, 28x20 46x46 UP TO AHU -103 }. CW & 90 PSI CA UP TO AHU 103 - 3" GAS, SEE O SHT M108 - 22x22 SR -1 • 3025 CFM O (2 TYP) a • 24x16 (2 TYP) cn I I tit Z EX:ST 2"GAS UP TO AHU -103 CONNECT EXIST 16x10 Td 32x22 32x22 46x42 -I 66x28 (24x12 1 CONNECT EXIST 14x12 TO 40x28 9) 1 22x26 ER -1 __ 2000 CFM (2 TYP) /- 40x28'; MATCH LINE SEE DWG M106 32x18 DN 20x10 DN ® CW &90 I CONNECT PSI CA s-( EXIST ¢ UP TO I 16x16 TO "AHU -102, 32x16 SEE SHT 120x 14 M111 (TYP) AREA B UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8 =1' -0" 28x16 16x16 is ER -1 750 CFM 18x8 (2 TYP) 1 CONNECT EXIST 16x16 TO 18x8 RENSION KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 " -40x28 24x48 UP TO AHU -102 24x24 TO VEHICLE INSPECTION PIT CONNECT EXIST I I' 24x16 TO 34x22 CONNECT EXIST I o 10 "0 TO 20x14 EXIST 1 y i '34x22 c , 1 [20x14 'O- 1 1 . E'i'. . - -c !ST 20<3 ON 'V NOTE: FIELD VERIFY ALL GAS PIPING ROOF PENETRATION LOCATIONS. PIPING SHALL ENTER AHU AND AC UNITS INSIDE CURB IN RETURN /EXHAUST SPACE. M113 20x14 ON DESIGNED APPROVED: OPERATIONS BUILDING N D A MAINTENANCE BUILDIN • li'CEIVED! CITY OF TUKWILA-: NOV 1 41996: CITY OF.TWIONIA.: APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION. SHEER; NO: 1L Q iN CONNECT EXIST 16x16 TO 18x8 1 2,-J L' DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: 177ETR0 SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 AREA SHOWN KEY PLAN King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services. SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA B CONNECT EXIST 12x12 TO 12x12 CONNECT EXIST 14x10 TO 20x14 16x12 DN W /VD 20x14 CONNECT EXIST 14x10 TO 22x16 — 24x16 18x12 DN TO 1 6x2^ ER -1, 1115 CFM EXIT 24x16 1 ! 24x22 28x28 18x12 36x18 A CONNECT EXIST 24x12 TO 24x12 28x28 UP TO AHU -108 SEE SHT M108 B C • A 18x12 DN TO 16x24 ER -1 1115 CFM 90 PSI CA & CW UP TO AHU -108 CONNECT EXIST 24x 10 TO 24x18 CONNECT EXIST 2Ox14 TO 18x12 22� GAS UP [0 AHU -108 1 6x8 ES– i 125 CFM - 12x8 DN 1 j I 24x18 20x12 24x26 CONNECT EXIST 14x10 TO 28x26 20x18 28x26 I t 18x18 SR -1 s 1425 CFM I(4 TYP) r– 48x18 ii 28x28 UP TO AHU 104 CONNOT EXIST 20x18 TO 18x12 %-2" GAS UP TO AHU -104 CONNECT EXIST 26x22 TO 24x22 12x8 CONNECT EXIST 14x14 TO 12x8 • 24x12 DN TO 16x12 – CONNECT EXIST 12x10 TO 24x12 \-10 "0 10"0 VAV '110 12x12 SD -1 500 CFM RG -1 1100 CFM 10 "0 3" GAS, SEE SHT M108. 3" GAS, SEE SHT MI111 1 /2" HWS & HWR, SEE SHT M111 –� SD -1 1 230 CFM 16x16 DN SD –1 1330 CFM VAV -109 12x10 22x16 124x16 C1 24x12 \- 20x121 SD -1 375. CFM (2 TYP) 16x12 \-20x18 ' SPRINKLER MAIN DN TO ALARM VALVE 24x12 28x28 UP TO AHU 108 MATCH LINE – SEE DWG M108 D AREA D UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1 ' – " _ A 24x24 UP TO EF -104 2 1/2" HWS & HWR, SEE SHT M108 E 2 1/2" HWSI &HWR, ,SEE SHT MI -1 1 1 121 CONNECT EXIST 18x8 TO 32x24' (2 TYP). 24x24 1 10" 0 1 0"0 NOTE: FIELD VERIFY ALL GAS PIPING ROOF PENETRATION LOCATIONS. PIPING SHALL ENTER AHU & AC UNITS INSIDE CURB IN RETURN /EXHAUST PLENUM SPACE. co 0 32x18 0 DN 0 w 24x22 cn W z J 2 F– SD -1 200 CFM . (2 TYP) SD -1 210 CFM (2 TYP) --I 4x12 [f 920 ,CFM 32x24 38x247 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION 01 ( 4(0-0154 REVISION 7 BY DATE K I\ KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 DESIGNED APPROVED CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: SCALD AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 AINTENANCE BUILDING KEY PLAN SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA D R C IVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services 1E32; DATE: FEB 1 99 FILE NO:..: DRAWING NO M 1 0c SHEET NO: 4 M C 2x A AREA SHOWN 128x28 AHU -108 24x28 REVISION:. AHU —'104 AHU -106 24x28 EF -104 — c'' — JIB CRANE ._. _ [ ` 1 25x25, EF -103 CU -102 24x45 AHU -105 .Y, --24x24 AC -102 C� ROOF PLAN KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 SCALE: 3/32" =1 ' —0" APPROVED: AHU -102 CONTRACT N0: T/M2 -96 OPERAT :04 BUILDING AREA SHOWN AINTENANCE BUILDIN SCALE: SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ROOF PLAN CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION CENED cm or• TuKwIIA NOV 141996 PERMIT OMER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services DATE: FEB 199 FILE NO: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M 2-96 9 -101 OPERATIONS BUILDING 3 "CW- 3"CW- 2 1/2 "G HW SECTION SCALE: 1/4'' =1' -0" D A MAINTENANCE BUILDING C B 3/4" EXPANSION; TANK SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION LI I ECEIVED CRY R OF TAKWILA NOV 1k1996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services PARTIAL PLANS & SECTIONS FILE NO: A B EXIST I EXIST 3 "CW UP-, I 3 "G UP I `l o EXIST WATER EXIST GENSET FUEL TRANSFER PUMP TO REMAIN EXIST HW STORAGE TANK EXIST GAS UP EXIST WATER HEATER STACK UP EXIST OW UP EXPANSION TANK rn qb -o15 CAP EXIST DOS & DOR PIPING. REMOVE ALL DOS & DOR PIPING TO DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT BEYOND THIS POINT 4" 1 1/2 'G UP LOWER LEVEL PARTIAL PLAN CD SCALE: 1/4 = 1' -0" C EXIST GAS PIPING, SEE /T / C11 EXIST DOS & DOR PIPING CW UP CO BOILER STACK UP I : 1/2" HWS & HWR UP� \ EjOILER 9-101 I \ C ' AIR \SEPARATOR I HEATER C OC PUMP P -101, PUMP P -102 BELOW I 2 1/2" HWS 8C H SEE SHT M109 BY DATE KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 D • A A • 3 " GAS, SEE SHT M109 TD06 6'' VENT FROM B -101 UP THRU ROOF. USE EXIST I ROOF PENETRATION 7 3/4" HWS Sc HWR/ CAP 2 1 /2 "G CAP 1"CW U H -105 / /,C l GAS DN TO DOM WATER HEATER CW DN TO DOM WATER HEATER EXIST WATER HEATER VENT UP THRU ROOF 3 /4 "CVV DN - 3 "CW DN - CW CONNECT 3 "GAS TO EXIST 3" GAS GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR —7 3 "G DN VTR — H 2 1 /2"HWS & HWR DN 1/2" HWS & HWR SEE SHT M109 CW I "C) CW L CW TO NEW B -101 CO DN TO B -101 1 1/2 "G DN TO NEW B -101 EXIST CW DN - .EXIST 2 1/2 "GAS SEE SHT M109 UPPER LEVEL- PARTIAL PLAN CD SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" MAKE -UP WATER HWR HWS AIR SEPARATOR CHEMICAL POT FEEDER � P -10I / C H 1P -102 M15 G H NOTE: TD02 II EXPANSION TANK EQUIPMENT AND i HWS, HWR & GAS PIPING TO BE SEISMICALLY BRACED PER UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. AREA SHOWN CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION ITEM NO. DUCT SIZE NOMINAL SKID SIZE H 1 L 2 W2 W3 MAXIMUM E S). I I(ILI1Y ;STATION ((A, CW) SUPPLY EXHAUST LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT c( ) Q EDGE ) TO Q EDGE (IN) TO Q AHU - 102 24x48 24x48 293 86 120 257 43 43 10212 Y AHU -103 46x42 46x46 325 140 136 267 70 70 20985 Y AHU -104 28x28 28x28 293 86 120 253 43 43 10212 N AHU -105 24x45 24x45 293 86 120 257 43 43 10212 Y AHU -106 24x28 24x28 257 72 108 221 36 36 7547 N AHU -107 24x28 24x28 2.57 72 108 221 36 36 7547 N AHU -108 28x28 28x28 257 72 108 217 36 36 7911 Y AC -102 24x24 24x24 281 72 108 245 36 36 7547 N ji 3/M 1 12 SEE NOTE A 2— \ /' i T \ / / �� / REVISION NO HOLES OR OPENINGS WITHIN 7" OF TEE Q K Ci 1KCM, In c. Fir 917 st Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 a /Y /T7 I o DESIGNED APPROVED NOTE 5 NOTE 5 NOTE 4 ROOF ROOF STRUCTURAL DOUBLE TEES 17- 12 A 17 J LJ� DRAIN 2 / 12 TYPICAL AHU — UPPER LEVEL DETAIL SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" J SCI C —� \ 1 ® 8/ 2/M1 12 SIDE ACCESS FILTERS TYPICAL AHU — LOWER LEVEL DETAIL SCALE: 1 /4" =1 ' -0" 14 L1 TYPICAL AHU — SECTION SECTION SCALE: 1/4" =1 ' -0" B C A • DRAIN GAS TRAIN SEEM, 7 v NOTE 1 7 TYP NOTE 1 TYP 3 [ 16 I DRAIN — SEE NOTE 1 (TYP) 15 12 5 t EA 16 15 16 TDO1 3 PILOT SHUTOFF COCK PROVIDE COUPLING IF PILOT SUPPLY LINE LARGER THAN 1/4 — GAS SUPPLY (SEE UPPER L_VEL FLOOR PLAN FOR GAS PIPE SIZE) A RA rn IQ, -0151- TEST OPENING MAIN MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF 13 NOTE: THIS SYSTEM SHALL MEET OR EXCEEDS " FM" REQUIREMENTS 13 2 1/2 "DRAIN PIPE (TYP OF 2) L1 PILOT GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR III r VENT TO OUTSIDE ATMOSPHERE - CONTROL LINE GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR TYPICAL AHU — ELEVATION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 13 ! r LIMITING 2ND SAFETY ORIFICE SHUTOFF GAS RESERVOIR VALVE (OPTIONAL) (IF USED) DETAIL SCALE: NONE j SA SAFETY PILOT PILOT SOLENOID SOLENOID VALVE VALVE OF USED) (IF USED) lI ll AHU /AC UNIT GAS TRAIN ELEVATION ION SCALE: 1/4" = 1 ' -0" DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED GAS SAFETY PILOT HOUSIN BURNER HEAD 13.) LADDER RUNG FOR SUPPORT 18 INCHES WIDE FOR A PORTABLE HOOK TOP LADDER. 14.) SEAL UNIT FLOOR AIRTIGHT AFTER INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES. 15.) DRAIN PIPE 2 ". 16.) EXHAUST HOOD WITH BIRD SCREEN 17.) OUTSIDE AIR INLET WITH BIRD SCREEN 18.) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 19.) DX COOLING COIL AC -102 ONLY. 20.) VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE AC -102 ONLY. PRESSURE GAUGE TEST 2 POSITION FIRING OR MODULATING (WHEN REQUIRED LOW GAS TEST OPENING MOTOR BY REGULATOR) PRESSURE COCK SWITCH COCK SAFETY MAIN TEST BUTTERFLY HIGH GAS SHUTOFF FIRING VALVE GAS VALVE PRESSURE VALVE (LUBRICATED SWITCH (MOTORIZED PLUG) TYPE) 17 13 NOTE 5 G 10 ELECTRICAL PANEL CONTROL PANEL AHU COMPONENTS: 1,) ALUMINUM AIR TO AIR HEAT EXCHANGER. 2.) SUPPLY BLOWER 3.) EXHAUST BLOWER 4.) 2" 30% PRE FILTER 12" 85% FINAL FILTER 5.) OUTSIDE AIR AND EXHAUST AIR SHUT OFF DAMPER 6.) FACE AND BYPASS DAMPER 7.) DIRECT FIRED GAS FURNACE (SEE NOTE 3 FOR AC -102)' 8.) DRAIN PAN (MIN 6 "DEEP) 9.) BYPASS PLENUM 10.) NEMA 4 ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR 480V & .120V CONNECTIONS.' 11.) WATER AND COMPRESSED AIR UTILITY STATION LOCATED ONLY ON AHU -102, AHU -103, AHU -105, AND AHU -108. LOCATE TO AVOID ROOF TEE'S BELOW.. _ 12.) DUCT COVER GRATING NOTES: 3.) GAS FURNACE FOR AC -102 IS AN INDIRECT FIRED -UNIT. 4.) SEAL AROUND DUCT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF PER DETAIL 5.) PROVIDE SPACE TO INSTALL DDC CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE WEATHER PROOF ACCESS DOOR. METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT NO: T /M2 -96 1.) AHU SUPPLIER TO INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN ALL ACCESS AREAS WITH LIGHT SWITCHES LOCATED NEAR THE ACCESS DOORS. 2.) AHU SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE INSPECTION PORT IN ACCESS DOOR LOCATED JUST DOWNSTREAM OF DIRECT GAS FIRED BURNER. SECTIONS & DETAILS CITY OF TUIMIILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS FiOTED BUILDING DIVISION 2' 13284 DATE: FEB 1996 CITY OF NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER H DRAWING NO M 112 ?. SHEET NO: 45OFU2 K KCM, Inc 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 EXIST 16x16 46x46 DN FROM A.HU -103 BOTTOM OF BEAM 18' -6 "AFF REVI SINN' g C • SECTION SCALE: 1/4 =1' -0" % "- UP 18x18 SECTION SCALE: 1 /4" =1'-0" TO L'::i;L VLF -102 t — 46x46 38x38 BOO 15' -6 "AFF 23x46 (TIT) M107 40x28 -- EXIS T [0 VEHICLE EXHAUST 20x20 24x24 COLUMN 14x14 M106 EXIST 16x26 10x20 VD 20x18 ER -1 1200 CFM q o,5 4 4 24x48 DN FROM AHU-102 28x16 EXIST BEAM 24x48 UP 24x48 DN / TO AHU -102 FROM AHU 1G2 40x28 �Rf 10x20 10x20 VD 28x16 20x18 ER -1 1200 CFM DESIGNED F G 14x14 SECTION SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0" DRA CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 24x24 (COLUMN BEHIND DUCT) 24x24 18x18 M107 SOUTH BASE . MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION SECTIONS & DETAILS EXIST 16x16! / EXIST 17'0 VEHICLE EXHAUST RECEED CffY OF TU NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services :..:;-. CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED ; BUILDING �G p 0N DPIRIM 3/7/98. A B NOTES: MHV -7 FLOODUGHT:FOR FLAGPOLE (E) (13) MHV -6 1.) REMOVE RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED. SEE DWG E104 FOR EXTENSION OF EXISTING CONDUIT AND CABLE TO NEW RECEPTACLES. 2.) OPENINGS LEFT IN ROOF AFTER CONDUIT REMOVAL SHALL BE SEALED. SEE DWG TD01. MHV -3 MHV -5 MEF -16 J MEF =3 MEF -5 NOTE t: C MHV-4 (13) Mci0-064 MEF -18 MEF -4 MEF -15 DOWN TO FIRST i FLOOR SEE DWG E101 (TYP) 0 iJ DESIGNED TB DRAWN: AMH RECOMMENDED APPROVED CHECKED RR SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T /M2 -96 • KEY PLAN NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER. E -r R0 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION for FEB 1996,' FILE ND DRANING NO• • ; ;;TI, ROOF PLAN SHEET NO! * 95f; SCALE: 3/32''=1'-0" No. REVISION BY DATE KCM KCM1917 Inc. , First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 96101 • ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC IENSEEERS - CONBULTANTB 1528 5210 AVENUE SOUTH, SLEE 24 WATTLE, WASHINGTON 9868 (200) D43- E MEF - 2 I • MHV -2 C(20) NOTE 1 L MEF -1 G C(20) MHV -1 MEF -11 NOTE 1 AREA SHOWN TO EF -101 SEE DWG E153 A B 3/4"C, 3 #10, 1 #10G' UP _TO AHU -108 FEEDER (TYP) B28(E) WP TO PLUG B7 MA34 MA44 D❑ FTU -126 1 "C, 3 #8, 1 #10G UP TO AHU -105 (ON ROOF) 3/4 "C. 2 #12, 1 #12G P102' EXISTING BUS PLUG 28 REVISION 3/4"C, 410, 1 #10G TO PLUG B3 UP TO AHU -107 (ON ROOF) MA50 MA46 MA36 - MA53 UP TO AHU -104 TO Of 1.) REPLACE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL WITH NEW FIRE ALARM PANEL SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 16721 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.) ALL CONDUIT TO BE CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING IN ALL FINISHED SPACES. 3.) CAP AND COIL TWO CIRCUITS FOR DDC CONTROLLERS IN STANDARD OUTLET BOX. PROVIDE BLANK COVER. 4.) THIS EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON MEZZANINE LEVEL. LOCATE ADJACENT TO DOC MASTER CONTROL WORKSTATION. BY DATE TO PLUG B5 PNL F(E) 44(N) B6(N) -- Lr lam - $3( B7(N) SB(13,15,17) UP TO (ON ROOF) AHU -106 ® MA45 ❑D MA35 3/4"C, 3 #10, 1 #10G UP TO EF -103 (ON ROOF) NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: KCM EXIS111G J -BOX FOR VAP -101, PAM -101, P -103, SEE DWG C11 I jL 1 /2 "C, 4 #6, 1 #10G OP11 © MAO81i OP12 MA09 0I` P1(19,21)4 EXISTING SFRVICE EQUIPMENT . (E)® IAA11!! (E) ET MA1 CU-'102 (ON ROOF)!' 3/4 "C, 3 #10, 1 #10G PNL P1(E) MA51 WP ro 4b Oi 51 + KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 -F - ' p1 (23) P1(15) CCL "P"r;,SS:k R 4P TO AC 102! (ON ROOF) . 56(31,33,35) 3/4 "C,3 #10,1 i10G FTU -124. ;,.:,1; NOTE 4 !', -I D(23) 1.) SEE DRAWING A103 FOR ADDITIONAL RELOCATION /RECONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND SPEAKERS. UH -1b1- D UP TO EF -108 1 "C, 6 #10 1 #10G -- TO PLLLG B37 FACP, F(17) = - - -! NOTE 1 FACP(E), 1(17,24) NOTE 1 B -101 D(9) SB(19, .1,23) Pier ]! ; : ,� 1r.ifEl TO PLUG B6 FTU -12 —', FA/DDC II INTERFACE PANEL (iEE SPEC. 16721) i' �� —PNL D(E) F(16)!! !, FTU -122 1 "C, 3 #12, 1 #12G FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 3/32" =1 ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC - CONSULTANTS 15215 52ND AVEM E SOUTH, SUITE 24 SEATTLE,WAS!RdOTCN 98ES (246) 243 -502e DIX NOTE 3 0 FTU4125 ONIMEZZANINE 0/4 "C, 3 #12, 1 #12G Exeiss. 3/7/9 3 „„ E PNL QL (E) PNL QE (E) I MA31/32 D❑ QD MA41/42 A 9 NL SB (E) C19(N) PNL SC (E) TO PLUG C19 UP TO AHU -103 (ON ROOF) DESIGNED: TB DRAM: AMH APPROVED: EXISTING BUS PLUG 1C CHECKED: RR • SCALE AS NOTED PNL C(E) MA52 UP TO AHU -102 1! (ON ROOF) G H ® MA40 ❑D MA30 (E) AREA SHOWN FIRST FLOOR PLAN (E) wJ MA04 (E) 0 MA05 MA06 MA07 MA03 CITY OF TUKWILA KEY PLAN NOV 1 4 1996 SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services DATE FEB 1996'_:` NOTES: REVISION FLOODLIGHT FOR FLAGPOLE(E) RECONNECT EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRE TO FLOODLIGHT F(13) NOTE 1 WPB CFI AHU -108 NOTE 1 1.) LOCATED DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR BOTH POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITS, AS WELL AS RECEPTACLES, ON EQUIPMENT STAND PER DETAIL 1 ON TD09. RECONNECT, EXTEND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS (SEE DEMO PLANS). AHU -107 AHU -104 F(13) - AHU -106 NOTE 1 CU -102 NOTE 1 F(13) F(13) NOTE 1 KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 AC -102 DOWN TO FIRST FLOOR SEE DWG E -103 (TYR)`17, EF- 103 F913) EF -104 AHU -105 NOTE 1 ROOF PLAN SCALE: 3/32" =1 -0" TYPICAL FOR A L, SEE E103 FOR CONTINUA ION, CONDUIT SIZE AND WIRE SIZE AHU -103— C(20) NOTE 1 DESIGNED: TB DRAWN: CHECKED: AMH RR RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 AHU -102 C(20) NOTE 1 AREA SHOWN AINTENANCE BUILDIN m E T R ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ROOF PLAN r IA KEY PLAN NOy I 4 1996 PERMIT ri*fAB FlLE NO PANEL NAME: PI- STANDBY POWER BUS RATING: LOCATION: MAINTENANCE BLDG COL 8-10.5 VOLTAGE: 120/ SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: 22,000 AIC MAIN CB:I50A SURFACE MOUNTING: BOTTOM FEED: 30 CIRCUIT PANEL 150A 3 PHASE 208 • 4WIRE NO. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CB /PH KVA P H KVA CB /PH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION No. I 3 5 RECPT -PARTS RM RECPT- FOREMANS OFFICE RECPT- FOREIIROS OFFICE 20/1 20/I 1.36 0.9 c 1.3 t 1.3 30/3 - BATT CHARGER SUB FEED 2 4 20/I 20/I 0.9c 0.9a 1.3 0.52 20/1 RECPT -LUNCH ROOM 6 8 n4- RECPT -FOREMANS OFFICE RECPT -SUPER OFFICE RECPT -MACH SHOP 20/I 20/I I.8 b. I.6 c 0.52 0.52 20/I 20/1 • . 10 12 MIAs RECPT -ELECT SHOP HW BOILER B -101. DDC. 20/f 20/I 20 I 1.8 0.72 0.6c c 3.5 t 3.5 3.5 60/3 - - GEN LOAD CENTER FEEDER 14 16 18 19 21 23 P -103.• VAP -I01, PAM- I01... FACP.. -.. 20/1 20/I - .20/I. 1.9 a 1.5 b 0.14 - - 0.6. - 20/I. SPACE. SPACE DDC.. 20 22 24 __ IA n O I N N N M SPACE SPACE SPACE - - - - - - c - t - c - - - SPACE SPACE SPACE 26 28 30 P. 38 40 42 LOAD Connected Load KVA Demand Foctor % Demand Load KVA KVA /PHASE A: 34.95 CONNECTED LOAD IN KVA: 105 KVA /PHASE B: 34.95 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: 114 KVA /PHASE C: 34.95 MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE: 126 32 34 0 0 1.25 i U.S 0 0 O - c Motors all Lor.est 104.85 36.9 I 0.25 36 nm- M M Y 0 0 0 0 - - c t 0 I 1 38 40 - c 42 LOAD Connected Load (KVA) Demand Factor (R) Demand Load (KVA) KVA/PHASE A: 11.26 CONNECTED LOAD IN KVA: 31 KVA/PHASES: 10.24 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: 32 KVA /PHASE C: 9.12 MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE: 94 Ll ghting 0 1.25 0 Recept <IOkVA Recept. >IOkVA 10 0.82 I 0.5 10 0.41Special Instructions: Motors all Largest 3.4 5.7 1 0.25 3.4 1.425 EXISTING PANEL Heating Cooling 0 0 0 0 O. O.. DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER TO BE REUSED FOR NEW LOAD DENOTES NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR NEW LOAD Kitchen Other, Misc. 0 16.42 1 I OA.. 15.42 DENOTES NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER ( SWITCHED NEUTRAL, COMMON TRIP) FOR NEW LOAD PANEL. Nom': SB BUS RATING: 225A 3PHASE LOCATION: MAINTENANCE BLDG COL 8-6 VOLTAGE: 277 / 480 4 WIRE SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: AIC MAIN CB:225A SURFACE MOUNTING: BOTTOM FEED: 42 CIRCUIT PANEL N0. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AHU-102 = Ili KVA 9.29 9.29 9.29 MICA 12.3 1 12.31i 12.3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION No. PAIL OE FEEDER 2 4 A 0 - SPARE.. . 20/I = a 0.48 6 0.48 c 0.48 MP -5 W.O. PUMP 8 0 12 MMA ORB -106• . Ili 4.9 4.96 4.9 C - - SPARE••• 14 8 18 19 21 23 P -10I & P102 Ill 1 .38 .38 1 1.38 • . 20_3 - - SPARE••. 20 22 24 _. IAA O� N N N SPARE... SPARE... SPACE 20 1 20/I - - 0.9 0.9 0.9 STORE & SHOP STORE & SHOP EF -101• 26 28 30 -MM M M M AC -102.+ TIRE BALANCER 5.7 5.7 5.7 - M - - - SPACE SPACE SPACE 32 34 36 :%,51 - M Y SPACE SPACE SPACE - - - - - - - - - - - SPACE SPACE SPACE 38 40 42 LOAD Connected Load KVA Demand Foctor % Demand Load KVA KVA /PHASE A: 34.95 CONNECTED LOAD IN KVA: 105 KVA /PHASE B: 34.95 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: 114 KVA /PHASE C: 34.95 MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE: 126 • Recept <10kVA Race•t >IOkVA 0 0 1.25 i U.S 0 0 O Special Instructions: EXISTING PANEL DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER TO BE REUSED FOR NEW LOAD .. DENOTES NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER TO BE INSTALLED FOR NEW LOAD ..•DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER LEFT AS SPARE AFTER DELETING CIRCUIT Motors all Lor.est 104.85 36.9 I 0.25 104.85 9.225 Heating Cool ln• 0 0 0 0 0* 0 Other Misc. 0 I 1 0 0 PANEL NAME: F BUS RATING: LOCATION: MAINTENANCE BUILDING VOLTAGE: 120/ SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: 22,000 AIC MAIN CB:100A SURFACE MOUNTING: [TOP][BOTTOM 24 CIRCUIT PANEL IOOA 3 PHASE 208 4WIRE FEED: NO. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CB /PF KVA P H KVA CB /PH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION No. RECPTS.BRAKE SHOP 20/I a 20/I RECPTS. TIRE SHOP 2 MN RECPTS. RECPTS. TIRE SHOP 20/I 20/I b 20/I IS /I RECPTS. PATS ROOM FLOOR SCRUBBER CHARGER 4 6 RECPTS. MEZ. STORE, SHOP & EL MACH RM. 20/I B 01 - RECPTS. MEZ. RECPTS. ►EZ. STORE & SHOP STORE & SHOP 20/I 20/1 h c 60/3 - TIRE BALANCER 10 12 M N A ROOF RECEPTACLES*. SPARE... FTU -I25+ 15/I 15/I IS/ I 0.36a 0.56 0.67 1.5 c 20/1 20/I 20/I SPARE.** FTU -122, ETU-123, FTU -124 & FTU -126 LIGHTS, GAS BOTTLE STORAGE 14 16 18 19 21 - ?3 ELEVATOR LIGHTS SPACE SPACE - - - - IS /I - - a b c 20/2 - - TIRE CHANGER SPACE 20 22 24 N n'rn N N N MAIN 100/3 LOAD Connected Load (KVA) Demand Factor (S) Demond Load (KVA) KVA /PHASE A: 0.36 CONNECTED LOAD IN KVA: 3 KVA /PHASE. B: 2 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: 4.2 KVA /PHASE C: 0.67 MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE: 16.7 Lighting. 0 1.25 0 Recept <IOkVA Recept >10kVA 0.36 0 I 0.5 0.36 0 Special Instructions: Motors 011 Largest 2.67 4.5 1 0.25 2.67 1.125 EXISTING PANEL Heating Cooling 0 0 0 0 O. 0.. DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER TO BE REUSED FOR NEW LOAD DENOTES EXISTING RECPT CIRCUIT TO BE EXTENDED Kitchen Other, Misc. 0 0 I 1 O... 0 DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER LEFT AS SPARE AFTER DELETING CIRCUIT : \5a /4�15 \YNLSH LF. A • B A nfl q(o -0 5'f C A REVISION • Kcm 1917 Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 BY DATE D CIRCUIT NO. DESCRIPTION I LIGHTS, LUKE UTILITY TUNNEL 3 RECPTS. DROPS) INSP. SHOP 5 RECPTS. (DROPS) INSP. SHOP 7 RECPTS. INSP. SHOP 9 RECPTS. INSP. SHOP II RECPTS. INSP. SHOP RECPTS. (DROPS) CHAS. SHOP RECPTS. (DROPS) CHAS. SHOP SPACE 19 RECPTS. CHAS. SHOP 21 RECPTS. CHAS. SHOP 23 RECPTS. CHAS. SHOP 31 RECPTS. 33 RECPTS. 35 RECPTS. 25 27 SPARE 29 37 39 MAIN Connected Load (KVA) LOAD Lighting Recept <IOkVA Recept >IOkVA Motors all Largest Heating Cooling Kitchen Other, Misc. 0 0 0 0 0 0 P: \5614 -0I5.03 \PNLC.WOI Demand Factor (R) 1.25 U. 0 :25 Demand Load (KVA) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CB /PH KVA 2D /I 20/1 20/I 20/I 20/I 20/I 20/1 20/1 20/1 20 /I 20/1 20/3 20/1 20/1 20/1 100/3 H KVA CB /P CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 20/I RECPTS. INSP. SHOP 20/I RECPTS. INSP. SHOP 20/1 SPARE 20/1 FUEL MGMT. 20/I SPARE 15/1- FIRE VA PIT SUMP 20/2 TOILET ROOM 6W HEATER SPACE - 15/1 ROOF RECPT. - 15 /1 SPARE... 15/I MEF -12 TOILET EXH. ROOM 103 40/2 SPARE 20/I MEF -101 ELECTRONIC SHOP 20J1 RECPTS. 20 /I RECPTS. .4 RECPTS.. No. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 KVA /PHASE A: 0 CONNECTED LOAD IN KVA: 0 KVA /PHASE B: 0 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: 0 KVA /PHASE C: 0 MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE: 0 Special Instructions: EXISTING PANEL • DENOTES EXISTING RECPT CIRCUIT TO BE EXTENDED ▪ •+ DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER LEFT SPARE AFTER DELETING CIRCUIT PANEL NAME: C BUS RATING: IOOA LOCATION: MAINTENANCE BUILDING VOLTAGE: 120/ 208 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: SIC MAIN CB:IOOA SURFACE MOUNTING: [TOP][BOTTOM] FEED: 42 CIRCUIT PANEL : \5674-015.03 \PNLPI.*01 ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC eimmis - CONSULTANTS 15215 52ND AV13111E SOUTH, SUM 24 SEATTLE; WASHNO ON 95613 (208) 2.2-5022 3 PHASE 4WIRE E PANEL NAME: D BUS RATING: IOOA LOCATION: MAINTENANCE BUILDING VOLTAGE: 120 / 206 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: AIC MAIN CB:100A FLUSH MOUNTING: [TOP][BOTTOM FEED: 42 CIRCUIT PANEL NO. 7 13 15 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION RECPTS. & FARE VAULT CHARGER RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. UH -101. SPACE RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. SPACE MEF -13 BAT RM RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. PANEL T RECPTS. LUNCH ROOM SEE SEC. SPACE LOAD Lighting Connected Load (KVA) Recept <IOkVA Recept >10kVA Motors all Largest Heating Cooling Kitchen Other, Misc. 0 0.5 1.5 O 0 P: \5674-015.03 \PNLD WOI Demand Factor (R) • 1.25 0.5 0.25 0 Demand Load (KVA) 0 0 0 Special Instructions: 0.5 EXISTING PANEL 0.375 • DENOTES EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER TO BE REUSED FOR NEW LOAD O 0 P CB /PH KVA H KVA CB /PH 20/I 20/I 20/I 20/I 15/1 0.5 a 20/1 20/I 20/1 20/I 20/1 20/1 20/I 20/1 20/I 20/1 15/I 20/I 20/1 20/I 100/3 30/I 20/I 30/3 20/1 20/1 20/I 20/I 20/1 20/I 15/1 15/1 30/1 3 PHASE 4WIRE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. BATTERY CHARGER SUB FEED RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. RECPTS. CONTROL AIR DRYER DOM HW & CIRC PUMPS RECPTS. LUNCH ROOM SPACE SPACE SPACE t0 L2 14, 16 20'. 22 24- 28 28 30 34' 36 38 4D 42 KVA /PHASE A: KVA /PHASE B: KVA /PHASE C: O CONNECTED. LOAD IN KVA: 0.5' 0.5 DEMAND LOAD IN KVA: .0 :9 O MAXIMUM AMPS PER PHASE APPROVED: • SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T /M2 -96 0 A RECEIVED O TV OF TUKWILA NOV 1 4S996 PERMIT CENTER m E - r R 0 King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION SCHEDULES & DETAiLS N A B • A �— — it Ill - - - I _ - - - - - I I I III - - 1. II TD02 REVISION ( . —+ . — t . — 4 — . '_ - WT EXISTING ROOFING, CURB 1 & INSUL W/ SIiARP KNIFE AND REMOVE ROOFING, INSUL & CURB, SEE DET ( 1.5 CURB TO REMAIN TD01 / VI Fr,/ 47 'v — 4 I SEE NOTE2 I L— I CUT EXISTING R OOFING, CURB & INSUL W/ SHARP KNIFE AND REMOVE ROOFING, INSUL & CURB SEE DET(\ TD01 REMOVE ROOF( "IG FOR IN'STALLATIr'N OF DISCONNECT SWITCH SUPPORT & CONDUIT I SAW CUT EXIST, CONC PARAPET I SA ROOF DEMO PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" LOWEF/ LEVEL ROOF I Y DATE I I I o SAW CUT OPENINGS IN CONC SLAB SEE MECH DWGS FOR SIZE & LOCATION & STD STRUCTURAL DWGS I FOR CUTTING HOLE IN CONC SLAB, TYP 3' -6" CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING & — — — INSULATION / I SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL - - __ _ Mcibi-0154 0 KC CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING & INSULATION W/ SHARP KNIFE TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT CURB I SAVLCULOPE�[1NGSJN _CONC_SLAB.. SEE- MECH . — . DWGS F9R SIZE & LOCATIO IF- SEE DET_( FOR EQUIP INSTALLATION TD01 I I I I 4. KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ;Washington 98101 UPPER LEVEL ROOF CUT & REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING AS REQ'D W/ SHARP KNIFE FOR INSTALLATION OF CURB FOR EQUIP /PART CP,BINET SEE DET TD03 — - . - I - . -. - EQUIPMENT CURB SEE MECH DWG FOR SIZE & LOCATION SEE DET A FOR EQUIPMENT INTSTALLATION TD01 NOTES: ALL EXISTING ROOFING IS PRESENTLY JNdER WARRANTY FOR WATER TIGHTNESS WITH TREMCO, CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE ALL RECOMMENDED MEASURES BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER TO PROTECT WATER TIGHTNESS. AS A MIN USE 1/2" THICK PLYWOOD SHEATHING FO}T TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION. SHIM W/ CUT PARTS OF WALKWAY PADS AS REQUIRED TO AVOID ROCKING. PROTECT ROOF FROM ROOF ACCESS (STI4IRS) TO ALL WORK AREAS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF WOR ANY DAMAGE TO ROOFING DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATI ! NS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 2, AFTER REMOVAL OF MECH EQUIPMENT &\ DUCT SUPPORT SYSTEM, CLEAN AND PATCH AS REQUIRED: 3. LOCATE 5' X 3' WALKWAY PADS 1/2 APART. "SPOT' ADHERE PADS - 1 SPOT OF ADHESIVE ON EA CORNER & 1 SPOT OF ADHESIVE IN MIDDLE OF PAD. PREPARE ROOF TO RECEIVE PAD BY REMOVING EXIST ROOF GRANULE. SPOT ADHESIVE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 8" DIA & NOT LARGER THAN 12" DIA. 5. SEE NOTE 2 DRAWING A101 INDICATES EXTENT OF NEW ROOFING ai Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA LIMIT OF REROOFING EXTEND BUR & FLASHING UP THE PARAPET SEE DET n TD01 EXTEND BUR & FLASHING UP THE CURB SEE DET( TD03 LOWER LEVEL ROOF __ - - - -I -• EXTEND BU UP THE PARAPET SEE DET T901 SEE MECH DWGS FOR SIZE & LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION & LIMIT OF REROOFING, I SEE DET, _ — — — — — — . — ..1i T91 L 11� !i. 'I INSTALL ALUM CAP ,I FACE OF FLASHING OVER EXIST E�IST EQUIP .II 4 I OPENING SEE DET o-- I TD01 j REROOF AFTER I II INSTALLATION OF STEEL III COL. SEE E /TDO SIM ;1 I INSTALL M TAL STAIRS, 7 t FOR EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 1/A152 ACCESS, SEE l ° 1 — I — — I A152 I DESIGNED: IJ DRAWN: CHECKED: AM IJ RECOMNENDED. APPROVED: FAN ( ION EXIST CURB EQUIPMENT CURB SEE MECH DWGS FOR SITE & LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION SEE DET WALKWAY PADS, SEE TD02 AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M -96 G H A TD KEY PLAN UPPER LEVEL ROOF WALKWAY PADS SEE NOTE 3 TEMPORARY I ROOF PROTECTION . 11 SEE FOR CONDUIT SUPPORT TYP TD01 •PERATIONS ':$UILDING SCALE SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITAION DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN & ROOF PLAN 8'L.X 6'W X 7'H EQUIPMENT/PARTS CABINET NbTE 3 W/ 1 (2) 3' WIDE DOORS FOR CURB SEE DET 1 ' TD03 DISCONNECTION POST & CONDUIT LOCATE APPROXIMATELY 5 TO 6 FEET FROM MECH UNII COORDINATE LOCATION I WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MFR SEE DET � SIM .& ^ TYP TD01 I TD02 mE • R ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services RECEIVED ITV OF TUKWILA By 1 4 1996 MAINTENANCE BUILDING FILE NO: A151: SHEET NO: s2 112 U EXIST O A B WALKWAY PAD ISTEEL COLUMN (TS 4X41 REROOF I AFTER INSTALLATION ( SEE DET SIM TD02 WALKWAY PADS REROOF AFTER INSTALLATION OF I STAIR �FRAMING SEE ! E \ C1 TD02 TD03 EXIST. OVERFLOW DRAIN STEEL FRAMING SEE NOTE 1 TD03 leg, 3' -8 1(2" 8' -3" 5' -8" 1 e 1/2' 9 TREADS 0 11" C COL TS 4X4 - REROOF SEE DET ( SIM TD02 mu-0151-1 BY DATE WALL MOUNTED HANDRAIL SEE DET TD03 LOWER LEVEL STAIR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'- 0' IBC TD03 STAIR ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" 0 t C KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 C EXIST CURB TO REMAIN WALKWAY PAD SEE NOTE 3 ON DWG A151 EXIST GUARD' RAIL TO REMAIN II �� \, \ / D LANDING EXIST. LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN STEEL FRAMING SEE NOTE 1 EXIST. PIPE GUARD RAIL PROVIDE MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN DEVICE TO EXISTING STAIR WELL , DOOR. (0 BOTH N & S STAIR- I WELLS, SECOND FLOOR DOORS ONLY) SEE ELEC StreeterlDermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA E B TD03 NEW STAIR EXISTING LIGHT 12" STRINGERS HANI DRAIL I II II 1' -6" EXISTING`! Ib00R Td - VESTIBUL ' ( u TD03 O I 0 L_°- 'CLOSURE I PLATE SEE NOTE 1 :EXISTING ROOF I EXISTING ROOF SLAB UPPER ROOF TD03 9' -2' 10 TREADS W 11" UPPER LEVEL STAIR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" DESIGNED: IJ DRAWN: CHECKED: AM PD RECOMMENDED APPROVED: DN EQ. EQ. 1 STAIR SECTION SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" F TD02 4 -9 I ' SCALE: 6 AS NOTED CURB FLASHING @ STAIRS n TD03 METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services CONTRACT NO T /M2 -96 SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION STAIR PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION NOTES: 1. SEE DWG TDO5A FOR STAIR STRUCTURAL DETAILS A THREE RAIL GUARDRAIL GRATED STEEL TREADS & LANDINGS TD03 — SEE NOTE I COLUMN BEHIND RECEIVED arr oP TuKwItA ?0V 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER 0 0 0 0 O 0 �� = Vi i. ��! � �` � r � / I = At " %/r. % / /r /GIj 010.E �'� I `rr akEr % %rr/ �r rr/�%r41 {I rf ii AL. r . I I .r/. 'it%/ .a r o / %iir%% I/A%/li/►.rj / ///o//� / /i�uyAkr erdamdmica //O / A 11 ' f ## r,/ / 9, J' # �� i r��/iaii iA Iii win v iii //i iiii,�a ii�� %io� rii� ii i% i r i % %r I IOWA i it d %% irk ii sir %irr.»r�iiirrir.�irr .��i r i irr EAr ' � � p g ferforeo mA - .A wierze sr", SEE NOTE 4 & 5 I SEE NOTE 7 I — i mr NM NW II ! ' � 1.41l, 04 .. r i mss./r, n �iaz HIM it /8 /N/ 0 Iiiii77 /i/ , ., $ i ��/ // vr i�a.r , 4 fr/I � .1 �AFAIVIr r ; a /.v �; rrrri / r %i ,411011 // �s�rrru ii•r iryrdla •• r t FA tie i j I ! J4ii . -. j I I / 11Fi / r, AP � �JOr 40 ► �,�� I � I r itrAMI / • • i VAIU dISIP III ► �� / I/ j '� I i �� I • /•N.rois..ro i rlemge an I= II ,... — / /'rii . r� l � f �� / F IN �►,r r /►�r4 � �r.� �� -r�� ► rv.�r- ..., w i� ,roiirix . , • • f r I �/ /,r—% Larrez 2 ,,, % /% i!0w ��.r 4. i algal h nyi,wir e movr i ri , ved /fie% agref .... iii K., sz 1. .'Sr , ,,Ii='�1/ 54- ,Aistoripror I' ' Am Nov g l,, arrill .11p.4 j /�_ .i .� �.� � I ./ / /rte .� /fir ,L �:• /rds./.%.%/%/�my..orzfl � ii 11 I j I. REVISIT BY DATE MINK EXISTING CEILING & I LIGHTS TO REMAIN FOLDING PARTITION TO REMAIN B /1 C D DISPATCH AREA SEE NOTE 2 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF EXISTING CEILING PANELS & CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. EXISTING LIGHTS & SPEAKERS SHALL BE STORED FOR REUSE. SEE NOTES 1 THRU 3. mcib-015q FIRST FLOOR DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 0 SCALE: 1/8" = 1 -0" KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 aj Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA ® - LEGEND EXIST SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ® EXIST 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE = EXIST 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 0 EXIST 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 0 EXIST CAN LIGHTS EXIST HVAC GRILLES 0 EXIST SPEAKERS SHADED AREAS INDICATE LIMITS OF CEILING DEMOLITION SEE DRAWING A151 FOR ROOF PLAN OVER FIRST FLOOR i• II • fi SCALE: 1/e = 1.-0" DATE: -.;.: FEB 1996 2. 3, 6. SEE CEILING PLAN ON DRAWING A154 FOR NEW WORK. 8. PROTECT SPRINKLERS IN PLACE. DEMOLITION NOTES: SOUTH BASE SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ITS PLANS AND SCHEDULE OF WORK IN WRITING TO THE ENGINEER FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ITS WORK. WORK IN DISPATCH AREA SHALL BE LIMITED TO HOURS BETWEEN 8:00 PM TO 4:00 CONTRACTOR MUST PROTECT ALL AREAS OF ITS OPERATION IN THE INTERIOR OF OPERATIONS BUILDING AT SOUTH BASE FROM DUST. CONTRACTOR MAY USE 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE SHEETS SECURED IN PLACE FOR DUST TIGHTNESS FOR PROTECTION OF WORK STATIONS, EQUIPMENT, CARPET AND OTHER FURNISHINGS. GREAT CARE MUST BE EXCERCISED TO PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT & FURNISHINGS. ALL DAMAGED ITEMS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS MUST BE REPLACED IN KIND. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY ALL DAMAGED LIGHTS, EXIT LIGHTS, & SPEAKERS TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REMOVE & STORE ALL EXISTING & IN GOOD CONDITION LIGHTS & SPEAKERS DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR REINSTALLATION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AS REQUIRED. SEE SPEC SECTION 16500 FOR DETAILED INFORMATION. 5. DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, ALL DAMAGED LIGHTS, EXIT LIGHTS & SPEAKERS SHALL BE REPLACED W/ NEW TO MATCH EXISTING, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 7. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF PIPING, DUCT WORK, GRILLES AND TERMINAL UNITS. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL MEASURE CEILING HEIGHT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND KEEP RECORD FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CEILING. - t — - - SECOND FLOOR DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN i� ,��' 1 � : , A� Ad ire �4 i ' �1 ou,r„ i ��/�� .A / 0� I.A., 4 L� �/w . ,r 1r ..! EfiritIMEPA4201 if riti ar,r74 e , Arzerzo minarkergraarrea area AI* 0,1161r rirr. r.. r Affeirip A■/.'.!C�//.■/1/ S•I % V /rI /' I�/r F ''z'r zyr jiff iz .,&ri r037"j %I Ai _ _____ DESIGNED: IJ APPROVED; • SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 • KEY PLAN SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS PERMIT CENTER •° T ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services FILE NO DRAWING NG:: - A TNO - Sit- 11 3= '' 0 0 0 u I N FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A0 SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" (� 1 1 mom EXISTING CEILING & LIGHTS TO REMAIN ____j___• ___■�1___r1 _ll�_i• `1111. ■ • ► - -� -Ail I ■ -■ •��___ ■ I� r �__1■ • 11111Jmoti n _III._.l 1 ■ �G ■r Ili1l ■11, 4 � era C■�•I : I1 �J111111rII --11.--mil __I_ I I N ■ p m■m■ ' _■ '_ 1!■�1111U11 a __I_ ■II 1111 ■111 111 ___ 1 -:— SI l llIlo1 I � _— �■ � ■ ■ ■Il \ � _ � r _ -�r ■0 ■■ ?• 1ai� �■�.o. — 1 ■alp, .■ ' INE E :11110151111: El Q1111 :I:_111a o 1 , i# 11 1111111 1 11� ° 1 1 ■P I r.l � I. , .; /1 I ►� I FTU -103 REVISION BY DATE CM KCM, inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 DISPATCH AREA 1 SEE NOTE 6 m lb-015(-1. Streeter /Dermanis Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA Fit ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT -1 24" X 48" X X 5/8" MA. .u. •1111••••• •.•11•••• 11•••••.11 ® 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT = 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT 0 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT 0 CAN LIGHTS SUPPLY AIR DIFUSER RETURN AIR GRILLE 0 RELOCATED SPEAKERS 0 - 0 - ACT -1 TYP, SEE TD03 ACT -2 TYP, SEE n TD03 CEILING & CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. SEE NOTES 1 THRU 4 , o-- ACT -2 12" X 12" X 1/2" ANIS siotu o/ w• ',gtoo LEGEND 1 1 1 1 1 FIXTURE FIXTURE FIXTURE SEE DRAWING A151 FOR ° 1 •••••••••I 1i ammaeleg ma e III11111! rdir Iw 1 1= 1 1111, SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1 ' -0" DESIGNED IJ DRARW AM RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CHECKED: PD CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY INSPECT WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT ALL SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND CEILING PANELS. . 2. ALL WALLS SHOWN IN THE PLAN ARE EXISTING. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALLS OR HOLES LEFT EXPOSED TO VIEW DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS MUST BE PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 3. INSTALL ALL LIGHTS & SPEAKERS WHICH WERE STORED FOR REUSE. REPLACE DAMAGED LIGHTS AND SPEAKERS WITH NEW MATCHING IN KIND. SEE SPEC SECTION 16500 FOR DETAILED INFORMATION. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ACCESS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACT -2 ACOUSTICAL TILE AREA, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND SIZE. 5. CONTRACTOR TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT UNLESS OTHER WISE DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. 6. WORK IN DISPATCH AREA SHALL BE LIMITED TO HOURS BETWEEN 8:00 PM TO 4 :00 AM DAILY. 7. AFTER INSTALLATION OF CEILING, CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL ESCUTCHEON ON SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES TO PROVIDE FINISHED CEILING. ROOF PLAN OVER FIRST FLOOR SCALE AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 V NG 0 n AREA SHOWN 1 MAINTENANCE BUILDING KEY PLAN SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services 13285 DATE FEB t 96 FILE NO: DRAWING NO: A154 SHEET ND56OF tt2 A c D, • E G l. a.a ■ u. .iii /W.11111 it Lis !� 'I .i l l I ia ii ll it Il.i. 1.11. ii.Ii.iall IM.,:1.r i H ,r •••• • UMW im Ili ■ 1111••••••• MIIMIII 117...... .11 ....... Ile ...111111. i...... ■ i...... i i. iI ■11••••••10.• ■ 11••.....11 1.....is.. ........11 .1111 ■ 1111!■ t� — .........I ■ i .G:aG •.l. `f7i— 11..... ii.Gii 11 ,... 1 11 , i -. ... I.I Nom i II 11...M ::: : , ■ • 1111...: 1 1111 111 1111 ■ �.. ; 3= '' 0 0 0 u I N FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A0 SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" (� 1 1 mom EXISTING CEILING & LIGHTS TO REMAIN ____j___• ___■�1___r1 _ll�_i• `1111. ■ • ► - -� -Ail I ■ -■ •��___ ■ I� r �__1■ • 11111Jmoti n _III._.l 1 ■ �G ■r Ili1l ■11, 4 � era C■�•I : I1 �J111111rII --11.--mil __I_ I I N ■ p m■m■ ' _■ '_ 1!■�1111U11 a __I_ ■II 1111 ■111 111 ___ 1 -:— SI l llIlo1 I � _— �■ � ■ ■ ■Il \ � _ � r _ -�r ■0 ■■ ?• 1ai� �■�.o. — 1 ■alp, .■ ' INE E :11110151111: El Q1111 :I:_111a o 1 , i# 11 1111111 1 11� ° 1 1 ■P I r.l � I. , .; /1 I ►� I FTU -103 REVISION BY DATE CM KCM, inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 DISPATCH AREA 1 SEE NOTE 6 m lb-015(-1. Streeter /Dermanis Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA Fit ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT -1 24" X 48" X X 5/8" MA. .u. •1111••••• •.•11•••• 11•••••.11 ® 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT = 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT 0 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT 0 CAN LIGHTS SUPPLY AIR DIFUSER RETURN AIR GRILLE 0 RELOCATED SPEAKERS 0 - 0 - ACT -1 TYP, SEE TD03 ACT -2 TYP, SEE n TD03 CEILING & CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. SEE NOTES 1 THRU 4 , o-- ACT -2 12" X 12" X 1/2" ANIS siotu o/ w• ',gtoo LEGEND 1 1 1 1 1 FIXTURE FIXTURE FIXTURE SEE DRAWING A151 FOR ° 1 •••••••••I 1i ammaeleg ma e III11111! rdir Iw 1 1= 1 1111, SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1 ' -0" DESIGNED IJ DRARW AM RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CHECKED: PD CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY INSPECT WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT ALL SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND CEILING PANELS. . 2. ALL WALLS SHOWN IN THE PLAN ARE EXISTING. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALLS OR HOLES LEFT EXPOSED TO VIEW DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS MUST BE PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 3. INSTALL ALL LIGHTS & SPEAKERS WHICH WERE STORED FOR REUSE. REPLACE DAMAGED LIGHTS AND SPEAKERS WITH NEW MATCHING IN KIND. SEE SPEC SECTION 16500 FOR DETAILED INFORMATION. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ACCESS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACT -2 ACOUSTICAL TILE AREA, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND SIZE. 5. CONTRACTOR TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT UNLESS OTHER WISE DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. 6. WORK IN DISPATCH AREA SHALL BE LIMITED TO HOURS BETWEEN 8:00 PM TO 4 :00 AM DAILY. 7. AFTER INSTALLATION OF CEILING, CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL ESCUTCHEON ON SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES TO PROVIDE FINISHED CEILING. ROOF PLAN OVER FIRST FLOOR SCALE AS NOTED CONTRACT NO T/M2 -96 V NG 0 n AREA SHOWN 1 MAINTENANCE BUILDING KEY PLAN SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services 13285 DATE FEB t 96 FILE NO: DRAWING NO: A154 SHEET ND56OF tt2 A c D, • E G 16x9 14x5 14x10 13x6 12x8 20 n 16x7 12x8 11L 1- 5110 t #?' 1 50x12 12x6 18x10 1 1 , L I� 2 1.i 20x3- / / //, 2 B -I - . 12x7 13x6 I 1I2x 10 22x12UP 1 "6UP 12x`CUP- -o 17x17UP 24x24 24X10 1 I 1 -2x6- n ;/ / /// I! ' /,o 1 lx 6 � 10 "q yy 24x5 3 s , Y GRILLE 14x5 2x10; T 6x7 `C } IF f 17x17 .--F 18"0 UP UP / 6 17x14ti i 1 Y 9 " x121 14 "6 4 - -16 28x10 26x10 1 /'t/- // / / // / /// /O ///f/' / // ////////f / / /// 24x6 - - I l7�/ f —/� — 12x9 14 "6 ---- / / / / / / / / /// 24x 24 Cf, +i ,rz 11"0 -20x6 `1 L }/\ x2112 14x6 � ± � 1 _� , , , , , ,a------4 v 24x14 ,� _ — - -§11*,, r - -.: _ - 111/1 _ _ - I - -{, HWS { a; HNSi .. HWR� ' • �J, . / // / / /iii //// 2 // 9 12x5 7x5 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" =1 8x41 11"0 7 "0 76 C 9 10x6 --� 7"0 f - / v ff /fstt " • T A T= -- C===:11, REVISION • KC /1 I KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 BY DATE • D 6x6 _ -_ 1I// 1 14x5 26x8 4 ° 12X4 GRILLE ;I' 27x5 _ 18X5 -12X.7 18x5 E F G A A SEE DRAWING M151 FOR CONNECTION OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING PIPING (TYP) 24x5 GRILLE 23x5 GRILLE DESIGNED: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: A SCALE: AS NOTED CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION WORK. • GENERAL NOTES KEY PLAN ET R ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN RECEIVED CIT' OF TUKWILA NOV 1 PERMIT CENTER 1328 DATE: FEB 1996 FILE NO: DRAWING NO: '. D151 SHEET, NO 5 60F'i1 . I PUMPS OP -4, 5, ¶, &7 I EPOOOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN I : RELOCATE EXIST STORAGE TANK, SEE SHEET 1A 151 I RETURN AIR FAN ij SU AIR PPLY FAN & EXIST DUCTS td CHILLED :I WATER PUMP OP-1 . EXCHANGER, ' PUMPS, / id / CONDENSATE ,'r' l j / ✓ AND CHILLER OEF -4 -- - - - - - - -- -°- I - -- 22x14 -22x13 16x11 REVISION 24x14 23 25 7 23 25 10 "0 — 14x9 14x6 1/2" ' 14 '0 18x8 24x11 16x10 14x9 14x6 18x12 16x7 6x51'6x7 KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle .Washington 98101, 18x7 18x8 MAINTENANCE BUILDING RECEIVED RV OF TUKWILA NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER PR, CS, CR, & HWS & R PIPING, SEE SHT D103 PATCH ROOF OPENING EXHAUST FAN OEIF -1 ,-!- FAN OEF-2 PATCH ROOF OPENING j COOLING TOWER bISCHARGE _PATCH ROOF OPENING G 84x16 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE (1 THIS AREA n n KEY PLAN OEF -3—\ DESIGNED: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: METRO County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: SOUTH BASE AS NOTED OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS • FILE NO DRAVANG:NOy`'' D152 SHEET N4 OF. S' 24x24 SD 350 CFM 2 TYP EXIST 24x24 EG 1100 CFM EXIST 6x15 '+ CEILING DIFFUSER 240 CFM (3 TYP)1x EXIST 6x6 ER 90. CFM 17x17 { 1 "EXISTING 1 , 2x12 ER 440 CFM XISTING 6 "0 ` -.� _24x24 ER "- `k 240 CFM V -106 �� . 12x9 , 24"0 EXISTING 8i0 36x1 24x24 EG FTU -105 i 1 ` 1 200. CFM p Q ® 1 c 1 6x18 16x9 - � }} _� - EXI N (EXISTING - .' 2 - 24x24 EG ;-.-: I r. - >a • T s ` - M 240_CFM zoo__ - 12x12 RG -1 100 CFM SD -1 100 CFM 24x24 RG -1 800 CFM 2 TYPE FTU -101 FTU -102 24x24 ER -1 200 CFM; 2 -TYP 24x24 RG -1 560 CFM 2 TYP 100 CFM SD -1 400 CFM 2 TYE LFTU -113 24>I24 SD -1 625 CFM 4 I P 24x24 RG -1 360 CFM 12x12 AG-1 440 CF-hI T' SD -1 „165 CF !'24x24 RG - 1 -_ - - OT ' CFM SD-1, 360 CFML FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: I /8" =1' -0" REVISION - DATE 1 0" CAP 7'0 r „ (2 TYP VAV -104 SD -1 g4 8"0 X375 CFM 7 "0 ..; VAV -105 14"0 24x2 RG -1 375 GEM 2 TYP N-12 "0 g ,. 24x24 RG -1 22G_ CFM 9 0 VAV -103 24x.24 130 ri 55P CFI —r 8 "0 KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98191 24x24 RG 200 CFM 24x24 300 CFM RG B C SD -1 200 GEM, -24x24 RG -1 200 CFM 24x24 SO -1 330 GEM FTU- 1 14 24x24 RG -1 330 CFM FTU -104 ETU -103 , 1 1/2 "DRAIN DOWN AND ,1I, DAYLIGHT 12 "ABOVE GROUND. ; SEE M152 FOR CON INUATION SPRINKLER RISER UR TO 2ND FLOOR I DH-102 SD -1 200 CFM SD - 200 CFM 1/2 "HWS & HWR TYP 2 PLACES UH -103 CONNECT HWS ANC HWR TO EXIST MAINS IN CORRIDOR FTU -110 ETU -106 M15 NOTE: HWS AND HWR PIPING TO FTU'S SHALL BE 3/4" SD 1 220 CFM 24x24 50-1 310 CFM SD -1 310 CFM ETU -109 8'0 CONNECT TO EXIST ' HWS & HWR PIPING . TYPICAL ALL ETU'S, SEED SD -1 200 CFM FED - 108 24x24 RG -1 350 CFM FTU -107 SD -1 350 CFM SD -1 300 CFM rna� -o�5� CONNECT NEW TO EXIST WATER MOTOR ALARM GONG EXISTING MAINTENANCE\ BUILDING SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE NO 1 FIRE DEPT CONN EXIST WALL INDICATOR VALVE EXIST E ---- TO ALARM #2 MAINENANCE BUILDING . FIRST FLOOR OFFICES AND STORAGE PRESSURE SWITCH NEW ALARM VALVE OS &Y WALL INDICATOR VALVE W/ TAMPER • SWITCH AND PAD LOCK AND CHAIN UNIT STORAGE ROOM 122 EXIST DOUBLE CHECK AND DETECTOR CHECK VALVES DAYLIGHT, OUTSIDE STAIR WELL FIRST FLOOR DESIGNED: SCHEMATIC - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM SCALE: NONE DRAWN: CHECKED: .5 ,ST*(% RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: CONTRACT N0: T/M2 -96 OPERATIONS BUILDING 1 1/4' 0 - (TYPICAL 2 PLACES) SIGHT GAGE \ DUAL ORIFACE VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE 1 1/2 "DRAIN -' STAIRWELL NO. 2 • KEY PLAN FIRST FLOOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR OFFICES OS &Y VALVE W/ TAMPER SWITCH (2 TYP) FLOW SWITCH (WIRE TO FIRE ALARM PANEL) (2 TYP) _ SECOND FLOOR FIRST FLOOR OFFICES 111ETIRCI County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE: SOUTH BASE AS NOTED OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ROOF CITY OF TUKWILA APPRISED DEC 0 3 1996 AS 'fiOTED - BUILDING DIVISION ECENED CITY ri OF TUKWIIA NOV 1 41996' PERMIT CENTER DATE FEB 1996` FILE N0: DRAWING. NO: M1.51 SHEET NO: SOFIl PATCH HOLES IN FLOOR EXIST HW HEATER EXIST HW STORAGE TANK 12x8 28x28 UP TO EF -101 24"0 DN - Mx36 - DN 17x17 DN 22'0 DN UH -104 — - - -_ PATCH HOLES IN FLOOR 60x20 UP TO I AC -201 24"0 ON 18x36 EN 24x24 RG -1 1 445 CFM ST -105 SOUND TRAP REVISION EF - 102 -� SD --1 450 CFM E T RAN SFER DUCT 240 CFM EXIST EG 240 CFM EXIST ER 240 CFM EXIST TRANSFER DUCT 240 CFM 24x24 RG - -1 i \ a 0 \ 1 \\ 445 CFM N ° 36x1: 10 "0 4n 24 "0 IA FrU I-t fi 4 22"0 r_ �1 'd 20x22 0: 0 18 "0 SCALE: 1 /8" =1 ' -0 SPRINKLER RISER AND DRAIN DOWN VAV -10 FTU -119 \ SD -1 IL^ 330 CFM 2 -TYP F " F E1 50-1 2 GAS UP /� 350 CM -. T A G t01 1'J.. l _ 2 _,,,,, a 1/2" UP THRU 107 i 00E TO AC -101 1 -0HWS o HWR L- KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 CONNECT TO EXIST HWS & HWR PIPING, TYP ALL FTU'S SD -1 225 CFM 2 -TYP _ _ 0 FlU -115 �24x24RG -1) 24x24 RG -1 300 CFM 445 CFM 4 -TYP ST 106- -109 26x66 UP TO AC -111 NOTE: 1.) PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS AND DUCT TRANSITIONS AT ALL VAV AND FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS. APPROVED: CONTRACT N0: T/M2 -96 B C EXIST 24x24 RG -1 450 CFM FTU -118 FTU -117 2" GAS SEE M108 24x24 RG -1 1 90 CFM — SD -1 460 CFM 12x12 ER -1 270 CFM 10x6 EXIST 10x10 UP - TO OEF -3 24x24RG -1 320 CFM FTU -116 SD -1 320 CFM m qors4 F G A A EF =101 M153 00 00 DESIG ED: D AWN: CHECKED: i45 AO; RECOMMENDED: ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1 /8T =1 ' -0" SCALE: AS NOTED AREA SHOWN MAINTENANCE BUILDING KEY PLAN OEF -3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER M ET R ® King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION FILE NO 2 NOTE: TOTAL WEIGHT OF AC -101, INCLUDING CONDENSING UNIT, NOT TO EXCEED 13,200 POUNDS SECTION SECTION SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 4152 PROVIDE PIPE ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NOTE 4 ON DRAWING G07 2" ALL AROUND REVISION 15 M108, (M 152; OPERATONS BUILDING 2" J,AS MAIN ESCUTCHEON FLEXIBLE BRAIDED HOSE AGA CERTIFIED EXPANSION LOOP METRAFLEX - METRALOOP GAS PIPE SEISMIC RESTRAINT DESIGNED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: SCALE SOUTH BASE AS NOTED MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT NO:. T/M2 -96'. 1' C. MPG KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington, 98101 26x66 1 i 18 "0 22 "0 A/C COMPONENTS o II:>!4 per 1. GA ECONOMIZER f 3. 2. RETURN FILTERS FAN I 4.) SUPPLY FAN 10 5.) INDIRECT FIRED GAS FURNACE 0 6.) DX COOLING COIL let ___ _._n �r 7. DISCHARGE PLENUM 8. CONDENSING UNIT 7 L -�— 9. FURNACE STACK n .� - _ : - ' : 10. VIBRATION ISOLATORS 22 " 0 i FOR DISCHARGE PLENUM CONSTRUCTION EXIST GWB ACCESS DOOR FIRE DAMPER SEXIST 6 CMU WALL — EXIST INSULATION MECHANICAL ROOM ST -103 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 1/2 "GYPSUM BOARD — BELLMOUTH FITTING WITH 2" RADIUS (TYP OF 2) AC - -101 DISCHARGE PLENUM DETAIL SCALE: 1 " =1 ' -0" NOTE: 1.) COMPRESS 4 INCH THICK (1,5 POUND PER CUBIC ROT DUCT LINER TO FORM 3.5 INCH DUCT LINING USED FOR DISCHARGE UNIT. 22 GAUGE PERFORATED SHEET METAL LINER 2" RADIUS (TYP FOR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST) FLOOR OF AC -101 18 "0, TYP CITY OF TDKWII0 APPROVED DEC, 0 3 1956 AS NOTED RECE CITY OF T UKWILA . NOV 1 4 1996 PERMIT CENTER 5 4 3 2 A SECTION SCALE: VICINITY MAP 0 1 2 3 4 5 MILES ALGONA 41 PACIFIC' 0_ / _ KING CO PIERCE CO. TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAIL NUMBERING SYSTEM (1) THE SECTION !S CUT ON DRAWING M203 M207 DRAWING ON WHICH SECTION APPEARS (2) ON DRAWING M207 THIS SECTION IS IDENTIFIED 3 M203 SECTION NUMBER SECTION NUMBER DRAWING ON WHICH SECTION WAS TAKEN (3) DETAILS ARE CROSS— REFERENCED IN A SIMILAR MANNER, EXCEPT THAT DETAILS ARE IDENTIFIED BY LETTER RATHER THAN BY NUMBER. mull SOUTH BASE LOCATION VASHON ISLAND DES 1 MOINES AUBURN • , • RENTON 189 EAST BASE LOCATION SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: MECHANICAL L/S © PPLUMBING CAS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS SHEE "i DWG NO. N0. GENERAL MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 001 VICINITY MAP & DRAWING INDEX G02 SOUTH BASE LOCATION MAP & SITE PLAN 3 003 EAST BASE LOCATION MAP & SITE PLAN 4 004 ARCHITECTURAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND 5 GO5 STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES 6 GO6 STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND 7 207 MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS, LEGEND & GENERAL NOTES 8 GOB ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND TYPICAL DETAILS MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 FILE COPY I understand that the Plan Check subject to errors and omissions and Apprc._I of Plano does not mullions" the violation of any adopted code or admen. Ilsosipt of contractors copy of app ' �� T ... . B Date Pemlit No NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE SCOPE OF WORK WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. NOTE REVISIONS WILL REQUIRE A NEW PLAN SUBMITTAL AND MAY It :CLUDE ADDITIONAL PLAN REVIEW FEES. BY No. REVISION T DATE KC 7 A \ KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle ,Washington 98101 TOO TDO T003 TD04 TD05 TDO5A TDO6' TD07 TDC8 T009 DRAWING TITLE D TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL. DETAILS T r PICAL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS TYPICAL STRUCTURAL. DETAILS TiPICAiL STRUCTURAL DETAILS 1iPICAL MECHANICAL DETAILS TYPICAL MECHANICAL DETAILS TYPICAL ELECTRICAL. DETAILS TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DETAILS SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED E I SHEET DWG NO NO. DRAWING INDEX DRAWING TITLE SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 19 C11 SITE PLANS AND SECTIONS 20 Ml1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES 21 MI2 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES 22 M 1 3 CONTROL SCHEMATICS 23 M14 CONTROL SCHEMATICS 24 M 1 5 SCHEMATICS & DETAILS 25 El DEMOLITION ONE —LINE DIAGRAM 26 Ell ONE —LINE DIAGRAM SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION A101 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN A102 ROOF PLAN A103 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & CEILING PLANS A104 UPPER LEVEL DEMOLITION & CEILING PLANS 31 D101 DEMOLITION PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN 32 0102 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 33 D103 DEMOLITION UPPER LEVEL PLAN 34 D104 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 35 M101 FLOOR PLAN AREA A 36 MIO2 FLOOR PLAN AREA B 37 M103 FLOOR PLAN AREA C 38 M104 FLOOR PLAN AREA D M105 NOT USED 39 M106 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA 40 M107 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA 41 M108 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA 42 M109 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN AREA 43 M110 ROOF PLAN 44 M I 1 1 PARTIAL PLANS & SECTIONS 45 M112 SECTIONS & DETAILS 46 M113 SECTIONS & DETAILS 47 E101 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 48 E102 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 49 E103 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 50 E104 ROOF PLAN 51 E105 SCHEDULES & DETAILS SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 52 A151 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN & ROOF PLAN 53 A152 STAIR PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION 54 A153 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 55 A154 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 56 0151 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 57 D152 DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS 58 9151 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 59 M152 SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS 60 M153 SECTIONS & DETAILS 61 E151 DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR PLAN 62 El 52 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 63 E153 SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS 64 E154 SCHEDULES & DETAILS DESIGNED A B D DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED. APPROVED CONTRACT Na T/M2 -96 V SHEET DWG NO. NO. 66 M21 67 M22 68 M23 69 M24 70 M25 • :01 A251 100 4252 101 4253 102 4254 103 A255 109 E251 1 1 i) E252 111 E253 112 E254 DRAWING TITLE EAST BASE MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 65 C21 SITE PLANS & SECTIONS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES CONTROL SCHEMATICS CONTROL SCHEMATICS SCHEMATICS & DETAILS 71 E21 DEMOLITION ONE —LINE DIAGRAM 72 E22 ONE —LINE DIAGRAM EAST BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION 73 4201 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 74 A202 ROOF PLAN 75 A203 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & CEILING PLANS 76 A204 UPPER LEVEL DEMOLITION & CEILING PLANS D20 1 DEMOLITION PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN 0 NOTES 78 0202 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 79 D203 DEMOLITION UPPER LEVEL PLAN 8G 0204 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 81 M201 FLOOR PLAN AREA A 82 M202 FLOOR PLAN AREA B 83 M203 FLOOR PLAN AREA C 84 M204 FLOOR PLAN AREA D M205 NOT USED 85 M2G6 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 86 M207 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 87 M208 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 88 M209 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 89 M210 ROOF PLAN 90 M211 PARTIAL PLAN Sc SECTIONS 91 M212 SECTIONS & DETAILS 92 M213 SECTIONS & DETAILS AREA AREA AREA AREA 93 E201 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 94 E202 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 95 E203 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 96 E204 ROOF PLAN 97 0205 SCHEDULES & DETAILS 98 E206 MEZZANINE PLAN & SECTIONS EAST BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN & ROOF PLAN STAIR PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION SCREEN WALL ELEVATION & DETAILS DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS REELECTED CEILING PLANS 104 D251 DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN 10`5 D252 DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS 106 M251 FOOT FLOOR PLAN 107 M252 SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS 108 M253 SECTIONS & DETAILS DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR PLAN FIRST FLOOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR & ROOF PLANS SCHEDULES & DETAILS A B C 0 MET RO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services SCALE. GENERAL AS NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION VICINITY MAP & DRAWING INDEX CITY SF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1990 AS NOTE BUILDING DIVf31 crry F NOV_ 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER'.: FILE NO: FEB' 191 ...MG NO: GO1 SHEEP - NO OI - 5 A B C PROJECT LOCATION 12100 EAST MARGINAL WAY S. linionaren `1111'` 99 ��i�n► tt rill „4 4. 4 114 ■ .1 la iwarAmmil, - •11111 MI Mr O \ LOT ► '!I LOCATION MAP 1/2 1 LAKE WASHINGTON LEGAL DESCRIPTION PORTIONS OF THE WEST HALF OF SECTION 10. TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W. M., DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: LOTS 22, 23, 24 AND THAT. PORTION OF LOT 2T OF BENNETT'S INTERURBAN TRACTS UNRECORDED, LYING NORTH OF A LINE 50 FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTH LINE OF GOVERNMENT LOT 15 OF SAID SECTION 10, AND LOTS 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, AND THE RIVERSIDE STONE QUARRY OF RIVERSIDE INTERURBAN TRACTS, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 10 OF PLATS ON PAGE 74, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY AND RIVER STREET AS VACATED 51 SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO. 663488, ALL LYING SOUTHWESTERLY OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NO. 1, FOSTER INTERCHANGE TO SOUTH 118TH STREET, AS ESTABLISHED BY WARRANTY DEED, KING COUNTY AUDITOR'S FILE NO. 5884778, AND SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO. 646846 AND NORTHEASTERLY OF EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH AS ESTABLISHED BY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE 646697, 646846 AND 646939 AND THAT PORTION DEEDED TO KING COUNTY BY QUIT CLAIM DEED AS RECORDED UNDER AUDIT R'S FILE NO. 1004994, AND WARRANTY DEED NO. 7412090465. fl2c*,OIS REVISION BY DATE V K C L 1 19171917 First c. s Avenue VV Seatt 98101 D E A SOUTH BASE MAINTENANCE BUILDING SOUTH BASE OPERATIONS BUILDING — CONTRACTOR'S ENTRANCE �\ CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE PARKING ALONG EAST SIDE OF E MARGINAL WAY FUEL & WASH BUILDING S. 116th ST. — D u w A ETEaorlo NIION 1 S. 117th ST COACH PARKING 30'x125' CONTRACTOR'S STAGING AREA (SURROUND WITH TEMP. FENCE ) PR7JPERTY LINE 19th ST PROPANE STORAGE EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR'S/ENGINEER'S AREA S. 116th ST LEGEND AREA OF WORK DESIGNED DRAW CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: SITE PLAN 200 40i FEET 600 METRO icing County Dept of Metropolitan Services SCALE- GENERAL AS NOTED MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION CONTRACT NO: T/M -96 SOUTH BASE LOCATION MAP & SITE PLAN CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED BUILDING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER 132805 < DATE: FEB 1996 FILE NO: DRAWING N0: G02 2 g o � ? T o u r w U — U �J w = 4 ? A /C AB ,ABBR ACC ACT AD ADJ AFF AGG AHU AL ALM ALT ANOD ANSI APPROX ARCH AS ASSY AUX AVE AVG BLDG BLK BLR BLVD BM BRG BRK BTU BUR C/C CB CD CEM CHR CI CIP CL CLK 'CLR CLSR CMU CND CO COL CON CONC CONST CONT CONTR CORR CTR CTR CUH CW CYL DBL DCA DEPT DG DIA DIAG DKWR DN DSGN DWG AIR CONDITIONING ANCHOR BOLT ABBREVIATE(D). AREA CONTROL CENTER ACOUSTIC(AL) TILE /PANEL ADDENDUM ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AGGREGATE AIR HANDLING UNIT ALUMINUM ALARM ALTERNATIVE ANODIZED AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE APPROXIMATE ARCHITECT(URAL) AIR SUPPLY ASSEMBLY AUXILIARY AVENUE AVERAGE BUILDING BLOCK BOILER BOULEVARD BEAM BEARING BRICK BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BUILT UP ROOF CENTER TO CENTER CATCH BASIN CEILING DIFFUSER CEMENT CHILLER CAST IRON CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE CENTERLINE CLOCK CLEAR CLOSER CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONDUIT CLEANOUT COLUMN CONVEYER CONCRETE CONSTRUCT( ION)( ED) CONTINUE(D) CONTRACT(OR) CORRUGATED CENTER COUNTER CABINET UNIT HEATER COLD WATER CYLINDER DOUBLE DRILLED IN CONCRETE ANCHOR DEPARTMENT DOOR GRILLE DIAMETER DIAGRAM HARDWARE DOWN DESIGN DRAWING EA EE EJ EL ELEC EMBD EMER ENCL ENG ENGR ENTR EQ EQUIP EQUIV ES EST EX EXH EXP EXIST EXT F/F FAB FAI FB FDN FDR FE FH FHY FIG FIN FIX FLEX FLT FLUOR FNSH FOM FPRF FR FREQ FTNG FURN FUT GA GALV GEN GI GL GND GR GRT GSKT GWB H/C H/V HD HDR HI HM HORIZ HT HTR NV HVAC HW EAST EACH ENGINE EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRICAL EMBEDDED EMERGENCY ENCLOSURE ENGINE ENGINEER ENTER, ENTRANCE EQUAL EQUIPMENT EQUIVALENT EXISTING SURFACE ESTIMATED EXTRA EXHAUST EXPANSION EXISTING EXTERIOR FACE TO FACE FABRICATE(D)(TION) FRESH AIR INTAKE FLAT BAR FOUNDATION FIRE DOOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE HOSE FIRE HYDRANT FIGURE FINISHED FIXTURE FLEXIBLE FILTER FLUORESCENT FINISH FACE OF MASONRY FIREPROOF FIRE RATING FREQUENCY FITTING FURNISHED FUTURE GAUGE GALVANIZED GENERAL CALVANIZED IRON 3LASS GROUND GRADE GROUT GASKET GYPSUM WALL BOARD HOLLOW CORE HEATING & VENTILATING HEAVY DUTY HEADER HIGH HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HEIGHT HEATER HIGH VOLTAGE HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER K C4 K CM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle .Washington 98101 ABBREVIATIONS HYD HYDT ID IF IG —T ILLUM IN INCL INFO INSTL INSUL INT INV JCT JST JT K —PL KO LAB LAM LAT LAV LG LIM LIQ LNG LOC LT LTG LUB LVL M/L MACH MAG MAINT MAN MATL MAX MB MECH MED METRO MEZZ MFR MGMT MIN MISC MOD MTL MTR N N/A NG NOM NTS OC OA OPNG OPP ORIG P/C P/S PERM PH PLAS PLYWD HYDRAULIC HYDRANT INSIDE DIAMETER INSIDE FACE INSULATED GLASS — TEMPERED ILLUMINATE INCH INCLUDE(S)(ED)(ING) INFORMATION INSTALL INSULATE(D)(TION)(ING) INTERIOR INVERT JUNCTION JOIST JOINT KICK PLATE KNOCK OUT LABORATORY LAMINATED LATITUDE, LATERAL LAVATORY LENGTH LIMIT LIQUID LIQUID NATURAL GAS LOCATION LIGHT LIGHTING LUBRICATE LEVEL MATCH LINT MACHINE MAGNETIC MAINTENANCE MANUAL MATERIAL MAXIMUM MACHINE BOLT MECHANICAL MEDIUM METRO KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES MEZZANINE MANUFACTURED MANAGEMENT MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MODEL METAL MOTOR NORTH NOT APPLICABLE NATURAL GAS NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OVERALL OPENING OPPOSITE ORIGINAL PRECAST CONCRETE PRE— STRESSED CONCRETE PERMANENT PHASE PLASTIC PLYWOOD Streeter /Dermanis & Associates Architects, AIA Seattle, WA A 1OA PH PLAS PLYWD PNL P —P PP PR PRI PT PWR QTY R R/C REBAR REC RECD RED REF REGEN REM REPL REQ REQD RESIL RET REV RM RU RT RUB RV SAF SAMP SC SCH SCHEM SECT SEP SEQ SERV SHT SIM SK SPC SPL SS STA STL STRUC SUSP SYM SYS TAN TE TEMP TG TGL THD THERM THRESH TMR TYP OF UG UNO VAR VEST PHASE PLASTIC PLYWOOD PANEL PUSH PULL POWER PANEL PAIR PRIMARY PRESSURE TREATED POWER QUANTITY RADIUS REINFORCED CONCRETE REINFORCING BAR RECEIVE RECEIVED REDUCED REFERENCE REGENERATE REMOVE(ABLE) REPLACE(ED) REQUIRE(ING) REQUIRED RESILIENT RETAIN(ING) REVERSE ROOM ROUGH OPENING RIGHT RUBBER RELIEF VALVE SAFETY SAMPLE SOLID CORE SCHEDULE SCHEMATIC SECTION SEPARATE(OR)(ED)(ING) SEQUENCE SERVICE SHEET SIMILAR SKETCH SPACE SPLICE STAINLESS STEEL STATION STEEL STRUCTURAL SUSPEND(ED) SYMMETRICAL SYSTEM TANGENT TOTALLY ENCLOSED TEMPERATURE TEMPERED GLASS TOGGLE THREAD(ED) THERMOMETER THRESHOLD TIMER TYPICAL UNDER FLOOR UNDER GROUND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VARIABLE VESTIBULE DESIGNED IJ DRAWN: AM CHECKED- PD • 1 ALL WALLS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING, AFTER REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF DUCTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AND CONDUITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES ALL HOLES IN EXISTING WALLS. DAMAGE DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS MUST ALSO BE PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 2 PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS. IN CASE OF METAL STUDS AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD AFTER REMOVAL OF DUCT, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AND CONDUITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT OUT GWB TO NEAREST STUDS INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT JOINTS AND INSTALL THE PATCH & FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 3 IN CASE OF CMU WALL CONTRACTOR MAY USE THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 1. CUT CMU BLOCKS TO SIZE AND SHAPE OF OPENING AND GROUT THE JOINTS, 2. MAY FILL THE VOID WITH CONCRETE AND FACE IT WITH CMU. rn £t62O15Lf SCALE NONE CONTRACT NO T/M 2— 96 VOL VOLUME VP VAPOR —PROOF VTF VAPOR —TIGHT FIXTURE W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WF WIDE FLANGE WG WASTE GAS WP WEATHERPROOF W —S WEATHER STRIPPING WRG WIRE GLASS WSTP WATERSTOP WTR WATER G LEGEND :ii71.2iiii■ GENERAL NOTES NORTH ARROW INDICATES DEMOLITION CONCRETE RIGID INSULATION BITUMEN UNFINISHED WOOD CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED PLY WOOD METRO King County Dept. of Metropolitan Services GENERAL MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION ARCHITECTURAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND DEC 0 3 1996 AS NOTED. BUILDING DIVISION RECENED Grry oP TuKwlu NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER 132 DATE FEB 1996 FILE NO . T DRAWING N0: G04. SHEET NO: OF 4 :HI •f KCM, Inc. 1917 First Avenue Seattle Washington 98101 Fy = 30 KSI Fy = 30 KSI RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1 41996 PERMIT CENTER. STRUCTURAL - GENERAL so4E THE NOTES AND DETAILS ON THIS SHEET ARE GENERAL AND APPLY TO THE ENTIRE PROJECT EXCEPT WHERE THERE ARE SPECIFIC INDICATIONS TO THE CONTRARY. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1991 EDITION OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. AS AMENDED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA FOR SOUTH BASE AND THE CITY OF BELLEVUE FOR EAST BASE. THE ABOVE SHALL GOVERN EXCEPT WHERE OTHER APPLICABLE CODES OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE. A3 ALTERNATNE.,DESIGNS THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AND DETAILS ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PREFERRED DESIGN;` HOWEVER; ALTERNATIVE SYSTEMS AND DETAILS MAY BE USED IF THE CONTRACTOR-'SUBMITS PLANS. WITH SUBSTANTIATING CALCULATIONS AND TEST DATA AND BEARING A WASHINGTON. STATE LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S SEAL AND SIGNATURES FOR PERMIT. 'A4 DIMENSIONS STRUCTURAL DIMENSIONS CONTROLLED BY OR RELATED TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. A5' PROVISIONS FOR EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, ANCHORAGES, OPENINGS, PIPE SLEEVES, RECESSES AND REVEALS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, BUT REQUIRED BY OTHER DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR, PRIOR TO CASTING CONCRETE. 'A6, CONSTRUCTION LOADS STRUCTURES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR LIVE LOADS ON THE COMPLETED STRUCTURES; DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE AND SUPPORT THE STRUCTURE WHEREVER CONSTRUCTION LOADS MAY EXCEED LIVE LOADS. A7 - >, DRAINAGE SURFACES SLOPE DRAINAGE SURFACES UNIFORMLY TO DRAIN. SLOPE SHALL BE 1/4" PER FOOT. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. FLOOR DRAINS SEE:: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND SIZES. STRUCTURAL DESIGN 134 DESIGN CODE :DESIGN IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE EXCEPT WHERE OTHER ;APPLICABLE CODES OR THE FOLLOWING NOTES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE. B2 DESIGN LIVE LOADS 1 A: SLABS ON GRADE - H -20 HIGHWAY OR 175 PSF B. STAIRS >' - 100 PSF ROOF -.25 PSF SNOW . D. - WIND - SUBJECT TO HEIGHT AND SHAPE RESTRICTIONS, EXPOSURE C, MINIMUM WIND SPEED 80 MPH, UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1991. E SEISMIC LOADING - ZONE 3, UNIFORM. BUILDING CODE, 1991. CONCRETE Cl ' APPUCABLE CODE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE ACI BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE -(ACI -318). REINFORCING STEEL DETAILS ALL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS AND DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ACI 315. C3 DESIGN STRENGTH A. (1) CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE : f'c = 4,000 PSI 0 28 DAYS (2) CONTROL DENSITY FILL f's = 1,000 PSI ® 28 DAYS REINFORCING STEEL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A615 WITH SUPPLEMENT S1 GRADE 60. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 185 SMOOTH WIRE : fy = 60 KSI MINIMUM. WALL THICKNESS C C4 CONCRETE COVER CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:, A. FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION MATS CAST ON GROUND - 3" B. FORMED OR FINISHED SURFACES TO BE IN CONTACT WITH GROUND, WEATHER, OR WAFER. (1) AT BARS GREATER THAN NO. 5 - 2" (2) AT BARS NO. 5 OR SMALLER - 1 1/2" C. FORMED OR FINISHED SURFACES NOT TO BE EXPOSED TO GROUND OR WEATHER. (1) BEAMS AND COLUMNS - 1 1/2" (2) SLABS AND WALLS - 1" mc015+ C5 MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT • CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REINFORCED CONCRETE EXCEPT WHERE PLAIN CONCRETE IS CALLED OUT ON THE DRAWINGS, IN WHICH CASE NO REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE USED. CONCRETE THAT IS NOT DESIGNATED AS PLAIN CONCRETE AND HAS NO REINFORCEMENT INDICATED SHALL BE REINFORCED PER ACI 318 AND THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULES: 8' 12 "OR GREATER SIZE NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 SPACING, EW 12" 10" 13" MASS CONCRETE SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH NO. 5 0 15" EW MINIMUM IN ALL FACES. C6 SHRINKAGE AND TEMPERATURE STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHRINKAGE AND TEMPERATURE REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SLABS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULES: SLAB THICKNESS 12" C14 ANCHOR BOLTS SI:'E SPACING NO. 3 NO. 3 NO. 4 NO. 5 15" 13" 16" POSITION OC OC EF C7 DOWELS DOWELS SHALL BE AT LEAST THE SAME SIZE AND SPACING AS GARY WITH WHICH THEY ARE LAPPED. THE LAP EMBEDMENT SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY ACI 318 OR AS NOTED. C8 BAR SPLICES SPLICES OF REINFORCING STEEL BAR SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 AND SHALL BE CLASS B UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.THE LENGTH OF LAP SPLICE OF BARS OF DIFFERENT DIAMETER SHALL BE BASED ON THE LARGER DIAMETER. BAR SPLICES MAY ALSO BE MADE BY MECHANICAL COUPLING OR BY WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS FOR REINFORCING STEEL SPLICE AND WITH AWS SPEC. D 141. C9 RESTRICTED BAR ANCHORAGE C10 STANDARD HOOKS BARS ENDING IN RIGHT ANGLE BENDS OR HOOKS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 318. IN CASES WHERE REINFORCING BARS CANNOT BE EXTENDED AS FAR AS REQUIRED DUE TO THE LIMITED EXTENT OF THE ADJACENT CONCRETE STRUCTURE, THE BARS SHALL EXTEND AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND END IN STANDARD HOOKS C11 SLOPING SLABS MONOLITHIC SLABS WITH TOPS THAT ARE SLOPED SHALL HAVE BOTTOMS SLOPED THE SAME AMOUNT, MAINTAINING A UNIFORM SLAB THICKNESS. C12 CHAMFERS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED, EXPOSED CONCRETE CORNERS AND EDGES SHALL HAVE 3/4" CHAMFERS. RE- ENTRANT CORNERS SHALL NOT HAVE FILLETS. C13 FINISHES EXCEPT AS NOTED, FINISH CONCRETE SURFACES TO MATCH THE ADJACENT EXISTING AREA. USE OF ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY UBC -91 TABLE NO. 26 -E. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONCRETE ANCHORS CONCRETE - ANCHORS SHALL BE DRILLED IN STAINLESS STEEL EXPANSION OR EPDXY - ANCHORS ALLOWABLE WORKING LOADS DIA (IN) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 DIA (IN) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 MIN EMBED (IN) 1 3/4 2 1/4 2 3/4 3 3/8 4 1/2 MIN EMBED (IN) 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/2 .g EXPANSION ANCHORS MIN ALLOWABLE TENSION SPACING (IN) (LBS) 4 1/2 295 6 690 7 1/2 825 9 1270 12 2000 EPDXY ANCHORS MIN ALLOWABLE TENSION SPACING (IN) (LBS) 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 12 1825 2970 4120 5270 9750 SHEAR (LBS) 1270 2080 2890 4270 6720 SHEAR (LBS) 1000 1945 2810 3295 6800 VALUES ARE FOR 4000 PSI NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE. VALUES ARE 80 PERCENT OF ICBO VALUES. EXPANSION ANCHOR VALUES ARE FOR WORK WITHOUT INSPECTION. EPDXY ANCHOR VALUES ARE FOR WORK WITH SPECIAL INSPECTION. VALUES SHALL NOT BE INCREASED FOR SHORT DURATION LOADS. INSTALL ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FOR EXISTING CONCRETE ANCHORS, SEE NOTE 4 ON DWG 007. D. MODIFICATION OF EXISTING CONCRETE D1 GENERAL THE FOLLOWING NOTES ON MODIFICATION OF EXISTING CONCRETE ARE GENERAL AND APPLY TO THE ENTIRE PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. D2 SURFACES A. EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES TO BE JOINED WITH NEW CONCRETE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND ROUGHENED BY SAND BLASTING OR BUSH HAMMERING. B. SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE NEATLY SAW CUT TO A DEPTH OF 2 INCHES PRIOR TO REMOVING THE EXISTING CONCRETE. HIDDEN SURFACES SHALL RECEIVE A TOOLED JOINT BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING CONCRETE. D3 DOWELS DOWELS SHALL BE GROUTED BY FILLING THE DRILLED HOLES WITH EPDXY GROUT AND INSERTING THE DOWELS INTO THE HOLES. D4 OPENINGS A. WHERE "PLUG EXISTING OPENING" IS INDICATED, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ANY ATTACHED METALWORK, CONCRETE CURBS OR PROJECTIONS, ROUGHEN AND KEY EXISTING CONCRETE, COAT WITH EPDXY BONDING COMPOUND, AND POUR NEW CONCRETE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. B. NEW OPENING IN EXISTING CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE CUT PAST THE OPENING DIMENSION. C. NEW OPENINGS IN EXISTING CONCRETE THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE CUT TO THE REQUIRED FINISH SIZE. EXPOSED REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE BURNT OR CUT BACK 1" AND SURFACE REPAIRED WITH MORTAR. E. STEEL El CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS STEEL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS AS CONTAINED IN THE 9TH EDITION OF THE AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. E2 MATERIAL ALL STRUCTURAL SHAPES, BARS, PLATES AND SHEETS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE STEEL MEETING ASTM A 36 SPECIFICATIONS. E3 WELDING MATERIAL AND PROCEDURES FOR WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS 01.1 -90 FOR ARC AND GAS .WELDING. IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. ELECTRODE SHALL BE E70XX LOW HYDROGEN GROUP. E4 HOT -DIP GALVANIZING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL STEEL FABRICATIONS SHALL BE HOT - DIPPED GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. DESIGNED: DRAWN. CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: APPROVED: NONE CONTRACT NO: T/M2 -96 ALUMINUM Fi SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IJBC STANDARD 'NO. F2 MATERIAL ALL STRUCTURAL SHAPES, BARS, PLATES, AND SHEETS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS -S BE ALUMINUM MEETING THE ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION, ALLOY 6061 -T6 UNLESS OTHERWK NOTED. F3 ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE WHERE ALUMINUM IS IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SURFACES, CONTACT SURFACES SHALL BE COATED WITH ASPHALT - EMULSION BITUMINOUS PAINT. F4 WELDING MATERIAL AND PROCEDURES FOR WELDING ALUMINUM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.2 -90. G. STAINLESS STEEL 61 MATERIALS A. STAINLESS STEEL BARS AND SHAPES B. STAINLESS STEEL PLATE, SHEET AND STRIP G2 FASTENERS A. STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS • G3 WELDING TYPE 316 TYPE 316 TYPE 316 MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES FOR WELDING STAINLESS STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1 -90. m E T 0 King County Dept of Metropolitan Services SCALE: GENERAL MAINTENANCE /OPERATIONS BUILDING HVAC REHABILITATION STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES. G-, CITY OF TII}I IU APPROVED DEC 03„19 AS NOT4D', BUILDING, DIV18